WELDING EQUIPMENT GAS EQUIPMENT SAFETY CONSUMABLES TOOLS MISCELLANEOUS ACCESSORIES

Transcription

1 WELDING EQUIPMENT GAS EQUIPMENT SAFETY CONSUMABLES TOOLS MISCELLANEOUS ACCESSORIES

2 CONTENTS SECTION 1 SECTION 2 WELDING EQUIPMENT GAS EQUIPMENT CONTENTS LINCOLN ELECTRIC Engine Driven Welders 5-7 MIG Welders 8-10 LIQUID ARC MIG Machines 11 LINCOLN ELECTRIC Multi-Process Welders Wire Feeders Multi-Weld System 20 Waveform Control Technology 21 Plasma 22 TIG Welders STICK Welders LIQUID ARC STICK Welders MILLER Engine Driven Machines GENELITE Quality Petrol and Diesel Generators and Welders 33 WIA MIG Machines - Single Phase MIG Machines - Three Phase MILLER MIG & Multi-Process Machines Plasma Cutting Machines 40 TIG Machines ESSETI and WIA STICK Welders CIGWELD WELDERS Petrol and Diesel TransMIG VRD 58 TransARC TransTIG TransMIG 65 TransARC 66 CUTMASTER PLASMA replacement torch system and consumables PLASMA Torches and Consumables WELDERS Transarc Welders Easyweld Products 79 GMAW Gun Gas Diffusers 79 Spare Parts TransMIG 80 QTR Robotic/Automatic 82 Tweco CASTOLIN EULECTIC TIG / MIG / PLASMA Welders 86 UNI-MIG Workshop Series One Phase 240V 87 Workshop Series Three Phase 415V 88 LINCOLN ELECTRIC Fume Equipment 89 Automation WELD ENGINEERING Automation SMITHWELD Small Weld Positioners and Rotators 98 METHODS EQUIPMENT PTY LTD Automation GULLCO Complete Track Systems for Rigid and Flaxtrack Models Automation 104 BUG-O Automation BORE REPAIR SYSTEMS INC Automation INDUSTRIAL AND SCIENTIFIC GAS CONTROL SYSTEMS LIMITED Cylinder Pack Manifolds / Filing Systems 113 SAFE-T-GAS Bottlechock 114 LINCOLN ELECTRIC Machines WELD IMPORTS Cutting Machines 117 CIGWELD Genuine Comet Gas Outfits Genuine Comet LPG Conversion 120 Regulators - Welding, Cutting, Heating Blowpipes and Attachments Cutting Nozzles Welding and Heating Tips Cutting Equipment 145 Cutting System 146 Hose 147 Accessories and Parts Flashback Arrestors Selection Chart 151 Regulators 152 Hoses and Fittings 152 BULGIN Air Propane Equipment 153 SIEVERT Gas Heating LIQUID ARC Gas Welding and Cutting Equipment VICTOR Machine Cutting Torches 160 Hand Cutting Torches 161 Gas Apparatus 162 Cutting Attachments 163 HARRIS C Series 164 Cutting Torches 165 Hand Cutting Torches 166 Hospitality Regulators Oxy-Acetylene Precision Equipment Torch Style 142-F 172 Gas Equipment 173 Messer Cutting and Welding 174 Welding and Brazing Consumables 175 Eutectic Products 176 2

3 CONTENTS SAFETY SECTION 3 Safety 177 CIGWELD Predator Welding Helmets 178 Hiderok Welding Helmets 179 Airmate Papr & Compressed Airline Air Filtration Systems 180 Passive Filter Lenses 181 Arcmaster Series III Electronic Welding Lenses 182 Clear Lenses 183 Goggles 184 Faceshields 185 Half Face Respirators Airwash Mask 187 Earmuffs 188 Earplugs 188 SPEEDGLAS Head and Face Head and Face 195 NORTON Air Purifying Respirators 196 Filters and Prefilters Hearing Protection 198 UNISAFE Browguards and Visors 199 Disposable Filters 200 Eye Protection Goggles 204 Half Mask Respirators 205 Head Protection 206 Protective Clothing 207 Welding Helmets 208 BACOU-DALLOZ Welding Helmets 209 WIA Oxy Welding Goggles 210 ELLIOT Head and Face 211 Hand Protection Welding and General Apparal Welding Blanket and Drapes SECTION 4 CONSUMABLES WIA Mild Steel and Iron Powder Electrodes 226 LINCOLN ELECTRIC Low Hydrogen Electrodes WIA Electrodes Low Hydrogen 231 KOBE Electrodes Low Hydrogen 232 LINCOLN ELECTRIC Stainless Steel and Special Electrodes Mig Wires Flux Cored Wires Hard Facing Wires Sub Arc Wired and Fluxes Gas and Tig Consumables KOBE Gas and Tig Consumables CIGWELD Electrodes Storage & Reconditioning of Hydrogen Controlled Electrodes 262 Hydrogen Controlled Electrodes Low Alloy Electrodes Stainless Steel Electrodes 267 Arcair DC Gounging Carbons 268 Electrodes Cobalarc Hardfacing Consumables Stoody Hardfacing Consumables Gas Metal Arc Welding (MIG) Wires Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW) Wires Submerged Arc Wire and Flux 397 Gas and Tig Welding Consumables Solders and Fluxes FLEXOVIT Abrasives TOOLS SECTION 5 A.G. TOOLS AND MACHINERY WHOLESALERS 322 GENIUS TOOLS GT-07-Europe Piece Metric Master Set 324 MAKITA Drilling/Fastening 325 Grinding PROTOOL Angle Grinders 330 Impact Wrenches 331 Straight Grinders 331 Impact Drills 332 Rotary Hammer Drills 332 HITACHI Grinders Cutters/Cut Off Machines 337 NITTO Annular Cutters 338 Chiseling, Cutting and Filing 339 Screwdrivers 339 Belt Sanding 339 Die Grinders 340 Needle Scalers 340 Electric Hydraulic Punchers 341 Portable Beveling Tools 341 Disc Grinding and Sanding 341 Impact Wrenches 342 Hammer Type Impact Wrenches 342 Cupla Fittings 343 Fitted Hoses 343 Railbore 343 Hi-Cupla 344 Electric Hydraulic Punchers 345 Magnetic Based Drilling 345 Magnetic Based Drilling Stands 346 Selfer Ace Portable Hydraulic Punchers 346 CONTENTS 3

4 CONTENTS SECTION 6 SECTION 7 MISCELLANEOUS ACCESSORIES CONTENTS STRATA Hose Reelers Safety Steps 349 Shelter 349 Custom Trolleys 349 LIGHTENING Performance Hand Cleaners 350 SEPTONE Industrial Hand Cleaners 351 Washroom Hand Soaps and Dispensers 352 IWWS Bloxide 353 Anti-Heat 353 Tempil Paintpen 353 Tempilstik Temperature Indicators 353 Weld-Aid 353 Ceramic Backing Bar 354 Aquasol Water Soluable Purge Materials 354 Torches/Lights 354 Spark Lighters 355 Soapstone Holder 355 Tip Cleaners 355 Fillet gage 355 Bridge Cam Gage 355 SURECHEM Paints Welding Cable Selection 357 LINCOLN ELECTRIC MIG Torches and Spares K114 Sub Arc Assembly 358 K113 Sub Arc Hand Held Gun 359 K116 Innershield Gun 360 IWWS MIG Torches and Spares Self Shield Flux Core Guns Compact 400 Amp Mig Gun Parts 364 Compact 250 Amp Mig Gun Parts 365 Profax Mig Guns Amp Mig Gun Parts 367 Compact 180 Amp Mig Gun Parts Amp Heavy Duty 369 Profax Mig Guns with Front End Bernard Parts Amp Water Cooled Mig Gun GL Self Shield Flux Core Gun 372 Profax Replacement Parts for Wire Feeders LINCOLN ELECTRIC MIG Torches and Spares Lincoln Drive Rolls 375 BERNARD Mig Torches and Spares Guncable 376 Mig Gun Consumables 376 Tips, Nozzles, Body Tubes, Adapters 377 Liners, Guides, Adapters, Parts 378 Bernard Q Guns 379 LINCOLN ELECTRIC Plasma Torches and Spares IWWS TIG Torches and Spares PROFAX Controls 391 KRL Thermic Lance Range 392 Handles and Kits 392 Nuts and Rubbers 392 IWWS Arc Gouging Torches Sub Arc 395 Electrode Holders Work Clamps/Ground Clamps Cable Lugs 400 Chipping Hammer 400 Cable Connectors 400 Carbon Arc 400 Measuring Tape 400 Wire Brushes 400 TANJANT Non Jamming Roller Guides 401 Rotating Roller Guides 402 Guides - Complete Kits 401 Product Listing by Plasma Manufacture/Torch Model 402 IWWS Contour & Curv O Mark Layout Systems 403 Sumner Jacks and Roller Stand 404 Clamps Flange Spreader 406 Fit Stix 406 Portable Ovens 407 MAX 2000 Electrode Hot Boxes/Ovens 408 HUNTINGDON Purging H&M Pipe Bevelling 411 Chain Clamp 412 4

5 EQUIPMENT ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS RANGER 305 D CE The Ranger 305D CE is a powerful 300-amp CD multi-process diesel engine driven welder designed especially for contractors, maintenance and repair and all other field based welding professionals who demand the best welding arc from a engine driven welder. What makes the Ranger 305 D CE unique to other engine driven welders is that this machine has been designed using Lincoln s Chopper Technology giving you an excellent arc characteristics whether you are in stick (conventional or pipe), TIG, MIG or arc gouging modes or operation. Rugged and dependable, the Ranger is built within a totally enclosed case, which provides maximum protection to its 45-litre fuel tank top-of-the-line water-cooled Kubota 18.8 HP D722 diesel engine. This portable powerhouse delivers 8000 continuous (8.500 peak) watts of 120V/240V/415v AC generator power, enough power to run lights, tools, pump and weld all at the same time! The Ranger 305 D CE meets all the new stringent European regulations including 50Hz, isoniration and 100v, 240v *415v power requirements. WELDING OUTPUT Current range CC/CV20-300A Rated Output (Duty Cycle) 230A, 100% Max OCV 62V Weight 341kg Dimensions (mm) HxWxD 1524 x 546 x 909 AUXILLARY POWER Rated Voltages /1/50 1 phase/3 phase /3/50 110/1/50 Receptacles 1 x 240V, 15A 1 x 415V, 20A 1 x 115V, 15A Residual Current Device 4 pole, 25A, (30mA trip current) Specifications Make/ model Type Displacement Electrical System Kubota D722 (Diesel) 3 Cylinder, 4 cycle, watercooled 789cc Electric Start, 12V Group 58 Battery, 550 Cold Cranking Amps Speed (RPM) High idel 3100, Full load 3000, Low idle, 2200 Noise 98 dblwa, 74 dblwa@7m 1 WELDANPOWER 230+ (PETROL) RANGER 405D KA1390 Briggs & Stratton Built to withstand the rough treatment and harsh conditions of a construction site. The Weldanpower 230+ combines superior welding ability with 8 kva of AC 240 volt auxiliary power for operating, grinders, power tools, lighting or emergency power back up. The 230+ is a multi-process welder delivering both constant voltage and constant current output for applications in MIG, FCAW, MMAW and AC/DC welding current allows TIG welding of aluminium and stainless steel to make a versatile unit for construction sites, contractors, field maintenance and rural applications. Output Range (Amps) AC A DC A Rated Output (Duty Cycle) AC CC 230A, 100% DC CC 210A, 100% DC CV 200A, 100% Engine Type Briggs & Stratton Petrol Number of Cylinders 2 RPM Dimensions (mm) HxWxD 765 x 475 x 1073 Net Weight (kg) 215 Features Multi-process CC and CV capabilities AC/DC output 8 kva aux power. 3 x 240 volt outlets 12 volt electric starting Hour meter, stop/start button 34 litre fuel tank for up to 8 hour operation Recommended Options K126 innershield Gun, TIG Module, Remote Control, Undercarriage, Accessory Kit. Suggested Wire Feeder: LN-25. Processes MMAW, TIG, MIG, FCAW-SS, FCAW, Ordering Information KA1390 Briggs & Stratton Literature J6.20 KA Australian version The Ranger 405D is a three cylinder, diesel engine driven DC arc welder and 15 kva AC power generator. This powerful generator can be used to provide electricity for lights, power tools or running other inverter welding power sources for dual operator applications. The Ranger 405D s multi-process capabilities deliver the ideal DC arc characteristic for each welding process, MMAW, FCAW, FCAWSS, MIG, TIG or Gouging, making it ideal for contractors, onsite fabrication, portable service and hire companies. Output Range (Amps) A Rated Output (Duty Cycle) 370A, 60% 300A, 100% Aux. Power 15 kva Engine Type Kubota D1105 Number of Cylinders 3 RPM Dimensions (mm) HxWxD 970 x 720 x 1600 Net Weight (kg) 530 Features 100% duty cycle Multi-process CC/CV output 15 WA aux. Power. 240V & 41 5V Built-in VRD (voltage reduction device) Sound reduced - 42/115 VAC aux wire feeders 45 litre fuel tank 12 hours operation Engine watcher - with auto shutdown Liquid cooled Kubota engine Recommended options Stick Kit, Remote Control, Power Plug Kit, Trailer, TIG module, Accessory Kit Suggested Wire Feeders: LN-7, LN-742, LN-8, LN-25. Processes MMAW, MIG, FCAW, FCAW-SS, Gouging, TIG Ordering information KA Australian version KA European version KA UK version Literature J6.90 WELDING EQUIPMENT 5

6 EQUIPMENT 1 ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS SHIELD-ARC 400AS-50 TITAN 801 KA PERKINS The 400AS-50 is a rugged 3 cyl, diesel engine driven 450 amp DC arc welder and 5 kva AC power generator. Offering reliable pure DC are welding performance and a powerful generator to provide electricity for lights or power tools. It s classic A-frame design gives a rigid chassis with in-built strength and rugged construction maintains alignment, protects internal parts for a long trouble free working life required to withstand the harsh conditions encountered on cross country pipelines. Shield-Arc power sources have an unmatched reputation among pipeliners and other field welders on demanding jobs. Output Range (Amps) A Rated Output (Duty Cycle) 360A, 60% 400A. 80% Aux. Power 5 kva Engine Type Perkins D3/1524 Number of Cylinders 3 RPM Dimensions (mm) HxWxD 1004 x 725 x 1772 Net Weight (kg) 800 Features 450 amp DC engine driven welder 5 kva 240V or 2.5 kva 115V aux power Designed for pipe welding and applications where arc performances are critical Precise control of both current and open circuit voltage Dual continuous control allows stepless variation of current from 45 to 450 amps Auxiliary power and welding available simultaneously All day welding with a 64 litre fuel tank Engine watcher - automatic shutdown for low oil pressure, high coolant temperature and battery not charging Liquid cooled Perkins diesel engine Recommended Options Stick Kit, VRD Kit, CV Adaptor, Trailer, Sound Reduction Kit, TIG Module. Suggested Wire Feeders: LN-25 Processes MMAW, TIG, FCAW-SS, Gouging. Ordering Information KA Perkins Literature J6.40 WELDING EQUIPMENT VANTAGE Amps of Heavy-Duty Performance Lincoln s New Titan 801 is both a rugged four cylinder, diesel engine driven 800amp DC arc welder and 3.4kW AC power generator. This robust diesel powered field welder has been designed and built specifically for demanding harsh environments and rugged work conditions like mining and construction sites, cross-country pipelines, civil engineering projects, hire fleets and on-site repair applications. The design of the Titan 801 has especially taken into account the in-field maintenance requirements of remote locations. There are no PCB s used in the Titan 801 for low maintenance, long service life, easy operation and a great arc performance across all welding processes that this machine has been designed for. The Titan 801 has been designed to meet specific customer requirements. Easy to understand controls, excellent welding characteristics for a wide variety of processes, simple in-field servicing especially when used in remote locations - No electronics or PCB s a heavy-duty design to ensure maximum reliability, powered by the Cummins B3.3 liquid-cooled engine. Output Range (Amps) DC Amps Rated Output 600A, 100% 700A, 40% 750A, 25% OCV Aux Power 88v Max 3,400 watts 60Hz AC 15 amps Engine Type Cummins B3.3 Number of Cylinders 4 RPM Displacement Bore & Stroke 100x120mm Capacities Fuel: 95 litres, Oil: 9 litres Operating Speeds Full:1800rpm, Idle: 1890rpm Dimensions (mm) HxWxD 1067 x 800 x 1603 Net Weight (kg) 793 Features Eight current ranges with overlap. Fine tuning within each range No electronics or printed circuit boards All copper windings for enhanced arc stability 4 cycle Liquid Cooled Diesel Engine 12V Electric Start Two-stage Dry Type Air Cleaner Fuel Filter with Water Separator 3 year warranty parts & labour (engines-sep warranty) Processes Stick, Flux-Cored, TIG, Gouging. Ordering Information K Titan 801 Compact, Multi-Process, Excellent Value. The Vantage 400 is one of the most compact 400 amp engine-driven welder/generators in the construction, pipe or rental fleet market today. It s also one of the most quiet, with a smooth running 4-cylinder Perkins diesel engine. Use this multi-process welder for arc gouging with up to 5/16 carbons, stick welding with up to 1/4 electrodes and CV wire welding with up to 3/32 wire. You ll value the superior arc performance delivered by Lincoln Shopper Technology. You ll also appreciate VRD (Voltage Reduction Device ), which reduces OCV (open circuit voltage) in the CC-Stick weld mode for added safety. Rated Output 400A/36V/100% Current/Voltage/Duty Cycle 450A/32V/100% Output Range A, A Pipe A DC TIG, 14-36V CV 3-phase AC Power: 19kW Peak, 17kW Cont. 1 Phase AC Power: 12kW Peak, 11 kw Cont. Engine Model Perkins 404C-22 Diesel Number of Cylinders 4 HP & Speed (RPM) 32.7@1800 Dimensions (mm) HxWxD 913 x 642 x 1524 Net Weight (kg) 559 Features Compact case Stainless Steel Enclosure Multi-Process Welding, Simple to Operate VRD Voltage Reduction Device Plenty of AC Generator Power Arc Gouging Reliable Engine Low Noise Innovative Service Access 6

7 EQUIPMENT ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS VANTAGE 575 K Australian K Export For heavy duty welding and arc gouging, the Vantage 575 stands up to the toughest job applications. The Vantage 575 features the advantages of Lincoln Chopper Technology, an innovation to control the DC welding output and create an arc with superior welding performance. Operators will appreciate the machine s simplified front panel layout and presettable digital welding meters which make setup quick and easy. Put this workhorse to work for you! Output Range (Amps) A Rated Output (Duty Cycle) 500A, 60% 450A, 100% Aux. Power 20 kva Engine Type Cummins B3.3 Diesel Number of Cylinders 4 RPM 1800 Dimensions (mm) HxWxD 1295 x 800 X 1600 Net Weight (kg) 741 Features 450 amps 100% duty cycle for heavy duty welding and arc gouging Excellent DC multi-purpose welding for MMAW, Touch Start TIG, FCAW, FCAW-SS, MIG and arc gouging with Lincoln Chopper Technology Superior arc performance for stick welding Touch-Start TIG welding for starts without tungsten contamination and without a high-frequency generator Multi-process CC and CV output Cummins liquid-cooled diesel engines Built-in VRD (Australian version) 20 kva aux output, 240 and 415V 3 year warranty Recommended Options Two-Wheel Trailer, Remote Control, Accessory Kit, Power Plug Kit Suggested Wire Feeders LN-7, LN-742, LN-8, LN-25, LN-23P, Magnum Spool Gun, Colbramatic Processes MMAW, TIG, MIG, FCAW, FCAW-SS, Gouging Ordering Information K Australian K Export Literature J DUAL RANGER AIR ADVANTAGE 500 K DUAL RANGER Dual Ranger is the latest development in digital control technology, designed and built by Lincoln Electric Australia. Incorporating proven Chopper Technology, as used in the larger Vantage 575. This enables the Dual Ranger to operate as a powerful single operator machine or a versatile dual operator multi-process welding machine as well as providing AC auxiliary power for tools, lighting, etc. Lincoln s New Dual Ranger is both a rugged three cylinder, diesel engine driven, 400 amp DC multi-process welder and 15kW 240 & 415V AC power generator. This robust field welder powered by the reliable Kubota D1105 has been designed and built specifically for rugged work conditions like construction sites, hire fleets, civil engineering projects, mine maintenance, pipe welding, mobile contractor maintenance/repair rigs and emergency stand-by power. Output Range (Amps) A Single Operator A Dual Operator Rated Output (Duty Cycle) 300A, 100% 370A, 60% Aux Power 15kW 50Hz AC Engine Type Kubota D1105 Number of Cylinders 3 RPM 3000 Dimensions (mm) HxWxD 970 x 720 x 1600 Net Weight (kg) 530 Features amps output - single operator amps output - dual operator % duty cycle 15kW of AC auxiliary power CC/CV Multi-process welding for Stick, TIG, MIG, FCAW CC/CV modes available for both operators Two Built-in VRDs - one for each operator Sound reduced design - 7m Two-year warranty on parts and labour (engines warranted separately by engine manufacturer) K32012 This Multi-process powerhouse features 500 amps at 100% duty cycle, or 575 amps at 50%, tested at temperatures up to 40 C. Don t pay extra for plenty of AC auxiliary power - 12,000 watts while welding up to 250 amps and 60CFM of compressed air at the same time is standard. Powered by 56 horsepower liquid-cooled Cummins engine. You can depend on legendary engine reliability from Cummins and superior Lincoln arc performance. Output Range (Amps) A Rated Output (Duty Cycle) 500A/40V/100% 55A/36V/60% 575A/35V/50% Aux Power 12kW 60Hz AC Engine Type Cummins B3.3 Number of Cylinders 4 RPM 199 cu in, (3.3 litres) Dimensions (mm) HxWxD 1067 x 830 x 1603 Net Weight (kg) 766 Features Field-proven four cylinder Cummins B3.3 industrial diesel engine. Standard stainless steel roof and side panels deliver added protection, durability and corrosion resistance. Indicator lights for low oil pressure, high engine temperature or broken cooling fan belt/low engine alternator voltage Engine protection system: automatic shutdown for broken fan belt/low engine alternator voltage, low oil pressure, high engine temperature. Gauges include fuel, oil pressure, water temperature, and hour meter. Automatic engine ideler for greater fuel economy, longer engine life and reduced noise. Single-side engine access for routine maintenance. Siding stainless steel door located on the right side. Opens easily, even in tight surrounds. Compressor on/off switch, turns compressor off when not required. The compressor will deliver 60 CFM, 100PSI while engine is idiling for greater fuel economy. Battery lock out/tag switch External battery charging/jump start terminals WELDING EQUIPMENT 7

8 WELDERS 1 SP170-T MIG WELDERS K /1/50/60 Portable power! The SP170-T is designed for the professional wanting a portable 240V MIG welder with the ease and outstanding arc performance expected from much larger machines. The SP170-T is recommended for both MIG and gasless flux-cored welding applications on virtually any light gauge material, including mild steel, stainless steel and aluminium. Ready to weld package ideal for the contractor, on-site maintenance/ service, smash repair, rural and home handyman. Output Range (Amps) A Output Range (Duty Cycle) 125A, 30% Rated Input 12.7A Rec. generator (max output) 6 kva Wire size (mm) Solid: Alum: 0.9 Cored: Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 305 x 248 x 419 Net Weight (kg) 25.9 FEATURES For welding 0.6 to 8mm mild steel plate Designed for mm solid wire, mm Flux Cored wire, 0.9mm aluminium Large easy to set knobs for voltage control (5 voltage selections) and continuous wire feed speed control Built-in burnback function prevents the wire from sticking to the weld crater Large filter capacitor and choke provide optimal DC arc characteristics for smooth welding performance Internal polarity change 3 year warranty Package includes: SP170-T power source, MagnumTM 100L gun, work return lead, flowmeter, input lead 3m and 240V, 15A plug. (Ready to weld with 0.6 and 0.8mm solid wires) Recommended Options: 0.9 Innershield kit, 1.2mm Innershield Kit, 0.9mm Aluminium Kit, Utility Cart. Processes: MIG, FCAW-SS Ordering Information: K /1/50/60 REDI- MIG 205 INTEGRATED KA /1/50/60 KA /1/50/60 The REDI-MIG 205 is an integrated single-phase, medium-duty, MIG welder. Designed for the welding of mild steel, stainless steel and aluminium. Suitable for light industrial welding including sheet metal, maintenance, rural and handyman work with gas-shielded (MIG or Outershield ) or gasless (Innershield ) wires. WELDING EQUIPMENT Output Range (Amps) A Output Range (Duty Cycle) 120A, 100% 180A, 34% 205A, 25% Rated Input 15A 16A Rec. generator (max output) 8 kva Wire size (mm) Solid: Alum: Cored: Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 760 x 447 x x 447 x 905* Net Weight (kg) 88 97* FEATURES 16 voltage selections Adjustable burnback control Polarity change for MIG or gasless wires 2-step / 4-step trigger lock function Spot timer for tacking or stitch welding 2 drive roll system Cold wire inch Gas purge for setting of gas flow 3 year warranty Package includes: REDI-MIG 240 4m gun, 3m work return lead, flowmeter, video, 3m input lead and plug Recommended Options Drive rolls (10 wire sizes) 1.2mm Aluminium Welding Kit 1.2mm Flux-Cored, Welding Kit Innershield Welding Gun Processes MIG, FCAW, FCAW-SS Ordering Information KA /1/50/60 KA /1/50/60 Literature J4.00 * Export version, weight and dimensions include packaging. 8

9 WELDERS MIG WELDERS REDI- MIG 255 INTEGRATED & 255 REMOTE Integrated Remote KA /1/50/60 KA /1/50/60 KA /1/50/60 KA /1/50/60 1 The REDI-MIG 255 is a single phase, medium duty, MIG welder. The REDI-MIG 255 Integrated has a built-in wire feeder offering mobility and compact convenience. The REDI-MIG 255 Remote is factory fitted with the REDI-MIG 4D wire feeder complete with 8m interconnection leads. Suitable for light to medium fabrication, sheet metal, rural, smash repair and maintenance work with gasshielded or gasless flux-cored wires. Output Range (Amps) A Output Range (Duty Cycle) 255A, 30% 180A, 60% 140A, 100% Rated Input 28A 30A Rec. generator (max output) 14 kva Wire size (mm) Solid: Alum: Cored: Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 760 x x 447 x x 447 x 905* 1280 x 447 x 905* Net Weight (kg) 112(1) 129 (R) 121*(1) 162*(R) FEATURES 24 voltage selections Adjustable burn back control Volt/amp meters 2 step/4-step trigger lock function Spot timer for tacking or stitch welding Cold wire inch Gas purge 2 drive roll system (integrated only) Gear driven 4 drive system (remote only) Ready to weld package 3 year warranty Recommended Options Drive rolls (10 wire sizes) 1.2mm Aluminium Welding Kit. 1.2mm Flux-Cored Welding Kit. Innershield Welding Gun. Processes MIG, FCAW, FCAW-SS. Ordering Information KA (integrated) 240/1/50/60 KA (Remote) 240/1/50/60 KA (Integrated) 220/1/50/60 KA (Remote) 220/1/50/60 Literature J4.00 * Export version, weight and dimensions include packaging. REDI- MIG 325 REMOTE KA /3/50/60 KA /3/50/60 The REDI-MIG 325 Remote is a 3 phase, heavy duty, MIG welder, factory fitted with the REDIMIG 4D wire feeder complete with 8m interconnection leads. Exceptional welding characteristics, providing optimum performance over a wide range of consumables including mild steel, stainless steel, aluminium and flux-cored wires. Applications include light to medium fabrication, general engineering, boat building, sheetmetal, maintenance and repair. Output Range (Amps) A Output Range (Duty Cycle) 325A, 30% 190A. 100% Rated Input 13.5A 13.5A Rec. generator (max output) 18 kva Wire size (mm) Solid: Alum: Cored: Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 760 x 447 x x 447 x 905* Net Weight (kg) * FEATURES 32 voltage selections Gear driven 4 drive roll system Volt/amp meters Adjustable burnback control Polarity change for MIG or gasless wires 2 step/4 step trigger lock function Spot timer for tacking or stitch welding Cold wire inch Gas purge 3 year warranty Package includes REDI-MIG 4D feeder c/w 8m interconnection lead, REDI-MIG 360 4m gun, 5m work return lead, flowmeter, video and 3m input lead. (requires plug to suit outlet) Recommended Options Drive rolls (10 wire sizes) 1.2mm Aluminium Welding Kit 1.2mm Flux-Cored Welding Kit Innershield Welding Gun Processes MIG, FCAW, FCAW-SS. Ordering Information KA /3/50/60 KA /3/50/60 *Export version, weight and dimension, include packaging. WELDING EQUIPMENT 9

10 WELDERS 1 MIG WELDERS REDI- MIG 455 REMOTE K /3/50/60 KA1443-2KIT The REDI-MIG 455 Remote is a 3 phase, heavy-duty MIG welder. It produces consistent welds with a crisp, clean arc for medium to heavy fabrication with both solid and flux-cored wires. The REDI- MIG 455 Remote is factory fitted with the RED-MIG 4D wire feeder complete with 8m interconnection leads. The REDI-MIG 455 Remote delivers exceptional welding performance on a wide range of materials including mild steel, stainless steel and aluminium. Ideal for medium to heavy fabrication, sheetmetal, boat manufacture, maintenance, hardfacing and repair applications. Output Range (Amps) A Output Range (Duty Cycle) 455A, 35% 350A, 100% Rated Input 19A Rec. generator (max output) 22 kva Wire size (mm) Solid: Alum: Cored: Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 775 x 670 x x 730 x 1160* Net Weight (kg) * FEATURES 30 voltage selections Gear driven 4 drive roll system Adjustable burnback control Polarity change for MIG or gasless wires Digital volt/amp meter 2 step/4 step trigger lock function Spot timer for tacking or stitch welding Cold wire inch Gas purge 3 year warranty Package includes REDI-MIG 4D feeder c/w 8m interconnection lead, REDI-MIG 360 4m gun, 5m work return lead, flowmeter, video and 5m input lead. (Requires plug to suit outlet) Recommended Options Drive rolls (10 wire sizes) 1.2mm Aluminium Welding Kit 1.2mm Flux-cored Welding Kit Innershield Welding Gun Processes MIG, FCAW, FCAW-SS Ordering Information K KA1443-2KIT Literature J4.00 * Export version, weight and dimensions include packaging. CV-500I KA /3/50/60 KA /380/440/3/50/60 KA /3/50/60 The CV-500I is a constant voltage heavy duty, DC arc welding power source. This rugged and dependable power source is built to withstand the harsh conditions of shipyards and fabrication shops. This workhorse stands up to the toughest jobs, even at high amperage/high duty cycles. Combining power, performance and versatility providing phenomenal welding characteristics and 500 amps to cover all your heavy-duty jobs with mild steel, stainless steel, aluminium and alloy welding consumables. WELDING EQUIPMENT Output Range (Amps) 6-500A Output Range (Duty Cycle) 500A, 50% 400A, 100% Rated Input 33A 57/33/28A 30A Wire size (mm) Solid: Alum: Cored: Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 699 x 565 x 813 Net Weight (kg) 174 FEATURES Continuous output voltage control Volt/amp meters Fixed inductance optimized for ideal arc characteristics 115VAC or 42VAC wire feeder power Twist-mate output connections Solid state circuitry provides extra long life for repetitive welding tasks. All weather, full environmental (including salt water) protection 3 year warranty Recommended Options Remote Output Control, Undercarriage. Suggested Wire Feeders LN-21, LN-214, LN-7, LN-742, LN-8, LN-10, DH-10, LN-25, NA-3, NA-5, Cobramatic Processes MIG, FCAW, FCAW-SS, Gouging Ordering Information KA /3/50/60 KA /380/440/3/50/60 KA /3/50/60 Literature J4.80 * Export version, weight and dimensions include packaging. 10

11 WELDERS MIG MACHINES MAXIMIG 210R Part No Description Maxmig 210R - Maxidrive 2R, 240 volt (ea) 1 Australian made single-phase 240 volt MIG welder for welding of mild steel, stainless steel and aluminum. Ideally suited for light industrial, sheetmetal, smash repair, maintenance, rural and handyman applications with gas shielded or gasless wires. FEATURES 16 voltage selections 8m interconnecting leads External polarity charge 2T/4T trigger latching 4m TBi Maxmig 150 torch Spot timer Cold wire inch Flowmeter / regulator Thermal overload protection Primary load, 3m and 15 amp plug Fan cooled Made in Australia 3 year warranty MAXMIG 250R Part No Description Maxmig 250R - Maxidrive 2R, 240 volt Australian made single phase, heavy duty 240 volt MIG welder for welding of mild steel, stainless steel and aluminum. Ideally suited for light to medium fabrication, sheetmetal, smash repair, maintenance and rural applications with gas-shielded or gasless wires. Designed for those areas where 415 volt three phase is not available. FEATURES 24 voltage selections 8m interconnecting lead set External polarity change 2T/4T trigger latching 4 meter TBi Maxmig 240 torch Spot timer Cold wire inch Primary lead, 3 metre Flowmeter / regulator Thermal overload protection Fan cooled Made in Australia 3 year warranty MAXMIG 330R Part No Description Maxmig 330R - Maxidrive 2R, 415 volt Australian made Three phase, heavy duty 415 volt MIG welder with exceptional welding characteristics. Provides optimum performance over a wide range of applications aluminum. Ideally suited for light to medium fabrication, sheetmetal, smash repair, maintenance and rural applications with gas-shielded or gasless wires. FEATURES 24 voltage selections 8m interconnecting lead set External polarity change 2T/4T trigger latching 4 meter TBi Maxmig 360 torch Spot timer Cold wire inch Primary lead, 3m Flowmeter / regulator Thermal overload protection Fan cooled Made in Australia 3 year warranty WELDING EQUIPMENT 11

12 EQUIPMENT 1 MULTI-PROCESS WELDERS INVERTEC V350-PRO K /230/380/415/440/1/3/50/60 Designed smart, built tough. The Invertec V350-PRO is the most powerful portable inverter power source in its class. Smart operation allows it to handle any stick, TIG, and MIG applications. Utilising the optimum wave form for each welding process and consumable. Additional waveforms can be downloaded to meet new or special consumables. Its plug-and play intelligence allows it to automatically adjust to your Lincoln wire feeder and remote controls instantly. Output Range (Amps) 5-425A Output Range (Duty Cycle) 350A, 60% 275A, 100% Rated Input 48/37/23/22/21A Dimensions (mm) HxWxD 373 x 318 x 706 Net Weight (kg) 37 Features Lightweight, compact design 5 position output mode switch for outstanding arc characteristics 42 VAC aux power for wire feeders Optional pulse panel with pulse on pulse Smooth MIG welding output for short arc, globular or spray are welding transfers RS232 port for downloading new waveforms Single full range output control Digital volt and amp meters 3 year warranty Recommended Options Advance Process Panel (Pulse), Hand Amptrol, Foot Amptrol, Remote Output Control, VRD (voltage reduction device) Suggested Wire Feeders LN-742, LN-10, DH-10, LN-25, Colbramatic Processes MMAW, TIG, MIG, Pulse MIG, FCAW, FCAW-SS, Gouging Ordering Information K /230/380/415/440/1/3/50/60 IDEALARC DC-400 Shown with Multi-Process Switch (Optional) KA /380/440/3/50/60 KA /3/50/60 The DC-400 is one of the world s most recognised multi-process welding machines. It has withstood the test of time, even in the harshest environments. The DC-400 provides outstanding arc characteristics on both constant current and constant voltage processes. This provides great welding versatility in a single power source. Output Range (Amps) A Output Range (Duty Cycle) 500A, 50% 400A, 100% Rated Input 39A 73/42/37A Dimensions (mm) HxWxD 698 x 561 x 840 Net Weight (kg) 220 Features Multi-process CC and CV capability Volt and Amp meter Solid state circuitry for long life and repetitive welding applications Single full output control Mode switch for selecting desired output characteristics Arc force control for soft arc or forceful driving arc Arc control adjustment for changing inductance/pinch effect 3 year warranty Recommended Options Multi-process Switch, Remote Output Control, Undercarriage,TIG Module, VRD (reduced open circuit voltage). Suggested Wire Feeders LN-214, LN-7, LN-742, LN-8, LN-9, LN-9 GMA, LN-10, DH-10, LN-23P, LN-25, NA-3, NA-5, LT-7 Processes Stick, TIG, MIG, FCAW, FCAW-SS, SAW, Gouging Ordering Information KA /380/440/3/50/60 KA /3/50/60 Literature J5.20 IDEALARC DC-600 WELDING EQUIPMENT KA /380/440/3/50/60 KA /3/50/60 The DC-600 is a multi-process DC arc welding power source that produces outstanding arc characteristics in both constant voltage and constant current processes. Designed for high productivity applications in MIG, FCAW, MMAW, TIG, SAW and carbon arc gouging (up to 10mm rods). The DC-600 is built for high performance and can handle 24 hour, 7 days a week operation. The all weather protection and the submerged dipping of the transformer, choke and SCR assembly in a special epoxy based sealing/insulating material provides extra long life and added protection from harsh environments such as salt air, moisture or corrosive atmospheres. Output Range (Amps) A Output Range (Duty Cycle) 750A, 50% 600A, 100% Rated Input 62A 117/68/58A Dimensions (mm) HxWxD 781 x 565 x 965 Net Weight (kg) 237 Features Multi-process CC and CV capability Single full range output control Volt and amp meters Mode switch for selecting CV-wire/ gouging, CV-sub arc and CC-MMAW/TIG 42/115 volt aux. for wire feeders. Two DC-600 s can be paralleled for up to % duty cycle output 3 year warranty Recommended Options Multi-process Switch, Remote Output Control, TIG Module, Parallelling Kit, Undercarriage, VRD (voltage reduction device). Suggested Wire Feeders LN-214, LN-7, LN-742, LN-8, LN-9, LN-10, DH-10, LN-25, LN-23P, NA-3, NA-5, LT-7. Processes MMAW, TIG, MIG, FCAW, FCAW-SS, SAW, Gouging Ordering Information KA /3/50/60 KA /380/440/3/50/60 KA /3/50/60 Literature J

13 EQUIPMENT MULTI-PROCESS WELDERS IDEALARC DC-1000 K /380/440/50/60 K /3/50/60 1 For full automatic high duty cycle submerged arc welding, the DC-1000 makes an ideal power source. The DC-1000 is a multiprocess DC arc welding power source, designed for high productivity applications in SAW, MIG, FCAW and carbon arc gouging (up to 16mm rods). With a 1000 amp 100% duty cycle the DC-1000 is designed too operate 24 hour/7days a week. The all weather protection and submerged dipping of the transformer, choke and SCR assembly in a special epoxy based sealing/insulating material provides extra long life and added protection from harsh environments such as salt air, moisture or corrosive atmospheres. Output Range (Amps) A Output Range (Duty Cycle) 100% Rated Input 193/112/96.5A 102A Dimensions (mm) HxWxD 781 x 572 x 991 Net Weight (kg) 372 Features Multi-process CC and CV capability Single full range output control Equipped with a 100% terminal for greater control of applications below 450 amp Volt and amp meters 115 volt aux. for wire feeders Two DC-1000s can be paralleled for up to % duty cycle output 3 year warranty Recommended Options Remote Control, Parallelling Kit, Undercarriage. Suggested Wire Feeders LN-7, LN-8, LN-9, NA-3, NA-5, LT-7. Processes MIG, FCAW, FCAW-SS, SAW, Gouging Ordering Information K /380/440/50/60 K /3/50/60 Literature E5.50 IDEALARC DC AND AC DC-1500 K /3/50/60 AC-1200 K /3/50/60 If you are looking for the industry s leading power sources for submerged arc welding. The Lincoln DC-1500 and AC-1200 are the power sources that you can count on day-in and day-out. For high duty cycle single and multi-arc applications such as; spiral pipe mills, fabrication of universal beams, heavy pipe fabrication to name a few. The DC-1500 is designed for submerged arc, flux cored wires and carbon arc gouging (9.5 to 16mm rods). The AC-1200 is designed for AC submerged arc welding and is used for the trail electrodes in multiple arc applications. The all weather protection and submerged dipping of the transformer, choke and SCR assembly in a special epoxy based sealing/insulating material, provides extra long life and added protection from harsh environments such as salt air, moisture or corrosive atmospheres. MODEL DC-1500 Output Ranqe (Amps) A Output Range (Duty Cycle) 1500A, 100% Rated Input 198A Dimensions (mm) HxWxD 1453 x 566 x 965 Net Weight (kg) 644 MODEL AC-1200 Output Range (Amps) A Output Range (Duty Cycle) 1200A, 100% Rated Input 202A Dimensions (mm) HxWxD 1453 x 566 x 965 Net Weight (kg) 712 Features Solid state circuitry provides extra long life for high production, repetitive welding applications Single full range output control 115 volt aux for wire feeders Windings and rectifiers protected against moisture and corrosive environments Thermostatic protection and fan cooled line voltage compensation 3 year warranty DC-1500 only Multi-process CV and CC capability Mode switch for selecting CV-FCAW/gouging, CV-SAW and CC-for large puddle high current SAW Two DC-1500s can be paralleled for up to % duty cycle output Recommended Options Remote Output Control, Parallelling Kit (DC only) Suggested Wire Feeders NA-3, NA-5, LT-7 (DC-1500) NA-4 (AC- 1200) Processes FCAW, FCAW-SS, SAW Ordering Information DC-1500 K /3/50/60 AC-1200 K /3/50/60 Literature DC-1500 E5.60 DC-1200 E5.70 WELDING EQUIPMENT 13

14 EQUIPMENT 1 WIRE FEEDERS LN-21 KA11389 KA11389 The LN-21 is a 2 roll wire feeder. Designed for light/medium duty applications for 0.8 up to 1.6mm wires in solid, aluminum and flux-cored. Features include 2T/4T trigger control, spot timer, gas purge, cold wire inch, and wire reel assembly. There are a variety of interconnection cable lengths available to suit all applications. The LN-21 is rated at % duty cycle. Designed to operate on 42V supply, the LN-21 can be fitted to most brands of MIG power sources as an economical replacement wire feeder. 42 VAC Wire Speed Range 1-20m/min Wire Size Range (mm) Solid: Alum: Cored: Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 415 x 245 x 555 Net Weight (kg) 14 Features Spindle accepts 5kg and 15kg coils Euro-style torch connection Spot timer seconds for tacking and stitch welding 2 step/ 4 step trigger lock function Cold wire inch Gas purge 3 year warranty Recommended options Drive rolls (10 wire sizes) Magnum or REDI-MIG Gun Innershield Welding Gun Processes MIG, FCAW Ordering information KA1389 Literature J8. 10 LN-214 KA1442 The LN-214 is a gear driven, 4 roll wire feeder. Designed for light/medium duty applications for 0.8 up to 1.6mm wires in solid, aluminum and flux-cored. The four-drive system delivers excellent feeding particularly on softer wires like aluminum. The LN-214 is rated at % duty cycle. Features include 2T/4T trigger control. spot timer. gas purge, cold wire inch, and wire reel assembly. There are a variety of interconnection cable lengths available to suit all applications. Designed to operate on 42V supply, the LN-214 can be fitted to most brands of MIG power sources as an economical replacement wire feeder. 42 VAC Wire Speed Range 1-20m/min Wire Size Range (mm) Solid: Alum: Cored: Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 415 x 245 X 555 Net Weight (kg) 14.5 Features Spindle accepts 5kg and 15kg coils Euro-style torch connection Spot timer seconds for tacking and stitch welding 2 step/ 4 step trigger lock function Cold wire inch Gas purge 3 year warranty Recommended options Drive rolls (10 wire sizes) Magnum or REDI-MIG Gun Innershield Welding Gun Processes MIG, FCAW Ordering information KA1442 Literature J8.11 REDI-MIG 4D REMOTE WELDING EQUIPMENT Shown with optional REDI-MIG torch KA1435 The REDI-MIG 4D is a gear driven, 4 roll, suitcase style wire feeder. This fully enclosed cabinet provides protection of the welding wire and drive system from workshop processes like grinding, painting and gouging, which can effect weld quality and feedability. The REDI- MIG 4D is factory fitted to the REDI-MIG 255. REDI-MIG 325 and REDI-MIG 455 remote power sources, with 8m interconnecting leads. Controls are conveniently located on the wire feed unit for easy access by the operator. Suitable for all welding applications with solid and flux-cored wires. Designed to operate on a 42V supply, the REDI-MIG 4D can be fitted to most brands of MIG power sources as an economical replacement wire feeder. Wire Speed Range 1-20m/min Wire Size Range (mm) Solid: Alum: Cored: O Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 440 x 260 x 620 Net Weight (kg) 24 Features Gear driven 4 roll system Spindle accepts 5kg and 15kg coils Euro-style torch connection Spot timer (0.5-4 seconds) for tacking and stitch welding 2 step/4 step trigger lock function Cold wire inch Gas purge Fully adjustable burnback control 3 year warranty Recommended Options Drive rolls (10 wire sizes) 1.2mm Aluminium Welding Kit Magnum or REDI-MIG guns Innershield Welding Gun Processes MIG, FCAW Ordering Information KA1435 Literature J VAC 14

15 EQUIPMENT LN-7 WIRE FEEDERS K440 LN-7 (2 ROLL) K567-2 LN-7 (4 ROLL) 115 VAC 1 shown with optional wire reel stand Count on the LN-7 for dependable, interruption-free, rugged feeding in an affordable, compact, and easy to use machine. The LN-7 semi-automatic wire feeder designed for heavy duty applications for flux-cored, MIG and sub-arc welding processes. Wire Speed Range m/min Wire Size Range (mm) Solid: Alum: Cored: Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 2 roll: 277 x 248 x roll: 282 x 295 x 246 Net Weight (kg) 2 roll: roll: 13.8 Features Heavy duty case protects wire drive mechanism from damage; but allows easy access to drive rolls. Controlled wire feed speed and provides clean, positive starts. Required Options Magnum Welding Gun, Wire Feeder Control Cable, Drive Roll Kit, Universal Wire Reel Stand Recommended Options Digital Voltmeter, GMA Timer Kit, Swivel Platform, Undercarriage Processes MIG, FCAW, FCAW-SS, SAW Suggested Power Sources CV-500l, DC-400, DC-600, DC-1000 Ordering Information K440 LN-7 (2 roll) K567-2 LN-7 (4 roll) Literature E8.10 LN-742 shown with optional wire reel stand K K LN-742 (2 roll) LN-742 (4 roll) Flexibility, feature packed and advanced capabilities lend to the popularity of the LN-742 for semi-automatic wire feeder solutions. The LN-742 features a trigger mode selection for 2-step or 4-step, timer controls for burnback, spot timer and preflow/postflow shielding gas. The unit is powered by a 42V motor drive system for additional safety. Wire Speed Range m/min Wire Size Range mm Solid: Alum: Cored: Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 2 roll: 277 x 248 x roll: 282 x 295 x 246 Net Weight (kg) 2 roll: roll: 13.8 Features 2 or 4 roll wire drive for positive wire feeding Dynamic braking system minimises crater sticking problems Tool-less quick release wire drive tension system for easy wire or gun changes 42 VAC Digital volt and WFS meter 3 year warranty Required Options Magnum Welding Gun, Wire Feeder Control Cable, Drive Roll Kit, Universal Wire Reel Stand Recommended Options Swivel Platform, Undercarriage Processes MIG, FCAW, FCAW-SS Suggested Power Sources CV-500l, V350-PRO, DC-400, DC-600 Ordering Information K617-1 LN-742 (2 roll) K618-1 LN-742 (4 roll) Literature E8.20 LN-8 Shown with optional wire reel stand K VAC The LN-8 semi-automatic wire feeder is designed for heavy-duty application for Flux-cored, MIG and Submerged arc welding. This wire feeder provides dependable, interruption-free performance, rugged and reliable operation, which makes the LN-8 the first choice of contractors for on-site construction, hardfacing, and repair work on large earthmoving and mining equipment. Amperage and voltage outputs are all controlled at the wire feeder, eliminates the need for the operator to return to the power source to adjust procedures. Wire Speed Range m/min Wire Size Range (mm) Solid Alum: Cored: Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 277 x 248 x 244 Net Weight (kg) 16.2 Features Heavy-duty feed motor for up to 3.0mm dia. wires Control of wire feed speed and voltage from the wire feeder Solid state control compensates for wire drag and input line variations to maintain accurate wire feed speed Dynamic braking system stops wire feed motor quickly to minimise crater sticking problems Low voltage (24 volt) gun trigger circuit 3 year warranty Required Options Magnum or Innershield Welding Gun, Wire Feeder Control Cable, Drive Roller Kit, Universal Wire Reel Stand Recommended Options Volt/Amp Meter Kit, GMA Timer Kit, Gas Solenoid Kit, Swivel Platform, Undercarriage, Squirtmobile, Flux Tank Assembly Processes MIG, FCAW, FCAW-SS, SAW Suggested Power Sources CV-500I, DC-400, DC-600, DC-1000, SAM, Vantage 575 Ordering Information K297 Literature E8.30 WELDING EQUIPMENT

16 1 EQUIPMENT WIRE FEEDERS LN-9 shown with optional wire reel stand LN-10 DH-10 K357-1 The LN-9 semi-automatic wire feeder is designed for heavy-duty application for Flux-cored, MIG and Submerged arc welding. A quality conscious concept in semi-automatic welding, when used with an appropriate Lincoln CV power source, takes the guesswork from procedure setting and procedure control. Designed to achieve higher quality control. The arc voltage and wire feed speed can be preset on a digital meter before the arc is struck. Once set, wire feed speed and voltage will remain constant regardless of input voltage variation, feeding force, loading of the power source, ambient temperature changes or a voltage drop in the electrode circuit. For strict QA applications the LN-9 will automatically stop welding should an out of range voltage condition occur. Wire Speed Range m/min Wire Size Range (mm) Solid: Alum: Cored : Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 277 X 248 X 244 Net Weight (kg) 16 Features Heavy-duty feed motor for up to 3.0mm dia. wires Control of wire feed speed and voltage from the wire feeder Weld up to 120m from the power source Digital volt/amp meter, presettable Rated up to 600 amps 3 year warranty 115 VAC Required options Magnum or Innershield welding Gun, Wire Feeder Control Cable, Drive Roller Kit, Universal Wire Reel Stand Recommended options GMA Timer Kit, Gas Solenoid Kit, Swivel Platform, Undercarriage Dual Procedure Kit, Squirtmobile, Flux Tank Assembly Processes MIG, FCAW, FCAW-SS, SAW Suggested Power Sources CV-500I, DC-400, DC-600, DC-1000, SAM, Vantage 575 Ordering information K357-1 Bench Model Literature E8.30 K Bench model The LN-10 semi-automatic wire feeder features the revolutionary split wire guide which precisely aligns and supports the wire through the entire feeding system. The system also features a rugged 4 driven roll design for positive wire feeding. The LN- 10 s modular design provides for many mounting options, including boom mounting. Wire Speed Range m/min Size Wire Range Solid: Alum: Cored: Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 406 x 381 x 787 Weight (kg) 29.5 Features Standard dual procedure allows operator to set different voltage and wire feed speeds and switch between the two Selectable trigger control for standard 2-step, interlocking 4-step, spot weld and cold wirefeed trigger control Digital volt and WFS meters 3 year warranty 42 VAC Required Options Magnum Welding Gun, Wire Feeder Control Cable, Drive Roll Kit Recommended Options Dual Procedure Switch, Dual Procedure/ Remote Control Pendant, 42 volt Transformer Kit, Swivel Platform, Light Duty Caster Kit, Insulated Lift Bail Processes MIG, FCAW, FCAW-SS Suggested Power Sources CV-400I, CV-500I, V350-PRO, DC-400, DC-600. Ordering Information K Bench model Literature E8.200 WELDING EQUIPMENT K Bench model Precision times two! The revolutionary split wire guide of the DH-10 semiautomatic wire feeder aligns the wire through the entire system, while dual reels double your productivity! Also great for easily switching between two different wire types. If you want less downtime or commonly use different wire types, this is the unit for you. Wire Speed Range m/min Wire Size Range (mm) Solid: Alum: Cored: Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 521 x 502 x 800 Net Weight (kg) 44.4 Features Each side of the DH-10 wire drive system is driven by its own motor and gear box Split wire guide and 4 driven rolls for positive wire feeding Presettable voltage and wire feed speed for extra control Standard dual procedure Digital volt and WFS meters 3 year warranty 42 VAC Required Options Magnum Welding Gun, Wire Feeder Control Cable, Drive Roll Kit Recommended Options Dual Procedure Switch, Remote Interface Kit, Dual Procedure/Remote Control Pendant Processes MIG, FCAW, FCAW-SS. Suggested Power Sources CV-400I, CV-500I, V350-PRO, DC-400, DC-600 Ordering Information K Bench model Literature E

17 EQUIPMENT WIRE FEEDERS POWER FEED 10 K Bench model The Power Feed 10 wire feeder is revolutionary for its ease of use and flexibility. Designed to maximize the capabilities of the Power Wave 405 and Power Wave 455/STT the combination of high-tech power source and wire feeder, out perform traditional arc welding methods. The Power Feed 10 s design allows the control box to be placed anywhere near the work piece or on top of the power source. 40 VDC 1 shown with optional wire reel stand Wire Speed Range m/min Wire Size Range (mm) Solid: Alum: Cored: Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 470 x 343 x 775 Net Weight (kg) 28.1 Features Split wire guide system Four driven rolls Easily upgraded control panels Powerful drive motor for large wire and high speeds in one model Tachometer feedback for precise wire feeding 3 year warranty Required Options Magnum Welding Gun, Drive Roll Kit, Wire Feeder Control Cable Recommended Options Dual Procedure, Pulse Welding Panel, STT panel, Swivel Platform, Caster Kit, Insulated Lift Bail Processes MIG Synergic MIG, Pulse MIG, FCAW, FCAW-SS, MIG STT Suggested Power Sources Power Wave 405, Power Wave 455/STT Ordering Information K Bench model Literature E5.170 POWER FEED 10 DUAL K Bench model Double your waveform productivity! The Power Feed 10 Dual semi-automatic wire feeder, revolutionary for its ease of use and flexibility is also high on productivity. Dual reels reduce the need for changeover, allowing you to fully maximize the capabilities of the Power Wave 455/ STT power source. The Power Feed 10 s design allows the control box to be placed anywhere-near the work piece or on top of the power source. Wire Speed Range m/min Wire Size Range (mm) Solid: Alum: Cored: Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 508 x 584 x 864 Net Weight (kg) 48 Features Split wire guide, 4 driven roll system Quick change from STT Pipe root runs to FCAW capping runs Easily upgraded control panels Tachometer feedback for precise wire feeding Digital volt and WFS meters 3 year warranty 40 VDC Required Options Magnum Welding Gun, Drive Roll Kit, Wire Feeder Control Cable Recommended Options Dual Procedure with Memory, Pulse Welding Panel, STT panel, Caster Kit, Insulated Lift Bail Processes MIG, Pulse MIG, FCAW, FCAW-SS, STT. Suggested Power Sources Power Wave 405, Power Wave 455/STT Ordering Information K Bench model Literature E5.170 LN-23P K316L VAC Able to handle the toughest work sites, the LN-23P is great for field erection and pipeline welding. The LN-23P is a lightweight, portable wire feeder designed for Innershield flux-cored welding. It is ideal for reaching difficult locations, allows for quick setup and reduces labour costs. Utilising 6.3kg coils makes this wire feeder extremely easy to take around the job site. The LN-23P has built-in dual procedure for out-of-position welding. Wire Speed Range m/min Wire Size Range (mm) Cored: Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 520 x 228 x 482 Net Weight (kg) 17.2 Features lightweight Rugged construction Dual procedure wire feed speed standard Trigger interlock circuit to reduce operator fatigue Provides cold electrode when gun trigger is released Power source voltage control and analog voltmeter at wire feeder 3 year warranty Recommended Options LN-23P Adapter (14 pin or terminal strip), K345 Innershield gun. Suggested Power Sources Engine Driven Welders with CV capability, CV-400I, CV-500I, DC-400, DC-600 Processes FCAW-SS. Ordering Information K316L-1 Literature E8.90 WELDING EQUIPMENT 17

18 1 EQUIPMENT LN-25 WIRE FEEDERS K449 The LN-25 semi-automatic wire feeder is ideal for field or construction use, since it is powered across the arc, no control cables are needed! Simply connect the weld cable, attach the welding clip and you re ready to go. The fully enclosed case ensures that this portable MIG and flux-cored feeder can tough out any work site. This portable unit is designed for MIG or fluxcored wire. The totally enclosed case accepts 6.3kg to 15kg spools for maximum portability. The LN-25 features a tool-less quick release mechanism for easy changing of the electrode. Wire Speed Range m/min Wire Size Range (mm) Solid: Cored: Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 356 x 191 x 533 Net Weight (kg) 15.4 Features Analogue voltmeter Heavy duty wire drive Operates across the arc on CV or CC Enhanced starting control allows for smooth arc starting in the CV mode Dynamic braking system stops wire feed motor quickly to minimise wire overrun Electronic circuits protect wire feeder from overload Recommended Options Remote Voltage Control, Gas Flow Timer, K126 Innershield gun. Suggested Power Sources All Electric or Engine Driven Welders with CV capability. Processes MIG, FCAW, FCAW-SS Ordering Information K449 Literature E8.100 COBRAMATIC K Cobramatic Cabinet 42 VAC The Cobramatic semi-automatic wire feeder represents the accumulation of aluminium MIG welding experience. Designed especially to feed aluminium MIG wire, like SuperGlazeTM, the Cobramatic virtually eliminates the problems traditionally associated with aluminium. A unique push-pull drive system run by two wire feed motors and a proprietary brake system allow the Cobramatic to prevent tangling and deformed wire that can drastically affect your productivity and weld quality. Wire Speed Range m/min Wire Size Range (mm) Solid: Alum: Cored: Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 376 x 241 x 490 Net Weight (kg) 14 Features Push-pull wire drive yields reliable, consistent, trouble-free aluminum feeding Sleek ColbraMAX torch is well balanced and comfortable for difficult applications Versatile Prince pistol grip torch is designed for higher duty cycle applications Lightweight air and water-cooled torches Rugged design for long life with low maintenance costs Required Options CobraMAX torch, Prince XL torch, Drive Roll Kit Suggested Power Sources CV-400I, CV-500I, V350-PRO, DC-400, DC-600, Ranger 405D, Vantage 575. Processes MIG, FCAW Ordering Information K Cobramatic Cabinet Torches: K CobraMAX 25 K Prince XL Air-Cooled K Prince XL Water-Cooled Literature E8.300 WELDING EQUIPMENT LINCOLN WIRE FEEDER ACCESSORIES K303 For use with 25-30K9 coils. Includes wire reel Part # KA1009 KA1395 For use with 15Kg coils K162-1 Spindle kit replacement to suit 15K9 coils K435 Adaptor for 6K9 coils KA1321 Adaptor kit for 15Kg spools 18

19 WIRE FEEDERS NA-3, NA-4 AND NA-5 EQUIPMENT Improve productivity with the NA-3, NA-4 and NA-5 automatic wire feeders. 115 These systems have been specially designed to deposit more weld metal at VAC faster travel speeds which helps eliminate bottlenecks and reduces costs. Used for heavy duty fabrication, pipe mills and assembly line production, these units feature solid state controls for precise control of welding procedures - even to the most exacting requirements. Trust Lincoln automatic welding systems for worry-free operation! 1 shown with optional accessories fitted LT-7 TRACTOR NAME NA-3 Wire Speed Range m/min Wire Size Range (mm) Solid: Cored: NAME NA-4 Wire Speed Range subject to arc voltage used Wire Size Range (mm) Solid: NAME NA-5 Wire Speed Range m/min Wire Size Range (mm) Solid: Cored: Features Solid state controls allow for precise control of welding procedures, striking characteristics, as well as bead size and shape Easily adjusted for a wide range of processes, feed speeds, and wire sizes Compact units with excellent flexibility to fit into simple fixtures or the most complex automated production lines Rugged construction minimises downtime and maintenance costs Recommended Options Input Cable Assemblies, Wire Contact Assemblies, Gas Solenoid, TC-3 Travel Carriage, Vertical Adjuster, Horizontal Adjuster, Wire Reel Assembly. Suggested Power Sources NA-3 & NA-5: DC-400, DC-600, DC-1000, DC-1500, CV-500I NA-4: AC-1200 Processes MIG, FCAW, FCAW-SS, SAW Literature E9.10 K395 Track Model 115 VAC The LT-7 is a self-propelled mechanised DC wire feeder for submerged arc welding. The unit has proven invaluable in heavy fabrication industries, ship building and storage tank construction because of its speed and ease of use. The LT-7 is perfect anywhere that long welds in the flat and horizontal position are required. The unit may be used with or without a track and its lightweight size offers quick movement to the next joint. See how easy it is for yourself! shown with optional track section Wire Size Range (mm) Solid: Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 698 x 838 x 356 Net Weight (kg) 29.4 Features Solid state controls precisely regulate procedures for reliable starting and economical welding to exacting requirements Automatic compensation for input voltage and tractor loading variations, minimises wire feed and tractor speed changes while welding Close mechanical alignment between wire and joint maximizes weld quality Exceptional tracking control and self-steering in most applications CC or CV operation Rated for up to 1000 amp applications LINCOLN WIRE FEEDER TO POWER SOURCE CONNECTION CABLES LN21 / LN214 to CV, DC, Invertec V350, Ranger, vantage* KA m - 8 pin to 14 pin KA m - 8 pin to 14 pin LN7 to CV, DC, Invertec V350, Ranger * KA m - 6 Pin to 14 pin KA m - 6 Pin to 14 pin LN742 to CV, Invertec V350, SS & Ranger* KA m - KA m - LN8 / 9 to DC, Vantage * KA KA m - 9 pin to 14 pin 15m - 9 pin to 14 pin Heavy duty Recommended Options Track Section, Input Cable Assemblies, Contact Nozzles, Fillet/Lap/Butt Weld Adaptors Suggested Power Sources DC-600, DC-1000, DC-1500 Processes SAW Ordering Information K395 Track Model Literature E9.70 NA3, NA4, NA5 to 14 power source * K m - 9 pin to terminal strip K m - 9 pin to terminal strip K m - 9 pin to terminal strip LT7 to Power Source K m K m K m * Other cables and lengths available upon request WELDING EQUIPMENT 19

20 1 SPECIALISED WELDERS MULTI-WELD SYSTEM FOR ON-SITE MULTIPLE STICK AND WIRE WELDING THE MULTI-WELD SYSTEM Lincoln s Multi-Weld System offers an entirely new and better way to build large structures like ships, water towers, buildings, oil platforms or any other structure where the welder must come to the weld. THE MULTI-SOURCE As a primary source of power, the Multi-Source eliminates many of the cable nightmares found at other job sites by providing a single weld cable that distributes the power. The Multi-Source may be centrally located to feed a few individual Multi- Weld 350s, or as many as 20 or more systems! THE MULTI-WELD 350 Simply speaking, the Multi-Weld 350 packs a lot of power into a compact system. The Multi-Weld 350 is a 350 amp, DC+, 100% duty cycle welder capable of CV-wire, CC-stick or arc gouging. Multi-Weld 350s may be used singularly or paralleled for 700 amps of superior arc gouging power! MULTI-WELD 350 K Input DC Volts 80V DC ( Peak Range) Rated DC+ Output Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle 350A/34V/100% DC+ Input Amps at Rated DC Output (80V DC) 165 Output Range Volts Amps (max 78 OCV) Dimensions (mm) HxWxD 295x254x546 Net Weight (kg) 27 MULTI-SOURCE K WELDING EQUIPMENT Input DC Volts / / , 3 Phase, 50/60Hz Rated DC+ Output Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle 40 80V DC (max), 36 DC (max) Input Voltage/ Input Frequency Input 460V/60Hz 98A Rated DC Output 460V/60Hz 83A 575V/60Hz 69A 415V/50Hz 99A 440V/50Hz 79A 550V/50Hz 66A Dimensions (mm) HxWxD 787x559x1016 Net Weight (kg)

21 SPECIALISED WELDERS WAVEFORM CONTROL TECHNOLOGY INVERTEC STT II K /380/415/440/3/50/60 The revolutionary STT process permits open gap root pass welding in pipe with greater ease of operation, better back beads and edge fusion, with less spatter and smoke than other available processes. STT II can be used with a variety of welding consumables including mild steel, stainless steel, high nickel alloys and silicon bronze. When using C02 on mild and most alloy steels, the STT II produces less spatter than conventional GMAW with argon blends. The STT II is designed for challenging semi-automatic and automatic applications where spatter, smoke, heat input and penetration control is critical. Typical applications include: pipe welding, pressure vessels, stainless steel tanks, furniture, automotive to name a few. Output Range (Amps) peak: background: Output Range (Duty Cycle) 225A, 60% Rated Input 30/18/17/16A Rec. Generator (max output) 15kVA Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 589 x 336 x 620 Net Weight (kg) 53 Features Excellent penetration control Excellent fusion and back bead Consistent X-ray quality welds Eliminates cold lapping on open root joints for pipe and pressure vessels Low heat input Low spatter and low fume Produces small low cost welds at fast travel speeds Up to three times faster than TIG Digital meters for accurate procedure setting Requires less operator skill and minimal training 3 year warranty Suggested Wire Feeder LN-742 Processes MIG-STT Ordering Information K /380/415/440/3/50/60 Literature E POWER WAVE 405 K /380/415/460/575/3/50/60 The Power Wave 405 is factory programmed with over 60 standard welding programs to optimise the arc for a variety of materials or applications, including steel, stainless steel, aluminum, nickel alloys and others. As well as pulse MIG and synergic MIG programs. Lincoln s Waveform Control Technology gives you the ability to select the right waveshape for each application - that means the arc has been optimized for each wire type and size for exceptionally smooth arc performance. The software is upgradable so your Power Wave 405 will grow with your business. New Power Mode maintains a stable, smooth arc for short arc welding of thin materials. Pulse-On-Pulse welding mode improves cleaning action and delivers a TIG-like appearance on aluminum. Output Range (Amps) 5-425A Output Range (Duty Cycle) 350A, 60 % 300A, 100% Rated Input 42/28/26/23/18A Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 376 x 338 x 709 Net Weight (kg) 37 Features Lincoln s Wave Control Technology Over 60 welding programs standard Controls at the wire feeder, rather than the power source Upgradeable to meet changing needs Synergic MIG Pulse-On-Pulse Compact and portable 3 year warranty Recommended options Wave Designer software, Undercarriage Suggested Wire Feeders Power Feed 10 Processes MMAW, TIG, MIG, Synergic MIG, Pulse MIG, FCAW, FCAW SS, Gouging Ordering information K /380/415/460/575/3/50/60 Literature J5.50 POWER WAVE 455 / STT Shown with optional Power Feed 10 Dual wire feeder and accessories. K /415/3/50/60 Combine two revolutionary technologies into one machine and you have the ability to obliterate welding-related barriers. The Power Wave 455/STT takes MIG welding to an all new pinnacle by combining the unique capabilities of Surface Tension Transfer (STT) and Waveform Control Technology for absolute premium MIG welding quality. Easily switch between the processes according to your application. There is just no other multi-process welding power source with this kind of functionality and versatility. Output Range (Amps) DC: 5-570A STT: 5-325A Output Range- (Duty Cycle) 450A, % STT: 325A, 100% Rated Input 48/44A Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 660 x 508 x 838 Net Weight (kg) 117 Features Extremely simple controls of running from basic CV to high performance pulse or STT programs Set-up flexibility with one control cable that connects any combination of pieces Can be easily upgraded from simple to high capabilities Spacious inverter design for easy service 3 year warranty Recommended Options Undercarriage, Wave Designer Software, Watercooler, Dual Procedure Switch. Suggested Wire Feeder Power Feed 10, Power Feed 10 Dual. Processes MMAW, TIG, MIG, MIG-STT, Pulsed MIG FCAW, FCAW-SS, Gouging Ordering Information K /415/3/50/60 Literature E5.170 WELDING EQUIPMENT 21

22 1 EQUIPMENT PLASMA PRO-CUT 25 WF /1/50/60 The Pro-Cut 25 is one of the best examples of how portable and easy to use today's plasma cutters can be. The Pro-Cut 25 operates on 240V, single phase with enough power to cut up to 10mm. The Pro-Cut 25 also has low air consumption requirements so it can run from virtually any portable compressor. Great for sheetmetal work, smash repairs or even the home hobbyist. Output Range (Amps) 12-25A Duty Cycle 60% 100% Rated Input 16A Cutting Capacity mm Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 260 x 160 x 410 Net Weight (kg) 13 Features 25 amps of power for competitive performance up to 1Omm in only a 13kg package 60% duty cycle at maximum output ensures plenty of capacity for virtually any cutting requirement Patented PCT 20 torch and VORTECH TM technology consumables for unmatched cutting speed and capacity The longest consumable life in the industry Back-lit LED system for status indicators. 2 year warranty Ready to cut package includes: Pro-cut m torch, work return lead, air regulator and spare consumables, input lead and plug Processes Air Plasma Cutting. Ordering Information WF /1/50/60 Literature J INVERTEC PC65 K /3/50/60 The Invertec PC65 compressed air plasma cutting system is suitable for cutting of mild steel, stainless steel, aluminium and most other metals. The Invertec PC65 incorporates many sophisticated features that enable the production of high quality cuts over a wide range of thicknesses up to 20 mm. Advanced inverter design provides for a constant current output regardless of variations in line voltage or torch to work distance. Infinitely variable output current control allows easy and precise setting of the cutting current. Indicator lamps show power-on, output voltage, air supply pressure too low, overload conditions and cutting in progress. All circuits have been designed with a modular concept for improved performance and easy maintenance. The Invertec PC65 is supplied ready to cut with all the necessary accessories including a start up pack of consumables. INVERTEC PC105 Output Range (Amps) 20-65A Duty Cycle 50% Rated Input 25A Cutting Capacity 18mm Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 385 x 215 x 586 Net Weight (kg) 19 Advantage Lincoln A output range 0.8 to 18mm cutting capacity (20mm severance cut) Infinitely variable current control Pilot Arc control cutting expanded metal or grates Wide range of consumables suitable for gouging, inside corners, pipe saddle cutting and others Recessed controls designed to eliminate damage Two Year warranty on parts and labour Ready to Cut Package includes. PC65 power source, T70 plasma torch 6m, work return lead, flowmeter, input lead (plug required to suit outlet) Processes Air plasma cutting Ordering Information K /3/50/60 Literature J K /3/50/60 WELDING EQUIPMENT The Invertec PC105 compressed air plasma cutting systems suitable for cutting of mild steel, stainless steel, aluminium and most other metals. The Invertec PC1 05 incorporate many sophisticated features that enable the production of high quality cuts over a wide range of thicknesses up to 35 mm. Infinitely variable output current control allows easy and precise setting of the cutting current. Indicator lamps show power-on, output voltage, air supply pressure too low, overload conditions and cutting in progress. All circuits have been designed with a modular concept for improved performance and easy maintenance. A quick connect torch assembly protected against accidental contact with live parts allows easy switching between hand and machine torches. The Invertec PC105 are supplied ready to cut with all the necessary accessories including a start up pack of consumables. Output Range (Amps) A Duty Cycle 35% Rated Input 15A Cutting Capacity mm Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 235 x 330 x 615 Net Weight (kg) 32 Advantage Lincoln 20 to 105 amp output Infinitely variable current control Pilot Arc control to maintain an uninterrupted arc when cutting expanded metal or grates Wide range of consumables suitable for gouging, inside corners, pipe saddle cutting and others Recessed controls designed to eliminate damage Machine torches available for automatic applications Designed to meet EN and CE standards for safety and reliability Two year parts and labour warranty Processes Compressed air plasma cutting, gouging Recommended Options Machine and robotic torches, remote control. Ordering Information K /3/50/60 Literature J

23 WELDERS TIG WELDERS INVERTEC V160-T PULSE WF /1/50/60 1 The lnvertec V160-T Pulse has all the features that you would expect from a professional TIG welding machine including; 5 to 160 amp output from 240 volt input, selectable HF or lift TIG starting, 2T/4T trigger control, variable down slope and post flow control, digital preset amp meter with a hold function and builtin variable pulse. The variable high frequency pulse allows the welder to adjust the arc focus to suit the application, for reduced distortion and increased travel speeds. For added safety the V160-T Pulse comes with a built-in VRD increasing operator safety in environments with increased hazard of electric shock. The flexibility and generator compatibility allows the V160-T Pulse to be utilized anywhere on site or in the workshop. OUTPUT INPUT Output Range (Amps) 5-160A Output Range (Duty Cycle) 35% 100% Rated Input 16A Rec. generator (max output) >8 kva Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 385 x 215 x 480 Net Weight (kg) 11.5 FEATURES Full function DC TIG with adjustable pulse welding Max output of 160A Infinitely variable output control HF or Lift TIG starting High/low pulse frequency for less distortion, higher travel speed Digital amp meter, presettable output Built-in VRD Generator compatible (> BkVA) Lightweight and portable, includes shoulder strap Fan-on-demand cooling 2 year warranty Recommended Options Stick Kit, TIG/Stick Kit, Remote Output Control, Foot Amptrol, Hand Amptrol Processes MMAW, TIG Ordering Information WF /1/50/60 Literature J3.55 INVERTEC V270-T PULSE K /3/50/60 Who said performance always has to come in a big unit? The V270-T Pulse uses an inverter power source to prove once and for all that a smooth TIG welding are with a range between 5 and 270 amps can come in a 14kg package! Features previously available only with large industrial equipment, like advanced pulsing functions, now come in this compact unit! This machine is also an excellent choice for your stick welding requirements. OUTPUT INPUT Output Range (Amps) 5-270A Output Range (Duty Cycle) 30% 100% Rated Input 20A Rec. generator (max output) 10 kva Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 385 x 215 x 480 Net Weight (kg) 14.5 FEATURES Pulsed DC capability with full control of all pulsing parameters Full function DC TIG with high speed inverter technology and high frequency starting or Lift TIG Excellent low end performance Built-in VRD Adjustable pulse frequency for less distortion, higher travel speed Digital amp meter, presettable output Lightweight and portable, includes shoulder strap 2 year warranty Recommended Options REDI TIG Torch, Hand Amptrol, Foot Amptrol, Cool- Arc 20 Processes MMAW, TIG Ordering Information K /3/50/60 Literature J3.65 INVERTEC V205-T AC/DC K /1/50/60 The Invertec V20ST is a 240-volt AC/DC T16 welder. Combining features that you would expect from a larger TIG welding machine including; 6 to 200 amp output, HF or lift TIG starting, 2T/4T trigger control, digital preset amp meter with a hold function, adjustable AC frequency and AC balance. A fully adjustable pulse function including; starting current, up & down slope, pulse current, pulse width, base current, crater current and post flow control. The variable high frequency pulse allows the welder to adjust the arc focus to suit the application, for reduced distortion and increased travel speeds. Menu driven providing maximum flexibility for adjusting parameters while maintaining a simple control panel layout. Output Range (Amps) 6-200A Output Range (Duty Cycle) 40% 100% Rated Input 16A Rec. generator (max output) 8 kva Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 380 x 210 x 480 Net Weight (kg) 17.6 FEATURES Full function AC/DC TIG with adjustable pulse welding Max output of 200A, 240 volt input Infinitely variable output control HF or Lift TIG starting Full control of all pulsing parameters High/low pulse frequency for less distortion, higher travel speed Digital amp meter, presettable output Menu driven for easy set up Generator compatible (> 8kVA) Lightweight and portable, includes shoulder strap 2 year warranty Recommended Options Stick Kit, TIG/Stick Kit, Remote Output Control, Foot Amptrol, Hand Amptrol, Cool-Arc 20 Processes MMAW, TIG Ordering Information K /1/50/60 Literature J3.70 OUTPUT INPUT WELDING EQUIPMENT 23

24 WELDERS 1 TIG WELDERS INVERTEC V305-T AC/DC K /3/50/60 The Invertec V305-T is a heavy-duty AC/DC industrial TIG welding machine. Designed with the latest digital inverter technology that enables the V305-T to operate off a 415V, 16A input, much less than conventional TIG welders of this size. Features of this top of the line inverter include; 6 to 300 amp output, HF or lift TIG starting, 2T/4T trigger control, digital preset amp meter with a hold function, adjustable AC frequency and AC balance. A fully adjustable pulse function including; starting current, up and down slope, pulse current, pulse width, base current, crater current and post flow control. The variable high frequency pulse allows the welder to adjust the arc focus to suit the application, for reduced distortion and increased travel speeds. OUTPUT INPUT Output Range (Amps) 6-300A Output Range (Duty Cycle) 40% 60% Rated Input 16A Rec. generator (max output) 8 kva Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 500 x 275 x 610 Net Weight (kg) 33 FEATURES Full function AC/DC TIG with adjustable pulse welding Max output of 300A Infinitely variable output control HF or Lift TIG starting Full control of all pulsing parameters High/low pulse frequency for less distortion, higher travel speed Digital amp meter, presettable output Menu driven for easy set up Generator compatible (> 8kVA) Lightweight and portable, includes shoulder strap 2 year warranty Recommended Options REDI TIG torch, Remote Output Control Foot Amptrol, Hand Amptrol, Cool-Arc 30 Processes MMAW, TIG Ordering Information K /3/50/60 Literature J3.75 PRECISION TIG 185 K /1/50/60 The Precision TIG 185 is designed for both AC and DC TIG and stick electrode welding. A simple, easy to operate control panel and full range capabilities from 5 to 185 amps. Including professional features like Micro-Start Technology ensuring soft start throughout the amperage range, Autobalance takes the guesswork out optimising cleaning action versus penetration, built-in pulse control makes it easy to gain even greater heat control on thin material, adjustable postflow timer. OUTPUT INPUT Output Range (Amps) 5-185A Output Range (Duty Cycle) 185A, 15% 90A, 100% Rated Input 39/37A Rec. generator (max output) 16 kva Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 526 x 356 x 650 Net Weight (kg) 87 FEATURES Square Wave Technology Single range output from 5 to 185 amps Micro-Start Technology Auto-balance Built-in pulser Digital meter Adjustable post flow timer 3 year warranty Recommended Options Air Cooled TIG Kit, Foot or Hand Amptrol, Undercarriage Processes TIG, Stick Ordering Information K /1/50/60 PRECISION TIG 275 K /380/415/1/50/60 WELDING EQUIPMENT The Precision TIG 275 has built a name for itself when it comes to high volume TIG welding and low amp performance. The Precision TIG 275 is designed for the most demanding professional TIG welder, with an output range from 2 to 340 amps, the Precision TIG 275 has the capability to handle virtually all TIG welding applications, and includes stick welding capability. The optional advance process panel add TIG pulse function. Output Range (Amps) AC: 5-340A DC: 2-340A Output Range (Duty Cycle) 275A, 40% 225A, 60% Rated Input 80/46/42A Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 787 x 559 x 660 Net Weight (kg) 180 FEATURES Simple, easy to use dial controls Full AC wave balance control to customise the right amount of penetration and cleaning for each welding situation Micro start technology for exceptional arc starting down to 2 amps Standard digital meter for precise control of welding parameters 3 year warranty Recommended Options Air Cooled TIG Kit, Water Cooled TIG Kit, Foot Amptrol, Hand Amptrol, Undercarriage, Advance Process-Pulse Panel. Processes MMAW, TIG Ordering Information K /380/415/1/50/60 Literature E3.42 OUTPUT INPUT 24

25 TIG WELDERS POWER WAVE AC/DC 1000 Increase Productivity, Quality and Flexibility The Power Wave AC/DC 1000 is the first power source to introduce Waveform Control Technology to submerged arc welding. Variable frequency and amplitude AC, DC positive or DC negative output allows the user to control the deposition rate and penetration, An operator can increase weld speeds, yield higher quality welds and improve efficiencies in a single or multi-arc environment. The phase angle and frequency of different machines can also be synchronized to balance the interactions between multiple arcs and minimize arc blow. Depending on the output a welding arc may be driven by a single machine or multiple machines in parallel for applications that require more than 1000 amps of continuous operation. WELDERS OUTPUT INPUT 1 PROCESSES Submerged Arc ADVANTAGE LINCOLN Eliminate downtime with easy polarity switching - no hardware reconfiguration required. Stable and independent arc controls for multiple arc applications. Improved efficiency and reliability with cooler operation through patented Coaxial Transformer Technology TM. 95% power factor correction enables connection of more machines on the same plant infrastructure for lower installation costs compared to other machines. Remote process monitoring and control through ArcLink, Ethernet, and DeviceNet communication. Consistent operation over ±10% input voltage variation through built-in line voltage compensation and reliable Input voltage connection. Manufactured under a quality system certified to ISO 9001 requirements and ISO environmental standards. Three-year warranty on parts and labor. RECOMMENDED GENERAL OPTIONS System Interface, Interface Control Cable (22-pin), ArcLink Cable (5-pin), Feeder Control Cable (14-pin), TC-3 Self-Propelled Travel Carriage, CE Filter(1) RECOMMENDED WIRE FEEDERS Power Feed 10A Controller K (requires either the K Power Feed 10SF Wire Feed Head for fixed hard automation, or the K Power Feed 10S Head for mounting a Lincoln TC-3 Travel Carriage), Power Feed 10SM Motor Conversion Kit K (Other options may apply). TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Product Product Input Rated Output Input Current Output Dimensions Net Weight Name Number Voltage Current/Voltage/Duty Output Range HxWxD in (mm) lbs (kg) Power Wave AC/DC 1000 K /500/575/3/ /44/100% 68/62/ A 43.5 x 19.2 x (1105 x 488 x 838) (272) Power Wave AC/DC 1000 (1) K (1) 380/400/460/500/575/3/50/ /44/100% 82/79/69/62/ A 43.5 x 19.2 x (1105 x 488 x 838) (295) (1) External Filter is required to meet CE conducted emission requirements. The K must be used with the K PRECISION TIG 375 K /415/500/1/50/60 Designed for professionals who want complete customisation of the TIG process The Precision TIG 375 offers the best TIG welding performance in the family. Challenge it with the most sophisticated applications and it is ready to yield high quality welds time and time again. Like other Precision TIG machines, the TIG 375 features the advantages and benefits of Lincoln s Precision Technology. Because the machine allows all or part of the weld cycle to be preset or programmed, the unit can be used with robots and weld positioners. OUTPUT INPUT Output Range (Amps) AC: 5-400A DC: 2-400A Output Range (Duty Cycle) 375A. 35V@ 40% 350A, 60% Rated Input 110/64/59A Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 965 x 565 x 660 Net Weight (kg) 232 FEATURES Auto Balance automatically adjusts the AC wave balance when aluminum welding Excellent arc starting and stability Pulse adjustment of frequency, background and peak current for easier control of the arc and reducing heat input Precision output ensures high resistance to AC arc rectification for best operation when welding aluminum 3 year warranty RECOMMENDED OPTIONS Air Cooled TIG Kit, Water Cooled TIG kit, Hand Amptrol, Foot Amptrol, Water Cooler, Undercarriage Processes MMAW, TIG Ordering information K /415/500/1/50/60 Literature E3.51 TIG MODULE K /1/50/60 The TIG Module is designed to be used in conjunction with constant current power sources, and provides high frequency and shielding gas control for AC and DC TIG welding applications. The TIG module can be mounted on top of the power source or taken to the job for convenient control of the process. The TIG module provides contactor control of the welding current, pre and post shielding gas flow, and selectable high frequency arc starting. Output Range (Amps) A Output Range (Duty Cycle) 100% 60% 20% Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 305 x 381 x 267 Net Weight (kg) 15 FEATURES Capacity range 15 to 400 amps AC/DC Portable and easy to carry Adjustable post flow timer 5 to 55 sec. High frequency switch allows selection of start only, continuous or No high frequency Remote/local switch, allows foot or hand amptrol to control welding output RECOMMENDED OPTIONS RF Bypass Capacitor Kit, Control Cables, Docking Kit, Control Cable Extension Hand Amptrol, Foot Amptrol Processes TIG Suggested Power Sources R3R-500-1, DC-400, DC-600, Weldanpower 230+, Ranger 405D, Vantage 575 Ordering information K /1/50/60 Literature E3.205 OUTPUT INPUT WELDING EQUIPMENT 25

26 WELDERS 1 STICK WELDERS INVERTEC V145-S WF /1/50/60 The power to perform! Welding arc behaviour has never reached such high levels of smoothness and consistency. The Invertec V145-S offers much more than you would expect from a welder of it s size. Through Lincoln s unique Auto-adaptive Arc Force feature the V145-S instantly adjusts the weld current to maximise arc stability, avoid sticking and minimise spatter. Built-in input voltage tolerance makes the V145- S compatible with either a long extension lead (up to 60 metres) and/or generators. Lightweight and portable, the V145-S is made of a rugged and robust polyester casing developed to handle the most arduous environments. It is designed with a large ergonomic handle and an adjustable, removable carrying strap. OUTPUT INPUT Output Range (Amps) 5-145A Output Range (Duty Cycle) 145A, 35% 105A, 24V 0 100% Rated Input 16A Rec. generator (max output) >8 kva Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 288 x 156 x 392 Net Weight (kg) 6 FEATURES Excellent arc characteristics for rutile and basic electrodes Stepless output control Built-in hot start for easy electrode striking Plastic enclosure for ultimate durability and impact resistance Built-in over voltage control Lift TIG Generator compatible (>8 kva) Complete weight is only 6kg 2 year warranty Recommended Options Stick Kit, TIG/Stick kit Processes M MAW, TIG Ordering Information WF /1/50/60 INVERTEC V160-S WF /1/50/60 The V160-S stick and lift TIG welder has been designed and manufactured using the latest digital inverter technology. A maximum output of 160A allows the use of up to 4mm electrodes. The professional welder will appreciate the many advanced features including the built-in Hot Start and adjustable Arc Force control. The V160-S features lift TIG as standard which enables the welder to start the TIG arc by lifting the tungsten electrode from the work piece without tungsten contamination or the need for HF ignition. For added safety the V160-S comes with a built-in VRD increasing operator safety in environments with increased hazard of electric shock. OUTPUT INPUT Output Range (Amps) 5-160A Output Range (Duty Cycle) 35% 100% Rated Input 16A Rec. generator (max output) >8 kva Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 320 x 200 x 430 Net Weight (kg) 10.5 FEATURES Excellent DC arc characteristics Infinitely variable output control Max output of 160A Lift TIG Built-in VRD Infinitely variable Arc force Generator compatible (>8kVA) Lightweight and portable, includes shoulder strap 2 year warranty Recommended Options Stick kit, TIG/stick kit. Processes MMAW, TIG Ordering Information WF /1/50/60 Literature J3.50 INVERTEC V270-S K /3/50/60 WELDING EQUIPMENT The Invertec V270-S stick and Lift TIG welder has been designed using the latest digital inverter with excellent arc characteristics. The professional welder will appreciate the many advanced features including the built-in Hot Start and adjustable Arc Force control that enable easy arc striking and smooth welding with most types of electrodes. The Invertec V270-S features lift TIG enables the welder to start the TIG arc by lifting the tungsten electrode from the work piece without tungsten contamination or the need for HF ignition. For added safety the Invertec V270-S comes with a builtin VRD (voltage reducing device). Output Range (Amps) 5-270A Output Range (Duty Cycle) 35% 100% Rated Input 20A Rec. generator (max output) 10 kva Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 385 x 215 x 480 Net Weight (kg) 13.5 FEATURES Excellent DC arc characteristics, for a wide range of electrode types Maximum output of 270 amps Infinitely variable output control Digital volt/amp meter Lift TIG Built-in VRD Adjustable Arc force and built-in Hot Start Generator compatible (>8kVA) Lightweight and portable, includes shoulder strap 2 year warranty Recommended options Stick kit, TIG/stick kit, Remote control Processes MMAW, TIG Ordering information K /3/50/60 Literature J3.60 OUTPUT 3 INPUT 26

27 WELDERS STICK WELDERS R3R-500-I K1380A1 220/380/440/3/50/60 K1380A7 415/3/50/60 1 A rugged, industrial work machine. The R3R-500-I delivers premium stick welding. Its smooth low spatter arc, proves consistent results day-in and day-out for welding a wide variety of materials. The R3R-500-Iis especially suited for critical welding applications using low hydrogen, cellulose and stainless steel electrodes. Applications include: field construction, ship building, offshore oil platforms, storage tanks, pipeline welding and general fabrication. OUTPUT 3 INPUT Output Range (Amps) A Output Range (Duty Cycle) 500A, 35% 400A, 60% 100% Rated Input 74/47/37A 30A Dimensions fmm) H x W x D 699 x 566 x 840 Net Weight (kg) 182 FEATURES Smooth, consistent arc Easy to set calibrated output knob Arc force control Conserve floor space with stackable case design All weather, full environmental (including salt water) protection for field construction Fan-cooled for extra thermal protection. Designed to NEMA specifications 3 year warranty Recommended Options TIG Module, Remote Output Control, Accessory Kit, Undercarriage, Volt/amp meters. Processes MMAW, TIG, Gouging Ordering Information K1380A1 220/380/440/3/50/60 K1380A7 415/3/50/60 Literature J 2.60 R3R-600-I K1381A1 220/380/440/3/50/60 A rugged, industrial work machine, the R3R-600-I delivers premium stick welding. Its smooth, low spatter arc proves consistent results day-in and day-out for welding a wide variety of materials. The R3R-600-I is especially suited for critical welding applications using low hydrogen, cellulose and stainless steel electrodes. Applications include: field construction, shipbuilding, offshore oil platforms, storage tanks, pipeline welding and general fabrication. OUTPUT 3 INPUT Output Range (Amps) A Output Range (Duty Cycle) 600A, 35% 500A, 60% 375A, 100% Rated Input 65/38/32A Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 699 x 566 x 840 Net Weight (kg) 202 FEATURES Smooth, consistent arc Continuous output adjustment Arc force control All weather, full environmental (including salt water) protection for field construction Fan-cooled for extra thermal protection Designed to NEMA specifications 3 year warranty Recommended options TIG module, Remote Output Control, Accessory kit, Undercarriage, Volt/Amp meters Processes MMAW, TIG, Gouging Ordering information K1381A1 220/380/440/3/50/60 Literature J2.65 WELDING EQUIPMENT 27

28 WELDERS 1 STICK WELDERS HANDYMAX 160 The Handymax 160 is a 240 volt 15 amp AC stick electrode welder. Designed for the on-site contractor, tradesmen, maintenance / service, rural and handyman applications with a powerful 160 amp output suitable for running 2.0, 2.5 and 3.2mm electrodes. PACKAGES INCLUDE: Handymax power source Electrode lead Work return lead Handshield Chipping hammer Wire brush Electrode sample Primary lead & 15 amp plug FEATURES INCLUDE: 240V, 15A Infinitely variable output control Built-in carry handle On/off switch Removable welding leads 5 year warranty MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS Part No Power Supply 240V 50Hz Rated Input AS A Max Short Circuit Input Current 35.4A Rec. Generator (max output) 9 kva Output Range A Rated Output 25% OCV 50 Dimensions L x W x H mm 560 x 260 x 280 Weight 26 kg PROMAX 230 The Promax 230 is a multi-voltage input, light industrial AC welding machine. A dual current range, with a maximum output of 230 amps enables the use of a wide selection of electrodes including mild steel, stainless steel, iron powder, low hydrogen and hardfacing electrodes. Simplified construction of vertical cabinets occupy minimum floor space, with a wheeling kit and handle for easy manoeuvrability. Minimum maintenance due to a minimum of moving parts. Suitable for tradesmen, on site maintenance/ service, rural and handyman applications. PACKAGES INCLUDE: Promax 230 power source 30 amp Primary lead, 3 metre FEATURES INCLUDE: Multi voltage input 240/415 volt Dual output range with high/low OCV tappings amp Output range Wheeling kit and handle Minimum maintenance due to it s simplified construction with a minimum of moving parts. Fan cooled 12 month warranty MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS Part No Power Supply 240V / 415V 50Hz Rated Input AS / 16A Max Short Circuit Input Current 73 / 45A Rec. Generator (max output) 19 kva Output Range Low A High A Rated Output Low 100% 75A 24V 25% 145A 26V 18% 190A 27V High 100% 110A 24V 25% 200A 28V 18% 230A 29V OCV Low 78 High 50 Dimensions L x W x H mm 350 x 450 x 860 Weight 35 kg PROMAX LIQUIDARC WELDING EQUIPMENT The Promax 270 is a 415 volt input, light industrial AC welding machine. Applications include maintenance/ repair, building, fabricating and rebuilding worn parts. A dual current range and 270 amps maximum output enables use of a wide selection and size of electrodes including mild steel, stainless steel, iron powder, low hydrogen and hardfacing. (Occupying minimum space and PACKAGES INCLUDE: Promax 270 power source Primary lead, 3 metre FEATURES INCLUDE: 415 volt input Dual output range with high/ low OCV tappings amp Output range Wheeling kit and handle Minimum maintenance due to its simplified construction with a minimum of moving parts Fan cooled 12 months warranty MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS Part No Power Supply 415V / 50Hz Rated Input AS A Max Short Circuit Input Current 48A Rec. Generator (max output) 20 kva Output Range Low A High A Rated Output Low 100% 100A 24V 25% 200A 28V 18% 230A 29V High 100% 125A 25V 25% 250A 30V 18% 270A 31V easily manoeuvred, the Promax 270 is suitable for contractors, tradesmen, on-site maintenance and rural applications).simplified construction of vertical cabinets occupy minimum floor space, with a wheeling kit and handle for easy manoeuvrability. Minimum maintenance due to a minimum of moving parts. OCV Low 77 High 50 Dimensions L x W x H mm 350 x 450 x 860 Weight 36 kg 28

29 STICK WELDERS PROMAX 401 The Promax 401 is the workhorse of the Promax family. A 415 volt input, industrial AC welding machine, designed for heavy duty fabrication and construction applications. A dual current range with a maximum output of 400amps enables the use of the wide selection of the largest diameter WELDERS electrodes including mild steel, stainless steel, iron powder, low hydrogen and hardfacing electrodes. Suitable for metal fabrication, general engineering, contractors, tradesmen, on-site maintenance/ service applications. 1 PACKAGES INCLUDE: Promax 401 power source Primary lead, 3 metre FEATURES INCLUDE: 415 volt input Dual output range with high/ low OCV tappings amp Output range Wheeling kit and handle Minimum maintenance due to its simplified construction with a minimum of moving parts. Fan cooled 12 months warranty MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS Part No Power Supply 415V / 50Hz Rated Input AS A Max Short Circuit Input Current 108A Rec. Generator (max output) 45 kva Output Range Low A High A Rated Output Low 100% 160A 26V 60% 205A 28V 30% 290A 31V 20% 360A 34V High 100% 170A 26V 60% 220A 29V 20% 310A 32V 18% 401A 36V OCV 80 Dimensions L x W x H mm 700 x 520 x 640 Weight 80 kg VIKING STP 3 IN 1 - STICK, TIG, PLASMA The Viking STP 3 in 1 is a revolutionary development in inverter technology, bringing together three processes in one neat, compact, go anywhere package. The Viking STP (Stick, TIG, Plasma) is a 240 volt input machine: 130 amp DC stick electrode welder; 170 amp DC TIG welder and 35 amp compressed air plasma cutter with the power to cut up to 10mm plate. Exceptionally smooth and stable arc characteristics in both Stick electrode and TIG modes. The Viking STP is supplied with all the accessories required to allow immediate use of all the processes.ideally suited for maintenance and repair work, on-site contractors, general engineering, tradesman, and rural applications. PACKAGES INCLUDE: Viking STP 3 in 1 power source P40 Plasma torch, 8 metre Maxtig 150 TIG torch, 6 metre with 1.6mm consumables Electrode lead with holder, 3 metre Work return lead with clamp, 6 metre Flowmeter / regulator Compressed air filter regulator Primary lead & plug FEATURES INCLUDE: Lightweight, compact Built-in handle, portable 240 volt input amps DC stick electrode output amps DC TIG output amp Plasma output, up to 1Omm cutting capacity DC welding current for Stick and TIG welding Mains compensation Adjustable gas post flow - TIG HF starting - TIG & plasma Overload protection & warning light Fan cooled 1 year warranty MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS Part No Power Supply 240V 50 / 60Hz Rated Input 15A OCV Max MMAW 69V Plasma 210V Output Range MMAW 5-130A GTAW 5-170A Plasma 10-35A Rated Output 125A 25% Dimensions L x W x H mm 410 x 164 x 290 Weight 14 kg WELDING EQUIPMENT 29

30 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 WELDING EQUIPMENT ENGINE DRIVEN MACHINES MILLER ENGINE DRIVEN BIG BLUE 500X & 600X Part No. MR X Perkins Part No. MR X Perkins Turbo Heavy industrial welder/generators for serious construction, structural steel, pipe work, mining and plant maintenance. Fully enclosed case provides engine protection and reduced noise levels. With multi-process capabilities of MIG/FCAW/STICK/TIG/SUBARC/STUD WELDING & CARBON ARC with a rating of 400/ % duty cycle. The Big Blue X series will stand up to the toughest challenges. Ask for data sheet EDX/10.11 for full details & accessories. Perkins engine provides 10,000 hours before first basic overhaul. Low-speed engine (1800 RPM) provides long life and low operating expenses. Engine gauges standard on both models indicate oil pressure, coolant temperature. Single sided maintenance for easy access for oil, filters and cleaners. Arc-Drive enhances Stick welding on pipe preventing arc extinguishing. Auxiliary power 5,000 watts peak, 4,000 watts continuous. 14 pin remote receptacle for remote current and contactor devices. Optional Accessories: Part No. Miller X-Treme Suit case wire feeder MR Miller Iron Mate (Gasless Torch) - 15ft MR Bernard 300A gun with 3.0m cable BEQ3010AR7EM Bernard 300A gun with 4.6m cable BEQ3015AR7EM Welding cable 35mm2 CABW35 Welding Cable 50mm2 CABW50 JB type cable connector 300 Amp WGEC1 JB type cable connector 500 Amp WGEC2 Argon regulator flow gauge WGAG24 MMAW lead kit -torn AA52-0/10 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Model Process Amp/Volt Rated Weld Single Phase Dimensions Shipping Range Output Generator Power Height Width Depth Weight 500X CC/DC A 36V, 100% 5,000 watts (peak) 1092mm 7240mm 1637mm 710 kg 14-40V 34V, 40% 4,000 watts (continous) 600X CV/DC A 34V, 100% 240VAC, 17A, 50/60Hz 769kg 14-40V 34V, 40% BIG BLUE AIR PAK Part No. MR Designed and built to be the world's most reliable high output system, welder/ generator/air compressor A go anywhere solution to field jobs requiring welding, gouging or cutting, compressed air and AC power generation. 20 to 750 Amps welding output. Built-in ultra-reliable Ingersoll- Rand industrial rotary screw compressor produces 100 PSI at 60 CFM 100% duty cycle. Performing the duties of 3 separate machines, the Big Blue Air Pak can reduce transportation costs, and saves space on service and repair rigs MSHA approved for use in underground coal mines. Ask for brochure ED/10.5 for full details & accessories, Independent compressor Robust enclosed case design Low maintenance Quiet (78db at maximum, 70db Idle) Hot start for easy electrode starting Optional AC/DC battery charge/ jump start Optional Accessories: Part No. Miller X-Treme Suit case wire feeder MR Miller Iron Mate (Gasless Torch) - 15ft MR Bernard 300A gun with 3.0m cable BEQ3010AR7EM Bernard 300A gun with 4.6m cable BEQ 3015AR7EM Welding cable 35mm 2 CABW35 Welding Cable 50mm 2 CABW50 JB type cable connector 300 Amp WGEC1 JB type cable connector 500 Amp WGEC2 Argon regulator flow gauge WGAG24 MMAW lead kit -torn AA52-0/10 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Engine Welding Rated Welding Current Auxilliary Air Dimensions Shipping Mode Output Range Power Compressor Height Width Depth Weight Duetz, BF-4M, 2001 CC/DC duty Amps 4,000 W 1ph 240v 100 PSI 60 CFM 1092mm 724mm 899 kg 64 HP Diesel CV/DC duty Volts 100% duty 1715mm (*Only available on delux model) CC/AC* duty Amps optional 12 kw 1ph 240v 30

31 WELDING EQUIPMENT ENGINE DRIVEN MACHINES BOBCAT 250 DIESEL Rugged engine drive is the standard for Stick and Flux Cored welding! Bobcat 250 Diesel has the power and the key features that help you turn a profit. Ask for Literature ED/4.4 Features Fully enclosed case 12 gallon fuel capacity Super-tough protective armor with covers OSHA and CSA required output stud and receptacle covers Tri-Cor technology Accu-Rated - not inflated generator power and more Processes Stick (SMAW) MIG (GMAW)* Flux Cored (FCAW)* AC**/DC TIG (DC GTAW) Air Carbon Arc Cutting and Gouging (CAC-A) (4.8mm [3/16 in] carbons) ** with voltage-sensing feeder only ** with HF-251 (non-critical) or Dynasty 200 Series New Maintenance Displays Engine hours Hours left before an oil change is due Fuel gauge with low fuel shutdown (Note: Engine shuts of before the system runs out of fuel making restarts easy) High coolant temperature and low oil pressure shutdowns Idle lock switch allows engine to be started at idle to extend engine life. Diesel Engine Kubota D722 3 cylinder, industrial, liquid cooled Note: Engine is warranted separately by engine manufacturer 1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Stock Number Welding Process Amp/Volt Rated 40 C Auxillary Power Net Mode Ranges (104 F) Weight (# ) Kubota with 12/24/36V CC/AC Stick/TIG A 25V Peak: 10,000 watts 318 kg Battery charger (AC output not available A 100% Duty cycle Continuous: (700lb) when battery charger in use) A 9,500 watts at 84/42 A, (# ) with dry battery CC/DC A 120/240 VAC, 60 Hz (# ) without battery CV/DC MIG/FCAW 17-22V 250A at 28V, 100% Duty cycle 20-28V 275A at 25V, 60% Duty cycle PR0 300 Low speed, compact diesel welder ideal for professional welders. Compact and lightweight - designed to be the smallest, lightest 1800-RPM low-speed diesel. Easy to transport from one job to another. Features Include Stick, Lift-Arc TIG, Flux Cored and CV short arc MIG. Other features include digital preset weld meters. output control and auto idle. Quiet - only 73 dba (98 Lwa) at maximum output. Improves work site communication and safety. The Vault - ultimate control board reliability. Hardened sold-state control technology, housed in a sealed vault. The vault s sealed connections are made through watertight plugs that make these components imprenetrable to dust and moisture. Automatic remote sense detects if a remote control is plugged into the 14 pin and eliminates confusion of the remote/panel switch. Tailored arc control (DIG) allows the arc characteristics to be changed for specific applications and electrodes. Smotth running 7018 or stiffer, more penetrating CC CV DC Processess Stick (SMAW) MIG (GMAW Flux Cored (FCAW) TIG (GTAW) Air Carbon Arc Cutting and Gouging (CAC-A) rated 1/4 in carbons, capable 5/16 in carbons Diesel Engine Caterpiller C1.5 3-cylinder, industrial, liquid-cooled Note: Engine is warranted separately by engine manufacturer. Most Popular accessories Spectrum 2050 Dynasty 200 Series Suitcase X-TREME 12VS/12RC 1-phase Full KVA Plug Kit # Protective Cover # Mid-Frame triler # RHC-14 Remote # TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Stock Number Welding Amp/Volt Rated Output Single Phase Dimensions Shipping (# ) Mode C) Generator Power Height Width Depth Weight CAT. 22 HP CC/DC A 32V, 60% 12,000 watts (peak) 831mm 660mm 1422mm 499 kg at 1800 RPM CV/DC 14-40A Duty Cyle 10,000 watts (continous) 83/42A, 120 GFCI/ 240VAC 60Hz WELDING EQUIPMENT 31

32 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 MILLER ENGINE DRIVEN BLUE STAR 185DX Part No. MR Compact, portable petrol engine driven generator welder, perfect for maintenance, construction and farm work. Packed with 6000 watts of 240Volt regulated auxiliary power for use with power tools or Miller Spectrum 375 Plasma cutter, 185 Amps DC welding output for DC TIG and Stick welding applications. Ask for data sheet ED/2.5 for more details Large 18.9L fuel tank giving 15 hours of welding at 130 amps output. Electric start for added convenience. Automatic Idle when not In use to save and reduce fuel consumption. Single range amperage control makes weld settings easy. Bullet-proof technology eliminates use of circuit boards Optional Accessories: Part No. Miller X-Treme Suit case wire feeder MR Miller Iron Mate (Gasless Torch) - 15ft MR Bernard 300A gun with 3.0m cable BEQ3010AR7EM Bernard 300A gun with 4.6m cable BEQ3015AR7EM Welding cable 35mm2 CABW35 Welding Cable 50mm2 CABW50 JB type cable connector 300 Amp WGEC1 JB type cable connector 500 Amp WGEC2 Argon regulator flow gauge WGAG24 MMAW lead kit -torn AA52-0/10 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Welding Process Amp/Volt Rated Single Phase Dimensions Shipping Mode Range Output Generator Power Height Width Depth Weight CC/DC Stick/TIG A 25V, 25% 6,000 watts (peak) 578mm 578mm 803mm 143 kg 5,500 watts (continous) 240VAC, 25A, 60Hz BOBCAT 250 WELDING EQUIPMENT Part No. MR Toughest most powerful twin-cylinder welder in its class, designed for the professional welder who needs a machine with excellent arc performance for all types of welding jobs. NEW! Fully enclosed case provides 1/3 less noise than previous models while fully protecting the engine. With a MIG/FCAW/STICK rating of % duty cycle, Improved performance with E7018 electrodes and reduced spatter, while maintaining great E6010 arc performance. Ask for data sheet ED/4.4 for more details DC scratch starts minimise tungsten contamination. AC TIG is smooth and similar to squarewave - 40 to 250 amps suitable for a wide range of aluminium jobs. Automatic idle in all processes, including MIG/FCAW to save and reduce fuel consumption. Removable service doors provide easy access for engine maintenance. Increased fuel capacity to 45L Accu-Rated 10,000 watts of usable peak power for generator loads such as plasma cutting. Smooth Power - Not Spike Power, revolutionary rotor design for smoother auxiliary power. Optional Accessories: Part No. Miller X-Treme Suit case wire feeder MR Miller Iron Mate (Gasless Torch) - 15ft MR Bernard 300A gun with 3.0m cable BEQ3010AR7EM Bernard 300A gun with 4.6m cable BEQ3015AR7EM Welding cable 35mm2 CABW35 Welding Cable 50mm2 CABW50 JB type cable connector 300 Amp WGEC1 JB type cable connector 500 Amp WGEC2 Argon regulator flow gauge WGAC24 MMAW lead kit -torn AA52-0/10 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Welding Process Amp/Volt Rated Single Phase Dimensions Shipping Mode Range Output Generator Power Height Width Depth Weight CC/DC TIG A 25V, 100% 10,000 watts (peak) 838mm 508mm 1156mm 254 kg CC/DC Stick/TIG A 28V, 100% 9,500 watts (continous) CV/DC MIG/FCAW 17-28V 25V, 60% 240VAC, 42A, 60Hz 32

33 WELDING EQUIPMENT GENELITE QUALITY PETROL AND DIESEL GENERATORS AND WELDERS 1 asilenced Petrol Generators for camping, motor home and domestic applications. 500 watt to 5500 watt Industrial Petrol Generators from 2.5k VA to 15kVA Single and Three Phase 2 pole Diesel Generators from 2.2kVA to 6.5kVA Open type and silenced Belt Driven Generators from 3kVA to 8kVA Single and Three Phase Generator Welders in petrol or diesel 180 Amp to 240 Amp Four in One Workstation. Generator, welder, battery charger and removable air compressor. Available in petrol and diesel PTO Driven Tractor Pac Heavy duty 1500 RPM diesel units. Standard packages and purpose built units for irrigation use and special applications. Open type and silenced remote & automatic control systems WELDING EQUIPMENT 33

34 1 WELDING EQUIPMENT MIG MACHINES - SINGLE PHASE WELDMATIC 150 Part No. CP115-0 A rugged and powerful MIG welder for home, trades or light industrial applications. Fillet weld up to 6mm steel, stainless steel or aluminium in a single pass. Can be used with both gas shielded solid wires and self shielding (gasless) flux cored wires. Outstanding performance from a truly portable MIG welder. 6mm 1KG AND 5KG SPOOL CAPACITY 9 VOLTAGE SETTINGS FOR PRECISE CONTROL INDUSTRIAL QUALITY BERNARD GUN & CABLE OPTIONAL TROLLEY CART WITH TOOL TRAY WELD SETTING CHART FOR SOLID & GASLESS WIRES QUICK & EASY POLARITY REVERSAL FOR GASLESS WIRES TWIN CARRY HANDLES FOR ADDITIONAL SAFETY Standard Package Includes: Power source with internal wirefeeder Gun cable Work lead - 3m Gas hose Regulator Operating manual Optional accessories Trolley cart with tool tray Part No. AM308-0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Primary Rated Primary Max. Primary Kva Supply Rated 40c Welding Current Electrode Size Shipping Voltage Current Current Plug (5 min Cycle) Range Range Weight 240 Vac - 50/60Hz 12 Amps 28 Amps 6.7 kva 15 Amps 135A, 20.8V, 25% duty Amps mm Solid 38 kg 67A, 18V, 100% duty mm Cored WELDMATIC 175 Part No. CP116-1 Genuine 175 amps of pure welding grunt. Fillet weld up to 8mm steel, stainless steel or aluminium in a single pass. The 175 comes with a convenient trolley cart and accessory tray and accepts gas cylinders up to E size. Can be used with both gas shielded solid wires and self-shielding (gasless) flux cored wires. This compact MIG out-guns some of the big-boys, but is easily transported in the boot of a car. Ideal for home workshops, light manufacturing, and hire fleets. 8mm WELDING EQUIPMENT 1KG AND 5KG SPOOL CAPACITY 9 VOLTAGE SETTINGS INDUSTRIAL QUALITY BERNARD GUN CABLE WELD SETTING CHART FOR SOLID & GASLESS WIRES QUICK & EASY POLARITY REVERSAL FOR GASLESS WIRES INCLUDES TROLLEY CART WITH TOOL TRAY Standard Package Includes: Power source with internal wirefeeder Trolley cart Gun cable Work lead - 3m Gas hose Regulator Operating manual TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Primary Rated Primary Max. Primary Kva Supply Rated 40c Welding Current Electrode Size Shipping Voltage Current Current Plug (5 min Cycle) Range Range Weight 240 Vac - 50/60Hz 12 Amps 30 Amps 7.2 kva 15 Amps 175A, 22.8V, 16% duty Amps mm Solid 45 kg 67A, 18V, 100% duty mm Cored 34

35 WELDERS WELDING EQUIPMENT MIG MACHINES - SINGLE PHASE WELDMATIC 8mm Part No. CP The ideal MIG welder for car body work, sheetmetal, exhaust and other tube materials, with top end capacity to fillet weld up to 8mm steel, stainless or aluminium in a single pass. Accepts up to a 15kg spool. The welder is mobile mounted and conveniently sized to fit into the busiest workshop, or under a workbench. Featuring a soft arc characteristic, operators will find it easy to weld thin materials. Ideal for use with silicon bronze wire. Adjustable Arcstart control allows starting conditions to be fine tuned from Soft through to Fast to suit the welding application. POWER SAVING FAN-ON-DEMAND, COOLING FAN ONLY RUNS WHEN NEEDED SPOT WELD AND LATCH GUN SWITCH MODES UNIQUE ARCSTART CONTROL STANDBY POWER SWITCH SUITS 15 AMP POWER OUTLET 9 VOLTAGE SETTINGS FOR PRECISE ARC CONTROL QUICK AND EASY POLARITY REVERSAL FOR GASLESS WIRES 5 KG AND 15 KG SPOOL CAPACITY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Primary Rated Primary Max. Primary Recommended Supply Rated 40c Welding Current Electrode Size Shipping Voltage Current Current Generator Kva Plug (10 min Cycle) Range Range Weight 240 Vac - 50/60Hz 15 Amps 31 Amps 7.5 kva 15 Amps 175A, 22.8V, 20% duty Amps mm Solid 72 kg 80A, 18V, 100% duty mm Cored WELDMATIC 10mm Part No. CP119-0 For a MIG welder capable of delivering top-end capacity without sacrificing low-end performance, choose the Weldmatic 10mm Excellent arc characteristics across the full operating range. Applications range from rural workshops and light manufacturing to training colleges and schools. For optimised starting conditions, the unique ARCSTART control allows starting response to be fine tuned to suit the application, from Soft through to Fast. Select LATCH gun switch mode to reduce operator fatigue, press to start - press to stop. Supplied with a genuine BERNARD welding gun for maximum reliability and nation-wide availability of consumable parts. POWER SAVING FAN-ON-DEMAND, COOLING FAN ONLY RUNS WHEN NEEDED SPOT WELD AND LATCH GUN SWITCH MODES ARCSTART CONTROL STANDBY POWER SWITCH 9 VOLTAGE SETTINGS FOR PRECISE ARC CONTROL QUICK AND EASY POLARITY REVERSAL FOR GASLESS WIRES 5 KG AND 15 KG SPOOL CAPACITY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Primary Rated Primary Max. Primary Recommended Supply Rated 40c Welding Current Electrode Size Shipping Voltage Current Current Generator Kva Plug (10 min Cycle) Range Range Weight 240 Vac - 50/60Hz 18 Amps 38 Amps 9.5 kva 15 Amps 200A, 24V, 20% duty Amps mm Solid 75 kg (see note) 90A, 19.5V, 100% duty mm Cored WELDMATIC 255 Note: Shipped with a 15Amp plug fitted for initial comminssioning only. Part No. CP112-1 (240 volt model) Part No. CP112-3 (480 volt model) Top of the range 255 amp single phase MIG heavyweight. Fillet weld up to 12mm steel, stainless steel and aluminium in a single pass. Exceptional welding performance in applications from light and medium manufacturing to farm maintenance, including hard surfacing. Unique operator convenience with all wire feed controls plus the fine arc voltage control mounted within easy reach on the portable wirefeeder Fine tune the welding parameters at the job and without having to return to the machine. Continuous stepless fine voltage control fine tuning of weld settings. The fully enclosed wirefeeder protects the welding wire from dust and moisture. CONTINUOUS FINE VOLTAGE CONTROL FULLY ENCLOSED WIREFEEDER ON 8M LEADS FOLD OUT GUN & CABLE HOLDER 8M COMPOSITE CABLE LEADS WELD CONTROLS ON WIREFEEDER EXTERNAL QUICK CHANGE FOR GASLESS WIRES USES 5KG & 15KG SPOOL SIZES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Primary Rated Primary Max. Primary Kva Supply Rated 40c Welding Current Electrode Size Shipping Voltage Current Current Plug (10 min Cycle) Range Range Weight 240 Vac - 50/60Hz 16 Amps 49 Amps 12 kva 15 Amps 255A, 27V, 25% duty Amps mm Solid 104 kg 480 Vac - 50/60Hz 12 Amps 25 Amps 12 kva (see note) 100A, 19V, 100% duty mm Cored 12mm NOTE: Shipped with a 15 Amp plug fitted for initial commissioning only. WELDING EQUIPMENT 35

36 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 MIG MACHINES - THREE PHASE WELDMATIC 335 External 2RD wirefeeder Part No. CP113-1 Versatile 335 Amp industrial MIG machine with a fully enclosed 2RD wirefeeder on 10m unique composite cable interconnecting leads, Ideal for industrial fabrication workshops, the portable wirefeeder allows the operator to reach around larger awkward jobs without having to move the power source. Wire feed controls including spot time & cycle arc, pre & post gas timing are within easy reach for operator convenience. 10M COMPOSITE CABLE LEADS MICROPROCESSOR SMART FEEDER CONTROL CIRCUITRY RELIABLE NO-RELAY WIREFEEDER CIRCUIT. NORMAL & CREEP START MODES FOLD OUT GUN & CABLE HOLDER SUPERIOR INDUCTANCE TECHNOLOGY EASY POLARITY REVERSAL FOR SOLID & SELF SHIELDING WIRES Base options: Part No. 20 Amp primary plug CLI56P420 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Primary Rated Primary Max. Primary Recommended Rated 40c Welding Current Electrode Size Shipping Voltage Current Current Generator Kva (5 min Cycle) Range Range Weight 380 / 415 Vac 14 Amps 22 Amps 16 kva 335A, 34V, 35% duty Amps mm Solid 135 kg 50/60Hz 200A, 26V, 100% duty mm Cored WELDMATIC 335 External 4RD wirefeeder Extended reach package, 20m leads & 4.6m gun cable Part No. CP113-3 Part No. CP113-8 All the features of the 2RD standard model, but with the additional feeding power of a 4 roll drive feed mechanism. Sufficient power to comfortably run all popular sizes of solid and flux cored wires. The 4RD feeder has an ultra-fast wire braking feature which leaves the wire tip extra clean at end of the weld. PORTABLE 4RD WIREFEEDER 10M COMPOSITE CABLE LEADS MICROPROCESSOR CONTROL CIRCUITRY NORMAL & CREEP START MODES SUPERIOR INDUCTANCE TECHNOLOGY FOLD OUT GUN & CABLE HOLDER RELIABLE NO-RELAY WIREFEEDER CIRCUIT EASY POLARITY REVERSAL FOR SOLID & SELF SHIELDING WIRES Base options: Part No. 20 Amp primary plug CLI56P420 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Primary Rated Primary Max. Primary Recommended Rated 40c Welding Current Electrode Size Shipping Voltage Current Current Generator Kva (5 min Cycle) Range Range Weight 380 / 415 Vac 14 Amps 22 Amps 16 kva 335A, 34V, 35% duty Amps mm Solid 135 kg 50/60Hz 200A, 26V, 100% duty mm Cored WELDMATIC 395 WELDING EQUIPMENT Part No. CP114-1 Extended reach package, 20m leads & 4.6m gun cablepart No. CP114-9 Complete 395 Amp industrial MIG welding package for medium to heavy fabrication. Digital volt & amp meters with the capability of retaining the last weld information. Ideal for all general and industrial fabrication applications. Weld characteristics have been optimised to produce high quality results on steel, stainless steel and aluminium. The power to comfortably run all popular sizes of solid and flux cored wires. The 395 has 30 voltage steps which provide fine arc control over the whole operating range, from short-arc to full spray transfer. The 4RD wirefeeder has an ultra-fast wire braking feature which leaves the wire tip extra clean at end of the weld. FOLD OUT GUN & CABLE HOLDER 10M COMPOSITE CABLE LEADS Base options: Part No. 20 Amp primary plug CLI56P420 MICROPROCESSOR SMART FEEDER PRE/POST GAS TIMER CONTROLS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Primary Rated Primary Max. Primary Recommended Rated 40c Welding Current Electrode Size Shipping Voltage Current Current Generator Kva (5 min Cycle) Range Range Weight 380 / 415 Vac 16 Amps 30 Amps 22 kva 395A, 35V, 30% duty Amps mm Solid 135 kg 50/60Hz 220A, 27V, 100% duty mm Cored 36

37 WELDING EQUIPMENT MIG MACHINES - THREE PHASE WELDMATIC FABRICATOR 400 amp MIG welding package for medium and heavy industrial fabrication with the power to comfortably run all popular sizes of solid and flux cored wires. Fine voltage control over whole operating range, from short arc to full spray transfer Digital and Amp Volt meters with last weld displayed for precise set-up Composite cable interconnecting leads - neat tidy and safe Built-in mobile mounting with bottle carrier & large industrial wheels Superior inductance technology Separate ON/OFF switch to retain settings Fan-on-demand cooling system Comprehensive wirefeeder controls Fold-out gun and cable holder Optional push+pull wirefeeder and gun packages available WELDMATIC FABRICATOR Applications: The top performing Fabricator has a long history of use in a wide range of industrial applications including vehicle manufacture, ship building, aluminium and stainless steel construction, and the full range of steel fabrication workshops. Model options: The Weldmatic Fabricator is available in 3 options. Packaged with 4RD wirefeeder packaged with W19 2 roll drive wirefeeder or as a custom select model where you select the package components to best suit a specific job requirements. 1 4 RD wirefeeder package Part No. CP117-3 The Fabricator model CP117-3 is supplied as a complete package with a Weldmatic 4RD 4 roll drive fully enclosed wirefeeder 10 metre composite cable interconnecting leads, Ar/C0 2 regulator flowmeter, 10m work lead and clamp, high quality Bernard gun with 3.6m cable and a 5m primary lead. Base options: Part No. 20 Amp primary plug CLI56P420 SAV T LOCK gas saver C0 2 regulator HA825TC02 WELDMATIC FABRICATOR W19 wirefeeder package Part No. CP117-1 The Fabricator model CP117-1 is supplied as a complete package with a Weldmatic W19 2 roll drive open style wirefeeder, 10 metre composite cable interconnecting leads, Ar/C0 2 regulator flowmeter, 10m work lead and clamp, high quality Bernard gun with 3.6m cable and a 5m primary lead. Base options: Part No. 20 Amp primary plug CLI56P420 SAV T LOCK gas saver C0 2 regulator HA825TC02 WELDMATIC FABRICATOR Custom select model: Select from the individual items listed to customise the Fabricator package to best suit the job. Item Part No. Power source with 3m primary lead CP117-2 Weldmatic W19 wirefeeder for use with standard gun cable W19-0 Weldmatic W19 wirefeeder for use with XR-A push+pull gun W19-2 Weldmatic 4RD wirefeeder for use with standard gun cable W56-0 Bernard gun with 3.6m cable, for use with W19 wirefeeder BEQ4012AR7EM Bernard gun with 4.6m cable, for use with W19 wirefeeder BEQ4015AR7EM Bernard gun with 3.6m cable, for use with 4RD wirefeeder BEQ4012AR7EE Bernard gun with 4.6m cable, for use with 4RD wirefeeder BEQ4015AR7EE Miller XR-A pull gun and 9m cable MR K Primary supply plug, three phase CLI56P420 Interconnecting lead set, 10m, for 4RD wirefeeder AM320-0/10 Interconnecting lead set, 20m, for 4RD wirefeeder AM320-0/20 Interconnecting lead set, 10m, for W19 wirefeeder AM322-0/10 Interconnecting lead set, 20m, for W19 wirefeeder AM322-0/20 Ar/C0 2 mixed gas regulator & flowgauge HA801AR C0 2 regulator & flow gauge HA801C0 SAV T LOCK gas saver C02 regulator HA825TC02 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Primary Rated Primary Max. Primary Kva Supply Rated 40c Welding Current Electrode Size Shipping Voltage Current Current Plug (5 min Cycle) Range Range Weight 415 Vac 21 Amps 30 Amps 22 kva 15 Amps 400A, 35V, 45% duty Amps mm Solid N/A 50Hz 270A, 30V, 100% duty mm Cored WELDING EQUIPMENT 37

38 ACCESSORIES 1 MIG AND MULTI-PROCESS MACHINES MILLER DELTAWELD SERIES - MIG DELTAWELD SERIES Electronic control offers an easy to use, remote controllable, and superior welding arc for semiautomatic and automatic MIG and Flux cored welding applications. Deltaweld machines are engineered with power and endurance for tough manufacturing work. Preset weld voltage Line voltage compensation Digital ammeter and voltmeter Remote control capability Thermal overload protection Fan-on-Demand TM cooling system only operates when needed Base options: Primary supply plug, three phase 32 Amp Running gear Cylinder rack Part No. CLI56P432 MR MR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Primary Input Rated Welding Current Dimensions Shipping Voltage Power Output Range Height Width Depth Weight Deltaweld Vac 380/400/440 Volts 450 Amps, 38 Volts, Amps 692mm 565mm 914mm 197 kg MR /60 Hz 100% duty Deltaweld Vac 380/400/440 Volts 650 Amps, 44 Volts, Amps 692mm 565mm 914mm 251 kg MR /60 Hz 100% duty MILLER DIMENSION SERIES - MULTIPROCESS DIMENSION SERIES Miller s Dimension series of 3 phase CC/CV DC power sources provide outstanding versatility and endurance to handle tough industrial applications. These systems are engineered to provide exceptional performance across the whole spectrum of arc welding processes. An excellent choice for manual, semi-automatic and fully automated operations. Internal digital voltage control allows operator to preset weld voltage in the CV mode before striking an arc Hot Start makes it easy to start otherwise difficult-to-start electrodes Line voltage compensation Multiprocess capability for versatility Remote control capability Base options: Part No. Running gear MR Cylinder rack MR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Primary Input Rated Welding Current Dimensions Shipping Voltage Power Output Range Height Width Depth Weight Dimension Vac 380/400/440 Volts 450 Amps, 38 Volts, Amps 692mm 565mm 914mm 221 kg MR /60 Hz 100% duty Dimension Vac 380/400/440 Volts 650 Amps, 44 Volts, Amps 692mm 565mm 914mm 284 kg MR /60 Hz 100% duty XMT INVERTER SERIES WELDING EQUIPMENT XMT 350 (CC/CV) Part No. MR (XMT 350 with aux. power) Part No. MR (XMT 350 with out aux. power) Inverter type high efficiency DC multi-process welding power source for Manual Arc, TIG, Flux Cored, MIG and Pulsed MIG welding with optional Optima pulse unit. Ask for data sheet DC18.8 for full details. Pre-settable welding parameters Large, dual digital meters Auto-line supply - connects to single or 3 phase Permanent reduced OCV feature eliminating the need for add-on VRD Fan-on-demand cooling system, only operates when needed Lift-Arc for TIG Base options: Primary supply plug, three phase 20 Amp Primary supply plug, three phase 32 Amp TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Primary Input Open Circuit Rated Welding Dimensions Shipping Voltage Power Voltage output Current Range Height Width Depth Weight V Single or three phase 75 Volts, reduces to Volts Amps 432mm 318mm 610mm 42 kg 15V when not welding 60% duty cycle Part No. CLI56P420 CLI56P432 38

39 WELDING EQUIPMENT MIG & MULTI-PROCESS MACHINES MILLER WIREFEEDERS 22A WIREFEEDER Part No. MR Heavy-duty 2-roll drive wirefeeder suited for high duty cycle applications, providing day-in/day-out trouble tree operation. Featuring Trigger Hold, On-Board Burn Back, Optional Digital Meters & Remote Voltage Control. This wirefeeder is suited to Deltaweld, Dimension, XMT & Invision power sources, Select from the individual items below to customise the 22A & power source package to best suit the job. Ask for data sheet M/11.0 for more details Optional accessories: Part No. Bernard 300A gun with 3.0m cable BEQ3010AR7EM Bernard 400A gun with 3.6m cable BEQ4012AR7EM Interconnecting lead set, 5m AM264-0/5 Interconnecting lead set, 10m AM264-0/10 Argon regulator flow gauge HA801AR C0 2 regulator & flow gauge HA801C0 1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Input Welding Wire Wire Dimensions Shipping Power Mode Diameter Speed Height Width Depth Weight 24 VC CV DC mm m/min 279mm 273mm 597mm 15.4 kg 70 SERIES WIREFEEDERS S-74S 2 Roll Drive Part No. MR S-74D 4 Roll Drive Part No. MR S-74DX 4 Roll (Dual Schedule) Part No. MR Raising the bar for industrial-class wirefeeders available in 2 & 4 roll drive models providing traditional and advanced features. Featuring Trigger Hold, Rotatable Drive Assembly, Automatic Run-in, Dual Schedule, Optional Digital Meters & Remote Voltage Control. This wirefeeder is suited to Deltaweld, Dimension, XMT & Invision power sources, Select from the individual items below to customise the 70 series & power source package to best suit the job. Ask for data sheet M/3.0 for more details. Optional accessories: Bernard 300A gun with 3.0m cable Bernard 400A gun with 3.6m cable Interconnecting lead set, 5m Interconnecting lead set, 10m Argon regulator flow gauge C0 2 regulator & flow gauge Part No. BEQ3010AR7EM BEQ4012AR7EM AM264-0/5 AM264-0/10 WGAC24 HA801C0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Input Welding Wire Wire Dimensions Shipping Power Mode Diameter Speed Height Width Depth Weight 24 VC CV DC mm m/min 356mm 305mm 673mm 26 kg X-TREME 12VS WIREFEEDER Part No. MR (with Gas Solenoid, Contactor, Meters and Trigger Hold) Durable, lightweight and portable, the X-Treme 12VS Wirefeeder is designed for field and construction work for voltage sensing welding applications with most CV and CC DC type power sources. Ideal for use with engine drive machines. The wirefeeder handles a wide variety of wire sizes and types with the high end speed for small diameters, and the low end speed and power for larger diameter, down-hand and all-position, gas and self shielding flux cored wires. The X-Treme Suitcase 12VS requires a feed roll and guide kit to be ordered to suit the wire type and size to be used. Ask for data sheet M/6.41 for more details. Optional accessories: Miller Iron Mate (Gasless Torch) 15ft Bernard 300A gun with 3.0m cable Bernard 300A gun with 4.6m cable Welding cable 35mm 2 Welding Cable 50mm 2 JB type cable connector 300 Amp JB type cable connector 500 Amp Argon regulator flow gauge Part No. MR BEQ3010AR7EM BEQ3015AR7EM CABW35 CABW50 WGEC1 WGEC2 WGAC24 Trigger Hold - reduces operator fatigue Digital Meters - with Sun Vision Higher Duty Cycle % TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Input Welding Rated Wire Wire Dimensions Shipping Power Mode Output Diameter Speed Height Width Depth Weight Open Circuit Arc CV or 425 Solid wire mm m/min 533mm 229mm 394mm 15.9 kg Voltage VDC CC DC Cored wire mm WELDING EQUIPMENT 39

40 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 PLASMA CUTTING MACHINES - MILLER SPECTRUM SERIES SPECTRUM 375 CUTMATE Part No. MR Volt, 50/60Hz, single phase Versatile portable plasma cutting system with pilot arc controller, and ergonomic torch. Compatible with Miller engine driven welders with 6,000 watts, 240 V receptacle. Industrial applications include maintenance, light construction, prototyping, body shops, fabrication & ductwork. Complete with: ICE-27C torch with 6m cable, 4,6m work cable & clamp, 3m primary lead, consumables kit & built-in gas/air filter & regulator SPECTRUM 2050 Part No. MR An industrial portable plasma cutting & gouging system with Auto-Line input technology which allows use on any input voltage in the range volts 50/60 Hz. Complete with ICE-55C torch. Wind tunnel cooling technology Fan-on-demand energy conservation Consumables storage compartment No high frequency starts Pilot arc switch for expanded metal cutting Drag shield for drag cutting Built-in gas/air filter/regulator Ask for brochure PC/9.1 for full details. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Primary Voltage 115 & 240 Volts, single phase Ask for literature PC/7.0 for full details TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Primary Voltage Volts, auto line Rated Output VDC 35% duty Rated Output VDC 60% duty Quality Cut Capacity Mild Steel Stain. Steel Aluminium 13mm 13mm 8mm Dimensions Height Width Depth 305mm 216mm 400mm Quality Cut Capacity Mild Steel Stain. Steel Aluminium 25mm 25mm 19mm Dimensions Height Width Depth 432mm 318mm 610mm Shipping Weight 22 kg Shipping Weight 41 kg SPECTRUM 1000 Part No. MR The heavy-duty industrial Spectrum 1000 Air Plasma Cutting and Gouging machine, handles the toughest cutting jobs and offers superior gouging capabilities, Auto-line automatically links unit to any primary voltage from 208 to 575 Volts, single or three phases, 50 or 60 Hz. Ask for data sheet PC/8.0 for more details. WELDING EQUIPMENT CUTTING GUIDE KITS FOR PLASMA LVC-line voltage compensation provides peak performance under variable input voltage. Quick-connect torch, allows for easy torch connection or removal. Extremely long gouging arc for hard to reach, heavy-duty applications. Pilot Arc means clean starts no high frequency starts or interference. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Primary Voltage Rated Output Quality Cut Capacity Dimensions Shipping Weight Height Width Depth Volts, auto-line VDC 60% duty Mild Steel Stain. Steel Aluminium 432mm 318mm 610mm 41.7 kg 32mm 32mm 25mm Part No. TJCP1002 Plasma cutting guide kit for Spectrum 375, 2050 & 1000 Complete guide kit for cutting circles, straight lines and shapes. Kit includes roller guide, circle guide, magnetic pivot, suction pivot and radius ban Post flow cooling circuit. Built-in gas/air/nitrogen filter/ regulator CNC/robotic machine interface standard for mechanized operation Wind Tunnel Technology cools unit without damaging internal components from foreign materials. Complete with: ICE-80T hand held torch and 7.6m cable (compatible front end spares with ICE 80CX), 6.1 m work cable with clamp, 3m primary cable without plug. 40

41 WELDING EQUIPMENT TIG MACHINES - AC/DC ARC AND TIG MACHINES DYNASTY 200DX Part No. MR volts single or three phase 200 Amp AC/DC flexible supply, inverter based TIG/Stick welder with superior arc performance, even on the more difficult to run electrode types like E6010, Auto-line technology state-of-the-art flexibility automatically connecting to a wide range of power supplies (120 to 460 VAC single or three phase) makes this machine ideal for maintenance jobs split between workshop and site work, Standard with permanent reduced OCV feature eliminating the need for add-on VRD. Ask for data sheet AD/4.8 for more details. FEATURES: ADVANCED SQUAREWAVE ARC FAN-ON-DEMAND COOLING SYSTEM BUILT-IN PULSE CONTROL OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: MMAW & TIG kit RCC-14 Remote finger tip control RFCS-14 Remote foot control Coolmate 3 water cooler (240 volt) Diamond back 250Amp w/c torch PART NO. AA60-0/3 MR MR MR MRDB20M12R TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Primary Input Open Circuit Rated Welding Current Dimensions Shipping Voltage Power Voltage Output Range Height Width Depth Weight volt Refer to leaflet AD/ Volt DC % Amps 343mm 19lmm 546mm 20.5 kg DYNASTY 300DX Part No. MR Volts, three phase - with auxiliary power (Water-cooled torch adaptor supplied with unit). Advanced inverter type AC/DC welding power source. For AC/DC TIG and pulsed TIG and Manual Arc welding, HF and lift arc starting for TIG, and adjustable hot start for TIG and Manual Arc, Unique fan-on-demand and dual digital meters. Suitable for a wide range of industrial applications, from precision sheet metal to pipe and pressure vessel fabrication. Standard with permanent reduced OCV feature eliminating the need for add-on VRD. Ask for data sheet AD/5.0 for more details. OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: PART NO. Air-cooled torch connection kit AA61-0/5 Includes: Work lead with clamp - 3m Welding lead with electrode holder - 5m Gas hose with fittings - 5m Air-cooled torch adaptor Diamond Back 200 Amp A/C torch 12ft Remote ON/OFF switch & cable - 8m Argon regulator & flow gauge TIG torch accessory kit Water-cooled torch connection kit AA62-0/5 Includes: Work lead with clamp - 3m Welding lead with electrode holder - 5m Gas hose with fittings - 5m Water cooled hose & connections Diamond back 350 Amp W/C torch 12ft Remote ON/OFF switch & cable - 8m Argon regulator & flow gauge TIG torch accessory kit OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: PART NO. Diamond back 200 Amp A/C torch 25ft MRDB2625R Dynasty 300 a/c torch adaptor AA61-0/1 Diamond back 350 Amp w/c torch 12ft MRDB1812R-DYN Diamond back 350 Amp w/c torch 25ft MRDB1825R-DYN Dynasty 300 w/c torch adaptor MR TIG torch protective jacket MR RMS-14 Remote on/off switch & cable - 8m MR RCC-14 Remote finger tip control MR RFCS-14 Remote foot control MR Argon regulator & flow gauge HA801AR Coolmate 3 water cooler (115 volt) MR Torch accessory kit Beak-3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Primary Input Open Circuit Rated Welding Current Dimensions Shipping Voltage Power Voltage Output Range Height Width Depth Weight 415 volt Refer to leaflet AD/ Volt DC % Amps 432mm 318mm 610mm 45 kg WELDING EQUIPMENT 41

42 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 TIG MACHINES - AC/DC ARC AND TIG MACHINES SYNCROWAVE 250DX Part No. MR ENHANCED PERFORMANCE SYNCRO-START FAN-ON-DEMAND Electronically controlled high performance AC/DC constant current power source for high precision TIG and Manual Arc welding with the flexibility to handle a wide variety of metals. Featuring square-wave AC output with AC balance control, last procedure recall, digital meters, and built-in preflow timer (0 4 sec). Efficient & adaptable, the Syncrowave 250DX is a great choice for fabrication shops as well as vocational training facilities. A spectrum of available options allows you to start simple and add features as you need them. Ask for data sheet AD/4.3 for more details. BASE OPTIONS: PART NO. 32 Amp primary plug CLI56P432 Pulser module MR Sequencer module MR Running gear MR CoolRunner MR OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: Air-cooled torch connection kit Includes: Work lead with clamp - 5m Gas hose with fittings - 5m Air-cooled torch adaptor Diamond Back 200 Amp A/C torch 12ft Air-cooled torch adaptor Water-cooled torch connection kit Includes: Work lead with clamp - 5m Gas hose with fittings - 5m Water cooled hose & coupling Diamond back 350 Amp W/C torch 12ft Water-cooled torch adaptor Argon regulator & flow gauge RMS-14 Remote ON/OFF switch & cable - 8m RCC-14 Remote finger tip control RFCS-14 Remote foot control Power factor correction kit Coolmate 3 water cooler (115 volt) Torch accessory kit PART NO. AA63-0/5 MRDB2612R MR AA64-0/5 MRDB1812R MR HA801AR MR MR MR MR MR Beak-3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Primary Input Open Circuit Rated Welding Current Dimensions Shipping Voltage Power Voltage Output Range Height Width Depth Weight volt Refer to leaflet AD/ Volt % Amps 864mm 572mm 635mm 185 kg SYNCROWAVE 350LX Part No. MR ENHANCED PERFORMANCE SYNCRO-START FAN-ON-DEMAND Electronically controlled AC/DC constant current power source for premium quality TIG and Manual Arc welding, Featuring square-wave AC output and adjustable polarity balance, internal HF arc starter or lift arc, post gas timer and individual digital Amp & Volt meters, Pulser, pre and post flow standard, The full feature comes complete with the TIG sequence option which includes crater fill control. Ask for data sheet AD/4.3 for more details. WELDING EQUIPMENT BASE OPTIONS: PART NO. 50 Amp primary plug CL156P432 Pulser module MR Sequencer module MR Running gear MR CoolRunner MR OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: Air-cooled torch connection kit Includes: Work lead with clamp - 5m Gas hose with fittings - 5m Air-cooled torch adaptor Diamond Back 200 Amp A/C torch 12ft Air-cooled torch adaptor Water-cooled torch connection kit Includes: Work lead with clamp - 5m Gas hose with fittings - 5m Water cooled hose & coupling Diamond Back 350 Amp W/C torch 12ft Water-cooled torch adaptor Argon regulator & flow gauge RMS-14 Remote ON/OFF switch & cable - 8m RCC-14 Remote finger tip control RFCS-14 Remote foot control Power factor correction kit Coolmate 3 water cooler (115 volt) Torch accessory kit PART NO. AA63-0/5 MRDB2612R MR AA64-0/5 MRDB1812R MR A801 AR MR MR MR MR MR Beak-3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Primary Input Open Circuit Rated Welding Current Dimensions Shipping Voltage Power Voltage Output Range Height Width Depth Weight volt Refer to leaflet AD/ Volt % Amps 962mm 581mm 641mm 250 kg 42

43 WELDING EQUIPMENT STICK WELDERS AC ARC MACHINES ESSETI C SAFE Stick Safe Do you like safety? Turn the key and start up VRD 1 The Stick- Safe machines are particularly apt for industrial and off-shore applications and guarantee professional performances with any kind of electrode and in Tig Lift Arc. The main characteristics of these machines are: Security for the user with the VRD (Voltage Reduction Device) function. Immunity to net supply variations. Capacity to be equipped with long supply cables. Moto generator compatible. THOR 170 C SAFE ESSETI 150 C SAFE WIA UTILITY AC13 Part No. UTAC amp arc welder for the serious hobbiest or light trade use. The AC13 has a wide output current range suiting electrodes from 2.0 to 3.2mm. Fan cooling means higher duty-cycle and quicker recovery. Suitable for use with engine-driven generators. Supply Authority Approval No. S/221 /UTAC13, to Aust. Standards. FEATURES Fan cooled Includes mask and chipping hammer Quick connect welding leads 10 amp plug Primary Voltage Rated Primary Max. Primary Current Kva Supply Plug Rated 40c Welding Current Range Electrode Size Range Shipping Weight 240 Vac - 50/60Hz 10 Amps 36 Amps 6.5 kva 10 Amps 84 Amp, 23 Volt 25% duty cycle Amps 2.0mm, 2.5mm, 3.2mm 20kg WIA UTILITY AC15 AC ARC MACHINES Part No. UTAC15T-O With the capacity to run up to 4.0mm electrodes and a second output terminal for special purpose electrodes, the Utility AC15 is a valuable tool in any workshop. 150 amp capacity, suitable for running general purpose mild steel, stainless steel, low hydrogen and hardfacing electrodes. Fan cooled and overload protected. Supply Authority Approval No. S/221 /UTAC115T, to Aust. Standards, FEATURES Twin output ranges Runs up to 4.0mm electrodes Includes mask and chipping hammer Quick connect welding leads Primary Voltage Rated Primary Max. Primary Current Kva Supply Plug Rated 40c Welding Current Range Electrode Size Range Shipping Weight 240 Vac - 50/60Hz 11 Amps 49 Amps 9.0 kva 15 Amps 100 Amp, 24 Volt 25% duty cycle Amps 2.0mm, 2.5mm, 3.2mm, 4.0mm 26kg WELDING EQUIPMENT 43

44 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 STICK WELDERS WELDARC SERIES DC ARC & TIG MACHINES GREAT ARC STARTS The best of both worlds! Easy and reliable arc starting plus the safety of VRD. SMARTSTART VRD TECHNOLOGY Power efficient sleep mode Pulse TIG Welding Cellulose electrode mode Arc welding leads included (3m) Suites long extension leads Lifting handle and adjustable shoulder strap included Portable generator compatible Gold Shield Warranty Weldarc machines are backed by the WIA Gold Shield 3 Year Warranty, covering parts and workmanship, and supported by an Australia wide service network. WELDARC 125i Part No. MC Amp Arc and TIG Welder designed for mining and industrial sites. For connection to 240 volt, 10 Amp supply. Suits 2-3.2mm electrodes. 10A Primary Voltage Effective Primary Current Generator Supply Plug 240 Vac 10 Amps 6 kva (min) 10 Amps Rated Output Welding Current Range Electrode Size Range Shipping Weight Volt 20% duty cycle Amps 2.0mm 3.2mm 7.1kg WELDARC 145i Part No. MC Amp Arc and TIG Welder with the features and flexibility to make it the ultimate all-rounder. Suits 2-3.2mm electrodes. 15A Primary Voltage Effective Primary Current Generator Supply Plug 240 Vac 16.5 Amps 6.7 kva (min) 15 Amps Rated Output Welding Current Range Electrode Size Range Shipping Weight Volt 35% duty cycle Amps 2.0mm 3.2mm 7.1kg WELDARC 165i WELDING EQUIPMENT Part No. MC93-0 Designed for the welding professional, this 165 Amp TIG and Arc welder has the addd benefit of adjustable pulse TIG parameters for ultimate arc control. Suits mm electrodes. Primary Voltage Effective Primary Current Generator Supply Plug 240 Vac 20.5 Amps 7.8 kva (min) 15 Amp* Rated Output Welding Current Range Electrode Size Range Shipping Weight *Supplied with 15Amp primary pluf for initial commissioning only. 20 Amp plug required for full output Volt 40% duty cycle Amps 2.0mm 4.0mm 7.1kg 20A 44

45 WELDING EQUIPMENT MPM 5/190H PETROL WELDING DC. Rated output at 35% duty cycle 190 amp -28 volt Rated output at 60% duty cycle 170 amp 27 volt Range of continuous control amp Open Circuit Voltage 90 volt Mechanical protection IP23 Electrode diameter: General Purpose Up to 4mm Hydrogen controlled & Cellulose Up to 3.25mm ENGINE Make/Type Honda GX 340 Number of cylinders 1 Displacement 340 cc. Power 11HP at 3600 rpm Engine speed 3000 rpm Cooling Air forced Fuel Unleaded petrol Fuel tank capacity 6.5 litres Oil capacity 1.1 litres Starter Manual Recoil Acoustic 4M 78dB AUXILIARY POWER Asyncronous alternator Three phase power 5kVA 415 volt Single phase power 4kVA 240 volt Frequency 50Hz DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT Dimensions H510mm x W480mm x D730mm Weight 92kg 1 The MPM 5/190H delivers excellent performance for MMAW (Stick) and GTAW (TIG) welding. It has a heavy duty design provides up to 190 amps welding output with ample auxiliary power making this portable unit the ideal selection for a contractor or man on the land. FEATURES: HONDA Single Cylinder 3000 RPM Air Cooled Engine Constant Current DC Output amps Welding Output Twin 4 kva 240 volt Auxiliary Power with ELCB protection 5 kva 415 volt Auxiliary Power with ELCB protection Reliable & Efficient Asynchronous Alternator Cellulose Compatible Single Phase Voltmeter Low oil cut-out Heavy duty rollcage. CONTENTS MPM 5/190H Welder, 50mm 2 Dinse Connectors, Operating Manual. ORDERING INFORMATION: MPM 5/190H Petrol Part No RECOMMENDED PROCESS: DC MMAW DC GTAW - Scratch Start TIG Self Shielded FCAW via - voltage Sensing Feeder (small dia wires) OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: Lead set (8M) Part No OPTIONAL WIRE FEEDERS: VSF-2 CC/CV wire feeder Part No. OTD12/1002 MPM 5/170Y DIESEL WELDING DC. Maximum output 170 amp 27 volt Rated output at 60% duty cycle 140 amp -26 volt Range of continuous control amp Open Circuit Voltage 90 volt Mechanical protection IP23 Electrode diameter General Purpose Up to 4mm Hydrogen controlled & Cellulose Up to 3.25mm ENGINE Make/Type Yanmar L100 Number of cylinders 1 Displacement 406 cc. Power 10 HP Engine speed 3000 rpm Cooling Air forced Fuel Diesel Fuel tank capacity 5.5 litres Oil capacity 1.65 litres Starter Electric (and Manual) Battery 12 volt Acoustic 4M 80dB AUXILIARY POWER Asynchronous alternator Three phase power 5kVA 415 volt Single phase power 74kVA 240 volt Frequency 50Hz DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT Dimensions H570mm x W460mm x D880mm Weight 115kg The MPM5/170Y is a unique Compact Portable Diesel, air cooled engine Drive. A patented alternator design delivers ultra smooth welding output, together with high efficiency, reduced maintenance and extended machine life. The heavy duty rugged roll case design is standard along with ELCB protection. FEATURES: YANMAR 1 cylinder air cooled diesel Constant Current DC Output amps Welding Output 4 kva 240 volt Auxiliary Power with ELCB protection 5 kva 415 volt Auxiliary Power with ELCB protection Reliable & Efficient Asynchronous Alternator Cellulose Compatible Electric and Manual Starter Engine protection system Welding plugs supplied Heavy duty rollcage Lightweight and portable CONTENTS: MPM 5/170Y Welder, 50mm 2 Dinse Connectors, Operating Manual. ORDERING INFORMATION: MPM 5/170Y Diesel Part No RECOMMENDED PROCESS: DC MMAW DC GTAW- Scratch Start OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: Lead set (8M) Part No WELDING EQUIPMENT 45

46 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 MPM 8/255H PETROL WELDING D.C Maximum output 255 amp 25 volt Rated output at 60% duty cycle 250 amp 25 volt Range of continuous control amp Open Circuit Voltage 70 volt Mechanical protection 1P23 Electrode diameter General Purpose Up to 5mm Hydrogen controlled & Cellulose Up to 4mm CC mode amp CV mode volt ENGINE Make/Type Honda GX 620 Number of cylinders 2 Displacement 614cc. Power 18HP at 3000 rpm Engine speed 3000 rpm Cooling Air Fuel Unleaded Petrol Fuel tank capacity 31.5 litres Oil capacity 1.2 litres Starter Electric Battery 12 volt Acoustic 4M 79dB AUXILIARY_POWER Asynchronous alternator Three phase power 8kVA 415 volt Single phase power 7kVA 240 volt Frequency 50Hz DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT Dimensions H710mm xw490mm x D1080mm Weight 245Kg The MPM 8/255H is an ideal unit for the farmer or light fabrication contractor. It has multiple process capabilities (MMAW, GMAW and GTAW) together with an ample 8kVA 3 phase and 7 kva single phase auxiliary power. Powered by an ultra reliable 18HP Honda engine delivering 255 amps of welding power. FEATURES: HONDA 2 Cylinder 3000 RPM Air Cooled Engine Constant Current / Constant Voltage DC Output amps Welding Output 7 kva 240 volt Auxiliary Power with ELCB protection 8 kva 415 volt Auxiliary Power with ELCB protection Reliable & Efficient Asynchronous Alternator Cellulose Compatible Arc Force Remote control socket with 110 volt & 24 volt for wirefeeders Automatic Idle Control Hourmeter Electric starter E.P.S. (engine protection system) CONTENTS: MPM 8/255H Welder, 50mm 2 Dinse Connectors, Operating Manual. ORDERING INFORMATION: MPM 8/255H Petrol Part No RECOMMENDED PROCESS: DC MMAW DC GTAW - Scratch Start GMAW (MIG) FCAW (Flux cored) OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: Lead set (8M) Part No OPTIONAL WIRE FEEDERS: VSF-2 CC/CV Wire feeder Part No. OTD12/1002 VAF-4 (CV) Part No MPM 8/270K DIESEL WELDING D.C Maximum output 270 amp 25 volt Rated output at 60% duty cycle 250 amp 25 volt Range of continuous control amp Open Circuit Voltage 70 volt Mechanical protection IP23 Electrode diameter General Purpose Up to 6mm Hydrogen controlled & Cellulose Up to 5mm CC mode amp CV mode volt ENGINE Make/Type Kubota D722-E Number of cylinders 3 Displacement 719 cc. Power 17HP Engine speed 3000 rpm Cooling Water Fuel Diesel Fuel tank capacity 37.5 litres Oil capacity 3.1 litres Starter Electric Battery 12 volt Acoustic 4M 79dB AUXILIARY POWER Asynchronous alternator Single phase power 8.5kVA 240 volt Frequency 50Hz DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT Dimensions H1300mm x W530mm x D850mm Weight 302 Kg. WELDING EQUIPMENT The MPM 8/270K produces an outstanding 270 amps of welding power. Delivering multi process capabilities with high auxiliary power makes this unit an excellent choice for contractors wishing to run GMAW (MIG) to FCAW (Flux core) wires. FEATURES: KUBOTA D722-E watercooled engine Constant Current / Constant Voltage DC Output amps Welding Output 8.5 kva 240 volt Auxiliary Power with ELCB protection Reliable & Efficient Asynchronous Alternator Cellulose Compatible Arc Force Remote control socket with 110 volt & 24 volt for wirefeeders Automatic Idle Control Hourmeter Electric starter E.P.S. (engine protection system) CONTENTS MPM 8/270K Welder, 50mm 2 Dinse Connectors, Operating Manual. ORDERING INFORMATION: MPM 8/270K Diesel Part No RECOMMENDED PROCESS: DC MMAW DC GTAW- Scratch Start GMAW (MIG) FCAW (Flux cored) OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: Lead set (8M) Part No OPTIONAL WIRE FEEDERS: VSF-2 CC/CV Wire feeder Part No. OTD12/1002 VAF-4 (CV) Part No

47 WELDING EQUIPMENT MPM 12/400K DIESEL WELDING D.C. Maximum output 400 amp -36 volt Rated output at 60% duty cycle 350 amp -34 volt Range of continuous control amp Open Circuit Voltage 70 volt Mechanical protection IP 23 Electrode diameter Up to 8mm CC mode amp CV mode volt ENGINE Make/Type Kubota D1105-E Number of cylinders 3 Displacement 1124 cc Power 25 HP Engine speed 3000 rpm Cooling Water Fuel Diesel Fuel tank capacity 36.5 litres Oil capacity 5.1 litres Starter Electric Battery 12 volt Acoustic 4M 77dB AUXILIARY POWER Asynchrorous alternator Three phase power Single phase power Frequency 12kVA 415 volt 10kVA 240 volt 50Hz DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT Dimensions H920mm x W730mm x D1590mm Weight 460Kg 1 The MPM 12/400K is a super silence, lightweight and compact welding and power plant, featuring 400 amps welding output with 12 kva of auxiliary power. Powered by an ultra reliable 3 cylinder water cooled Kubota engine. FEATURES: KUBOTA 3 Cylinder 3000 rpm Water Cooled Engine Constant Current / Constant Voltage DC Output amps Welding Output 10 kva 240 volt Auxiliary Power with ELCB protection 12 kva 415 volt Auxiliary Power with ELCB protection Reliable & Efficient Asynchronous Alternator Cellulose Compatible Arc Force Remote control socket with 110 volt & 24 volt for wirefeeders Hourmeter Electric Starter Engine protection system for: battery charger, coolant temperature, low fuel, low oil pressure CONTENTS: MPM 12/400K Welder, 50mm 2 Dinse Connectors, Operating Manual. ORDERING INFORMATION: MPM 12/400K Diesel Part No RECOMMENDED PROCESS: DC MMAW DC GTAW Scratch Start GMAW (MID) FCAW (Flux core) OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: Lead set (8M) Part No OPTIONAL WIRE FEEDERS: VSF-2 CC/CV Part No. OTD12/1002 VAF-4 (CV) Part No MPM 20/500P DIESEL WELDING D.C. Maximum output 500 amp - 40 volt Rated output at 100% duty cycle 400 amp - 36 volt Range of continuous control amp Open Circuit Voltage 70 volt Mechanical protection IP 23 Electrode diameter Up to 10mm CC mode amp CV mode volt ENGINE Make/Type Perkins D Number of cylinders 3 Displacement 2500cc Power 36HP Engine speed 1500 rpm Cooling Water Fuel Diesel Fuel tank capacity 60 litres Oil capacity 6.3 litres Starter Electric Battery 12 volt Acoustic 4M 78dB The top of the range 500 has the 36HP, 3 cylinder Perkins running at 1500 rpm. This work horse produces 500 amps of welding power and a whopping 20 kva of auxiliary power. Featuring full multi process, including air carbon arc gouging together with the ability to run additional operations from the auxiliary power supply. FEATURES: PERKINS 3 Cylinder 1500 RPM Water Cooled Engine Constant Current / Constant Voltage DC Output amps Welding Output 12 kva 240 volt Auxiliary Power with ELCB Protection 20 kva 415 volt Auxiliary Power with ELCB Protection Reliable & Efficient Asynchronous Alternator Exceptional Cellulose & Gouging Performance Arc Force Remote control socket with 110 volt & 24 volt for wirefeeders AUXILIARY POWER Asynchronous alternator Three phase power 20kVA 415 volt Single phase power 12kVA 240 volt Frequency 50Hz DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT Dimensions H1100mm xw800mm x D1950mm Weight 920Kg Hourmeter Electric starter Engine protection system for: battery charger, coolant temperature, low fuel, low oil pressure, over speed Fuel Gauge CONTENTS: MPM 20/500P Welder, Welding Plugs, Operating Manual. ORDERING INFORMATION: MPM 20/500P Diesel Part No RECOMMENDED PROCESS: DC MMAW, DC GTAW - Scratch Start GMAW - (MIG) FCAW - (Flux Cored), Arc Air Gouging OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: Lead set (8M) Part No Cable connections Part No OPTIONAL WIRE FEEDERS: VSF-2 (CC/CV) Part No. OTD12/1002 VAF-4 (CV) Part No WELDING EQUIPMENT 47

48 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 TRANSMIG 135 SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 240 Volt 1 phase 50160Hz SUPPLY PLUG AND LEAD: 10 amp MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR 5.8 kva for maximum welding current NUMBER OF OUTPUT VOLTAGE STEPS: 4 WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps DUTY CYCLES: 15% at 120 amps WELDING ARC VOLTAGE RANGE Volt LIGHT INDUSTRIAL DUTY CYCLE TEST PERIOD 5 & 10 minutes WIRE DIAMETER (Hard) mm (Soft) 0.9mm (Cored) mm WIRE SPOOL SIZE 200mm or 100mm PACKED WEIGHT: 27kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS: H375mm a W290mm x D560mm The Transmig 135 is a 240 volt, single phase, MIG plant ideally suited for home workshops or maintenance applications where the welding of sheet metal or automotive repairs is required. It comes ready for gasless welding and is supplied with a gun, work lead, gasless wire, flow regulator, faceshield and a chipping hammer/ wirebrush. FEATURES: Ready to Weld Package Welds Mild Steel, Stainless Steel and Aluminium Reverse polarity for gas/gasless MIG welding Weld setting selection chart Fan cooled Thermal Overload protection Suitable material up to 4.5mm 3 year gold warranty* * TRANSMIG 135 PLANT CONTENTS: Power Source with Torch, Welding Mask, Brush/Chipping Hammer, Gas Regulator/Flowmeter, Gas Hose, Work Lead, 0.9mm Gasless Welding Wire. ORDERING INFORMATION: Transmig 135 Part No FEED ROLLS: Hard/Cored Wire: 0.6/0.9 V Grooved Part No Hard/Cored Wire: 0.8/0.9 V Knurl Part No Soft Wire: 0.8/0.9 Nylon Part No MIG Gun Part No * *Supplied with Plant Contents. **Refer to warranty Schedule. OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Contact Tip 0.6mm Contact Tip 0.8mm Contact Tip 0.9mm Contact Tip 1.0mm PART NO. OTW11/23 OTW11/30 OTW11/35* OTW11/40 WELDING EQUIPMENT Torch Gas Nozzle OTW21/50/F Conductor Tube Gas Diffuser MIG Gun Liner Conductor Tube Liner WELDING CONSUMABLES Regulator/flowmeter CIGWELD Description & Net Part Applications Recommended Machine Polarity SPOOL PACK Wire Size Wt. No. Shielding Gases Setting Autocraft LW1-6 Minispool 0.6mm 0.8kg Suitable for the general purpose fillet and butt welding Argon 92% DC for Handispool 0.6mm 5kg of mild steel components including sheet and tubular CO2 5% Electrode Mild Steel Handispool 0.8mm 5kg sections such as tanks, hoppers, ductwork, 02 3% Positive Minispool 0.8mm 0.8kg trailers, gates, pipes, frames and furniture, etc. Shield-Cor 15 Handispool 0.8mm 4.5kg Particularly suited to outside welding jobs on mild No shielding gas DC Electrode Gasless Mild Steel Handispool 0.9mm 4.5kg and galvanised steels where no shielding gas is required. required Negative Autocraft 316LSi Minispool 0.8mm 1kg Recommended for the critical welding of matching Argon 98.5% DC Electrode for Handispool 0.9mm 5kg /316L stainless steels. Also suitable for the general O2 1.5% Positive Stainless Steel purpose welding of austenitic stainless steel grades including 301, 302, 304/304L, etc. 48

49 WELDING EQUIPMENT TRANSMIG 165 SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 220/240 volt 1 phase 50/60Hz SUPPLY PLUG & LEAD: 10 amps MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR: 6.7 kva for maximum welding current NUMBER OF OUTPUT VOLTAGE STEPS: 6 WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps WIRE SPEED: m/min DUTY CYCLES: 20% at 150 amps LIGHT INDUSTRIAL WELDING ARC VOLTAGE RANGE: volt DUTY CYCLE TEST PERIOD: 5 & 10 minutes WIRE DIAMETER: (Hard) mm (Soft) mm (Cored) mm WIRE SPOOL SIZE: 200mm or 100mm PACKED WEIGHT: 33kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS: H301 mm x W244mm x D438mm PACKED DIMENSIONS: H375mm xw290mm x D560mm 1 The Transmig 165 is a single phase, lightweight compact portable GMAW (MIG) welding machine, ideally suited to light fabrication, automotive repair, home workshop, light rural and maintenance applications. FEATURES: 6 Fine welding voltage control settings Reverse polarity for gas/gasless welding Fan cooled Compact and portable Thermal Overload protection 3 year gold warranty* * ORDERING INFORMATION: Transmig 165 Part No FEED ROLLS: Hard Wire: 0.6 / 0.9mm V Groove Part No * Soft Wire: 0.8 / 1.0mm U Groove Part No / 0.9mm V Knurl Part No Cored Wire 1.0 / 1.2mw V Knurl Part No MIG Gun (3M) Part No *Supplied with Plant Contents OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: Regulator/Flowmeter Part No Contact Tip 0.6mm Part No. OTW11/23 Contact Tip 0.8mm Part No. OTW11/30 TRANSMIG 165 PLANT CONTENTS: Contact Tip 0.9mm Part No. OTW11/35 Power Source, Gun (3M), Worklead (3M), Contact Tip 1.0mm Part No. OTW11/40 Operating Instructions, Primary lead for factory Contact Tip 1.2mm Part No. OTW11/45 preset supply voltage, Gas Regulator/Flowmeter, Conductor Tube Part No. MF0245 Gas hose. Gas Diffuser Part No. OTW51 MIG Gun Liner mm Part No MIG Gun Liner mm Part No TRANSMIG 200 LIGHT INDUSTRIAL SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 220/240 volt 1 phase 50/60Hz SUPPLY PLUG & LEAD: 15 amps MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR: 7.9 kva for maximum welding current NUMBER OF OUTPUT VOLTAGE STEPS: 8 WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps WIRE SPEED: m/min DUTY CYCLES: 15% at 190 amps WELDING ARC VOLTAGE RANGE: volt DUTY CYCLE TEST PERIOD: 5 & 10 minutes WIRE DIAMETER: (Hard) mm (Soft) mm (Cored) mm WIRE SPOOL SIZE: 300mm or 200mm or 100mm PACKED WEIGHT: 58kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS: H770mm xw410mm x D830mm PACKED DIMENSIONS: H680mm x W320mm x D630mm The Transmig 200 is a 240 volt, single phase, MIG plant ideally suited for light fabrication, automotive repairs, light rural and maintenance applications. It comes complete with wheels, cylinder tray, MIG gun, work lead, flow regulator in a ready to weld package. The Transmig 200 delivers a high maximum output of 200 amps, is extremely competitively priced and represents superior value for money. FEATURES: 8 Fine welding voltage settings NEW 3m Euro Torch 200 amp maximum output Reverse polarity for gas/gasless welding Large wire spool, 300mm, capability Overload protection Optimum arc starting feature Spot timer control 3 year warranty** TRANSMIG 200 PLANT CONTENTS: Power Source, Gun (3M), Regulator/Flowmeter, Worklead (3M), Wheeling Kit/Cylinder Tray, Operating Instructions, Primary lead for factory preset supply voltage, 0.6/0.8 Feed Roll * * Refer to Warranty Schedule ORDERING INFORMATION: Transmig 200 Part No FEED ROLLS: Hard Wire: 0.6 / 0.9mm V Groove Part No * Soft Wire: 0.8 / 0.9mm U Groove Part No Cored Wire 0.8 / 0.9mm V Knurl Part No mm V Knurl Part No OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: Regulator/Flowmeter Part No Contact Tip 0.6mm Part No. OTW11/23 Contact Tip 0.8mm Part No. OTW11/30 Contact Tip 0.9mm Part No. OTW11/35 Contact Tip 1.0mm Part No. OTW11/40 Contact Tip 1.2mm Part No. OTW11/45 Conductor Tube Part No. MF0245 Gas Diffuser Part No. OTW51 MIG Gun Liner mm Part No MIG Gun Liner mm Part No MIG Gun (3M) Part No Regulator/Flowmeter Part No * *Supplied with Plant Contents WELDING EQUIPMENT 49

50 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 TRANSMIG 250 COMPACT SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 220/240 volt 1 phase 50/60Hz SUPPLY PLUG & LEAD: 15 amps MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR: 11.7 kva for maximum welding current NUMBER OF OUTPUT VOLTAGE STEPS: 16 WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps WIRE SPEED: m/min DUTY CYCLE: 30% at 250 amps INDUSTRIAL WELDING VOLTAGE RANGE: Volt DUTY CYCLE TEST PERIOD: 5 & 10 minutes WIRE DIAMETER: (Hard) mm (Soft) mm (Cored) mm WIRE SPOOL SIZE: 300mm or 200mm or 100mm PACKED WEIGHT: 91kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS: H760mm x W355mm x D850mm PACKED MIG DIMENSIONS: H1000mm x W430mm x D880mm The Transmig 250 Compact is a 240 volt, single phase, MIG plant ideally suited for light fabrication, rural and heavier maintenance applications. Supplied with wheels, cylinder tray, MIG gun, work lead, flow regulator in a complete kit ready to weld. The Transmig 250 Compact delivers excellent welding performance on a complete range of base materials. FEATURES: 250 amp output Tweco, Euro Torch Gas/gasless welding Adjustable Burnback Control 16 voltage settings Takes 15kg wire spool On/off switch 3 year gold warranty** 250 duty cycle TRANSMIG 250 COMPACT PLANT CONTENTS Power Source, Tweco Gun (3.6M), Separate 2R Wire feeder Regulator/Flowmeter, Worklead (3M), Wheeling Kit/Cylinder Tray, Operating Instructions, Primary lead for factory preset supply voltage, 0.9/1.2 Feed Roll ORDERING INFORMATION: Transmig 250 Compact Part No OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: Digital Meter Kit Part No Contact Tip 0.6mm Part No. EL16T23 Contact Tip 0.8mm Part No. EL1630 Contact Tip 0.9mm Part No. EL1635 Contact Tip 1.0mm Part No. EL1640 Contact Tip 1.2mm Part No. EL1645 Contact Tip 1.2Amm Part No. EL16A364 Conductor Tube Part No. T Gas Diffuser Part No. EL52 Nozzle Part No. EL22A62 MID Gun Liner mm Part No. 0TW42/3035 MID Gun Liner mm Part No. 0TW42/4045 INLET GUIDE: mm Part No FEED ROLLS: Hard Wire: 0.6 / 0.8mm V Groove Part No * 0.9/1.2mm V Groove Part No * Soft Wire: 0.8 / 0.9mm U Groove Part No / 1.2mm U Groove Part No Cored Wire:0.8 / 0.9mm V Knurl Part No / 1.6mm V Knurl Part No Tweco Gun (3.6M) Part No. T * Regulator/Flowmeter Part No * *Supplied with Plant contents **Refer to Warranty Schedule TRANSMIG 250 REMOTE INDUSTRIAL SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 220/240 volt 1 phase 50/60Hz SUPPLY PLUG & LEAD: 15 amps MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR: 11.7 kva for maximum welding current NUMBER OF OUTPUT VOLTAGE STEPS: 16 WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps WIRE SPEED: m/min DUTY CYCLE: 30% at 250 amps WELDING VOLTAGE RANGE: Volt DUTY CYCLE TEST PERIOD: 5 & 10 minutes WIRE DIAMETER: (Hard) mm (Soft) mm (Cored) mm WIRE SPOOL SIZE: 300mm or 200mm or 100mm PACKED WEIGHT: 107kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS: H760mm x W355mm x D850mm PACKED MIG DIMENSIONS: H1000mm x W430mm x D880mm WELDING EQUIPMENT The Transmig 250 Remote is a 240 volt, single phase, MIG plant ideally suited for light fabrication, rural and heavier maintenance applications. Supplied with wheels, cylinder tray, MIG gun, work lead, flow regulator in a complete kit ready to weld. The Transmig 250 Remote delivers excellent welding performance on a complete range of base materials. FEATURES: 250 amp output Tweco, Euro Torch Gas/gasless welding Adjustable Burnback Control 16 voltage settings Takes 15kg wire spool On/off switch 3 year gold warranty** 250 duty cycle TRANSMIG 250 REMOTE PLANT CONTENTS: Power Source, Tweco Gun (3.6M), Separate 2R Wire feeder Regulator/Flowmeter, Worklead (3M), Wheeling Kit/Cylinder Tray, Operating Instructions, Primary lead for factory preset supply voltage, 09/1.2 Feed Roll ORDERING INFORMATION: Transmig 250 Remote OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: Digital Meter Kit Part No Contact Tip 0.6mm Part No. EL16T23 Contact Tip 0.8mm Part No. EL1630 Contact Tip 0.9mm Part No. EL1635 Contact Tip 1.0mm Part No. EL1640 Contact Tip 1.2mm Part No. EL1645 Contact Tip 1.2Amm Part No. EL16A364 Conductor Tube Part No. T Gas Diffuser Part No. EL52 Nozzle Part No. EL22A62 MIG Gun Liner mm Part No. OTW42/3035 MIG Gun Liner mm Part No. OTW42/4045 INLET GUIDE: mm Part No FEED ROLLS: Hard Wire: 0.6 /0.8mm V Groove Part No * 0.9 /1.2mm V Groove Part No Soft Wire: 0.8 /0.9mm U Groove Part No /1.2mm U Groove Part No Cored Wire: 0.8 /0.9mm V Knurl Part No /1.6mm V Knurl Part No Tweco Gun (3.6M) Part No.T * Regulator/Flowmeter Part No * *Supplied with Plant contents ** Refer to Warranty Schedule 50

51 WELDING EQUIPMENT TRANSMIG 220 COMPACT SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 220/240 volt 1 phase 50/60Hz SUPPLY PLUG & LEAD: 15 amps MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR: 9.8 kva for maximum welding current NUMBER OF OUTPUT VOLTAGE STEPS: 16 WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps WIRE SPEED: m/min DUTY CYCLE: 25% at 220 amps INDUSTRIAL WELDING ARC VOLTAGE RANGE: volts DUTY CYCLE TEST PERIOD: 5 & 10 minutes WIRE DIAMETER: (Hard) mm (Soft) mm (Cored) mm WIRE SPOOL SIZE: 300mm or 200mm or 100mm PACKED WEIGHT: 87kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS: H760mm x W355mm x D850mm PACKED DIMENSIONS: H1000mm xw430mm x D880mm 1 The Transmig 220 is a 240 volt, single phase, MIG plant ideally suited for light fabrication, automotive repairs, light rural and maintenance applications. It comes complete with wheels, cylinder tray, MIG gun, work lead, and flow regulator. The Transmig 220 delivers excellent welding performance on a range of base materials. FEATURES: 220 amp output Reverse polarity for gas/gasless welding Adjustable Burnback Control 16 voltage settings Takes 15kg wire spool On/off switch Easy to use controls 3 year gold warranty** 220 duty cycle TRANSMIG 220 COMPACT PLANT CONTENTS: Power Source, Twe2 MIG Gun (3.6M), Regulator/Flowmeter, Worklead (3M), Wheeling Kit/Cylinder Tray, Operating Instructions, Primary lead for factory preset supply voltage 0.9/1.2 Feed Roll ORDERING INFORMATION: Transmig 220 Compact Part No ** Refer to Warranty Schedule. OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: Digital Meter Kit Part No Contact Tip 0.6mm Part No. EL16T23 Contact Tip 0.8mm Part No. EL1630 Contact Tip 0.9mm Part No. EL1635 Contact Tip 1.0mm Part No. EL1640 Contact Tip 1.2mm Part No. EL1645 Contact Tip 1.2Amm Part No. EL16A364 Conductor Tube Part No. T Gas Diffuser Part No. EL52 Nozzle Part No. EL22A62 MIG Gun Liner mm Part No. OTW42/3035 MIG Gun Liner mm Part No. OTW42/4045 INLET GUIDE: mm Part No FEED ROLLS: Hard Wire: 0.6 / 0.8mm V Groove Part No * 0.9 / 1.2mm V Groove Part No * Soft Wire: 0.8 / 0.9mm U Groove Part No / 1.2mm U Groove Part No Cored Wire:0.8 / 0.9mm V Knurl Part No /1.6mm V Knurl Part No Tweco Gun (3.6M) Part No. T * Regulator/Flowmeter Part No * *Supplied with Plant contents Tuning a MIG machine requires some practice by the operator, the welding Power Source having two control settings that have to balance. These are the wirespeed control and the voltage control switches. The welding current is determined by the wirespeed control, the current will increase with increased wirespeed, resulting in a shorter arc. Less wirespeed will reduce the current and lengthen the arc. Increasing the welding voltage hardly alters the welding current level, but lengthens the arc. By decreasing the voltage, a shorter arc is obtained with little change in welding current. When changing to a different electrode wire diameter, different control settings are required. A thinner electrode wire needs more wire speed to achieve the same current level. A satisfactory weld cannot be obtained if the wirespeed and voltage switch settings are not adjusted to suit the electrode diameter and dimensions of the workpiece. If the wirespeed is too high for the welding voltage, stubbing will occur as the wire dips into the molten pool and does not melt. Welding in these conditions normally produces a poor weld due to lack of fusion. If however, the welding voltage is too high, large drops will form on the end of the electrode wire, causing splatter. The correct setting of the voltage and wirespeed can be seen in the shape of the weld deposit and heard by a smooth regular arc sound. Position of MIG Torch: The angle of the MIG torch to the weld has an effect / on the width of the weld run. Torch Travel Speed: Speed at which a weld rii travels influences the width of the weld and penetration of the welding run. Electrode Stick Out: The electrode wire stick out from the MIG torch nozzle should be between 2-5mm. This distance may vary depending on the type of joint that is being welded. Deposition Rate: Weld metal deposition rate is proportional to current density. Current density is defined as the current per cross sectional area of the electrode wire and is normally expressed as amps per mm The following table shows this: 0.9mm & 1.2mm wire deposition rate. Electrode Wire Current Current Deposition Size Density Rate (kg/hour) 0.9mm 200A mm 200A This demonstrates that where the upper limit of current is limited by machine capacity and duty cycle, higher deposition rates and therefore greater productivity will be achieved by using smaller electrode wire. The CIGWELD MIG welders are particularly efficient with the 0.9mm steel wire in spray transfer mode. The savings from decreased welding time will more than cover the small cost penalty of the smaller electrode wire sizes. 0.9mm wire costs about 3% more than 1.2mm, but is deposited about 15% faster. Penetration composition using the same current (200A) for both electrodes. Higher current density (or smaller diameter wire) also gives deeper penetration as shown. WELDING EQUIPMENT 51

52 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 TRANSMIG 275 COMPACT SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE 220/240 volt 1 phase 50/60Hz SUPPLY PLUG & LEAD: 15 amps MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR: 13.4 kva for maximum welding current NUMBER OF OUTPUT VOLTAGE STEPS 24 WELDING CURRENT RANGE amps WIRE SPEED: m/mm DUTY CYCLE: 40% at 275 amps INDUSTRIAL WELDING ARC VOLTAGE RANGE Volt DUTY CYCLE TEST PERIOD: 5 & 10 minutes WIRE DIAMETER (Hard) mm (Soft) mm (Cored) mm WIRE SPOOL SIZE: 300mm or 200mm or 100mm PACKED WEIGHT: 103kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS H800mm xw355mm x D850mm PACKED MIG DIMENSIONS H910mm x W365mm x D900mm ** Refer to warranty schedule. Model shown with optional digit meter kit fitted TRANSMIG 275 REMOTE The Transmig 275 Compact is a single phase MIG plant ideally suited to rural and heavier maintenance applications where only 240 volt power is available. Offering one of the highest outputs and duty cycles on the market, the Transmig 275 Compact provides superior arc characteristics for gas metal arc welding (GMAW) and flux cored arc welding (FCAW). FEATURES: 240 volt input Huge 275 amp 40 duty cycle^ 24 voltage settings Heavy duty 4 roll wire feeder system Covered 8 metre interconnection cables Heavy duty 50mm Dinse connectors 3 year gold warranty* * TRANSMIG 275 COMPACT PLANT CONTENTS: Power Source, Tweco Gun (36M), Regulator/Flowmeter, Worklead (3M), Wheeling Kit/Cylinder Tray, Operating Instructions, Primary INDUSTRIAL lead for factory preset supply voltage, 0.6/0.8 Feed roll, 0.9/1.2 Feed Roll ORDERING INFORMATION: Transmig 275 Compact Part No OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: Digital Meter Kit Part No INLET GUIDE: mm Part No FEED ROLLS Hard Wire: 0.6 / 0.8mm V Groove Part No / 1.2mm V Groove Part No * Soft Wire: 0.8 / 0.9mm U Groove Part No / 1.2mm U Groove Part No Cored Wire: 0.8 / 0.9mm V Knurl Part No / 1.6mm V Knurl Part No Tweco Gun (3.6M) Part No.OTWX412/3545 Regulator/Flowmeter Part No * *Supplied with Plant Contents ** Refer to Warranty Schedule. WELDING EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 220/240 volt 1 phase 50/60Hz SUPPLY PLUG & LEAD: 15 amps MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR: 13.4 kva for maximum welding current NUMBER OF OUTPUT VOLTAGE STEPS: 24 WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps WIRE SPEED: m/min DUTY CYCLE: 40% at 275 amps WELDING ARC VOLTAGE RANGE: volt DUTY CYCLE TEST PERIOD: 5 & 10 minutes WIRE DIAMETER (Hard) mm (Soft) mm (Cored) mm The Transmig 275 Remote is a single phase MIG plant ideally suited to rural and heavier maintenance applications where only 240 volt power is available. Offering one of the highest outputs and duty cycles on the market, the Transmig 275 Remote provides superior arc characteristics for gas metal arc welding (GMAW) and flux cored arc welding (FCAW). The remote wire feeder features a heavy duty 4 roll drive system that is swivel mounted, with wheels, and supplied with 8 metres of covered interconnection cables, no job will ever be too big or too far for the Transmig 275 Remote. FEATURES: 240 volt input Huge 275 amp 40% duty cycle^ 24 voltage settings Heavy duty 4 roll wire feeder system Covered 8 metre interconnection cables Heavy duty 50mm Dinse connectors Swivel mounted wire feeder with wheels 3 year gold warranty* * TRANSMIG 275 REMOTE PLANT CONTENTS: Power Source, Tweco Gun (3.6M), Separate 4R Wire Feeder, Regulator/Flowmeter, Worklead WIRE SPOOL SIZE: 300mm or 200mm or 100mm PACKED WEIGHT 113kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS H800mm x W355mm x D850mm PACKED MIG DIMENSIONS H910mm xw365mm x D900mm (8M), Wheeling Kit/Cylinder Tray, Operating Instructions, Primary lead for factory preset supply voltage, 0.9/1.2 Feed Roll. ORDERING INFORMATION: Transmig 275 Remote Part No OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Digital Meter Kit Part No metre lnterconnection Extension Part No Pin Plug Part No INLET GUIDE: mm Part No FEED ROLLS: Hard Wire 0.6 / 0.8mm V Groove Part No / 1.2mm V Groove Part No * Soft Wire: 0.8 / 0.9mm U Groove Part No / 1.2mm U Groove Part No Cored Wire:0.8 / 0.9mm V Knurl Part No /1.6mm V Knurl Part No Tweco Gun (3.6M) Part No. 0TWX412/3545 Regulator/Flowmeter Part No * *Supplied with Plant Contents. ** Refer to Warranty Schedule. Model shown with optional digital meter kit fitted. 52

53 WELDING EQUIPMENT TRANSMIG 330se COMPACT SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 220/380/415 volt 3 phase 50/60Hz SUPPLY PLUG & LEAD: 11 amps MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR 15 kva for maximum welding current NUMBER OF OUTPUT VOLTAGE STEPS 24 WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps WIRE SPEED: m/mm DUTY CYCLE: 30% at 330 amps INDUSTRIAL WELDING ARC VOLTAGE RANGE volt DUTY CYCLE TEST PERIOD: 5 & 10 minutes WIRE DIAMETER: (Hard) mm (Soft) mm (Cored) mm WIRE SPOOL SIZE: 300mm or 200mm or 100mm PACKED WEIGHT: 94kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS H800mm x W355mm x D850mm PACKED MIG DIMENSIONS H910mm x W365mm x D900mm 1 The Transmig 330se upgrade is a multi-voltage, three phase, constant voltage DC power source ideally suited to medium fabrication, and heavier maintenance applications. The Transmig 330se provides excellent arc characteristics with gas metal arc welding (GMAW) or flux cored arc welding with or without gas (FCAW). FEATURES: 24 fine welding voltage control settings New Euro connections New TWECO gun Multi-voltage supply capabilities Reverse polarity for gas/gasless MIG welding Overload protection, thermostat with warning light 3 year gold warranty* * TRANSMIG 330SE COMPACT PLANT CONTENTS: Power Source, Tweco Gun (3.6M), Regulator/Flowmeter, Worklead (3M), Wheeling Kit/Cylinder Tray, Operating Instructions, Primary lead for factory preset supply voltage, 0.6/0.8 Feed Roll, 0.9/1.2 Feed Roll ** Refer to Warranty Schedule. ORDERING INFORMATION: Transmig 330se Compact Part No INLET GUIDE: mm Part No FEED ROLLS: Hard Wire: 0.6 / 0.8mm V Groove Part No * 0.9/ 1.2mm V Groove Part No * Soft Wire: 0.8 / 0.9mm U Groove Part No /1.2mm V Groove Part No / 1.6mm U Groove Part No Cored Wire: 0.8 / 0.9mm V Knurl Part No to 1.6mm V Knurl Part No Tweco* Gun (3.6M) Part No * Regulator/Flowmeter Part No * *Supplied with Plant Contents TRANSMIG 330E REMOTE INDUSTRIAL SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: volt 3 phase 50/60Hz SUPPLY PLUG & LEAD: 11 amps MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR: 12 kva for maximum welding current NUMBER OF OUTPUT VOLTAGE STEPS: 24 WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps WIRE SPEED: m/min DUTY CYCLE: 30% at 330 amps WELDING ARC VOLTAGE RANGE: volt DUTY CYCLE TEST PERIOD: 5 & 10 minutes WIRE DIAMETER: (Hard) mm (Soft) mm (Cored) mm The Transmig 330se upgrade is a multi-voltage, three phase, constant voltage DC power source ideally suited to medium fabrication, and heavier maintenance applications. The Transmig 330se provides excellent arc characteristics with gas metal arc welding (GMAW) or flux-cored arc welding with or without gas (FCAW). FEATURES 24 fine welding voltage control settings New Euro connections New TWECO gun Fully enclosed spool cover Multi-voltage supply capabilities Reverse polarity for gas/gasless MIG welding Overload protection, thermostat with warning light 3 year gold warranty Power Source, Tweco Gun (3.6M), Separate 2R Wire Feeder, Regulator/Flowmeter, Worklead (8M), Wheeling Kit/Cylinder Tray, Operating Instructions, Primary lead for factory preset supply voltage Feed Roll, 0.9/1.2 Feed Roll ** Refer to Warranty Schedule. WIRE SPOOL SIZE: 300mm or 200mm or 100mm PACKED WEIGHT. 102kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS: H800mm x W355mm x D850mm PACKED MIG DIMENSIONS: H910mm x W365mm x D900mm ORDERING INFORMATION Transmig 330se Remote Part No OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Wire feeder Trolley Part No M Interconnection Extension Part No INLET GUIDE mm Part No FEED ROLLS Hard Wire: 0.6 / 0.8mm V Groove Part No * 0.9 / 1.2mm V Groove Part No * Soft Wire: 0.8 / 0.9mm U Groove Part No / 1.2mm U Groove Part No / 1.6 U Groove Part No Cored Wire:0.8 / 0.9mm V Knurl Part No / 1.6mm V Knurl Part No Tweco Gun (3.6M) Part No. T * Regulator/Flowmeter Part No *supplied with Plant Contents WELDING EQUIPMENT 53

54 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 TRANSMIG 400 REMOTE SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 220/380/415 volt 3 phase 50/60Hz SUPPLY LEAD: 15 amps MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR: 20 kva for maximum welding current NUMBER OF OUTPUT VOLTAGE STEPS: 36 WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps WIRE SPEED: m/min DUTY CYCLES: 60% at 300 amps 30% at 400 amps WELDING ARC VOLTAGE RANGE: volt DUTY CYCLE TEST PERIOD: 5 & 10 minutes WIRE DIAMETER: (Hard) mm (soft) mm (Cored) mm The Transmig 400 is a new multi-voltage, three phase, constant voltage DC power source ideally suited to the fabrication industry. Performance, ruggedness and simplicity have been combined in this versatile MIG plant. FEATURES 36 fine welding voltage control settings Digital meters Fully enclosed spool cover Heavy duty 4 roll wire feed system Swivel mounted wire feeder with wheels Covered 8 metre interconnection cables 3 year gold warranty INDUSTRIAL TRANSMIG 400 REMOTE PLANT CONTENTS Power Source, Tweco Gun (3.6M), Separate 4R Wire feeder (8M interconnection), Regulator/Flowmeter, Worklead (8M), Wheeling Kit/Cylinder Tray Operating Instructions, Primary lead for factory preset supply voltage, 0.9/1.2 Feed Roll WIRE SPOOL SIZE. 300mm or 200mm or 100mm PACKED WEIGHT: 122kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS: H800mm x W355mm x D850mm PACKED MIG DIMENSIONS: H910mm x W365mm x D900mm ORDERING INFORMATION Transmig 400 Plant Part No OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 8M Interconnection Extension Part No Pin Plug Part No INLET GUIDE mm (inlet) Part No mm (intermediate) Part No FEED ROLLS Hard Wire: 0.6/0.8mm V Groove Part No /1.2mm V Groove Part No * 1.2/1.6mm V-Groove Part No Soft Wire: mm U Groove Part No mm U Groove Part No /1.6mm U Groove Part No Cored Wire:0.8/0.9mm V Knurl Part No to 1.6mm V Knurl Part No to 2.4mm V Knurl Part No Tweco Gun No.4 (3.6M) Part No. OTWX412/3545 Tweco Gun No.4 (4.5M) Part No. OTWX415/3545 Regulator/Flowmeter Part No * *Supplied with Plant Contents. ** Refer to Warranty Schedule. TRANSMIG 400HD REMOTE WELDING EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE 380/415Volt 3 phase 50Hz SUPPLY LEAD: 20 amps MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR. 20 kva for maximum welding current NUMBER OF OUTPUT VOLTAGE STEPS: 36 WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps WIRE SPEED: m/min DUTY CYCLES: 60% at 350 amps 46% at 400 amps WELDING ARC VOLTAGE RANGE: Volt DUTY CYCLE TEST PERIOD: 5 minutes WIRE DIAMETER: (Hard) mm (Soft) mm (Cored) mm The Transmig 400HD MIG Welding plant has been designed to increase the productivity of the metal fabrication industry. Performance, Ruggedness and Simplicity have been combined in this versatile MIG welding plant. Solid wires up to 1.6mm, diameter can be run at high duty cycles together with the ability to provide high deposition performance with flux cored wires of up to 2.4mm. FEATURES 36 fine welding voltage control settings Trigger latching Heavy duty design and construction Dual inductance Volt and Amp Meters 4 Roll Wire Feeder 3 year gold warranty TRANSMIG 400HD PLANT CONTENTS Power Source, Wire Feeder, Tweco MIG Gun (3.6M), Separate 4R Wire Feeder, Regulator/Flowmeter, Worklead 8M, Wheeling Kit/Cylinder Tray, Operating Instructions. 0.9/1.2 Feed Reel WIRE SPOOL SIZE: 300mm or 200mm & 400mm coil PACKED WEIGHT. 222kg POWER SOURCE ASSEMBLED DIMENSIONS: H840mm x W440mm x D1050mm 4R FEEDER DIMENSIONS: H294mm x W243mm x D555mm ORDERING INFORMATION: Transmig 400-HD Plant Part No OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Tweco No 5 Torch Adaptor Part No metre Interconnection Extension Part No INLET GUIDE mm (inlet) Part No mm (intermediate) Part No FEED ROLLS Hard Wire: 0.8/1.0mm V Groove Part No /1.2mm V Groove Part No * 1.2/1.6mm V Groove Part No Soft Wire: 0.8/0.9mm U Groove Part No /1.2mm U Groove Part No /1.6mm U Groove Part No Cored Wire:0.8/0.9mm V Knurl Part No to 1.6mm V Knurl Part No to.4mm V Knurl Part No Wire Feeder Part No * Tweco Gun No.4 (3.6M) Part No. OTWX412/3545 Tweco Gun No.4 (4.5M) Part No. OTWX415/3545 Regulator/Flowmeter Part No * Flow Meter Part No *Supplied with with Plant Contents 54

55 TRANSMIG 400i SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 415 volt 3 phase 50Hz MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR: 24 kva at maximum weld current WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps SUPPLY LEAD: 33 amp WELDING EQUIPMENT HEAVY INDUSTRIAL DUTY CYCLES: 30% at 400 amps 60% at 300 amps DUTY CYCLE TEST PERIOD: 5 & 10 minutes The Transmig 400i is a brand new release, 415 volt, 33 amp per phase, full digital control, DC MIG/STICK/liftTIG power source. Features include variable inductance, digital voltmeter and digital ammeter making this the ultimate unit designed for precision MIG welding of steel and other DC weldable materials. The unit also has an integrated Voltage Reduction Device (VRD) built in for improved operator safety. FEATURES: Standards compliant built-in Voltage reduction Device Save/load (recall) weld programs Intelligent fan operation Embedded micro processor with digital controls Exceptional DC welding characteristics All welding parameters are adjustable Easy to use digital display and panel controls Digital volt meter and ammeter MIG, lift TIG & Stick weld operations Variable inductance control in Mig mode Self diagnostic control Single index control knob Compact, lightweight & portable PACKED WEIGHT: 25kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS: H420mm x W210mm x D450mm TRANSMIG 400i POWER SOURCE CONTENTS: Transmig 400i Power Source, two dinse plug connectors, operation manual ORDERING INFORMATION: Transmig 400i Power Source Part No RECOMMENDED PROCESS: DC GMAW - MIG DC FCAW - Flux Cored MIG DC GTAW - Lift TIG DC MMAW - Stick OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: 4R Wirefeeder Part No Tweco No 4 MIG gun Part No. OTWX412/3545 TWE 4 MIG gun Part No. T Work lead 8M Part No Slide Control Part No. OTD10/2004 Hand Pendant Part No. OTD10/2005 Foot Control Part No. OTD10/2007 Hiderok Helmet Part No Dinse Plug Connector Part No TIG torch (4M) Part No Torch Accessories Kit Part No. BGSAK2 Gas Hose Part No Flowmeter / Regulator Part No Lead Set (8M) Part No Pin Plug Part No *Supplied with Plant Contents 1 TRANSMIG 230SP & TRANSMIG 400SP Gas Cooled Synergic Pulse Equipment Description Part No. Features Transmig 320SP Compact W Gas cooled, 415V/21A, 320A@35% Transmig 400SP Remote W Gas cooled, 415V/27A, 400A@50% Wirefeeder SP4000G W Gas cooled Interconnection Assembly W Suits 400SP, Gas cooled, 70mm 2, 1M length Interconnection Assembly W Suits 400SP, Gas cooled, 70mm 2, 10M length Smart Torch ML3600 4M PML36004MD Suits 320SP/400SP gas cooled, 4M TRANSMIG 4005P Water Cooled Synergic Pulse Equipment Description Part No. Features Transmig 400SP Remote W Water cooled, 415V/27A, 400A@50% Wirefeeder SP400OW W Water cooled Interconnection Assembly W Suits 400SP, Water cooled, 70mm 2, 1M length Interconnection Assembly W Suits 400SP, Water cooled, 70mm 2, 10M length Smart Torch MWS800 4M PMW58004MD Suits 400SP/500SP, 4M hose TRANSMIG 5005P Water Cooled Synergic Pulse Equipment Description Part No. Features Transmig 500SP Remote W Water cooled, 415V/37A, 500A@60% Wirefeeder SP400OW W Water cooled Interconnection Assembly W Suits 500SP, Water cooled, 95mm 2, 1M length Interconnection Assembly W Suits 500SP, Water cooled, 95mm 2, 10M length Smart Torch MWS800 4M PMW58004MD Suits 400SP/500SP, 4M hose AUTOMATION Water Cooled Synergic Pulse Equipment Description Part No. Features Transmig 400SP Robotic W Water cooled, 415V/37A, 400A@60% Transmig 500SP Robotic W Water cooled, 415V/37A, 500A@60% Wirefeeder SP4000R W Suits 400SP/500SP Robotic Interconnection Assembly W Suits 400SP, Water cooled, 70mm 2, 10M length Interconnection Assembly W Suits 500SP, Water cooled, 95mm 2, 10M length WELDING EQUIPMENT 55

56 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 TRANSMIG 500i SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: /460 volt 3 phase 50/60Hz SUPPLY LEAD: 32 amps MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR: 33 kva for maximum welding current WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps DUTY CYCLES: 60% at 560 amps 100% at 450 amps HEAVY INDUSTRIAL WIRE DIAMETER: Hard mm Soft mm Cored mm WELDING ARC VOLTAGE RANGE: volt DUTY CYCLE TEST PERIOD: 10 minutes PACKED WEIGHT: 72kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS: H676mm x W378mm x D584mm The Transmig 500i is a heavy-duty inverter power source rated at 560 amps, 60% duty cycle. It has optimised, integrated electronic controls for constant current and constant voltage processes. These controls include Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (Lift TIG), Manual Metal Arc Welding (STICK), Carbon Arc Gouging (CAG), Gas Metal Arc Welding (MIG), and Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW). The Transmig 500i provides both 24 Volt and 110 Volt AC through a 14 pin and a 19 pin receptacle to power wire feeders and other accessories. The power source also provides auxiliary power of 110 Volt AC, 10 amp on the rear of the machine. FEATURES: Multi-process MMAW, GTAW, GMAW, FCAW, CAG Heavy Duty Multi-process output for CC and CV Energy saving technology with 90% efficiency Embedded micro processor Compact size, lightweight, excellent performance Inifinitely variable 5 to 560 amps Electronic waveform control provides positive arc initiation and low spatter, even with C02 Exceptional DC welding characteristics & arc control Digital volt meter/ammeter Easy to use controls 110 Volt/ 10 amp auxiliary power TRANSMIG 500i POWER SOURCE CONTENTS: Transmig 500i Power Source, Two Dinse Plug Connectors, Operating Manual TRANSMIG 500i STANDARD PLANT: Transmig 500i Power Source, Wheeling kit/cylinder tray, 4R Wirefeeder, 15 metre Interconnection Cable, Supra XT MIG Gun (4M), Work Lead (12m), Regulator/Flowmeter, Two Dinse Plug Connectors, Operating Manual TRANSMIG 500i HEAVY DUTY PLANT: Transmig 500i Power Source, Wheeling kit/cylinder tray, Transmig 4RHD Wirefeeder, 15 metre Interconnection Cable, Tweco No.5 MIG Gun (3.6m), Work Lead (12M), Regulator/Flowmeter, Two Dinse Plug Connectors, Operating Manual ORDERING INFORMATION: Transmig 500i Power Source Part No Transmig 500i Standard Plant Part No Transmig 500i Heavy Duty PlantPart No OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: 600A Welding Lead Set Part No Regulator/Flowmeter Part No Regulator Part No Flowmeter Part No Gas Hose Kit Part No Amp TIG Torch with Valve Part No TIG Torch Accessory Kit Part No. BGSAK2 Transmig 4RHD Wirefeeder Part No VRF4 Wirefeeder Part No Supra XT MIG Gun No.4 (4m) Part No. SE4004M16 Supra XT MIG Gun Euro (4m) Part No. SE400X4M16 Tweco No.5 MIG Gun (3.6m) Part No Pin Plug Part No Pin Plug Part No WELDING EQUIPMENT WIRE FEEDER OPTIONS 4R HD V5F2 - OTD12/1002 VAF

57 WELDING EQUIPMENT TRANSMIG 2Rse SPECIFICATIONS CONTROL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 24 volt AC CONTROL SUPPLY POWER: 204 volt amp WIRE SPEED: m/min (50-750ipm) WIRE DIAMETER: (Hard) mm (Soft) mm (Cored) mm WIRE SPOOL SIZE: 200mm or 300mm WIRE FEEDER WEIGHT. 14kg without wire DIMENSIONS: H255mm x W230mm x D470mm INTERCONNECTION CABLE LENGTH: 8M factory fitted INDUSTRIAL INTERCONNECTION PLUG: 14 pin BURNBACK TIME RANGE: seconds 1 The 2Rse is a 2 roll, compact, lightweight and easy to use wire feeder that is suited to constant voltage switched, inverter or SCR controlled MIG power sources. FEATURES: 2 Roll Feeder Assembly Spool Cover Gas Solenoid Operation 8M Interconnections Cables Burnback Control Euro Connection FEED ROLLS: Hard Wire: 0.6/0.8mm V Groove Part No /1.2mm V Groove Part No * Soft Wire: 0.8/0.9mm U Groove Part No /1.2mm U Groove Part No /1.6mm U Groove Part No Cored Wire 0.8/0.9mm V Knurl Part No /1.6mm V Knurl Part No ORDERING INFORMATION: Transmig 2Rse Part No INLET GUIDE: mm Part No * mm Part No OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES TWE No.4 Gun Euro 3.6M Part No. T Tweco No.4 Gun Euro 3.6M Part No. OTWX412/3545 Tweco No.4 Gun Euro 4.5M Part No. OTWX415/3545 Euro Adaptor Part No Tweco No. 4 Adaptor Part No *Supplied as standard TRANSMIG 4Rse INDUSTRIAL SPECIFICATIONS CONTROL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 24 volt AC CONTROL SUPPLY POWER: 204 volt amp WIRE SPEED: m/min (50-750ipm) WIRE DIAMETER: (Hard) mm (Soft) mm (Cored) mm The 4Rse is a 4 roll, compact, lightweight and easy to use wire feeder that is suited to constant voltage switched, inverter or SCR controlled MIG power sources. FEATURES 4 Roll Feeder Assembly Spool Cover Gas Solenoid Operation 8M Interconnections Cables Burnback Control Euro Connection WIRE SPOOL SIZE: 200mm or 300mm WIRE FEEDER WEIGHT. 14kg without wire DIMENSIONS: H255mm x W230mm x D654mm FEED ROLLS Hard Wire: 0.6/0.8mm V Groove Part No /1.2mm V Groove Part No * 1.2/1.6mm V Groove Part No Soft Wire: 0.8 /0.9mm U Groove Part No /1.2mm U Groove Part No /1.6mm U Groove Part No Flux Cored 0.8/0.9mm V Knurl Part No /1.6mm V Knurl Part No /2.4mm V Knurl Part No INTERCONNECTION CABLE LENGTH: 8M factory fitted INTERCONNECTION PLUG: 14 pin BURNBACK TIME RANGE: seconds ORDERING INFORMATION Transmig 4Rse Part No GUIDES Inlet mm * mm Intermediate mm * mm OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES TWE No. 4 Gun Euro 3.6M Part No. T Tweco No. 4 Gun Euro 3.6M Part No. OTWX412/3545 Tweco No. 4 Gun Euro 4.5M Part No. OTWX415/3545 Idler Roller Kit Part No Geared Roller Kit Part No mm Coil Holder Part No *Supplied as standard WELDING EQUIPMENT 57

58 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 VRD COMMON QUESTIONS RELATED TO VRD WHAT IS A VRD? A. VRD is short for Voltage Reduction Device. A VRD is a Hazard Reducing Device for welding equipment, which greatly reduces the risk of electric shock from the secondary welding circuit. HOW DOES A STANDARDS COMPLIANT VRD WORK? A. The VRD turns the welding power OFF and supplies an extra low voltage to the welding terminals when the resistance between the welding terminals is greater than 200 ohms. It also turns the welding power off in less than 0.3 seconds after the arc has extinguished (welding ceased). The VRD turns the welding power on when it senses that the resistance between the welding terminals is less than 200 ohms (electrode to work contact). WHAT IS THE EMPLOYERS DUTY OF CARE TO THEIR EMPLOYEES IN THE WORK ENVIRONMENT? A. Workplace Safety legislation imposes substantial duties on employers to provide a safe workplace and equipment for its employees. If an employer fails to do so criminal prosecution of the company and its senior officers and employees may result with substantial penalties including fines and in certain cases jail sentences. It is therefore essential employers acquire safe equipment and ensure its employees are properly trained in its use. WHAT STANDARDS SHOULD VRD EQUIPMENT COMPLY TO? A. Two standards: AS/NZS 3195 and IEC , spell out the operation and working parameters. WELDING EQUIPMENT WHAT ARE THE KEY REQUIREMENTS FOR A STANDARDS COMPLIANT VRD OPERATION? A. VRDs have four operating parameters that combine to protect the welding operator from electric shock from the secondary welding circuit. (a) Automatically reduces the welding power source s open circuit voltage (OCV) across the terminals to an extra low voltage (less than 25 Volts) during non arc periods; (b) Turns on welding power when the resistance between the electrode and work is less than 200 ohms during arc periods, i.e. when an arc is struck; (c) Turns off welding power in less than 0.3 seconds when the welding current has stopped; (d) Clear indication of the VRD s operation by ON or OFF indicator lights on the welding equipment - refer pictures. ARC WELDING VRD IS OFF ARC BROKEN VRD TURNS ON 58

59 WELDING EQUIPMENT TRANSARC 141VRD SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: volt 1 phase 50Hz SUPPLY PLUG AND LEAD: 15 amp lead, 10 amp plug COOLING: Fan cooled MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR: 8.0 kva for maximum welding current INDUSTRIAL WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps DUTY CYCLES: 60% at 140 amps (STICK) 70% at 140 amps (TIG) DUTY CYCLE TEST PERIOD: 5 & 10 minutes POWER SOURCE WEIGHT. 8.0kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS: H230mm x W185mm x D310mm 1 TRANSARC 161VRD Part No Part No The Transarc 141 VRD inverter welding power sources incorporates a Voltage Reduction Device (VRD) as a standard feature. The integral VRD in the manual arc welding mode offers much needed protection for the welding operator from electric shock during non-arcing times. Additionally, the application of state of the art digital and microprocessor technology ensures superior arc characteristics especially during the critical arc starting and re-strike phases. FEATURES Standards compliant built-in Voltage Reduction Device (VRD) Designed for AS category A,B & C environments EMC compliant Embedded micro processor with digital controls Exceptional DC welding characteristics Easy to use digital display and panel controls Stick & lift TIG weld operations Single index control knob Compact, lightweight & portable Pulse lift TIG operation INDUSTRIAL TRANSARC 141VRD POWER SOURCE CONTENTS Transarc 141VRD Power Source, Two dinse plug connector, Shoulder Strap, Operating Instructions TRANSARC 14 VRD PLANT CONTENTS Transarc 141 VRD Power Source, carry case, Two dinse plug connector, Shoulder Strap, electrode & work leads, operation manual. ORDERING INFORMATION Transarc 141VRD Plant Part No Transarc 141VRD Power Source Part No RECOMMENDED PROCESS DC Stick DC GTAW - Lift Arc Start OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Manual Arc lead Set Part No Hiderok Helmet Part No amp TIG Torch Part No TIG Torch Accessories Kit Part No. BGSAK2 TIG Welding Kit Part No Remote Control Part No Chipping Hammer Part No Remote Foot Control Part No Torch Gas Hose Kit (includes fittings) Part No Flowmeter / Regulator Part No Dinse Plug Connector Part No Work Lead (4M) Part No Pin & Earth Plug Part No SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 220/240 volt 1 phase 50Hz SUPPLY LEAD AND PLUG: 15 amp COOLING: Fan Cooled MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR: 8.0 kva for maximum welding current Part No Part No WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps DUTY CYCLES: 60% at 160 amps (STICK) 70% at 160 amps (TIG) The Transarc 161 VRD inverter welding power sources incorporates a Voltage Reduction Device (VRD) as a standard feature. The integral VRD in the manual arc welding mode offers much needed protection for the welding operator from electric shock during nonarcing times. Additionally, the application of state of the art digital and microprocessor technology ensures superior arc characteristics especially during the critical arc starting and re-strike phases. FEATURES Standards compliant built-in Voltage Reduction Device (VRD) Designed for AS category A,B & C environments EMC compliant Embedded micro processor with digital controls Exceptional DC welding characteristics Easy to use digital display and panel controls Stick & lift TIG weld operations Single index control knob Compact, lightweight & portable Pulse lift TIG operation DUTY CYCLE TEST PERIOD: 5 & 10 minutes POWER SOURCE WEIGHT: 8.5kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS: H230mm x W185mm x D310mm TRANSARC 161 VRD POWER SOURCE CONTENTS Transarc 161 VRD Power Source, Two dinse plug connector, Shoulder Strap, Operating Instructions. TRANSARC 161 VRD PLANT CONTENTS Transarc 161 VRD Power Source, carry case, Two dinse plug connector, Shoulder Strap, electrode & work leads, operation manual. ORDERING INFORMATION Transarc 161VRD Plant Part No Transarc 161VRD Power Source Part No RECOMMENDED PROCESSES DC Stick DC GTAW - Lift Arc Start OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Manual Arc Lead Set Part No Hiderok Helmet Part No amp TIG Torch Part No TIG Torch accessories Kit Part No. BGSAK2 TIG Welding Kit Part No Remote Control Part No Remote Foot Control Part No Chipping hammer Part No Torch Gas Hose Kit (includes fittings) Part No Flowmeter / Regulator Part No Dinse Plug Connector Part No Work Lead (4M) Part No Pin & Earth Plug Part No WELDING EQUIPMENT 59

60 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 TRANSARC 145i SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 220/240 volt 1 phase 50Hz SUPPLY PLUG AND LEAD: 15 amp lead, 10 amp plug MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR: 8.0 kva for maximum welding current WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps INDUSTRIAL DUTY CYCLES: 60% at 140 amps (STICK) 70% at 140 amps (TIG) DUTY CYCLE TEST PERIOD: 5 & 10 minutes POWER SOURCE WEIGHT: 8.0kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS: H230mm x W185mm x D310mm The Transarc 145i is the professionals choice for MMAW (stick) and GTAW (Lift TIG) where a robust construction is combined with high duty cycle and excellent reliability to yield high productivity. This unit has outstanding performance on a wide range of MMAW electrodes. Typical applications include sitework, maintenance repairs and construction, in fact any MMAW or GTAW (Lift TIG) project where portability is a requirement. This heavy duty, single phase power plant with 140 amps at 70% duty cycle capabilities is the choice of professionals. FEATURES % duty cycle Operates from a 10 amp, 240 volt power point* A Compact, robust, lightweight & portable Excellent DC MMAW welding characteristics Lift arc start for DC GTAW Auto arc force in MMAW mode Infinitely Variable Welding Current Control from 5 to 145 amps TRANSARC 145I POWER SOURCE CONTENTS Transarc 145i Power Source, Two dinse plug connector, Shoulder Strap, Operating Instructions, Primary lead for factory preset supply voltage ORDERING INFORMATION Transarc 145i Part No RECOMMENDED PROCESS DC Stick DC GTAW - Lift Arc Start OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Manual Arc lead Set Part No Hiderok Helmet Part No amp TIG Torch Part No TIG Torch Accessories Kit Part No. BGSAK2 T G Welding Kit Part No Remote Control Part No Chipping Hammer Part No Remote Foot Control Part No Torch Gas Hose Kit (includes fittings) Part No Flowmeter 1 Regulator Part No Dinse Plug Connector Part No Work Lead (4M) Part No, Pin & Earth Plug Part No *To achieve an average 1OA current draw, output should be limited to % Duty Cycle. TRANSARC 165i INDUSTRIAL SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 220/240 volt 1 phase 50Hz SUPPLY LEAD AND PLUG: 15 amp COOLING: Fan Cooled MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR: 8.0 kva for maximum welding current WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps DUTY CYCLES: 60% at 160 amps (STICK) 70% at 160 amps (TIG) DUTY CYCLE TEST PERIOD: 5 & 10 minutes POWER SOURCE 8.5kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS: H230mm x W185mm x D310mm WELDING EQUIPMENT The Transarc 165i is the professionals choice for MMAW (stick) and GTAW (Lift TIG) where a robust construction is combined with high duty cycle and excellent reliability to yield high productivity. This unit also has outstanding performance on a wide range of MMAW electrodes. Typical applications include sitework, maintenance repairs and construction, in fact any MMAW or GTAW (Lift TIG) project where portability is a requirement. This heavy duty, single phase power plant with 160 amps at 70% duty cycle capabilities is the choice of professionals. FEATURES % duty cycle Operates from a 15 amp 240 Volt power point Compact, robust, lightweight & portable Excellent DC MMAW welding characteristics Lift arc start for DC GTAW Auto arc force in MMAW mode Infinitely Variable Welding Current Control from 5 to 165 amps TRANSARC 165i POWER SOURCE CONTENTS Transarc 165i Power Source, Two dinse plug connector, Shoulder Strap, Operating Instructions, Primary lead for factory preset supply voltage ORDERING INFORMATION Transarc 165i Part No RECOMMENDED PROCESS: DC Stick DC GTAW - Lift Arc Start OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Manual Arc lead Set Part No Hiderok Helmet Part No amp TIG Torch Part No TIG Torch Accessories Kit Part No. BGSAK2 TIG Welding Kit Part No Remote Control Part No Remote Foot Control Part No Chipping hammer Part No Torch Gas Hose Kit (includes fittings) Part No Flowmeter / Regulator Part No Dinse Plug Connector Part No Work Lead (4M) Part No Pin & Earth Plug Part No

61 WELDING EQUIPMENT TRANSARC 131i/Tool Box Kit SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE 220/240 volt 1 phase 50Hz SUPPLY LEAD AND PLUG: 10 amp COOLING: Fan Cooled MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR: 8.0 kva for maximum welding current INDUSTRIAL WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps DUTY CYCLES: 130 amps (STICK) 130 amps (TIG) DUTY CYCLE TEST PERIOD: 5 & 10 minutes POWER SOURCE WEIGHT: 5.2kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS: H245mm x W11Omm x D205mm 1 The Transarc 131i Tool Box Kit is the complete portable, professional kit. Including the lightweight 130 amp inverter power plant that will run from any 10 amp standard domestic outlet. This unit provides the latest in inverter technology with excellent DC welding characteristics for manual arc welding with the capabilities of scratch start TIG welding. FEATURES Designed to operate on a 10 amp 240 volt power point Compact, lightweight & portable Excellent DC MMAW welding characteristics Anti-stick in MMAW mode Infinitely Variable Welding Current Control from 5 to 130 amps TRANSARC 131i PLANT CONTENTS: Transarc 131i Power Source, Operating Instructions, Primary lead for factory preset supply voltage, complete lead set, helmet, chipping hammer and wire brush in a robust tool box. TRANSARC 131i POWER SOURCE CONTENTS: Transarc 131i Power Source, Operating Instructions, Primary lead for factory preset supply voltage, 25mm 2 dinse connectors. ORDERING INFORMATION: Transarc 131i Plant (Tool Box Kit) Part No Transarc 131i (Power Source only) Part No RECOMMENDED PROCESS: DC Stick DC GTAW - Scratch Start OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Hiderok Helmet Part No Wire Brush (4 row) Part No TIG Torch Accessories Kit Part No. BGSAK2 150 amp TIG Torch Part No Torch Gas Hose Kit (includes fittings) Part No Flowmeter / Regulator Part No TIG welding kit Part No TRANSARC 161i/Tool Box Kit INDUSTRIAL SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 220/240 volt 1 phase 50Hz SUPPLY LEAD AND PLUG: 15 amp COOLING: Fan Cooled MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR: 8.0 kva for maximum welding current WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps DUTY CYCLES: 160 amps (STICK) 160 amps (TIG) The Transarc 161i Tool Box Kit is the complete portable, professional kit. Including the lightweight 160 amp inverter power plant that will run from any 15 amp standard domestic outlet. This unit provides the latest in inverter technology with excellent DC welding characteristics for manual arc welding with the capabilities of scratch start TIG welding. FEATURES Designed to operate on a 15 amp 240 volt power point Compact, lightweight & portable Excellent DC MMAW welding characteristics Anti-stick in MMAW mode Infinitely Variable Welding Current Control from 5 to 160 amps TRANSARC 161i PLANT CONTENTS Transarc 161i Power Source, Operating Instructions, Primary lead for factory preset supply voltage, complete lead set, chipping hammer and wire brush in a robust tool box. DUTY CYCLE TEST PERIOD: 5 & 10 minutes POWER SOURCE WEIGHT: 5.4kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS: H290mm x W130mm x D215mm 161i POWER SOURCE CONTENTS: Transarc 161i Power Source, Operating Instructions, Primary lead for factory preset supply voltage, 25mm 2 dinse connectors. ORDERING INFORMATION Transarc 161i Plant (Tool Box Kit) Part No Transarc 161i (Power Source only) Part No RECOMMENDED PROCESS: DC Stick DC GTAW - Scratch Start OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: Hiderok Helmet Part No Wire Brush (4 row) Part No TIG Torch Accessories Kit Part No. BGSAK2 150 amp TIG Torch Part No Torch Gas Hose Kit (includes fittings) Part No Flowmeter / Regulator Part No TIG welding kit Part No WELDING EQUIPMENT 61

62 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 TRANSARC 300Si SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 415 volt 3 phase 50Hz MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR: 16 kva at maximum weld current TRANSTIG 300Pi WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps SUPPLY LEAD: 22 amp DUTY CYCLES: 30% at 300 amps DUTY CYCLE TEST PERIOD: 5 & 10 minutes The Transarc 300Si is a brand new release, 415 volt, 22 amp per phase, full digital control, DC stick-lift TIG power source. Combine this with features like integrated Voltage Reduction Device (VRD), lift TIG start, hot start, arc control and you ve got the ultimate unit designed for STICK welding of steel and other DC weldable materials. All welding parameters are variable for complete adjustment of the welding process. All these features are laid out on an easy to use digital display front panel with a single index control knob and push button mode selection. FEATURES Standards compliant integrated Voltage Reduction Device Intelligent fan operation Embedded micro processor with digital controls Exceptional DC welding characteristics All welding parameters are adjustable Easy to use digital display and panel controls Stick & lift TIG weld operations Self diagnostic control Single index control knob Compact, lightweight & portable INDUSTRIAL PACKED WEIGHT: 21 kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS: H420mm x W210mm x D450mm TRANSARC 300SI POWER SOURCE CONTENTS Transarc 300Si Power Source, two dinse plug connectors, operation manual ORDERING INFORMATION Transarc 3005i Power Source Part No RECOMMENDED PROCESS: DC MMAW - Stick DC GTAW - Lift TIG OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Slide Control Part No. OTD10/2004 Hand Pendant Part No. OTD10/2005 Foot Control Part No. OTD10/2007 Hiderok Helmet Part No Dinse Plug Connector Part No TIG torch (4M) Part No Torch Accessories Kit Part No. BGSAK2 Gas Hose Part No Flowmeter / Regulator Part No Lead Set M) Part No Pin Plug Part No *Supplied with Plant Contents WELDING EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 415 volt 3 phase 50Hz MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR: 16 kva at maximum weld current WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps SUPPLY LEAD: 22 amp DUTY CYCLES: 30% at 300 amps DUTY CYCLE TEST PERIOD: 5 & 10 minutes The Transtig 300Pi is a brand new release, 415 volt, 22 amp per phase, full digital control, DC stick-lift TIG/HF TIG power source. Combine this with features like high frequency start, lift arc start, up/down slope, welding program save/recall, pulse DC, repeat (latch) function, spot in HF TIG mode and you ve got the ultimate unit designed for precision TIG welding of stainless steel and other DC weldable materials. All welding parameters are variable for complete adjustment of the welding process. The unit also has an integrated Voltage Reduction Device (VRD) for improved operator safety. All these features are laid out on an easy to use digital display front panel with a single index control knob and push button mode selection. FEATURES Standards compliant integrated Voltage Reduction Device Save/Load (recall) weld programs intelligent fan operation Embedded micro processor with digital controls Exceptional DC welding characteristics All welding parameters are adjustable Easy to use digital display and panel controls PACKED WEIGHT: 22kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS: H420mm x W210mm x D450mm HF starts TIG, Lift TIG & Stick weld operations 27, 4T with up/down slope and repeat modes Self diagnostic control Single index control knob Compact, lightweight & portable TRANSTIG 300Pi POWER SOURCE CONTENTS: Transtig 300Pi Power Source, two dinse plug connectors, inlet gas fitting, operation manual ORDERING INFORMATION: Transtig 300Pi Power Source Part No RECOMMENDED PROCESS DC GTAW - HF Start TIG, Lift TIG, TIG pulse DC MMAW - Stick OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Slide Control Part No. OTD10/2004 Hand Pendant Part No. OTD10/2005 Foot Control Part No. OTD10/2007 Hiderok Helmet Part No Dinse Plug Connector Part No TIG torch (4M) Part No Torch Accessories Kit Part No. BGSAK2 Gas Hose Part No Flowmeter / Regulator Part No Lead Set (8M) Part No Pin Plug Part No *Supplied with Plant Contents 62

63 WELDING EQUIPMENT TRANSTIG 200Pi SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 240 volt 1 phase 50Hz MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR: 10 kva for maximum welding current WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps (TIG) amps (STICK) SUPPLY PLUG AND LEAD: 15 amp LIGHT INDUSTRIAL DUTY CYCLES: 20% at 200 amps DUTY CYCLE TEST PERIOD: 5 & 10 minutes PACKED WEIGHT: 8kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS: H260mm x W130mm x D340mm 1 Part No Part No The Transtig 200Pi is a brand new release, 240 volt, 15 amp, full digital control, DC stick-lift TIG- HF TIG power source. With features like high frequency start, lift arc start, up/down slope, pulse DC, repeat (latch) function, DC pulse and spot in HF TIG mode you ve got the ultimate unit designed for precision TIG welding of stainless steel and other DC weldable materials. The unit also has an integrated Voltage Reduction Device (VRD) for improved operator safety. FEATURES Standards compliant integrated Voltage Reduction Device Embedded micro processor with digital controls Exceptional DC welding characteristics All welding parameters are adjustable Easy to use digital display and panel controls HF starts TIG, lift TIG & Stick weld operations 2T, 4T with upidown slope and repeat modes Self diagnostic control Single index control knob Compact, lightweight & portable TRANSTIG 200PI PLANT CONTENTS Transtig 200Pi Power Source, product bag, two dinse plug connectors, shoulder strap, 8 pin plug, inlet gas fitting, operation manual, TIG torch, accessory torch kit, regulator/flowmeter, gas hose, electrode & work leads TRANSTIG 200PI POWER SOURCE CONTENTS: Transtig 200Pi Power Source, two dinse plug connectors, shoulder strap, 8 pin plug, inlet gas fitting, operation manual ORDERING INFORMATION Transtig 200Pi Plant Part No Transtig 200Pi Power Source Part No RECOMMENDED PROCESS: DC GTAW - HF Start TIG, Lift TIG, TIG pulse DC MMAW - Stick OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Slide Control Part No. OTD10/4013 Hand Pendant Part No. OTD10/4014 Foot Control Part No. OTD10/4016 Hiderok Helmet Part No Dinse Plug Connector Part No * TIG torch Part No * Torch Accessories Kit Part No. BGSAK2* Gas Hose Part No * Flowmeter / Regulator Part No * Lead Set (5M) Part No * 8 Pin Plug Part No. UOA *Supplied with Plant Contents TIG ELECTRODE POLARITY: Connect the TIG torch to the -/ TORCH terminal and the work lead to the +/ TORCH terminal for direct current straight polarity. Direct current straight polarity is the most widely used polarity for DC TIG welding. It allows limited wear of the electrode since 70% of the heat is concentrated at the work piece. WELDING PARAMETERS FOR ALUMINIUM Base Metal Recommended Tungsten AC Current for Tungsten Electrode Filler Rod Dia. Argon Gas Flow Joint Type Thickness Electrode Type Aluminium Diameter (if required) Rate Litres/min 1.0mm Zirconated or Ceriated mm 1.6mm 5-7 Butt/Corner Lap/Fillet 1.2mm Zirconated or Ceriated mm 1.6mm 5-7 Butt/Corner Lap/Fillet 1.6mm Zirconated or Ceriated mm 1.6mm 7 Butt/Corner Lap/Fillet 3.2mm Zirconated or Ceriated mm 2.4mm 10 Butt/Corner mm lap/fillet 4.8mm Zirconated or Ceriated mm 3.2mm 10 Butt/Corner mm Lap/Fillet 6.4mm Zirconated or Ceriated mm 4.8mm 13 Butt/Corner mm Lap/Fillet WELDING PARAMETERS FOR STEEL Base Metal Recommended Tungsten AC Current for DC Current for Tungsten Electrode Filler Rod Dia. Argon Gas Flow Joint Type Thickness Electrode Type Mild Steel Stainless Steel Diameter (if required) Rate Litres/min 1.0mm Zirconated or Ceriated mm 1.6mm 5-7 Butt/Corner Lap/Fillet 1.2mm Zirconated or Ceriated mm 1.6mm 5-7 Butt/Corner Lap/Fillet 1.6mm Zirconated or Ceriated mm 1.6mm 7 Butt/Corner Lap/Fillet 3.2mm Zirconated or Ceriated mm 2.4mm 7 Butt/Corner Lap/Fillet 4.8mm Zirconated or Ceriated mm 3.2mm 10 Butt/Corner Lap/Fillet 6.4mm Zirconated or Ceriated mm 4.0mm 10 Butt/Corner Lap/Fillet WELDING EQUIPMENT 63

64 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 TRANSTIG AC/DC/HF SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 220/240 volt 1 phase 50Hz SUPPLY PLUG AND LEAD: 15 amp MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR: 8.0 kva for maximum welding current WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps INDUSTRIAL DUTY CYCLES. 60% at 160 amps (STICK) 70% at 160 amps (TIG) DUTY CYCLE TEST PERIOD: 5 & 10 minutes POWER-SOURCE WEIGHT. 17kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS (HxWxD): H385mm x W230mm x D430mm The Transtig 160AC/DC/HF is an economical 240 Volt, 15 amp, AC/DC, stick/lift/tig/hf TIG power source. With features like high frequency start, lift TIG arc start, down slope, 2T/4T torch switch operation, AC balance control, square wave AC, you ve go a superior design for TIG welding of all weldable materials. It also has outstanding arc characteristics across a wide range of MMAW electrodes. FEATURES Designed to operate on a 15 amp 240 volt power point AC square wave and DC output Down slope Post flow Compact, lightweight & portable Excellent DC MMAW welding characteristics Anti-stick in MMAW mode Infinitely Variable Welding Current Control from 5 to 160 amps Overload protection TRANSARC 160 AC/DC/HF POWER SOURCE CONTENTS Transarc 160 AC/DC/HF Power Source, 25mm 2 dinse connectors, Shoulder Strap, Operating Instructions, Primary lead for factory preset supply voltage, Gas Fitting and 4 pin plug ORDERING INFORMATION: Transtig 160 AC/DC/HF Part No RECOMMENDED PROCESS: AC GTAW - HF Start TIG DC GTAW - HF Start TIG, Lift TIG AC M MAW - Stick DC MMAW - Stick OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: Manual Arc Lead Set Part No amp TIG Torch (4M) Part No Remote Control Part No Remote Foot Control Part No TIG Pulse Module Part No Gas Connection 5/8-18RH Part No. LP112 TIG Torch Accessories Kit Part No. BGSAK2 Flowmeter / Regulator Part No Dinse Plug Connector Part No TIG Welding Kit Part No Work Lead (3M) Part No Pin Plug Part No Pin & Earth Plug Part No *Supplied with Plant Contents TRANSTIG 200 AC/DC INDUSTRIAL WELDING EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 220/240 volt 1 phase 50Hz SUPPLY PLUG AND LEAD: 15 amp Part No MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR: 10 kva for maximum welding current WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps (TIG) amps (STICK) Part No DUTY CYCLES: 30% at 185 amps DUTY CYCLE TEST PERIOD: 5 & 10 minutes The Transtig 200 AC/DC is a brand new release, 240 volt, 15 amp, full digital control, AC/DC, stick/lift TIG/HF TIG power source. With features like high frequency start, lift arc start, up/down slope, pulse DC, repeat (latch) function and spot in HF TIG mode, you ve got the ultimate unit designed for precision TIG welding of all weldable materials. The unit also has an integrated Voltage Reduction Device (VRD) for improved operator safety. FEATURES Standards compliant integrated Voltage Reduction Device Intelligent fan operation, heat sensing, operates on demand Embedded micro processor with digital controls Exceptional AC & DC welding characteristics & arc control Fully adjustable welding parameters Easy to use digital display and panel controls HF start TIG, lift TIG & Stick weld operations 2T, 4T with up/down slope and repeat modes Intelligent self diagnostic function Single index control knob Portable, compact & lightweight POWER SOURCE WEIGHT: 17kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS: H360mm x W18Omm x D420mm TRANSTIG 200 AC/DC PLANT CONTENTS: Transtig 200 AC/DC Power Source, product bag, Two dinse plug connector, Operating Instructions, TIG Torch, Accessory Torch Kit, Regulator/Flowmeter, Work lead, Gas hose, Electrode Lead. TRANSTIG 200 AC/DC POWER SOURCE CONTENTS Transtig 200 AC/DC Power Source, Two dinse plug connector, Operating Instructions ORDERING INFORMATION Transtig 200 AC/DC Power Source Part No Transtig 200 AC/DC Plant Part No RECOMMENDED PROCESS: AC GTAW - HF Start TIG, TIG Pulse DC GTAW - HF Start TIG, Lift TIG, TIG Pulse AC MMAW - Stick DC MMAW - Stick OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: Slide Control Part No. OTD10/4013 Hand Pendant Part No. OTD10/4014 Foot Control Part No. OTD10/4016 Hiderok Helmet Part No Dinse Plug Connector Part No * TIG torch (4M) Part No * Torch Accessories Kit Part No. BGSAK2* Gas Hose Part No * Flowmeter / Regulator Part No * Lead Set (8M) Part No * 8 Pin Plug Part No. UOA *Supplied with Plant Contents 64

65 WELDING EQUIPMENT TRANSTIG 300 AC/DC SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 415 volt 3 phase 50Hz MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR: 16 kva at maximum weld current WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps, SUPPLY PLUG AND LEAD: 22 amp HEAVY INDUSTRIAL DUTY CYCLES: 25% at 300 amps DUTY CYCLE TEST PERIOD: 5 & 10 minutes The Transtig 300 AC/DC is a brand new release, 415 volt, 22 amp per phase, full digital control, AC/DC, stick/lift TIG/HF TIG power source. Combine this with features like high frequency start, lift arc start, up/down slope, welding program save/recall, pulse on AC or DC, repeat (latch) function, spot in HF TIG mode and you ve got the ultimate unit designed for precision TIG welding of all weldable materials. All welding parameters are variable for complete adjustment of the welding process. The unit also has an integrated Voltage Reduction Device (VRD) for improved operator safety. FEATURES Standards compliant integrated Voltage Reduction Device Designed for AS category A,B & C environments Save/load (recall) weld programs intelligent fan operation Embedded micro processor with digital controls Exceptional AC welding characteristics Exceptional DC welding characteristics All welding parameters are adjustable Easy to use digital display and panel controls HF starts TIG, lift TIG & Stick weld operations PACKED WEIGHT: 27kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS: H420mm x W21Omm x D450mm 2T, 4T with up/down slope and repeat modes Self diagnostic control Single index control knob Compact, lightweight & portable TRANSTIG 300 AC/DC POWER SOURCE CONTENTS Transtig 300 AC/DC Power Source, two dinse plug connectors, inlet gas fitting, operation manual ORDERING INFORMATION Transtig 300 AC/DC Power Source Part No RECOMMENDED PROCESS: AC GTAW - HF start TIG, TIG pulse DGTAW - HF start TIG, Lift TIG, TIG pulse AC MMAW - Stick DC GTAW - Stick OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Slide Control Part No. OTD10/2004 Hand Pendant Part No. OTD10/2005 Foot Control Part No. OTD10/2007 Hiderok Helmet Part No Dinse Plug Connector Part No TIG torch (4M) Part No Torch Accessories Kit Part No. BGSAK2 Gas Hose Part No Flowmeter / Regulator Part No Lead Set (8M) Pa rt No Pin Plug Part No *Supplied with Plant Contents 1 TRANSMIG 400i SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 415 volt 3 phase 50Hz MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR: 24 kva at maximum weld current WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps SUPPLY PLUG AND LEAD: 33 amp HEAVY INDUSTRIAL DUTY CYCLES: 30% at 400 amps 60% at 300 amps DUTY CYCLE TEST PERIOD: 5 & 10 minutes The Transmig 400i is a brand new release, 415 volt, 33 amp per phase, full digital control, DC MIGISTICK/lift TIG power source. Features include variable inductance, digital voltmeter and digital ammeter making this the ultimate unit designed for precision MIG welding of steel and other DC weldable materials. The unit also has an integrated Voltage Reduction Device (VRD) for improved operator safety. FEATURES Standards compliant integrated Voltage Reduction Device Designed for AS category A,B & C environments Save/Load (recall) weld programs Intelligent fan operation Embedded micro processor with digital controls Exceptional DC welding characteristics All welding parameters are adjustable Easy to use digital display and panel controls Digital volt meter and ammeter MIG, Lift TIG & Stick weld operations Variable inductance control in Mig mode Self diagnostic control Single index control knob Compact, lightweight & portable PACKED WEIGHT: 25kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS: H420mm x W210mm x D450mm TRANSMIG 400i POWER SOURCE CONTENTS Transmig 400i Power Source, two dinse plug connectors, operation manual ORDERING INFORMATION: Transmig 400i Power Source Part No RECOMMENDED PROCESS: DC GMAW - MIG DC FCAW - Flux Cored M1G DG GTAW - Lift TIG DC MMAW - Stick OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: 4R Wirefeeder Part No VA 4R Wirefeeder Part No Tweco No 4 MIG gun Part No. OTWX412/3545 TWE 4 MIG gun Part No. T Work lead 8M Part No Slide Control Part No. OTD10/2004 Hand Pendant Part No. OTD10/2005 Foot Control Part No. OTD10/2007 Hiderok Helmet Part No Dinse Plug Connector Part No TIG torch (4M) Part No Torch Accessories Kit Part No. BGSAK2 Gas Hose Part No Flowmeter / Regulator Part No Lead Set W) Part No Pin Plug Part No *Supplied with Plant Contents WELDING EQUIPMENT 65

66 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 TRANSARC 300i SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 415 volt 3 phase 50Hz MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR: 16 kva at maximum weld current WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps SUPPLY LEAD: 22 amp HEAVY INDUSTRIAL DUTY CYCLES: 30% at 300 amps DUTY CYCLE TEST PERIOD: 5 & 10 minutes The Transarc 300Si is a brand new release, 415 volt, 22 amp per phase, full digital control, DC stick-lift TIG power source. Combine this with features like integrated Voltage Reduction Device (VRD), lift TIG start, hot start, arc control and you ve got the ultimate unit designed for STICK welding of steel and other DC weldable materials. All welding parameters are variable for complete adjustment of the welding process. All these features are laid out on an easy to use digital display front panel with a single index control knob and push button mode selection. FEATURES Standards compliant integrated Voltage Reduction Device features Designed for AS category A, B & C environments Intelligent fan operation Embedded micro processor with digital controls Exceptional DC welding characteristics All welding parameters are adjustable Easy to use digital display and panel controls Stick & lift TIG weld operations PACKED WEIGHT: 21 kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS: H420mm x W210mm x D450mm Self diagnostic control Single index control knob Compact, lightweight & portable TRANSARC 300SI POWER SOURCE CONTENTS Transarc 300Si Power Source, two dinse plug connectors, operation manual ORDERING INFORMATION: Transarc 300Si Power Source Part No RECOMMENDED PROCESS: DC MMAW - Stick DC GTAW - Lift TIG OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: Slide Control Part No. OTD10/2004 Hand Pendant Part No. OTD10/2005 Foot Control Part No. OTD10/2007 Hiderok Helmet Part No Dinse Plug Connector Part No TIG torch (4M) Part No Torch Accessories Kit Part No. BGSAK2 Gas Hose Part No Flowmeter / Regulator Part No Lead Set (8m) Part No Pin Plug Part No *Supplied with Plant Contents TRANSARC 300Pi HEAVY INDUSTRIAL SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 415 volt 3 phase 50Hz MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR: 16 kva at maximum weld current WELDING CURRENT RANGE amps SUPPLY LEAD: 22 amp DUTY CYCLES: 30% at 300 amps DUTY CYCLE TEST PERIOD: 5 & 10 minutes PACKED WEIGHT: 22kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS: H420mm x W210mm x D450mm WELDING EQUIPMENT The Transtig 300Pi is a brand new release, 415 volt, 22 amp per phase, full digital control, DC stick-lift TIG/HF TIG power source. Combine this with features like high frequency start, lift arc start, up/down slope, welding program save/recall, pulse DC, repeat (latch) function, spot in HF TIG mode and you ve got the ultimate unit designed for precision TIG welding of stainless steel and other DC weldable materials. All welding parameters are variable for complete adjustment of the welding process. The unit also has an integrated Voltage Reduction Device (VRD) for improved operator safety. All these features are laid out on an easy to use digital display front panel with a single index control knob and push button mode selection. FEATURES Standards compliant integrated Voltage Reduction Device features Designed for AS category A,B & C environments Save/load (recall) weld programs Intelligent fan operation Embedded micro processor with digital controls Exceptional DC welding characteristics All welding parameters are adjustable Easy to use digital display and panel controls HF starts TIG, Lift TIG & Stick weld operations 2T, 4T with up/down slope and repeat modes Self diagnostic control Single index control knob Compact, lightweight & portable TRANSTIG 300Pi POWER SOURCE CONTENTS Transtig 300Pi Power Source, two dinse plug connectors, inlet gas fitting, operation manual ORDERING INFORMATION Transtig 300Pi Power Source Part No RECOMMENDED PROCESS: DC GTAW - HF Start TIG, lift TIG, TIG pulse DC MMAW - Stick OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Slide Control Part No. OTD10/2004 Hand Pendant Part No. OTD10/2005 Foot Control Part No. OTD10/2007 Hiderok Helmet Part No Dinse Plug Connector Part No TIG torch (4M) Part No Torch Accessories Kit Part No. BGSAK2 Gas Hose Part No Flowmeter / Regulator Part No Lead Set (8M) Part No Pin Plug Part No *Supplied with Plant Contents 66

67 CUTMASTER 38 SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 240 volt 1 phase 50/60Hz SUPPLY LEAD: 16amps DUTY CYCLE: 30 amps output CUTMASTER 81 PANEL CONTROLS: On/Off Switch RUN/SET Switch amp variable control PANEL INDICATORS: AC Power, Over Temperature, Gas, DC Power WELDING EQUIPMENT Thermal Dynamics introduces CUTMASTER 38 and a new standard of excellence in metal cutting. CUTMASTER 38 combines the reliability and rugged construction of the CUTMASTER power supply design with the new, high performance 1Torch plasma torch to create a new standard of performance for the thin gauge to 12.7mm metal cutting world. In the Thermal Dynamics tradition of quality and innovation, CUTMASTER 38 offers the features required for high performance plasma cutting. The new 1Torch design brings a new standard of cut quality and durability demanded by metal fabrication professionals. FEATURES Rugged power source design ATC Advanced Torch Connection Supplied with 1Torch Surelok Technology Initiates pilot arc without HF Excellent cut speeds & unsurpassed cut quality Auto pilot restart for easy cutting on metal mesh Protective interlock circuit saves torch parts High visibility shield cup MaximumLife electrode improved parts life Ergonomic torch handle for comfort & control INDUSTRIAL COMMERCIAL CUT: 12.7mm steel, stainless steel, aluminium SEVERANCE: 16mm PIERCE CAPACITY: 6.4mm CUTMASTER 38 PLANT CONTENTS CUTMASTER 38 power source, 1Torch SL60 (6M), work lead (6M), Built-in regulator, Spare parts kit, Operating Manual ORDERING INFORMATION: CUTMASTER 38 Plant Part No. OTD1/4620 1Torch SL60 with 6M lead Part No. OTD7/5204 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Circle Cutting Guide Part No. OTD7/3291 Roller & Radius Cutting Guide Part No. OTD7/7501 PLASMA TORCH CONSUMABLES DESCRIPTION PART No. Electrode, MaximumLife OTD9/8215 Tip 20A, Drag OTD9/8205 Tip 30A, Drag OTD9/8206 Shield Cup OTD9/8218 PLASMA TORCH SPARE PARTS DESCRIPTION PART No. Torch Head with O-rings OTD9/8219 O-ring Torch Head (large) OTD8/3487 O-ring Torch Head (small) OTD8/3486 Starter Cartridge OTD9/8213 INDUSTRIAL AIR PRESSURE: 460kPa AIR FLOW: 142 lpm PACKED WEIGHT: 24kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS: W400mm xw254mm x D533mm 1 SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 415 volt 3 phase 50Hz SUPPLY LEAD: 16amps DUTY CYCLE: 60 amps output PANEL CONTROLS: On/Off Switch, RUN/SET Switch amp variable control PANEL INDICATORS: AC Poster, 0ver Temperature, Gas, DC Power COMMERCIAL CUT: 25.4mm steel, stainless steel, aluminium SEVERANCE: 32mm PIERCE CAPACITY: 12.7mm Thermal Dynamics introduces CUTMASTER 81 and a new standard of excellence in metal cutting. CUTMASTER 81 combines the reliability and rugged construction of the CUTMASTER power supply design with the new, high performance 1Torch plasma torch to create a new standard of performance for the thin gauge to 25.4mm metal cutting world. In the Thermal Dynamics tradition of quality and innovation, CUTMASTER 81 offers the features required for high performance plasma cutting. The new 1Torch design brings a new standard of cut quality and durability demanded by metal fabrication professionals. FEATURES Rugged power source design ATC Advanced Torch Connection Supplied with 1Torch Surelok Technology Initiates pilot arc without HF Excellent cut speeds & unsurpassed cut quality Auto pilot restart for easy cutting on metal mesh Protective interlock circuit saves torch parts High visibility shield cup Maximumlife electrode improved parts life Ergonomic torch handle for comfort & control CUTMASTER 81 PLANT CONTENTS: CUTMASTER 81 power source, 1Torch SL6O (6M), work lead (6M), Built-in regulator, Spare parts kit, Operating Manual AIR PRESSURE: 480kPa AIR FLOW: 190lpm PACKED WEIGHT. 45kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS: H439mm x W315mm x D696mm ORDERING INFORMATION: CUTMASTER 81 Plant Part No. OTD1/ Torch SL6O with 6M lead Part No. OTD7/5204 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: Circle Cutting Guide Part No. OTD7/3291 Roller & Radius Cutting Guide Part No. OTD7/7501 PLASMA TORCH CONSUMABLES DESCRIPTION PART No. Electrode, MaximumLife OTD9/8215 Tip 20A, Drag OTD9/8205 Tip 30A, Drag OTD9/8206 Tip 40A Drag OTD9/8207 Tip, 40A, Cutting OTD9/8208 Tip, 50/55A, Cutting OTD9/8209 Tip, 60A, Cutting OTD9/8210 Tip, 40A, Gouging, shallow OTD9/8225 Tip, A, Gouging, deep OTD9/8226 Shield Cup OTD9/8218 Shield Cup Body OTD9/8237 Shield Cap, Drag, 50-60A OTD9/8235 Shield Cap, Deflector OTD9/8243 Shield Cap, Gouging OTD9/8241 PLASMA TORCH SPARE PARTS: DESCRIPTION PART No. Torch Head with O-rings OTD9/8219 O-ring Torch- Head (large) OTD8/3487 O-ring Torch Head (small) OTD8/3486 Starter Cartridge OTD9/8213 WELDING EQUIPMENT 67

68 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 CUTMASTER 101 SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY-VOLTAGE: 415 volt 3 phase 50Hz SUPPLY LEAD: 20amps DUTY CYCLE: 80 amps output PANEL CONTROLS: On/Off Switch RUN/SET Switch amp variable control PANEL INDICATORS: AC Power, Over Temperature, Gas, DC Power HEAVY INDUSTRIAL COMMERCIAL CUT: 32mm steel, stainless steel, aluminium SEVERANCE: 38mm PIERCE CAPACITY: 19mm AIR PRESSURE: 480kPa AIR FLOW: 190 lpm PACKED WEIGHT: 45kg POWER SOURCE DIMENSIONS: H439mm x W315mm x D696mm Thermal Dynamics introduces CUTMASTERTM 101 and a new standard of excellence in metal cutting. CUTMASTER 101 combines the reliability and rugged construction of the CUTMASTER power supply design with the new, high performance 1Toll plasma torch to create a new standard of performance for the thin gauge to 32mm metal cutting world. In the Thermal Dynamics tradition of quality and innovation, CUTMASTER 101 offers the features required for high performance plasma cutting. The new 1Torch design brings a new standard of cut quality and durability demanded by metal fabrication professionals. FEATURES Rugged power source design ATC Advanced Torch Connection Supplied with 1Torch SureLok Technology Initiates pilot arc without HF Excellent cut speeds & unsurpassed cut quality Auto pilot restart for easy cutting on metal mesh Protective interlock circuit saves torch parts High visibility shield cup MaximumLife electrode improved parts life Ergonomic torch handle for comfort & control CUTMASTER 101 PLANT CONTENTS CUTMASTER 101 power source, 1Torch SL100 (6M), work lead (6M), Built-in regulator, Spare parts kit, Operating Manual Circle Cutting Guide Roller & Radius Cutting Guide Part No. OTD7/3291 Part No. OTD7/7501 PLASMA TORCH CONSUMABLES DESCRIPTION Electrode, MaximumLife Tip, 20A, Drag Tip, 30A, Drag Tip, 40A, Drag Tip, 40A, Cutting Tip, 50/55A, Cutting Tip, 60A, Cutting Tip, 70A, Cutting Tip, 80A, Cutting Tip, 90/100A, Cutting Tip, 40A, Gouging, shallow Tip, A, Gouging, deep Tip, A, Gouging, moderate Tip, A, Gouging, shallow Shield Cup Shield Cup Body Shield Cap, Drag, 50-60A Shield Cap, Drag, A Shield Cap, Deflector Shield Cap, Gouging PLASMA TORCH SPARE PARTS DESCRIPTION Torch Head with O-rings O-ring Torch Head (large) O-ring Torch Head (small) Starter Cartridge PART No. OTD9/8215 OTD9/8205 OTD9/8206 OTD9/8207 OTD9/8208 OTD9/8209 OTD9/8210 OTD9/8231 OTD9/8211 OTD9/8212 OTD9/8225 OTD9/8226 OTD9/8227 OTD9/8228 OTD9/8218 OTD9/8237 OTD9/8235 OTD9/8236 OTD9/8243 OTD9/8241 PART No. OTD9/8219 OTD8/3487 OTD8/3486 OTD9/8213 ORDERING INFORMATION CUTMASTER 101 Plant Part No. OTD1/1120/4 1Torch SL100 with 6M lead Part No. OTD7/5206 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES WELDING EQUIPMENT THE SURELOK ADVANTAGE Thermal Dynamics SureLok torch technology is used throughout the CUTMASTER family. SureLok torches and consumable parts offer important advantages for hand or mechanised plasma cutting. Improved cutting performance - the patented electrode insertion design results in exact positioning of consumable parts, every time, with no special tools. This means a precise, well-defined cutting arc and more precise cuts. Improved torch cooling - means longer consumable parts life and lower operating costs. Extended tip - For maximum visibility and optimum performance in drag cutting. The extended tip provides a clear view of the cut in stand-off or drag cutting. Drag cutting with the tip in contact with the metal results in a narrow kerf, helps eliminate dross and results in greater precision on sheet metal. Tapered shield cup and small torch head - allow excellent control when bevelling and gouging. Surelok s size, shape and long arc also make CUTMASTER an excellent tool for cutting and gouging in tight spaces where other torches will not fit. Long arc length - SureLok torches produce excellent cuts across a wide range of cutting conditions, from drag cutting with the tip directly on the material, to bevelling and gouging, where the tip must be held further away from material. SureLok S strong pilot arc and focused cutting power produce a long arc that gives operators more flexibility and control in demanding situations. 68

69 WELDING EQUIPMENT PLASMA REPLACEMENT TORCH SYSTEM AND CONSUMABLES 1 WITH SURELOK TECHNOLOGY ONE TORCH FOR VIRTUALLY ANY PLASMA CUTTING SYSTEM! SELECTING THE RIGHT TORCH PACKAGE FOR YOUR NEEDS... IT S AS EASY AS 1,2,3! 1. TORCH AND LEADS SELECTION 2. ADAPTOR KIT SELECTION 3. SPARE PARTS SELECTION Chart 1 gives you all the information you ll need to select the right torch. Torches are grouped into two sections - SL60 and SL100 Hand Torches. Find the appropriate section, decide whether the standard RPT connection or the ATCTm Torch Connection is right for you, then select the torch with the desired amperage range and leads length. Select the appropriate Adaptor Kit from Chart 2. If you selected a torch with the ATC Connection, you will also need an ATC Receptacle Adaptor (see Chart 1). From Chart 3, select an RPT Spare Parts Kit or specific consumable parts that best suit your cutting requirements. TORCH CONNECTION OPTIONS The diagram below shows the differences between the Standard RPT and the ATC Torch connections. STANDARD RPT CONNECTION A RPT (02B) ATC TORCH CONNECTION B ATC ATC Adaper Kit Torch Adaper Kit Torch Adaper Kit POWER SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY WELDING EQUIPMENT 69

70 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 PLASMA REPLACEMENT TORCH SYSTEM AND CONSUMABLES WITH SURELOK TECHNOLOGY ORDERING INFORMATION 1 TORCH AND LEAD SELECTION Listed below are the Torch and Lead selection charts for the SL60 and SL100 Hand 1Torch RPT torches. HAND TORCHES SL60 Light/Medium Duty Torch Amps Duty Cycle - 60 Amps SL100 Medium/Heavy Duty Torch Amps Duty Cycle Amps CAT NO. DESCRIPTION CAT NO. DESCRIPTION A Standard RPT (02B) Torch Connection A Standard RPT (02B) Torch Connection TORCH & LEADS SL60 Hand Torch (20-60 Amps) SL60, 75, 20 (6.1 m) Torch/Leads TORCH & LEADS SL100 Hand Torch ( Amps) SL100, 75, 20 (6.1 m) Torch/Leads WELDING EQUIPMENT B ATC TORCH CONNECTION TORCH & LEADS SL60 Hand Torch w/ ATC (20-60 Amps) *SL60, 75, 20 (6.1 m) Torch/Leads ATC ADAPTOR KIT ATC Receptacle Adaptor ATC Receptacle Connector * This receptacle adaptor is required for each power supply using an ATC torch connection. This is connected to the torch adaptor kit specific to each power supply. B ATC TORCH CONNECTION TORCH & LEADS SL100 Hand Torch w/ ATC ( Amps) *SL100, 75, 20 (6.1 m) Torch/Leads ATC ADAPTOR KIT ATC Receptacle Adaptor ATC Receptacle * This receptacle adaptor is required for each power supply using an ATC torch connection. This is connected to the torch adaptor kit specific to each power supply. NOTES: *Total lead length including torch should not exceed the maximum length specified by the power supply manufacturer. 70

71 WELDING EQUIPMENT PLASMA REPLACEMENT TORCH SYSTEM AND CONSUMABLES 1 WITH SURELOK TECHNOLOGY TORCH ADAPTER KITS 2 ADAPTOR KIT SELECTION Listed below is the Adaptor Kit selection charts for the Hand 1 Torch RPT torch. THE MODEL OF THE PLASMA CUTTING SYSTEM MUST BE KNOWN TO DETERMINE THE ADAPTER KIT REQUIRED MANUFACTURER POWER SUPPLY MODEL CATALOGUE NUMBER MANUFACTURER POWER SUPPLY MODEL CATALOGUE NUMBER THERMAL DYNAMICS PAK 3XR, 5XT, 5XR, 625XR, PAK 8XR,10XR,1250XR, Pakmaster 75, 100 PakMaster 50XL/XLP, 75XL/XLP, 100XL/XLP CUTMASTER 50, 75, 100 PakMaster 25, 38XL, EconoPAK Drag-Gun 38, PAK 2XT, PakMaster 50 w/ Smart Torch (Q.D.) PAK PAK Max 42*, 43*, 40cs powermax 600*, 800*, 900* w/ Q.D. powermax 1100* powermax 1000*, 1250* Max 40cs* (w/o Q.D.) powermax 380* powermax 600* w/o Q.D powermax 800*, 900* w/o O.D powermax powermax powermax 190C LINCOLN Pro-Cut Each Adaptor Kit includes connection fitting, electrical connectors and installation instruction sheets for the selected power supply. 3 NOTES: HYPERTHERM, Max and powermax are registered trademarks of Hypertherm, Inc.; THERMAL DYNAMICS, PAK, CUTMASTER, PakMaster, EconoPAK, Dynapak and Drag-Gun are registered trademarks of Thermal Dynamics Corp. ORDERING INFORMATION SPARE PARTS SELECTION Description Part No. 1TORCH CONSUMABLES / PARTS O-Ring OTD8/3487 O-Ring OTD8/3486 Electrode, MaximumLife OTD9/8215 Start Cartridge OTD9/8213 Tip, 20A, Drag OTD9/8205 Tip, 30A, Drag OTD9/8206 Tip, 40A, Drag OTD9/8207 Tip, 40A, Cutting OTD9/8208 Tip, 50/55A, Cutting OTD9/8209 Tip, 60A, Cutting OTD9/8210 Tip, 70A, Cutting OTD9/8231 Tip, 80A, Cutting OTD9/8211 Tip, 90/100A, Cutting OTD9/8212 Tip, A, Gouging OTD9/8225 Tip, B, Gouging OTD9/8226 Tip, C, Gouging OTD9/8227 Tip, D, Gouging OTD9/8228 Shield Cup OTD9/8218 Shield Cup Body, MaximumLife OTD9/8237 Shield Cap, Drag 40A OTD9/8244 Shield Cap, Drag, 50-60A OTD9/8235 Shield Cap, Drag, A OTD9/8236 Shield Cap, Mach, 40A OTD9/8245 Shield Cap, Mach, 50-60A OTD9/8238 Shield Cap, Mach, A OTD9/8239 Shield Cap, Deflector OTD9/8243 Shield Cap, Gouging OTD9/8241 WELDING EQUIPMENT 71

72 1 WELDING EQUIPMENT PLASMA TORCHES AND CONSUMABLES PCH-10 FOR DRAG-GUN ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NO. CPH-10 CONSUMABLES: A Tip Air OTD9/6099 B Shield Cup OTD9/6003 C Electrode OTD9/6006 D Gas Distributor OTD9/6007 E Shield Cup - Crown OTD9/0016 PLASMA TORCH SPARE PARTS Torch Head 70 Torch Head halves PCH-10 Torch, 70 (6M) OTD9/0016 OTD9/6259 OTD2/1020 PCH-25/38 FOR PAKMASTER 25, DRAG-GUN 38 ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NO. PCH-25 CONSUMABLES A Tip Air OTD9/6099 B Shield Cup OTD9/6003 C Electrode OTD9/6006 D Gas Distributor OTD9/6007 E Shield Cup - Crown OTD9/0016 PLASMA TORCH SPARE PARTS Torch Head 70 Torch Head halves PCH Torch, 70 (7.6M) OTD9/5807 OTD9/6259 OTD2/0251 PCH/M-28 FOR PAKMASTER 50, STAK PAK II ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NO. PCH/M-28 & PCH/M-35 CONSUMABLES A Tip Air OTD9/6099 B Shield Cup OTD9/6003 C Electrode OTD9/6006 D Gas Distributor OTD9/6007 E Shield Cup - Crown OTD9/0616 WELDING EQUIPMENT AP30 FOR TRANSPLASMA AP30 PLASMA TORCH SPARE PARTS Torch Head 70 Torch Head halves PCH-28 Torch, 70 (7.6M) OTD9/5807 OTD9/6259 OTD2/5001 ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NO. AP-30 CONSUMABLES 1 Gas Diffuser Drag Tip Electrode

73 WELDING EQUIPMENT PLASMA TORCHES AND CONSUMABLES PCH/M-51 PAK 5XR, PAK 625XR PCH/M-52 FOR PAK 625XR, PAK 1250XR, PAK 10XR ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NO. PCH/M-51 CONSUMABLES: A Tip Gouging OTD9/5724 A Tip amp Air OTD9/5718* A Tip amp Air OTD9/5631* A Tip 65 amp Air OTD8/3321 B Electrode OTD9/5633 B Electrode OTD9/5720* C Shield Cup Ceramic OTD9/5630 C Shield Cup - Vespel - Long OTD8/2151* C Shield Cup - Vespel - Std OTD8/2152* C Shield Cup - Phenolic - Std OTD8/2159 D Shield Cup-Crown (fits over OTD8/2159) OTD9/5779* D Shield Cup - Crown Ceramic OTD8/5526 PLASMA TORCH SPARE PARTS Torch Head 70 OTD9/5635 Torch Head 180 OTD9/5634 PCH-51 Torch 70 (7.6M) OTD2/2860 *Represents Part Numbers no longer available from CIGWELD and represents reference, data only. ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NO. PCH/M-52 CONSUMABLES: A Tip 35 amp Air OTD9/5702 A Tip amp Air OTD9/5618* A Tip amp Air OTD9/5707 A Tip 80 amp Air OTD9/5782* A Tip 105 amp Air OTD9/5708 A Tip Gouging OTD8/5129* A Tip, Gouging 70 amp.078 OTD9/5709* A Tip, Gouging 105 amp.093 OTD9/5710 A Tip, Gouging 105 amp.113 OTD9/5713 B Electrode-Air OTD8/3331* B Electrode-Air (Plated) OTD9/5619 B Electrode-Multi-Gas OTD9/5711 C Shield Cup - Crown Ceramic OTD9/5694 C Shield Cup - Drag - Vespel OTD8/5712* C Shield Cup - Gouging Ceramic OTD9/5128* C Shield Cup - Phenolic-Std OTD9/5781 C Shield Cup - Std Ceramic OTD9/5617 D Shield Cup-Crown (fits over OTD9/5781) OTD9/5780* PLASMA TORCH SPARE PARTS Torch Head 70 OTD9/5642 Torch Head 180 OTD9/5643 PCH-52 Torch 70 (7.6M) OTD2/2936 *Represents Part Numbers no longer available from CIGWELD and represents reference data only. 1 PCH/M-60 FOR PAKMASTER 75XL PLUS (PRE JANUARY 2001) ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NO. PCH/M-28 & PCH/M-35 CONSUMABLES 1 Shield Cup OTD8/ Shield Cup Crown OTD8/ Coil Spring OTD9/ Tip, Cutting, 60 amp, Air/N2 OTD9/ Tip, Cutting 35 amp, Drag OTD8/ Tip, Gouging OTD8/ Gas Distributor, Cutting OTD8/ Gas Distributor, Gouging OTD8/ Electrode, Air/N2 OTD8/ O-Ring OTD8/0532 PLASMA TORCH SPARE PARTS 7 Torch Head 70 OTD9/8075* PCH-60 Torch 70 (7.6M) OTD2/6660* * Represents Part Numbers no longer available from CIGWELD and represents reference data only WELDING EQUIPMENT 73

74 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 WELDING EQUIPMENT PLASMA TORCHES AND CONSUMABLES PCH/M-62 FOR PAKMASTER 50XL PLUS (EARLY 2001) PCH/M-80 FOR PAKMASTER 100XL PLUS (PRE-JANUARY 2001) PCH/M-100XL FOR PAKMASTER 100XL ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NO. PCH/M-62 CONSUMABLES: 1 Stand-off Cutting Guide OTD9/ Shield Cup, 40 amp OTD9/ Coil Spring OTD9/ Tip, 40 amp, Drag OTD9/ Tip, 40 amp, Stand-off OTD9/ Tip, 40 amp, Gouging OTD9/ Gas Distributor 40 amp OTD9/ Electrode OTD9/ O-Ring OTD8/0532 PLASMA TORCH SPARE PARTS Torch Head 70 0TD9/8410* PCH-62 Torch 70 (6M) OTD7/6220 * Represents Part Numbers no longer available from CIGWELD and represents reference data only. ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NO. PCH/M-80 CONSUMABLES 1 Shield Cup OTD8/ Crown Shield Cup OTD8/ Coil Spring OTD9/ Tip, Cutting, 80 amp, Air/N2 OTD9/ Tip, Cutting, 55 amp, Air/N2 OTD8/ Tip, Cutting, 35 amp, Drag OTD3/ Tip, Gouging OTD8/ Gas Distributor, Cutting OTD8/ Gas Distributor, Gouging OTD8/ Electrode, Air N2 OTD8/ O-Ring OTD8/0532 PLASMA TORCH SPARE PARTS Torch Head 70* OTD9/8075* PCH-80 Torch 70 (7.6M) OTD2/0080* * Represents Part Numbers no longer available from CIGWELD and represent, reference data only. ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NO. PCH/M-100XL CONSUMABLES 1 Shield Cup - Standard OTD8/ Shield Cup - Crown OTD8/ Shield Cup - Maximum Life OTDB/ Canted Coil Spring OTD9/ Tip, Drag 35 amp OTD8/ Stand-off 55 amp OTD8/ Tip, Stand-off 70 amp OTD8/ Tip, Gouging OTD8/ Gas Distributor - Cutting OTD8/ Gas Distributor - Gouging OTD8/ Electrode OTD8/7502 PLASMA TORCH SPARE PARTS Torch Head 70 OTD8/7510 Torch Head 180 OTD8/7512 PCH-100XL Torch 70 (7.6M) OTD2/0001 PCH/M-102 FOR PAKMASTER 75XL PLUS (EARLY 2001), PAKMASTER 100XL PLUS (EARLY 2001) ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NO. PCH/M-102 CONSUMABLES 1 Stand-off Cutting Guide OTD8/ Crown OTD8/ Shield Cup, Cutting OTD8/ Coil Spring OTD9/ Tip, 40 amp, Cutting OTD8/ Tip, 60 amp, Cutting OTD9/ Tip, 80 amp, Cutting OTD9/ Tip, Gouging OTD8/ Gas Distributor, Cutting OTD8/ Gas Distributor, Gouging OTD8/ Electrode OTD9/ O-Ring OTD8/0532 PLASMA TORCH SPARE PARTS Torch Head 70 OTD9/8405 PCH-102 Torch 70 (6M) OTD7/7530SL 74

75 WELDING EQUIPMENT PLASMA TORCHES AND CONSUMABLES PCH/M-102EC FOR PAKMASTER 7e, PAKMASTER 9e ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NO. PCH/M-102EC CONSUMABLES: 1 Stand-off Cutting Guide OTD8/ Shield Cup, Crown OTD8/ Shield Cup, Cutting OTD8/ Coil Spring OTD9/7501E 4 Tip, 40 amp, Cutting OTD8/ Tip, 60 amp, Cutting OTD9/ Tip, 80 amp, Cutting OTD9/ Tip, Gouging OTD8/ Gas Distributor, Cutting OTD8/ Electrode OTD9/ O-Ring OTD8/ PLASMA TORCH SPARE PARTS Torch Head 70 PCH-102EC Torch 700 (6M) OTD9/8405 OTD0/7062EC * Represents Part Numbers no longer available from CIGWELD and represents reference data only. PCH/M- 150 FOR PAK 15XC ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NO. PCH/M-150 CONSUMABLES C Shield Cup - Std - Ceramic Front OTD9/5750 C Shield Cup - Std - Metal Front OTD9/5790 C Shield Cup - Copper (Tip Exp.) OTD9/5801* C Shield Cup - Ceramic (Tip Exp.) OTD9/5758 N/S Shield Cup-Gouging OTD9/5774 A Tip 50 amp Air OTD9/5748 A Tip 100 amp Air OTD9/5747 A Tip 150 amp Air OTD9/5746 A Tip 50 amp 02 OTD9/5753* A Tip 100 amp 02 OTD9/5752* A Tip 150 amp 02 OTD9/5751* A Tip 50 amp N2 OTD9/5765* A Tip 100 amp N2 OTD9/5766* A Tip 150 amp N2 OTD9/5767 A Tip 150 amp Ar/H2 OTD9/5775* A Tip, Gouging 85 amp.078 OTD9/5756* A Tip, Gouging 150 amp.120 OTD9/5755 B Electrode-Air OTD9/5749 B Electrode-02 OTD9/5760* B Electrode-N2, Ar-H2 OTD9/5754* PLASMA TORCH SPARE PARTS PCH deg Torch head PCH deg Torch head PCM deg Torch head PCM deg Torch head OTD9/5743 OTD9/5744* OTD9/5745* OTD9/6410* * Please note these parts are no longer available from CIGWELD these are original US catalogue numbers and are in this book as a reference only. N/5 = Not Shown. WELDING EQUIPMENT 75

76 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 PLASMA TORCHES AND CONSUMABLES SL60 TORCH FOR AP40i, AP70, CUTMASTER 38, CUTMASTER 81 DESCRIPTION SL60 CONSUMABLES: Electrode, MaximumLife Tip, 20A, Drag Tip, 30A, Drag Tip, 40A, Drag Tip, 40A, Cutting Tip, 50/55A, Cutting Tip, 60A, Cutting Tip, 40A, Gouging, shallow Tip, A, Gouging, deep Shield Cup Shield Cup Body Shield Cap, Drag, 50-60A Shield Cap, Deflector Shield Cap, Gouging PART NO. OTD9/8215 OTD9/8205 OTD9/8206 OTD9/8207 OTD9/8208 OTD9/8209 OTD9/8210 OTD9/8225 OTD9/8226 OTD9/8218 OTD9/8237 OTD9/8235 OTD9/8243 OTD9/8241 PLASMA TORCH SPARE PARTS Torch Head with O-rings O-ring torch head (large) O-ring torch head (small) Starter cartridge OTD9/8219 OTDS/3487 OTD8/3486 OTD9/8213 SL100 TORCH FOR AP90, CUTMASTER 1010 WELDING EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION PART NO. SL100 CONSUMABLES: Electrode, MaximumLife OTD9/8215 Tip 20A, Drag OTD9/8205 Tip 30A, Drag OTD9/8206 Tip 40A Drag OTD9/8207 Tip, 40A, Cutting OTD9/8208 Tip, 50/55A, Cutting OTD9/8209 Tip, 60A, Cutting OTD9/8210 Tip, 70A, Cutting OTD9/8231 Tip, 80A, Cutting OTD9/8211 Tip, 90/100A, Cutting OTD9/8212 Tip, 40A, Gouging, shallow OTD9/8225 Tip, A, Gouging, deep OTD9/8226 Tip, A, Gouging, moderate OTD9/8227 Tip, A, Gouging, shallow OTD9/8228 Shield Cup OTD9/8218 Shield Cup Body OTD9/8237 Shield Cap, Drag, 50-60A OTD9/8235 Shield Cap, Drag, A OTD9/8236 Shield Cap, Deflector OTD9/8243 Shield Cap, Gouging OTD9/8241 PLASMA TORCH SPARE PARTS Torch Head with O-rings OTD9/8219 O-ring torch head (large) OTD8/3487 O-ring torch head (small) OTD8/3486 Starter cartridge OTD9/

77 WELDING EQUIPMENT TRANSARC EASYWELDER TURBO SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 240 volt 1 phase 50Hz SUPPLY PLUG AND LEAD: 15 amps COOLING: Fan Cooled MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR: 8.5 kva for maximum welding current INDUSTRIAL WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps OPEN CIRCUIT VOLTAGE RANGE: volts POWER SOURCE WEIGHT. 23kg DIMENSIONS: H360mm X W270mm x D525mm APPROVALS: Australian Standard AS This heavy duty, dual range, fan cooled, portable arc welder has infinitely adjustable welding current from 35 to 170 amps and is designed to operate from a domestic 240 volt, 15 amp power point. It is designed to meet the requirements of tradesman maintenance personnel, farmers and home projects. The dual range welding output accommodates a wide material range including mild steel, stainless steel, alloy steel, cast iron and copper alloys for electrodes sizes 2.5mm to 4.0mm. FEATURES: Fan cooled portable arc welder Designed to operate from a standard 240 volt, 15 amp power point Welding current is infinitely adjustable from 35 to 170 amps Runs a wide range of electrodes from 2.5mm to 4.Omm Heavy duty construction Thermal Protection Australia wide service and back up support with a 12 months replacement warranty Designed to Australian Standards EASYWELDER TURBOPLANT CONTENTS: Easywelder Turbo Welder, Sample Electrodes, Electrode Lead, Wire Brush / Chipping Hammer, Work Lead, Face Shield, Operating Manual / Welding Guide, Wheeling Kit ORDERING INFORMATION Easywelder Part No OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Hiderok Helmet Part No Chipping Hammer Part No Wire Brush (4 row) Part No For the full accessory range turn to the accessories section of this book. TRANSARC 280 AC/DC INDUSTRIAL SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 240/415 volt 2 phase 50Hz SUPPLY LEAD: 25 amps DUTY CYCLE: 250 amps AC 180 amps DC COOLING: Fan Cooled MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR: 18 kva for maximum welding current WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps AC amps DC OPEN CIRCUIT VOLTAGE RANGE: volts AC 70 volts DC POWER SOURCE WEIGHT: 52kg DIMENSIONS: H750mm x W455mm x D390mm This heavy duty, dual range, fan cooled, industrial arc welder has infinitely adjustable welding current from 40 to 280 amps and is designed to operate from a 240 or 415V volt. It is designed to meet the requirements of tradesman, maintenance personnel and farmers. The dual range welding output accommodates a wide material range including mild steel, stainless steel, alloy steel, cast iron and copper alloys for electrodes sizes from 2.5mm to 5.0mm. FEATURES: Fan cooled portable arc welder Welding current is infinitely adjustable from 40 to 280 amps AC and 30 to 180 amps DC Runs a wide range of electrodes from 2.5mm to 5.0mm Heavy duty construction Thermal Protection Australia wide service and back up support Designed to Australian Standards Designed for use in category A and B welding environments TRANSARC 280 AC/DC POWER SOURCE CONTENTS Transarc 280 AC/DC Welder, Operating Manual / Welding Guide, Wheeling Kit. ORDERING INFORMATION Transarc 280 AC/DC Part No OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Hiderok Helmet Part No Chipping Hammer Part No Wire Brush (4 row) Part No Lead Set 400 amp (8M) Part No For the full accessory range turn to the accessories section of this book. Part No WELDING EQUIPMENT 77

78 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 TRANSARC COMPACT SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 240 volt 1 phase 50Hz SUPPLY PLUG AND LEAD: 10 amps COOLING: Convection MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR: 6.1 kva for maximum welding current LIGHT INDUSTRIAL WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps OPEN CIRCUIT VOLTAGE: volts POWER SOURCE WEIGHT. 14kg DIMENSIONS: H290mm x W215mm x D370mm APPROVALS: Australian Standard AS3195 This compact, portable, home welder has infinitely adjustable welding current from 50 to 130 amps and is designed to operate from a domestic 240 volt, 10 amp power point. It runs standard general purpose 2.5mm electrodes for light gauge work, generally less than 3.0mm thick, and 3.2mm electrodes for heavier materials. COMPACT PLANT CONTENTS: Compact Welder, Sample Electrodes, Electrode Lead, Wire Brush / Chipping Hammer, Work Lead, Face Shield, Operating Manual / Welding Guide ORDERING INFORMATION: Compact Part No FEATURES: Operates from a standard 240 volt, 10 amp power point Welding current is infinitely adjustable from 50 to 130 amps Runs a wide range of electrodes from 2.5mm to 3.2mm Thermal Protection Australia wide service and back up support with a 12 months Replacement warranty Designed to Australian Standards OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: Hiderok Helmet Part No For the full accessory range turn to the accessories section of this book. TRANSARC COMPACT TURBO LIGHT INDUSTRIAL SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 240 volt 1 phase 50Hz SUPPLY PLUG AND LEAD: 10 amps COOLING: Fan Cooled MINIMUM RECOMMENDED GENERATOR: 6.7 kva for maximum welding current WELDING CURRENT RANGE: amps OPEN CIRCUIT VOLTAGE: volts POWER SOURCE WEIGHT. 17kg DIMENSIONS: H315mm x W255mm x D410mm APPROVALS: Australian Standard AS3195 This compact heavy duty, fan cooled, portable, home arc welder has infinitely adjustable welding current from 50 to 140 amps and is designed to operate from a domestic 240 volt, 10 amp power point. It runs standard general purpose 2.5mm electrodes for light gauge work, generally less than 3.0mm thick, and 3.2mm electrodes for heavier materials. COMPACT TURBO PLANT CONTENTS Compact Turbo Welder, Sample Electrodes, Electrode Lead, Wire Brush / Chipping Hammer, Work Lead, Face Shield, Operating Manual / Welding Guide, Wheeling Kit. ORDERING INFORMATION Compact Turbo Part No WELDING EQUIPMENT FEATURES: Fan cooled portable arc welder Operates from a standard 240 volt, 10 amp power point Welding current is infinitely adjustable from 50 to 140 amps Runs a wide range of electrodes from 2.5mm to 3.2mm Thermal Protection Australia wide service and back up support with a 12 months replacement warranty Designed to Australian Standards OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Hiderok Helmet Part No For the full accessory range turn to the accessories section of this book. 78

79 WELDING EQUIPMENT EASYWELD PRODUCTS CIGWELD, the market leader in welding consumables, have now made the most popular Satincraft, Ferrocraft, Satincrome and Weidall electrodes available in convenient Easyweld Blisterpacks. With the CIGWELD DIY Welding Bar the selection and purchasing of Easyweld Blisterpacks for the tradesman or handy person couldn t be easier. It covers the widest range of applications and is distinctively packaged and colour coded for simple selection. Satincraft x 2.5mm/ 5 x 3.2mrn Part No: Ferrocraft 12XP 10 x 2.5mm/ 5 x 3.2mm Part No: Ferrocraft x 2.5mm/ 5 x 3.2mm Part No: Ferrocraft 16TXP 10 x 2.5mm/ 5 x 3.2mm Part No: Satincrome 316L x 2.5mm/ 5 x 3.2mm Part No: Weldall 10 x 2.5mm/ 5 x 3.2mm Part No Castcraft x 2.5mm/ 5 x 3.2mm Part No: Cobalarc x 3.2mm Part No: GMAW GUN GAS DIFFUSERS SPARE PARTS - ELIMINATOR 250 AMPS, 450 AMPS, 600 AMPS ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NO. ELIMINATOR SPARES: 1 Nozzle 2 Contact Tip 3 Gas Diffuser 4 lnsulator assembly ELC450 & EL450 64ELJ-3 4 Insulator assembly EL600 66ELJ-3 5 Conductor Tubes 8 Hanger - ELC250 & ELC450 OW Binder Post & Screw ELC250 & ELC450 ELC124FM 11 Handle with screws ELC250 & ELC450 ELC84H 11 Handle with screws EL450 & EL600 EL96H 12 Trigger blade assembly - all models EL96B 13 Trigger ELC250 & ELC450 ELC94 13 Trigger EL600 EL96 17 Conduit Liner 18 Tweco connector plug ELC250, ELC450 OTW Tweco connector plug EL600 OTW176S 19 O-ring ELC250 & ELC450 OTW O-ring EL600 OT W Set screw OTW44C WELDING EQUIPMENT 79

80 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 SPARE PARTS TRANSMIG 130 TWIN GUN (OCE ) TRANSMIG 130 TWIN GUN SPARES: ITEMDESCRIPTION PART NO RETAIL PACK PART NO 1 Nozzle OCE1311 OCE13/11/R 2 Contact Tip 0.6mm OTW11/23 OTW11/23/R 0.8mm OTW11/30 OTW11/30/R 0.9mm OTW11/35 OTW11/35/R 3 Complete Push Button Assy OCE R/H Handle OCE Conduit Liner OCE UH Handle OCE Torch Trigger Lever OCE TRANSMIG 180 BRUMBY (717579) BRUMBY, TRANSMIG 180se GUN SPARES: ITEMDESCRIPTION PART NO RETAIL PACK PART NO 1 Nozzle EL22150P - 2 Contact Tip EL16T35* EL16T35/R 3 Gas Diffuser EL52* E152/R 7 Trigger Assembly Set Screw OTW44C - 12 Conduit Assembly HARD ELECTRODE WIRES: WIRE SIZE PART-No mm * - 1.2mm * Supplied Standard TRANSMIG 210 TO 330 FUN (717578) WELDING EQUIPMENT TRANSMIG GUN SPARES ITEMDESCRIPTION PART NO 1 Nozzle 2 Contact Tip 3 Gas Diffuser EL52 4 Conductor Tube MS O-Ring, Gun Handle OTW45B* 7 Trigger Lever ELC94 8 Trigger Blades ELC94B* 10 Conduit liner OTW42/ O-Ring, Connector Plug OTW Set Screw 8/32 UNC OTW44C 13 Connector Plug OTW

81 WELDING EQUIPMENT QTR ROBOTIC/AUTOMATIC TORCH MODEL PART NUMBER LENGTH CONNECTION TYPE DUTY CYCLE CONTACT TIP WIRE DIA. (MM) COOLING TYPE QTR Torch Body QTR405X 1.5M Euro 600 amps Air QTRW Torch Body QTRW M Tweco 600 amps Water QTRW Torch Body QTRW604X 1.2M Euro 600 amps Water QTRW Torch Body QTRW M Tweco 600 amps Water 1 CONDUCTOR TUBE PART NUMBER ANGLE SUITS TORCH DUTY CYCLE CONTACT TIP WIRE DIA. (MM) COOLING TYPE QTR 22 Metal Jacket QTR661/22 22 QTR range of Torches 600 amps Eliminator Series Air QTR 180 Metal Jacket QTR66/ QTR range of Torches 600 amps Eliminator Series Air QTRW 22 Metal Jacket QTRW64/22 22 QTRW range of Torches 400 amps Eliminator Series Water QTRW 22 Long Metal Jacket QTRW64/22L 22 QTRW range of Torches 400 amps Eliminator Series Water QTRW 22 Metal Jacket QTRW66/22 22 QTRW range of Torches 600 amps Eliminator Series Water QTRW 180 Metal Jacket QTRW66/ QTRW range of Torches 600 amps Eliminator Series Water Note: All conductor tubes are shipped with Eliminator style diffusers and without contact tips or nozzles. QTR TORCH BODY & CABLE ASSEMBY - AIR COOLED/WATER COOLED Part No. QTR405X Part No. QTRW604 Part No. QTRW604X Part No. QTRW605 QTR 22 METAL JACKET CONDUCTOR TUBE - AIR COOLED Part No. QTR66/22 QTR 180 METAL JACKET CONDUCTOR TUBE - AIR COOLED Part No. QTR66/180 QTR 22 /22 LONG METAL JACKET CONDUCTOR TUBE - WATER COOLED Part No. QTRW64/22 Part No. QTRW64/22L Part No. QTRW66/22 QTR 180 METAL JACKET CONDUCTOR TUBE - WATER COOLED Part No. QTRW66/180 WELDING EQUIPMENT 81

82 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 TWECO SUPRA XT TORCH MODEL PART NUMBER LENGTH CONNECTION TYPE DUTY CYCLE CONTACT TIP WIRE DIA. (MM) COOLING TYPE Supra XT SE4004MI6 4.0M Tweco amps OTW15H/ Air Supra XT SE400X4MI6 4.0M Euro 450 amps OTW15H/ Air ORDERING INFORMATION Tweco SUPRA XT 4.0 metre Tweco SUPRA XT 4.0 metre Part No. SE4004M16 Part No. SE400X4M16 ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NO 1 Nozzle 2 Contact tip 3 Diffuser OTW55SW 4 Nozzle Insulator Conductor tube 45 OTWSE65J/45 5 Conductor tube 60 OTWSE65J/60 6 Gun hanger OTW154 7 Handle Assembly OTWSE86/H 8 Block OTWSE66 9 Switch OTWSE96/B 10 Rear connection assembly OTW350/170K 11 Trigger housing assembly OTWSE96 12 Front connector assembly OTWSE Conduit liner 14 Set screw OTW44C 15 O-ring OTW Connector plug No4 5/8 OTW350/174H 16 Connector plug No5 5/8 OTW176SH 17 Rear case OTWSGT6RC 18 Connector nut OTW174X/2 19 Conduit cap OTW174EX/1C 20 O-ring OTW174EX/1G 21 Rear connector OTW174EX/1 22 Screw OTW4MS 23 Power connection OTW174X1/M 24 Rear case OTWX6K WELDING EQUIPMENT 82

83 WELDING EQUIPMENT TWECO NO. 4 TORCH MODEL PART NUMBER LENGTH CONNECTION TYPE DUTY CYCLE CONTACT TIP WIRE DIA. (MM) COOLING TYPE Tweco No M Tweco amps OTW14/ Air Tweco No M Tweco amps OTW14/ Air Tweco No. 4 OTWX412/ M Euro 400 amps OTW14/ Air Tweco No. 4 OTWX415/ M Euro 400 amps 0TW14/ Air ORDERING INFORMATION TWECO No. 4, 3.6 metre Part No TWECO No. 4, 4.5 metre Part No TWECO No. 4, 3.6 metre Part No. OTWX412/3545 TWECO No. 4, 4.5 metre Part No. OTWX415/3545 TORCH PART BREAKDOWN ITEM DESCRIPTION PART No RETAIL PACK PART No 1 Nozzle 2 Contact tip 3 Diffuser OTW54A OTW54A/R 4 Insulator OTW34A OTW34A/R 5 Conductor tube 45 OTW64A/45-5 Conductor tube 60 OTW64A/60-5 Conductor tube 45 OTW64J/45-5 Conductor tube 60 OTW64J/60-6 Power connector OTW104-7 Handle OTW84A - 8 Trigger assembly OTW94R - 9 Gun hanger OTW Front cable support OTW144/12-11 Front cable clamp OTW134/14-12 Rear case OTWM6RC - 13 Rear cable clamp OTW Conduit liner 15 Connector plug 1/2 OTW Connector plug 5/8 OTW350174H - 16 Grub screw 8/32 UNC OTW44C - 17 O-ring OTW Power cable adaptor OTWM170/4-19 Rear power connector OTW Rear-support OTW350R Connector nut OTW174X/2-22 Conduit cap OTW174EX/1C - 23 O-ring OTW174EX/1G - 24 Screw OTW4M/S - 25 Rear connector OTW174EX/1-26 Power connection OTW174X/M - 27 Rear case OTWX6RC - 1 TWECO NO. 5 TORCH MODEL PART NUMBER LENGTH CONNECTION TYPE DUTY CYCLE CONTACT TIP WIRE DIA. (MM) COOLING TYPE Tweco No M TWECO amps OTW15H/ Air Tweco No M TWECO amps OTW15H/ Air ORDERING INFORMATION TWECO No. 5, 3.6 metre Part No TWECO No. 5, 4.5 metre Part No TORCH PART BREAKDOWN ITEM DESCRIPTION PART No 1 Nozzle 2 Contact tip 3 Diffuser 4 Insulator Conductor tube 45 OTW65/45 5 Conductor tube 60 CRTW65/6O 5 Conductor tube 45 OTW65J/45 5 Conductor tube 60 OTW65J/60 6 Power connector OTW104 7 Handle 0TW85 8 Trigger assembly OTW94R 9 Gun hanger OTW Front cable support OTW1451/12 11 Front cable clamp OTW134/14 12 Rear case OTWM6RC 13 Rear cable clamp OTW134/14 14 Conduit liner 15 Connector plug 1/2 OTW176S 15 Connector plug 5/8 OTW176SH 16 Grub screw 8/32UNC OTW44C 17 O-ring OTW Power cable adaptor OTWM170/5 19 Rear power connector OTW Rear support OTW350R23010 WELDING EQUIPMENT 83

84 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 TWECO TWE4 TORCH MODEL PART NUMBER LENGTH CONNECTION TYPE DUTY CYCLE CONTACT TIP WIRE DIA. (MM) COOLING TYPE TWE4.3 F spring pins T M Euro 400 amps OTW14H/ Air TWE4.36 TW T M Tweco 400 amps OTW14H/ Air ORDERING INFORMATION TWE4, 3.6 metre Euro TWE4, 3.6 metre TWECO Part No. T Part No. T TORCH PART BREAKDOWN ITEM DESCRIPTION PART No RETAIL PACK PART No 1 Nozzle 2 Insulator OTW34A OTW34A/R 3 Contact tip 4 Diffuser OTW54A OTW54A/R 5 Conductor tube 45 T Handle repair kit Euro back end kit Conduit liner 9 TWECO back end kit Insulator CT TWECO NO. 2 TORCH MODEL PART NUMBER LENGTH CONNECTION TYPE DUTY CYCLE CONTACT TIP WIRE DIA. (MM) COOLING TYPE Tweco No M Tweco 250 amps OTW14/ Air ORDERING INFORMATION TWECO No. 2, 3.6 metre Part No WELDING EQUIPMENT TORCH PART BREAKDOWN ITEM DESCRIPTION PART No RETAIL PACK PART No 1 Nozzle 2 Contact tip 3 Diffuser OTW52 OTW52/R 4 Insulator OTW32 OTW32/R 5 Conductor tube OTW62A/45-5 Conductor tube OTW62J/45-6 Power connector OTW102-7 Handle OTW83-8 Trigger assembly OTW92-9 Gun hanger OTW Front cable support OTW142/6-11 Front cable clamp OTW132/12-12 Rear case OTWM6RC - 13 Rear cable clamp OTW132/12-14 Conduit Liner 15 Connector plug OTW Grub screw 8132UNC OTW44C - 17 O-ring OTW Power cable adaptor OTWM170/2-19 Rear power connector OTW Rear support

85 WELDING EQUIPMENT TWECO TWE1 TORCH MODEL PART NUMBER LENGTH CONNECTION TYPE DUTY CYCLE CONTACT TIP WIRE DIA. (MM) COOLING TYPE TWE1.3 F spring pins T M Euro 160 amps OTW11/ Air ORDERING INFORMATION TWE 1, 3 metre Euro Part No. T TORCH PART BREAKDOWN ITEM DESCRIPTION PART No RETAIL PACK PART No 1 Nozzle 13mm OTW21/50/F OTW21/50/F/R 1 Nozzle 16mm OTW21/62/F TW21/62/F/R 2 Contact tip 3 Diffuser OTW51 OTW51/R 4 Conductor tube 45 T Handle repair kit Euro back end kit Conduit liner Conduit liner TWECO TWE2 TORCH MODEL PART NUMBER LENGTH CONNECTION TYPE DUTY CYCLE CONTACT TIP WIRE DIA. (MM) COOLING TYPE TWE2.36 F spring pins T M Euro 250 amps OTW14H/ Air TWE2.36 F spring pins T M Euro 250 amps EL Air TWE2.36 TW T M Tweco 250 amps OTW14H/ Air ORDERING INFORMATION TWE 2, 3.6 metre Euro TWE 2, 3.6 metre Euro (Eliminator consumables) TWE 2, 3.6 metre TWECO Part No. T Part No. T Part No. T TORCH PART BREAKDOWN ITEM DESCRIPTION PART No RETAIL PACK PART No 1 Nozzle 2 Insulator OTW32 OTW32/R 3 Contact tip 4 Diffuser 0TW52 OTW52/R 5 Conductor tube 45 screw tips T Conductor tube 45 elim tips T Handle repair kit Euro back end kit Conduit liner 9 Tweco back end kit WELDING EQUIPMENT 85

86 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 TIG / MIG / PLASMA WELDERS Field Proven Quality Welding Equipment for Excellent Welding Results PowerMax CastoTIG 2202 CastoTIG 300 Powerful Inverter Welder Light and Compact Manual Electric Welding and Tig Welding 140 amp Electrode Welding 150 amp TIG Welding Available with either Safety Switch or VRD Powerful: 220A or 170A welding current from a 240V power source Flexible: Compatible for DC and AC operation (CastoTIG 1702/2202) Compact, lightweight, and portable Integrated Pulse Digital Processor Powerful AC/DC TIG Inverter. Continuously adjustable welding current High power up to 300 amps output Security Coded CastoMIG id Weld 2500 TotalArc WELDING EQUIPMENT Compact inert-gas shielded arc welding plants Machines from 160 amps 240V mains to 500 amps 415V Available in both Pulsed and Standard MIG/MAG welding operations. AirJet 105 Current Range: A Duty Cycle: 100A / 35% d.c. (40 C/10min): 50A / 100% d.c. Mains Voltage: 3x400V / 50/60 Hz Protection class: IP 23 Weight: 28kg Compressed air supply requirements:5 bar/180 l/min Automatic internal bore welding system Eliminates the need for bushes For fast onsite repair work, at low cost. For Automatic production and batch work CastoCleaner For cleaning and polishing stainless steel. Compact, Automated design Electrochemical cleaning system Easy to operate. Total Arc 2 Power Source 271 Welding Current Range 3-270A Welding Current at 25 C/10 min. 270A/60% c.d.f. 210A/100% c.d.f. Welding Current at 40 C/10min 270A/40% c.d.f. 210A/60% c.d.f. 170A/100% c.d.f. On-load voltage V Off-load voltage 50V Mains Voltage - 50/60Hz 3x400V System fusing 16A slow-bow Connected load (100% c.d.f.) 4.5kVA Power Source Only Dimensions in mm 410W x 525H x 700L Weight 37kg 86

87 WELDING EQUIPMENT UNI MIG WORKSHOP SERIES ONE PHASE 240V UNIMIG 160 COMPACT Primary Input Voltage 240/220V 1-phase 50Hz/60Hz Option Welding Current Amps Duty Cycle 150 amps 90 amps 70 amps Welding Voltage Range DC 14-21V Voltage Steps 5 Wire Sizes mm Ferous mm Aluminium mm Stainless Weight 50kg UNIMIG 215 COMPACT Primary Input Voltage 240/220V 1-phase 50Hz/60Hz Option Welding Current Amps Duty Cycle 200 amps 150 amps 120 amps Welding Voltage Range DC V Voltage Steps 21 Wire Sizes mm Ferous mm Aluminium mm Stainless mm Gasless Weight 85kg 1 UNIMIG 255 COMPACT UNIMIG 255 SWF Primary Input Voltage 240/220V 1-phase 50Hz/60Hz Option Welding Current Amps Duty Cycle 250 amps 200 amps 170 amps Welding Voltage Range DC 15-26V Voltage Steps 21 Wire Sizes mm Ferous mm Aluminium mm Stainless mm Gasless Primary Input Voltage 240/220V 1-phase 50Hz/60Hz Option Welding Current Amps Duty Cycle 250 amps 200 amps 170 amps Welding Voltage Range DC 15-26V Voltage Steps 21 Wire Sizes mm Ferous mm Aluminium mm Stainless mm Gasless Weight 113kg Weight 136kg UNIMIG 270 COMPACT UNIMIG 270 SWF Primary Input Voltage 240/220V 1-phase 50Hz/60Hz Option Welding Current Amps Duty Cycle 250 amps 210 amps Welding Voltage Range DC 14-26V Voltage Steps 21 Wire Sizes mm Ferous mm Aluminium mm Stainless mm Gasless Weight 136kg Primary Input Voltage 240/220V 1-phase 50Hz/60Hz Option Welding Current Amps Duty Cycle 250 amps 210 amps Welding Voltage Range DC 14-26V Voltage Steps 21 Wire Sizes mm Ferous mm Aluminium mm Stainless mm Gasless Weight 159kg WELDING EQUIPMENT 87

88 1 WELDING EQUIPMENT UNI MIG WORKSHOP SERIES THREE PHASE 415V UNIMIG 345 COMPACT Primary Input Voltage 415/440V 3-phase 50Hz/60Hz Option Welding Current Amps Duty Cycle 335 amps 260 amps Welding Voltage Range DC 16-31V Voltage Steps 30 Wire Sizes mm Ferous mm Aluminium mm Stainless mm Gasless UNIMIG 345 SWF Primary Input Voltage 415/440V 3-phase 50Hz/60Hz Option Welding Current Amps Duty Cycle 335 amps 260 amps Welding Voltage Range DC 16-31V Voltage Steps 30 Wire Sizes mm Ferous mm Aluminium mm Stainless mm Gasless Weight 140kg Weight 164kg UNIMIG 390 COMPACT UNIMIG 390 SWF Primary Input Voltage 415/440V 3-phase 50Hz/60Hz Option Welding Current Amps Duty Cycle 335 amps 300 amps Welding Voltage Range DC V Voltage Steps 30 Wire Sizes mm Ferous mm Aluminium mm Stainless mm Gasless Primary Input Voltage 415/440V 3-phase 50Hz/60Hz Optio Welding Current Amps Duty Cycle 335 amps 300 amps Welding Voltage Range DC V Voltage Steps 30 Wire Sizes mm Ferous mm Aluminium mm Stainless mm Gasless Weight 144kg Weight 168kg UNIMIG 425 SWF UNIMIG 500 SWF WELDING EQUIPMENT Primary Input Voltage 415/440V 3-phase 50Hz/60Hz Option Welding Current Amps Duty Cycle 400 amps 360 amps 280 amps Welding Voltage Range DC 16-34V Voltage Steps 30 Wire Sizes mm Ferous mm Aluminium mm Stainless mm Gasless Weight 182kg Primary Input Voltage 415/440V 3-phase 50Hz/60Hz Option Welding Current Amps Duty Cycle 450 amps 410 amps 320 amps Welding Voltage Range DC 16-36V Voltage Steps 36 Wire Sizes mm Ferous mm Aluminium mm Stainless mm Gasless Weight 199kg 88

89 WELDING EQUIPMENT FUME EQUIPMENT LOW VACUUM SOLUTIONS ProSource LV extraction arms position easily to provide high air flow extraction for a variety of applications. These 203mm diameter arms and maintenance saving filter systems combine the finest features in the industry with the best value. The lightweight arms position easily and hold their place without drifting. Versatility is a plus with the 360 rotatable hood, which can be fitted with a lamp kit and an arc sensor that activates the fan when sensing the arc flash. 3m or 4m arms are available for both mobile and wall mounted systems. LTA 2.0 Telescopic Arm (wall mounted only) Spring balanced for easy operation 1-2m length 360 degree rotatable hood Mobiflex 200M and 400MS Portable Carts Uses 3m or 4m arms Optional Lamp Kit and Arc Sensor Auto filter cleaning with 400-MS Mobiflex 100NF Portable Fan (not filtered) Uses 5m suction hoses set with magnetic hood Uses 5m exhaust hose Optional 5m hose extension Statiflex 200M and 400MS Wall Mounted Units Uses SF2400 wall mounted fan unit Uses 3m or 4m arms Optional Lamp Kit and Arc Sensor Auto filter cleaning with 400-MS Optional rail sets and extensions Literature J LFA3.1 and LFA4.1 Arms Spring balanced for easy operation 3m or 4m lengths 360 degree rotatable hood HIGH VACUUM SOLUTIONS MB190A MB500 Lincoln High Vacuum Systems capture the fume right at the arc - before it reaches the operator breathing zone. Connect fume extraction guns or suction heads with small diameter hose to portable, mobile or central systems for economical fume control. The MB190 and MB500 are excellent examples of portable and mobile systems. MB190A Lightweight and portable Reusable filter. Unique, low mess filter cleaning system. Automatic Start/Stop via current sensor. MB500 Heavy duty. For up to 5 guns or 3 suction heads. Automatic filter cleaning. Ordering Information KA MB190A (240V/1) KA MB500 (380/415/3) Hose, guns and suction heads ordered separately: Various suction heads available (refer literature) K A fume gun K A fume gun 3.7m K A fume gun 4.6m Literature MB190A J13.10 MB500 J CENTRAL HIGH & LOW VACUUM SOLUTIONS Central High Vacuum System For more information contact Lincoln s Automation Division. WELDING EQUIPMENT 89

90 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 POWER FEED 1OR NA-5R AUTOMATION K POWER FEED 10R FEEDER The Power Feed 1OR offers four roll gear driven feeding in a heavy-duty drive system that can be mounted directly to the robot arm or automation fixture. Wire Speed Range (m/min) m/min m/min Wire Size Range (mm) Solid mm Wire Size Range (mm) Cored mm mm mm Dimensions mm H x W x D 340 x 260 x 304 Weight (kg) 10.7 Features The feeder is digitally controlled by the Power Wave F355i, 455R or 655R, yielding the fastest response time in the industry. Tachometer feedback provides calibrated, precise control of wire feed speed. Feeder brakes from maximum speed to zero in milliseconds minimising the chance of wire sticks in the puddle. K370-1 NA-5R Controls K371 NA-5R Standard Wire Drive K372 NA-5R High Speed Wire Drive Select standard or high speed gears for wide wire feed speed range. Split wire guides provide trouble-free feeding and offer fast, tool-less wire installation, changeover and maintenance. Easy to read gauge for accurate roll tension. Ordering Information K Power Feed 1OR Feeder Power Source to Feeder Cable KA1785 available in standard lengths up to 31m (100ft) Literature E5.161 The NA-5R is a heavy duty wire feeder control with matching separate wire drive unit ready for interfacing for remote control by robots, PLC and machine controllers. WELDING EQUIPMENT Input Power 115 VAC 350VA Control Box Dimensions 381 x 399 x 229 (mm) H x W x D Weight (kg) 15.4 Wire Feeder - 2 Roll Type Wire Size Range (mm) Solid Cored Standard Speed High Speed N/A Weight (kg) Features Digital readouts for accurate setting and monitoring. Closed loop feedback control for precise procedure control. Adaptable to wide range of external controllers. Digital interface capability with dry, 24V AC/DC contacts. LED status readout of interface signal for easy troubleshooting. Inbuilt circuitry for hot or cold wire striking. Automatic in-built wire burnback function. Available Options Analog Interface - provides for isolated remote control via 2 channel 0-10 volt remote analog signals. Multi-Process Kit - Preset up to 4 separate procedures by remote selection. Burnback Time - Adjustable time for manual burnback control. Solenoid Assembly - For control of shielding gas. Extension Cables - for controls to head extension. Processes MIG, Surface Tension (STT) on 455R Ordering Information K370-1 NA-5R Controls K371 NA-5R Standard Wire Drive K372 NA-SR High Speed Wire Drive Literature E

91 AUTOMATION POWER WAVE F355I CE Version K WELDING EQUIPMENT The PowerWave F355i inverter power source is fully integrated with the FANUC ARC Mate RJ3iB controller and designed for the most demanding robotic applications. This compact unit delivers % duty cycle for various welding applications. The Power Wave F355i/ARC Mate R-J3iB communicates via ArcLink, the welding industry s leading digital communication protocol for system components, allowing all welding procedures and process controls to be managed through the ARC Mate robot teach pendant one central control for setup, process control and diagnostics. Input Power 380/400/415/460/575/3/50/60 Rated Output Duty Cycle 100% Input Rated Output 23/22/22/19/16A Output Range 5-425A Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 372 x 530 x 437 Weight (kg) 45.1 Features ArcLink digital communication High efficiency inverter technology Integrated with robot controller Full control from robot teach pendant Built in database of weld programs Ethernet communication capability via robot controller Processes MIG / PuIsed Flux / Cored Ordering Information CE Version K Literature E POWER WAVE 455R & 655R WITH POWER FEED K Power Wave 455R K Power Wave 655R The PW455R is a heavy duty and fully featured inverter based welding power source, which connects seamlessly to the welding robot control systems through a digital ArcLink communication system offering best in class performance for speed of response and control. Complete with the STT process - Lincoln s patented low spatter and low fume solid wire process. Input Power K Input Power /3/50 Rated Output Duty Cycle 400/36/100% 500/40/60% Input rated Output Output Range 5-570A (5-325A on STT) Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 663 x 505 x 835 Weight (kg) 115 Features Digital interface means no calibration required when connected to a robot or a unit is swapped over. Waveform control provides a premium arc for perfect control of beadshape, appearance, penetration and travel speed performance. High-speed adaptive control of the welding arc automatically compensates the arc for superior consistency and performance. Software upgrades can be easily downloaded Capable of network connection Large built-in database of welding waveforms for various metals, wires, gases and applications including mild steel, stainless steel and aluminium Processes Surface Tension (STT) on 455R Ordering Information K Power Wave 455R /3/50 K Power Wave 655R 460/575/3/60 Literature E5.161 *Not available for Australia WELDING EQUIPMENT 91

92 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 ROBOTS AUTOMATION Purchasing a robotic welding or cutting system is a major investment and you won t settle for anything but the best. With Lincoln Electric you get the best, industry leading welding and cutting equipment matched with one of the most recognised names in robotics, FANUC. The combination of Lincoln Electric and FANUC Robotics produces systems that are designed to work together offering you improved productivity and exceptional quality, time and time again. Experienced specialists in our Automation Division work one-on-one with you to provide creative solutions to meet your individual needs. ARC Mate 50iL: for small part applications. ARC Mate 100i Model B: for most arc welding applications. ARC Mate 120iL Model B: for larger components. ARC Tool SOFTWARE All Lincoln ARC Mate robots are fitted with ARC Tool Software for ease of use and increased functionality in the arc welding environment. Special Applications Lincoln has a range of robotic equipment to solve most automatic arc welding applications. CUSTOM CELLS We customise each robotic cell to meet your specific requirements. The correct selection of the welding process, robot and positioning equipment can make some of the most difficult projects seem easy. During concept, Lincoln s automation engineers match welding process capabilities with creative parts positioning designs to produce repeatable, high quality and high cycle rate solutions. Robotic cells are often based on common positioning concepts such as: Turn Tables, Head and Tail Stocks, Tilt Rotate Positioners, Static Side Tables, Travel Tracks. Pre-Engineered Cells We offer a time tested family of pre-engineered drop-in-place cell concepts designed to provide immediate production gains for a wide range of part sizes. The pre-engineered part positioning concepts include: fixed tables, indexing turn tables plus dual head and tailstock designs. All engineered for reliability, efficiency, durability, safety and ergonomic functionality. TANDEM MIG PROCESS Using two arcs operating simultaneously, Tandem MIG is a high speed welding process designed for either robotic or hard automation welding applications. WELDING EQUIPMENT The process is capable of exceptionally high travel speeds up to 5m/min, more than double that of conventional, single wire MIG processes, and deposition rates in excess of 18kgs per hour. It is an excellent choice for cost justifying new automation equipment or retrofitting an existing system. Request literature E10.60 for Tandem MIG Models. 92

93 XP-3 AUTOMATION WELDING EQUIPMENT CATALOG WE-XP3-296 Inexpensive, lightweight, very compact, rugged, and powerful; the XP-3 mounts easily onto most automatic submerged arc welding equipment. IMPORTANT FEATURES: Very lightweight and compact. Continuously feeds recovered flux to weld nozzle without need of any transfer valve. Slag, dust and fines are automatically removed from recovered flux. No moving parts in air pump. Very efficient air pump produces higher vacuum; uses less air and is much quieter than most competitive models. Small size makes XP-3 ideal for internal vessel welding and flux recovery. Optional PT-x00 pressure feed tank and optional FF-3 flux feed pipe enables a continuous flux supply equal to size of feed tank (i.e., 100lbs (45 kgs), 300lbs (136kgs), 600lbs (272kgs) or larger). SPECIFICATIONS: Weight Empty: Dimensions: Input Power: 15lbs. (6.8kg) (27.3 cm) H x 14.5 (36.8 cm) W x 8.5 (21.6 cm) D Clean, dry compressed psi (5-7 8 cfm (2261/min). No electrical input required. Comes complete with 4 ft. (1.21 m) hose, NZ-1 nozzle ready for installation! Optional PT-100, 100lb (45 Kg) feed tank. Also available in 300lb (136 Kg), 600lb (272 Kg) or larger. Optional flux feed Hose PT-XOO is available with optional electronic low level sensor. Loud alarm sounds and light flashes at low level. OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: 1 Hose mounted brackets; FHM-1 (linear adjustment only) FHM-1ADJ (linear and angular adjustment). Flux pick-up nozzles; NZ-1 CRN corner nozzle, NZ-1 BUTT butt weld nozzle. AV-4 electric air valve. PT-XOO pressure feed tank. Available in 100lbs (45 Kg), 00lbs (136 Kg), 600lbs (272 Kg) or larger. FF-3 flux feed pipe. Automatically keeps hopper full of flux. Specify 1/2, 3/4 or V feed hose (need PT-x00 or similar feed tank). Flux feed hose. Available in 1/2, 3/4 or 1 I.D. size. WELDING EQUIPMENT 93

94 1 WELDING EQUIPMENT AUTOMATION SPS-1500 (11/2HP), SPS-3000 (3 HP), SPS-5000 (5 HP) The SPS-1500, 3000 and 5000 come complete with semi -automatic dust coliection unit and your choice of either the FH-100 (200lbs capacity) flux hopper/separator of the MS-1 separator at no extra cost. The continuous duty vacuum blower/motor unit and semi-automatic dust collection unit are mounted on a sturdy undercarriage. 1-1/2" and 2" hose and optional accessories are priced separately. Optional 2 vacuum hose Optional 1-1/2 dispensing hose Note: Also available are the portable PS-1500, 3000 and Please see WE-PS /100 product bulletin Optional FHM-1 or FHM-1AD Optional NZ-1 nozzle Optional 1-1/2 recovery hose System comes with FH-100 or MS-1 for the same base price MS-1 separator /hopper SPS-3000 Optional 2 vacuum hose Optional 1-1/2 recovery hose Optional FHM-1 or FHM-1AD Optional NZ-1 nozzle FEATURES: Vacuum sensing gauge indicates when filter needs to be cleaned. Dirty filter is semi-automatically cleaned by high energy shock wave of air. Dust is automatically collected in dust drawer for easy removal. "Micron" cartridge dust filter is long lasting and easily replaced. Super duty vacuum blower / TEFC motor assembly has no "V" belts and are designed to run with low maintenance. Blower turns at low speed for long bearing life. Oil free operation unlike many competitive recovery vacuum. Higher vacuum and more efficient than other competitive products. High abrasive wear points in flux separator are inexpensive and easily replaced. Designed for continuous duty, high demand flux recovery applications. Large 200lb (91 Kg) hopper / separator for flux storage. Slide valve for easy transfer of recovered flux to another container. Flux level windows in hopper enable easy estimate of recovered flux. Lighter and more compact than other competitive units. WELDING EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS: Weight (empty): Dimensions: Power input: SPS-1500; 190lbs (86 Kg) 34" (86cm) H x 34" (86cm) W x 19" (48cm) D 1-1/2HP; 220Va; 1PH; 50-60Hz or , , 460, 575Vac; 50-60Hz; 3 PH SPS-3000; 215lbs (98 Kg) 44" (112cm) H x 34" (86cm) W x 19" (48cm) D 3HP, , , 460, 575Vac; 50-60Hz SPS-5000; 288lbs (131 Kg) 44" (112cm) H x 34" (86cm) W x 19" (48cm) D 5HP, , , 575Vac; 50-60Hz MS- 1; 26lbs (12 Kg) 22 (56cm) H x 10" (25m) W x 10" (25cm) D FH-100; 49lbs (22 Kg) 30" (76cm) H x 19 (48cm) W x 19" (48cm) D Compressed air for all machines is for filter cleaning only: < psi (use min. 1/4" I.D. hose). OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: 1-1/2" AND 2" HOSE: Sold in 5 ft increments. FLUX HOSE MOUNTING BRACKETS: 1) FHM-1 enables linear hose adjustment 2) FHM-1ADJ enables linear and angular hose adjustments NOZZLES: NZ-1 (standard), NZ-1 BUTT for butt welds, NZ-1 CRN for left and right hand corners; sold as a pair (must use FHM-1ADJ hose bracket for NZ-1 BUTT and NZ1CRN) and NZ-1-4 four inch wide nozzle. MAGNETIC SEPARATORS: MAGSEP-100 (for FH-100) and MADSEP-3 (for MS-1) AFD-1 adjustment flux dam. Used to support flux on cylindrical weldments. 94

95 WELDING EQUIPMENT AUTOMATION MIGHT-MAC-3000X (3 HP) & MIGHT-MAC-5000X (5 HP) CATALOG WE-MM-3000X/5000X-1102 The new Might-Mac-3000X and Mighty-Mac-5000X heavy duty flux recovery vacuum and dust collector offers great new features: 1 Extremely rugged and durable. Extremely easy to maintain because large doors to filters open with the flick of latches, and all internal covers are easily removed. Extremely safe; micron filters remove particles below one (1) micron, making the air you breath much cleaner. The Might-MacX System also provides auto sensing dust cleaning logic. The filters are always automatically pulse cleaned as they become dirty (with no operator input). SPECIFICATIONS: Weight: MM-3000X (3 HP): 330lbs (149.7 Kg) MM-5000X (5 HP): 350lbs (158.8 Kg) Dimensions: (Both MM-3000X and MM-5000X): 34 (86.4cm) H x 31 (78.7cm) W x 25 (63.5cm) D Electrical input: Available or , 460, 575 Vac; 3PH; 60 Hz or 220, Vac; 3 PH; 50 Hz Compressed air (for filter cleaning only): < psi (use min. 1/4 I.D. hose). NOTE: Hose, valve, flux separators and other flux storage and feed accessories must be ordered separately. Please request TB-MM-294, Systems Manual for complete system configuration information. (Please contact factory for ordering assistance). HFH-100 1) 2 Vacuum hose to Might-Mac vacuum 2) Optional HFH-100 heated hopper (250oF, 121oFC automatically gravity feeds recovered flux to lower welding system hopper. System available with magnetic separator, unheated and in different flux capacities (i.e. 200lbs, 300lbs, 600lbs, 1000lbs etc). Must be used with Might- Mac vacuum. MIGHTY-MAC 3000X OR 5000X 3) Mighty-Mac 300OX/P or 5000X/P Heavy duty vacuum unit only. Same as above, except that instead of a dust drawer, dust filter chambers has a hopper bottom. This enables continuous dumping of dust to a much larger dust container (i.e. optional FS-55 dust drum). 4) Optional fd-55 dust drum with hose assembly 5) 2 Vacuum hose 6) 1-1/2 Recovery hose 7) Flux feed hose 8) PFR-LD3 LID 9) Flux hopper 10) Flux pick-up nozzle 11) Optional HPFR H Pressure feed and recover system with 100lb heated tank and 200lb heated hopper. WELDING EQUIPMENT 95

96 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 AUTOMATION FLUX RECOVERY MADE EA$Y WELD ENGINEERING CO., INC. MANUFACTURERS OF THE MOST COMPLETE LINE OF FLUX HANDLING EQUIPMENT IN THE WORLD. ALT-2 MOUNTED ON WELDING TRACTOR M-M 3000 VACUUM UNIT The electric ALT-2 or air powered APT-2, or XP-3TRAC, mount easily on most welding tractors. The EXTRA heavy duty Mighty- Mac vacuum systems, can handle any flux recovery application. (Includes MM1500, MM-1500/P, MM3000, MM300/P, MM-5000, MM-5000/P and MM MILL vacuums). Ask for TBMM294 system bulletin. AS-4 The electric AS-4 or air powered AP-1, AP- 1/SUPER or XP-3 mount easily on most sub-arc flux hoppers. PFR-3 The electric PFR-3 or air powered PFR3-A/P, pressure feeds and recovers flux in one closed system. Converts most wire feeders into a sub-arc welder. PS-2 The electric PS-2, or the air powered PS-2-A/P are or portable flux recovery anywhere in the shop. PRO- 100 The PRO-100 or the HT-900 flux oven, will meet all of your flux baking and storage requirements. WELDING EQUIPMENT LPFR-3 The electric LPFR-3 or air powered LPFR-3-A/P mount to most manufacturer s pressurized flux feed tanks. Recovers flux directly back to flux tank. 96

97 AP-1 AUTOMATION WELDING EQUIPMENT CATALOG WE-AP1-80 Air powered flux recovery system. Inexpensive, rugged, and powerful; the AP-1 mounts easily onto most submerged arc welding equipment. 1 IMPORTANT FEATURES: Adds no oil or water to the flux and produces no damage to the recovered flux particles, since flux is never in compressed arc stream. Vacuum air pump is on exhaust side and undesirable contaminants, fines and dust are discharged into a very efficient dust bag assembly. No moving parts in air pump, and no internal filters to wear out. Very efficient air pump produces a higher vacuum, uses less air, and is quieter than most competitive models. SPECIFICATIONS: Weight (empty): 23lbs. Dimensions: 19"H x 10 W x 8"D Power Input: Compressed psi, approximately 10 cfm (l/4" I.D. air line minimum). No electrical input required. Comes complete with 5 ft. hose, nozzle, mounting brackets and hopper sight glass ready for installation! OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: New flux can be added here anytime with interrupting the weld. AP-1 System shown is AP-1 mounted on Lincoln Automatic Welding Head. FHM-a hose bracket (optional) AS-4 AS-4 System shown is AS-4 mounted on Lincoln Automatic Welding Head FHM-1 hose bracket (optional) OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: New flux can be added here anytime without interrupting the weld. FH-1 "Continuous Feed" Flux Hopper (FH-1) holds approximately 35lbs. of flux. New flux is added through flux part without interrupting weld; enabling indefinite weld length. AS-4 mounts directly to this hopper FH-1 "Continuous Feed" Flux Hopper (FH-1) holds approximately 35lbs. of flux. New flux is added through flux port without interrupting weld; enabling indefinite weld length. AP-1 mounts directly to this hopper. Flux-Hose Mounting Bracket (FHM-1 or FHM-1 ADJ) provides easy positioning of vacuum hose over flux to be recovered. Adapter Plate for mounting to Miller hopper (MADP-1). AV-4 Electric Air Valve. CATALOG WE-AS Submerged arc flux recovery system for medium duty applications. (Patented) Inexpensive, rugged, and powerful; the AS-4 mounts easily onto most automatic submerged arc welding equipment. FEATURES: Powerful electric vacuum. Revolutionary (patented) self cleaning dust and fines filter enables hours of uninterrupted operations. Flashing light tells operator when to clean dust bag for maximum efficiency. Remote control onjof pendent. Turn AS-4 on and off with weld cycle. Direct recycling of flux back to Hopper. Fused slag is automatically separated from flux. Dust and fines are collected in a dust bag for easy dumping. Slight window is AS-4 and Hopper for easy flux level indication. Versatile, with quick attach option. See accessories below. HFH-1 Heated Flux-Hopper (HFH-1) with thermostatic control and temperature gauge ( F). For those application where flux must be heated. (115v or 220v). PAS 1 & AS-4+PAS-1 Portable Flux Hopper (PAS-1) easily converts Automatic Flux Recovery System (AS-4) into a Portable Recovery System. (Includes 15ft. of hose). HFH-1 Heated Flux-Hopper (HFH-1) with thermostatic control and temperature gauge. For those applications where flux must be heated. (115v or 220v). Nozzles: Special nozzles available. Consult factory. Extra hose. FP-1 Flux Port (enables adding new flux without interrupting weld). MAGSEP-1 Magnetic Separator. AFV-2 Automatic Flux Valve and Control. SPECIFICATIONS: Input power: 11 5v/ 1 ph/60-50hz/9amps or 220v/1 ph/60-50hz/4.5amps. Weight (empty): 30lbs. Dimensions: 19 1/4" H x 8 1/2" W x 10 1/2 D System comes complete with 5 ft. hose, mounting brackets to Hopper, sight window for Hopper, and filters ready to run! Flux Capacity: Determined by flux Hopper (i.e. Lincoln = 20 lbs, FH-1 = 35 lbs). NOTE: The AS-4 replaces the popular AS-1. All consumable parts and most replacement parts are interchangeable. FHM-1 Flux-Hose Mounting Brackets provides easy positioning of vacuum hose over flux to be recovered. MADP-1 Adapter Plate for mounting to Miller hopper. NOZZLES Special nozzles available. Consult factory. FP-1 Flux port for Lincoln or other Hopper Pop-rivets to Hopper to allow flux addition without interrupting weld. WELDING EQUIPMENT 97

98 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 SMALL WELD POSTIONERS & ROTATORS SMITHWELD PIPE POSITIONERS SW-200P SW-500P SW-700P SW-800PP Model No. Top Roll Turn Capacity Face Plate Suggestion Tilt Position Power Capacity with Face Plate Diameter Maximum Horizontal Dia Pipe SW-200P n/a 300Kg 400mm 200mm 0~90 Deg 240V SW-500P n/a 500Kg 400mm 300mm 0~90 Deg. 240V SW-700P 700 Kg 500Kg 400mm 300mm 0~90 Deg. 240V SW-800PP n/a 1000kg 800mm 600mm 0~90 Deg. 240V For long pipe additional support may be required OPTIONAL EXTRAS SW-10R Hand remote control with 10m of lead SW-10F Industrial foot control with 10m lead SMITHWELD PIPE ROTATORS (SUPPLIED WITH IDLE ROLLER & FOOT CONTROL) Model No. Capacity Pipe Dia. Speed Rotation Wheel Dia. Power Range Control & Width SW-350L-2 350Kg mm 0~4 RPM Fwd / Rvs 200x50mm 240 V SW-400L-4 450Kg mm 0~4 RPM Fwd / Rvs 200x50mm 240 V SW-400L-4 OPTIONAL EXTRAS SW-10F Industrial foot control with 10m lead SW Additional idle roller SW-400L-4 WELDING EQUIPMENT 98 GLOBAL WELDING SUPPLIES PTY GLOBAL LTD WELDING SUPPLIES PTY LTD 98

99 WELDING EQUIPMENT PS-4F AUTOMATION 1 Loading capacity 600kg Standard capacity Type-L Type-H Eccentricity of gravitational centre A=100mm 50mm Height of gravitational centre B=150mm 150mm Specifications loading capacity RPM of table Table tilting Table Table tilting Width x Power Supply (V) Weight (kg) Applicable in kg. Figure in Type-L Type-H angle dimension method Depth x chuck ( ) is the loading (mm) (kw) Height (mm) capacity at 0 PS-1F 40(80) 0.3~5 1~ o 300dia Manually operated AC1 dia x 480 x WP-200 PS-2F 150(250) 0.3~5 1~ o 350 dia Manually operated AC1 dia x 475 x WP-300 PS-3F 300(450) 0.2~ o 450 dia Manually operated AC1 dia x 595 x WP-400 PS-4F 500(600) ~1 0-90o 600 dia Motor driven AC3 dia x 880 x WPT-600 WELDING CHUCK Bigger working load because of low gravitational centre. Light weight. Cause less load to motor with the result that is little possibility of a motor being burnt. It will also ensure stable turning speed. A wide range of grippings and allow easy loading unloading of workpieces. Special purpose chucks also available for alignment of pipes and flanges. Specifications Clamp diameter (dia mm) Outside clamping Inside clamping Weight WP ~130 80~220 7kg WP ~ ~300 14kg WP ~ ~380 21kg WPT ~ ~610 68kg WPT ~ ~ kg WPT ~ ~ kg Note: specifications are subject to change without notice. TURNING ROLLS - MEDIUM TR-3500B SPECIFICATIONS MODEL UNIT TR-0100 TR-3504 TR-1000B TR-3500B TR-6000B Power input - 1 phase 1 phase 1 phase 1 phase 1 phase 115/230V V 115/230V V V 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz Rating amp 0.4/ / Turning Capacity kg Load capacity (drive & idler) kg Diameter range (F) mm Speed Range mm/min Rotation motor hp 1/12 1/2 1/8 1/2 1/2 Roller diameter (D) mm Roller width (E) mm Roller type - PU PU PU PU PU Overall length (A) (driver/idler) mm 320/ / / / /1260 Overall width (B) (driver/idler) mm 542/ / / / /450 Overall height (C) mm Weight (driver/idler) kg 37/17 110/55 57/40 102/69 150/92 Specifications subject to change without notice WELDING EQUIPMENT 99

100 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 AUTOMATION TURNING ROLLS MODEL INCLUDES LOADING WORKPIECE ROLL SPEED CAPACITY (kg) DIAMETER (mm) (mm/min) 5S 1 x Power, 1 x Idler Frame S 1 x Power, 1 x Idler Frame S 1 x Power, 1 x Idler Frame s Dual Drive Power Frame HIRE ME - CALL 1300-WELDER TO HIRE ROTATORS PS TYPE POSITIONERS (BELOW 600KG CAPACITY) Features: COMPACT SIZE, but BIGGER LOADING CAPACITY Specially design Servo-Motor with a greater torque is employed in each model, resulting Loading Capacity is increased even compact size. VARIABLE ROTATION SPEED The rotation speed can be widely varied by means of THYRISTOR CONTROL, giving a STABLE and CONSTANT rotation. Each model has 2 kinds of rotation speed (L & H) NO IRREGULAR ROTATION SPEED Since the FEED-BACK CIRCUIT is incorporated in each model. TIG, C02 and PLASMA WELDING available Since HIGH-FREQUENCY DAMAGE ARRESTOR is equipped as standard. LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUIT ensuring no trouble. SMOOTH and SAFE Table Tilting In combination with our Control Box (Page 14) and Torch Stand (Page 14), Automatic Welding is available Independent Operation Box Operation Box is easily removed from the machine body (except PS-1F) PS-1 F Loading capacity 80kg Standard capacity Type-L Type-H Eccentricity of gravitational centre A=25mm l0mm Height of gravitational centre B=100mm 100mm PS-2F Loading capacity 250kg Standard capacity Type-L Type-H Eccentricity of gravitational centre A=50mm 25mm Height of gravitational centre B=150mm 150mm WELDING EQUIPMENT PS-3F Loading capacity 450kg Standard capacity Eccentricity of gravitational centre Height of gravitational centre Type-L A=50mm B=200mm 100

101 WELDING EQUIPMENT COMPLETE TRACK SYSTEMS FOR RIGID AND FLEXTRACK MODELS KAT MODEL GK-191 SERIES KAT RIGID ALUMINIUM TRACK for use with Gullco P-Type Travel Carriage Model GK-191. precision extruded aluminium track with excellent mechanical and corrosion resistant properties. Standard section at right can be formed to suit the work contour. Deep section track is used for permanent, straight run applications where extra stiffness is required. All can be joined to provide continuous runs. STANDARD TRACK LENGTHS Model GK (1219 mm) Model GK (2337 mm) Model GK (3048 mm) DEEP SECTION TRACK LENGTHS Model GK (1829 mm) Model GK (3048 mm) 1 INTRODUCING GULLCO'S ADVANCED, HIGH EFFICIENCY KAT P-TYPE, PROGRAMMABLE TRAVEL CARRIAGE The Gullco "Kat" is an electrically powered, self propelled carriage that travels in the forward or reverse direction, at precisely controlled speeds along a special track. It is used throughout the world to automate and improve the quality/efficiency of single or multiple "head" welding/cutting operations. Two models are available: One for operation on rigid, aluminum track... the other for use with Flex-Track spring steel track. KAT MODEL GK-192 SERIES The wheel system of the carriage "grips" the track, enabling it to travel along any plane. The patented bogey wheel assembly keeps the carriage "snug" to the track while allowing it to be easily mounted or removed from the track at any point. Welding guns or cutting torches are readily mounted on the Kat carriage which has a vertical load capacity of 100 lbs. (45 Kg.) on all rigid or flex track models**. Its track is positioned to move the gun or torch along the desired path... then securely affixed using magnetic or vacuum activated mounting devices. Safety is assured by the use of Gullco's low voltage, (24 volt) highly advanced control/power supply system that is available in three line voltage inputs... 42, 110, and 230 volt A.C.***, single phase, 50/60 Hz. or any unregulated 24 volt D.C. power supply at 220 watts of power. KAT FLEX-TRACK for use with Gullco, Flex-Kat P-Type travel carriage Model GK-192 Series. Made from tempered spring steel and easily mounted to conform with curved surfaces 16 (914 mm) diameter and over. Flex Track Length: Model GK-192-F (2438 mm)* with holes every 3 (76 mm) to accept either magnetic or vacuum track mounting devices. * Other lengths available on request The carriage is moved to the start position and its control pre-set to the desired travel speed. The operation proceeds exactly as planned... with precise start-to-finish control over the quality of the weld or cut regardless of the number of "passes" or work pieces involved. Detrimental factors such as poor or awkward accessibility, operator fatigue, human error or inconsistent workmanship are eliminated. Required quality levels are consistently attained... productivity and profitability increased. That, essentially describes the Gullco "Kat" and the important function that the two models perform in contemporary fabricating operations. WELDING EQUIPMENT 101

102 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 AN INTRODUCTION TO GULLCO MOGGY TRACKLESS WELDING AUTOMATION PORTABLE, TRACKLESS TRAVEL CARRIAGE SYSTEM For Low Cost, High Efficiency Automation Of Horizontal FILLET LAP BUTT Welding Applications This Gullco automated welding system features the Moggy trackless travel carriage that moves the weld gun or guns along the weld seam in the forward or reverse direction at precisely controlled speeds. Two control options are available to automate applications involving continuous or stitch welding. Accessories are available for dual torch and oscillation (see reverse). Outstanding versatily and reliability AUTOMATES A WIDE RANGE OF WELDING APPLICATIONS INCLUDING PRECISE TORCH ALIGNMENT TO WELD SEAM Adjustable guide rolls mounted at front and back of carriage monitor the slightest seam variations and follow curved surfaces to maintain optimum torch positioning. Carriage wheel assemblies maintain constant guide roll pressure on vertical component. Single Fillet Weld Internal Lap Weld WELDING EQUIPMENT ALSO TRAVELS ON STANDARD V TRACK If application conditions require the use of track, the Moggy wheels when reversed run on standard V cutting machine track. Dual Fillet... Two Sides Butt Weld External Lap Weld 102

103 WELDING EQUIPMENT PORTABLE, TRACKLESS TRAVEL CARRIAGE SYSTEM CONTROL OPTIONS TO EFFECTIVELY MEET APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS CONTINUOUS WELD MODEL GM Control for continuous horizontal travel. Accurate speed is provided by Gullco micro-processor control with motor tack feedback. Speed is displayed in LED window. CONTINUOUS OR STITCH WELD MODEL GM Incorporates Gullco microprocessor with motor tack feedback ensuring accurate repeatability of stitch weld distance on and off. (governed by distance travelled, not elapsed time) ACCESSORIES: RADIAL OSCILLATOR Model: GK Adjustable oscillation width of in. ( mm.) with 3 16 in. (4.76 mm.) adjustment while operating. CABLE SUPPORT ASSEMBLY Model: GM For mounting on handle. DUAL TORCH ACCESSORY Model: GM For welding two sides of stiffener simultaneously. SPECIALIZED PROGRAMMING... Moggy can be programmed to operate to your specific requirement via a computer chip. Contact Gullco for details. 1 DESIGNED AND EQUIPPED FOR OPTIMUM PRECISE, TORCH POSITIONING / WELD QUALITY EASILY ADAPTED FOR USE ON STANDARD V GROOVE TRACK Moggy is adapted for use on standard 6 (142.4mm) by reversing wheel assemblies Horizontal and Vertical Slide Adjustment GULLCO... recognized throughout the world as a leading source for advanced, automated welding/cutting equipment and systems. Gullco Moggy is supplied with a SemiAutomatic Gun Holder WELDING EQUIPMENT 103

104 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 AUTOMATION NON-METALLIC WELD BACKINGS USED THROUGHOUT THE INDUSTRY TO... ACHIEVE: X-Ray quality root welds in one pass. Full penetration welding from one side. Uniform backbeads of finished quality. Root weld and fill in one pass. ELIMINATE: Defects and costly rework. Unnecessary grinding and gouging. Multipass welds on heavy sections. The need to turn over sections. Gullco, Non-Metallic Weld Backings are available in over 60 different shape/size combinations to meet virtually any application requirement. Available backings include those made from NON- HYDROSCOPIC NEUTRAL CERAMIC AND HIGH DENSITY HALOGEN-FREE FIBROUS MATERIALS. All are available with or without adhesive foil. Shown in the chart below are just some of the standard Ceramic Weld Backings available along with brief description/application notes for each. WELDING EQUIPMENT 1C 42 CE 1C 48 CE 1C 42 1C 43 1C 42 EZ 1C 33 (45/60/90) Tiles with 1/4 and 7/16 wide grooves. Square joints. Mounted on adhesive foil. Standard strip length-24 (610 mm). Tiles with 1/4 and 7/16 wide grooves. Knuckle joints allow forming around pipes and vessels. Mounted on adhesive foil. Standard strip length - 24 (610 mm). Tiles with upstands to allow penetration without the need to align a groove to the root gap. Mounted on adhesive aluminium foil. Standard strip length - 24 (610 mm). Tiles used to inhibit excessive penetration. Mounted on adhesive aluminium foil. Standard Strip Length - 24 (610 mm). For single sided Butt welds in flat plate. and large diameter pipe and vessels. Suitable for all alloys and steels. For single sided Butt welds on flat plates and radii. Suitable for all alloys and steels. For single sided Butt welds on flat plate or radii. Suitable for carbon steel and stainless steel plates. For double sided Butt joints to provide rounded profile to l st root weld, thus making 2nd root weld easier to perform with little or no grinding. 1S11 Tiles supplied in loose format. For heavy double sided Butt joints. NOTE: All of the above can be supplied without adhesive aluminium foil backing. All Tiles can be supplied separately. 104

105 AUTOMATION BENT RIGID RAILS (BRR) WELDING EQUIPMENT CARRIAGE FOR BENT RIGID RAIL Mounts a DC IV Drive Unit, Modular Drive Unit and Universal Bug-0-Matic (206 mm) Releasable (can be installed anywhere along the track) (305 mm) 2.56 (65 mm) Runs on straight or BRR Ring Rail. BUG-5910 Split Carriage Net Weight: 7 lbs. (3.17 kg) Shipping Weight: 8 lbs. (3.62 kg) BUG-5910 SPLIT CARRIAGE Net Weight: 7 lbs. (3.17kg) Shipping Weight: 8 lbs. (3.62kg) 1 SEMI-FLEX RAIL AFR-3000 & CORRESPONDING ATTACHMENTS SEMI-FLEX RAIL can be bent inside or outside to a minimum radius of 15 (5.0m) or 30 (10.0m) diameter without permanent deformation. DIMENSIONS A 2.75 (70 mm) B 4.0 (102 mm) C.33 (8.5 mm) D.500 (12.7 m m) CAUTION: Bending beyond the recommended 15-0 (5.0 m) radius may put a permanent bend in the rail and break off some of the rack screws. Rack Adjusting Tool A splice plate is mounted at one end of each AFR-3000 Semi-Flex Rail, for joining to additional rail sections. A rack-adjusting tool is supplied with every two (2) rails, for moving the rack on the rail. NOTE: Use at least four (4) attachments (magnets or vacuum cups) on each SEMI-FLEX RAIL. CARRIAGES FOR AFR-3000 RAIL. FOR MODULAR DRIVE AND UNIVERSAL BUG-0-MATIC. MAGNETS FOR AFR-3000 RAIL Swivel Magnet 250 lbs. Holding Power ARM-2425 BUG-1065 Releasable Carriage Net Weight: 7.75 lbs. (3.52 kg) Shipping Weight: 9 lbs. (4.09 kg) Releasable (can be installed anywhere along the track). Fixed Magnet 200 lbs. Holding Power ARM-2465 WELDING EQUIPMENT 105

106 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 AUTOMATION ALUMINIUM RIGID RAILS (ARR) & CORRESPONDING ATTACHMENTS ARR rail is used for straight line applications and is made from extruded aluminium to machine tool tolerances. A steel machined gear rack is mounted on the rail. Carriage wheels run on recessed ways that are protected from dirt and spatter. The rail can be mounted with magnets, vacuum cups or bolted to a permanent fixture. Extra Heavy Duty Rigid Rail ARR-1080 & ARR-1085 A (70 mm) B. 4.0 (102 mm) C..375 (9.5 mm) D.875 (22 mm) Extra Heavy Duty Rigid Rail ARR-1250 & ARR-1200 A (70 mm) B. 4.0 (102 mm) C.375 (9.5 mm) D.875 (22 mm) DRIVE CARRIAGES FOR ALUMINIUM RIDGE RAIL - DC IV DRIVES BUG-5250 Carriage 12 (305 mm) Net Weight: 5 lbs. (2.26 kg) Shipping Weight: 7 lbs. (3.17 kg) MAGNETS AND SPACER FOR ALUMINUM RIGID RAIL A Minimum of 4 Magnets Are Required Per Rail For All Out Of Position Applications. Swivel Magnet ARM-2325 Holding Power 250 lbs. (113 kg) VACUUM SYSTEMS FOR NON-FERROUS METALS WHERE MAGNETS WILL NOT HOLD. WELDING EQUIPMENT ARV-1036 Vacuum Bar Assembly ARV Volt/50-60 Hz ARV Volt/50-60 Hz The ARV-1020 (ARV-1030) Vacuum Pump Kit is recommended for use with a maximum of four (4) pieces of rail, or sixteen (16) vacuum bars. Standard Vacuum Support Kits: ARV-1080 Vacuum Kit For ARR-1080 & AFR-3000 Rails. ARV-1085 Vacuum Kit For ARR Rails. Custom systems are required for Bent Rail. Keep flame or arc at least 4 (100 mm) away from vacuum cups. Vacuum systems can be used on material to 6000 F (3180 C). Vacuum kits require a source of vacuum which is provided by a Vacuum Pump Kit. ARV-1036 Vacuum Bar Assemblies are available separately. ARV-1085 Vacuum Kit for ARR (1.18 mm) Rigid Rail ARV-1080 Vacuum Kit for ARR (2.37 mm) Rigid Rail 106

107 WELDING EQUIPMENT AUTOMATION UNIVERSAL BUG-0-MATIC The UNIVERSAL BUG-0-MATIC is a compact unit which combines a powerful drive and precision oscillator all in one housing. The unit is lightweight and can easily be handled by one operator. The machine works in all positions and can be used for vertical and overhead welds. By simply changing the carriage, the unit can work on rigid rail, semi-flex rail, hi-flex rail or complete ring rails. The opening mechanism of the carriage allows the unit to be released or installed anywhere on the rail. 1 While welding, adjustments can be made to the travel speed, amplitude and oscillation speed as well as dwell left and dwell right. While the machine is welding, the torch can be guided by a separate steering knob. Closed loop feedback and dynamic braking allow the Bug-0-Matic to make precise starts, stops and travel at a constant speed. DIMENSIONS TECHNICAL DATA: Input Voltage: Travel Speed: Oscillation Speed: Vertical Load Capacity: Dwell Left/Right: Amplitude: Arc Position Control: Net Weight: BUG VAC 50/60Hz 3-65 ipm ( mm/min.) 4-98 ipm ( mm/min.) 31 lbs. (14 kg.) 0-3 Seconds 0-3 Seconds (2-50 mm) Steering 2 right Et left 23 lbs. (10.5 kg.) PENDANT CONTROL FUNCTIONS A. Pattern Selector Switch B. Carriage Travel Switch C. Carriage Speed D. Dwell Right E. Dwell Left F. Weave Speed G. Amplitude H. Weld Contact J. Steering, Right & Left CARRIAGES FOR RIGID AND SEMI-FLEX RAIL MPD wheel carriage Releasable, can be installed or released in any position anywhere on the rail. FOR RING RAIL BUG-5910 Ring Rail Carriage 4 wheels can be adjusted to the required ring diameter releasable. FOR HI-FLEX RAILS Fmd-1100 Hi-Flex Carriage Runs on high flexible SS-Rails as shown below. Releasable. The above shown carriages can be used on the rails shown below: Magnet Bars and Vacuum Bars ARR-1080 L = 8 (2.4 m) HD-Rigid Aluminum Rail ARR-1085 L = 4 (1.2 m) HD-Rigid Aluminum Rail AFR-3000 L = 8 (2.4 m) Semi-Flex Aluminum Rail ARM-2325 Magnet w/release ARM-2425 Magnet w/release ARV-1080/1085 Vacuum System Ring Rails Diameter BRR (20 500mm) BRR (27 680mm) BRR (34 860mm) BRR ( mm) BRR ( mm) ARM-2380 Support Bar with Screw Feet ARM-2480 Support Bar with Screw Magnet Feet FMD-1050 Hi-Flex Rail Length 5 (1.5 m) R - Minimum Radius 30 (1,000 mm) ARM-2120 RE-Magnet w/release FMD-2325 Magnet w/release FMD-1220/1230 Vacuum System WELDING EQUIPMENT 107

108 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 AUTOMATION SPEED WEAVER II The Speed Weaver II is designed to mount on any BUG-0 carriage, the DCD ROL-0 carriage, or, with a special weaver mount, in front of the Super-Flex drive carriage on Super-Flex rail. Its lightweight permits easy movement of the machine from one welding location to another. TECHNICAL DATA: Power Requirement: BUG VAC/50-60/1 BUG VAC 50-60/1 BUG VAC/50-60/1 6 to 150 ipm (150 to 3800 mm/min) 0 to 3 Seconds Each Side; Calibrated Linear Speed: Dwell: Cycles Per Minute: Maximum; (Zero Dwell Left and Right) Stroke: (3 mm) (6 mm) (12 mm) (25 mm) (50 mm) Cycles: Cube Dimensions: Net Weight: Shipping Weight: 8.5 L x 8.75 W x 6.5 H (216 mm x 222 mm x 160 mm) 19 lbs. (8.6 kg) (Not including rail and torch mounting.) 22 lbs (10 kg) (Not including rail and torch mounting.) BUG DC SPEED WEAVING KIT (120/50-60/1) INCLUDES: 1 BUG-0343 BUG-0 DC-IV ipm ( mm/min) INCLUDES: 1 BUG-9444 Tool Kit 1 BUG-5300 SPEED WEAVER II 1 BUG-5195 Weaver Swivel Mount 1 BUG-2975 Cable Mounting Assembly 1 ARR-1080 H.D. Rigid Rail 93-1/2 (2.37 m) 1 ARR-1085 H.D. Rigid Rail 46-1/2 (1.18 m) 5 ARM-2325 Magnet Bar, Swivel w/release BUG-1917 DC SPEED WEAVING KIT (240/50-60/1) BUG-1918 DC SPEED WEAVING KIT (42/50-60/1) Net Weight of Kit: 91 lbs. (41.5 kg) Shipping Weight of Kit: 101 lbs. (46 kg) WELDING EQUIPMENT 108

109 WELDING EQUIPMENT AUTOMATION BUG-2597 BUG-9198 CIR MUG Machined Rack 27 (685 mm) Right Angle Rack 18 (457 mm) Twin Hose Assembly (Specify length) (710 mm) (500 mm) (810 mm) (1060mm) (1270mm) Triple Hose Assembly (Specify Length) (450 mm) (810 mm) (910 mm) 1 THE UNIVERSAL BUG-0 II TECHNICAL DATA: Power Requirement: Dimensions: Speed Range: Maximum Stiffner Size: Net Weight: Shipping Weight: UNI VAC/50-60/1 UNI VAC/50-60/1 UNI VAC/50-60/ L x 7.62 W x H (203 x 194 x 267 mm) 4 ipm to 75 ipm (102 to 1905 mm/min) 2 (50.8 mm) 14 lbs. (6.35 kg) 16 lbs. (7.26 kg) FEATURES: The UNI- BUG II can operate without a track. A gear motor turns two drive wheels on one side of the workpiece. On the other side of the workpiece is a bracket which has four idler wheels mounted on it. An idler screw knob is used to move the idler wheel bracket against the workpiece and clamp it between the four idler wheels and the two drive wheels. BUG-1855 Welding Group is required to clamp and position a welding gun. BUG-1875 Cutting Group is available for cutting applications. THE UNIVERSAL BUG-0 II KITS NOTE: Minimum work height is 2 (50.8 mm). (4 [101.6 mm] when welding). Minimum work height with corner follower is 5 (127 mm). UNI-1100 UNI-BUG II Welding Kit 20 VAC UNI-1102 UNI-BUG II Welding Kit 240 VAC UNI-1104 UNI-BUG II Welding Kit 42 VAC Net Weight: 19 lbs. (8.62 kg) Shipping Weight: 21 lbs. (9.53 kg) Includes: (1) BUG-1855 Welding Group (1) UNI-100 UNI-BUG II BUG-1780 Rigid Rail is available for straight line applications, 40 (1 m) long, includes two ON/OFF magnets. UNI-1200 UNI-BUG II Cutting Group 120 VAC UNI-1202 UNI-BUG II Cutting Group 240 VAC UNI-1204 UNI-BUG II Cutting Group 42 VAC Net Weight: 20 lbs. (9.07 kg) Shipping Weight: 22 lbs. (10.0 kg) Includes: (1) BUG-1875 Cutting Group (1) UNI-100- UNI-BUG II WELDING EQUIPMENT 109

110 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 AUTOMATION TOOL POSITIONING SYSTEM The TOOL POSITIONING SYSTEM is a compact and rigid system which can be used to hold a wide variety of cutting torches, welding guns and other handheld tools. It consists of black anodized 7/8 (22.2 mm) square aluminum bars with 16-pitch machined racks and ways, right angle clamps, machined rackholders and torchholders. BUG-5440 Machined Rack Welding Group A. BUG-1796 Machined Rack 14 B. BUG-1853 Machined Rack 7-1/2 C. BUG Rackholder D. BUG-5455 Gun Mounting Group E. BUG-5462 Right Angle Clamp TOOL POSITIONING SYSTEM ACCESSORIES BUG /8 (22.2 mm) Diameter Rod (Specify Length) CON-1020 Swivel Clamp Assembly BUG-2708 Clamp with 7/8 (2 mm) Rod UNI-1036 Rackrider with Post BUG-5295 Rod Mount PAN-1033 Rod Clamp BUG-2660 Fits-All Clamp BUG-2407 Post Assembly - Vertical BUG-2915 Torchholder Assembly BUG-1540 Cable Anchor Assembly HOB-1025 Rack Stop BUG-2440 Base, Post (Block) WELDING EQUIPMENT BUG-2975 Cable Mounting Assembly BUG-2668 Cable Anchor Bracket GOF Hose Quick-Acting Manifold BUG Hose Quick-Acting Manifold 110

111 AUTOMATION BOA-308i S5 WELDING EQUIPMENT This bore welder system provides standard components allowing bore welding in bore from 32mm (1.25 ) to 610mm (24 ), outside diameter welding range of 0mm to 305mm (12 ) plus automatic face welding from 0mm to 610mm (24 ) diameters and comes ready to run with MIG Power supply and Wire feeder system with hand held gun and conduit assembly. 1 BOA-450HD (LARGE DIAMETER, HI-AMP BOREWELDER) This bore welder system provides standard components allowing bore welding in bores from 127mm (5.0 ) to 1.3m (50.0 ). ACCESSORIES In addition to the standard accessories list below, Bore Repair Systems, Inc. also offers custom fabricating services to suit your special welding applications. From heavy duty conduit systems, water-cooled hand held torches to custom torch assemblies for your production robot we offer a wide range of bore welding and non bore welding items. Be sure to call us with your requirements. Welding Tips Stub Tips: P/N mm (.030 ) P/N mm (.035 ) P/N mm (.045 ) Standard Tips: P/N mm (.030 ) P/N mm (.035 ) P/N mm (.045 ) Welding nozzles & diffuser Mini Nozzle: P/N mm ( ) Stub Nozzle: P/N use for small diameters Standard Nozzle: P/N use for large diameters Mini diffuser: P/N mm ( ) Diffuser: P/N use with all torches Welding Torches & Accessories Standard Torch: P/N A mm ( ) Large Diameter Torch: P/N All Omm (8-15 ) Standard Torch Extender: P/N A116 - Increase Diameter 76mm (3 ) Torch Extension Tube: P/N Tube mm 0 (15-23 Ø) 2 Tubes mm 0 (21-30 Ø) 3 Tubes mm 0 (27.37 Ø) OD Torch: P/N A mm (0-12 ) Automatic Face Torch: P/N A mm (0-24 ) Hand Held MIG Gun & Conduit: P/N Cond, Euro Style Support Components Tack Nut: P/N not adjustable Swivel Base: P/N A106 - use with cones T Base: P/N A110 - Leveling Et centering Tack Plate: P/N Weld Clamp to Part & Support T Base Base Extender: P/N for large bores Radial Support: P/N A118 - for large bores (102mm (4 )) P/N A119 - for large bores (203mm (8 )) Boring Bar / Bore Welder Interchange # s Vary - Depends on Bore Bar system - change easily from boring to welding with this kit. Miscellaneous Liner: P/N m (60 ) Liner Aligner P/N Use with torch ext. tube 350 Amp Portable Inverter P/N for a turn key sys Welding Power Supply and Wirefeeder Kit: Welding Wire, Large Diameter P/N Lb spool (.030 ) cast 70S6: P/N Lb spool (.035 ) Programmable Auto-Skip Opt: P/N enables partial borewelds (add to you new BOA-308i at time of order - OR- upgrades your existing bore welder ANYTIME. Centering Components Centering Cone Set (2/set): P/N A mm ( ) Centering Rod: P/N mm (72 ) WELDING EQUIPMENT 111

112 WELDING EQUIPMENT 1 AUTOMATION BOA-308I S1 This bore welder system provides all the components necessary for welding in bores from 32mm (1.25 ) to 204mm (8.0 ) diameter. Key Benefits Pass-through drive system features telescoping, reversible torch extension with precision lead-screw feed ensures accurate, repeatable weld bead placement ensuring proper bead to bead to base metal penetration (weld thickness is easily adjusted by increasing or decreasing torch speed and wire feed speed) Durable corrosion-resistant construction throughout Lockable clutch allows single plane first welds Easily adapted to your existing MIG wire feeder and power supply Easily adapted to a variety boring bar systems using standard BRS interchange kits Pivoting torch head allows system to weld in large range of bore sizes with no torch change All weld nozzles are electrically isolated, thread-on design All weld tips are straight thread-in design; easily replaced and inexpensive Includes Standard Custom heavy duty aluminium carrying/storage case Arc start / stop / interrupt switch Power cord Operators manual Tool kit One piece motion device and controller with eight position bore welder mount 32mm (1.25 ) stainless steel support tube Mini diffuser Mini nozzle (insulated) Standard diffuser (2) 0.8m m (. 030 ) Stub (2) 0.8mm (.030 ) Standard tips Standard nozzle (insulated) Stub nozzles (insulated) Standard torch assembly with 610mm (24 ) extension tube and 3m (10 ) conduit Popular Optional Equipment Includes: Auto-skip upgrade (standard BOA-308i may be upgraded at any time) Boring bar system MIG Power supply and/or wire feeder Outside diameter and face torches Extended range internal diameter welding components (up to 940mm (37 ) diameter) Bore welder to boring bar interchange kit (allows units to share single support) Adjustable T Base for easy universal bore welder mounting and setup Large diameter torch and accessories BOA-308i S2 This bore welder system provides standard components allowing bore welding in bores from 32mm (1.25 ) to 381 mm (15 ). BOA-308i S3 WELDING EQUIPMENT BOA-308i S4 This bore welder system provides all components required for bore welding in bores from 32mm (1.25 ) to 610mm (24 ), and outside diameter welding welding on diameters from 0-305mm (0-12 ), and features a larger quantity of consumable parts. This bore welder system provides standard components allowing bore welding in bores from 32mm (1.25 ) to 610mm (24 ), outside diameter welding range of 0mm to 305mm (12 ) plus automatic face welding face welding from 0mm to 610mm (24 ) diameter. 112

113 GAS EQUIPMENT INDUSTRIAL AND SCIENTIFIC GAS CONTROL SYSTEMS LIMITED CYLINDER PACK MANIFOLDS/FILLING SYSTEMS The illustrations show only a small example of some of the pack or bundle manifolds produced by Gas-Arc Group Limited. These products are designed and produced with the latest computer aided design and manufactured under our quality management systems BS EN ISO Pack manifolds are manufactured for use on bundles from six to one hundred cylinders. They are produced for all industrial gases including Propane and Acetylene. Cyclinder filling systems are designed and produced for all industrial gases. These products range from Cylinder Control Panels, Individual Fill rails up to Multi-cylinder Pack Filling Systems (as illustrated). Gas Arc would welcome the opportunity to discuss any customers individual requirements Cylinder Rigid Manifold 12 Cylinder Mechanical Joint Manifold Acetyline Pack Manifold Multi-Cylinder Filling Bays Assorted Cylinder Packs Cylinder Pack Manifolds GAS EQUIPMENT 113

114 GAS EQUIPMENT SAFE-T-GAS 2 BOTTLECHOCK A REVOLUTION IN CYLINDER SAFETY! NO NEED TO TRUST UNSATISFACTORY ROPES OR OCCY STRAPS! PROTECT VALUABLE GAUGES & EQUIPMENT! NO MORE WORRIES ABOUT FINES, LITIGATION OR COMPENSATION! NO DESIGN, FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION COSTS! NO MORE CYLINDER SHAKE, RATTLE AND ROLL! BOTTLECHOCK is ideal on trucks, trolleys, or in buildings. Brackets can be mounted horizontally or vertically. The one pull fastener and strap makes cylinders quick and easy to change over. BOTTLECHOCK will fit everything from small fire extinguishers to large LPG cylinders. Each easy to fit kit comes ready to install and holds the cylinder both top and bottom. By absorbing vibration BOTTLECHOCK is at home in the roughest terrain, on drill rigs, agricultural, construction and earth moving equipment. The flexible clamp conforms to the cylinder diameter, holds it securely and eliminates movement. This protects the cylinder and minimises wear and tear on components, vehicle and operator FLEXIBLE MULTIFIT DESIGN BOTTLECHOCKs unique clamp design enablesany cylinder within a range of diameters to be held by the same clamp, eg: the medium BOTTLECHOCK pictured left fits everything from 155mm to 230mm in diameter BOTTLECHOCK comes with a 2 year warranty. It has been tried and tested for over 10 years, from the Pilbara to Tasmania. Australian Owned. Australian Made. GAS EQUIPMENT Product Description Kits to fit either 1,2,3 or 4 cylinders. 100mm -145mm in diameter Kits to fit either 1,2,3 or 4 cylinders. 155mm - 230mm in diameter Kits to fit either 1 or 2 cylinders. 245mm - 375mm in diameter Kit to fit 1 G size oxygen & 1 G size acetylene cylinder side by side Part No. G1S, G2S G3S, G4S G1M, G2M, G3M, G4M G1L, G2L Goxyacet Note: Marine grade stainless steel brackets can be supplied instead of galvanised by replacing the "G" in the part number by "ST" eg: ST1M instead of G1M SAFE QUICK EASY SECURE DURABLE FLEXIBLE

115 GAS EQUIPMENT MACHINES SABRE 800 The Sabre 800 is a compact optical tracing cantilever type profile cutting machine for shapes up to 75Omm across. The Sabre 800 is suitable for a wide range of applications including template and shape cutting, multiple shape cutting, straight line cutting and bevel cutting. Effective transverse travel of tracer Effective transverse travel of torch Maximum distance between 2 torches Minimum distance between 2 torches Effective longitudinal travel Overall width Overall height Features HL90 photo-electric tracer system High quality Harris gas cutting equipment Rack and pinion drive in both X & Y axis Kerf compensation up to 6mm Three hose cutting torch 750mm 750mm 1450mm 100mm 1750mm 2730mm 1950mm Options Additional machine torch (one supplied as standard - max of 2 torches can be fitted) Plasma cutting BURNY plus CNC Controller FastCam profile software Ordering Information Request Sabre 800 Literature J SABRE 1500 The Sabre 1500 is a compact optical tracing cantilever type profile cutting machine for shapes up to 1500mm across. The Sabre 1500 is suitable for a wide range of applications including template and shape cutting, multiple shape cutting, straight line cutting and bevel cutting. Effective transverse travel of tracer Effective transverse travel of torch Maximum distance between 2 torches Minimum distance between 2 torches Effective longitudinal travel Overall width Overall height 1500mm 1500mm 2350mm 100mm 2200mm 4540mm 2050mm Features BURNY ETEK Replicator 1100CCD optical tracer system High quality Harris gas cuttinq equipment Rack and pinion drive in both X & Y axis Kerf compensation up to 6mm Three hose cutting torch Options Additional manual torch (two supplied as standard - max of 4 torches can be fitted) Plasma cutting BURNY plus CNC Controller FastCam profile software Ordering Information Request Sabre 1500 Literature J10.50 SCORPION SERIES The Scorpion Series is a range of low cost precision CNC controlled portal type profile cutting machines 2000 up to 3000mm beam width. Cutting width with single torch only fitted: Scorpion Scorpion Scorpion Features Equipped as standard with the BURNY 2.5 Plus dedicated CNC profile machine controller Gas cutting model utilizes high quality Harris gas cutting equipment Rack and pinion drive in both X & Y axis Options Up to 4 motorised torches Oxy and/or Plasma cutting BURNY 10LCD CNC Controller FastCAM profile software Powder marking Plasma marking Electric ignition (gas torch) Automatic torch height control Automatic piercing and soft start (gas cutting) Hi-Lo for super preheat Dual longitudinal drive for high speed cutting and traversing Length ordered to suit customer requirement Three gas torch straight line bevel torch Fume extraction equipment Ordering Information Contact Automation Division Literature J GAS EQUIPMENT 115

116 GAS EQUIPMENT 2 MACHINES RUR SERIES The RUR Series is a range of precision CNC controlled portal type profile cutting machines 2500 up to 4000 mm beam width. Cutting width with single torch only fitted: RUR RUR RUR RUR Features Equipped as standard with the BURNY 10LCD dedicatedcnc profile machine controller Gas cutting model utilizes high quality Harris gas cutting equipment Rack and pinion drive in both X & Y axis Automatic gas piercing with Hi-Low super preheat fitted as standard Dual longitudinal drive fitted as standard for precision control even at high speed Torch height control and electric ignition (gas torches) fitted as standard Network connectivity Options Up to 6 motorised torches Oxy &/or Plasma cutting FastCAM profile software Power marking Plasma marking High speed traversing Length ordered to suit customer requirement Fume extraction systems Three gas torch straight line bevel torch Ordering Information Contact Automation Division Literature J10.65 MAXI SERIES The Maxi Series heavy duty precision CNC controlled portal type profile cutting machines 4000 up to 6000 mm beam width Cutting width with single torch only fitted MAXI MAXI MAXI Features Equipped as standard with the BURNY 10LCD dedicated CNC profile machine controller Gas cutting model utilizes high quality Harris gas cutting equipment Rack and pinion drive in both X & Y axis Automatic gas piercing with Hi-Low super preheat fitted as standard Dual longitudinal drive fitted as standard for precision control even at high speed Torch height control and electric ignition (gas torches) fitted as standard Network connectivity Options Up to 8 motorised torches Oxy and/or Plasma cutting FastCAM profile software Powder marking Plasma marking High speed traversing Length ordered to suit customer requirement Fume extraction systems Three gas torch straight line bevel torch Wider beam widths available Ordering Information Contact Automation Division Literature J GAS EQUIPMENT 116

117 WELD IMPORTS GAS EQUIPMENT CUTTING MACHINES CG100 PIPE CUTTER HEAVY DUTY ALSO AVAILABLE For greater efficiency, economy and saving of labour, the CG100 Pipe cutter has been designed to be a highly compact and light unit without any loss of accuracy and capability. This simple to operate machine automatically cuts straight lines, circles and bevels. Optional circle cutting attachments for cutting of circles from 30mm-2400mm (Part Nr ) Consists of circle cutting attachment and counterweight Additional 1.8m rail may be added to achieve required cutting length (Part Nr.PC18RAIL) TWO-TORCH SET (Part Nr.IK12BEETLE/2) Enables parallel and bevel cutting with spacing of mm Consists of cutting torch, cutting adjustment bracket, extended racking bar, counterweight, gas distribution manifold and set of gas hoses. COMES WITH: 1 Tip (Acet), tip cleaners and spanners. WEL55 TEMPLATE CUTTER The WEL55 is a precision built gas cutter designed for high production accuracy. Cutting oxygen and motor can be actuated at the same time, and adjustment and control functions are located near the torch for maximum operation convenience. Template holder adjustment has been made easier and the powerful magnetic roller employed allows the use of templates that are thinner and therefore easier to make, without any slips in following a template. Cutting speed is kept stable by an S.C.R. control system. STANDARD SPEED ACETYLENE TIPS Tip Size Plate thickness Part Nr. 00 0mm-5mm 102/00 0 5mm-10mm 102/0 1 10mm-15mm 102/1 2 15mm-30mm 102/2 3 30mm-40mm 102/3 4 40mm-50mm 102/4 5 50mm-100mm 102/ mm-150mm 102/ mm-250mm 102/7 STANDARD SPEED LPG TIPS Tip Size Plate thickness Part Nr. 00 0mm-5mm 106/00 0 5mm-10mm 106/0 1 10mm-15mm 106/1 2 15mm-30mm 106/2 3 30mm-40mm 106/3 4 40mm-50mm 106/4 5 50mm-100mm 106/ mm-150mm 106/ mm-250mm 106/7 SPECIFICATIONS Cutting thickness 5-50mm (1/4-2 ) Cutting speed mm (6-32 ) Motor Condenser-induction, AC100/200V, 9W/10W Power source AC100/200V, 50/60Hz Weight 9.5kg - one torch set COMES WITH: Size 1 Acet tip, tip cleaner, wire brush, spanner and alignment device. SPECIFICATIONS Cutting Thickness 3-100mm Cutting accuracy ±0.5mm Effective circle cutting die mm dia with attachment: mm dia Effective cutting angle mm with attachment: Cutting speed mm/min Power AC 240V CUTTING VERSATILITY Square cutting (with one standard torch) V-bevel cutting (with one standard torch) Square cutting (with two optional torches) V-bevel cutting (with two optional torches) Y-bevel cutting (with two optional torches) 2 SG-30 PIPECUTTER The SG-30 Pipecutter, with smooth dependable drive, is ideal for accurate square and bevel edge circumferential flame cutting. Designed for optimum stability, the unit cuts pipes of a wide range of diameters and thicknesses with quick changeover between differing diameters. The control valves are located near the operator and away from the heat. A graduated scale is provided for accurate bevelling. COMES WITH: 1 Acet tip (size #1), tip cleaners and spanners SPECIFICATIONS Cutting thickness Pipe Diameter Weight Up to 50mm mm (for over 600mm additional chain available) 9kg GAS EQUIPMENT 117

118 2 GAS EQUIPMENT Genuine COMET GAS OUTFITS VECTOR KIT The Genuine COMET VECTOR is a lightweight outfit providing a highly portable, manoeuvrable, welding and heating outfit. Capable of welding to 10mm (3/8 ). INDUSTRY APPLICATIONS: The Genuine COMET VECTOR when combined with D or E size Oxygen and Acetylene cylinders and a suitable cylinder trolley is ideally suited to those engaged in plumbing, air conditioning, refrigeration and installation. CONTENTS: This kit contains CIGWELD s Genuine COMET 600 regulators, Genuine COMET VECTOR Blowpipe and Welding Attachment as well as a welding tip (Size 8), gas welding goggles, 3 metres of twin welding hose and flint lighter. ORDERING INFORMATION: Genuine COMET VECTOR Outfit Oxygen/Acetylene Part No CUSTOM 4-PACK The Genuine COMET CUSTOM 4-Pack allows you to build your own kit based on the four key components and then add the items that you specifically require. CONTENTS: This kit contains CIGWELD s Genuine COMET 700 Oxygen and Acetylene Regulators, Genuine COMET Cutting Attachment and COMET Blowpipe. GAS EQUIPMENT ORDERING INFORMATION: Custom 4-Pack - Oxygen/Acetylene Part No Oxygen/Acetylene Part No (N.Z.) 118

119 Genuine COMET GAS OUTFITS STARTER GAS KIT GAS EQUIPMENT For those just starting out, or who require the basic components for gas cutting and welding, the Starter Pack is the ideal option. Available in either Oxygen/Acetylene (pictured) or Oxygen/LPG* versions. CONTENTS: This pack also includes gas hose, a cutting nozzle (Size 12) and welding tip (Size 12 Acet., Size 15 LPG), as well as the accessories pictured. ORDERING INFORMATION Starter Pack - Oxygen/Acetylene Part No Oxygen/Acetylene Part No (N.Z.) Starter Pack - Oxygen/LPG Part No Oxygen/LPG Part No (N.Z.) 2 COMMANDER GAS KIT The logical choice for those who want to replace or update their existing Genuine COMET equipment range and may already have the extra components supplied in the PROFESSIONAL PLUS. CONTENTS This value for money outfit also includes 4 welding tips (Size 8,10,12,15 LPG version has size 8 & 15 only) and 4 cutting nozzles (Size 6,8, 12,15), as well as the accessories pictured. ORDERING INFORMATION: Commander Outfit - Oxygen/Acetylene Part No Oxygen/Acetylene Part No (N.Z.) - Oxygen/LPG Part No GAS EQUIPMENT 119

120 2 GAS EQUIPMENT Genuine COMET GAS OUTFITS PROFESSIONAL PLUS GAS KIT A complete outfit containing everything the professional tradesman or other discerning buyer could possibly want with respect to gas cutting, welding and heating equipment. The components in this outfit provide incredible value for money. CONTENTS: This outfit also includes F6 flashback arrestors, roller guide, heating tip (Size 8x12 HT), 5 welding tips (Size 8,10,12,15,20) and 4 cutting nozzles (Size 6,8,12,15), as well as the accessories pictured. The Genuine COMET regulators in the Professional Kit have the GasGuard safety feature added. ORDERING INFORMATION Professional Plus Outfit Part No Part No (N.Z.) Genuine COMET LPG CONVERSION KIT LPG CONVERSION KIT GAS EQUIPMENT Want to change fuel gases and save dollars on cylinder rental and fuel costs? Well this is the ideal kit for you. CIGWELD has put all the items you need into one easy kit. Genuine COMET 3 equipment performs as well on LPG as it does on acetylene all you need to do is change the regulator, nozzle and hose from acetylene to LPG - and its all right here in the one kit! The only thing you cannot do with oxy/lpg is fusion weld with mild steel (black) wire (it will braze). You ll be surprised how quickly your change to LPG will pay for your investment. CONTENTS: This kit contains Genuine COMET 500 LPG Regulator, Genuine COMET Oxy/LPG Cutting Nozzle Size 15, Genuine COMET Oxy/LPG Brazing Tip Size 15, Genuine COMET 5 metre Oxy/LPG Twin Hose and Genuine COMET LPG Nozzle Cleaning Wires. ORDERING INFORMATION: COMET LPG Conversion Kit Part No

121 GAS EQUIPMENT REGULATORS - WELDING, CUTTING, HEATING SELECTION CHART Gas Model Order Max. Inlet Max. outlet Air flow (l/min)inlet test pressure (kpa) Part No. pressure (kpa) pressure (kpa) 2 to achieve col on left Oxygen Genuine COMET 700 VI with GasGuardTM C ,700 Genuine COMET 700 Sl* C ,700 Genuine COMET 700 VI* C Genuine COMET 700 SI* C Genuine COMET 700 Gaugeless VI* C ,700 Genuine COMET 700 Gaugeless SI* C ,700 Genuine COMET 700 Point valve C ,700 Genuine COMET 500 VI* C ,000 Genuine COMET 500 SI* C ,000 Genuine COMET 5000 High outlet pressure C 3,000 2, ,000 Genuine COMET 5000 High outlet pressure C 7,000 6, ,000 Genuine COMET 5000 EHP inlet, high outlet pressure C 20,000 7, ,000 Genuine COMPACT High flow (cylinder connection), HP supply TR92 15 C 1, ,500 Genuine COMPACT High flow (pipeline connection), LP supply TR64 15 C 1, ,000 Genuine COMET 750 Dual stage VI* C 1, ,100 Genuine COMET 750 Dual stage SI* C 1, ,100 Acetylene Genuine COMET 700 with GasGuard , Genuine COMET 700 Gaugeless , Genuine COMET 700 Point valve , Genuine COMET 500 VI* , Genuine COMET 500 SI* , Genuine COMPACT High flow TR93 2, LPG Genuine COMET , Genuine COMET 500 Gaugeless (Preset) , Preset Argon & Genuine COMET 500 VI* C 200 Preset 160 1,000 Argon/C02 Genuine COMET 500 SI* C 200 Preset 160 1,000 Genuine COMET 500 Flow gauge VI* C (No back pressure) 1 N/A Genuine COMET 500 Flow gauge SI* C (No back pressure) 1 N/A Genuine COMET 500 Flow orifice C (No back pressure) 1 N/A Genuine COMET 750 Dual Stage, flow gauge C (No back pressure) 1 N/A Important: All regulators are to be used only with the gases for which they were designed. 2 *VI = Vertical Inlet, SI = Side Inlet #Maximum inlet pressure at 15 C is equivalent to cylinder fill pressure. It includes an allowance for pressure rise in the cylinder if the contents temperature increases. For gases which are liquified in the cylinder (C02, N20, LPG) the maximum inlet pressure is equivalent to the maximum pressure in the cylinder at its maximum service temperature. FLOW RATES 1. Flow rates quoted apply to air. For flow rates achievable with a specific gas, use the relevant conversion coefficient for the gas. Note, flow gauge models are an exception. These read direct for each gas - they do not need to be converted. Conversion Coefficient (Multiply Air flow by coefficient) Test Gas Air Oxygen Nitrogen Argon Hydrogen Helium Acetylene LPG Carbon Dioxide Methane Carbon Monoxide Nitrous Oxide Ethylene Air Flows are rated at low inlet pressures in order to indicate a flow performance that can be maintained over the life of a cylinder s contents. Higher flows can be obtained from full cylinders - refer to the performance curves for each regulator 3. Flow rates for liquefiable gases (C02, N20) are dependent upon inlet conditions and the refrigeration effects of pressure reduction - continuous flows in excess of 30 I/min may require multi-stage pressure reduction, manifolding of cylinders, special construction or pre-heating. Higher flows are possible for short periods. 4. Maximum capacity for short periods. These regulators are intended for low flow, high outlet pressure applications only but can deliver higher capacity for short periods. NOTE: All CIGWELD Regulator flow performance specifications are measured at low cylinder inlet pressures (in accordance with Clause 7.1 AS ). Care should be taken when comparing these details with other manufacturer s specifications which may be quoting flow performance at higher or full cylinder pressures. Flow specifications measured at low cylinder inlet pressures provide a more realistic value of a regulator s over all performance. GAS EQUIPMENT 121

122 GAS EQUIPMENT 2 REGULATORS - WELDING, CUTTING, HEATING SELECTION CHART Gas Model Order Max. Inlet Max. outlet Air flow (l/min)inlet test pressure (kpa) Part No. pressure (kpa) pressure (kpa) 2 to achieve col on left Carbon Genuine COMET , ,700 Dioxide 3 Genuine COMET 500 Welding , Preset Genuine COMET 500 Flow gauge , (No back pressure) 1.3 N/A Genuine COMET 500 Beverage Cylinder , Genuine COMET 500 Beverage manifold , Genuine COMET 500 Beverage manifold , Genuine COMET 310SR C02 Twin Gauge (High flow) , Genuine COMET 310SR C02 Flowmeter (High flow) , Preset 60 I/min 3 Genuine COMET 310SR C02 Flow gauge (High flow) , (No back pressure) 1.3 N/A Genuine COMET 750 Dual stage , Inert GasesGenuine COMET C ,700 & Mixtures Genuine COMET 5000 High outlet pressure C 3,000 2, ,000 Genuine COMET 5000 High outlet pressure C 7,000 6, ,000 Genuine COMET 5000 EHP inlet, high outlet pressure C 20,000 7, ,000 Genuine COMET 750 Dual stage C 1, ,100 Genuine COMET 750 Dual stage C Air Genuine COMET C 1, ,700 Genuine COMET 5000 High outlet pressure C 3,000 2, ,000 Genuine COMET 5000 High outlet pressure C 7,000 6, ,000 Genuine COMET 5000 EHP inlet, high outlet pressure C 20,000 7, ,000 Genuine COMET 750 Dual stage C 1, ,100 Genuine COMET 750 Dual stage C Nitrogen Genuine COMET C 1, ,700 Genuine COMET 5000 High outlet pressure C 3,000 2, ,000 Genuine COMET 5000 High outlet pressure C 7,000 6, ,000 Genuine COMET 5000 EHP inlet, high outlet pressure C 20,000 7, ,000 Genuine COMET 750 Dual stage C 1, ,100 Genuine COMET 750 Dual stage C Medalist Purging Regulator C 3,500 2,600 8,000 Hydrogen, Genuine COMET C ,700 Ethylene, Genuine COMET 5000 High outlet pressure C 7,000 2, ,000 Carbon Genuine COMET 750 Dual stage C ,700 Monoxide Ethylene Genuine COMET 700 Flow gauge , (No back pressure) 1 N/A Nitrous Genuine COMET 750 Dual stage , ,700 Oxide 3 Important: All regulators are to be used only with the gases for which they were designed. * VI = Vertical Inlet, SI = Side Inlet # Maximum inlet pressure at 15 C is equivalent to cylinder fill pressure. It includes an allowance for pressure rise in the cylinder if the contents temperature increases. For gases which are liquified in the cylinder (C02, N20, LPG) the maximum inlet pressure is equivalent to the maximum pressure in the cylinder at its maximum service temperature. FLOW RATES 1. Flow rates quoted apply to air. For flow rates achievable with a specific gas, use the relevant conversion coefficient for the gas. Note, flow gauge models are an exception. These read direct for each gas - they do not need to be converted, GAS EQUIPMENT Conversion Coefficient (Multiply Air flow by coefficient) Test Gas Air Oxygen Nitrogen Argon Hydrogen Helium Acetylene LPG Carbon Dioxide Methane Carbon Monoxide Nitrous Oxide Ethylene Air Flows are rated at low inlet pressures in order to indicate a flow performance that can be maintained over the life of a cylinder s contents. Higher flows can be obtained from full cylinders - refer to the performance curves for each regulator. 3. Flow rates for liquefiable gases (C02, N20) are dependent upon inlet conditions and the refrigeration effects of pressure reduction - continuous flows in excess of 30 I/min may require multi-stage pressure reduction, manifolding of cylinders, special construction or pre-heating. Higher flows are possible for short periods. 4. Maximum capacity for short periods. These regulators are intended for low flow, high outlet pressure applications only but can deliver higher capacity for short periods. NOTE: All CIGWELD Regulator flow performance specifications are measured at low cylinder inlet pressures (in accordance with Clause 7.1 AS ). Care should be taken when comparing these details with other manufacturer s specifications which may be quoting flow performance at higher or full cylinder pressures. Flow specifications measured at low cylinder inlet pressures provide a more realistic value of a regulator s over all performance. 122

123 GAS EQUIPMENT REGULATORS - WELDING, CUTTING, HEATING Genuine COMET 500 OXYGEN & ACETYLENE REGULATORS Part No. Gas Max. Outlet Rated Air Gauge Range (kpa) Connections Pressure (kpa) Flow 3 (I/mm) Inlet Outlet Inlet Outlet Oxygen ,000 1,000 AS 2473 Type /8 BSP RH Ext) VI* 5/8-18 UNF RH Ext Oxygen ,000 1,000 AS 2473 Type 10.5 (5/8 BSP RHExt) SI* 5/8-18 UNF RH Ext Acetylene , AS 2473 Type 20 (5/8 BSP LH Ext) VI* 5/8-18 UNF LH Ext Acetylene , AS 2473 Type 2015/8 BSP (Ext) SI* 5/8-18 UNF LH Ext The compact, robust Genuine COMET 500 regulators provide precise and accurate pressure/flow control incorporating many of the features of the larger GenuineCOMET 700 The regulators feature the same colour coded gauges, eye catching gas colour coding, and incorporate the revolutionary encapsulated seat. The Genuine COMET 500 is manufactured to the same stringent CIGWELD standards as the larger Genuine COMET 700s. This regulator can be easily repaired when required and is the economical alternative to the top of the range regulator Oxygen max. rated flow 230 l/mm. Acetylene max rated flow 100 l/min Independently certified to AS APPLICATIONS: The Genuine COMET 500 has been designed for use with the range of Genuine COMET VECTOR blowpipe equipment, and can be used for most light to medium duty cutting, welding and heating applications. Note: Gaugeless regulators are not included in A SPARE PARTS: Gauge 30,000 kpa Oxy Part No Gauge 1,000 kpa Oxy Part No Gauge 4,000 kpa Acet Part No Gauge 300k PaAcet Part No Inlet nipple type 10.5 Part No Inlet nipple type 20 Part No Inlet nut type 10.5 Part No Inlet nut type 20 Part No Outlet connection RH Part No Outlet connection LH Part No Ring kit T10.5/20 Part No NOTE: To protect your product warranty and to ensure a safe, quality repair, use a CIGWELD Accredited Service Repair Agent. Genuine COMET 500 LP GAS REGULATOR Part No. Gas Max. Outlet Rated Air Gauge Range (kpa) Connections Pressure (kpa) Flow 3 (I/mm) Inlet Outlet Inlet Outlet LPG AS 2473 Type 21( NGO LH Ext) 5/8-18 UNF LH Ext This small, compact regulator offers steady, accurate pressure and flow control, and is simple to use. The required outlet pressure can be easily set by the control knob and read at a glance on a large clear pressure gauge. The rear inlet design and compact size allows the regulator to be connected to the majority of LP Gas cylinders which are fitted with POL type cylinder valves. Maximum rated flow 340 l/mm. The pressure adjustment knob and regulator labelling is colour coded orange for easy gas identification. Gauges comply to AS1349. Inlet connection complies to A APPLICATIONS: The Genuine COMET 500 LPG Gas regulator has been designed for use with the range of Genuine COMET blowpipe equipment, and can be used for most cutting, welding and heating applications. SPARE PARTS: Gauge 600 kpa Part No Inlet nipple Part No Inlet nut type 21 Part No. AW46 Outlet connection LH Part No NOTE: To protect your product warranty and to ensure a safe, quality repair, use a CIGWELD Accredited Service Repair Agent. PRESSURE / FLOW CURVE GAS EQUIPMENT 123

124 GAS EQUIPMENT 2 REGULATORS - WELDING, CUTTING, HEATING Genuine COMET 500 MIG & TIG SHIELDING GAS REGULATORS Part No. Gas Max. Outlet Rated Air Gauge Range (kpa) Connections Pressure (kpa) Flow 3 (I/mm) Inlet Outlet Inlet Outlet Argon. Ar/CO2 200 Preset ,000 - AS 2473 Type 10 (5/8 BSP RH Ext) VI 1 5/8-18 UHF RH Ext Argon, Ar/CO2 200 Preset ,000 - AS 2473 Type 10 (5/8 BSP RH Ext) SI 1 5/8-18 UHF RH Ext Argon, Ar/CO , l/min AS 2473 Type 10 (5/8 BSP RH Ext) VI 1 5/8-18 UHF RH Ext Argon, Ar/CO , l/min AS 2473 Type 10 (5/8 BSP RH Ext) SI 1 5/8-18 UHF RH Ext Argon, Ar/CO ,000 - AS 2473 Type 10 (5/8 BSP RH Ext) 5/8-18 UHF RH Ext Argon, Ar/CO , l/min AS 2473 Type 10 (5/8 BSP RH Ext) DS 1 5/8-18 UHF RH Ext CO2 200 Preset ,000 - AS 2473 Type 30 ( TPI RH Int) 5/8-18 UHF RH Ext CO , l/min AS 2473 Type 30 ( TPI RH Int) 5/8-18 UHF RH Ext Argon Preset The compact, robust Genuine COMET 500 regulators provide precise and accurate pressure/flow control, incorporating many of the features of the larger Genuine COMET 700. P.T.F.E. coated neoprene diaphragms to enhance chemical resistance from gas, ensuring long term reliability. Encapsulated Seat Technology (EST) ensures superior performance, accuracy and resistance to surging. The regulators feature colour coded gauges and eye catching gas colour coding. The Genuine COMET 500 is manufactured to the same stringent CIGWELD standards as the larger Genuine COMET 700s. This regulator can be easily repaired when required and is the economical alternative to the top of the range regulator. Type tested for conformance to AS APPLICATIONS: Argon and Argon/C02 mixture regulators are designed for use with MIG and TIG welding processes. C02 regulators are designed for flux cored arc and solid MIG arc welding processes. Flow gauges are suitable for broad flow control applications. Flow meters (see below) are used where more accurate, sensitive control of shielding gases is required; they are also ideal for low flow TIG applications. SPARE PARTS: Gauge 30,000 kpa Part No Gauge 30,000 kpa (CO2) Part No Gauge Flow lpm Part No Inlet nipple type 10 Part No Inlet nipple type 30 Part Ho Inlet nut type 10 Part No Inlet nut type 30 Part No. R25 Outlet connection RH Part No Outlet connection RH fiow Part No CO2 Inlet washer Part No. RG134 NOTE: To protect your product warranty and to ensure a safe, quality repair, use a CIGWELD Accredited Service Repair Agent. GAS EQUIPMENT Argon Flow CO2 Flow CO2 Preset 124

125 GAS EQUIPMENT REGULATORS - WELDING, CUTTING, HEATING Genuine COMET 500 MIG & TIG SHIELDING GAS REGULATORS Part No. Gas Max. Outlet Rated Air Gauge Range (kpa) Connections Pressure (kpa) Flow 3 (I/mm) Inlet Outlet Inlet Outlet Other # CO AS 2473 Type 30 ( TPI RH Int) 5/8-18 UNF RH Ext PRV CO /8-14 WHIT RH 1st 5/16 Tube Fitting PRV CO /8-14 WHIT RH 1st 5/8-18 UHF RH Ext PRV # Nitrogen/CO , AS 2473 Type 50 (24x2mm Whit Form RH Ext) 5/8-18 UHF RH Ext PRV # Nitrogen/CO , AS 2473 Type 10 (5/8 BSP RH Ext) 5/8-18 UNF RH Ext PRV CO ,000 1,000 AS 2473 Type 30 ( TPI RH Int) 1/4 Tube RH PRV CO , /2-20 UNF RH Int 1/4 Tube RH Ext PRV(2) CO /8-14 WHIT RH Int 1/2 BSP RH Ext NRVPRV Specially designed for controlled delivery of CO2 and Nitrogen/CO2 mixtures to beverage dispensing systems from cylinder or pipeline supply. Stainless steel seat capsule for high wear resistance, with fine mesh filter and fluoropolymer seat PTFE coated diaphragm to protect against CO2 Non Return Valve (NRV) options to protect against backflow of liquids Pressure relief valves to protect against over pressurisation of downstream equipment. Unique design allows the same regulator to perform equally as well on a beer board or cylinder. APPLICATIONS: Self-contained beer dispensing ( party regulator); beer dispensing systems (as OEM component in manifolds, complete systems, etc); soft drink dispensing systems (as OEM component); other OEM drink dispensing applications eg wine. # Note: Regulators marked with an # are type-tested for conformance to AS Regulators with other inlet connections are not covered by AS as they are non intended for cylinder connection. SPARE PARTS: Gauge 30,000 kpa Part No Gauge 600 kpa Part No Gauge 1,600 kpa Part No Inlet nipple type 30 Part No Inlet nut type 30 Part No. R25 CO Inlet Washer Part No. RG134 O- Kit 150/60 Part No NOTE: To protect your product warranty and to ensure a safe, quality repair, use a CIGWELD Accredited Service Repair Agent. 2 Genuine COMET 500 NITROGEN FLOW REGULATOR HF Part No. Gas Max. Outlet Rated Air Gauge Range (kpa) Connections Pressure (kpa) Flow 3 (I/mm) Inlet Outlet Inlet Outlet Nitrogen ,000 55l/min AS 2473 Type 50 (24x2mm Whit Form RH Intl 5/8-18 UHF RH Ext The compact, robust Genuine COMET 500 regulators provide precise and accurate pressure/flow control, incorporating many of the features of the larger Genuine COMET 700. Chrome plated finish for food grade compatibility, Encapsulated Seat Technology (EST) ensures superior performance, accuracy and resistance to surging. The Genuine COMET 500 is manufactured to the same stringent CIG WELD standards as the larger Genuine COMET 700s. APPLICATIONS: Ideally suited for wine making, allowing accurate control of Nitrogen gas for sparging and pressure transfer of product and purging of tanks, vessels and barrels. SPARE PARTS: Gauge 30,000 kpa Part No Gauge Flow 55 l/min Part No Inlet nipple & nut kit type 50Part No Outlet connection Part No Ring kit 150/60 Part No Genuine COMET 500 NITROGEN FLOW REGULATOR HF Part No. Gas Max. Outlet Rated Air Gauge Range (kpa) Connections Pressure (kpa) Flow 3 (I/mm) Inlet Outlet Inlet Outlet Other Fogg Grade CO ,000 AS 2473 Type 42 (1/2 8SF LH Int) 1/4 NPT RH 1st (solenoid valve) PRV Specifically designed for controlled delivery of Fogg Grade CO2 Stainless steel seat capsule for high wear resistance, with fine mesh filter and fluoropolymer seat. PTFE coated diaphragm to protect against CO2 Pressure relief valve (PRV) to protect against over pressurisation of downstream equipment. APPLICATIONS: The CO Greenhouse Kit is for dispensing Fogg Grade CO into greenhouses and shade houses to promote plant growth. Plants convert carbon dioxide to oxygen by the photosynthesis process during normal plant growth. Very significant increases in yields and plant quality can be achieved by increasing the concentration of carbon dioxide in the greenhouse atmosphere. SPARE PARTS: Gauge 30,000 kpa Part No Solenoid valve Part No GAS EQUIPMENT 125

126 GAS EQUIPMENT 2 REGULATORS - WELDING, CUTTING, HEATING Genuine COMET 700 OXYGEN & ACETYLENE REGULATORS WITH GASGUARD Part No. Gas Max. Outlet Rated Air Gauge Range (kpa) Connections Pressure (kpa) Flow 3 (I/mm) Inlet Outlet Inlet Outlet Oxygen ,200 30,000 1,600 AS 2473 Type 10.5 (5/8 BSP RH Ext) VI* 5/8-18 UHF RH Ext Oxygen , ,600 AS 2473 Type 10.5 (5/8 BSP RH Ext) SI* 5/8-18 UHF RH Ext Oxygen ,000 1,000 AS 2473 Type 10.5 (5/8 BSP RH Ext) VI* 5/8-18 UHF RH Ext Oxygen ,000 1,000 AS 2473 Type 10.5 (5/8 BSP RH Ext) SI* 5/8-18 UHF RH Ext Acetylene , AS 2473 Type 20 (5/8 BSP LH Ext) 5/8-18 UNF LH Ext These revolutionary single-stage regulators incorporating our Encapsulated Seat Technology, offer steady, precise pressure and flow control of Oxygen and Acetylene under all conditions. The large, clear, colour-coded gauges enable both inlet and delivery to be read on site at a glance. In the unlikely event of the regulator failing, the pressure gauges wilt be fail safe, being designed to ensure that no parts are thrown. Oxygen max. rated flow 1200 I/mm. Acetylene max. rated flow 285 1/mm. Each regulator is clearly colour coded, so that the units are used with the gases for which they were designed. Further to this, left and right-hand threads on the inlet and outlet connections prevent the use of the regulators with the wrong gases. Independently tested to AS APPLICATIONS: The new Genuine COMET 700 regulators are suitable for the majority of cutting, welding and heating applications. Ideally suited for use with G and F size Oxygen and Acetylene cylinders. Important: The above regulators are to be used only with the gases for which they were designed. SPARE PARTS: Gauge 30,000 kpa Oxy Part No Gauge 1,600 kpa Oxy Part No Gauge 600 kpa Oxy Part No Gauge 4,000 kpa Acet Part No Gauge 300 kpa Acet Part No Inlet nipple type 10.5 Part No Inlet nipple type 20 Part No Inlet nut type 10.5 Part No Inlet nut type 20 Part No Outlet connection RH Part No Outlet connection LH Part No Ring kit T10.5 T10/20 Part No Service tag Part No NOTE: To protect your product warranty and to ensure a safe, quality repair, use a CIGWELD Accredited Service Repair Agent. Genuine COMET 700 GAUGELESS OXYGEN & ACETYLENE REGULATORS GAS EQUIPMENT Part No. Gas Max. Outlet Rated Air Gauge Range (kpa) Connections Pressure (kpa) Flow 3 (I/mm) Inlet Outlet Inlet Outlet Oxygen , AS 2473 Type 10.5 (5/8 BSP RH Ext) VI* 5/8-18 UNF RH Ext Oxygen , AS 2473 Type 10.5 (5/8 tsp RH Ext) SI* 5/8-18 UNF RH Ext Acetylene AS 2473 Type 20 (5/8 BSP LH Ext) 5/8-18 UNF LH Ext Based on the Genuine COMET 700 single stage regulator design, but without pressure gauges fitted. Cylinder pressure is indicated by a pin indicator on the side of the regulator. The required working pressure is set by aligning the edge of the pressure adjusting knob with the appropriate mark on the bonnet pressure scale. Oxygen max. rated flow 1200 I/mm. Acetylene max. rated flow 285 l/mm. NOTE: To protect your product warranty and to ensure a safe, quality repair, use a CIGWELD Accredited Service Repair Agent. APPLICATIONS: Gaugeless models indicate pressure by a strong durable brass pin indicator on the side of the regulator. The required working pressure is set by aligning the edge of the pressure adjusting knob with the appropriate mark on the bonnet pressure scale. Suitable for most medium to heavy duty applications where tough working environments mean it is subjected to abuse or rough treatment and gauges are often damaged. Note: Gaugeless regulators are not included in AS SPARE PARTS: Pin indicator kit Oxygen Part No Pin indicator kit Acetylene Part No Ring kit T10.5 T10/20 Part No

127 GAS EQUIPMENT REGULATORS - WELDING, CUTTING, HEATING Genuine COMET 700 POINT VALVE OXYGEN & ACETYLENE REGULATORS Part No. Gas Max. Outlet Rated Air Gauge Range (kpa) Connections Pressure (kpa) Flow 3 (I/mm) Inlet Outlet Inlet Outlet Oxygen ,200-1,600 AS 2473 Type 10 (5/8 BSP RH Ext) 5/8-18 UNF RH Ext Acetylene AS 2473 Type 20 (5/8 BSP LH Ext) 5/8-18 UNF LH Ext Genuine COMET 700 INDUSTRIAL GAS REGULATORS These Genuine COMET 700 regulators are designed for use on pipeline systems where the inlet pressure remain between kpa for Oxygen and 100 kpa for acetylene Encapsulated Seat Technology (EST) offers steady precise pressure and flow control. Fitted with a clear, easy-to-read, colour coded delivery pressure gauge which allows for precise, accurate setting of required working pressure. An inlet pressure gauge is not required as the pressure in pipelines is constant. Oxygen max. rated flow 1200 l/mm. Acetylene max. rated flow 160 l/mm. Independently tested to AS NOTE: To protect your product warranty and to ensure a safe, quality repair use a CIGWELD Accredited Service Repair Agent These revolutionary single-stage regulators incorporating our Encapsulated Seat Technology, offer steady, precise pressure and flow control of Industrial gases under all conditions. The large, clear, colour-coded gauges enable both inlet and delivery to be read on site at a glance. In the unlikely event of the regulator failing, the pressure gauges will be fail safe, being designed to ensure that no parts are thrown. Each regulator is clearly colour coded, so that the units are used with the gases for which they were designed. Further to this, left and right-hand threads on the inlet and outlet connections prevent the use of the regulators with the wrong gases. Gauges comply to AS1349. Inlet connections comply to AS2473. APPLICATIONS: Non-fuel gas models (Air and Inert gases, CO2 are fitted with pressure relief valves (protects against the unlikely event of minor seat failures). AIR AND NITROGEN Genuine COMET air and nitrogen regulators are suitable for most general purpose industrial and laboratory gas control applications. Air and nitrogen models are fitted with pressure relief valves to protect downstream equipment against increases above the maximum outlet pressure of the regulator. INERT GASES Suitable for use with Inert gases such as Helium, Argon and Inert gas mixtures. They are not intended for use with Oxygen. Suitable for most general purpose industrial and laboratory gas control applications. APPLICATIONS: Suitable for use on pipeline systems where the inlet pressures remain between kpa for Oxygen and 150 kpa for Acetylene An inlet pressure gauge is not required as the pressure in the pipeline is constant. Ideal for educational institutions, workshops and assembly lines. SPARE PARTS: Gauge 1,600 kpa Oxy Part No Gauge 300kPa Acet Part No Inlet nipple type 10.5 Part No Inlet nipple type 20 Part No Inlet Nut type 10.5 Part No Inlet Nut type 20 Part No Outlet connection RH Part No Outlet connection LH Part No O-Ring kit T10.5 T10/20 Part No Part No. Gas Max. Outlet Rated Air Gauge Range (kpa) Connections Pressure (kpa) Flow 3 (I/mm) Inlet Outlet Inlet Outlet Air 1,000 1,200 30,000 1,600 AS 2473 Type 60 (27x2mm Whit Form RH Int) 5/8-18 UNF RH Ext Nitrogen 1,000 1,200 30,000 1,600 AS 2473 Type 50 (24x2mm Whit Form RH Int) 5/8-18 UNF RH Ext Inert gases ,000 1,000 AS 2473 Type 10 (5/8 BSP RH Ext) 5/8-18 UNF RH Ext CO ,000 1,000 AS 2473 Type 30 ( TPI RH Int) 5/8-18 UNF RH Ext Hydrogen ,000 1,000 AS 2473 Type 20 (5/8 BSP LH Ext) 5/8-18 UNF LH Ext Ethylene , I/min AS 2473 Type 20 (5/8 BSP LH Ext) Barbed nipple push button NOTE: To protect your product warranty and to ensure a safe, quality repair, use a CIGWELD Accredited Service Repair Agent. CARBON DIOXIDE Used for beverage dispensing and gas shielding of MIG welding. HYDROGEN Typical applications include cutting, underwater cutting, lead burning, plasma arc cutting, chemical processing, and laboratory applications. ETHYLENE Used extensively in the fruit industry for ripening and colouring applications. Can also be used in industrial applications involving plastics. Gas flow from the outlet is controlled by a push button combined into the hose nipple. This special safety feature is an automatic shut-off which prevents toxic gas from escaping into the atmosphere. SPARE PARTS: Gauge 30,000 kpa Part No Gauge 30,000 kpa (C02) Part No Gauge 1,000 kpa Part No Gauge Flow Ethylene Part No Gauge 1,600 kpa Part No Inlet nipple type 10 Part No Inlet nipple type 20 Part No Inlet nipple type 30 Part No Inlet nut type 10 Part No Inlet nut type 20 Part No Inlet nut type 30 Part No. R25 Inlet nipple & nut kit type 50 Part No Inlet nipple & nut kit type 60 Part No Outlet connection RH Part No Outlet connection LH Part No Outlet connection Ethylene Part No CO inlet washer Part No. RG134 0-Ring kit T10/20 Part No Ring kit T50/60 Part No GAS EQUIPMENT 127

128 GAS EQUIPMENT 2 REGULATORS - WELDING, CUTTING, HEATING Genuine COMET 750 DUAL STAGE OXYGEN REGULATORS Part No. Gas Max. Outlet Rated Air Gauge Range (kpa) Connections Pressure (kpa) Flow 3 (I/mm) Inlet Outlet Inlet Outlet Oxygen 1, ,000 1,600 AS 2473 Type 10.5 (5/8 BSP RH Ext) VI 1 5/8-18 UNF RH Ext Oxygen 1, ,000 1,600 AS 2473 Type 10.5 (5/8 BSP RH Ext) SI 1 5/8-18 UNF RH Ext NOTE: To protect your product warranty and to ensure a safe, quality repair, use a CIGWELD Accredited Service Repair Agent. Optimum safety through pre-set first stage pressure reduction (approx kpa). Highly accurate via sensitive adjustment of second stage outlet. Excellent pressure/flow characteristics. Encapsulated Seat Technology in both first and second stage. Constant outlet pressure regardless of variations of inlet pressure. The regulator is fitted with twin gauges enabling clear indication of outlet and inlet pressures. Gauges comply to AS1349. Inlet connections comply to AS2473. APPLICATIONS Genuine COMET 750 regulators provide all the advantages of two stage control and should be used where precise and constant control of outlet pressure is required regardless of variations of the inlet pressure - such as that which occurs over the life of a cylinder s contents. SPARE SPARTS Gauge - 30,000 kpa Oxy Part No Gauge - 1,600 kpa Oxy Part No Inlet nipple - type 10.5 Part No Inlet nut - type 10.5 Part No Outlet connection - RH Part No O-Ring kit T10.5 Part No Genuine COMET 750 DUAL STAGE INDUSTRIAL GAS REGULATORS 2 GAS EQUIPMENT Part No. Gas Max. Outlet Rated Air Gauge Range (kpa) Connections Pressure (kpa) Flow 3 (I/mm) Inlet Outlet Inlet Outlet Air 1, ,000 1,600 AS 2473 Type 60 (27x2mm Whit Form RH Int) 5/8-18 UNF RH Ext Air , AS 2473 Type 60 (27x2mm Whit Form RH int) 5/8-18 UNF RH Ext Nitrogen 1, ,000 1,600 AS 2473 Type 50 (24x2mm Whit Form RH Int) 5/8-18 UNF RH Ext Nitrogen , AS 2473 Type 50 (24x2mm Whit Form RH Int) 5/8-18 UNF RH Ext Inert gases 1, ,000 1,600 AS 2473 Type 10 (5/8 BSP RH Ext) 5/8-18 UNF RH Ext Inert gases , AS 2473 Type 10 (5/8 BSP RH Ext) 5/8-18 UNF RH Ext C , AS 2473 Type 30 ( TPI RH Int) 1/2 BSP RH Ext Hydrogen ,000 1,000 AS 2473 Type 20 (5/8 BSP 14 Ext) 5/8-18 UNF LH Ext Nitrous Oxide ,000 1,000 AS 2473 Type 30 ( TPI RH Int) 5/8-18 UNF RH Ext MIG AND TIG SHIELDING GASES Argon, Ar/C , I/min AS 2473 Type 10 (5/8 BSP RH Ext) 5/8-18 UNF RH Ext NOTE: To protect your product warranty and to ensure a safe, quality repair, use a CIGWELD Accredited Service Repair Agent. PRESSURE / FLOW CURVE Optimum safety through pre-set first stage pressure reduction (approx kpa). Highly accurate via sensitive adjustment of second stage outlet. Excellent pressurelflow characteristics. Encapsulated Seat Technology in both the first and second stage. Constant outlet pressure regardless of variations of inlet pressure. The regulator is fitted with twin gauges enabling clear indication of inlet and outlet pressures. Gauges comply to AS1349. Inlet connections comply to AS2473. Safety ensured with internal and external relief devices. APPLICATIONS Genuine COMET 750 regulators provide all the advantages of two stage control and should be used where precise and constant control of outlet pressure is required regardless of variations of the inlet pressure - such as that which occurs over the life of a cylinder s contents. SPARE PARTS Gauge - 30,000 kpa Part No Gauge - 30,000 kpa (CO2) Part No Gauge - 20,000 kpa (N2O Part No Gauge kpa Part No Gauge - 1,600 kpa Part No Gauge - 1,000 kpa Part No Gauge - 1,000 kpa (N20) Part No Gauge - flow 55 Ipm Part No Inlet nipple - type 10 Part No Inlet nipple - type 20 Part No Inlet nipple - type 30 Part No lnlet nipple & nut kit - type 50 Part No lnlet nipple & nut kit - type 60 Part No Inlet nut - type 10 Part No lnlet nut - type 20 Part No Inlet nut - type 30 Part No. R25 Outlet connection - RH Part No Outlet connection - LH Part No Outlet connection - C02 Part No CO2 inlet washer Part No. RG134 O-Ring kit T10/20 Part No O-Ring kit T50/60 Part No

129 GAS EQUIPMENT REGULATORS - WELDING, CUTTING, HEATING Genuine COMET 5000 HIGH OUTLET PRESSURE REGULATORS Part No. Gas Max. Outlet Rated Air Gauge Range (kpa) Connections Pressure (kpa) Flow 3 (I/mm) Inlet Outlet Inlet Outlet Oxygen 3,000 1,600 30,000 4,000 AS 2473 Type 10.5 (5/8 BSP RH Ext) 1/4 Tube fitting Oxygen 7,000 1,600 30,000 10,000 AS 2473 Type 10.5 (5/8 BSP RH Ext) 1/4 Tube fitting Oxygen 20,000 2,000 40,000 30,000 AS 2473 Type 11 (5/8 BSP RH Ext) 1/4 Tube fitting Air 3,000 1,600 30,000 4,000 AS 2473 Type 60 (27x2mm Whit Form RH Int) 1/4 Tube fitting Air 7,000 1,600 30,000 10,000 AS 2473 Type 60 (27x2mm Whit Form RH Int) 1/4 Tube fitting Air 20,000 2,000 50,000 30,000 AS 2473 Type 61 ( NGO RH Int) 1/4 Tube fitting Nitrogen 3,000 1,600 30,000 4,000 AS 2473 Type 50 (24x2mm Whit Form RH Int) 1/4 Tube fitting Nitrogen 7,000 1,600 30,000 10,000 AS 2473 Type 50 (24x2mm Whit Form RH Int) 1/4 Tube fitting Nitrogen 20,000 2,000 50,000 30,000 AS 2473 Type 51 ( NGO RH Ext) 1/4 Tube fitting Inert gases 3,000 1,600 30,000 4,000 AS 2473 Type 10 (5/8 BSP RH Ext) 1/4 Tube fitting Inert gases 7,000 1,600 30,000 10,000 AS 2473 Type 10 (5/8 BSP RH Ext) 1/4 Tube fitting Inert gases 20,000 2,000 50,000 30,000 AS 2473 Type 11 (5/8 BSP RH Ext) 1/4 Tube fitting Hydrogen 7,000 2,200 30,000 10,000 AS 2473 Type 20 (5/8 BSP LH Ext) 1/4 Tube fitting PRESSURE / FLOW CURVE Based on the Genuine COMET regulator design. Provides safe and accurate control of pressures up to 20,000kPa (2,800psi). Pressure relief valves for the 3,000kPa and 7,000kPa delivery regulators. 20,000 kpa models are fitted with a Type II inlet nut for EHP cylinder connection. Special hardened diaphragms for strength and accuracy. T screw control permits easy pressure settings and clear, easy-to-read safety gauges. Tube outlet connectors prevent accidental connection to low pressure equipment. Gauges comply to AS1349. Inlet connections comply to AS2473. APPLICATIONS Ideally suited for industrial or laboratory work, pneumatic loading of test apparatus, static testing of pressure components, pressurising high pressure systems or high pressure decanting. NOTE: To protect your product warranty and to ensure a safe, quality repair, use a CIGWELD Accredited Service Repair Agent. SPARE PARTS Gauge - 30,000 kpa Part No Gauge - 30,000 kpa Oxygen Part No Gauge - 40,000 kpa Part No Gauge - 50,000 kpa Part No Gauge - 4,000 kpa Oxygen Part No Gauge - 10,000 kpa Oxygen Part No Gauge - 30,000 kpa Oxygen Plain Part No Gauge - 4,000 kpa Part No Gauge - 10,000 kpa Part No Inlet nipple - type 10 Part No Inlet nipple - type 10.5 Part No Inlet nipple - type 11 Oxygen Part No Inlet nipple - type 11 Inert Part No Inlet nipple & nut kit - Nitrogen, type 50 Part No Inlet nipple & nut kit - Nitrogen, type 51 Part No Inlet nipple & nut kit -Air, type 60 Part No Inlet nipple & nut kit -Air, type 61Part No Inlet nut - type 10 Part No Inlet nut - type 10.5 Part No Inlet nut - type 11 Part No. RG40 Outlet connection 1/4 tube Part No O-Ring kit T50/60 Part No Warning: Pressure relief valves for and are set to relieve outlet pressures marginally in excess of 3000kPa and 7000kPa respectively is not fitted with a pressure relief valve. When using these regulators to pressurise a closed system it is recommended to fit an independent safety valve to protect downstream equipment and ensure operator safety This safety valve must be set at or below the maximum test pressure of the system and equipment. 2 2 GAS EQUIPMENT 129

130 2 GAS EQUIPMENT REGULATORS - WELDING, CUTTING, HEATING Genuine COMPACT HIGH FLOW REGULATOR - OXYGEN Part No. Gas Max. Outlet Rated Air Gauge Range (kpa) Connections Pressure (kpa) Flow 3 (I/mm) Inlet Outlet Inlet Outlet TR92 Oxygen 1,100 3,200 30,000 2,500 1 BSP RH Int 5/8 BSP RH Ext HF Designed for use on either cylinders or manifold systems which operate on full cylinder pressure. Rear entry connection provides easy fitting to permanent installations. T Screw control gives positive, precise adjustment. Use adaptor Part No (1 BSP RH Ext to 5/8 BSP RH Ext), for cylinder connection. Note: TR92 incorporates a special compensation device which a automatically reduces outlet pressure variance as the cylinder empties. Regulator is Australian made, and manufactured to a CIGWELD standard which ensures safety and quality. APPLICATIONS This high flow regulator is suitable for most manifold high flow applications such as heavy heating, machine cutting, heavy cutting (i.e. above 400 mm), plate splitting, mechanical welding, J grooving, etc. The TR92 is particularly suited to Oxygen enrichment or Oxygen injection applications. Ideally suited to high pressure manifold systems and G size cylinder packs. SPARE PARTS Gauge - 30,000 kpa Part No Gauge - 1,600 kpa Part No Adaptor for cylinder connection Part No NOTE: To protect your product warranty and to ensure a safe, quality repair, use a CIGWELD Accredited Service Repair Agent. Genuine COMPACT HIGH FLOW REGULATOR - OXYGEN (PIPELINE) HF Part No. Gas Max. Outlet Rated Air Gauge Range (kpa) Connections Pressure (kpa) Flow 3 (I/mm) Inlet Outlet Inlet Outlet TR64 Oxygen 1,100 2,100-1,600 1 BSP RH Int 5/8 BSP RH Ext Designed to supply and accurately control high flow rates where the inlet pressures remain between kpa e.g. liquid vessel supply. Fitted with a clear, easy to read outlet pressure gauge. Inlet pressure gauge not required because inlet pressure is constant in pipelines. Rear entry connection provides easy fitting to permanent installations. Regulator is manufactured to a CIGWELD standard which ensures safety and quality. APPLICATIONS This regulator is suited for use on all Oxygen high flow pipelines. Particularly suited to heavy heating, machine cutting where multiple blowpipes are used. Also suitable for heavy cutting, plate splitting, mechanical welding and J grooving. Ideal for large industrial applications. SPARE PARTS Gauge - 1,600 kpa Part No NOTE: To protect your product warranty and to ensure a safe, quality repair, use a CIGWELD Accredited Service Repair Agent. Genuine COMPACT HIGH FLOW REGULATOR - ACETYLENE HF Part No. Gas Max. Outlet Rated Air Gauge Range (kpa) Connections Pressure (kpa) Flow 3 (I/mm) Inlet Outlet Inlet Outlet TR93 Acetylene , AS 2473 Type 20 (5/8 BSP LH Ext) 5/8-18 UNF LH Ext GAS EQUIPMENT Designed for use on either acetylene cylinders or manifold systems which operate on full cylinder pressure. Rear entry connection provides easy fitting to permanent installations and gas cylinder packs. High flow rate up to 525 I/min. APPLICATIONS This high flow regulator is ideal for most applications such as heavy heating, machine cutting, plate splitting, mechanical welding, J grooving, etc. SPARE PARTS Gauge - 4,000 kpa Part No Gauge kpa Part No NOTE: To protect your product warranty and to ensure a safe, quality repair, use a CIGWELD Accredited Service Repair Agent. 130

131 GAS EQUIPMENT REGULATORS - WELDING, CUTTING, HEATING Genuine COMET 310SR HIGH FLOW CO2 REGULATORS Part No. Gas Max. Outlet Rated Air Gauge Range (kpa) Connections Pressure (kpa) Flow 3 (I/mm) Inlet Outlet Inlet Outlet C , AS 2473 Type 30 ( TPI RH Int) 5/8-18 UNF RH Ext (Adjustable) C Flowmeter 30,000 - AS 2473 Type 30 ( TPI RH Int) 5/8-18 UNF RH Ext (Preset) 60 I/min C , I/min AS 2473 Type 30 ( TPI RH Int) 5/8-18 UNF RH Ext (Adjustable) Flow Gauge HF 2 Designed specifically for highflow C02 applications. Unique design eliminates the need for a heater. Factory set maximum outlet pressure (captive control knob on adjustable models prevents loss and tampering). Machined Aluminium body and bonnet. Relief valve protects against minor seat failures (not designed to protect downstream equipment). Sintered inlet filter. Maximum working pressure compatible with A52473 inlet fittings. Part Numbers and are recommended for MIG welding applications. APPLICATION C02 shielding gas applications (particularly high gas flow requirements such as heavy flux cored welding); high flow beverage dispensing; scientific and experimental applications/laboratories; and general industry C02 applications. Gauge - 30,000 kpa Part No Gauge kpa Part No Gauge - flow Part No Inlet nipple - type 30 Part No Inlet nut - type 30 Part No R25 Outlet connection for P/N , Part No Outlet connection for P/N Part No NOTE: To protect your product warranty and to ensure a safe, quality repair, use a CIGWELD Accredited Service Repair Agent. Genuine COMET WELDING FLOWMETERS Part No. Gas Max. Outlet Rated Air Gauge Range (kpa) Connections Pressure (kpa) Flow 3 (I/mm) Inlet Outlet Inlet Outlet Argon 1-15 I/min - - 5/8-18 UNF RH Int 5/8-18 UNF RH Ext Argon & C I/min - - 5/8-18 UNF RH Int 5/8-18 UNF RH Ext l/min l/min Incorporates durable impact resistant polycarbonate outer and metering tubes, an inlet filter and a fail safe shroud which will vent excessive pressure should it occur within the flowmeter assembly. Initially designed for medical application, Genuine COMET welding flowmeters have built in safety, reliability and accuracy. Not sensitive to back pressure. Maximum working pressure 600 kpa. Calibrated for 200 kpa. Fine flow adjustment valve which also provides an ON-OFF facility. APPLICATIONS Two models are available to provide fine adjustment control and flow measurement for shielding gases in MIG and TIG welding or other specialised low flow gas applications. SPARE PARTS Flow tube kit 1-15 lpm Part No Flow tube kit Ipm Part No Control valve kit Part No Shroud kit Part No NOTE: To protect your product warranty and to ensure a safe, quality repair, use a CIGWELD Accredited Service Repair Agent. GAS EQUIPMENT 131

132 GAS EQUIPMENT 2 BLOWPIPES AND ATTACHMENTS Genuine COMET 3 BLOWPIPE SYSTEM ACETYLENE SWAGED WELDING TIPS LPG SWAGED WELDING TIPS AIR-ACETYLENE BRAZING TIP Size Size Size Size Size Size Size Size Size NOZZLES AT49 Size Size ROLLER GUIDE Heating (Acet) Heating (LPG) Rivet Sheet Metal Gouging (Acet) Cutting (LPG) Cutting (Acet) Gouging (Acet) Gouging (LPG) RADIUS BAR ACETYLENE HEATING TIPS SHA LPG HEATING TIPS SHA mm mm BARRELS SHP SHP mm BARRELS LPG HEATING TIPS SHP SHP mm mm mm CONNECTOR 450mm mm BARRELS mm GAS EQUIPMENT ACETYLENE DESCALING TIPS 132

133 GAS EQUIPMENT BLOWPIPES AND ATTACHMENTS Genuine COMET 3 BLOWPIPE SYSTEM 2 Genuine COMET ACCESSORIES Mixer 10mm (3/8 ) Type WELDING GAS ECONOMISER (ACET. OR LPG) Genuine COMET 3 Cutting Attachment (Multi Fuel) CUTTING GOUGING HEATING genuine COMET TOOL BOX FLINT LIGHTER Heating Tip Mixer 10mm (3/8 ) Type 550 THREE FLINT LIGHTER HEATING Genuine COMET 3 BLOWPIPE ELECTRONIC LIGHTER F Mixer 13mm (1/2 ) Type Injector 13mm (1/2 ) Type 574 SUPER HEATING F F2B Mixer 13mm (1/2 ) Type 570 Genuine COMET BLOWPIPE MOUNTED FLASHBACK ARRESTORS F2B CLEANING Powder Facing Attachment F6 Kwik-Connect Set WELDING TIPS TH7 POWDER FACING 85-10B B GAS EQUIPMENT 133

134 GAS EQUIPMENT 2 BLOWPIPES AND ATTACHMENTS Genuine COMET 3 BLOWPIPE - HEAVY DUTY SPECIFICATIONS Part no. Description Fuel gas type Connections Weight Genuine COMET 3 Blowpipe All 5/8-18UNF 620 g Two stage valve gives precise gas control from the smallest welding tip to the largest heating tip. Permits fine sensitive control for delicate welding jobs and easy lighting up, to flows of up to 600 I/min for the heaviest heating job. A non-rotating valve spindle drastically minimises wear. Mixer provides the optimum gas mixture for every flow setting. Mixer can be used with Oxy/Acetylene, Oxy/LP gas or Oxy/Natural gas. The mixer design helps reduce backfire. Due to 0 ring seals, only hand tightening is required to connect mixer and cutting attachment to the handle. Locking teeth secure re-positioning with hand tightening. Handle shape gives comfortable positive grip. Left hand/right hand threads prevent incorrect hose connection. Colour coded control knobs are fitted for maximum safety and ease, even when wearing welding gloves. Can be purchased as a single item or as part of a cutting and welding plant. NOTE: To protect your product warranty and to ensure a safe, quality repair, use a CIGWELD Accredited Service Repair Agent. APPLICATIONS The Genuine COMET 3 blowpipe when used with appropriate attachments is suitable for fusion welding, braze welding, brazing, soldering, heating, hand cutting, sheet metal cutting, rivet cutting, powder facing and flame cleaning. SPARE PARTS Control valve kit Part No Handle halves kit Part No VALVE IN VALVE SMALL SEAT OPEN LARGE SEAT CLOSED Spring prevents large seat from opening while adjustment is made with small seat. This gives exceptionally sensitive control for fine flame adjustment. BOTH SEATS OPEN FOR LARGE FLOWS When small seat opens fully, large seat then starts to operate, quickly provides large flows to approximately 130 I/min (270 cu ft/h) of acetylene and oxygen in approximately one turn. Intermediate springloaded seat is free to rotate, saves wear on fixed seat. Genuine COMET 3 MIXER GAS EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS Part no. Description Fuel gas type Welding capacity Heating Output Weight Genuine COMET 3 Mixer Type 550 All up to 25mm 180 MJ/HR 165 g Genuine COMET 3 Mixer Type 570 All MJ/HR 163 g Genuine COMET 3 Mixer Type 574 LPG/Natural Gas MJ/HR 278 g TYPE 550 TYPE 570 TYPE 574 Hand tightening for easy attachment onto Comet 3 Blowpipe. ( O ring seals ensure a perfect gas-tight connection every time.) Large flutes on mixer give easy positive handling, even when wearing welding gloves. Mixer 550 and 570 can be used with either Oxy/Acetylene, Oxy/LP gas or Oxy/Natural gas. Mixer 574 is an injector mixer design for Oxy/LPG or Oxy/Natural gas, heavy duty highflow applications. For use with SHP3 and SHP4 only. No change required when altering fuel gas, other than the type of tip and hose required. High resistance to backfire, regardless of the gas type or flow setting. APPLICATIONS Mixer 550 is used for welding and light heating. Mixers 570 and 574 are used for heating and cleaning. SPARE PARTS: Small O-ring for attachments / mixers Part No OR28 Large O-ring for attachments / mixers Part No O Ring kit Part No

135 GAS EQUIPMENT BLOWPIPES AND ATTACHMENTS Genuine COMET 3 HEAVY DUTY CUTTING ATTACHMENT SPECIFICATIONS Part no. Description Fuel gas type Cutting capacity Cutting nozzles Weight Genuine COMET- 3 Cutting Attachment HD All up to 150mm Type 41 & g Attaches quickly and easily to Genuine COMET 3 Blowpipe by hand (no spanner required). Locking teeth enable the attachment to be repositioned. Tapered seat head allows multi-positioning of gouging nozzles. Cutting oxygen lever securely fitted to the body for ease of operation. Twin tube construction gives good visibility. Unique multi-mixer design accommodates Oxy/Acetylene, Oxy/LP gas or Oxy/Natural gas. large flutes on the hand tightening nut for a better grip when wearing welding gloves. For use with Type 40 nozzles APPLICATIONS Suitable for the following processes: hand cutting, sheet metal cutting, rivet cutting, heating and gouging. SPARE PARTS Control valve kit Part No Cutting Oxygen valve kit part No lever replacement kit Part No Nozzle nut Part No Small O-ring for attachments / mixers Part No OR28 Large O-ring for attachments / mixers Part No O Ring kit Part No NOTE: To protect your product warranty and to ensure a safe, quality repair, use a CIGWELD Accredited Service Repair Agent. 2 Genuine COMET 3 HEAVY DUTY CUTTING ATTACHMENT SPECIFICATIONS Part no. Description Fuel gas type Cutting capacity Cutting nozzles Weight Genuine COMET- 3 Cutting Attachment EHD LPG/Natural Gas up to 200mm Type g Genuine COMET 3 POWDER FACING ATTACHMENT Cuts up to 200mm (8 ) with a size 24 nozzle. Attaches quickly and simply to the Genuine COMET 3 blowpipe by hand (no spanner required). Locking teeth enable the attachment to be repositioned at any angle. Taper seat head allows multi-positioning of gouging nozzles. Head mix design within a solid manganese bronze head allows cutting of up to 200mm (8 ). Cutting oxygen lever securely fitted to the body for ease of operation. Large flutes on the hand tightening nut for a better grip when wearing welding gloves. Dedicated for LPG or Natural Gas use. APPLICATIONS Suitable for the following processes: hand cutting, sheet metal cutting, rivet cutting, heating and gouging. SPARE PARTS Control valve kit Part No Lever kit Part No LPG/Natural Gas mixer kit Part No CB152 Nozzle nut Part No Small O-ring for attachments / mixers Part No OR28 Large O-ring for attachments / mixers Part No O Ring kit Part No NOTE: To protect your product warranty and to ensure a safe, quality repair, use a CIGWELD Accredited Service Repair Agent. SPECIFICATIONS Part no. Description Fuel gas type Weight TH7 Genuine COMET 3 Powder Facing Attachment Acetylene 408 g Designed to be used with the Genuine COMET 3 Blowpipe. Can be fitted by hand - 0 ring seals maintain a perfect gas-tight connection. Substantially faster and more controllable than conventional rod and flux hard facing. The process involves powder being drawn from the hopper by suction action created by the flowing gas. The powder is then fed on to the surface via the Oxy/Acetylene flame. the thickness of the deposit can be controlled with great accuracy which results in a finish that is smoother, thoroughly fused and completely free of ripples, porosity and undercutting. Can be used with either size 12 or 15 swaged welding tips. APPLICATIONS Rebuilding worn surfaces and hardening of load bearing surfaces. ORDERING INFORMATION - OTHER Genuine COMET Oxy/Acetylene Type 551 Welding Tip Part No Genuine COMET- Oxy/Acetylene Type 551 Welding Tip Part No SPARE PARTS: Hopper and lid kit Part No Lever kit Part No O-ring kit Part No NOTE. To protect your product warranty and to ensure a safe, quality repair, use a CIGWELD Accredited Service Repair Agent. GAS EQUIPMENT 135

136 GAS EQUIPMENT 2 BLOWPIPES AND ATTACHMENTS Genuine COMET SABRE CUTTING TORCH SPECIFICATIONS Part no. Description Fuel gas type Cutting Capacity Cutting Nozzles Connections Weight Genuine COMET- SABRE All Fuels Up to 200mm Type 41 & 44 5/8-18UNF 1.27kg A medium duty twin tube cutting blowpipe based on standard Genuine COMET componentry for ease of repair. The mixer which can be used with either Oxy/Acetylene, Oxy/LP gas or Oxy/Natural gas, is located behind the head to prevent overheating and offers high resistance to backfire. APPLICATIONS Suitable for standard hand cutting, gouging and heating, scrap cutting, metal fabrication, heavy engineering, construction industries. SPARE PARTS: Control valve kit Part No Cutting Oxygen valve kit Part No Handle kit Part No Cutting lever kit Part No Nozzle nut Part No NOTE: To protect your product warranty and to ensure a safe, quality repair, use a CIGWELD Accredited Service Repair Agent. Genuine COMET SABRE CUTTING TORCH SPECIFICATIONS Part no. Description Fuel gas Handle Length* Head Cutting Cutting Connections Weight type capacity nozzles Genuine COMET- Multipurpose All Fuels Aluminium 520mm 900 Up to 300mm Type 41 & 44 5/8-18UNF 1.6kg Genuine COMET- Multipurpose All Fuels Brass 520mm 90 UP to 300mm Type 41 & 44 5/8-18UNF 1.6kg Genuine COMET- Multipurpose All Fuels Aluminium 900mm 180 Up to 300mm Type 41 & 44 5/8-18UNF 2.2kg GAS EQUIPMENT * Extended lengths are available at your local Authorised CIGWELD Gas Equipment Service Agent. Designed and manufactured by CIGWELD. Heavy duty manganese bronze head, designed to resist tough environmental working conditions. Gas mixing takes place in the blowpipe head, providing the operator with maximum protection against the unlikely occurrence of backfires or flashbacks. Stainless steel triangular tube construction, provides the ultimate in strength. Lightweight aluminium handle, which has been treated to minimise corrosion in the working environment. Brass handle for extra strength and mining operations. The cutting oxygen valve has been designed to allow flow control from slow bleed to full capacity - ideal for piercing work. Stainless steel cutting oxygen lever, incorporating a locking button for extended cutting, gouging or heating. Inlet connection filters, to prevent foreign particles entering the blowpipe, which reduces valve seat wear and the chance of blowpipe blockage. Each blowpipe comes factory set for use with Acetylene fuel gas and includes a separate mixer kit to change fuel gases from Acetylene to LPG or Natural Gas. APPLICATIONS Suitable for the majority of heavy-duty cutting, gouging and heating processes. SPARE PARTS Control valve kit Part No Lever kit Part No Acetylene mixer kit Part No CB148 LPG/Natural Gas mixer kit Part No CB152 Nozzle nut Part No NOTE: To protect your product warranty and to ensure a safe, quality repair, use a CIGWELD Accredited Service Repair Agent. 136

137 GAS EQUIPMENT CUTTING NOZZLES Genuine COMET TYPE 41 CUTTING NOZZLES STANDARD SPEED CUTTING NOZZLES - OXY/ ACETYLENE ORDERING INFORMATON: 2 Total Oxygen CIGWELD Pa rt Plate Fuel gas flow Flow & Pressure Type 41 Number Size Thickness 100 kpa kpa Standard - for use on (200) Genuine COMET 3 / (200) MULTI-PURPOSE (200) & SABRE (350) (400) * (500) * (600) * (650) HI-SPEED CUTTING NOZZLES - OXY / ACETYLENE ORDERING INFORMATION: Total Oxygen Cutting CIGWELD Part Plate Fuel gas flow Flow & Pressure Speed Type 41 Number Size Thickness 100 kpa kpa mm/min. + High speed HS (650) 700 for use with HS (650) cutting machines HS (650) HS (650) * 20HS (650) * 24HS (650) 90 *NOTE: Preheat oxygen pressure for all hi-speed nozzles = 200 kpa GOUGING NOZZLES - OXY / ACETYLENE ORDERING INFORMATION: Total Oxyqen CIGWELD Part Plate Fuel gas flow Flow & Pressure Type 41 Number Size Thickness 100 kpa kpa Gouging GB (500) - for use on * 48GB (600) Genuine COMET 3 / * 64GB (650) MULTI-PURPOSE GS (500) & SABRE SHEET METAL NOZZLE - OXY / ACETYLENE ORDERING INFORMATION: Total Oxygen CIGWELD Part Plate Fuel gas flow Flow & Pressure Type 41 Number Size Thickness 100 kpa kpa Sheet metal SM 1.5 9(200) for use on Genuine COMET 3 / MULTI-PURPOSE & SABRE RIVET CUTTING NOZZLE - OXY / ACETYLENE ORDERING INFORMATION: Total Oxygen CIGWELD Pa rt Plate Fuel gas flow Flow & Pressure Type 41 Number Size Thickness 100 kpa kpa Rivet cutting * 15RC (400) for use on Genuine COMET 3 / MULTI-PURPOSE & SABRE * Manufactured from copper. + For use with Genuine COMET MULTI PURPOSE only. # Cutting speeds are average values for drop cuts on clean plate with nozzles in good condition - variations could be expected due to actual working conditions. NB Cutting nozzles can operate over a range of gas flows (hence plate thicknesses). The values indicated are typical operating conditions and can be increased or decreased to suit particular applications. GAS EQUIPMENT 137

138 GAS EQUIPMENT 2 CUTTING NOZZLES Genuine COMET TYPE 44 CUTTING NOZZLES STANDARD SPEED CUTTING NOZZLES - OXY/ LPG OR NATURAL GAS ORDERING INFORMATON: Total Oxygen CIGWELD Pa rt Plate Fuel gas flow Flow & Pressure Type 41 Number Size Thickness 100 kpa kpa Standard (200) (200) (250) (400) (400) (500) (600) HI-SPEED CUTTING NOZZLES - OXY / LPG DPR NATURAL GAS ORDERING INFORMATION: Total Oxygen Cutting CIGWELD Part Plate Fuel gas flow Flow & Pressure Speed Type 44 Number Size Thickness 100 kpa kpa mm/min. + High speed HS (650) 550 for use with HS (650) cutting machines HS (650) HS (650) HS (650) HS (650) 90 *NOTE: Preheat oxygen pressure for all hi-speed nozzles = 200 kpa GOUGING NOZZLES - OXY / LPG ORDERING INFORMATION: Total Oxygen CIGWELD Part Plate Fuel gas flow Flow & Pressure Type 44 Number Size Thickness 100 kpa kpa Gouging GS (500) GB (500) GB (600) GB (650) FLAME WASHING NOZZLE - OXY / LPG ORDERING INFORMATION Total Oxygen CIGWELD Part Plate Fuel gas flow Flow & Pressure Type 44 Number Size Thickness 100 kpa kpa Flame x15FW (600) Washing DG = Deep Gouging, GB Gouging-Bent, GS = Gouging-Straight, SM = Sheet Metal, RC = Rivet Cutting, FW = Flame Washing, HSHigh Speed *For use with Genuine Comet MULTIPURPOSE only. GAS EQUIPMENT 138

139 GAS EQUIPMENT CUTTING NOZZLES MUREX MEDALIST TYPE 41 CUTTING NOZZLES Medalist type 41 Cutting Nozzles are an economical alternative to the Genuine COMET range. Designed for use on Genuine COMET 3, multi-purpose and Sabre Medalist Nozzles combine CIGWELD quality with maximum cost effectiveness. 2 MEDALIST TYPE 41 CUTTING NOZZLES ORDERING INFORMATION: Total Oxygen MEDALIST Part Plate Fuel gas flow Flow & Pressure Type 41 Number Size Thickness 100 kpa Standard - for use on (200) Genuine COMET 3 / (200) multi-purpose and (350) Sabre MUREX MEDALIST TYPE 44 CUTTING NOZZLES Medalist type 44 Cutting Nozzles are an economical alternative to the Genuine COMET range. Designed for use on Genuine COMET 3, multi-purpose and Sabre Medalist Nozzles combine CIGWELD quality with maximum cost effectiveness. Total Oxygen MEDALIST Part Plate Fuel gas flow Flow & Pressure Type 44 Number Size Thickness 100 kpa Standard for use on (200) Genuine COMET 3 / (250) multi-purpose and (400) Sabre Genuine COLT TYPE 90 CUTTING NOZZLES Total Oxygen CIGWELD Part Plate Fuel gas flow Flow & Pressure Type 91 Number Size Thickness 100 kpa For use with the (200) COLT cutting (200) attachment and (350) COLT Blowpipe SM (200) Total Oxygen CIGWELD Part Plate Fuel gas flow Flow & Pressure Type 94 Number Size Thickness 100 kpa For use with the * (200) COLT cutting * (200) attachment and * (350) COLT Blowpipe *Manufactured from Copper, SM =Ordering Information Sheet Metal. NB: Type 91 are for Oxy-Acetylene. Type 94 are for Oxy/LP Gas. + Cutting speeds are average values for drop cuts on clean plate with nozzles in good condition Ordering Information: variations could be expected due to actual working conditions. NB: Cutting nozzles can operate over a range of gas flows (hence plate thicknesses). The values indicated are typical operating conditions and can be increased or decreased to suit particular applications. GAS EQUIPMENT 139

140 2 GAS EQUIPMENT CUTTING NOZZLES 3 SEAT CUTTING NOZZLES FOR MACHINE CUTTING CIGWELD has a long established relationship with Koike Senso in Japan. Koike has developed a world-wide reputation as a leading manufacturer of gas cutting machines. Much of this reputation stems from their ability to manufacture cutting nozzles of the highest quality specifically for use with cutting machines, for example Koike high speed cutting nozzles are of a divergent type with a stainless steel insert screwed into the tip end of the cutting oxygen port. This maintains a constant high quality cutting performance that also improves nozzle life up to 5 times that of a conventional nozzle. FEATURES: Small Kerf. Limited under slag. Limited upper edge melt. Limited upper edge slag. Cutting operation with high speed. Steady and safe cutting operation. Cutting operation with a small amount of gas. High speed divergent nozzles with stainless steel insert for improved performance and nozzle life. STANDARD SPEED CUTTING NOZZLES - OXY / ACETYLENE ORDERING INFORMATION: Part Plate Tip No. Cutting OXYGEN kpa Fuel Kerf Number Thickness Size Speed Cutting PR-Heat kpa Width (mm) (mm) (mm) HI-SPEED CUTTING NOZZLES - OXY / ACETYLENE ORDERING INFORMATION: Part Plate Tip No. Cutting OXYGEN kpa Fuel Kerf Number Thickness Size Speed Cutting PR-Heat kpa Width (mm) (mm) (mm) STANDARD SPEED CUTTING NOZZLES - OXY / LPG OR NATURAL GAS ORDERING INFORMATION: Part Plate Tip No. Cutting OXYGEN kpa Fuel Kerf Number Thickness Size Speed Cutting PR-Heat kpa Width (mm) (mm) (mm) GAS EQUIPMENT HI-SPEED CUTTING NOZZLES - OXY/LPG OR NATURAL GAS ORDERING INFORMATION: Part Plate Tip No. Cutting OXYGEN kpa Fuel Kerf Number Thickness Size Speed Cutting PR-Heat kpa Width (mm) (mm) (mm)

141 GAS EQUIPMENT WELDING AND HEATING TIPS Genuine COMET OXY/ACETYLENE WELDING TIPS PERFORMANCE DATA 551 (OXY -ACETYLENE) 2 Steel Tip Model Part Pressure Pressure Consumption Welding thickness size number number kpa kpa each gas blowpipe MM oxygen acetylene litres/min (all tips) Genuine COMET Genuine COMET (mixer ) ,10,12,15, 20, 26, Genuine COMET OXY/LPG BRAZING TIPS PERFORMANCE DATA 554 (OXY - LPG) Steel Tip Model Part Pressure Pressure Welding thickness size number number kpa kpa blowpipe M M oxygen LPG (all tips) Genuine COMET Genuine COMET 2 (mixer ) Genuine COLT SHEETMETAL WELDING, BRAZINE AND HEATING TIPS PERFORMANCE DATA 561 (OXY-ACETYLENE) Steel Tip Model Part Pressure Pressure Consumption Welding thickness size number number kpa kpa each gas Heat output blowpipe MM oxygen acetylene litres/min MJ/hr (all tips) VECTOR (Mixer ) COLT (Mixer ) Sprint Junior Heating 4x PERFORMANCE 564 DATA (OXY-LPG) Heating 12x size 15 size 8 Type 564 size 12 x 10 Type 564 size 4 x 10 Type 561 GAS EQUIPMENT 141

142 GAS EQUIPMENT 2 WELDING AND HEATING TIPS Genuine COMET SUPERHEATING TIPS - OXY/ACETYLENE PERFORMANCE DATA -ACETYLENE Model Tip Part Operating pressure kpa Gas consumption I/minHeat output Blowpipe Mixer Extension barrel number size number oxy fuel oxy fuel MJ/hr 10x12 HT 10 x Genuine COMET 3* - - 8x12 HT 8 x Genuine COMET SHA1 8 x Genuine COMET , , SHA2 12 x Genuine COMET , , *Connect part number directly into the Genuine COMET 3 cutting attachment, OXY-ACETYLENE SUPERHEATING TIPS Concentrated high temperature heat. Compact simple design for ease of cleaning. Heavy copper construction helps conduct heat away from the tip face, keeps the tip cool and prevents flashbacks. A small projection in the middle of the tip face (307007, SHA1 and SHA2) also prevents backfires should the tip be inadvertently touched on the job. Spanner adjustment flats milled into tip. gas pressure and identification stamped on every SHA tip. Connect SHA1 and SHA2 directly onto your choice of Stainless Steel Superheating barrel. Connect part number directly into the cutting attachment. WARNING At no time should the withdrawal rate of an individual acetylene cylinder exceed 117 of the cylinder contents per hour. If additional flow capacity is required use an acetylene manifold system of sufficient size to supply the necessary volume. CIGWELD supplies both temporary and permanent gas manifolds for installation. Contact your nearest CIGWELD distributor or Gas Supplier. 8 X 12 HEATING TIP For connection to the standard Genuine COMET 3 Mixer (304002) ORDERING INFORMATION 8 x 12 Heating Tip Part No SHA1 Connect SHA1 directly onto your choice of Stainless Steel Superheating barrel. Use with mixer 570 Part Number SHA1 has the same heating performance as Delivers up to 180 MJ/hr SHA2 Connect SHA2 directly onto your choice of Stainless Steel Superheating barrel. Use with mixer 570 Part Number SHA2 replaces Delivers up to 215 MJ/hr ORDERING INFORMATION SHA1 Part No Straight stainless steel barrel 735 mm long Part No Gooseneck stainless steel barrel 700 mm long Part No Gooseneck stainless steel barrel 450 mm long Part No ORDERING INFORMATION SHA2 Part No Straight stainless steel barrel 735 mm long Part No Gooseneck stainless steel barrel 700 mm long Part No Gooseneck stainless steel barrel 450 mm long Part No HEATING NOZZLE GAS EQUIPMENT For connection directly into the cutting attachment or cutting torch. Oxy-Acetylene Delivers up to 75 MJ/hr HEATING NOZZLE - LPG For connection directly into the cutting attachment or cutting torch. Oxy-LPG Oxy-Natural Gas Delivers up to 40 MJ/hr ORDERING INFORMATION Heating Nozzle - Acetylene Part No ORDERING INFORMATION Heating Nozzle - LPG Part No

143 GAS EQUIPMENT WELDING AND HEATING TIPS Genuine COMET SUPERHEATING TIPS - OXY/LPG PERFORMANCE DATA -LPG Model Tip Part Operating pressure kpa Gas consumption I/min Heat output Blowpipe Mixer Extension barrel number size number oxy fuel oxy fuel MJ/hr 20x9 HT 20x Genuine COMET SHP1 18x Genuine COMET , , SHP2 36x Genuine COMET , , SHP3 48x Genuine COMET , , SHP4* 48x Genuine COMET , , *NB: When used with 10mm tubing, higher flows and heat output may be obtained (over 1056 MJ). **Connect part number directly into the Genuine COMET 3 Cutting Attachment. OXY - LPG SUPERHEATING TIPS Provides efficient, economical high intensity heat. Excellent flame stability. Heavy copper head for heat and wear resistance. Simple design for ease of cleaning. Castellations on SHP range as an extra resistance to backfire. Spanner adjustment flats milled into tip. Gas pressure and identification stamped on every SHP tip. SHP1 For garage, farm equipment and many other applications. Heat output 280 MJ/hr Use with mixer 570 Part Number Delivers up to 280 MJ/hr ORDERING INFORMATION SHP1 Part No Straight stainless steel barrel 735 mm long Part No Gooseneck stainless steel barrel 700 mm long Part No Gooseneck stainless steel barrel 450 mm long Part No SHP2 For boiler and engineering shops, maintenance, general workshop use. Heat output 420 MJ/hr A Use with mixer 570 Part Number Delivers up to 420 MJ/hr ORDERING INFORMATION SHP2 Part No Straight stainless steel barrel 735 mm long Part No Gooseneck stainless steel barrel 700 mm long Part No Gooseneck stainless steel barrel 450 mm long Part No SHP3 On heavy plate in shipbuilding and heavy engineering. Heat output 560 MJ/hr Use with mixer 574 Part Number Delivers up to 560 MJ/hr SHP4 For continued heavy heating usage. Heat output 840 MJ/hr Use with mixer 574 Part Number Delivers up to 840 MJ/hr ORDERING INFORMATION SHP3 Part No Straight stainless steel barrel 735 mm long Part No Gooseneck stainless steel barrel 700 mm long Part No Gooseneck stainless steel barrel 450 mm long Part No ORDERING INFORMATION SHP4 Part No Straight stainless steel barrel 735 mm long Part No Gooseneck stainless steel barrel 700 mm long Part No Gooseneck stainless steel barrel 450 mm long Part No GAS EQUIPMENT 143

144 2 GAS EQUIPMENT WELDING AND HEATING TIPS Genuine COMET SUPERHEATING BARRELS SUPERHEATING BARRELS Tubular stainless steel construction gives excellent strength and heat conductivity. Screw fittings ensure an easy leak-free connection between mixers 570 Part No or 574 Part No and a Superheating tip. ORDERING INFORMATION Straight stainless steel barrel 735 mm long Part No Gooseneck stainless steel barrel 700 mm long Part No Gooseneck stainless steel barrel 450 mm long Part No FLAME CLEANING AND SPALLING PERFORMANCE DATA 541 (OXY-ACETYLENE) Model Tip Part Operating pressure kpa Gas consumption I/min Blowpipe Mixer Extension barrel number size number oxy fuel oxy fuel mm Genuine COMET 3/ ,307124, mm Genuine COMET 3/ ,307124, OXY-ACETYLENE FLAME CLEANING The effective method of preparing steel surfaces for painting. Genuine COMET 3 s high temperature, high velocity flame removes all loose scale, rust and partially weathered mill scale. Every trace of surface moisture is dried out so a\that the paint dries faster and bonds better when applied to a warm and dry surface. This results in longer lasting protection against corrosion. The Genuine COMET 3 welding blowpipe with a heavy duty mixer is the basis for the equipment which includes a choice of stainless extension barrel and either a 75 mm or 175 mm wide flat flame cleaning tip. Adaptor required and flat tips have guides to maintain the correct height above the surface being cleaned, and are designed to work on even surfaces free of projections. They can be used either for Flame Cleaning or for Flame Spalling. APPLICATIONS The Genuine COMET 3 flame cleaning equipment is light, easy to handle and simple to operate. It can be used on all steel plates and sections used in structural engineering and shipbuilding. OXY-ACETYLENE FLAME CLEANING C. Part No A. Part No B. Part No C. Part No The easy way to roughen concrete or cement surfaces which have become worn and slippery. The tip s intense flame heat breaks away a thin layer of concrete or cement and exposes a fresh, rough surface. No preparation of the surface is needed except to clear heavy grease deposits. Flame Spalling is fast and effective even on damp or wet surfaces. APPLICATIONS Flame Spalling leaves an excellent bonding surface and is suitable for preparing woolshed, cowshed or garage floors for resurfacing, or swimming pools for replastering/retiling. Always wear protective clothing when using this equipment. ORDERING INFORMATION A. Part No B. Part No C. Part No D. Part No AIR-FUEL TIPS GAS EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE DATA (AIR-ACETYLENE) Part Tip Gas consumption number size (CFM) AT49 6 x 31 4 I/min(@1000kPa) COMET AIR-ACETYLENE BRAZING TIP For direct connection to the standard Genuine COMET 3 Mixer (PIN ), this delivers a short, intensely hot flame. Gases are swirled and passed through a propeller like vane at the base of the tip, producing a concentrated flame. The protected high velocity flame will not blow out in windy conditions. Unit comes complete with right hand plug to seal off oxygen connection. APPLICATIONS Suitable for soldering, brazing, pipe bending and many heating applications. ORDERING INFORMATION COMET Air-Acetylene Brazing Tip Part No. AT49 144

145 GAS EQUIPMENT CUTTING EQUIPMENT PIPEMATE SPECIFICATIONS Pipe diameter: mm Pipe Wall thickness: up to 50mm WEIGHT: 9kg Accurate square and bevel edge circumferential flame cutting. Smooth dependable drive. Designed for optimum stability. Control valves located away from heat. Designed for simple operation. Fully adjustable to any cutting length. Graduated scale for accurate bevelling. Quick changeover between differing diameters. 2 ORDERING INFORMATION PIPEMATE Part No Includes acetylene nozzle size 1, tip cleaners, spanners and chain 2.4m. PARTS AND ACCESSORIES 3 Seat Cutting Nozzles Standard Speed Acetylene Part No. Tip Size 00, 0mm-5mm plate thickness Tip Size 0, 5mm-10mm plate thickness Tip Size 1, 10mm-15mm plate thickness Tip Size 2, 15mm-30mm plate thickness Tip Size 3, 30mm-40mm plate thickness Tip Size 4, 40mm-50mm plate thickness Seat Cutting Nozzles Standard Speed LPG Part No. Tip Size 0, 5mm-10mm plate thickness Tip Size 1, 10mm-15mm plate thickness Tip Size 2, 15mm-30mm plate thickness Tip Size 3, 30mm-40mm plate thickness Tip Size 4, 40mm-50mm plate thickness Part No. Additional 2M Chain Nozzle nut OKS5020 PIPEMATE 2 SPECIFICATIONS WEIGHT (one torch set): 9.5 kg LENGTH: 350 mm WHEEL WIDTH: 160mm MOTOR MODEL: Condenser- induction POWER SOURCE: 240M 50 Hz REVOLUTION: 1500rpm (no load) REDUCTION GEAR: Single cone system CUTTING SPEED: mm/min CUTTING THICKNESS: 5mm-50mm CUTTING EDGE SHAPE: Square cutting, V-bevel cutting Automatically cuts straight lines, circles and bevels. Lightweight. Portable. Compact construction. Designed for simple operation. High stability for long distance cutting. TWO TORCH SET This set allows parallel and bevel cutting with spacing of 80mm - 300mm. Includes: 1 x cutting torch, 1 x torch adjustment bracket, 1 x extended racking bar, 1 x counterweight, 1 x gas distribution manifold, 1 x set of gas hoses. CIRCLE CUTTING ATTACHMENTS This attachment allows cutting of circles from 30mm-2400mm. Includes: 1 x circle cutting attachment, 1 x counterweight. Additional Rail Additional 1.8M rails may be added to achieve any desired cutting length. ORDERING INFORMATION PLATEMATE 2 Part No Includes acetylene nozzle size 1, tip cleaners and spanners. PARTS AND ACCESSORIES 3 Seat Cutting Nozzles Standard Speed Acetylene Part No. Tip Size 00, 0mm-5mm plate thickness Tip Size 0, 5mm-10mm plate thickness Tip Size 1, 10mm-15mm plate thickness Tip Size 2, 15mm-30mm plate thickness Tip Size 3, 30mm-40mm plate thickness Tip Size 4, 40mm-50mm plate thickness Seat Cutting Nozzles Standard Speed LPG Part No. Tip Size 0, 5mm-10mm plate thickness Tip Size 1, 10mm-15mm plate thickness Tip Size 2, 15mm-30mm plate thickness Tip Size 3, 30mm-40mm plate thickness Tip Size 4, 40mm-50mm plate thickness Part No. Rail 1.8M long Two Torch Set Circle Cutting Attachment Nozzle nut OKS5020 GAS EQUIPMENT 145

146 2 GAS EQUIPMENT CUTTING SYSTEM ARCAIR SLICE CUTTING SYSTEM PART NUMBER: OTW63/ CIGWELD introduces the SLICE Cutting System manufactured by ARCAIR Unlike any other cutting technology used today, the new Arcair SLICE Cutting System can cut, burn or pierce virtually any metallic, non-metallic or composite material. Cuts right through hard-to-cut materials. Such as mild stainless and alloy steels. Cast iron Aluminium, magnesium, other non-ferrous metals, slag and refractory materials. Can punch through concrete or brick, even if it s caked with rust, mud or other corrosion. You can cut through nearly anything with the SLICE System. The SLICE system uses a special Arcair torch that feeds oxygen and electrical power to a patented SLICE exothermic cutting rod. You supply oxygen and or 12 volt battery or a welding machine (CC). The battery gives you fast ignition and portability. The welding machine lets you maintain a continuous arc (up to 200amps) with conductive materials for cutting temperatures over 5500 C. Cuts through almost anything. No pre-heating required. Protective hand guard and spark arrestor built in. Up to 3 times faster than oxy fuel. Lightweight - complete SLICE plant only 14 kg. Comfortable and easy to use. Portable - comes with toolbox. STOCK UNIT: SLICE Cutting System SLICE CUTTING SYSTEM PLANT INCLUDES SLICE battery pack 240 VAC/50Hz 7mm cutting rods (Qty. 25) Literature pack Tool box Striker assembly Torch assembly Collet extension assembly Extension shield Oxygen hose (3m) Charging cable, 240 VAC/50Hz (3m) Coupling Instruction Manual Note: The SLICE torch comes standard with the 7mm Collet Chuck and Collet Nut. To utilise the 10mm rods the user must order the 10mm rod conversion kit which includes the 10mm Collet Chuck and Collet Nut. ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT REQUIRED Genuine COMET 700 oxygen regulator (Part Number ) set at 550 kpa Industrial grade oxygen APPLICATIONS Use the Arcair SLICE system in the shop or in the field. This unique system is a natural for plant maintenance, building renovation or demolition, scrap cleanup and salvage work. It removes edges on loaders for repair or replacement. SPARE PARTS ORDERING INFORMATION Striker assembly Part No. OTW72/ Torch assembly Part No. OTW03/ Collet extension assembly Part No. OTW94/ Extension shield Part No. OTW94/ Replacement battery only Part No. OTW96/ mm conversion kit Part No. OTW94/ Shield Part No. OTW94/ Washer Part No. OTW94/ mm Collet Chuck Part No. OTW94/ mm Collet Chuck Part No. OTW94/ Flashback Arrestor Part No. 0TW94/ mm Collet Nut Assembly Part No. OTW mm Collet Nut AssemblyPart No. OTW CUTTING RODS ORDERING INFORMATION Diameter x length Qty 7 x 559mm 25 Part No. OTW43/ x 559mm 100 Part No. OTW43/ x 1118mm 25 Part No. OTW43/ x 457mm 50 Part No. OTW43/ x 914mm 25 Part No. OTW43/ ROD BURNTIME: 7 x 559mm sec 7 x 1118mm sec 10 x 457mm sec 10 x 914mm sec GAS EQUIPMENT 146

147 GAS EQUIPMENT HOSE FITTED HOSES AND HOSE FITTINGS FACTORY FITTED HOSE ASSEMBLIES Single] Gas Colour L Length h Nominal bore Fittings Part No. twin type m diameter (mm) Standard T Oxy/Acetylene Blue/Red 5 5 5/8-18 RH + LH both ends AS T Oxy/Acetylene Blue/Red /8-18 RH + LH both ends AS T Oxy/Acetylene Blue/Red /8-18 RH + LH both ends AS T Oxy/Acetylene Blue/Red /8-18 RH + LH both ends AS T Oxy/Acetylene Blue/Red /8-18 RH + LH both ends AS T Oxy/LPG Blue/Orange 5 5 5/8-18 RH + LH both ends AS1335/ T Oxy/LPG Blue/Orange /8-18 RH + LH both ends AS1335/1869 HOSE - THE ESSENTIAL LINK It is important to use the correct type of hose for the required gas(es) to be used. Any nonstandard application should always be checked by and approved before being put into operation. Pressure drops will occur through hoses and hose fittings, therefore allowances must be made to compensate for this when setting up equipment and adjusting regulators. 10 mm bore hose should be used for large flow applications and where long lengths of hose are to be used. Colour coding of hoses and different threads for fuel and Oxygen prevents incorrect connections of hoses to the wrong gas type. CIGWELD twin hoses help to keep the work area tidy, which reduces the risk of hose damage. 2 SPECIFICATIONS Oxygen and Acetylene hoses, conform to Australian standard AS COLOUR CODING Gas Oxygen Acetylene LP Gas Colour Blue Red Orange CIGWELD hose can be purchased either as a complete assembly with fittings or in single length plus appropriate fittings. ORDERING INFORMATION FITTINGS 5 mm ID Hose Part No. Connector kit, 5/8-18UNF RH (Screwed) LP112 Connector kit, 5/8-18UNF LH (Screwed) LP240 Connector kit, 5/8-18UNF RH (Crimped) Connector kit, 5/8-18UNF LH (Crimped) mm ID Hose Part No. Connector kit, 5/8-18UNF RH (Crimped) Connector kit, 5/8-18UNF LH (Crimped) FEATURES Genuine COMET hoses undergo stringent quality checks, ensuring quality and compatibility with relevant Genuine COMET hose fittings. Colour coding of hoses and different threads for fuel and oxygen prevents incorrect connections of hoses to the wrong gas type. Genuine COMET factory fitted hose assemblies are available in twin hose configurations. This helps keep the work area tidy and reduces the risk of damage. Secure, specifically designed hose fittings ensure operator safety. SPARE PARTS CRIMPING TOOL For 5mm and 10mm ferrules Part No HOSE JOINERS 5 mm ID Hose Part No. Screwed LP265 Crimped mm ID Hose Part No. Crimped FITTED HOSE JOINERS 5 mm and 10 mm ID Hose Part No. 5/8-18UNF RH WB UNF LH WB35 ADAPTORS Y-Piece adaptor for regulator outlets with 5/8-18 UNF RH Connections R121 Y-Piece adaptor for regulator outlets with 5/8-18 UNF LH Connections R215 Right angle connector, 5/8-18 UNF RH threads both ends Right angle connector, 5/8-18 UNF LH threads both ends GAS EQUIPMENT 147

148 GAS EQUIPMENT 2 ACCESSORIES AND PARTS Genuine COMET FLASHBACK ARRESTOR - MODEL F1 SUPER (REGULATOR MOUNTED) Part number Model Gas Connections Connection to: Pressure Rating Max Airflow I/min F1 Super Oxygen 5/8-18UNF RH Regulator outlet 1000 kpa F1 Super Fuel 5/8-18UNF LH Regulator outlet 500 kpa 557 (150 kpa Acetylene) 170 Designed for connection to the outlet of regulators, incorporating the following features: Pressure actuated cut-off valve to prevent further gas flow after a flashback occurs. Operation is indicated by a signal level. After resetting the lever it is ready for immediate re-use. Non-return valve. Large surface stainless steel conical flame arrestor. Pressure relief valve to vent excessive pressure. Temperature activated shut-off valve. Supplied with inlet filter. Complies to AS4603. Conforms to EN730/DIN 8521, UL, ISO 5175 class 1 (fittings to AS ). Tested by BAM. ORDERING INFORMATION OXYGEN Flashback Arrestor - Model F1 Super (Regulator Mounted) Part No FUEL Flashback Arrestor - Model F1 Super (Regulator Mounted) Part No Genuine COMET FLASHBACK ARRESTOR - MODEL F2R (REGULATOR MOUNTED) Part number Model Gas Connections Connection to: Pressure Rating Max Airflow I/min F2R Oxygen 5/8-18UNF RH Regulator outlet 1000 kpa F2R Fuel 5/8-18UNF LH Regulator outlet 500 kpa 533 (150 kpa Acetylene) 187 Designed for connection to the outlet of regulators and pipelines, incorporating the following features: Non-return valve. Large cylindrical stainless steel flame arrestor. Medium-flow capacity. Supplied with inlet filter. Temperature actuated cut-off valve. Complies to AS4603. Conforms to EN730/DIN 8521, UL, ISO 5175 class 1 (fittings to AS ). Tested by BAM. ORDERING INFORMATION: OXYGEN Flashback Arrestor - Model F2R (Regulator Mounted) Part No FUEL Flashback Arrestor - Model F2R (Regulator Mounted) Part No SET Contains one of each F2R Oxygen and F2R Fuel Part No NB: the thermal cut-off sealing element is not in the gas stream and is shrouded from flashbacks. The cut-off valve closes in the direction of flow assisted by a strong spring at an internal temperature of approximately 90 C. Operation is not indicated and the cut-off valve is not resettable by the user. Genuine COMET FLASHBACK ARRESTOR - MODEL F2B (BLOWPIPE MOUNTED) GAS EQUIPMENT Part number Model Gas Connections Connection to: Pressure Rating Max Airflow I/min F2B Oxygen 5/8-18UNF RH Blowpipe Inlet 1000 kpa F2B Fuel 5/8-18UNF LH Blowpipe Inlet 500 kpa 693 (150 kpa Acetylene) 220 Designed for connection to the inlet of blowpipes where medium flow is required (hand held and machine), incorporating the following features: Non-return valve. Large cylindrical stainless steel flame arrestor. Medium-flow capacity. Complies to AS4603. Conforms to EN730/DIN 8521, UL, ISO 5175 class 1 (fittings to A ). Tested by BAM. ORDERING INFORMATION OXYGEN Flashback Arrestor - Model F2B (Blowpipe Mounted) Part No FUEL Flashback Arrestor - Model F2B (Blowpipe Mounted) Part No SET Contains one of each F2B Oxygen and F2B Fuel Part No

149 GAS EQUIPMENT ACCESSORIES AND PARTS Genuine COMET FLASHBACK ARRESTOR - MODEL F6 (Blowpipe Mounted) PART NUMBER MODEL GAS CONNECTIONS CONNECTION -TO: PRESSURE RATINGMAX AIRFLOW I/MIN F6 Oxygen 518" - 18UNF RH Blowpipe Inlet 2000 kpa F6 Fuel 5/8" - 18UNF LH Blowpipe Inlet 500 kpa 463 (150 kpa Acetylene) Designed for connection to the inlet of blowpipes (hand held and machine) incorporating the following features: Non-return valve. Cylindrical stainless steel flame arrestor. Supplied with inlet filter. Complies to AS4603. Conforms to EN730/DIN 8521, UL, ISO 5175 class 1 (fittings to A ). Tested by BAM. OXYGEN Flashback Arrestor - Model F6 (Blowpipe Mounted) Part No FUEL Flashback Arrestor - Model F6 (Blowpipe Mounted) Part No SET Contains one of each F6 Oxygen and F6 Fuel FBA's Part No Genuine COMET FLASHBACK ARRESTOR - FLAME BUSTER F6 KWIK-CONNECT (Blowpipe Mounted) PART NUMBER MODEL GAS CONNECTIONS CONNECTION -TO: PRESSURE RATINGMAX AIRFLOW I/MIN Flamebuster F6 Kwik-Connect Oxygen 5/8" - 18UNF RH Blowpipe Inlet Flamebuster F6 Kwik-Connect Acetyene 5/8" - 18UNF LH Blowpipe Inlet /LPG/Hydrogen (150 kpa Acetylene) 208 Designed for use with hand blowpipes by placing the F6 Kwik-Connect flashback arrestor at the inlet of these devices. Kwik-Connect feature allows for quick, safe set-up and removal of the blowpipe from the hose even if the hose is pressurised. Kwik-Connect device utilises an integral check valve device which prevents the escape of gases when the blowpipe has been removed from the hose. Kwik-Connect devices utilise unique oxygen and fuel connections to prevent improper mating of the blowpipe to the hose. Kwik-Connect male barb has a hardness of minimum 25 Rockwell. Compact, lightweight design (160gms each). Conforms to UL (fittings to AS ). OXYGEN Flashback Arrestor and Barb Part No FUEL Flashback Arrestor and Barb Part No SET Contains one of each F6 KC Oxygen and Fuel FBA's Part No GAS EQUIPMENT 149

150 GAS EQUIPMENT 2 ACCESSORIES AND PARTS Genuine COMET FLASHBACK ARRESTOR - MODEL Part number Model Gas Connections Connection to: Pressure Rating Max Airflow I/min /308859/308861/ Oxygen Various See ordering 3000 kpa /308860/308862/ Fuel Various details 500 kpa (150 kpa Acetylene) P 85-10B 85-10R 85-10R-LP Designed for high flow applications: Blowpipe mounting (85-10B), Regulator mounting (85-10R) and Pipeline installations (85-10P). They incorporate the following features: Non-return valve. Large cylindrical stainless steel flame arrestor. High-flow capacity. Temperature activated cut-off valve R and 85-10P supplied with inlet filter. The 85-10B has offset connections to accommodate their size onto the blowpipe. The 85-10R takes full advantage of the CIGWELD highflow regulators (TR92 Oxygen, TR93 Acetylene) with their 5/8" BSP high flow outlet connection. The 85-10R-LP is suitable for use with Genuine COMET regulators fitted with the standard welding hose connection 5/8"-18 UNF. Conforms to EN730, ISO5175 class 1. Tested by BAM. Note: The thermal cut-off sealing element is not in the gas stream and is shrouded from flashbacks. The cut-off valve closes in the direction of flow assisted by a strong spring at an internal temperature of approximately 90 C. Operation is not indicated and the cut-off valve is not resettable by the user. P = Pipeline (High flow) R = Regulator Mounted (High flow) 5/8 BSP - 5/8-18UNF B = Blowpipe Mounted (High flow) LP= Regulator Mounted (High flow) 5/8-18UNF - 5/8-18UNF ORDERING INFORMATION: OXYGEN Flashback Arrestor - Model 85-10F (5/8 BSP) Part No Flashback Arrestor - Model 85-10R (5/8"BSP - 5/8-18UNF) Part No Flashback Arrestor - Model 85-10B (5/8-18UNF) Part No Flashback Arrestor - Model 85-10R-LP (5/8-18UNF) Part No FUEL Flashback Arrestor - Model 85-10P (5/8" BSP) Part No Flashback Arrestor - Model 85-10R (5/8" BSP - 5/8-18UNF) Part No Flashback Arrestor - Model 85-10B (5/8-18UNF) Part No Flashback Arrestor - Model 85-10R-LP (5/8-18UNF) Part No GAS EQUIPMENT 150

151 GAS EQUIPMENT ACCESSORIES AND PARTS SELECTION CHART Process Part Nozzle Regulator Regulator Mounted HOSE Blowpipe Mounted Number /Tip Size (Outlet pressure kpa) Flashback Arrestor Min ID Max Flashback Arrestor (mm) Length(m) WELDING , to 26 COMET 700 Oxy (4-15:50, 20-26:100) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 5 20 F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B COMET 700 Acet (4-15:50, 20-26:100) COMET 700 Oxy (150) F2B, 85-10B COMET 700 Acet (100) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B HEATING x12 HT COMET 700 Oxy (350) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 5 20 F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B NOZZLES COMET 700 Acet (100) x9 HT COMET 700 Oxy (500) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 5 20 F6, F/Buster F6, F28, 85-10B COMET 500 LPG (100) HEATING x12 HT COMET 700 Oxy (150) F2B, 85-10B TIPS COMET 700 Acet (100) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B x12(SHA1) COMET 700 Oxy (150) F2B, 85-10B COMET 700 Acet (100) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B x12(SHA2) COMET 700 Oxy (200) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B COMET 700 Acet (100) x12(SHP1) COMET 700 Oxy (500) F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B COMET 500 LPG (100) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 5 10 F2 B, 85-10B F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B TR92 Oxy (1000) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B COMET 500 LPG (300) x12(SHP2) COMET 700 Oxy (600) F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B COMET 500 LPG (100) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) F2B, 85-10B 85-10R(-LP) F/Buster F6,F2B,85-10B TR92 Oxy (1000) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B COMET 700 (1000) COMET 500 LPG (300) x12(SHP3) COMET 700 Oxy (800) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) F2B, 85-10B COMET 500 LPG (150) TR92 Oxy (1000) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B COMET- 700 (1000) COMET- 500 LPG (300) x15(SHP4) TR92 Oxy (1000) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B COMET- 700 (1000) COMET- 500 LPG (300) CUTTING Type 41&44 Oxy: COMET- 700 Oxy F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B ,306026, -6,8,12,15,20 (up to 220l/min@450) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 5 10 F2 B, 85-10B , (up to 150mm Fuel: 41 - COMET 700 Acet (100), F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B plate thickness) 44 - COMET 500 LPG (100) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 5 20 F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B , Type 41&44 Oxy: COMET 700 Oxy F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) F2B, 85-10B , ,32 (up to 450l/min@800) (greater than Fuel: 41 - COMET 700 Acet (150), 150mm plate 44 - COMET 500 LPG (150) thickness) Oxy: TR92 Oxy (1000) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B COMET 700 (1000) Fuel: 41 - COMET 700 Acet (150), F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 5 20 F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B 44 - COMET 500 LPG (150) RIVET RC Oxy: COMET 700 Oxy (500) F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B CUTTING , 32GB, 48GB, Fuel: 41 - COMET 700 Acet (100), F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 5 10 F2B, 85-10B GOUGING GB , GS 44 - COMET 500 LPG (100) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B DG F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 5 20 F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B FLAME x 51 FW Oxy: TR92 Oxy (1000) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B WASHING COMET 700 (1000) FLAME mm Fuel: 41 - COMET 700 Acet (100), F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 5 20 F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B CLEANING mm 44 - COMET- 500 LPG (300) KEY TO THE CHART Flashback arrestor model, placement, hose length, hose diameter, regulator outlet pressure and application inlet pressure are interrelated. For full protection it is essential all components have adequate flow capacity, when used as an inter-connected system. Operation outside the recommendations eg. smaller hose diameter, longer length of hose, no flashback arrestor or smaller than indicated flashback arrestor could lead to flame instability and tip starvation. This increases the likelihood of a flashback. Combinations in the table above fall under two different categories: White Box - Full protection is provided with both regulator mounted and blowpipe mounted flashback Arrestors providing sufficient inlet pressure for the application to have optimum flow and flame stability. This should be selected wherever possible. Black box - Only blowpipe mounted flashback arrestors can be fitted to allow sufficient inlet pressure for the application. These combinations should be used only when those highlighted green are not practical or possible. note the level of protection will not be optimal. The maximum recommended safe length of hose is 30M. Greater lengths than this are not recommended due to pressure drop and the operator being too far from the cylinders. This table is for hand held blowpipe applications only, not for machine cutting applications. For more detailed information consult the flow charts of the relevant flashback arrestors. 2 GAS EQUIPMENT 151

152 GAS EQUIPMENT 2 REGULATORS REGULATORS 10125FLBC 10125FLCA 10130LMAR Regulator/Flowmeter CO2 Bobin Style Regulator/Flowmeter Argon Bobin Style Regulator Argon CRF110 Regulator C02 110V CRF220 Heater Regulator C02 220V CO2H-240 Heater for C02 regulator, 240V HOSES AND FITTINGS TWIN GAS HOSES (OXYGEN & ACETYLENE) H0505M3 Hose Set Twin Blue Red 5m H0515M3 Hose Set Twin Blue Red 15m HSTW053 Hose Twin Blue/Red 5mm 100m H0510M3 Hose Set Twin Blue Red 10m H0520M3 Hose Set Twin Oxy/Acet 5mm 20m HTW103 Hose Twin Oxy Acet 10mm 100m SINGLE GAS HOSES GAS EQUIPMENT HOX053 Hose Single Blue 5mm 100m HSAR053 Hose Single Black 5mm 100m HSOX103 Hose Single Blue 10mm 100m HSAC053 Hose Single Red 5mm 100m HS1P053 Hose Single Orange 5mm 100m HSAC l 03 Hose Single Red 10mm 100m 152

153 BULGIN AIR PROPANE EQUIPMENT GAS EQUIPMENT BRUCEWICK BURNER Part No s 124 B B B B74 PAINT BURNER GAS EQUIPMENT POINTED FLAME BURNER Part No s 124 B B B25 CYCLONE FLAME BURNER Part No s 124 B B B28 2 SOFT FLAME BURNER Part No 124 B70 Part No s 124 B30 SOLDERING ATTACHMENT HOSE ASSEMBLIES Part No s HANDPIECE Part No s 123 H301 Part No s 124 B31 EXPANSION BURNER REGULATORS Part No s 124 B B B B66 NECKTUBES Part No 101 R29 Part No 101 R AD5 ADAPTER POL CYLINDER 3/8BSP LH CYLINDER POWER BURNER Part No s 124 B B38 Part No s 124 N N B B62 GAS EQUIPMENT 153

154 GAS EQUIPMENT 2 GAS HEATING SIEVERT PRE PACK Prepack Sets for the effective completion of specific jobs. Important: A regular and/ or hose failure value is necessary with these sets. SV3499 DELUXE SERVICE SET Containing Burners covering most soldering and heating requirements. Contains handpiece with economiser SV3488, necktube SV3509 and burners SV3940, SV3941, SV2941, SV2942. SV2943, SV2944 with hose 2m SV2000. Space is provided for a regulator, which is not included and should be ordered separately to suit the appropriate cylinder. Packaged in a metal carry case. SV5100 CONTRACTORS TORCH SET Economical Torch Set with 'brush' type blowlamp flame for general purpose use, Includes burner SV3841, necktube SV3511, handpiece SV3486 and hose 2m SV2000. Packaged in metal carry case. Regular/ hose failure valve not included. SV5200 PLUMBERS TORCH SET Torch set with cyclone burner for general purpose pipework and silver soldering. Includes burner SV3524, handpiece SV3486 and hose 2m SV2000. Packaged in metal carry case. Regulator/ hose failure valve not included. SV5300 JEWELLERS TORCH SET Torch with fine set needle flame burner for delicate jewellery work and lead burning. Includes burner SV3537, handpiece SV3486 and hose 2m SV2000. Packaged in metal carry case. Regulator/ hose failure value not included. SV5300 PAINTERS TORCH SET Extremely efficient torch set with a wide, flat flame for paint stripping and other uses. Includes burner SV3517, handpiece SV3486 and hose 4m SV4000, Packaged in metal carry case. Regulator/ hose failure valve not included. FLAME SHAPES GAS EQUIPMENT Cyclone Flame Burners for brazing and soldering. With a rotating, enveloping flame for even heat all round the pipe. Flame design provides the most efficient heat transfer to the pip. Sievert or Primus cyclone burners offer much faster brazing or soldering with propane. Standard Flame Burners for soldering and heating. Brush type flames. Pinpoint Flame Burners for fine work on gold, silver, etc. Finepointed flames with a distinct core. Power Burners for roofing and large-scale heating. With powerful windproof flames. Flat Flame Burners for paint stripping, ski-waxing, etc. Powerful wide flame for efficient use outdoors. Hot-air Burners for paint stripping, heat-shrinking, heating of PVC, roofing, etc. With powerful, windproof and hot air streams. Ideal for field work as no electricity is required. Powerful roofing burners with totally encased flames for efficient bitumen laying when open flames are not permitted. Soft Flame Burners for heat shrinking. With flame design ideal cabler operations. Sweeping flames with visible yellow tips. Soldering Irons for sheet metal work, roofing and cable operations. Encased or windproof burners with a variety of sizes of copper bits. 154

155 GAS EQUIPMENT GAS HEATING SIEVERT FLOWCHART 2 GAS EQUIPMENT 155

156 GAS EQUIPMENT 2 GAS WELDING AND CUTTING EQUIPMENT NOVAMAX TM WELDING AND CUTTING KIT A versatile kit to cope with most applications in the one package. Kit comprises of Cutting Attachment NovaMAX Blowpipe NovaMAX Mixer Oxygen and Acetylene Regulators Cutting Nozzles 8, 10 & 12 Welding tips 8, 10, 12, 15 & 20 5 meter Oxy-acetylene hose complete with fittings Oxy goggles flip front style Flint Lighter Tip Cleaners Spanner Kit, welding and cutting (ea) WELDING HANDLE CUTTING ATTACHMENT Handle, welding, NovaMAX (ea) Attachment, cutting NovaMAX (ea) MIXER NovaMAX CUTTING ATTACHMENT SPARES Mixer, type 32 (ea) NovaMAX HANDLE SPARES GAS EQUIPMENT Kit assembly control valve Oxygen (ea) Kit assembly control valve Acetylene (ea) Kit, cutting valve (ea) Kit, cutting lever (ea) Kit assembly control valve (ea) Nut, retaining (ea) O-Ring, mixer large (ea) O-Ring, mixer small (ea) 156

157 GAS EQUIPMENT GAS WELDING AND CUTTING EQUIPMENT GAS HOSES & ASSEMBLIES Part No Description Hose assembly, twin hose, acetylene 5m (ea) Hose assembly, twin hose, acetylene, 10m (ea) Hose assembly, twin hose, acetylene, 15m (ea) Hose assembly, twin hose, LPG, 5m (ea) Hose, 5mm diameter, black (m) Hose, 5mm diameter, twin, red/blue (m) Hose, 5mm diameter, twin, orange/blue (m) Hoses must be ordered in 100m roll lots NOVAMAX REGULATORS Part No LA-RG001 LA-RG002 LA-RG003 LA-RG004 LA-RG005 LA-RG006 LA-RG003S15 LA-RG003S30 LA-RG003BOB15 LA-RG003BOB30 Description 1 - CO2 Flow Meter (ea) Max 15lpm 2 - Argon Flow with Gauge (ea) Max 30lpm 3 - Flow Argon Bobbin (ea) Max 30lpm 4 - Acetylene (ea) Max 150kpa 5 - Oxygen (ea) Max 1000kpa 6 - LPG (ea) Max 350kpa Argon, Side entry, 15lpm, Bob (ea) Argon, Side entry, 30lpm, Bob (ea) Max 30lpm Replacement Bobbin 15lpm (ea) Replacement Bobbin 30lpm (ea) FLASHBACK ARRESTORS Part No Description Flashstop, oxygen, torch type, 1000l/hour (ea) Flashstop, acetylene, torch type, 1000l/hour (ea) Flashstop, oxygen, regulator type, 4000l/hour (ea) Flashstop, acetylene, reg type, 4000l/hour (ea) Complies with Australian Standards AS GAS EQUIPMENT 157

158 GAS EQUIPMENT 2 GAS WELDING AND CUTTING EQUIPMENT CUTTING NOZZLES - ACETYLENE TYPE 41 CUTTING NOZZLES - LPG GAS TYPE 44 Part No Description Nozzle cutting, size 6 (ea) Nozzle cutting, size 8 (ea) Nozzle cutting, size 10 (ea) Nozzle cutting, size 12 (ea) Nozzle cutting, size 15 (ea) Nozzle cutting, size 20 (ea) Nozzle cutting, size 26 (ea) Nozzle cutting, size 32 (ea) Part No Description Nozzle, cutting, propane, size 6 (ea) Nozzle, cutting, propane, size 8 (ea) Nozzle, cutting, propane, size 12 (ea) Nozzle, cutting, propane, size 15 (ea) Nozzle, cutting, propane, size 20 (ea) Nozzle, cutting, propane, size 24 (ea) Nozzle, cutting, propane, size 32 (ea) WELDING TIPS HEATING TIP Part No Description Tip, welding, size 8 (ea) Tip, welding, size 10 (ea) Tip, welding, size 12 (ea) Tip, welding, size 15 (ea) Tip, welding, size 20 (ea) Tip, welding, size 26 (ea) Tip, welding, size 32 (ea) Part No Description Tip, heating, size 8 x 1.2 GOUGING NOZZLES TROLLEYS GAS EQUIPMENT Part No Description Acetylene Type Nozzle, straight gouging, acetylene, 32 (ea) Nozzle, bent gouging, acetylene, 32 (ea) Nozzle, bent gouging, acetylene, 48 (ea) LPG GAS Type Nozzle, bent gouging, propane, 32 (ea) Nozzle, bent gouging, propane, 48 (ea) Part No Description Trolley, cylinder, D size, 2 wheel (ea) Trolley, cylinder, E size, 2 wheel (ea) Trolley, cylinder, G size, 2 wheel (ea) Trolley, cylinder, G size, 2 pump-up wheels (ea) 158

159 GAS WELDING AND CUTTING EQUIPMENT CUTTING GUIDES TIP CLEANERS GAS EQUIPMENT 2 Part No Description Guide, circle-roller combination (ea) Radias Bar Tangent (ea) Guide, roller cutting - Tanjent (ea) Part No Description Cleaners, tip and nozzle (ea) SINGLE FLINT LIGHTER HOSE CONNECTORS Part No Description Lighter, single flint type (ea) Flints, single type, (Pk 6) Part No Description Connector, 5mm hose, RH (ea) Connector, 5mm hose, LH (ea) AT3671 Coupler, 5mm hose, Rh (ea) Coupler, 5mm hose, LH (ea) Joiner set, 5mm hose (ea) TRIPLE FLINT LIGHTER SPANNER COMBINATION Part No Description Lighter, triple flint type v(ea) Flints, triple type (ea) Part No Description Spanner, combination (ea) KEY CYLINDER Part No Description Key, Cylinder (ea) ELECTRIC LIGHTER Part No Description Lighter, electronic (ea) GAS EQUIPMENT 159

160 GAS EQUIPMENT VICTOR 2 MACHINE CUTTING TORCHES MT 200 SERIES Two hose torches. For use with acetylene and other pressurised gases. MODEL OVERALL BARREL RACKING CUTTING NUMBER LENGTH LENGTH LENGTH CAPACITY MT 204A 8-1/2 4-1/4 N/A 7 MT 201A For use with all fuel gases except acetylene. MODEL OVERALL BARREL RACKING CUTTING NUMBER LENGTH LENGTH LENGTH CAPACITY MT 201N MT 300 SERIES Three hose torches. For use with acetylene and other pressurised gases. MODEL OVERALL BARREL RACKING CUTTING NUMBER LENGTH LENGTH LENGTH CAPACITY MT 310A MT 318A 22-1/ MT 310AV MT318AV 22-1/ For use with all fuel gases except acetylene. MODEL OVERALL BARREL RACKING CUTTING NUMBER LENGTH LENGTH LENGTH CAPACITY MT 301N MT318N 22-1/ MT 310NV MT 318NV 22-1/ MT 200 SERIES NOTE: The MT 204, MT 210, MT 310V and MT 318V torches ARE equipped with a cutting oxygen valve. The MT 310 and MT 318 torches ARE NOT equipped with a cutting oxygen valve. MT 300 SERIES GEAR RACKS For use with MT 200 and MT 300 SERIES cutting torches. (Must be ordered seperately). TORCH MODEL 24 PITCH 32PITCH NUMBERS PART NUMBER PART NUMBER MT 210 and MT 310 Series MT 318 Series BHA Bevel Attachment for machine torch bevel cutting. Part number GAS EQUIPMENT WCMT 300 SERIES Three hose, water cooled torch. For use with all fuel gases. MODEL OVERALL BARREL RACKING CUTTING NUMBER LENGTH LENGTH LENGTH CAPACITY WCMT N/A 16 WCMT /2 18 N/A 16 NOTE: WCMT 300 Series cutting torches ARE NOT equipped with a cutting oxygen valve. NOTE: All Victor machine cutting torches use series 1 cutting tips. IMPORTANT: Machine cutting torches use accessory reverse flow check valves which are included with the torch. 160

161 VICTOR HAND CUTTING TORCHES ST 1600C SERIES For use with any fuel gas For use with Series 1 cutting tips. Cuts from 1/8 to 16 TORCH LENGTH MODEL NO. MODEL NO. MODEL NO. 17 SST 1600C SST 1601 C SST 1602C 21 ST 1600C ST 1601 C ST 1602C 27 ST 1610C ST 1611 C ST 1612C 26 ST 1630C ST 1631 C ST 1632C 48 ST 1650C ST 1651 C ST 1652C 72 ST 1670C ST 1671 C ST 1672C 17 SST 1700C ST 1700C ST 1701 C - 27 ST 1710C ST 1711 C - 36 ST 1730C ST 1731 C - 48 ST 1750C ST 1751 C - 15 SST 1800C SST 1801 C - 21 ST 1800C ST 1801 C - 27 ST 1810C SST 1900C ST 1900C ST 1901C - NOTE: When using this series with Low Pressure Natural Gas pressure under 2 PSIG use HPN series tips. GAS EQUIPMENT ST 1600C (Top/Rear Lever) ST 1700C (Bottom/Rear Lever) ST 1800C (Top/Front Lever) ST 1900C (Bottom/Front Lever) 2 ST 900C SERIES ST 900C (Tri-Tube Design) For use with any fuel gas 5 PSIG and above. For use with Series 1 cutting tips. Cuts from 1/8 to 6 TORCH LENGTH MODEL NO. MODEL NO. MODEL NO. 17 SST 900C SST 901C - 21 ST 900C ST 901C - 36 ST 930C ST 931C ST 932C 48 ST 950C ST 951C ST 952C CST 800C SERIES For use with any fuel gas 2 PSIG and above. For use with Series 3 cutting tips. Cuts from 1/8 to 6 TORCH LENGTH MODEL NO. MODEL NO. MODEL NO. 17 CST 800C CST 801C CST 802C CST 800C STN 4700C SERIES STN 4700C Head Mix injector torch for use with low pressure Natural Gas Not for use with Acetylene. For use with HPN cutting tips. Cuts from 1/8 to 12 TORCH LENGTH MODEL NO. MODEL NO. MODEL NO. 20 SSTN 4700C SSTN 4701 C - 24 STN 4700C STN 4701 C - 39 STN 4730C STN 4731C STN 4751C - GAS EQUIPMENT 161

162 GAS EQUIPMENT VICTOR 2 GAS APPARATUS 300 SERIES HEAVY DUTY REGULATORS NOZZLES W RTE Journeyman and Contractor Plus SR 450 Series MFA (Multiframe) CUTTING ATTACHMENTS TORCH HANDLES 315C CA 2460 (Use Series 1 Cutting Tips) 310C/HD 310C TORCH HANDLES Victor Torch Handles are built tough to withstand rugged jobsite conditions. Threaded assembly permits quick economical repair if service is necessay. And all torch handles with B hose connections have Victor s patented built-in check valves for added safety. HD 310C 100C J-28 WH350 J-100C 315C BUILT-IN CHECK VALVES FOR ADDED SAFETY 310C J-40 GAS EQUIPMENT NOTE: The shape of the torch handle is a registered trademark of Victor Equipment Company. 300 SERIES - HEAVY DUTY MODEL WEIGHT LENGTH DESCRIPTION 315C 18 oz. 9 Standard valves, more compact for general purpose use. 310C 21 oz. 11 Standard valves for general purpose use. HD-310C 28 oz. 11 Larger, high capacity fuel gas valve for heavy duty use. 100 SERIES - MEDIUM DUTY MODEL WEIGHT LENGTH DESCRIPTION 100C 16 oz. 8-1/2 Standard valves IMPORTANT: J-28 and J-40 Torch handles are supplied with B size regulator accessory reverse flow check valves, to be used on the regulator outlet connection. J-SERIES - LIGHT DUTY PATENTED NOTE: All Victor torch handles with B size fittings are equipped with built-in reverse flow check valves. MODEL WEIGHT LENGTH CONTROL VALVES LOCATED J100C 12 oz o apart J /2 oz o apart A size fittings J /2 oz. 3-3/4 180 o apart A size fittings FIREPOWER BRAND TORCH HANDLES MODEL WEIGHT LENGTH DESCRIPTION WH oz. 9 Heavy Duty, For General Purpose Use WH oz. 8-1/2 Medium Duty, For General Purpose Use 162

163 VICTOR GAS EQUIPMENT CUTTING ATTACHMENTS WELDING AND CUTTING OUTFITS 2 Additional Victor OUTFITS give you added choice and product flexibility. If you don t want, or need, a complete outfit select one of our basic component outfits then add only the accessories you need. You can custom build an outfit the way you want it. Build it your way! Customers who require maximum performance with a minimum of accessories will find the Contractor Plusan ideal welding and cutting package. The Contractor Plus TM contains Victor s premium heavy duty apparatus with a single series 1 cutting tip and type W welding nozzle. Contractor Plus 300 SERIES Heavy Duty for use with 310C, HD-310C and 315C torch handles for use with Acetylene, Propane, Butane, LIQUID AIR Fuel Gas, MAPP, and Natural Gas (2 PSIG and above). USES CUTTING 90O 75O 180O TIP CAPACITY MODEL MODEL MODEL SERIES RANGE WEIGHT LENGTH CA 2460 CA CA oz. 10-1/2 CA 2470 N/A 1 N/A oz. 10-1/2 100 SERIES Medium Duty for use with 1OOC torch handle For use with Acetylene, Propane, Butane, LIQUID AIR Fuel Gas, MAPP, and Natural Gas (2 PSIG and above). USES CUTTING 90O 75O 180O TIP CAPACITY MODEL MODEL MODEL SERIES RANGE WEIGHT LENGTH CA 1350 CA 1351 CA oz. 8 J SERIES FIREPOWER BRAND Light duty for use with J-100C, J-28 and J-40 torch handles for use with Acetylene, Propane, Butane, LIQUID AIR Fuel Gas, MAPP, and Natural Gas (2 PSIG and above). USES CUTTING 90O 75O 180O TIP CAPACITY MODEL MODEL MODEL SERIES RANGE WEIGHT LENGTH CA 1260 N/A N/A oz. 8 Heavy and Medium Duty for use with FIREPOWER or Victor torch handles For use with Acetylene, Propane, Butane, LIQUID AIR Fuel Gas, MAPP and Natural Gas (2 PSIG and above). USES CUTTING 90O For use TIP CAPACITY MODEL with SERIES RANGE WEIGHT length CA 350 WH oz. 10-1/2 CA 250 WH oz. 8 CUTTING ATTACHMENTS Victor Cutting Attachments are specifically weight balanced for each matching torch handle. Double O-Ring seal provides convenient handtight seal with torch handle. DOUBLE O-RING SEAL GAS EQUIPMENT 163

164 GAS EQUIPMENT HARRIS 2 C SERIES The C Series. Besides the outstanding features, construction and performance built into every Harris product, C Series equipment has another benefit... it is compatible with CIG COMET 3 equipment. Now, users of this style of equipment can benefit from the superior design features of Harris apparatus. Built tough to resist the rough handling that s part of every construction jobsite, industrial plant or fabricating shop, the C Series is heavy-duty apparatus that will deliver years of efficient welding or cutting performance. THE C SERIES CUTTING TIP Uses standard Harris Cutting Tips (6290-AC) readily available from your local Harris distributor Valve inlet threads are Australian std. 4. FEATURES 1. FLAT SEAT TWO-PIECE CUTTING TIP Two pieces means easy cleaning for longer life and copper shell is chrome plated to reflect heat. Flat seats are protected from damage. 2. HEAD MIXING/SOLID FORGED HEAD Should flashback occur, it is confined to the solid forged head. The mixer can be removed by simply using a screwdriver. Solid head design resists damage. 3. TRIANGULAR TUBE DESIGN The triangular tube design on C Series cutting attachment provides exceptional strength and long life, in a compact, lightweight design. 4. TORCH CHECK VALVES Help stop dangerous reverse flow, mixing gas in hoses and regulator. 5. EASILY SERVICED HANDLE To further reduce operating costs, C Series handles feature solderless construction. Service work can be quickly and easily performed with standard tools. Ribbed outer tube of heavy extruded brass. 6. SOLID FORGED LEVER NOTE: The C Series Welding mixer uses standard Harris welding tips (23- A-90) and heating tips (J-63) 7. Takes Harris 149-2HC or E-43HC or COMET 3 cut. Attach. and Mixer For exceptional strength. 7. HEAVY BRASS AND STAINLESS STEEL OUTER PARTS Traditional materials cost more but are long lasting, permit natural finish. 8. FLASH-BACK RESISTANT MIXER 0 rings for quick, firm connection. Fits to Harris 143-2HC or COMET 3 Blowpipe Fits to Harris 143-2HC or COMET 3 Blowpipe GAS EQUIPMENT WELDING TIPS Metal Series 551 Harris Oxy-Acet Thickness Tips 23-A-90 Pressure mm Tips KPA HEATING TIPS Part n. Oxy/Acet Flow It/min Comments J Always set equal J Pressure, 100 KPA J each oxy/acet J The Harris Welding and Heating tips Fit only to the Harris C Series mixer. The mixer and tip combinations are designed to give clear, resistant flames. CUTTING TIPS Metal Series 41 Harris Harris Harris Thickness Tips 6290-AC Oxygen Acetylene mm Tips Pressure Pressure KPA KPA 1/ / KPA 25/ TO 100/ KPA 150/ UNIVERSAL 175/ PRESSURE 225/

165 HARRIS GAS EQUIPMENT CUTTING TORCHES OXY-ACETYLENE - OXY-PROPANE - OXY-MAPP 2 HARRIS LIGHTWEIGHT COMBINATIONS Cutting up to 75 mm. Welding up to 20 mm. Suitable for all fuel gases HARRIS design, quality control and reputation for maximum safety, long life. This is our smallest, light-weight welding and cutting combination. Head mixing for operator safety 19-6 TORCH HANDLE Tough all metal handle. Light weight with large capacity for professional welding, cutting, heating and brazing. Tough all-metal handle. Automatic pilot flame for maximum economy. Two-piece cutting tips Three stainless steel gas tubes arranged in triangular desing for maximum strength Needle valves for precise flame control Solid forged brass lever Lever for automatic pilot flame Two separate stainless steel gas tubes 36-2 Double o-ring seal protected by nut for long life 50-9/ CUTTING ATTACHMENT ALL HARRIS PRODUCTS ARE DESIGNED TO SAVE YOU MONEY Tough brass and stainless steel construction. Light weight with large capacity for professional cutting. Medium pressure design for maximum safety. Use fuel gas pressure 0,5 bar minimum. GAS EQUIPMENT 165

166 GAS EQUIPMENT HARRIS 2 HAND CUTTING TORCHES STYLE 142-F HAND CUTTING TORCH FOR OXY-PROPANE/BUTANE/NATURAL GAS FEATURES: Easily cuts to 200 mm steel. Well balanced, top mounted S.S. lever with hold-down button. Universal pressure so use with cylinder gas or piped gas as low as bar. HARRIS tips cut faster, preheat as fast as acetylene. World-wide reputation as the best for oxy/propane, butane, natural gas. Toughest triangular design of S.S. tubes. Ease-on cutting oxygen control-smoother starts. Simply change tip for cutting or gouging. YOU SAVE BECAUSE: Pays for itself quickly because lower fuel gas cost, compared to acetylene. This torch heats and cuts as fast as acetylene. Safe HARRIS design lasts longer, yet simple to repair. HARRIS tips last longer, cost less. STYLE 142-F HAND CUTTING TORCH FOR OXY-PROPANE / OXY-NATURAL GAS / OXY-BUTANE FEATURES GAS EQUIPMENT Cuts to 300 mm. steel. Fuel gas pressure low as 0,015 bar Toughest design - triangular stainless steel tubes and solid forged head and lever. Simply change tip for cutting, heating, gouging. Harris tips cut faster - preheat as fast as acetylene. World-wide reputation as the best for oxy propane, butane or natural gas. Operators like this torch because it combines safe design with safest gas. YOU SAVE BECAUSE Pays for itself quickly because of lower fuel gas cost compared to acetylene. This torch heats and cuts as fast as acetylene. Tough design lasts longer yet simple to repair. The same torch can be used for heating, gouging and cutting. Spare parts and accessories readily available. Harris tips last much longer and cost less. 166

167 HARRIS GAS EQUIPMENT HOSPITALITY REGULATORS MODEL This compact universal regulator can be fitted to C02 pipelines and/or mixtures. FEATURES INCLUDE: cylinders, C02 Brass body Proven seat design Large 63mm diameter, easy to read, safety back gauge Accurate with smooth pressure adjustment Rated to 240 Bar Inlet Built-in, self seating, tamper proof safety relief valve Complies to the new Australian standard AS 4267 Outlet 0-400kPA Pipeline or cylinder use Part Number: 821Z003 MODEL 801 This is a pressure reducing Regulator aimed at reducing cylinder pressure to 800kPA for supplying a Pipeline System. Adds extra safety, as well as the possibility of leaks in system, by reducing the high cylinder pressure. FEATURES INCLUDE: Harris proven seat Compact Inlet and outlet in line, both with 1/4 NPT thread in body Safety relieving bursting disc fitted Outlet 0-400kPA Complies to the new Australian standard AS 4267 Part Number: 801Z Z154NIT Nitrogen MODEL 802 Designed for C02 delivery for home brew bars, pubs, wine bars and the servicing of beer or soft drink. It is also suitable for C02/Nit. mixtures, with a maximum inlet of 7000kPA. Features include: High flow Outlet 400kPA Forged brass body Standard Harris parts Safety relief with the ability to manually clean Outlet with special built-in ball type reverse flowvalve to avoid internal liquid contamination* Safety pressure gauges calibrated in kpa with non corrosive ABS case Lock nut on pressure adjustment. (Note: Not Sav T Lock) Inlet at 3 o clock Ability to manifold up to three (3) regulators from one cylinder Outlet 0-400kPA Part Number: 802R400CDSingle C02 Regulator 802R400CD/2 Two C02 Regulators in parallel 802R400CD/3 Three C02 Regulators in parallel 38A957 Special Outlet Fitting Brass GAS EQUIPMENT 167

168 GAS EQUIPMENT HARRIS 2 HOSPITALITY REGULATORS MODEL 847 SAV T LOCK A very exciting product with many unique features. The performance of this regulator will provide an improved beer distribution system for the Hospitality Industry. FEATURES INCLUDE: Very large diaphragm Large flows; 32m3/hr at 500kPA inlet Smooth accurate pressure adjustment Large 63mm diameter, easy to read gauge Forged high quality brass body Suit C02 pipeline or cylinder pressure Built in, tamper proof, self reseating safety relief valve Sav T Lock; adjustment by special Key. This puts control back into the hands of the right person. Set N Forget! (Key sold separately. Part No: A825ES) Can be set up into a two stage regulator Outlet 0-400kPA Complies to the new Australian standard AS 4267 Part Number: Pipeline 847DT4OOCD C02 Rear Inlet Cylinder Use 847DT8OIZ154 C02 Two Stage Cylinder Use 847DT8OIZNIT Nitrogen Two Stage MODEL 825 SAV T LOCK N2 With this Regulator you get extra strength, safety and large flows with excellent regulating characteristics, combined with the latest in design, safety and quality. FEATURES INCLUDE: Rugged all metal construction Monel filter to improve life; easily changed Accurate - full cylinder pressure is reduced by the large 70mm diaphragm Large flows Safe, modem, proven seat design Large, easy to read colour coded gauges Complies to the new Australian standard AS 4267 Built in tamper proof, self reseating safety relief valve Set and forget with the use of special key puts control back into the hands of the right person Outlet 0-400kPA Unique extra safety of the Snap Safe valve, built into inlet stem, protects when a high pressure cylinder falls over. Applies to regulators with an SS description. (Note: Nitrogen only) Part Number: 825EXT400N11 MODEL 825 SAV T LOCK CO2 GAS EQUIPMENT This unique Cylinder Regulator is part of the Sav T Lock range, and as such has many features and benefits which are significant for the end user. FEATURES INCLUDE: Large diaphragm Large easy to read gauges Precise control of gas used Built in, tamper proof, self re-seating safety relief valve Set N Forget Save T Lock Key lockable Reduces the amount of surging Based on the Model 825 Complies to the new Australian standard AS 4267 Outlet 0-400kPA PART NUMBER: 825DT400CD11 168

169 HARRIS GAS EQUIPMENT HOSPITALITY REGULATORS MODEL 825 CO2 This cylinder regulator is an extension of the standard range and is designed to provide the higher outlet pressures (1000kPA) required by some applications using C02. 2 FEATURES INCLUDE: Accurate regulator Easily adjustable Large easy to read gauges Large flows Safe, modem, proven seat design Complies to the new Australian standard AS 4267 Part Number: CD206 MODEL 825 NITROGEN This cylinder regulator is an extension of the standard range and is designed to provide the higher outlet pressures (1000kPA) required by some applications using Nitrogen. Features include: Excellent regulating characteristics Easily adjustable Large flows Safe, modern, proven seat design Unique extra safety of the Snap Safe valve, built into inlet stem, protects when a high pressure cylinder falls over. Applies to regulators with an SS description. (Note: Nitrogen only) Complies to the new Australian standard AS 4267 Part Number: 825EX1000NIT THE SNAP SAFE SYSTEMS The secret of the Snap Safe System is the bottom half of the inlet stem which has a valve that closes if the stem is broken (by the cylinder falling over or a similar hard fall). It is this portion that stays in the cylinder valve (trapping the gas) with the inlet nut. It snaps and you re safe. Spare Parts A full range of spare parts is available so you can provide for continuous and safe operation of Harris Equipment GAS EQUIPMENT 169

170 GAS EQUIPMENT HARRIS 2 OXY-ACETYLENE PRECISION EQUIPMENT WELDING TIPS AND ASSEMBLIES L Welding Medium Pressure Universal Pressure Welding Swaged Short Flexible Thickness Oxy Acet Oxy Acet Assembly Copper Tip Welding Tip Welding Tip (mm) (bar) (bar) Minimum or more MULTI FLAME HEATING TIPS GAS EQUIPMENT CUTTING TIPS FLOW lt/hr PRESSURE (bar) SIZE Oxygen Acetylene Oxygen Acetylene J J HA PRESSURE (bar) SIZE CUTTING THICKNESS (mm) Oxygen Acetylene AC AC AC AC H-19-2E: Medium pressure mixer : Adapts H-1 9-2E to J-63 TH-119: Twin tip holder 88-3FGR/L: Reverse flow check valves D-50-C: Tip tube 170

171 HARRIS GAS EQUIPMENT OXY-ACETYLENE PRECISION EQUIPMENT 2 BRAZING/HEATING TIPS Short Flexible FLOW Lt/hr PRESSURE (bar) Brazing Tips Brazing Tips Oxygen Propane Oxygen Propane 2N 2N MINIMUM 3N N 4N N N 6N ,8 7N N 8N N N H CUTTING TIPS SIZE CUTTING THICKNESS (mm) PRESSURE (bar) Oxygen Acetylene P/00M P/0M P/1M P/2M H-19-2S: Universal pressure mixer TH-119: Twin tip holder D-50-C: Tip tube 88-3FGR/L: Reverse flow check valves GAS EQUIPMENT 171

172 GAS EQUIPMENT HARRIS 2 TORCH STYLE 142-F SPECIFICATIONS: 142-F CUTTING TORCH 90 Head. Weight kg Length 448 mm TIP CHARTS (Use with fuel gas pressure bar or more) 142-AF CUTTING TORCH 70 Head. Weight kg Length 458 mm. CUTTING TIPS HARRIS tips last longer because they have flat seats. That makes them easy to repair, and they damage less. Every tip is individually flame tested. There are two styles, both are two-piece (brass internal, chrome plated copper shell) with flame slots NX: Normal preheat, for normal clean plate cutting consumes less fuel gas NFF: Extra preheat, for all cutting conditions. SERIES 6290 TIPS to 5 OOONX /10 OONX /15 ONX /25 1NX or 1NFF /50 2NX or 2NFF /75 3NX or 3NFF /150 4NX or 4NFF /200 5NX or 5NFF SPECIALTY TIPS Tip Application Oxygen bar GG Gouging, 3 mm X 6 mm GG Gouging, 5 mm X 10 mm GG Gouging, 6 mm X 13 mm GG Gouging, 10 mm X 19 mm 4.0 H-62-1P Heating 3 H-62-2P Heating 3.5 H-62-3P Heating NFFR Rivet Cutting NFW Rivet Washing 3,5 000-NX thru 5-NX 1-NFF thru 5-NFF 6290-NFFR Series 6290-NFW 1-GG 2-GG 3-GG 1-P 2-P 3-P Series 6290-NX Series 6290-NFF Rivet Cutting Rivet Washing Series 6290-GG Series H-62 Gouging Heating ACCESSORIES 1-62-X R-69-3B Attachment 88-3-FGR 88-3-FGL C-9 Wrench For Circles to 750 mm. Flash-Guard Cleaners and Guide Reverse Flow Check Valves GAS EQUIPMENT SPARE PARTS Item Part. No. Description *1 See Table Head Roll Pin A Plug PS Nut 5 A79F Mixer/Injector F Cap Cap Handle 9 13x61 Drive Screw (6) 10 See Table Tube (3) Tail 12 A-142-GB-PS Valve. (2) Plunger x A O Ring Item Part. No. Description x A O Ring Disc Spring A Cap 19 D-142 Lever Item 1 10 Model No. Head Tube 142-F 7944-A-PS AF A-PS 142-FL (530mm) 7944-A-PS AFL(530mm) A-PS NOTE Complete with 3 and 4 172

173 GAS EQUIPMENT GAS EQUIPMENT FLASHBACK ARRESTORS 118L Arrestor Flashback Acetylene 188R Arrestor Flashback Oxygen 288L Arrestor Flashback Acetylene Reg 2 288R Arrestor Flashback Oxygen Reg FLINT RENEWALS FLINT LIGHTER F50106 Flint Renewals 6PK L501 Gun Flint HOSE CONNECTIONS LP112 Hose End 5/8-18RH 5mm LP240 Hose End 5/8-18LH 5mm LP265 Hose Joiner 3/16 Tube WB34 Joiner R/H WB35 Joiner L/H CYLINDER KEY S801 Cylinder Key COMBINATION SPANNER S802 Spanner Oxy Acetylene GAS EQUIPMENT 173

174 GAS EQUIPMENT 2 MESSER CUTTING AND WELDING MINITHERM MASTER KIT H PROFI METER PROFI METER The Mighty Midget Jewellers Torch with a multi-faceted range of accessories available. Compact and Light weight. Components are designed for welding up to 6mm / 1/4 and cutting up to 75mm / 3, and with larger capacity nozzles & tips can weld up to 14mm / 1/2 and cut up to 200mm / 8. Single Stage Cylinder Pressure Regulators for Oxygen and Fuel Gases Dual Stage Cylinder Pressure Regulators for Oxygen and Fuel Gases PROFI METER PROFI METER TECTRON GAS ECONOMISER Single Stage Cylinder Pressure Regulators with Flowmeter for Shielding Gases Electrically Heated Single Stage Cylinder Pressure Regulators with Flowmeter for Carbon Dioxide High Flow Gas Pressure Control Panels. Individually designed to customer sizing and configuration. For Saving Oxygen, Fuel Gas, Time and Torch Wear. STARLIGHT PROFI CUT PORTACUT Compact and Portable High Quality Motor Driven Cutting Machine. GAS EQUIPMENT Multi-Purpose Handle for Professional Demands a Comprehensive Range of Cutting, Welding and Heating Accessories Available. Powerful Hand Cutting Torch for Flame Cutting and Gouging

175 GAS EQUIPMENT WELDING & BRAZING CONSUMABLES ON CAST IRONS A pioneer in the welding of cast iron C+E today offers a range of solutions for all needs. These have in common a low heat input for minimum distortion and many other features important in maintenance welding, such as easy striking and improved weldability C+E alloys produce attractive non-porous and crack free deposits, which are easy to machine. They are applicable even on old and contaminated cast iron parts. 2 ON CARBON AND ALLOY STEELS A range of special electrodes for welding steels of unknown composition, ideal for use in difficult operating conditions, designed for maintenance applications with low heat input, to avoid deformation of the parts treated. C+E ThinFlo rods for low temperature welding of carbon and alloy steels: repairs of tubular frames, fabricated steel sheet structures, conduits, car bodies, etc. Eutectrode Manual Electrodes, TeroMatec (Open Arc Cored Wire Alloy) EnDotec (Gas Sheilded Cored Wire Alloy), CastoMag (Mig/Mag Solid Wire Alloys), CastoTig (Tig Rod Alloys) including difficult-to-weld steels: cutting tools, civil engineering site equipment, buckets, bins and blades, blast furnaces, etc ON STAINLESS STEELS AND NON-FERROUS METALS Another range of products designed for specific maintenance welding applications (in particular against corrosion), including cadmium-free for safe use in the food industry. Again these feature low heat input, as well as optimum weldability in position. For sealtight joints, in fast time. C+E ThinFlo rods for Copper and Bronze ideal for delicate precision work: also for plumbing, refrigeration equipment, food industry, all types of tubes and pipes etc. Our exclusive XHD electrodes provide top quality solutions including wear preventive coating, joining and overlaying reclamation applications. Maintenance-designed with controlled chemistry and deposit structure, they bring an improved Life Prolonging Factor (LPF) to increase the service life of parts treated, plus Maximum Safety Margin (MSM). XHD technology features enhanced weldability, even in position, slag which is self lifting. High deposition speeds and yield to keep heat input to a minimum to reduce the danger of overheating, structural changes or distortion of the workpiece. GAS EQUIPMENT 175

176 GAS EQUIPMENT 2 EUTECTIC PRODUCTS SUPERJET EUTALLOW The Eutalloy process provides protective coating to machine parts and tools subject to wear. using a wide range of Eutalloy alloys. Alloys are heated as they pass through the flame of the torch and reach the workpiece in a soft paste-like state. The SuperJet Eutalloy uses an oxy-acetylene flame and sets new standards of performance cover a wide range of preventive maintenance and repair coating applications. ROTOTEC 80 The RotoTec 80 torch has been designed to apply the following types of powder consumables. The RotoTec and Proxon series of alloy powders for Cold Coatings are designed for coating surfaces exposed to friction, such as shafts. The Eutalloy RW series of alloy powders for fusion ( Hot Process ) Coatings are designed to provide protection against abrasion and erosion on parts such as pump sleeves and fan blades. CASTODYN DS 8000 The CastoDyn DS 8000 is the most versatile C+E delivery system available. It is a multi-purpose system for applying the following types of anti-wear protective coatings. Cold Coatings with the RotoTec two-steps alloys, RotoTec LT Low fusion Temperature alloys, Proxon self-bonding alloys and CastoPlast thermoplastic polymers. Cold Coatings with MeteCeram series of high melting temperature alloys and ceramic powders. Subsequent fusion (Hot Process) coatings with the Eutalloy RW series of alloy powders. ARC SPRAY PROCESS The arc spray process is at the very core of Praxair Surface Technologies broad line of thermal spray equipment. Praxair has worked closely with industry to develop arc spray solutions for some of the most demanding coating applications. While most arc spray coatings still utilise metallic alloy compositions, the advent and growth of engineered, composite cored wires broadens the use of arc spray technology. For coatings ranging from simple dimensional restoration, to engineered solutions for complex surface treatment requirements, arc spray provides competitive, high quality answers to problems. EUTRONIC GAP The EuTronic GAP process uses a high-energy arc with gas protection for anti-wear coating at high speeds. The alloys in the EuTroLoy series offer high quality wear resistance, and extremely low dilution with the base metal (no deformation). GAS EQUIPMENT EUTECTIC WEAR PLATE - DIAMOND PLATE Castolin Eutectic develops, manufactures and markets ready to use wear plates under the brand name Diamond Plate (DP).These composite materials consist of a steel plate overlaid with wear resistant deposits, these DP plates provide exceptional protection against erosion and abrasion. They are produced utilising the latest manufacturing technologies, ensuring highest degree of process stability, regularity of anti-wear characteristics and surface finish. Specifically designed for large surface protection, particularly at complex part-geometry. The material can be cut, bent, and welded. Thousands of successful applications documented in our applications data bank TeroLink - prove that DP coatings increase the service life of wear parts and production machinery, reduce maintenance costs, downtime, and improve economic efficiency of maintenance works

177 SAFETY 3 SAFETY EQUIPMENT 177

178 SAFETY 3 PREDATOR WELDING HELMETS PART NUMBER STOCKING UNIT SHELL ONLY Predator Shell - without lens pack COMPLETE HELMETS Predator 51 x 108mm lift front passive Predator Arcmaster 51 x 108mm Lift front active, shade 11 PASSIVE LENS PACKS Predator 51 x 108mm lift front shade Predator 133 x 114mm fixed front Omni-View shade 11 PART NUMBER STOCKING UNIT STANDARDS ACTIVE ARCMASTER Ill LENS PACKS Predator 51 x 108mm fixed shade Predator 133 x 114mm fixed shade Predator 133 x 114mm variable shade 9/13 HARNESS Predator Harness assembly AIR SUPPLIED Airmate Helmet and PAPR system Note: lens pack not included. Choose the lens pack that best suits your requirements. Eye protection (passive) - Certified to AS1337 Lic Certified to AS Lic. 493 Eye protection (active) - Certified to DIN EN 169 (110 x 90 mm) - DIN EN 379 (51 x 108 mm) - Certified to ANSI Helmet protection - Certified to AS1337 Lic ANSI DIN EN 175 Airmate PAPR - Complies with AS/NZS Predator - Complete helmet passive lens. 51 mm x 108mm lift front Part No Predator - complete helmet with Arcmaster shade 11 lens. 51mm x 108mm lift front Part No Predator is a state of the art welding helmet that is heat and water resistant whilst providing high strength. Predator has excellent ventilation inside the helmet and will fit all lens sizes via a unique lens pack system. Predator offers a modern clean shape and is light weight in comparison to similar helmets. (Winner of Australian Design Award in 1998) Predator offers extra coverage for the head, ears and throat and is manufactured from a special engineering resin. Predator offers excellent fume deflection through special aerodynamic design features. Stocking benefits are a major feature as only shells need be stocked along with the required lens packs. The end user simply chooses the product configuration preferred. The 133 x 114mm Predator has a unique insert for magnification lens use. Simply slide the "mag-lens" into the three position holder. Half face Moldex Respiratory can be worn comfortably underneath the Predator- helmet. PAPR and Airline Systems tailor made for Predator are also available. U.S. Patent No. 6,185,739 START WITH ONE OF THESE THEN CHOOSE ONE OF THE PASSIVE LENS CARTRIDGES Predator shell without lens pack. Part No Predator- Airmate helmet. Part No Predator passive lens pack. 51mm x 108mm lift front. Part No Predator passive lens pack. 133mm x 114mm fixed front. Omniview Shade 11 Part No SAFETY EQUIPMENT OR AN ACTIVE LENS CARTRIDGE Predator active lens pack. 51mm x 108mm lift front Fixed shade 11. Part No Predator active lens pack. 133mm x 114mm fixed front. Fixed shade 11. Part No Predator active lens pack. 133mm x 114mm fixed front. Variable shade 9/13. Part No, Note: Actual electronic lenses are 90 x 110 mm and utilise a spacer to increase their size to 133 x 114 mm. 178

179 HIDEROK WELDING HELMETS HELMET PART NUMBER STOCKING UNIT Hiderok 51 x 108mm lift front helmet Hiderok Blue handshield 51 x 108mm Hiderok Airmate helmet. Airmate PAPR unit included Hiderok helmet for use with earmuffs Hiderok Arcmaster helmet (shade 11) Hiderok light duty handshield SPARE PARTS PART NUMBER STOCKING UNIT Arcmaster shade 11 fix fixed lens Arcmaster shade 1 & 2 upgrade kit Sweatband Ratchet harness Lens retaining spring Hiderok Airmate replacement faceseal SAFETY STANDARDS Eye protection (passive) - Certified to AS1337 Lic Certified to AS Lic. 493 Eye protection (active) (110 x 90 mm) - Certified to DIN EN DIN EN 379 (51 x 108 mm) - Certified to ANSI Helmet protection - Certified to ASI1337 Lic ANSI DIN EN 175 Airmate PAPR - Complies with AS/NZS Hiderok welding helmets are moulded to offer a lightweight construction, strength, flexibility and heat resistance while still providing the wearer with the comfort and balance necessary for a hard day's work. The ratchet headgear assures quick positive adjustment with one hand. Specially designed stops allow positioning of the helmet in any one of four preset positions which gives maximum viewing and comfort while welding in any position. The fully adjustable headgear has been designed for greater comfort, viewing angle and head size. A wide range of overhead adjustment allows eyes to be in line with the lens. A floating mount allows flexibility and movement for complete comfort all day long. Long life easy ratchet adjustment fits most head sizes. Easy adjustment of friction posts for 'lift up' and 'nod down' positions. Absorbent sweatbands are also replaceable. FEATURES Lightweight. Heat resistant. High strength. Moisture resistant. Extremely flexible Shade 11 filter Designed for comfort. Excellent balance. one piece seamless construction. The Ratchet headgear assures quick positive adjustment. Hiderok lift front shade 11 Part No Hiderok Arcmaster 111 Part No Hiderok lift front for earmuffs Part No Hiderok blue handshield Part No Hiderok Airmate PAPR Part No Hiderok harness Part No Hiderok handshield Part No Replacement sweatband Part No WARNING - Beware of imitations. Hiderok welding helmets carry full standards mark compliance to AS/NZS 1337 (Lic. 464). This ensures you have FACE protection as well as eye protection (eye protection to AS/NZS Lic. 493 where indicated). Look for the 'TICK' marks inside the helmet Replacement lens retaining spring Part No SAFETY EQUIPMENT 179

180 SAFETY 3 SAFETY EQUIPMENT AIRMATE PAPR & COMPRESSED AIRLINE AIR FILTRATION SYSTEMS PART NUMBER STOCKING UNIT SPARE PARTS PREDATOR - Airmate PAPR PART Predator- Airmate PAPR system NUMBER STOCKING UNIT Comprises blower unit and Predator- shell. (No lens pack) Kit comprising of: Elastic loop Hiderok Airmate PAPR system - complete with shade 11 passive lens. Elastic strap with cam buckle Air channel Air filtration service kit Predator face seal Black hose Hiderok face seal with mounting frame P3 filter Pre filter (set of 5) hr battery Hiderok face seal with mounting frame HIDEROK FACESEAL Part No Part No Part No Part No Part No Part No STANDARDS Eye protection (passive) - Certified to AS1337 Lic Certified to AS Lic. 493 Eye protection (active) (110 x 90 mm) - Certified to DIN EN DIN EN 379 (51 x 108 mm) - Certified to ANSI Helmet protection - Certified to AS1337 Lic ANSI DIN EN 175 Airmate PAPR - Complies with AS/NZS Airmate Airline - Complies with AS/NZS IS FEATURES Comfort and Clean Air whilst Welding Constant Airflow Dual Alarm functions APPROVALS, APPLICATIONS AND LIMITATIONS The CIGWELD Airmate system complies with AS/NZS 1716:1994. It provides class PAPR P2 protection against dusts and particles and has had to demonstrate a laboratory protection factor of 100. It is recognised that laboratory protection cannot always be achieved in the workplace. Refer to AS/NZS for guidance. The system should not be used in conditions where concentrations of gaseous contaminants exceed the occupational exposure limit. The system is recommended for use in the temperature range -5 to +55 C and in conditions where relative humidity does not exceed 90%. COMFORT AND CLEAN AIR WHILST WELDING The new Airmate Fresh Air unit represents a quantum leap in Powered Respiratory technology, and offers a light-weight, convenient advance on existing respiratory equipment. With a stylish, compact main unit, the Airmate is probably the smallest and lightest powered rechargeable unit available today The turbo unit is belt mounted, powered by a clip in/clip out rechargeable battery pack, and provides a continuous stream of filtered air. The Airmate also features two audible and visual alarms which alert the user to low battery and blocked filter conditions, making the system one of the safest available. COMFORTABLE Featuring an ergonomic design, Airmate is light (Only 1.1 kg Complete) and flexible. The belt is equipped with soft padding, which gives the user both stability and comfort. As an option, there is also a larger and wider comfort pad for those who need extra stability and support for the back. CONSTANT AIRFLOW An electronic airflow regulator provides the user with a constant airflow (175 I/min) independently of the battery being fully charged or of the filter being dirty during the working day. DUAL ALARM FUNCTIONS The turbo unit incorporates two audible and visual alarms which alert the user to: a) low battery condition: The alarm indicates with low battery light and audible alarm that the voltage is low and that the battery has only 10 minutes before cut out. The low battery warning eliminates a common problem with conventional powered respirators, where the user does not know when the battery has reached the end of its rated discharge period. In this situation the user may continue to operate the unit after the battery voltage has dropped to a level where insufficient air is being delivered and the system will not be providing adequate protection. b) Blocked filter: the alarm will activate when the filter becomes clogged to a point where performance will deteriorate if it is not changed. The alarm indicates with a warning light and an audible alarm. The clogged filter alarm will enable the user to gain maximum usage from each filter without the concerns that arise with a conventional powered respirator. This means that: 1) The filter is not changed more frequently than is necessary resulting in lower running costs. 2) The filter is changed at the correct time resulting in the wearer always receiving the protection level required and extending the life of the unit. CONSTRUCTION Airmate is extremely robust. By using "CYCLOID" ABS plastic, a light and durable product for difficult environments has been created. FILTERS Airmate is equipped with two filters, which can be easily changed. There is a pre-filter made of textile and a particle filter. The particle filter has a large filter area, offering a long service life. This P3 type filter provides a particle efficiency of more than 99.8% at 0.4um. BATTERY The standard battery is a very light weight Nickel Metal hydride (NiMh) eight hour battery and gives enough power for a normal working day. NiMh batteries have no 'Memory lock' and therefore can be recharged at any stage without effecting performance. Batteries are easy clip in/ clip out styles and are situated unobtrusively under the turbo unit. Charging time is approximately twelve hours. The batteries can be charged either on or off line. 180

181 SAFETY PASSIVE FILTER LENSES SPECIFICATIONS MANUFACTURED FROM: Glass Polycarbonate TYPE OF LENS: Filter lens Omni-View PROVIDES PROTECTION AGAINST. Infra-red and ultra violet Infra-red and ultra violet STANDARDS: AS/NZS Lic. 493 AS/NZS WELDING FILTERS Glass Filter Omni-View Filter ORDERING INFORMATION: Welding filters are manufactured from the highest quality glass or polycarbonate to comply with the requirements of the Australian/New Zealand and other national standards (eg. ANSI Z87.1 & EN 169). All CIGWELD Glass Filter lenses are fully standards approved. If nonapproved lenses are used with CIGWELD standards approved helmets it will void the standard mark approval and liability. The gold coated Omni-View filter allows welders to see their work in true natural colours. It also offers protection from infrared and ultra violet radiation, flying particles that would scratch or break ordinary glass and at the same time reflects practically all heat. (51X108mm) Pack of 10 Shade 8 Filter Shade 9 Filter Shade 10 Filter Shade 11 Filter Shade 12 Filter Shade 13 Filter Retail Packaging with 2 Lenses Shade 8 Filter Shade 9 Filter Shade 10 Filter Shade 11 Filter Shade 12 Filter Shade 13 Filter OMNI-VIEW FILTERS Gold coated welding filters Retail Packaging with 1 Filter, 1 Cover Lens Shade 9 Filter Shade 10 Filter Shade 11 Filter Shade 12 Filter (133 X 114mm) WIDE VIEW OMNI-VIEW FILTERS For use with wide view helmets Retail Packaging with 1 Filter Lens Shade 9 Filter Shade 10 Filter Shade 11 Filter Shade 12 Filter Shade 13 Filter Shade 14 Filter Wide View Omni-View Filter WARNING - To guarantee eye protection look for a licence number or the 'TICK' marks on glass welding filters, not just 'AS/NZS ' RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE FILTERS FOR ELECTRIC WELDING: Description Approx. range of Filter(s) welding current Amperes Recommended Are welding covered electrodes Up to Tungsten Inert Gas (TIG) Up to Covered electrodes TIG Metal Inert gas (MIG) short arc UP to 150 Covered Electrodes TIG MIG C Flux-cored C02 Up to 300 Covered electrodes TIG MIG (aluminium and stainless steel) Up to MIG C Flux-cored C Air-arc gouging up to 400 Covered electrodes Over 400 TIG MIG (aluminium and stainless steel) MIG C Flux-cored C TIG Over 350 MIG Over Flux-cored Over 500 Note: The filter lenses in the chart are recommendations only and welders should select the shade of their choice. SAFETY EQUIPMENT 181

182 SAFETY 3 ARCMASTER SERIES III ELECTRONIC WELDING LENSES PART NUMBER STOCKING UNIT LENS SIZE Predator Lift Front helmet with ARCMASTER shade 11 lens51 x 108mm Predator lift Front ARCMASTER shade 11 lens pack 51 x 108mm Hiderok ARCMASTER shade 11 lift front helmet 51 x 108mm Predator ARCMASTER variable shade 9-13 lens pack 90 x 110mm* Predator ARCMASTER shade 11 lens pack 90 x 110mm* SPARE PARTS PART NUMBER STOCKING UNIT LENS SIZE ARCMASTER shade 11 lens 51 x 108mm ARCMASTER shade 1 and 2 upgrade kit 51 x 108mm Impact lens for manual variable lens 51 x 107mm Predator shell (no lens pack) - ARCMASTER SERIES III SHADE 11 LENS, 51 X 108mm A brand new, third generation electronic ARCMASTER lens for standard helmet sizes. This lens has significant improvements over older style lenses with increased solar panel cells for greater power generation, ensuring the filter is ready to perform whenever you are ready to weld. Recharging is not required. Two independent photo sensors are located at opposite ends across the top of the filter to eliminate accidental blockage. Shade 16 UV/IR protection no matter what light or dark state. Dust and waterproof. incredibly clear light shade of 2.5 and a switching speed of 5 milliseconds make this one of the best lenses available. ARCMASTER SERIES III VARIABLE SHADE 11 LENS, 90 X 110mm If you require a larger viewing area electronic ARCMASTER lens then this is perfect. Viewing size is a large 95 x 46.5mm giving you more visibility of the job. Tested to DIN, this lens rated 1/2/1 that measures switching speed, UV/IR protection, clearing time, clarity, reliability etc. Designed with TIG work in mind, it has a clearing time of 0.4 sec and a switching time of 5 milliseconds. This lens is only sold as a Predator pack (part number ). ARCMASTER SERIES III VARIABLE SHADE 9-13 LENS, 90 X 110mm The ultimate in visibility, flexibility and performance. This lens takes all of the features of the other 90 x 11Omm lens and gives you the freedom of adjusting shade and sensitivity via two controls located on the inside panel. Simply dial in your desired shade and you're ready to weld! This lens is only sold as a Predator pack (part number ). TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Type Shade 11 lens, Shade 11 lens, Variable shade 9-13 lens, 51 x 108mm 90 X 110mm 90 X 110mm Size 51 x 108 x 5mm 90 x 100 x 7mm 90 x 100 x 7mm Viewing area 95 x 35mm 95 x 46.5mm 95 x 46.5mm Switching time sec (0.5ms) sec (0.5ms) sec (0.2ms) Clearing time 0.2 sec 0.4 sec 0.4 sec Sensitivity adjustment No No yes Powered by Solar cells Solar cells Solar cells UV/IR protection Shade 16 W shade 15/IR shade 14 UV shade 15/IR shade 14 Light shade Shade 2.5 Shade 3 Shade 4 Operating temperature -10 C to +65 C -5 C to +55 C -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature -20 C to +65 C -20 C to +65 C -20 C to +65 C Recommended for TIG Yes Yes Yes Approvals ANSI Z87.1 CE/DIN/EN CE/DIN/EN Weight 45gm 85gm 95gm Warranty 12 months 12 months 12 months *Note: 90 x 110mm ARCMASTER lenses use a spacer to adjust their size to fit a standard 133 x 11 4mm wide view helmet. SAFETY EQUIPMENT 182

183 SAFETY CLEAR LENSES SPECIFICATIONS MANUFACTURED FROM: Polycarbonate CR39 TYPE OF LENS: Chipping lens Cover lens PROVIDES PROTECTION AGAINST. Impact Spatter STANDARDS: AS/NZS Lie COVER LENSES ORDERING INFORMATION: 51 x 108mm 133 x 114mm The cover lens is an optically correct lens with a surface that provides the highest resistance to welding spatter. The cover lens will outlast other types and save considerable time and money in replacing ordinary glass or plastic filter lenses. CIGWELD CR39 Cover Lenses are designed to protect the filter lens from heat and spatter and are supported by full Standards Mark Certification. (51 X 108mm) CR39 COVER PLATES Standards Mark Certified and 100% CR39. Pack of 200 Part No Retail Packaging with 2 Plates Part No CLEAR GLASS COVER PLATES Pack of 10 Part No Retail Packaging with 2 Plates Part No (133 X 114mm) CLEAR CR39 COVER PLATES Standards Mark Certified and 100% CR39. Pack of 20 Part No Retail Packaging with 2 Plates Part No CHIPPING LENSES 51 x 108mm ORDERING INFORMATION: Manufactured from polycarbonate for impact resistance. Assemble in the welding helmet in the position closest to the operator. (51 X 108mm) CLEAR CHIPPING PLATES Pack of 20 Part No (133 X 114mm) CLEAR CHIPPING PLATES Retail Packaging with 2 Plates Part No MAGNIFICATION LENSES 133 x 114mm ORDERING INFORMATION: 51 x 108mm The CIGWELD magnifying lens magnifies the work area to substantially assist the welder in maintaining the high standards required. They are available from 1.5 diopter magnification - up to 2.5 times. (51 X 108mm) CIGWELD MAGNIFICATION LENS Magnification 1.5 diopter diopter diopter diopter WARNING - To guarantee eye protection look for a licence number or the 'TICK' marks on CR39 cover lenses not just 'AS/NZS ' SAFETY EQUIPMENT 183

184 3 SAFETY WELDING GOGGLES PART NUMBER STOCKING UNIT FILTER SHADE STANDARDS lift front gas welding goggles 5 AS/NZS Lic Wide view goggles IND Lift front gas welding goggles 5 AS/NZS Lic 493 (bulk packed) Lift Front Gas Welding Goggles PVC frame with Shade 5 filters. WELDING GOGGLES FILTERS PART NUMBER STOCKING UNIT FILTER SHADE STANDARDS Pair of filters for lift front gas 5 AS/NZS welding goggles (round) Pair of cover lenses for lift front gas welding goggles (Round) In gas welding, cutting and brazing, protection must be given against possible injurious radiation and at the same time the visible radiation should be reduced to a comfortable level. For such processes sufficient protection will usually be given by goggles fitted with the appropriate shade lens. Gas welding goggles should be used whenever gas welding, brazing or cutting. They also protect the eyes from splashes and flying particles. Part No Part No SAFETY GOGGLES Lenses Description recommended of process (by Shade No.) Oxy/fuel cutting medium thickness Oxygen lancing Oxygen deseaming Flame gouging General welding Braze welding cast iron Hardfacing 5 This shade will generally cater for 95% of the market FEATURES Soft pliable frame - comfortable to wear. Goggles fit over prescription or safety spectacles. The Lift Front Goggle comes standard with Shade 5 glass filter lenses and polycarbonate chipping lenses. The one piece coverall Goggle comes standard with Shade 5 one piece polycarbonate lens. Non reflective matt interior finish. Replaceable lenses are available for the Lift Front Goggle. Vented to prevent fogging. Part No Part No SAFETY EQUIPMENT PART NUMBER Part No SAFETY SPECTACLES STOCKING UNIT Antifog Goggle FRAME Clear PVC Antifog Goggle* Soft, lightweight, economical goggle with antifog coating. Manufactured from PVC plastic. *Standards Mark Certified Product AS/NZS 1337 LIC.464. LENS Clear antifog STANDARDS AS/NZS 1337 Lic 464 Designed to protect the eyes from flying particles andlor potentially harmful liquid splashes. Safety goggles are designed to provide all round eye protection from medium energy flying particles and to prevent the entry of potentially harmful liquid splashes. Safety goggles are recommended for use in situations such as the scaling, grinding and machining of metals, certain wood working operations and stone dressing. FEATURES Lightweight, soft PVC frame that fits comfortably to the contours of the face. Spectacles can be worn under goggles. Anti-fog polycarbonate lenses. Goggles provide maximum peripheral and frontal vision. The clear frame reduces that enclosed feeling. Goggles are approved for use against chemical and impact hazards, as defined in AS/NZS Ventilation is provided for the eyes while preventing entry of harmful liquids and dust. PART NUMBER STOCKING UNIT FRAME LENS UV PROTECTION SUNGLARE PROTECTION R General Purpose Wrap Around Clear Clear Coated YES NO 184

185 SAFETY FACESHIELDS FACESHIELDS SPARE PARTS PART NUMBER STOCKING UNIT STANDARDS PART NUMBER STOCKING UNIT Medium Velocity Faceshield Complete AS/NZS 1337 Lic Ratchet Harness High Velocity Faceshield Complete AS/NZS 1337 Lic Sweatband Browguard with Headgear AS/NZS 1337 Lic Medium Velocity Faceshield Complete Standard faceshield for general applications. High Velocity Faceshield Complete Combines the CIGWELD browguard with a fully moulded visor for superior impact protection compared to the standard visors. CIGWELD faceshields are designed to provide comfortable and safe eye and face protection in areas subject to hazardous projectiles or splashing liquids. There is a comprehensive range of faceshields that utilise two basic materials - Polycarbonate and Thermolite that can be attached to the browguard. Visors are also available in a Universal flare (215mm x 380mm) and a Wide flare (250mm x 410mm). FEATURES Impact and splash protection. Outstanding impact resistance. Polycarbonate Visor contains UV absorber for eye and face protection against high concentrations of ultra violet radiation from the sun (not intended to provide protection against sunglare, except shade 5). Polycarbonate visor is heat resistant to 150 C. Excellent optical properties. Full length facial protection for the eyes, face, neck and ears. Unrestricted vision for safe and accurate work. Comfortable, readily adjustable ratchet head harness. Quick and easy replacement of visors. Positive manoeuvrability of visor in up and down positions. Range of visors for different applications in clear or green. Lightweight - designed with comfort in mind. Browquard with Headgear VISORS VISORS PART NUMBER STOCKING UNIT STANDARDS Clear High Velocity 215 x 380 mm AS/NZS 1337 Lic Clear Polycarbonate 215 x 380 mm AS/NZS 1337 Lic Clear Polycarbonate wideflare 250 x 410 mm AS/NZS 1337 Lic Clear Polycarbonate with Chinguard 215 x 380 mm AS/NZS 1337 Lic Clear Thermolite 215 x 380 mm AS/NZS 1337 Lic Shade 5 Polycarbonate 215 x 380 mm Shade 5 Polycarbonate 250 x 410 mm There is a comprehensive range of faceshields that utilise two basic materials - Polycarbonate and Thermolite that can be attached to the browguard. Visors are also available in a Universal flare (215mm x 380mm) and a Wide flare (250mm x 410mm). Clear High Velocity 215 x 38Omm Part No Clear Polycarbonate with Chinguard 215 x 380mm Part No Part No Part No FEATURES POLYCARBONATE VISORS The ideal all-round general purpose visor material. Outstanding impact resistance (2mm thick PC for High impact) (1mm thick PC for Medium impact). Heat resistant to 150 C. Excellent optical properties. Contains UV absorber that provides eye and face protection against high concentrations of UV radiation from the sun (not intended to provide protection against sunglare, except shade 5). THERMOLITE VISORS Excellent chemical resistance. Medium impact resistance. Radiant heat resistance is better than polycarbonate. Good scratch resistance. WARNING - To guarantee eye and face protection look for a licence number or the 'TICK' marks on visors and browguards, not just 'AS/NZS ' SAFETY EQUIPMENT 185

186 SAFETY 3 SAFETY EQUIPMENT HALF FACE RESPIRATORS RESPIRATORS PRE-FILTER DISCS FILTERS - SINGLE RESPIRATOR FILTERS -TWIN RESPIRATOR PART NO. STOCKING UNIT PART NO. STOCKING UNIT PART NO. STOCKING UNIT PART NO. STOCKING UNIT Single Filter Respirator* Single Filter (Pack of 100) * Single Pre-filter * Twin Pre-filter Twin Filter Respirator* Twin Filter (Pack of 100) * Single Particulate Filter * Twin Particulate Filter (Pre-filters come complete * Single Gas Filter * Twin Gas Filter Donates AS/NZ Lic.492 Certified Product with retaining ring) * Single Combination Filter * Twin Combination Filter Single Filter Respirator Quick releae headband with soft dry cushion flange offering economical protection Part No Part No Part No Part No Part No Twin Filter Respirator Offering all the advantages of the Single Filter Respirator plus an additional filter and exhalation valve for increased breathing comfort. Part No Pre-Filters For CIGWELD Half Face Respirators. In areas where large particulate matter exists the use of a pre-filter will offer longer filter life. FILTER LIFE INFORMATION The life of the filter varies greatly depending on the characteristics of the filter, nature of hazard, concentration of contaminant, activity of the wearer, etc. It is generally accepted that the filter life is spent if: Breathing becomes difficult. A smell of vapour or gas is evident inside the respirator (CIGWELD recommend used filters be destroyed for safe practice.) STORAGE/SERVICE LIFE Limited storage life - 5 years from the date of manufacture - this date is printed on the filter. Limited service life - 6 months for a filter that has been opened -even when not in use. - when in use, service life depends on usage time versus hazard concentration level. Particulate Respiratory Classifications The following is a simplified explanation of the classifications that apply and is intended as an approximate guide to filter selection. P1 Is intended for low toxicity Particulate (fume, dusts etc) protection and is intended to remove 80% of the particular contaminant. P1 is not recommended for use with Welding Fume. P2 Is intended for higher toxicity Particulate (fume, dusts etc) protection and is intended to remove 94% of the particular contaminant. P1 is not recommended for use with Welding Fume. Note: The table should be used when the properties of the working atmosphere are well known. Specific workplace monitoring should be carried out to ensure correct filter selection. If any doubt exists "STAY OUT" and contact your local Department of Health & Safety. CIGWELD's half face respirators have been designed to protect the wearer from at least one or more of the following types of atmospheric hazards: Contamination in the form of fine particles or particulates such as dust, smoke, liquid mists or welding fumes. Contaminants in the form of toxic gases or vapours. The Australian / New Zealand Standard defines two distinctly different types of respiratory protective equipment: air purifying devices and air supplied devices. A greater use of mechanical appliances and chemicals by modern industry has increased the need for personal respiratory protection. Breathing contaminated air constitutes a respiratory hazard which can range in its effects from mild discomfort to chronic or acute poisoning or even death. CIGWELD Half Face Respirators have been designed to incorporate the best in filtration and plastics technology to provide well fitting and effective respiratory protection. In areas where large particulate matter exists, the use of pre-filters will give longer filter life. FEATURES Universal style. The unique roll forming face cup provides a good fit for most faces. Manufactured from soft, pliable silicone rubber adjusting automatically with facial movement that is lightweight and will not crack or split. Easily washed in warm soapy water. Quick release headband that allows for easy adjustment and positive fit. Features snug comfortable chin cup which holds condensation away from the face. Filters screw on and are locked on an angle to ensure wide unrestricted vision. Exhaust valve is housed in a robust high impact cage - low breathing resistance on exhalation and a very low likelihood of accidental damage. One way inhalation valve - prevents exhaled air from passing back into the filter. Head strap attached to yoke. Unique head strap adjustment ensures a firm, comfortable seal exerted from the centre of the respirator. The Twin Filter provides up to 2-3 times the work life of a comparable single filter. FILTERS FOR CIGWELD HALF FACE RESPIRATORS Cartridge Cartridge Protects Against: Class Filter Part No Colour Designation AS Pre-Filter Coarse dust Removal of coarse dust and NA Pre-Filter (Single) particles used for extending (Twin) filter life. White Dust Solid particulates (dust, smoke, P2 Particulate Filter metal fumes). Single * White Dust Solid particulates (dust, smoke, P2 Particulate Filter metal fumes). Twin * Brown Gas Organic vapours (boiling point A AUS Gas Filter * over 65 C), solvents, eg acetone, Single benzene, carbon tetrachloride, styrene, toluene, trichlorethylene, xylene in concentrations below 0.1 % by volume. (1000 ppm) Brown Gas Organic vapours (boiling point A1 Gas Filter Twin * over 65 C), solvents, eg acetone, benzene, carbon tetrachloride, styrene, toluene, trichlorethylene, xylene in concentrations below 0.1% by volume. (1000 ppm) Brown Combination Organic vapours (boiling point A AUS Gas & * & White over 65 C), solvents, eg acetone, -P1 Particulate benzene, carbon tetrachloride, Filter Single styrene, toluene, trichlorethylene, xylene in concentrations below 0.1 % by volume. (1000 ppm) Solid particulates (dust, smoke). Brown Combination Organic vapours (boiling point A AUS Gas & * & White over 65 C), solvents, eg acetone, -P2 Particulate benzene, carbon tetrachloride, Filter Twin styrene, toluene, trichlorethylene, xylene in concentrations below 0. 1 % by volume. (1000 ppm) Solid particulates (dust, smoke, metal fumes). 186

187 SAFETY HALF FACE RESPIRATORS RESPIRATORS PART NUMBER STOCKING UNIT STANDARDS Welding Fume P2 AS/NZS 1716 Lic. 876 SPARE PARTS PART NUMBER STOCKING UNIT STANDARDS * 8010 Replacement Filter P2 AS/NZS 1716 Lic. 876 DISPOSABLE RESPIRATORS PART NUMBER STOCKING UNIT STANDARDS Moldex in clam P2 AS/NZS 1716 Lic Moldex 2300 pkt of 10 P2 AS/NZS 1716 Lic Moldex in clam P2 AS/NZS 1716 Lic Moldex 2200 pkt of 20 P2 AS/NZS 1716 Lic Moldex 2400 pkt of 10 P2 AS/NZS 1716 Lic Mask in clam Mask 1100 pkt of P2 Disposable Mask Designed for protection against mechanically and thermally generated dust and mists. Part No Welding Fume Respirator Protects the welder from welding fumes and mechanically generated dusts and mists Disposable Mask Designed for use with nuisance dust and non-toxic particulates only P2 Disposable Mask Same as 2200 P2, but has exhalation valve. Ideal for most welding applications. Part No Welding Fume (P2) Replacement Filter For protection from most welding fume P2 Mask Plus Nuisance Organic Vapour and Ozone Can be used to protect against dust/ mist/welding fumes plus nuisance level organic vapour/ozone. AIRWASH MASK AIRWASH MASK SYSTEM PART No: STOCKING UNIT Soft To Top Heavy Duty Airwash Mask Person Air Filtration Unit SPARE PARTS PART No: STOCKING UNIT Hood for Heavy Duty Airwash Mask Visors Covers (tear off) pkt Replacement visor for Heavy Duty (includesvalve/airwash Mask) Inline Filter Replacement Part No SPARE PARTS PART No: STOCKING UNIT metre Air Hose and Fittings Flow Control Valve The new CIGWELD heavy duty Airwash mask is a fully standards approved clean air system. The unit is built from a special SARANEX material for excellent chemical resistance and is designed with a comfortable inner liner. The unit is only available in a soft top version and has fully approved airline hose. The unit has a controlled orifice to deliver the required air flow to the operator. A flow control valve is also available. Wherever an operator needs protection from hazardous fumes e.g. Two pack paints and chemical fumes as specified. *Standards Mark Certified Product AS/NZS 1716 LIC.492. FEATURES An air-supplied respirator mask for protection against dust and chemicals. lightweight spectacles can be worn under the mask. Undistorted 220deg view. Cover visors are available to protect the main visor from damage. Robust design. Easily and quickly cleaned using warm and soapy water. CIGWELD Airwash mask complies to AS/NZS 1716: SAFETY EQUIPMENT 187

188 SAFETY 3 EARMUFFS EARMUFFS PART NUMBER STOCKING UNIT STANDARDS MASS-GRAMS CLAMPING N-FORCE RECOMMENDED USE Silencer Light Duty 28db* SLC80 AS/NZS 1270 Lic Light Duty Industrial Silencer Medium Duty 27db* SLC80 AS/NZS 1270 Lic Medium Duty Industrial Silencer Heavy Duty 28db* SLC80 AS/NZS 1270 Lic Heavy Duty Industrial Silencer Heavy Duty Plus 29db* SLC80 AS/NZS 1270 Lic Heavy Duty Industrial Silencer Light Duty 28db SLC A very popular general purpose earmuff. Suitable for a wide range of light industrial and domestic applications. Silencer Heavy Duty 28db SLC The Silencer- Heavy Duty is intended for applications where extra sound control is required. Silencer Medium Duty 27db SLC A comfortable lightweight economical earmuff ideal for welders. The Silencer- Medium Duty is intended for general applications. Silencer Heavy Duty Plus 29db SLC The Silencer Heavy Duty Plus is intended for applications requiring heavy duty sound control. When sounds become disturbing, irritating or even sometimes painful, we classify them as harmful noise. However, noise does not have to hurt before it damages your ears. The noise which causes hearing loss is invisible and often painless yet it results in a gradual loss of our ability to hear. FEATURES Soft ear cushions. Snug fit for all day comfort. Lightweight and strong. Economical. SPECIFICATIONS Earmuffs are made of a mixture of plastics and foam. Correct hearing protection should be worn at all times in industry. The highest db rated earmuff or earplug is not necessarily the best option. In some industries this could be dangerous as you still need to hear workers or machinery around you. Eg: warnings or forklifts etc. The first requirement of a hearing protector is that it should supply sufficient sound reduction (attenuation) for the work environment concerned. Acoustic Attenuation - Decibels (db) to AS Earmuff Frequency-Hertz SLC80 Silencer Mean Attenuation Light Duty Standard Deviation Silencer Mean Attenuation Medium Duty Standard Deviation Silencer Mean Attenuation Heavy Duty Standard Deviation Silencer Mean Attenuation Heavy Duty+ Standard Deviation EARPLUGS EARPLUGS EARPLUG DISPENSERS EARBANDS PART No: STOCKING UNIT PART No: STOCKING UNIT PART-No: STOCKING UNIT SPARK PLUGS Earplugs pk 200* SPARK PLUGS dispenser pack pr* JAZZ- Band 18.5 DB SLC SPARK PLUGS dispenser pack pr* PURABAND 18 DB SLC80 SAFETY EQUIPMENT Part No PURABAND 18 db SLC80 Part No Puraband is cool and comfortable to use. The durable soft pods are non toxic and non allergenic. JAZZ- Band 18.5 db SLC80 Part No The JAZZ Band offers soft foam pads that are washable and reusable. The modern styled JAZZ Band comes fitted with a neck cord. NOTE: Foam pods are not available as a separate part for JAZZ- Band or PURABAND. SPARK PLUGS Earplugs form a barrier against noise to a decibel rating of 26db SLC80 cl are available corded and uncorded. The extra soft, low pressure foam of SPARK PLUGS Earplugs seals the ear canal without pressure. Their natural perfect shape is tapered for a snug fit while conforming to the ear canal. SPARK PLUGS are quick, easy and comfortable to use and are disposable. SPECIFICATIONS Earplugs are made of Polyurethane or PVC. *Standards Mark Certificate Product AS 1270 LIC.958, AS 1270 LIC EARPLUG DISPENSER The new CIGWELD Ear plug dispensers are a revolution in hearing protection management. The dispensers are low cost and basically the plugs are the only outlay. The unit is highly visible in a totally sealed unit for complete hygiene. The Plug Station is recyclable which is a major benefit in today's environment. The new Plug Stations are maintenance free - put it up until it's empty and then throw it into the recycle bin and add another. For use in all factories and wherever noise is a concern and convenient effective hearing protection is required. EARBANDS Lightweight personal hearing protectors worn with the band passed under the chin. Ideal for light industrial applications. Ear Bands are not earplugs, they block noise at the outer ear passage by sealing off the ear canal. FEATURES Soft ear cushions. Snug fit for all day comfort. lightweight and strong. Economical. A cooler and lighter alternative to earmuffs. Does not interfere with eyewear. Easily worn with hard hats. Band designed to fit all head shapes comfortably. Designed for easy on, easy off, easy fit. 188

189 HEAD AND FACE EYE PROTECTION SAFETY EYE PROTECTION THAT INCREASES YOUR PERFORMANCE Speedglas welding filters eliminate the neck-strain of helmet flipping while greatly increasing the accuracy of electrode placement. This, in turn, reduces the need for grinding and rework. In addition, welders can get into tight, cramped spaces with their eye and face protection already in place. Their constant, clear view makes even extremely awkward welds a lot easier. 3 Before During HOW ADFS WORK Before: With the helmet in the safe down position, the welder has a clear view through the filter. Both hands are free and the electrode can be precisely positioned. During: Within 0.1 milliseconds of the arc strike, the Speedglas 9002 filter has switched to the dark state. After: The filter automatically returns to the clear state after welding is complete, allowing for immediate and safe inspection of the weld pool, as well as preparation for the next weld. The UV/IR filter continually blocks harmful radiation, whether the filter cassette is ON, OFF, clear or dark. It is equivalent to a shade 13 traditional (non-autodarkening) welding filter. After WELDING FILTERS A QUICK GUIDE TO SPEEDGLAS WELDING FILTERS There are five different Speedglas auto-darkening welding filters to choose from, depending, most of all, on the type of welding you do, but also on personal preferences for fixed or variable shades, normal or large viewing areas, and additional options such as sensitivity and delay adjustments. The table below is a quick guide to the various models based solely on welding applications. All Speedglas filters meet Australian Standard AS/NZS 1337 and AS/NZS for welding eye protection. Optimized Recommended Not recommended Speedglas 9002X Speedglas 9002V Speedglas 9000XF Speedglas 9000F Speedglas Utility Recommendation for production welding: MMAW (Electrode) MIG/MAG TIG (>40A) TIG (1A-40A) Plasma (welding and cutting) Risk for hidden arc Grinding with FlexView Recommendation for occasional welding: MMAW (Electrode) MIG/MAG TIG (>40A) TIG (1A-40A) Grinding with FlexView SAFETY EQUIPMENT 189

190 SAFETY 3 HEAD AND FACE SPEEDGLAS HELMETS FOUR SENSITIVITY LEVELS TO HANDLE ALL TYPES OF ARC WELDING. THREE DELAY SETTINGS. NEW MEMBRANE WITH LED DISPLAY. SPEEDGLAS 9002X Top of the range. All the features mentioned above with variable shade 9-13 with an extra large viewing area (45%) 55x107mm. Part number for complete package: shade 9-13 with side windows shade 9-13 SPEEDGLAS 9002V All the features mentioned above with variable shade 9-13 with viewing area 44x92mm. Part number for complete package: shade 9-13 with side windows shade 9-13 SPEEDGLAS 9000XF Fixed shade with an extra large viewing area (45%) 55x107mm. Sensitivity adjustment for additional adaptability. Part numbers for complete package: shade 10 with side windows shade 11 with side windows shade 12 with side windows SPEEDGLAS 9000F Patented 9000 fixed shade welding helmet for production MIG and stick welding with viewing area 44x92mm Part numbers for complete package: shade 10 with side windows shade 11 with side windows shade 12 with side windows SPEEDGLAS UTILITY An entry level welding helmet for MIG and stick welding. Part numbers for complete package: shade shade 11 SPEEDGLAS FLEXVIEW Auto-darkening welding filter and helmet with a 120 x 90 mm clear protective lens for weld prep. Part numbers for complete package: with Speedglas 9002X shade 9-13 with side windows with Speedglas 9002V shade 9-13 with side windows with Speedglas 9002X shade with Speedglas 9002V shade FlexView Conversion Kit (Allows existing Speedglas 9000 helmets to be easily transformed to a lift up helmet) TECHNICAL DATA SPEEDGLAS AUTO-DARKENING WELDING FILTERS SAFETY EQUIPMENT Speedglas Speedglas Speedglas Speedglas Speedglas 9002X 9002V 9000XF 9000F Utility Approvals Eye protection AS/NZS 1337 AS/NZS 1337 AS/NZS 1337 AS/NZS 1337 AS/NZS 1337 AS/NZS AS/NZS AS/NZS AS/NZS AS/NZS Classification 1/1/2 1/1/1 1/2/1 1/2/1 1/2/2 Switching time, light-dark 0,1 ms (+.23 C) 0,1 ms (+23 C) 0,4ms (+23 C) 0,9 ms (+23 C) 0,9 ms (+23 C) Switching time, User-adjustable User-adjustable Dark-light ms ms 100ms 100ms 100ms UV/ IR protection Shade 13 Shade 13 Shade 13 Shade 13 Shade 13 (permanent) (permanent) (permanent) (permanent) (permanent) Viewing area 55x107mm 44x92mm 55x107mm 44x92mm 44x92mm Light state Shade 3 Shade 3 Shade 3 Shade 3 Shade 3 Dark state Shade 9-13 Shade 9-13 Shade 10,11 Shade 10,11 Shade 10 or 11 (variable) (variable) or 12 (fixed) or 12 (fixed) (fixed) Fail / Safe state Shade 5-6 Shade 5-6 Shade 5-6 Shade 5-6 Shade 5-6 Battery type Lithium 3 Volt Lithium 3 Volt Lithium 3 Volt Lithium 3 Volt Lithium 3 Volt Solar cell Yes No No No No Battery life time hours hours hours hours hours Range of temperature Use -5 C C -5 C C -5 C C -5 C C -5 C C Storage -30 C C -30 C C -30 C C -30 C C -30 C

191 SAFETY HEAD AND FACE COVER LENSES PART NUMBER: Outside standard 140 C (pk=10) Outside scratch resistant 145 C (pk= 10) Outside high heat 170 C (pk=10) Inside 9000U/F/V (pk=5) Inside 9000XF/X (pk=5) Inside 9000U/F/V shade 1 (pk=5) Inside 9000U/F/V shade 2 (pk=5) Inside 9000XF/X shade 1 (pk=5) Inside 9000XF/X shade 2 (pk=5) FlexView 120 x 90mm (pk=5) SWEATBANDS PART NUMBER: Towelling Towelling (pk-5) Leather 3 BATTERIES MAGNIFYING LENS PART NUMBER: Lithium (pk=2) HEAD HARNESS PART NUMBER: Magnifying lens attachment Diopter l.0x Diopter 1.5x Diopter 2.0x Diopter 2.5x PART NUMBER: Head harness Head harness attachments TECAWELD HEAD AND THROAT PROTECTION Improved resistance to flames and molten metal. Highly recommended for aluminium applications. Industrial laundry standard approved. Proban treated. PART NUMBER: Head protector Throat protector Head Cape SAFETY EQUIPMENT 191

192 3 SAFETY HEAD AND FACE ADFLO POWERED AIR RESPIRATORY SYSTEM Shown with optional rubber air hose, gas filter and odour filter. RELIABILITY AND PRODUCTIVITY OPTIMISED We ve reinvented the powered air-purifying respirator for welders. Speedglas with Adflo is a light, compact, all-in-one system. Its exclusive stackable configuration means that the gas filter can be stacked onto the particle filter for additional protection from vapours. A. Filter cover: holds user-replaceable spark arrestor to reduce risk of filter fires. B. Prefilter: increases the service life of the particle filter. C. Particle filter: high efficiency particulate filtration. D. Gas filter: (A1B1E1 or A1) filters out vapours. E. Odour filter: removes unpleasant smells (not needed when the gas filter is installed). F. NiMH battery: fully charges in four hours. Operating time 8 hrs with particle filter. G. Brushless motor: with a service life three times longer than conventional motors. H. Ergonomic leather belt: designed for maximum comfort. I. Airflow Plus: for hot, humid jobs, the user can increase the airflow from 160 I/m to 200 I/m with the push of a button. J. Air hose: fits all Speedglas models. Flame-resistant air hose cover available as an accessory. K. Exclusive airflow pattern: evenly distributes filtered air throughout the entire breathing zone of the helmet. The intelligent turbo unit keeps the airflow rate at a constant, preset level. L. Soft, flexible face seal: creates a positive pressure environment within the helmet, keeping the surrounding pollutants at bay. SPEEDGLAS FLEXVIEW WITH ADFLO SPEEDGLAS WITH ADFLO * Auto-darkening welding filter and helmet with a 120 x 90mm clear lens for weld prep. Excellent for low-light conditions, providing continuous eye, face and respiratory protection. Part numbers for complete system with particle filter: with welding filter Speedglas 9002X, shade with welding filter Speedglas 9002V, shade excluding welding filter Auto-darkening welding filter and helmet Award-winning, ergonomic welder protection with optimal mobility and ease-of-use. Part numbers for complete system with particle filter: with welding filter Speedglas 9002X, shade with welding filter Speedglas 9002V, shade excluding welding filter SAFETY EQUIPMENT CLEARVISOR WITH ADFLO A clear view with full face protection. For manufacturing processes requiring eye, face and respiratory protection, including metal grinding, woodworking, sanding and refinishing, spray painting, flour processing and other dusty environments. The face shield in acetate is resistant to solvents. Part numbers for complete system with particle filter with face shield in polycarbonate with face shield in acetate (solvent resistant) with face shield in acetate (shade 5) *Speedglas welding visors for respiratory protection are also available with safety helmets

193 HEAD AND FACE FRESH-AIR C SYSTEM SAFETY High airflow rates keep concentrated pollutants at bay For highly-contaminated welding environments or in confined spaces, you need the Fresh-air C (Compressed air) system with a nominal protection factor of 200. The lightweight, belt-mounted regulator allows the user to adjust the airflow from 140 to 300 litres per minute, making Fresh-air C ideal for hot and strenuous work. In environments where there is a risk of being exposed to isocyanates, which are difficult to detect and very dangerous to inhale, we recommend the compressed air system Fresh-air C. 3 SPEEDGLAS FLEXVIEW WITH FRESH AIR C Auto-darkening welding filter and helmet with a 120 x 90 mm clear lens for weld prep. Excellent for low-light conditions and continuous eye, face and respiratory protection. Part numbers for complete system: with welding filter Speedglas 9002X, shade with welding filter Speedglas 9002V, shade excluding welding filter SPEEDGLAS WITH FRESH-AIR C* Auto-darkening welding filter with helmet. Ergonomic welder protection for highly-contaminated environments. Part numbers for complete system: with welding filter Speedglas9002X, shade with welding filter Speedglas 9002V, shade excluding welding filter CLEARVISOR WITH FRESH-AIR C A clear view with full face protection. For highly-contaminated manufacturing processes requiring eye, face and respiratory protection. Part numbers for complete system: with face shield in polycarbonate with face shield in acetate (solvent resistant) with face shield in acetate (shade 5) *Speedglas welding visors for respiratory protection are also available with safety helmets. SAFETY EQUIPMENT 193

194 3 SAFETY FILTERS HEAD AND FACE PART NUMBER: Spark arrestor Pre-filter (pk=5) (Regular replacement of the pre-filter extends the life of the particle filter) Particle filter PSL (Replace when battery operating time becomes too short) Odour filter (For removing unpleasant odours, especially when welding galvanised steel) Odour filter replacement charcoal pad Gas filter A1B1E1 (For protection from specific organic (A), inorganic (B) and acidic (E) vapours) Gas filter A1 (Extra protection from organic (A) vapours) FACE SEALS PART NUMBER: Face seal for welding helmet Face seal for clear visor AIR HOSES PART NUMBER: Standard air hose m Air hose cover (Flame resistant for additional spark protection) Rubber air hose (Heavy duty providing increased durability and abrasion resistance) Standard air hose - 1.2m Standard air hose - 1.9m Standard air hose m SAFETY EQUIPMENT BATTERIES PART NUMBER: Standard NiMH (Nickel Metal Hydride) (Up to 8 hours operating time at 160 litres/mm) Heavy Duty NiMH (Nickel Metal Hydride) (Extends the Adflo respirator operating time by 2-6 hours depending on the setup. Especially recommended when using the Adflo with a gas filter)

195 SAFETY HEAD AND FACE HELMETS AND PARTS 633P Helmet Flip Front 633PHARN Harness Suit 633P Helmet 633PSB Sweat Band CL24C Clear Lens (2 x 4 ) 3 WELDING FILTER LENS WELDING ROUND FILTER Lense Shade 5 50mm WELDING FILTER AUTO W x51mm XeluxX124 Shade 8 Shade 9 Shade 10 Shade 11 Shade 12 Shade 13 BETA WELDING HELMETS Kemppi Beta gives you full protection without compromising your visibility or comfort. Kemppi s Beta Welding Helmets have been designed to let you focus on the task at hand. To weld with optimum visibility without the need to intermittently remove or adjust your helmet. To make it easier for you to manoeuvre into tight positions without compromising your safety, and to deliver maximum comfort throughout. Kemppi Beta 60 and 90 welding helmets Like the other models, the Beta 60 and 90 come with a spring mounted flip-front lens. Lift the filter lens and keep working. The 100% clear safety lens underneath is safety assured for grinding. Kemppi Beta Auto Darkening welding helmets (90 A & 90 X). The Beta 90 A come with fixed shade and sensitivity (shades 3/10.5 and 3/11 respectively). The Beta 90 X comes with shade and sensitivity adjustments. It easily adjusts for MMA, MIG or TIG arcs (shades 4/9-13). This model is the perfect choice for the most demanding welding applications. Weld without restraint! Full protection against arc radiation and spatter Perfect visibility with a flip-front lens Auto Darkening lens (models 90 A, 90 X) Optimised viewing area Lightweight, balanced and comfortable Durable, resistant and reliable Protects chin, ears and throat Interchangeable filter lenses Modern, narrow design Technical Data BETA 60 BETA 90 BETA 90A BETA 90X Welding filter size mm 60 x x x x 110 Viewing area 90 x x x x 95 Filter shade range EN8-14* EN8-14* EN3/11 EN4/9-13 Sensitivity - - Fixed Adjustable Switching time s s Delay (dark ->bright) s 0.4 s Part Numbers SAFETY EQUIPMENT 195

196 3 SAFETY AIR PURIFYING RESPIRATORS NORTH 7700 SERIES HALF MASK A very soft silicone facepiece, which is recognised as the best fitting of all respirators, Features a cradle headband suspension system. Available in three sizes. NORTH 77BP SERIES BACKPACK NORTON Uses the same soft silicone facepiece as the 7700 half mask. The 77BP is designed especially for the welder with the filters worn on the user s back, allowing a welding helmet to be used without interference to the facepiece. Available in two sizes. NORTH AW FULL FACEPIECE WELDING RESPIRATOR Uses the same soft silicone facepiece as the 7600 Series but specially designed to be used as a full facepiece respirator in a welding environment. The shield is constructed of fire resistant thermoplastic material and is designed so that, when the user is not welding, it can be lifted upward on a locking hinge for a wide angle view of the work area. Uses conventional 50 x 125 mm welding lenses (not included). Welding cape supplied with each mask. NORTH 7600 SERIES FULL FACEPIECE A silicone full facepiece with a polycarbonate coated lens with a 200 o field vision. Includes speaking diaphragm and oral/nasal cup as standard equipment. FILTERS AND PREFILTERS ORGANIC VAPOUR FILTER (A1) AMMONIA FILTER (K1) SAFETY EQUIPMENT Cat. No. N Suitable for organic vapours, and when used in conjunction with N paint spray/mists prefilter will provide protection against paint, lacquer and enamel mists. Not recommended for two pack paints containing isocyanates. MULTI GAS FILTER (ALL, B1, EL, K1 HF, FORMALDEHYDE) Cat. No. 75SCA Filters a wide range of gases in one filter including organic vapours, acid gases, ammonia, etc. Makes selection easier. Not recommended for two pack paints containing isocyanates. Cat. No. N Suitable for ammonia and methylamine. ORGANIC VAPOURS AND ACID GASES (A1, B1, EL, HF, FORMALDEHYDE) Cat. No. N Suitable for organic vapours, chlorine, hydrogen chloride, formaldehyde and sulphur dioxide. HIGHLY TOXIC PARTICULATES FILTER (P3) Cat. No. N Suitable for dusts, fumes (including welding fumes) and mists. Mini size allows for use under a welding helmet. P3 only when used with a full face respirator

197 NORTON SAFETY FILTERS AND PREFILTERS DUST FUMES AND MISTS FILTER (P2) Cat No. N Also suitable for welding fumes. AMMONIA, METHYL AMINE AND HIGHLY TOXIC PARTICULATES FILTER (K1, P3) Cat No. N DUSTS AND MISTS FILTER (P1) Cat No. N Low profile assembly. Also available in (P2) format - Cat. No. N PESTICIDE FILTER (A1, P2) FIT CHECK FILTER COVER Cat No. N Suitable for organic vapours MULTIGAS AND HIGHLY TOXIC PARTICULATES (A1, B1, E1, K1, HF, FORMALDEHYDE, P3) Cat No. N Used to secure prefilters to the appropriate filter. and pesticides. Cat No. 75SCP100A ORGANIC VAPOURS AND HIGHLY TOXIC PARTICULATES FILTER (A1, P3) SHOWER CAP Cat No. N Cat No For use with filter only. DUSTS AND MISTS PREFILTER (P1) Cat No. N ORGANIC VAPOURS, ACID GASES AND HIGHLY TOXIC PARTICULATES FILTER (A1, B1, E1, HF, FORMALDEHYDE, P3) Use with filters to prolong service life. Secure with N Filter Cover FIT-TEST AMPOULES Cat No Help provide an easy method of determining the size of respirator facepiece required. Cat No. PAINT SPRAY/MISTS PREFILTER (P2) N Cat No. N Use with N Organic Vapour filter to give extra protection against paint lacquers and enamel mists. Use with N Filter Cover. Not recommeded for two pack paints containing isocyanates. DUSTS, MISTS AND FUMES PREFILTER (P2) Cat No. N For mechanically and thermally generated particulates, including welding fumes. RESPIRATOR REFRESHER WIPE PADS Cat No A quick, easy way of sanitizing and cleaning respirator facepieces. SAFETY EQUIPMENT 197

198 SAFETY NORTON 3 HEARING PROTECTION EARMUFFS GOLDTOP EARMUFF EARPLUGS DECIDAMP 2TM COM-FIT Cat. No. MG19 For low noise environments SLC80 = 19dB. Reformulated and improved performance. Provide maximum comfort while attentuating hazardous noise. SLC80 = 27dB. Also available in biodegradable paper packaging. Silicone rubber plugs, available in three sizes. SLC80 = 20dB. COM-FIT WITH CORD Silicone rubber plugs, available in three sizes. the cord prevents the loss of plugs. Ideal for food industry. SLC80 = 20dB. DECIDAMP 2TM WITH CORD REDLINE EARMUFF Cat. No. MR22 For moderate noise environments SLC80 = 22dB. The cord minimizes loss of plugs. Ideal for food industry. SLC80 = 27.5dB. SONIC EAR VALVS Unique, patented moving diaphram attenuates harmful impact noise without blocking normal background normal background sounds and voices, e.g., gun blasts, jack hammers. Constructed from comfortable silicone rubber. SAFETY EQUIPMENT BLUETONE EARMUFF Cat. No. MB27 For high noise environments SLC80 = 27dB. DECIGUARD AB Unique earplug not only reduces noise, but thanks to Microban antimicrobial protecion mixed into the PVC foam, these plugs are protected against the growth of bacteria, mould and fungi. No bacteria will grow against or around the DeciGuard AB earplug. Uncorded SLC80 = 26.5dB. Corded SLC80 = 28.5dB Microban antimicrobial protection technology is exclusive to North s Deciguard AB. Microban is a trademark of the Microban Products Company, Huntersville, N.C. DECI 4200 A tapered, disposable foam earplug. Lightweight and comfortable, the Deci 4200 is made on nontoxic, non irritating polyurethane foam. SLC80 = 28.5dB. DECI 4240 The cord minimizes loss of plugs. Ideal for food industry

199 UNISAFE SAFETY FEATURES BROWGUARDS AND VISORS Interchangeable visors ailow the appropriate visor for the job. Polycarbonate visors give high velocity impact and medium heat protection. Thermotuff visors give medium velocity impact, elevated heat protection and chemical protection. Shade 2 and shade 5 green coloured visors give infrared glare protection. All clear visors provide excellent UV protection. VC105 INTERCHANGEABLE VISORS VV501 ORDERING CODES Material Heat protection Impact protection Chemical protection 1mm polycarbonate Thermotuff.76 polycarbonate The greater the number of dots, the better the level of protection. BROWGUARDS W997 Ratchet harness browguard. V998 Pinlock harness browguard. FACESHIELDS COMPLETE VC105 W848 visor with W997 ratchet browguard. VC109 W848 visor with W998 pinlock browguard. VISORS Visor range - can be fitted to all browguards and cap mounted visor holders. Clear 1mm polycarbonate visor - high impact VV x 300. VV x 400. VV x 300. VV x 400. CLEAR THERMOTUFF VISORS VV x 300 VV x 400. VV x 300 VV x 400 CLEAR.76 POLYCARBONATE HARD COAT VV x 300. VV x 400. CHINGUARD VISORS VV501 1 mm clear polycarbonate. VV511 Thermotuff clear. VV512 Sh 5 green thermotuff. VV801 Sh 2 green thermotuff. SH 2 GREEN VISORS VV821 Thermotuff 200 x 300. VV822 Thermotuff 200 x 400. VV823 Thermotuff 250 x 300. VV824 Thermotuff 250 x 400. SH 5 GREEN VISORS VV901 Thermotuff 200 x 300. VV902 Thermotuff 200 x 400. VV903 Thermotuff 250 x 300. VV904 Thermotuff 250 x 400. VV926 1mm polycarbonate 250 x 400. VV927 1mm polycarbonate 200 x 400. MESH VISOR VV602 Metal mesh visor 300 x 390. CLIP ON VISORS FOR SAFETY CAPS VV123M Metal mesh visor. W123 Clear visor. UNSOUND VISORS VV720 Clear.76 polycarbonate hard coat VV730 Clear l mm polycarbonate. VM820 Nylon mesh. SAFETY SIGN PM8 Face protection must be worn. PM8 3 SAFETY EQUIPMENT 199

200 SAFETY UNISAFE 3 DISPOSABLE RESPIRATORS FEATURES Economical protection against a range of hazards. Light weight, comfortable. Twin elastic headbands. Foam nose seal. Adjustable nosepiece. Both P1 and P2 available with valve for greater wearer comfort. ORDERING CODES SAFETY CAPS RP110 Non toxic mask for nuisance dusts - unapproved. RDP1000 P1 particulate, mist respirator. RDP2000 P2 particulate, mist, fume respirator. RDP1000V P1 dust, mist, respirator with valve RDP2000V P2 dust, mist, fume respirator with valve. SAFETY SIGN PM12M Dust mask must be worn. RDP1000 disposable P1 respirators. RDP2000 disposable P2 respirators. RDP1000V disposable P1 respirators with valve. RDP2000V disposable P2 respirators with valve. SAFETY EQUIPMENT Packs of 10: RDP1000 disposable P1 respirators. RDP2000: disposable P2 respirators. Packs of 10: RDP1000V disposable P1 respirators with valve. RDP2000V: disposable P2 respirators with valves

201 UNISAFE SAFETY EYE PROTECTION ORDERING CODES SHARK SNN775 Clear lens, black frame. SNN776 Smoke lens, black frame. SNN777 Amber lens, black frame. SNN779 light tint silver lens, black frame. STINGRAY SNN720 Clear lens, black frame. SNN721 Smoke lens, black frame. PANTHER SNN215 SNN214 SNN217 SNN212 DELTA SNN810 SNN811 VIPER SNN845 SNN844 SNN842 COUGAR SNN714 SNN715 TAIPAN SNN800 SNN801 COBRA SNN855 SNN854 SNN852 PILOT SA750 SA751 SA752 UNISPEC Clear lens, black, blue or silver frame. Smoke lens, black, blue or silver frame. Blue mirror lens, black, blue or silver frame. Amber lens, black frame. Clear lens, clear/grey arms. Smoke lens, blacklgrey arms. Clear lens, black, charcoal and metallic green frame. Smoke lens, black, charcoal and metallic green frame. Amber lens, black frame. Clear lens, black frame. Smoke lens, black frame. Clear lens, black arms. Smoke lens, black arms. Clear lens, black frame. Smoke lens, black frame. Amber lens, black frame. Clear lens, blue frame. Smoke lens, blue frame. Amber lens, blue frame. SN500 Clear lens, black frame. SN502 Smoke lens, black frame. 160 SERIES SN161 SN160 SN165 AVLITE Smoke lens. Clear lens. Non coated clear lens. SMA103 Smoke lens and sideshields, black metal frame. SMA100 Clear lens and sideshields, black metal frame. All spectacles are packed 12 pairs per style/colour. Specify frame colour at time of order. 3 SAFETY EQUIPMENT 201

202 3 SAFETY EYE PROTECTION FEATURES UNISAFE UniSafe offers a wide variety of stylish safety spectacles. They are all designed with wearer comfort as a major consideration, and each style has features to meet specific safety requirements, e.g. medium velocity impact resistance, protection from UV radiation, side shield protection. All UniSafe safety spectacles meet Australian Standard AS/NZS SHARK -Black nylon frame safety spectacles with adjustable temples. Medium velocity impact. STINGRAY - Light weight blade style safety spectacles. Black nylon frame with four way adjustable side arms. Medium velocity impact. PANTHER - Light weight, stylish twin lens design. Sleek, wraparound style eliminates the need for side shields whilst covering the ocular area with a snug and comfortable fit. Four way adjustable side arms. Multi fit nose bridge. Optically correct, scratch resistant, anti-fog lenses. Approved for outdoor use. Medium velocity impact. DELTA - Fashionable blade style with length adjustable side arms. This spectacle has been designed for a close facial fit and a high degree of user comfort. Medium velocity impact. VIPER - Light weight, wraparound wide vision spectacle. Superior eye coverage with length adjustable side arms. 2mm anti-fog polycarbonate one piece lens. Scratch resistant coating. Medium velocity impact. COUGAR - Stylish, wide vision wraparound design. Scratch resistant, anti-fog coated lens. Soft silicone nose bridge for greater comfort. Easily adjustable side arms for improved fit. Medium velocity impact. TAIPAN - Light weight, wide vision, close fitting design to prevent particles entering the eyes around the lens. Four way adjustable side arms ensure an excellent fit on most faces. Scratch resistant polycarbonate lens. Medium velocity impact. COBRA - Fashionable sports style wraparound one piece lens. Four way adjustable temple. Scratch resistant and anti-fog coated lens. Soft nose bridge ensures worker acceptance. Medium velocity impact. PILOT - Traditional nylon framed safety spectacles are still very popular, because they combine light weight and wire cored side arms. Fitted with polycarbonate lens and side shields. Medium velocity impact. UNISPEC - Light weight, aviator style. Reinforced bridge bar. Adjustable wire core nylon side arms. Side shields. Low velocity impact. 160 SERIES - Inexpensive, traditional safety spectacle. Fits over standard prescription spectacles. One piece polycarbonate lens, which is scratch resistant and anti-fog coated. Incorporates a moulded nose bridge with moulded side arms and side shields. Medium velocity impact. AVLITE - Light weight, aviator style. Adjustable flat metal side arms with plastic temple tips. The nose bridge is a soft moulded saddle style fitted to adjustable nose pads. Fitted with side shields. Low velocity impact. SAFETY EQUIPMENT

203 UNISAFE SAFETY EYE PROTECTION FEATURES NEON -Traditional nylon frame with one piece lens. Polycarbonate side shields. Medium velocity impact. NEON- WELDER S ASSISTANT- SNN Shade 3 green lens meets performance requirements of AS/NZS for welders assistants. CLIP-ONS - UniSafe lightweight Clip-ons lenses are designed to fit onto most prescription spectacles for added protection. LENS CLEANERS - Clean lenses are important. Not only will dirty lenses increase wearer fatigue, dirt on lenses can cause visual distortion and reduce the life of the lens. UniSafe has a number of lens cleaning kits and products to encourage wearers to keep lenses clean and in prime condition. EMERGENCY EYE WASH BOTTLE -A UniSafe personal eye wash bottle is also available. 3 ORDERING CODES SPECTACLES NEON SNN744 SNN745 SNN746 CLIP-ONS Smoke lens, black frame/sidearms. Clear lens, black frame/sidearms. Welder s assistant green shade 3 I.R lens, black frame/sidearms, green sideshield. SJ220 Clear. SJ223 Smoke. All spectacles are packed 12 pairs per style/colour. Specify frame colour at time of order. LENS CLEANING STATION AND ACCESSORIES EC200 EC201 EC002 EC270 EC240 EC250 EC260 Complete station with 2 bottles lens cleaner and atomiser spray heads and 2 packs of tissues. Complete station with 2 aerosol pressure packs lens cleaner and 2 packs of tissues. Replacement lens cleaning fluid - 200ml bottle. Replacement lens cleaning fluid - bulk pack 2.25 litre. Replacement lens cleaning aerosol pressure pack. Atomiser spray heads. Tissues. LENS CLEANING SACHETS EC005 EasyClean lens cleaning/anti-fog towellettes. 300 sachets per box. EYE WASH BOTTLE EW001 SAFETY SIGNS Squeeze bottle - 250ml. PM2 Eye protection must be worn. EC005 EasyClean germicidal towellettes are designed to clean lenses of all types for optimum visual safety and purify personal safety items which need to be germ-free anti-fog and pleasant to wear. EC200 lens cleaning station PM2 SAFETY EQUIPMENT 203

204 SAFETY UNISAFE 3 GOGGLES FEATURES Polycarbonate lens for medium velocity impact protection. Manufactured in soft, flexible plastic for wearer comfort. Wide facial flange gives good seal. Indirect ventilation ports on the 600 and 400 series allows air flow and reduces fogging. Direct micro vents on the 500 series. Anti-fog lenses reduce fogging. Adjustable headband means comfortable fit for all wearers. WELDING GOGGLE Lift up front. Fitted with shade 5 welding lenses. Chipping and cover lenses available. WV600 series (WV602 shown) WV400 series (WV420 shown) WG835 WV560 ORDERING CODES GOGGLES SAFETY EQUIPMENT GH39 PM7 EC005 EasyClean germicidal towellettes are designed to clean lenses of all types for optimum visual safety and purify personal safety items which need to be germ-free, anti-fog and pleasant to wear. WV420 General purpose safety goggle, indirect vents. WV421 As WV420, rubber bound. WV560 Grinding goggle, polycarbonate lens. WV600 Chemical goggle, vented. WV601 Chemical goggle, non-vented. WV602 Chemical goggle, foam bound. GH39 Budget clear grinding goggle. SZ828 Disposable dust goggles, cotton bound (Unapproved). SZ820 Disposable dust goggles, wool bound (Unapproved). GOGGLES AND LENSES WG835 Complete goggle with shade 5 lenses. WW365 Replacement lens, 50mm shade 5 (pair) WW484 Replacement lens, 50mm polycarbonate cover lens (pair) CLEANING WIPES EC005 EasyClean lens cleaning/antifog towelettes. 300 sachets per box. SAFETY SIGN PM7 Safety goggles must be worn

205 UNISAFE SAFETY HALF MASK RESPIRATORS FEATURES RP562 SILICONE RESPIRATOR 3 Wide range of filters. Four point harness distributes weight evenly and gives an effective seal. Head cradle for additional support and wearer comfort. Silicone face piece for wearer comfort. Twin exhalation valve means air is expelled quickly. EC005 EasyClean germicidal towellettes are designed to clean and purify personal safety items which need to be germ-free and pleasant to wear. PM14 ORDERING CODES RP461 RP462 RP482 SILICONE RESPIRATORS RP562:SM Twin filter silicone respirator with Small/Medium face piece. RP562:L Twin filter silicone respirator with Large face piece. RSH562 Head harness kit. R5V562 Valve/gasket kit. FILTERS FOR RPS62 RESPIRATOR AS/NZ1716 Type/Class Description RPS60 A1 Organic vapours and gases with boiling point above 65oC. RPS61 A1 B1 E1 Organic and inorganic gases, acid gases, sulphur dioxide and hydrogen chloride. RPS63 A1 B1 E1 K1 As RPS61 plus ammonia. RP564 A1 P3 Organic vapours, thermally and mechanically generated particles. Approved P2 protection in RP562 mask. RPS65 A1 B1 E1 HF P3 Organic and inorganic gases, acid gases, sulphur dioxide, hydrogen chloride, hydrogen fluoride, thermally and mechanically generated particles. Approved P2 protection in RPS62 mask. RPS66 A1 B1 E1 K1 P3 As RPS65 plus ammonia. RPS67 P2 Thermally and mechanically generated particles including lead, silica, asbestos dusts, mists and fumes. RPS67P P2 PAD As RPS67 in pad form. RPS68 P3 As RP567 in pad form. Approved P2 protection in RPS62 mask. RPS69 PRE-FILTER Pre-filter protects life of all above filters. NEOPRENE RESPIRATORS RP462:SM RP462:L RP461:SM RP461:L RP482 Twin filter neoprene respirator, two exhalation valves. Small/Medium face piece. Twin filter neoprene respirator, two exhalation valves. large face piece. Single filter neoprene respirator, two exhalation valves. Small/Medium face piece. Single filter neoprene respirator, two exhalation valves. large face piece. Respirator hood with twin filter respirator. FILTERS FOR RP4611RP462 RESPIRATORS RP102 RP104 RP107 RP203 RP212 RP213 CLEANING WIPES EC005 SAFETY SIGN PM14 Prefilter for RP104, RP107 filters. P2 particulate. A-AUS organic vapours and gases. Prefilter for RP212, RP213 filters. A-AUS, B-AUS organic and inorganic gases and vapours plus P2 particulate for agricultural sprays and dusts, and spray paints. Spray paints. EasyClean germicidal towelettes. 300 sachets per box. Half mask respiratory protection must be worn. SAFETY EQUIPMENT 205

206 SAFETY UNISAFE 3 HEAD PROTECTION FEATURES Manufactured from lightweight ABS plastic. TA570 cap is top vented for greater comfort. Caps can be personalised with a company s name/logo. Light weight means comfort over long periods. 6 point terylene harness means added comfort for the wearer. Contoured design allows for easy earmuff attachment. Rain gutter helps prevent rain dropping on wearer. Accessory slot allows hearing and face protection to be fitted. Adjustable head band allows the cap to be adjusted to various head sizes. (Sizes 50-66) Colours: white, yellow, grey, red, orange, blue, green, fluoro yellow, fluoro orange, watermelon. Chin strap (optional) gives added security when required. Range of accessories: lamp bracket and cable clip, chinstrap, visor holder and ear muffs make the cap very versatile. TA570 UniLite vented safety cap. TA173 Canvas wide brim and neck flap. VMKIT safety cap, earmuff and visor kit. (TA560, RB302, VHCASIG, VM820 ORDERING CODES SAFETY CAPS TA570 TA560 TA550 TA570M Unilite safety cap - vented. 6 point harness. UniLite safety cap - non-vented. 6 point harness. UniLite - non-vented with poly cradle 4 point harness. Miners cap. REPLACEMENT PARTS TA597 TA598 TA094 TA095 ACCESSORIES 6 point webbing head gear (including terry towelling sweat band). 6 point webbing head gear with ratchet adjustment. Terry towelling sweat band. Lambswool sweat band. SAFETY EQUIPMENT TA570 Miners cap. TA176 Lamp bracket and cable clip. PCI11 PM3 TA175 TA176 W765 VH560 VHCASIG TA170 TA173 VMKIT SAFETY SIGNS PC111 PM3 Chin strap. Lamp bracket and cable clip. Hinged aluminium visor holder. Nylon visor holder for safety cap. Nylon visor holder to suit RB44CA and RB302 cap attached earmuffs. Visor holders are supplied without visors. See page 9 for complete listing. Cotton neckflap. Cotton widebrim and neckflap. Safety cap, earmuffs and visor kit. This is a hard hat area Safety helmets must be worn. Head protection must be worn

207 UNISAFE SAFETY PROTECTIVE CLOTHING FEATURES WATERPROOF CLOTHING 3 Tough, light weight garments made from yellow PVC coated polyester fabric with sewn and welded seams. CJ800 Overall Waterproof, zip front velcro flap, zip away hood, press stud adjustable cuffs. ideal for chemical cleaning. CJ720 3/4 length Coat Press stud attachable hood, drawstring in hood, pressstud storm trap front, press stud adjustable cuffs hip pocket with flap. CTS40 Trousers Waterproof trousers. Elastic waist. DISPOSABLE CLOTHING CY025 Dupont Tyvek Barrier Man White combination overall. Elasticised hood, wrists and ankles. Zip front. CY025LAM Polyethylene laminated Tyvek yellow combination overall. Elasticised hood, wrists and ankles. Sewn seams. Zip front. CY210 Tyvek white overboot. Elasticised top. Covers entire boot. KNEEPADS CJ800 CJ720 KP303 Tough and comfortable. Manufactured from polypropylene. Water resistant exterior. Flexible hinge for comfort and movement. Ribbed surface for stability and grip. KP404 Professional model has two quick release velcro straps for extra security and a comfortable foam rubber inner with a bri-nylon liner. ORDERING CODES CLOTHING CJ720 CTS40 CJ800 CY025 CY025LAM CY210 KNEE PADS 3/4 Coat, S-XXOS, Safety Yellow. Trousers, S-XXOS, Safety Yellow. Overalls, 0S-XOS, Safety Yellow. Combination overall and hood. Sizes S-XXOS. Combination overall and hood. Chemical splash laminated. Sizes M-XXOS Overboot. CY025LAM CY025 KP303 Tradesman single strap kneepad. KP404 Professional double strap kneepad. SAFETY SIGN PM9 Protective clothing must be worn KP404 PM9 KP303 CT540 CY210 SAFETY EQUIPMENT 207

208 SAFETY UNISAFE 3 FEATURES WELDING HELMETS WELDING HELMET Universal model for a wide variety of welding applications. Full face and neck coverage. Ratchet headgear allows easy onehanded adjustment. Lift up front flap has provision for cover lens and chipping lens. Shade 10 polycarbonate filter provided as standard. Full range of shade filters available. Clear polycarbonate cover and chipping lens fitted. Full range of spare parts - filter, cover lens, headgear and sweatband. WLC535 ORDERING CODES HELMETS WLS30 Helmet (Packed singly in polybag, 15 per carton). WLC535 Cap attachable welding helmet. REPLACEMENT PARTS SAFETY EQUIPMENT WL530 WW250 Spare Filters, Sh 10 (Shades 7-14 available). WW240 Gold coated filters (Shades 10, 11, 12 available). WW311 Polycarbonate cover lens. WW321 CR39 cover lens. WAS30 Headgear. WAS31 Sweatband. WAS41 Lens retaining spring. SAFETY SIGNS PW33 Warning Welding in progress PW14 Welding arc hazard. PW33 PW14 208

209 BACOU-DALLOZ WELDING HELMETS OPTREL MIRA PLUS OSE PROVEN FUNCTIONALITY IN A NEW DESIGN. Shade level DIN 10 or 11 manual variable. The inexpensive two-in-one solution. You have a choice: Shade level DIN 10 or 11 SAFETY The inexpensive alternative offering comfort and durability is called optrel Miraplus OSE. A sliding switch on the back side of the cartridge fives you the choice to select either shade level 10 or 11. The sensor bar determines the sensitivity of the sensor by changing the angle of incoming light and the ergonomic design of the OSE welding helmet (available in unpainted black or optional blue colour) along with the proven headgear guarantee a high level of comfort OPTREL MIRAPLUS OSE 1 Solar cells The use of solar cells means that an on/off switch or change of battery are no longer required. 2 Viewing area The LCD automatically darkens to the set shade level within fractions of a millisecond with arc ignition. 3 Sensor bar Eliminates the influence of surrounding bright light and can be removed for more sensitivity in low amperage applications or under off-angle working conditions. 4 Shade level selector switch Easy selection of either shade level DIN 10 or 11 protection via sliding switch 5 Water resistance The Miraplus ADF is protected,against humidity and moisture (according to European IP 67 standard: 30 minutes at a depth of 1 meter). 6 Curved cover plate The durable polycarbonate lens is equipped with an elastic seal to reduce negative effects caused by penetrating gases, smoke or particles. These cover lenses con outlast conventional style cover lenses by a factor 10. The cover lens can be changed easily thanks to two. Technical Data optrel Miraplus OSE Type Manual variable between 4/10 or 11 Light transmitting capacity Not activated: protection level DIN 4 Activated: protection level DIN 10 to 11 Switching time light to dark 0,4 ms at room temperature 0,1 ms at 55 C Switching time dark to light 0.2-0,3 s UV/IR protection Maximum UV/IR protection at any shade setting Power supply Solar cells, no battery changes Operating temperature -10 C +70 C Total weight 530 g Size of cartridge 90 x 110 x 7 mm Warranty 2 year warranty on ADF cartridge Special Characteristics Mechanically durable cover lens Accessories Neck protection, hard hat adapter Spare parts 2 front cover lens in scope of supply additionally Included Applications Electrode Welding MIG Steel MIG Aluminium, MIG Stainless Steel MAG welding Not suitable for TIG-, laser- and oxy-gas welding COLOURS AVAILABLE BLACK BLUE SAFETY EQUIPMENT 209

210 3 SAFETY GAS WELDING AND CUTTING EQUIPMENT OXY WELDING GOGGLES REPLACEMENT LENSES Replacement lenses for gas welding applications SAFETY WIA Wide view for gas welding and cutting Part No. GK Goggle flip up Part No. GK mm DIAMETER TO SUIT FLIP-UP STYLE GOGGLES Part No. Filter Lens Shade 3 GA3303 Filter Lens Shade 4 GA3304 Filter Lens Shade 5 GA3305 Filter Lens Shade 6 GA3306 Clear Cover Lens GA3215 Note all lenses come as a pair SHADE SELECTION The following table is provided to help you select the correct shade welding and cutting filter system. Operation Plate Thickness(mm) Shade No. Oxyfuel Welding < > Oxyfuel Cutting < > SAFETY EQUIPMENT

211 HEAD AND FACE WELDING LENSES SAFETY Elliott Australia has supplied cover and filter lenses to the welding industry for more than 15 years. Elliott Australia s range of welding lenses includes both cover and filter lenses, offering protection across a broad range of welding situations. 3 Cover Lens Cover lens - first layer offering protection from spatter and other debris. The cover lenses in the Elliott Australia range are optically correct lenses with a surface providing the highest resistance to welding spatter. A cover lens is designed to go in front of the filter lens regardless of whether a filter or an Omni-View lens is used. Clear cover lens Individually packaged Part No: CL39 (50mm x 106mm) Part No: RD39 (50mm round) Filter Lenses Filter lens - Glass filter or Omni-View providing protection from infra-red and ultra violet radiation. Welding filter lenses provide protection from infra red and ultra violet radiation while welding. Elliott Australia offers two types of filter lenses: Glass filter lens Polycarbonate Omni-View filter lens Manufactured from high quality glass to meet International Standard ISO mm x 106mm Individually packaged Part No: Shade FL8 8 FL9 9 FL10 10 FL11 11 FL12 12 FL mm Round RD5 5 Glass filter lenses: Manufactured from the highest quality glass Is compliant with International Standard ISO 4850 Available in a variety of filter shades from 8-13 Polycarbonate Omni-View filter lens: Has a polycarbonate base with a gold coating, allowing welders to see their work in true natural colours Suitable for most welding situations Designed to reflect radiant heat Protect against infra-red and ultra violet radiation Protects against flying particles likely to break ordinary glass filters Available in a variety of shades from 9-13 Omni-View Filters Reflects practically all radiant heat Light weight and durable View work in true natural colours Reduces eye tiredness 50mm x 106mm Individually packaged Part No: Shade OMNIV8 8 OMNIV9 9 OMNIV10 10 OMNIV11 11 OMNIV12 12 SAFETY EQUIPMENT 211

212 3 SAFETY HAND PROTECTION - GLOVES WELDING GLOVES SUPERIOR WELDING GLOVES STANDARD Fighter Knuckle bar style Sewn in Kevlar thread Superior quality chrome leather palm\lined palm Length 270mm Part No: Size KB436A L KB436AXL XL KB436AXXL XXL Fighter Knuckle bar style Sewn in Kevlar thread Superior quality chrome leather palm\lined palm Length 270mm Part No: Size TMKB10PL L TMKB10PXL XL TMKB10PXXL XXL J11 Full chrome leather glove wrist length Part No: J11 WELDING GLOVES STANDARD PB11 Knuckle bar style Pig Skin split palm Length 27mm Part No: PB11 Wrangler Rigger style Superior quality leather Length 250mm Felt lined Size L Part No: WRG250 Western Rigger Rigger style Superior soft cow grain Generous hand size Length 250mm Part No: Size Cuff Colour 500WRS S Yellow 500WRM M Green 500WRL L Brown 500WRXL XL Blue 500WRXXL XXL Red WELDING GLOVES STANDARD WELDING GLOVES SUPERIOR SAFETY EQUIPMENT 302GPH Rigger Style Grain pig skin Length 250mm Part No: 302GPH (Size L) Economy Riggers Rigger style Soft Grain Leather Length 50mm Part No: 400WRL (Size L) Part No: 400WRXL (Size XL) Candy Stripe Knuckle bar style Chrome leather palm Length 270mm Part No: MKB10M Weld Mark FR The only welding glove with a flame retarded lining for extra protection Selected first grade butt leather Flame retarded lining Sewn in Kevlar thread Wear seams welted for extra strength Length 406mm long Part No: 300WMFR

213 SAFETY HAND PROTECTION - GLOVES WELDING GLOVES SUPERIOR 3 Big Red The Original, the One and Only Big Red The Gun welder glove Selected 1st grade butt leather Fully lined Sewn in Kevlar thread Length 406mm Wear seams welted for extra strength Part No: 300FLWKT Big Red XT All the features of the famous Big Red extended to a length of 680mm for serious protection Part No: 300FLWKTXT Kevlar Blue The Original the One and Only Kevlar Blue Superior quality, heavy duty protection Reinforced palm thumb & knuckle guard Length 406mm Selected 1st grade butt leather, fully lined Sewn in Kevlar thread Wear seams welted for extra strength Part No: 300RKB WELDING GLOVES SUPERIOR WELDING GLOVES SUPERIOR Kevlar BIue XT All the features of the famous Kevlar BlueTM extended to a length of 680mm for heavy duty protection Part No: 300RKBXT Tig Mate The sure touch TIG welders glove Extra snug fit Kevlar sewn Three sizes S M & L Length 280mm Part No: Size TIG11S Small TIG11M Medium TIG11L Large Tig Mate XT All features and benefits of the Tig Mate with an extended cuff Length 406mm Three sizes S M & L Part No: Size TIG16S Small TIG16M Medium TIG16L Large SAERS GLOVE WELDING GLOVES STANDARD Glove Savers Chrome leather palm & thumb Aluminised back Part No: Size Hand AGS4 Standard Left AGS5 Standard Right AGS4L Large Left AGS5L Large Right Heavy duty Glove Savers Chrome leather palm a thumb Chrome leather & aluminised back Part No: Size Hand AGS10L Large Left AGS11L Large Right Lefties The original the one & only Lefties, two left handed welding gloves Fully lined Length 406mm Wear seams welted for extra strength Part No: 4062LH0 SAFETY EQUIPMENT 213

214 SAFETY 3 HAND PROTECTION WELDING GLOVES STANDARD WAKATAC Long wearing heavy duty welders glove Selected leather Fully lined Sewn in Kevlar thread Length 406mm Wear seams welted for extra strength Part No: 300WAK Green & Gold Reinforced palm Selected leather Fully lined Length 406mm Wear seams welted for extra strength Part No: RG300 Black & Gold Black split leather Wear seams welted for extra strength Length 406mm Part No: BGFLW16 WELDING GLOVES STANDARD COTTON GLOVES COTTON GLOVES Western Rigger Welder All the features of the famous Western Rigger, extended to 330mm for added protection when welding Part No Size Cuff 500XTWRS S Yellow 500XTWRM M Green 500XTWRL L Brown 500XT\NRXL XL Blue 500XTWRXXL XXL Red MD1O Mens cotton glove Blue Knit wrist Unbleached Part No: MD10 MKS10 Fully knitted seamless cotton/polyester Knit wrist for snug fit Part No: MKS10 ELLGARD TWARON GLOVES SAFETY EQUIPMENT Twaron Gloves TWARON 100% - Aramid liner for excellent cut and contact heat resistance - Very durable with excellent abrasion, tear and puncture resistance Comfortable to wear, reduced hand fatigue, no seams to irritate the hands Can be used many times after laundering Colour coded cuff allows for easy size identification after laundering Washable at a maximum of 40 C in a neutral detergent Precautions do not wash in or allow to come in contact with bleach and store in a cool and dry place away from direct sunlight. APPLICATIONS: For protection against cuts and lacerations, abrasions and previously heated materials in the following types of industries: automotive, glass, metal, sheet metal, pulp, paper, plastic, ceramics, foundries, clothing, appliance assembly and many others. Part No Description Size Cuff Colour KKG2607 Plain 7 Blue KKG2608 Plain 8 Orange KKG2609 Plain 9 White KKG2610 Plain 10 Yellow KKG26DD07 DotsTwo Sides 7 Blue KKG26DD08 Dots Two Sides 8 Orange KKG26DD09 Dots Two Sides 9 White KKG26DD10 DotsTwo Sides 10 Yellow KKS450 Sleeve 450mm White long

215 SAFETY HAND PROTECTION ELLGARD BASOFIL 3 Basofil heat and flame resistant fibre is an advanced technology melamine fibre that is designed to provide excellent heat insulating properties with low thermal conductivity. Heat protection Excellent dexterity Comfortable 60% Basofil 40% Cotton Heavy weight Accurate computerised size specifications Cuff closing overlocked by machine Multiples sizes Machine washable Part No Size Length ELG4200M M 230mm ELG4200L L 255mm ELG4200XL XL 280mm The ELLGARD Basolfil glove is a blend of the Basofil fibre 60% and cotton 40% in a knitted glove which offers the excellent comfort and dexterity in a heat protective industrial glove. Just compare the heat blocking performance of the Basofil fibre glove to the following knit gloves: Threshold Time to Burn (seconds) Contact Basofil / Preox Meta- Heat Temp. Cotton Carbon Aramid 100 C C C HEAT PROTECTIVE MITTS - HEATSHIELD KEVLAR HEAT PROTECTION GLOVES & MITTS 9 MAGNA SHIELD Non asbestos E glass fibre Working temperature of 500 C Thickness of 2.2mm Mitts are wool lined to give greater thermal protection Sewn in Kevlar thread Wear seems welted in leather Mitt wool lined ambidextrous Part No: HSM16WL Woven/Felt Kevlar Glove Woven Kevlar palm with Kevlar felt back and cuff Fully wool lined Part No: KGL12FK (304mm) Part No: KGL18FK (457mm) Fully Woven Kevlar Glove Fully woven Kevlar palm, back & cuff Fully wool lined Part No: KGLFW12FK (304mm) Part No: KGLFW18FK (457mm) RADIANT HEAT PROTECTION GLOVES Chrome Leather Chrome leather palm and cuff Designed for protection from high radiant heat as encountered in flux core welding Sewn in Kevlar thread Wool Lining Length 406mm Part No: APG16WS (Aluminised Preox back) Part No: AKG16WS (Aluminised Kevlar back) Pyrocore Leather Pyrocore heat treated leather palm and cuff Designed for medium temperature contact Ideal for foundry use where hot metal contact is experienced Sewn in Kevlar thread Wool Lining Length 406mm Part No: APG16WSP (Aluminised Preox back) Part No: AKG16WSP (Aluminised Kevlar back) Kevlar Woven Kevlar palm and cuff Designed for high temperature contact Applications include handling of molten metal ladles where protection from contact and radiant heat is encountered Sewn in Kevlar thread Wool Lining Length 406mm Part No: APG16WSK (Aluminised Preox back) Part No: AKG16WSK (Aluminised Kevlar back) SAFETY EQUIPMENT 215

216 SAFETY 3 WELDING AND GENERAL APPAREL WELDING APPAREL CHROME LEATHER JACKETS Chrome Leather Jacket Chrome leather Press stud closure Stand up collar Size to fit over normal work clothes Available in two lengths Heavy duty protection from dross and spatter CHROME LEATHER BOLEROS Bolero Chrome leather Press stud closure Stand up collar Sized to fit over normal work clothes Chest length Heavy duty protection from dross and spatter 710mm 762mm Length Part No: Part No: Size CW128S CW130S Small CW128M CW130M Medium CW128L CW130L Large CW128XL CW130XL XLarge CW128XXL CW130XXL XX Large CW128XXXL CW130XXXL XXX Large CW128XXXXL CW130XXXXL XXXX Large Part No: JW4S JW4M JW4L JW4XL JW4XXL JW4XXXL JW4XXXXL Size Small Medium Large X Large XX Large XXX Large XXXX Large WELDING SLEEVES Welders Sleeves Chrome leather Shoulder length Adjustable strap and buckle fastening Part No: CW10 WELDING SLEEVES Sleeves with Yoke Chrome leather Shoulder length Complete with front & back yokes Collar and press stud fastening Part No: CW10WY WELDING TROUSERS Trouser Chrome Leather Full seat Waist belt and buckle Comfortable to fit over normal work clothes Heavy duty protection from dross and spatter WELDING TROUSERS Seatless Trousers Chrome leather Seatless, full front Waist belt and buckle Comfortable to fit over normal work clothes Heavy duty protection from dross and spatter SAFETY EQUIPMENT Part No: CT2M CT2L CT2XL CT2XXL Size: (Medium) (Large) (X Large) (XX Large) Part No: CT10M CT10L CT10XL CT10XXL Size: (Medium) (Large) (X Large) (XXL Large)

217 SAFETY WELDING AND GENERAL APPAREL WELDING APPAREL CHROME LEATHER APRONS Bib Style Bib style apron Webbing or leather straps Chrome leather or heavy duty grain hide Available in various lengths Part No. Length Width Straps Al 1066mm 609mm Webbing A2 914mm 559mm Webbing A1LS 1066mm 609mm Leather A2LS 914mm 599mm Leather AA004 14mm 599mm Leather CHROME LEATHER APRONS Waist Style Waist style apron Webbing or leather straps Chrome leather or heavy duty grain leather Part No. Length Width Straps A4 609mm 609mm Webbing A4LS 609mm 609mm Leather AA mm 609mm Leather 3 CHROME LEATHER APPAREL Knee Pads Chrome leather 50mm high density foam Elastic/Velcro closure Part No: KP10 Strap & buckle closure CHROME LEATHER APPAREL Caps Chrome leather With or without napes Protects head and neck from spatter & dross Unlined or lined Part No: KP10SB Economy style Elastic/Velcro closure Part No: KP5 Part No: WC1 WC1NP WC1NP9 WC1CL WC19NPL (Without Nape) (152mm Nape) (228mm Nape) (Without Nape lined) (228mm Nape lined) CHROME LEATHER APPAREL Hood Chrome leather hood with shoulder gussets, press stud closure under chin Part No: HSP16L CHROME LEATHER APPAREL Bib Chrome leather welders bib Self stick velcro for attachment to welders helmet Part No: CTP10V SAFETY EQUIPMENT 217

218 SAFETY 3 WELDING AND GENERAL APPAREL WELDING APPAREL BIG RED SUPERIOR WELDING APPAREL Big Red Elliott s premium range of leather welder s apparel. Manufactured from red butt split leather Sewn with heat and abrasion resistant Kevlar thread New improved styling Elliott Big Red Welder s Apparel combines durability, comfort and most importantly style to create the best welding Apparel available Australia. BIG RED SUPERIOR WELDING APPAREL Jacket Big Red selected leather Welted seams for extra strength Longer length at the back for extra protection Sewn in Kevlar thread Velcro side closure Leather/Velcro cuff tabs Part No: Size BRC30S BRC30M BRC30L BRC30XL BRC30XXL BRC30XXL BRC30XXXXL Small Medium Large X Large XX Large XXX Large XXXX Large BIG RED SUPERIOR WELDING APPAREL Trousers Big Red selected leather Seatless design for comfort and coolness Waist belt and buckle Comfortable to fit over normal work clothes Heavy duty protection from dross and spatter BIG RED SUPERIOR WELDING APPAREL Apron Big Red selected leather Bib style Size 914mm X 559mm Leather straps and buckles Part No: BRAA2LS Part No: BRT30S BRT30M BRT30L BRT30XL BRT30XX Size Small Medium Large X Large L XX Large SAFETY EQUIPMENT BIG RED SUPERIOR WELDING APPAREL Sleeves with Yoke Big Red selected leather Welted seams for extra strength Leather/Velcro cuff tabs Part No: BRSWY BIG RED SUPERIOR WELDING APPAREL Big Red Jacket with reflective trim All of the features of the Big Red Jacket with reflective trim. Part No: Size BRC30T1S BRC30T1M BRC30T1L BRC30T1XL BRC30T1XXL BRC30T1XXXL BRC30T1XXXXL Small Medium Large X Large XX Large XXX Large XXXX Large

219 SAFETY WELDING AND GENERAL APPAREL WELDING APPAREL BIG RED SUPERIOR WELDING APPAREL Spats Big Red selected leather Sewn in Kevlar thread Leg supports Velcro closure 25mm strap & buckle under boot Part No: BRG7V BIG RED SUPERIOR WELDING APPAREL Leggings Big Red selected leather Sewn in Kevlar thread Quick release Velcro closure 3 cane supports 50mm elastic top Fibre board toe guard Chin under boot 3 Part No: BR400CC BIG RED SUPERIOR WELDING APPAREL Confined Space Welding Hood Big Red selected leather Complete with head harness Envelope for welding filter and cover ens Sewn in Kevlar thread Part No: BRH30NL BIG RED SUPERIOR WELDING APPAREL Welding Helmet Nape Big Red selected leather Self stick Velcro attachment to welding helmet Registered design which does not impede lifting & lowering of helmet Head and neck protection Sewn in Kevlar thread Part No: BRN20 BIG RED SUPERIOR WELDING APPAREL Caps Big Red selected leather Available with or without nape Sewn in Kevlar thread All edges bound Head & neck protection BIG RED SUPERIOR WELDING APPAREL Confined Space Welding Helmet Big Red selected leather Complete with welding helmet Self stick Velcro attachment around lens area Sewn in Kevlar thread Part No: BRCWC1 (without nape) Part No: BRCNP9 (with 228mm nape) Part No: BRH29C SAFETY EQUIPMENT 219

220 SAFETY 3 WELDING AND GENERAL APPAREL WELDING APPAREL WAKATAC SUPERIOR WELDING APPAREL Jacket Elliott WAKATAC Proban is an alternative to Leather for light to medium welding situations. WAKATAC Proban is cool, washable and flame retarded fabric. Full Proban protection Longer length at the back for extra protection Velcro side closure Light weight cool & washable Part No: WAKPJ30S WAKPJ30M WAKPJ30SL WAKPJ30XL WAKPJ30XXL WAKPJ30XXXL WAKPJ30XXXXL Size Small Medium Large X Large XX Large XXX Large XXXXLarge WAKATAC SUPERIOR WELDING APPAREL Jacket Proban front & back protection Chrome leather sleeves Longer length at the back for extra protection Velcro side closure Light weight and cool Extra durability in sleeves Part No: WAKPJ30CSS WAKPJ30CSM WAKPJ30CSL WAKPJ30CSXL WAKPJ30CSXXL WAKPJ30CSXXXL WAKPJ30CSXXXXL Size Small Medium Large X Large XX Large XXX Large XXXX Large WAKATAC SUPERIOR WELDING APPAREL WAKATAC Proban sleeves Full Length Strap & buckle adjustment Medium weight Cool arm protection Part No: WAK10 WAKATAC SUPERIOR WELDING APPAREL WAKATAC Proban sleeves with yoke Chrome leather front & back yoke with collar Full length Proban sleeves Medium weight Cool arm protection Part No: WAK10WY WAKATAC SUPERIOR WELDING APPAREL WAKATAC Proban hood Side gussets for a more comfortable fit Edges fully bound Draw string face closure for better protection WAKATAC SUPERIOR WELDING APPAREL WAKATAC Proban Caps All edges fully bound With or without nape Cool light weighted head and neck protection SAFETY EQUIPMENT Part No: WAKPHGM30 Part No: WAKPWC6 (Cap only) Part No: WAKPWC6NP (with 152mm cape)

221 SAFETY WELDING AND GENERAL APPAREL WELDING APPAREL WAKATAC SUPERIOR WELDING APPAREL Combination Wakatac/Leather Jacket Leather sleeves, front and rear shoulder area Proban lower back Velcro closure Part No: WAKPJ40M WAKPJ40L WAKPJ40XL WAKPJ40XXL WAKPJ40XXXL WAKPJ40XXXXL Size Medium Large X Large XX Large XXX Large XXXX Large WAKATAC SUPERIOR WELDING APPAREL Trousers Full Proban protection Elastic waist Part No: WAK69S WAK69M WAKG9L WAKG9XL WAK69XXL Size Small Medium Large X Large XX Large 3 WAKATAC SUPERIOR WELDING APPAREL Jacket with reflective trim All the features of the WAKPJ30 with the added protection of reflective trim. Part No: WAKPJ30T1M WAKPJ30T1L WAKPJ30T1XL WAKPJ30T1XXL WAKPJ30T1XXXL WAKPJ30T1XXXXL Size Medium Large X Large XX Large XXX Large XXXX Large WAKATAC SUPERIOR WELDING APPAREL Jacket with harness accessability All of the features of the WAKPJ30CS Rear opening for harness lanyard Flap with velcro closure Part No: Size WAKPJ30CSHM Medium WAKPJ30CSHL Large WAKPJ30CSHXL X Large WAKPJ30CSHXXL XX Large WAKPJ30CSHXXXL XXX Large WAKPJ30CSHXXXXL XXXX Large MEDIUM DUTY PROBAN Proban Jacket with leather sleeves Chrome leather sleeves Light weight & cool Medium welding situations with extra durability in sleeves Part No (Green) Part No (Navy) Size GPWJ30CSS NPWJ30CSS Small GPWJ30CSM NPWJ30CSM Medium GPWJ30CSL NPWJ30CSL Large GPWJ30CSXL NPWJ30CSXL X Large GPWJ30CSXXL NPWJ30CSXXL XX Large GPWJ30CSXXXL NPWJ30CSXXXL XXX Large GPWJ3OCSXXXXL NPWJ30CSXXXXL XXXX Large MEDIUM DUTY PROBAN Full Proban Jacket Light weight, cool and washable Medium welding situations Part No (Green) Part No (Navy) Size GWPJ30S NPWJ30S Small GWPJ30M NPWJ30M Medium GWPJ30L NPWJ30L Large GWPJ30XL NPWJ30XL XLarge GWPJ30XXL NPWJ30XXL XX Large GWPJ30XXXL NPWJ30XXXL XXX Large GWPJ30XXXXL NPWJ30XXXXL XXXX Large SAFETY EQUIPMENT 221

222 SAFETY 3 WELDING AND GENERAL APPAREL WELDING APPAREL MEDIUM DUTY PROBAN Hood Side gussets for a more comfortable fit Draw string face closure Part No: PHGM3OB MEDIUM DUTY PROBAN Hood Side gussets for a more comfortable fit Draw string face closure for extra protection Part No: Part No: PHGM30Y PHIS101Y - Economy (no side gussets) MEDIUM DUTY PROBAN Hood - extra length Extra length to cover chest and back Draw string face closure for extra protection Part No: PH25CSY MEDIUM DUTY PROBAN Caps Full Proban protection with or without neck flap Part No: Part No: PWC6Y (no neck flap) PWC6NPY (with 152mm cape) MEDIUM DUTY PROBAN Bibs Full Proban protection Self stick Velcro for attachment to welding helmet MEDIUM DUTY PROBAN Neck Flap Full Proban protection Self stick Velcro for attachment to safety cap or hat Part No: NPB30 Part No: PBNF23Y SAFETY EQUIPMENT

223 FOOBAN BANDANA Ideal for factory, construction workers, welders or anyone working or playing in a warm environment. KROMER CAPS SAFETY All cotton balloon top, rugged double stitch construction and absorbent, cotton sweat band. Comfortable. Durable and Washable. 3 Sizes 54 TO 62-63/4 to 73/4 WELDING AND GENERAL APPAREL GENERAL APPAREL CHROME LEATHER SPATS Bowyangs / Bootcovers Part No: Fabric Hazard OBB15CD Cotton Drill - Navy Dust OBB15CDK Cotton Drill - Khaki Dust OBB15WW Weld-Wool Molten Metal OBB15PVC PVC Moisture Part No: Colour Hazard OBB1500 Fluoro Yellow Dust OBB1600 Fluoro Orange Dust OBB1510 Fluoro Yellow Dust + Reflective Trim OBB1610 Fluoro Orange Dust + Reflective Trim Knee / Boot Covers Part No: Fabric Hazard Length NBC470 PVC Liquid 470mm Ankle and foot protection from spatter and dross. Elliott Australia s spats are made from selected chrome leather with a choice of either leather strap and buckle or Velcro closures. All spats have a leather strap for closure under the boot for a snug fit and extra durability. If extra support is required, selected spats have supports on either side of the leg. Total length 230mm. DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER Unsupported Velcro closure SWS7SV Supported Velcro closure WS7VWP Unsupported Strap & Buckle closure SWS7SBC Supported Strap & Buckle closure WS7SB CHROME LEATHER LEGGINGS Elliott leggings are designed to not only protect your boots but also your lower leg from spatter and dross. Elliott s leggings are made from selected chrome leather with other options including closure systems and supports. DESCRIPTION LENGTH PART NUMBER Strap & Buckle closure 406 mm WL16 3 quick release Velcro Strip closure, Strap and buckle closures under boots 406 mm ES16Q Quick release press stud closure Heavy duty insert, Strap and buckle closures under boots 406 mm WL16CRQ Quick release Velcro closure Heavy duty insert 50mm elastic top, Fibre board toe guard, Chain under boots WL400CC SAFETY EQUIPMENT 223

224 SAFETY 3 WELDING BLANKETS & DRAPES SCREENS & DRAPES WELDING SCREENS - ARCSAFE Width Drop Part No: RED Part No: GREEN Part No: AMBER 1300mm 1800mm STS1813R STS1813G STS1813A 1800mm 1800mm STS1818R STS1818G STS1818A 2000mm 1800mm STS1820R STS1820G STS1820A 2600mm 1800mm STS1826R STS1826G STS1826A 3900mm 1800mm STS1839R STS1839G STS1839A 4500mm 1800mm STS1845R STS1845G STS1845A 5200mm 1800mm STS1852R STS1852G STS1852A BENEFITS OF ARCSAFE ArcSafe welding screens absorb the dangerous ultra violet light that is emitted from the arc welding process and also offers these added benefits: Surrounding your welding situations with safety. Protecting your coworkers and other people from the painful effects of accidental welding flash. Safely and quickly defining hazardous welding areas. Allowing safe observation for safety check of welding operations. All seams are welded, not sewn, for extra durability and strength. CERTIFIED PRODUCT Provide the best protection for your workplace as well as your business. Elliott Australia s welding screens ensure you are covered as they are the only welding screens certified to Australian Standards. Check your current welding screens and ensure you are protected. Product Certified: Elliott ArcSafe Welding Screens are product certified to AS > NZ Light transmitting screens and curtains for welding operations. Australian Standard AS 3957 Lic Standards Australia. FLAME RETARDED CANVAS SCREENS Features and Benefits Elliott Flame Retarded Canvas screens: Cost effective robust flame retarded screens Ideal as a non-translucent barrier between work areas or passage ways Ideal as a barrier from sparks generated from grinding or cutting Part No: Width Drop GFP mm 1800mm GFP mm 1800mm WELDING BLANKETS - HEATSHIELD SAFETY EQUIPMENT Application - Heat and Retention and Insulation A Welding Blanket is designed to encapsulate a metal object that has been subjected to heat treatment either through stress relieving or welding. The blanket retards the cooling rates contributing towards the non hardening and possible subsequent embrittlement in the Heat Effected Zone (H.E.Z.). Elliott offers blankets manufactured from two fabrics, HeatShield and T1000. HeatShield is manufactured from E Glass fibre which is a non-combustible, flexible, inorganic material that has been specifically designed to provide retention of heat. HeatShield has a service temperature of 500 C with a 100%duty cycle providing a wide scope, fulfilling most applications. Specifications: Continuous working temperature: 500 C Thickness 2.2mm Weight 1150g/m2 Part No: Width Drop HSB63 900mm 1800mm HSB mm 1800mm

225 SAFETY WELDING BLANKETS & DRAPES WELDING BLANKETS - T1000 T1000 is also manufactured from E Glass Fibre which is a non-combustible, flexible, inorganic material that has been treated to withstand higher temperatures than HeatShield. T1000 has been developed to provide a blanket fabric that will be unaffected by surface temperatures of 800 C continuously. 3 Specifications: Continuous working temperature: 800 C Thickness 2.2mm Weight 1150/m2 Part No: Width Drop T mm 1800mm T mm 1800mm WELDING DRAPES Application - Protection from Spatter & Dross A Welding Drape is designed to be placed over or cover an object that cannot be moved and is positioned in such a way that welding spatter and dross could cause damage. The positioning of a drape is of utmost importance. It should be arranged loosely over the object to enhance the run off of welding spatter and dross. A welding drape can also be used as a curtain where a more robust material is required. Elliotts offers drapes made from three types of fabrics: NeoWeld SilicaGlass Leather NeoWeld NeoWeld is Elliott Australia s most popular fabric used in welding drapes. NeoWeld is an E Glass fabric coated in flame retarded neoprene which provides a slick surface to enable the weld spatter and dross to cascade away. Specifications: Continuous working temperature 260 C Thickness 1.2mm2 Weight 1000g/m2 Part No: Width Drop NWB63 900mm 1800mm NWB mm 1800mm SilicaGlass A SilicaGlass drape can be confidently used for protection of sensitive areas. A premium product with a Silica content of 96%, producing a crystalline crust when exposed to a neutral oxy acetylene flame as used in the auto repair industry. Specifications: Continuous working temperature 1000 C Thickness 1.2mm Weight 1000g/m2 Part No: Width Drop SG mm 300mm SG mm 1800mm SG mm 1800mm Leather A leather drape manufactured from selected chrome split leather is Elliott Australia s economical robust, all purpose drape. Specifications: Continuous working temperature 80 C Thickness 1.4mm Part No: Width Drop CLD mm 1800mm CLD mm 1800mm SAFETY EQUIPMENT 225

226 CONSUMABLES 4 MILD STEEL & IRON POWDER ELECTRODES GENERAL PURPOSE AUSTARC 12P Excellent easy starting, smoothing running, popular all positional mild steel general purpose electrode. Austarc 12P has the extra arc force and fast freezing slag required for vertical down welds. Typical applications include welding of general purpose structural steel, galvanised gates a fences, trailers, steel furniture, wrought iron work. Great operator appeal. The ideal general purpose choice for the one electrode workshop. Classifications: AS/NZS : E AWS/ASME-SFA A5.1: E7024. Ask for data sheet WCD 6101 for more detail Size (mm) Pkt (kg) Ctn (kg) Part No: P P20M P P25M 2.5/3.2 6 Blister Packs 12PBPCAR P P32M P P50 AUSTARC 13S Very popular blue & white striped, mild steel general purpose electrode for welding in downhand and vertical positions. Easy to use for less experienced operators. Superior weld appearance and ideal for general purpose and structural welding of sheet and plate steel (galvanised or otherwise) and tubular sections, including trailers, duct work, hoppers, storage tanks etc. Classification: AS/NZS : AWS A5.1: E4113 E6013 Ask for data sheet WCD 6102 for more detail Size (mm) Pkt (kg) Ctn (kg) Part No: S S20M S S25M 2.5/3.2 6 Blister Packs 13SBPCAR S S32M S S50 IRON POWDER AUSTARC 24 Easy to use, smooth running, heavy coated, high iron powder rutile type electrode for high speed welding of mild steel. Suited to long, heavy fillet and butt welding using the touch welding or short arc technique and can be used on AC or DC power sources. Its instant arc initiation, high arc stability & low spatter combines in an excellent fillet weld contour, edge washing and slag release. It is recommended for high quality downhand welding of heavy sections where high deposition rates are required. Typical applications include tanks, structural frames, tractor, truck & trailer bodies, rolling stock, roof trusses, etc. Classifications: AWS/NZS : AWS A5.1: E4824 E7024 Ask for data sheet WCD 6106 for more detail Size (mm) Pkt (kg) Ctn (kg) Part No: WELDING CONSUMABLES CELLULOSE/PIPELINE WELD WELL 31A High Cellulose electrode developed for all positional welding on both AC and DC current. Recommended for pipeline welding and storage tank construction where either the Stove Pipe or Flick techniques are used to obtain full root penetration in critical structural joints. Classifications: AS/NZS : E4111 AWS A5.1: E6011 Ask for data sheet WCD 6106 for more detail Size (mm) Pkt (kg) Ctn (kg) Part No PH31A PH31A PH31A PH31A

227 CONSUMABLES LOW HYDROGEN ELECTRODES JETWELD LH -70 An electrode for welding on thick sections and restrained joints when cracking is an issue. Its also a good choice when the project involves hard-toweld steels. Jetweld LH-70 also offers high deposition rates. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS E H5. AWS E7018-H4R. 4 Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes Weight (kg) Weight (kg) HC X1 KC EO X1 ED New HC X1 KC EO X1 ED New HC X1 KC EO X1 ED New HC X1 KC EO X1 ED New EO X1 ED JETWELD LH-75 MR An easy to use semi iron powder electrode with a moisture resistant coating. All position welding and good slag release. Superior low temperature impact properties. Good strike and re-strike, low level of spatter. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS E H5R AWS H4R. Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes Weight (kg) Weight (kg) HC X1 KC EO X1 EDS HC X1 KC EO X1 ED HC X1 KC EO X1 ED HC X1 KC EO X1 ED CONARC 49C (SRP*) A premium quality electrode for critical, out-of-position welding offers superior welding characteristics; clean weld puddle, uniform slag follow and superior wash-in with no undercutting. Also great for welding on steels with marginal weldability. Moisture resistant coating. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS E AWS E H4R Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes Weight (kg) Weight (kg) SRP 14.00CT - X SRP 16.00CT - X SRP 12.80CT - X KRYO 1 (SRP*) An all position electrode with a maximum 1%Ni. Excellent mechanical properties suitable for offshore or similar project applications. Performs well on both AC and DC. Moisture resistant coating. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS E4818-G. AWS E H4R. Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes Weight (kg) Weight (kg) l.40srp 14.00CT - X l.9srp 15.20CT - X SRP 19.20CT - X l.50srp 12.00CT - X SRP 16.00CT - X Note: (1) Made To Order (2) Discontinued (3) Indent Order Item WELDING CONSUMABLES 227

228 CONSUMABLES 4 ELECTR0DES LOW HYDROGEN CONARC 51 (SRP*) A fully basic type, low hydrogen electrode with excellent impact properties. In sizes of 2.5mm and 3.2mm this electrode is exceptional for root pass welding. Moisture resistant coating. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS E AWS E H4R. Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes Weight (kg) Weight (kg) SRP 14.00CT - X SRP 14.40CT - X SRP 11.20CT - X SL22G (SRP*) For welding creep resistant Cr-Mo-V type steels that have a maximum service temperature up to 550 C. A basic, all-position, low hydrogen electrode with % recovery. DC welding preferred. Moisture resistant coating. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS E5518-B1. AWS E8018-B1 H4. Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes Weight (kg) Weight (kg) SRP 14.00CT - X SRP 16.00CT - Xl SRP 12.00CT - Xl SL19G (SRP*) Produces a nominal 1.25Cr-1Mo weld deposit for use with creep and hydrogen resistant Cr-Mo steels. Maximum service temperature of 550 C. Also a good choice for use on many weathering steels. DC welding preferred. Moisture resistant coating. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS E5518-B2 AWS E8018-B2 H4 Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes Weight (kg) Weight (kg) SRP 14.00CT - X SRP 16.00CT - X SRP 12.00CT - X SL2OG (SRP*) Used for welding 2.25Cr-1Mo steels commonly used the power and petrochemical industries. Maximum service temperature of 600 C. Basic, low hydrogen electrode with % recovery. Good mechanical properties in the as-welded and stress relieved condition. Moisture resistant coating. WELDING CONSUMABLES Classifications: ASorAS/NZS E6218-B3. AWS E9018-B3 H4. Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes Weight (kg) Weight (kg) SRP 14.00CT - X SRP 16.00CT - X SRP 12.00CT - X SL9CR (P91) (SRP*) Specialised electrode developed for the power and petrochemical industry. Used for welding 9Cr-1Mo type steels with maximum service temperature of 650 C. Moisture resistant coating. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS E6216-B9. AWS E9016-B9H4. Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes Weight (kg) Weight (kg) SRP 14.00CT - X SRP 14.40CT - X SRP 12.00CT - X

229 CONSUMABLES LOW HYDROGEN ELECTRODES JET LH 8018-C1 MR An electrode with outstanding impact properties. An excellent all-position electrode for applications requiring a nominal 2.25%Ni weld deposit. This is the ideal choice for welding on equipment and pipe that will transport liquid ammonia, propane and other gases. Moisture resistant coating. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS E5518-C1. AWS E8018-C1 H4R. 4 Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes Weight (kg) Weight (kg) HC X1 KC EO X1 ED New HC X1 KC EO X1 ED New HC X1 KC EO X1 ED New JETWELD LH-110 MR An all-position electrode for producing x-ray quality welds on high tensile steels such as Bisplate 80, T-1 and HY-80. Also suitable for any general fabrication or repair where the weld deposit must provide a minimum, nominal tensile strength of 760pa. Moisture resistant coating. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS E7618-M. AWS E11018-M H4R. Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes Weight (kg) Weight (kg) EO X1 ED EO X1 ED FLEETWELD 5P A great choice for pipe root runs and also for welding on dirty, rusty, greasy or painted steel - especially in vertical or overhead applications. This versatile, fast freeze electrode offers excellent arc stability. A long-time favourite among operators who handle cross-country and in-plant pipe welding. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS E AWS E6010 Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes Weight (kg) Weight (kg) HC Xl KC5P E X1 ED New HC Xl KC5P E Xl ED New HC Xl KC5P E Xl ED New HC Xl KC5P E Xl ED New FLEETWELD 5P+ A similar electrode to the traditional Fleetweld 5P, plus easier striking, easier slag removal and improved final appearance. It s a first choice for pipe welding, and vertical-up and overhead plate welding. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS E AWS E6010. Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes Weight (kg) Weight (kg) HC X1 KC5P EO X1 ED New HC X1 KC5P EO X1 ED New HC X1 KC5P EO X1 ED New HC X1 KC5P EO X1 ED New WELDING CONSUMABLES 229

230 CONSUMABLES 4 ELECTRODES LOW HYDROGEN SHIELD-ARC HYP-+ The tendency for fingernailing and arc stick will be virtually eliminated through the use of Shield-Arc HYP+. Designed for all passes of API 5L X-52 through X-65 high strength pipe. Provides the welder with a clean, visible weld puddle and superior puddle control. A true E4810-P1 type electrode. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS AWS E4810-P1. E7010-P1. Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes Weight (kg) Weight (kg) HC X1 KCHP EO X1 ED New HC X1 KCHP EO X1 ED New HC X1 KCHP EO X1 ED New SHIELD-ARC 70+ Shield-Arc 70+ is an outstanding choice for welding API 5L X-56 through X-70 grade pipe, as well as for a wide range of sheet metal welding jobs. It is particularly well suited to high silicon (up to 30%Si) pipe applications. Low temperature impact properties are excellent. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS AWS E5510-G. E8010-G Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes Weight (kg) Weight (kg) HC X1 KC EO X1 ED New HC X1 KC EO X1 ED New HC X1 KC EO X1 ED New PIPELINERTM 8P+ Pipeliner 8P+ is a premium quality electrode for vertical down welding on high strength pipe; API 5L X56 through X70. It has high stacking efficiency resulting in maximum productivity on the job site. Formulated to carry and deposit weld metal in difficult vertical down out-of-position applications. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS AWS E5510-P1. E8010-P1 WELDING CONSUMABLES Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes Weight (kg) Weight (kg) E X1 ED New E X1 ED New E X1 ED New 230

231 CONSUMABLES ELECTRODES LOW HYDROGEN AUSTARC 16TC Smooth running, hydrogen controlled, all positional electrode, Great reputation for vertical up and horizontal operation. The original low hydrogen electrode with twin coating for even greater arc stability. Low temperature impact toughness and ideal for welding carbon, carbon-manganese and low alloy high strength steels. Particularly suitable for structural applications where notch toughness to -40 C is required. 4 Classification: AS/NZS : AWS A5.1: E4816 E7016 Ask for data sheet WCD 6109 for more detail Size (mm) Pkt (kg) Ctn (kg) Part No: TC25M TC32M TC TC32 2.5/3.2 6 Blister Parks 16TCBPCAR TC TC C60 AUSTARC 18XL Smooth running, hydrogen controlled, all positional electrode. Great reputation for vertical up and horizontal operation. The original lowhydrogen electrode with twin coating for even greater arc stability. Low temperature impact toughness and ideal for welding carbon, carbon-manganese and low alloy high strength steels. Particularly suitable for structural applications where notch toughness to -40 C is required. Classification: AS/NZS : E4818 AWS A5.1: E Ask for data sheet WCD 6108 for more detail Size (mm) Pkt (kg) Ctn (kg) Part No: XL XL40 AUSTARC 18TT Versatile E4818/E type electrode offering excellent DC performance in all positions except vertical down. An ideal choice for root, fill and capping passes in difficult positional pipework. Other major applications include all positional welding of unfired pressure vessels, offshore platforms, hydroelectric penstocks and general structural members. Classification: AS/NZS : E4818 AWS A5.1: E Ask for data sheet WCD 6110 for more detail Size (mm) Pkt (kg) Ctn (kg) Part No: TT TT40 WELDWELL 77 Smooth running basic type iron powder electrode used for all positional welding except vertical down. This electrode is used where the highest standards are required. Weld features include high ductility, X-Ray quality and low temperature impact properties to -40 C. For repair and maintenance of heavy plate and highly restrained work pieces such as penstocks, turbines, pressure vessels, heavy girders, earth moving plant, etc. Classification: AS/NZS : E4818. AWS A5.1: E Ask for data sheet WCD 6171 for more detail Size (mm) Pkt (kg) Ctn (kg) Part No: PH PH PH PH7750 WELDWELL 56R Size (mm) Pkt (kg) Ctn (kg) Part No: PH56R50 WELDING CONSUMABLES 231

232 CONSUMABLES 4 LOW HYDROGEN ELECTRODES KOBE ELECTRODE LB For welding of 490N/mm2 high tensile steel Classification JIS Z3212 D5016 AWS AS.1 E7018 Applications Shielded metal arc welding of mild and 490N/mm2 high tensile steels of ships, bridges, buildings and pressure vessels. Characteristics on Usage LB is an iron powder low hydrogen type covered electrode for all-position welding. The mechanical properties of the weld metal are the same as LB-52. Its usability by direct current is the best among low hydrogen type electrodes. Notes on Usage: (1) Dry the electrodes at C for minutes before use. (2) Take the backstep method or strike the arc on a small steel plate prepared for this particular process purpose to prevent blowholes at the arc starting. (3) Keep the arc as short as possible. Typical Chemical Composition of Weld Metal (%) C Si Mn P S Typical Mechanical Properties Weld Metal YP T.S. EL. IV N/mm2 (lbs/in2) N/mm2 (lbs/in2) (%) J(kgf-m) 500(51) 560(57) (21) Sizes available and recommended currents (DC - EP or AC) Dia (mm) L(mm) Part Number: AMP F 65~95 90~ ~ ~ ~320 V&OH 60~90 80~ ~ ~210 - KOBE ELECTRODE LB-52U For one-side welding. WELDING CONSUMABLES Classification JIS Z3211 D4316 AWS A5.1 E7016 Applications One-sided shielded metal arc welding of pipes and general butt joints of mild steel and 490N/mm2 high tensile steel. Characteristics on Usage LB-520 is a low hydrogen type covered electrode for exclusive use for one-side welding of pipes and general structures. Its arc stability is extremely good to perform one-side welding with relatively low currents. LB-52U provides good slag removability and smooth weld beads. Notes on Usage: (1) Dry the electrodes at C for minutes before use. (2) Reverse side bead with good appearance is obtained with proper current and optimum root gap. (3) Cut off the arc after setting the crater to the side wall of the groove to avoid crater cracks. (4) Strike the arc on a small steel plate prepared for this purpose or on the sidewall of the groove to prevent blowholes at the arc starting. (5) Keep the arc as short as possible. Typical Chemical Composition of Weld Metal (%) C Si Mn P S Typical Mechanical Properties weld Metal YP TS EL IV N/mm2 (lbs/in2) N/mm2 (lbs/in2) (%) J (ft.lb) 480 (49) 560 (57) (13). Sizes available and recommended currents (AC, DC - EP or DC - EN) Dia (mm) L (mm) Part Number: AMP 0SW F V&OH

233 CONSUMABLES STAINLESS STEEL & SPECIAL ELECTRODES LIMAROSTA 304L Designed for welding 18-8 type stainless steels such as 304/304L (wrought) and CF-3/CF-8 (cast). Deposit is highly resistant to oxidation and corrosion. Produces a mirror-like bead appearance with excellent wetting, slag release and resistance to porosity. 4 Classifications: AWS E308L-16* Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes Weight (kg) Weighs (kg) CT 8.10CT - X CT 14.10CT - X CT 17.40CT - X AROSTA 304L Same composition weld metal as Limarosta 304L, with better welding characteristics in out-of-position welding. Classifications: AWS E308L-16* Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes Weight (kg) Weight (kg) CT 7.80CT - X CT 14.40CT - X CT 13 50CT - X LIMAROSTA 316L Designed for welding Mo bearing austenitic stainless steels such as 316/316L (wrought) and CF-3M/CF-SM (cast). Deposit is highly resistant to oxidation and corrosion, especially pitting corrosion. Produces a mirror-like bead appearance with excellent wetting, slag release and resistance to porosity. It should not be used for service in urea manufacture, as this environment will attach the ferrite. Classifications: AWS E316L-16* Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes Weight (kg) Weight (kg) CT 8.10CT - X CT 14.40CT - X CT 17.70CT - X AROSTA 316L Same composition weld metal as Limarosta 316L. with better welding characteristics in out-of-position welding. Classifications: AWS E316L-16 Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes Weight (kg) Weight (kg) CT 8.10CT - X CT 14.70CT - X CT 14.40CT - X VERTAROSTA 316L Similar applications to the 316L electrodes above, however specially designed for vertical down welding on DC+. Classifications: AWS 5316L-15 Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes Weight (kg) Weight (kg) CT 8.10CT - X WELDING CONSUMABLES 233

234 CONSUMABLES 4 ELECTRODES STAINLESS STEEL & SPECIAL LIMAROSTA 309S Primarily for welding 309/309S (wrought) and CH-10/CH-20 (cast) base materials. A high Cr austenitic stainless steel electrode for applications where improved corrosion and oxidation resistance are required. Also used for dissimilar metals joining such as stainless steel to carbon/low alloy steel Produces a mirror-like bead appearance with excellent wetting, slag release and resistance to porosity. Classifications: AWS E309L-16*. Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes Weight (kg) Weight (kg) CT 8.40CT - X CT 14.70CT - X CT 17.70CT - X LIMAROSTA 309M0 309MO Similar composition to Limarosta 309S with the addition of Mo and with better welding characteristics in out-of-position welding. Designed for welding type 316L clad steels and for overlays on carbon steel. Classifications: AWS E309MoL-16. Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes Weight (kg) Weight (kg) CT 7.80CT - X CT 14.10CT - X CT 14.40CT - X LIMAROSTA 312 For welding 312 (wrought) and CD-30 cast) base materials. A high Cr and Ni alloyed electrode excellent for repair welding. An alloy commonly used to join difficult to weld steels such as armour plate, austenitic manganese steels and high carbon steel. Excellent weldability and slag detachability. Often used to weld steels of unknown origin. Classifications: AWS E31216** Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes Weight (kg) Weight (kg) CT 7.80CT - X CT 15.00CT - X CT 15.00CT - X SOFTWELD 55NI Used for repairing spheroidal graphite (nodular) cast iron and for joining it to itself and to steel WELDING CONSUMABLES Classifications: AWS SOFTWELD 99NI ENiFe-C1. Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes Weight (kg) Weight (kg) TB X6 ED Used for repairing ordinary gray cast iron and for joining it to itself and to steel. Classifications: AWS ENi-C1. Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes Weight (kg) Weight (kg) TB 9.07CT - X6 ED

235 CONSUMABLES MIG WIRES ULTRAMAG S3 A low carbon, medium manganese, high silicon wire available only in 1.3mm (0.052) diameter. An excellent choice for single pass welding (large downhand and horizontal fillet welds) and for multipass welding of killed or semi-killed steels. 4 Classifications: AS or AS/NZS AWS ES3-GM/C-W5O3AH. ER70S-3 Dia mm Length mm Packaging Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part Notes SP 1080 X ULTRAMAG S4 UltraMag 54 offers a mid-range level of manganese and silicon - higher than UltraMag S3 but lower the UltraMag S6. Performs well when welding on materials with a low-to-medium amount to dirt, rust or mill scale. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS AWS ES4-GM/C-W503AH ER70S-4 Dia mm Length mm Packaging Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes SP 1080 X SP 1080 X SP 1080 X SP 1080 X BDF 760 X ULTRAMAG S6 UltraMag S6 has the highest level of manganese and silicon and can be used when welding on materials with a medium-to-high presence of dirt, rust or mill scale. In addition UltraMag S6 produces a more fluid weld pool and is an excellent choice when bead appearance is important. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS AWS ES6-GM/C-W503AH ER70S-6 Dia mm Length mm - Packaging Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) - Disc Ref Part No Notes SP 1000 X SP 1000 X SP 1000 X SF 1000 X SP 1080 X P 1080 X SP 1080 X SP 1080 X SP 1080 X BDF 1000 X BDF 1000 X BDF 1000 X BDF 760 X LA- 90 LA-90 is a low carbon, high manganese, high silicon copper coated MIS wire that contains approximately 0.5% molybdenum. LA-90 is an excellent choice for applications where tensile strength requirements are in excess of 550MPa or when strength after stress relief is important. Classifications: AWS ER80S-D2 Dia mm Length mm Packaging Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C 1361 X3 ED Notes: (1) Made to Order (2) Discontinued (3) Indent Order Item WELDING CONSUMABLES 235

236 CONSUMABLES 4 WIRES MIG LINCOLN 308LSI Designed for welding 18-8 type stainless steels such as 302/304/304L (wrought) and CF-3/CF-8 (cast). Deposit is highly resistant to oxidation and corrosion. Classifications: AWS ER308LSi. Dia mm Length mm Packaging Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes SP 900 X SP 900 X SP 900 X SP 900 X LINCOLN 316LSi Designed for welding Mo bearing austenitic stainless steels such as 316/316L (wrought) and CF-3M/CF-8M (cast). Deposit is highly resistant to oxidation and corrosion, especially pitting corrosion. It should not be used for service in urea manufacture. Classifications: AWS ER316LSi. Dia mm Length mm Packaging Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes SP 900 X SP 900 X SF 900 X SP 900 X BDF 800 X BDF 800 X LINCOLN 309LSi Welding 304L/309 (wrought) and CF-3/CH-20 (cast) base materials. A high Cr austenitic stainless steel electrode for applications where improved corrosion and oxidation resistance are required. Also used for dissimilar metals joining such as stainless steel to carbon/low alloy steel. Classifications: AWS ER309LSi. Dia mm Length mm Packaging Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes SP 900 X SP 900 X SP 900 X SP 900 X SUPERGLAZE 4043 WELDING CONSUMABLES For the welding of heat-treatable base alloys and more specifically the 6XXX series alloys. It has a lower melting point and more fluidity than the 5XXX series filler aloys and is preferred by welders because of its favourable operating characteristics. ER4043 type wires are also less sensitive to weld cracking with the 6XXX series base alloys. SuperGlaze 4043 is suitable for sustained elevated temperature service, ie. above 65 C. Classifications: AWS ER4043. Dia mm Length mm Packaging Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes SF X6 ED SP X6 ED028395A SP X6 ED SP X6 ED028397A SP X6 ED SP X6 ED028398A SP X6 ED SP X6 ED028399A 3 236

237 CONSUMABLES MIG WIRES SUPERGLAZE 5183 Designed to weld high magnesium alloys to meet higher tensile strength requirements. Use on 5083 and 5854 base materials when required tensile strengths are 276 MPa (40,000 psi) or greater. Typical applications are in the marine and cryogenic industries, and high strength structural aluminium fabrication. 4 Classifications: AWS ER5183. Dia mm Length mm Packaging Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes SP X6 ED SP X6 ED028435A SP X6 ED SP X6 ED028437A SP X6 ED SP X6 ED028438A SP X6 ED SP X6 ED028439A 3 SUPERGLAZE 5356 The most popular of our aluminium MIG wires. It is a great general purpose filler alloy designed for the welding of 5XXX series alloys when 276 MPa (40,000 psi) tensile strength is not required. Classifications: AWS ER5356. Dia mm Length mm Packaging Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes SP X6 ED SP X6 ED028385A SP X6 ED SP X6 ED028386A SP X6 ED SP X6 ED028387A SP X6 ED SP X6 ED028388A 3 WELDING CONSUMABLES 237

238 CONSUMABLES 4 WIRES FLUX CORED (GAS SHIELDED) OUTERSHIELD 70 The ideal choice for flat and horizontal groove and fillet welds where high deposition rates are important. Outshield 70 is also appealing as it returns optimum welding performance on materials with high levels of rust, oil or mill scale. Recommended shielding - 100%CO 2 Classifications: AS or AS/NZS AWS ETD-GCp-W502A.CM1.H10. E70T-1 Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C K303/KA X4 ED C K303/KA X4 ED MX Designed and manufactured in Australia, Outershield 71MX is an all positional Rutile based Microalloyed electrode, providing excellent operator appeal, producing sound welds, with a clean surface finish under mixed gas. Recommended shielding % CO 2 in Argon. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS AWS ETP-GCp-W503A.CM1.H10 E71R-1J & E71T-9MJ Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes SP 936 X SP 936 X OUTERSHIELD T55-H Designed for applications where mechanical properties are the highest priority. The weld deposit typically returns a minimum tensile strength of 480MPa (70,000psi) and Charpy V-notch results >47J at 50 C. Very low hydrogen weld deposit, <5m1/100g weld deposit. Recommended shielding %CO 2 in Argon. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS AWS E71T-5MJ H4 E71T-5J H4 Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes WB KA X WB KA X C K303/KA X OUTERSHIELD 81NI-H A low alloy (1%Ni) wire depositing weld with excellent impact resistance and proven performance in restrained joint applications. Easy to use, with smooth arc characteristics. Designed to deliver x-ray quality welds for the petrochemical, offshore drilling and mining industries. An economic, high deposition rate replacement for E5518-C3 electrodes. Recommended shielding %CO 2 in Argon. WELDING CONSUMABLES Classifications: AS or AS/NZS ETP-GMp-W554A.Ni1.H5 AWS E81T1-Ni1MH8+. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes WB KA X WB KA X OUTERSHIELD 81 K2-H A slightly higher nickel (1 1 2%) weld deposit than 81 Nil-H. Typical Charpy V-notch results of 65J at -40 C, with superior CTOD values. Excellent slag removal, maximising welding time. IA proven performer on offshore drilling rigs. The wire of choice for critical applications requiring superior mechanical properties in both the as-welded and stress relieved conditions. Recommended shielding %CO 2 in Argon. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS AWS ETP-GMp-W554A.K2.H5 ETP-GMp-W554P.K2.H5 E81T1-K2M+ Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes WB KA X

239 CONSUMABLES (GAS SHIELDED) FLUX CORED WIRES OUTERSHIELD 91K2-H Lincoln s recommendation for applications requiring a 620MPa (90,000psi) minimum tensile strength weld deposit. 91K2-H shares many of the attractive operating characteristics of much lower strength consumables: smooth arc transfer, excellent weld pool control, good bead edge wetting and slag removal. Used for high tensile, crack sensitive steels e.g. HY-80. Recommended shielding %CO 2 in Argon. 4 Classifications: AS or AS/NZS AWS ETP-GMp-W629A.K2.H5. E91T1-K2+. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes RR K X4 EDS SP(VFB) K X4 ED RR K X4 EDS SP(VFB) K X4 ED OUTERSHIELD 690-H This wire is quite impressive. Excellent running characteristics in all welding positions. Capable of delivering, matching, full strength butt welds of high strength quenched and tempered steels such as Bisplate 80. Typical Charpy V-notch results >50J at -40 C. Recommended shielding %CO 2 in Argon. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS AWS ETP-GMp-W768A.K3. E111TM+ -K3MJH4+. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes WB KA X OUTERSHIELD MC-710 High deposition rate, metal cored wire with less smoke, spatter and slag (virtually none) than comparable wires. If high welding speed/high productivity are the priority, MC-710 will easily weld as fast as you can. A smart economic choice for high productivity, high volume fabrication and production welding. Will suit robotic applications. Recommended shielding %CO 2 in Argon. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS AWS ETP-GMp-W503A.CM1.H10. E70C-6M. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes SF 1080 X SF 1080 X OUTERSHIELD MC-715H Whilst a quality metal cored wire in it s own right, MC-715-H can also be used as an alternative to other basic, FCAW wires. High deposition rates, excellent arc characteristics and minimal spatter or slag make this wire score well on operator appeal. Deposit is a vert/ low hydrogen weld, <5m1/100g weld deposit, with excellent Charpy V-notch results. >47i at -40 C. Recommended shielding %CO 2 in Argon. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS AWS ETP-GMp-504A.CM1.H5 ETP-GMp-404P.CM 1.H5. E71T-5MJ & E70C-8MH4. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes WB KA X WB KA X WELDING CONSUMABLES 239

240 CONSUMABLES 4 WIRES FLUX CORED (SELF SHIELDED) INNERSHIELD NR Designed for high speed, single pass, semi-automatic and automatic welding on mm thickness steels. Welding characteristics have been optimized for galvanised, zinc coated or aluminised steels. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS AWS ETPS-GNn-W500A E71T-14 Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C K303/KA X5 ED INNERSHIELD NR-211-MP An easy to use, versatile, general purpose wire suitable for welding in all positions without the need for procedural change. Suitable for bare and coated (galvanised etc.) steels of thickness up to 12mm. Not suitable for applications requiring good Charpy V-notch properties. Consistent arc characteristics, low spatter and excellent bead appearance continue to reinforce 211-MP s position as a trusted, high quality and reliable general purpose wire. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS ETP-GNnW500A.CM2.H15. AWS E71T-11 Dia m m Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes SP 327 X4 ED SP 327 X4 ED RR K X4 ED SSP 1021 X4 ED New CT(6.00C) K X4 KC211176MP SP 900 X4 KC MP CT(6.00C) K KC211206MP C K303/KA X4 KC221125MP SP 900 X4 KC MP INNERSHIELD NR-212 An alternative general purpose wire to NR-211-MP designed for use on material up to 19mm. Shares many of the excellent performance characteristics of NR211-MP: semi-automatic and automatic welding, single and multipass, low spatter, excellent bead appearance, handles poor/fit-up, bare and coated steels, robotic applications. Not suitable for applications requiring good Charpy V-notch properties. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS ETP-GNn-W500A.G.H 15. AWS E71TG-G. Dia mim Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes RR K X5 ED SSP 1021 X5 ED New RR K X5 ED SSP 1021 X5 ED New RR K X5 ED SSP 1021 X5 ED New WELDING CONSUMABLES INNERSHIELD NR-203MP An all position (including vertical down), single and multipass consumable suitable for welding carbon steel and some low alloy steels. Handles poor fit-up; gaps up to 9.5mm with 6mm offset are weldable. Capable of welding root runs in groove welds without backing bars. Will meet minimum Charpy V-notch properties required for seismic applications. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes CT(6.35C) K X5 ED INNERSHIELD NR-207 Designed for optimum performance on vertical down hot, fill and cap passes on cross country pipelines and arctic grade pipe. Use NR-207 instead of MMAW electrode to significantly improve productivity on line pipe welding projects. Excellent crack resistance and outstanding Charpy V-notch and CTOD properties. Suitable for welding API 5L Grade X42 to X70 pipe material. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS ETP-GNn-W503A.CM 1.H15. Aws E71T-81 Classifications: AWS Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes CT (6.35C) K X5 ED CT(6.00C) K435 X5 KC E71T8-K6. 240

241 CONSUMABLES FLUX CORED WIRES INNERSHIELD NR-232 NR-232 delivers one of the highest deposition rates for out-of-position welding of all the Innershield wires. Suitable for single and multipass welding applications on carbon steel and some low alloy steels 4.8mm and thicker. Will meet minimum Charpy V-notch properties required for seismic applications. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS AWS ETP-GNn-W503A.CM1.H15. E71T-8. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes CT(6.00C) K X5 ED SP 864 X5 ED C K303/KA X5 ED CT(6.00C) K X5 ED SP 864 X5 ED C K303/KA X5 ED INNERSHIELD NR-233 NR-233 uses advanced Microflux technology to deliver outstanding mechanical properties and welding performance. This wire is easy to use and has high deposition rates making it a win-win wire for many applications. Self-releasing slag and attractive weld appearance. NR- 233 can be used on carbon steel and some low alloy steels. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS AWS ETP-GNn-W503A.CM1.H15. E71T-8. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes SP 1021 X5 ED New INNERSHIELD NR-311 Designed to provide very high deposition rates and fast travel speeds with excellent penetration. Suitable for thicker carbon steels and some low alloy steels. A good choice for crack resistant welding on high sulphur steels. Smooth arc, easy slag removal (even in deep grooves) with high operator appeal. Not suitable for applications requiring good Charpy V-notch properties. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS AWS ETD-GNn-W500A.CM2.H15. E70T-7 Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes CT(6.00C) K X4 KC C K303/KA X4 KC C K303/KA X4 KC INNERSHIELD NR-311 NI Similar to NR-311 with the addition of 1.5%Ni for achieving good low temperature Charpy V-notch properties. Will meet minimum Charpy V- notch properties required for seismic applications. Classifications: AWS E7OT7-K2. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C K303/KA X5 EDO INNERSHIELD NS-3M Able to provide extremely high deposition rates (up to 18kg/hr) and fast travel speeds. Suitable for thicker carbon steels and some low alloy steels. Will resist cracking on high sulphur steels and porosity on steels and with midly rusty, oily or dirty surfaces. A soft, low penetrating arc with high operator appeal. Easy slag removal (even in deep grooves). Not suitable for applications requiring good Charpy V-notch properties. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS AWS ETD-GNp-W500A.CM2.H15. E70T-4 Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes CT(6.00C) K X4 KCNS SP 900 X4 KCNS C K303/KA X4 KCNS BRW 400 X4 KCNS C K303/KA X4 KCNS C K303/KA X4 KCNS33025 WELDING CONSUMABLES 241

242 CONSUMABLES 4 WIRES FLUX CORED LINCOLN FC-308L Designed for weiding 18-8 type stainiess steeis such as 302/304/304L (wrought) and CF-3/CF-8 (cast). Excellent weldability in all positions, exhibiting a stable arc, little spatter loss, easy slag removal and good bead appearance. Use FC-308L on DC+ only. Recommended shielding - 100%C0 2. Classifications: AWS E308LT1-1 (1.2mm) E308LT0-1 (1.6mm) Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes SP 1000 X SP 1000 X LINCOLN FC-316L Designed for welding Mo bearing austenitic stainless steels such as 316/316L (wrought) and CF-3M/CF-8M (cast), in applications such as chemical plants. It should not be used for service in urea manufacture, as this environment will attack the ferrite. Use FC-316L on DC+ only. Recommended shielding - 100%C02. Classifications: AWS E316LT1-1 (1.2mm) E316LT0-1 (1.6mm) Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes 1.2 l 2 50SP 1000 X SP 1000 X LINCOLN FC-309L For welding 304L/309 (wrought) and CF-3/CH-20 (cast) base materials. A high Cr austenitic stainless steel electrode for applications where improved corrosion and oxidation resistance are required. Also used for dissimilar metals joining such as stainless steel to carbon/low alloy steel. Use FC-309L on DC+ only. Recommended shielding - 100%C02. Classifications: AWS E309LT1-1 (1.2mm) E309LT0-1 (1.6mm) Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes SP 1000 X SP 1000 X LINCOLN FC-2209 For butt and fillet welding 22Cr-5Ni-3Mo-N, duplex type stainless steels. Superior performance in all position welding with good weld pool control, slag detachability and final bead appearance. Use FC-2209 on DC+ only. Recommended shielding %C0 2 in Argon. WELDING CONSUMABLES Classifications: AWS E2209T1-4 (1.2mm) Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes SP 1000 X

243 CONSUMABLES HARD FACING WIRES LINCORE 33 Provides a tough, machinable, build-up or final overlay deposit for metal-to-metal wear. Ideal for rebuilding worn parts before hardfacing with more wear resistant deposits its. Some applications include tractor rolls and idlers, shovel parts, mill and crusher hammers. Typical hardness (as welded) ~ 30 HRC. 4 Classifications: AS or AS/NZS 1130-B7. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes RR K X6 ED SSP 1021 X6 ED New CT(6.35C) K X6 ED C K303/KA X6 ED C K303/KA X6 ED LINCORE 30-S Submerged arc, metal cored wire depositing a moderate hardness deposit to resist metal-to-metal wear and moderate impact. Build-up, or final overlay where good machinability is required. Use with Lincolnweld 801, 802 or 880 flux. Buildup tractor rollers, trunnions, crane wheels. Hardface track rails, shafts, idlers. Typical hardness (as welded) ~ 30HRC. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS 1125-B1 (with 801, 802, 880) Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C K303/KA X BRW 400 X LINCORE 36LS A single wire providing a build-up and final overlay, resistant to metal-to-metal and moderate abrasive wear. Ideal for applications where some out-ofposition welding is required such as drill rods, gears and pins and other mining machinery. Can be used under flux. Available in 1.6mm diameter only. Typical hardness (as welded) ~ 36HRC. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS 1435-B7. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes SP 900 X LINCORE 40-0 Provides a martensitic steel deposit that resists rolling, sliding and metal-to-metal wear. Bridges the hardness gap between Lincore 33 and Lincore 55. Typical applications include tractor rolls, mine car wheels, bucket links actuating cams and crane wheels. Typical hardness (as welded) ~ 40HRC. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS 1440-B7. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C K303/KA X6 ED LINCORE 40-S Submerged arc wire that resists metal-to-metal wear in rolling and sliding applications. Deposits can be: made tougher/softer by heat treatment, machined and hot forged. Provides good weld pool control and slag detachability on roundabouts. For final overlay on tractor idlers, rollers, drive sprockets and mine car wheels. Use with Lincolnweld 880 or 802 flux. Typical hardness (as welded) ~ 40HRC. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS 1440-B1 [with 802,880,880M). Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C K303/KA X6 ED WELDING CONSUMABLES 243

244 CONSUMABLES 4 WIRES HARD FACING LINCORE 55 For applications requiring higher hardness for metal-to-metal wear and mild abrasion. Used on crane wheels, blower blades, rail ends and shafts. For use on carbon steel, low alloy steel and maganese steel. Typical hardness (as welded) ~ 55HRC. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS 1855-B7. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes CT(6.35C) K X6 ED RR K X6 ED SSP 1021 X6 ED New C K303/KA X6 ED C K303/KA X6 ED LINCORE 55-G Gas-shielded cored wire for applications requiring higher hardness for metal-to-metal wear and mild abrasion. Used on crane wheels, blower blades, rail ends and shafts. For use on carbon steel, low alloy steel and manganese steel. Recommended shielding - 25% C02 in Argon. Typical hardness (as welded) ~ 55HRC. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS 1855-B5. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes SP K X6 ED LINCORE T&D Produces a weld deposit similar to H12 tool steel. For build-up of tool steel dies and edges, or applying wear resistance surface on carbon or low alloy steels. Applications include punch dies and shear blades. Typical hardness (as welded) ~ 50HRC. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS 1550-B7. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes RR K X6 ED SSP 1021 X6 ED New LINCORE M Austenitic manganese deposit for applications involving severe impact with moderate abrasion. Used on austenitic manganese steel (Hadfield -type), carbon steel and low alloy steel. Typical applications include rail crossovers, dredge parts, hammers, crushers. Maximum interpass temperature, 260 C. Typical hardness (as welded/work hardened) ~ 20/40HRC. WELDING CONSUMABLES Classifications: AS or AS/NZS 1220-B7. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes CT(6.35C) K X6 ED SSP 1021 X6 ED New/ C K303/KA X6 ED LINCORE 15CrMn Premium austenitic manganese deposit with outstanding capabilities for hardfacing (and limited joining) austenitic manganese steel. Will provide an austenitic deposit in a single layer (even on carbon steel). Work-hardens. Maximum interpass temperature, 260 C. Typical hardness (as welded/work hardened) ~ 20/45HRC. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS 1720-B7. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes RR K X6 ED SSP 1021 X6 ED New C K303/KA X6 ED

245 CONSUMABLES HARD FACING WIRES LINCORE 60-0 Resists higher levels of abrasion with moderate impact. Can be used at temperatures up to 700 C (~1300 F). Soft arc, minimum spatter, easy handling, smooth beads and low slag. Limit deposit to 2 layers. Check cracks. Applications include bucket lips, ore chutes, dozer blades and ripper teeth. Typical hardness (as welded) ~ 60HRC. 4 Classifications: AS or AS/NZS 2355-B7. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes RR K X6 ED SSP 1021 X6 ED New RR K X6 ED SSP 1021 X6 ED New C K303/KA X6 ED LINCORE 65-0 Resists severe abrasion with light impact. Highest abrasion resistance and hardness of the Lincore flux cored products. Similar welding characterisitics to Lincore Check cracks. For use on wear plate, coal pulverizer rolls, earth engaging tools, and on slurry pipe and elbow. Typical hardness (as welded) ~ 65HRC. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS 2365-B7 Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C K303/KA X6 ED D K303/KA1009 X6 ED New/ C K303/KA X6 ED LINCORE 50 Resists abrasion with moderate impact. Larger size diameters may beused in the submerged arc process. For use on crusher rolls, dredge cutter teeth, ore chute baffles, screw flights, conveyor buckets, bulldozer grousers. Typical hardness (as welded) ~ 50HRC. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS B7. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes RR K X6 ED SSP 1021 X6 ED New/ RR K X6 ED SSP 1021 X6 ED New/3 LINCORE 96-S Submerged arc, high carbon, martensitic stainless steel deposit resistant to metal-to-metal wear, corrosion and high temperature cracking. Excellent slag removal, bead appearance and bead shape exhibiting good bead to bead tie-ins. For hardfacing continuous caster and steel mill rolls, rope sheaves and drums. Use with Lincolnweld 880 or 802 flux. Typical hardness (as welded) ~ 52HRC. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS 1650-B1 [with 801, 802, 880]. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C K303/KA X BRW ~ 400 X BDF X New LINCORE 420 Submerged arc, high carbon, martensitic stainless steel deposit resistant to metalto-metal wear, corrosion and high temperature cracking. For hardfacing continuous caster and steel mill rolls. Use with Lincolnweld 880 or 802 flux. Typical hardness (as welded) ~ 48HRC, Classifications: AS or AS/NZS 1650-B1 [with 802 or 880]. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C K303/KA X BRW ~ 400 X BDF 92 X New WELDING CONSUMABLES 245

246 CONSUMABLES 4 WIRES HARD FACING LINCORE 424A Submerged arc, low carbon, tough, martensitic stainless steel deposit resistant to metal-to-metal wear, corrosion and high temperature cracking. For hardfacing continuous caster and steel mill rolls. Use with Lincolnweld 880 or 802 flux. Typical hardness (as welded) ~ 40HRC. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS B1 [with 802]. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C 1361 X6 ED C 900 X BRW 400 X LINCORE 423CR Submerged arc, medium carbon, martensitic stainless steel deposit resistant to metal-to-metal wear, corrosion and high temperature cracking. Contains vanadium for resistance to softening. For hardfacing continuous caster and steel mill rolls. Use with Lincolnweld 880 or 820 flux. Typical hardness (as welded) ~ 44HRC. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS 1640-B1 [with 802]. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C K303/KA X6 ED LINCORE 423L Submerged arc, medium carbon, martensitic stainless steel deposit resistant to metal-to-metal wear, corrosion and high temperature cracking. Contains vanadium for resistance to softening. For hardfacing continuous caster and steel mill rolls. Use with Lincolnweld 880 or 802 flux. Typical hardness (as welded) ~ 44HRC Classifications: AS or AS/NZS 1640-B1 [with 802]. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes D 1088 X6 ED C K303/KA X6 ED WELDING CONSUMABLES 246

247 CONSUMABLES SUB ARC WIRES AND FLUXES CHAINLINC Designed for rebuilding heavily worn steel components and for optimum property compatibility with chain steels. Can also be used on tractor idlers, crane wheels, shafts and other mining components. Soft, low penetrating arc, minimal spatter and good slag removal. Typical hardness (as welded) ~ 25HRC. 4 Classifications: AS or AS/NZS 1125-B7. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C K303/KA X CRUSHCORE Specifically designed for roller arc welding cast iron sugar mill rolls. An high efficiency electrode with minimal spatter loss or drop-off when rollerarced onto rotating work rolls. Deposits hard, corrosion and abrasive resistant nodules that improve the gripping action and efficiency of the crushing roll. Typical hardness (as welded) ~ 55HRC. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS 2150-B7. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C K303/KA X A neutral flux designed for use with Lincore hardfacing wires. Provides smooth beads and excellent slag removal. Fast freezing slag. Use with Lincore 30-S, 40-S, 420 and 96S. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS FBL Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes 25.00B 1000 X3 KC A neutral flux designed for welding overlays with some hardfacing flux-cated and solid low alloy electrodes. Excellent overlay flux on flat and roundabout applications. Not recommended as a general purpose flux. Can be used for stainless steel. Excellent slag removal (provided correct wire selection). Excellent hot slag removal with wire containing Nv, V or very high Cr levels. Use with Lincoln 423Cr and 423L. Can also be used on other 400 series martensitic stainless steel hardfacing wires. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS FBL Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes 25.00B 1050 X3 KC A neutral flux that can be used in applications similar to 801 and 802 and may improve slag removal. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS FBL Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes 25.00B 1050 X3 KC BDS 1040 X3 KC H-535 Alloy flux for use with Lincolnweld L-60 solid wire. Produces a low carbon, martensitic steel deposit for metal-to-metal wear and abrasion resistance. Deposit can be machinable. Hardness depends on the welding procedure and can be in the range 32-40HRC. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS 1435-B4 [with L-60]. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No N otes 45.00B 1080 X6 KC WELDING CONSUMABLES 247

248 CONSUMABLES 4 QR-8045 SUB ARC WIRES AND FLUXES Alloy flux for use with Lincolnweld L-60 solid wire. Produces a pearlitic steel deposit, ~25HRC, for resistance to metal-to-metal wear. Common applications include steel wheels, rolls, rails shafts etc. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS 1125-B4 [with L-60]. Dia mm Package Weight Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes 50.00B 1200 X6 KCQR LINCOLNWELD L-50 A low carbon, medium manganese, high silicon special purpose wire. Suited to high speed, single pass welding on mild steel, 12mm or thinner. Use with Lincolnweld 980 flux for an excellent flux/wire combination for all purpose semi-automatic welding. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS AWS EM13K. EM13K Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C K303/KA X3 ED C K303/KA X3 ED C K303/KA X3 ED C K303/KA X3 ED LINCOLNWELD L-60 A low carbon, low manganese, low silicon general purpose submerged arc wire. Primarily used for multipass welding but is capable of making single pass welds. Used also with Lincoln hardfacing alloy fluxes. Not for use with Lincolnweld 960 flux. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS AWS EL12. EL12. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C K303/KA X3 KC C K303/KA X3 KC C K303/KA X3 KC C K303/KA X3 KC BRS KA X3 KC BRS KA X3 KC BRS KA X3 KC LINCOLNWELD L-61 WELDING CONSUMABLES A low carbon, medium manganese, medium silicon general purpose submerged arc wire. Tensile strengths typically higher than those with L-60 depending on flux and procedures used. Suitable for single pass welding with 700 series fluxes, particularly in cases over rust or millscale, and multipass welding with 860, 8500 or 882 for high strength and excellent impact properties. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS EM12K. AWS EM12K. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C K303/KA X3 KC C K303/KA X3 KC C K303/KA X3 KC C K303/KA X3 KC C K303/KA X3 KC BRS KA X3 KC BRS KA X3 KC BRS KA X3 KC

249 CONSUMABLES SUB ARC WIRES AND FLUXES LINCOLNWELD L-S3 A low carbon, high manganese, high silicon wire designed for use with Lincolnweld 880M or L-S3/8500 produces welds with 480MPa tensile strength as welded or in the stress relieved condition, as well as excellent low temperature impacts. Typical applications include offshore drilling platform legs and pressure vessels. 4 Classifications: AS or AS/NZS AWS EH12K. EH12K. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C K303/KA X C K303/KA X C K303/KA X LINCOLNWELD L-70 A low carbon, medium manganese, low silicon, 0.5% molybdenum special purpose submerged arc wire. Combine with 860 flux when multipass welds with 480MPa tensile strength in the stress relieved condition are required. Capable of some single pass welds with 700 series fluxes. The electrode of choice for elevated temperature applications up to 500 C. Applicable for some line pipe applications. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS AWS ESG/EA1. EA1. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C K303/KA X3 KC C K303/KA X3 KC C K303/KA X3 ED LINCOLNWELD LA-71 A low carbon, medium manganese, high silicon submerged arc wire fortified with titanium. Use with 860, 882 or 880M for pressure vessels, offshore platform legs or other applications requiring welds with 480MPa tensile strength as welded or after stress relieving (8 hours). Unlimited pass welds for heavy wall thickness. LA-7/1880M is a good combination for pressure vessels requiring good low temperature impact properties. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS AWS ESG/EG. EM-14K. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C K303/KA X3 ED C K303/KA X3 ED C K303/KA X3 ED LINCOLNWELD LA-90 A low carbon, high manganese, high silicon, 0.5% molybdenum solid special purpose wire. Can be used with 880M on multi-pass applications requiring 620MPa minimum tensile strength. Applications include longitudinal seams on pipe requiring low temperature impact properties. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS EA3. AWS EA3. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C K303/KA X3 ED C K303/KA X3 ED C K303/KA X3 ED C K303/KA X3 EDS LAC-NI2 A flux-cored wire designed for the submerged arc process. Use with 880, 882, 880M or 980 flux. Used to weld steels requiring tensile strengths of 480MPa (as welded or stress relieved) and good low temperature impact properties. Also used for welding weathering and nickel ( %Ni) steels. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS ECNi2 Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C K303/KA X3 ED WELDING CONSUMABLES 249

250 CONSUMABLES 4 LAC-B2 SUB ARC WIRES AND FLUXES A flux-cored wire designed for the submerged arc process. Use with 880, 882, 880M or 980 flux. Used for welding Cr-Mo steels with 1.5% Cr, 0.5% Mo or less. Designed to weld with either single or tandem arcs using a neutral flux. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS ECB2. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C K303/KA X3 ED C K303/KA X3 ED LAC-M2 A flux-coated wire designed for the submerged arc process. Use with 880, 882, 880M or 980 flux. Produces welds with yield strength around 69OMPa in as welded or stress relieved condition. For welding Bisplate 80 matching strength, full strength butt welds. Delivers Charpy V-notch impacts of -45 C. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS ECM2. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C K303/KA X3 ED C K303/KA X3 ED LINCOLN 308L Designated for welding 18-8 type stainless steels such as 302/304/304L (wrought) and CF-3/CF-8 (cast). Excellent weldability and good bead appearance. Use with Lincolnweld 880M flux. Classifications: AWS ER308L. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C K303/KA X C K303/KA X LINCOLN 309L Designated for welding Mo bearing austenitic stainless steels such as L (wrought) and CF-3M/CF-8M (cast). It should not be used for service in urea manufacture. Use with Lincolnweld 880M flux. Classifications: AWS ER309L WELDING CONSUMABLES Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C K303/KA X C K303/KA X LINCOLN 316L For welding 304L/309 (wrought) and CF-3/CH-20 (cast) base materials. A high Cr austenitic stainless steel electrode for applications where improved corrosion and oxidation resistance are required. Also used for dissimilar metals joining such as stainless steel to carbon/low alloy steel. Not for use where the weldment will be exposed to temperatures from 540 C to 925 C. Use with Lincolnweld 880M flux. Classifications: AWS ER316L. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C K303/KA X C K303/KA X

251 CONSUMABLES SUB ARC WIRES AND FLUXES LINCOLN 2209 For butt and fillet welding 22Cr-5Ni-3Mo-N, duplex type stainless steels. Superior performance and final bead appearance. Use with Lincolnweld 880M flux. 4 Classifications: AWS ER2209. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C K303/KA X Primarily intended for single pass welding. Good appearance on large flat fillet welds. Produces weld deposits that are usually low carbon, fairly high manganese and have superior crack resistance. Excellent resistance to pockmarking. The perfect choice for AC and multiple arc welding. Excellent resistance to porosity caused by rust, scale or organic (oil) contamination. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS FGH. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes 25.00B 1050 X3 KC BDS 1000 X3 KC WP70X Primarily intended for single pass welding. Welds have excellent appearance and crack resistance. Recommended for welding pipe and horizontal fillets for carbon steel plate less than 25mm thick. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS FG H. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes 780 Designed for single pass welds. A favourite among operators with excellent performance characteristics making it the most common choice for a variety of applications. Low flash-through, excellent bead shape and very good slag removal. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS FGH. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes 25.00B 1050 X3 KC BDS 1120 X3 KC Designed for single pass welds on material 5mm thickness or less. Good wetting action, fast-follow characteristics for small, uniform and sound welds at high travel speed. High speed single pass welding applications. Not recommended for welding steel contaminated with rust, oil or mill scale. Do not use on multiple pass welds or heavy sections. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS FSH. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes 25.00B 1050 X3 KC A versatile flux that can be used in a variety of single pass and multiple pass applications. Excellent operating characteristics, and produces good impact properties when used with Lincolnweld L-61 wire. For weld deposit tensile strengths of 480MPa after stress relieving (1 hour) use Lincolnweld L-70 or LA71 wires. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS FMM. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes 25.00B 1050 X3 KC WELDING CONSUMABLES 251

252 CONSUMABLES SUB ARC WIRES AND FLUXES A highly basic flux designed for multiple pass welding with solid mild, low alloy steel and with LAC electrodes. Primarily intended for applications requiring superior Charpy V-Notch impact strength at low temperatures. Good bead appearance, including in deep grooves, with straight edges and a smooth surface, free of pock marking. Use with L-S3 for applications requiring stress relief such as offshore drilling platforms, pressure vessels. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS FBL Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes BDS 880 X3 KC Recommended for use with LAC wires. Use DC+ unless DC - specifically recommended for flux-cored wires. Use with some Lincore hardfacing wires (in applications similar to 801 and 802 and may improve slag removal). Use with some stainless steel wires. Not recommended as high speed welding flux, general purpose flux for carbon steel or single arc AC welding flux. Requires clean steel (not as critical for Lincore wires). Classifications: AS or AS/NZS FBL Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes 25.00B 1050 X3 KC BDS 1040 X3 KC M Recommended for multi-pass welding with solid mild and low alloy steel wires, LAC wires and stainless steel wires. Designed to produce exquisite mechanical properties, including low temperature impacts. Use with both single and multiple arc welding. Provides excellent resistance to nitrogen porosity and has exceptional operating characterisitics on AC. Not recommended as general purpose, fillet or high speed welding flux for mild steel. Not recommended for use with L-60. Do not use on light gauge sheet metal applications. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS FBL. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes BDS 880 X3 KC880220M 882 Designed for welding with solid mild steel, low alloy steel and flux-cored electrodes. Use with electrodes containing minimal or no silicon. Not recommended as high speed welding flux, general purpose flux for carbon steel or single arc AC welding flux. Requires clean steel. When used with Lincolnweld L-61 it produces deposits with a minimum of 480MPa tensile strength in the as-welded condition and excellent low temperature impacts. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS FML. WELDING CONSUMABLES Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes BDS 1000 X3 KC A low cost, general-purpose flux designed to weld butt joints and both single and multiple pass fillets. Performs well in a wide variety of automatic and semiautomatic applications. Produces welds with good impact strength and good slag removal. A neutral flux with most similar characteristics to 780. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS FMM. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes 25.00B 1050 X3 KC

253 CONSUMABLES 995N SUB ARC WIRES AND FLUXES Engineered exclusively for high speed, multi-arc welding of single pass butt joints such as longitudinal and spiral seams on pipe. Performs best on steel or greater than 12mm in thickness. For optimum Charpy impact results Lincolnweld LA-81 wire must be used (contact Lincoln for details). 4 Classifications: AS or AS/NZS FSM. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes BB 1100 X3 KC N ST100 An alloy flux for use with solid stainless steel electrodes. Contains Cr to compensate for the loss of Cr in the arc. Will increase the portion of weld metal ferrite. Accommodates high travel speeds. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS FMMA2Cr. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes B 1452 X3 ED P223 P223 is an excellent choice for pipe product on a wide range of steel grades. P223 is designed to deliver outstanding welding performance with most wire compositions. Select P223 for single or multiple wire systems in a two-run, or single pass each side system. Classifications: AS or AS/NZS FGM. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes 20.00B 980 X3 KC New BDS 880 X3 KC New/3 WELDING CONSUMABLES 253

254 CONSUMABLES 4 GAS AND TIG CONSUMABLES LINCOLN ER70S-2 Triple-deoxidised rod that produces high quality welds over most surface conditions. Recommended shielding - 100% Argon. Classifications: AWS ER70S-2. Dia mm Length (mm) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes CT(2.27TB) - X4 ED CT(2.27TB) - X4 ED LNT 25 A low carbon, medium manganese, high silicon filler that can be used for both single and multi-pass welding. Use for applications requiring 480MPa (70,000psi) minimum tensile strength. Recommended shielding - 100% Argon. Classifications: AWS ER70S-3. Dia mm Length (mm) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes TP - X TP - X LNT 19 Solid, cut length filler for welding creep resistant Cr-Mo steels used in elevated temperature (up to 500 C) and corrosive service environments. Recommended shielding - 100% Argon. Classifications: AWS ER80S-132. Dia mm Length (mm) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes TP - X TP - X LINCOLN 308L Premium quality stainless steel cut lengths for TIG welding. Chemically balanced and manufactured for use on the appropriate stainless steel base metals. Stamped on both ends with the alloy grade for easy identification. Recommended shielding - 100% Argon. Classifications: AWS ER308L. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C K303/KA X C K303/KA X WELDING CONSUMABLES LINCOLN 316L Premium quality stainless steel cut lengths for TIG welding. Chemically balanced and manufactured for use on the appropriate stainless steel base metals. Stamped on both ends with the alloy grade for easy identification. Recommended shielding - 100% Argon. Classifications: AWS ER316L. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C K303/KA X C K303/KA X LINCOLN 309L Premium quality stainless steel cut lengths for TIG welding. Chemically balanced and manufactured for use on the appropriate stainless steel base metals. Stamped on both ends with the alloy grade for easy identification. Recommended shielding - 100% Argon. Classifications: AWS ER309L. Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes C K303/KA X C K303/KA X

255 CONSUMABLES GAS AND TIG CONSUMABLES LINCOLN 2209 (TIG) Premium quality stainless steel cut lengths for TIG welding. Chemically balanced and manufactured for use on the appropriate stainless steel base metals. Stamped on both ends with the alloy grade for easy identification. Recommended shielding - 100% Argon. 4 Classifications: AWS ER2209. Dia mm Length (mm) Unit Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes TC N/A X TC N/A X SUPERGLAZE 4043 (TIG) Solid, cut length aluminium-si [icon alloy filler for use on many weldable cast and wrought aluminium alloys. Recommended shielding - 100% Argon. Classifications: AWS A5.10 ER4043 Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Unit Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes CT X6 ED CT X6 ED SUPERGLAZE 5356 (TIG) Solid, cut length aluminium-maganese alloy filler for use on many weldable wrought aluminium alloys. Recommended shielding - 100% Argon. Classifications: AWS A5.10 ER5356 Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Unit Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes CT X6 ED CT 238,14 X6 ED WELDING CONSUMABLES 255

256 CONSUMABLES 4 GAS AND TIG CONSUMABLES KOBE TIG ROD TGX-308L/316L, TGX-309L/347 Classification TGX-30BL AWS A5.22 R308LT1-5 TGX-316L AWS A5.22 R316LT1-5 TGX-309L AWS A5.22 R309LT1-5 TGX-347 AWS A5.22 R347T1-5 Applications For root pass in one-side TIG welding of stainless steels as: TGX-308L: for 18%Cr-8%Ni type such as SUS 304 and low carbon 18%Cr-8%Ni type such as SUS 304L TGX-316L: for 18%Cr-12%Ni-2%Mo type such as SUS 316 and low carbon 18%Cr-12%Ni-2%Mo type such as SUS 316L TGX-309L: for dissimilar-metal joint such as a stainless steel to a carbon steel or a low alloy steel. TGX-347 for 18%Cr-8%Ni-Nb type such as SUS 347 and 18%Cr-8%Ni-Ti type such as SUS321. Characteristics on Usage TGX series are flux cored filler rods for TIG welding without back shielding in root pass, which produce slag to protect reverse-side bead from oxidation in the atmosphere. Therefore, welding cost for root pass in one-side welding can be decreased since back shielding gas and its purging hour are unnecessary. Notes on Usage: (1) Groove preparation and proper welding current related to thickness of base metal are important for the key-hole formation during welding in order to supply slag onto reverse-side bead as shown below. (2) High pitch and little by little feeding of a filler rod is a must in order to melt it adequately. (3) Only the root pass in one-side welding, not for filling passes. Groove Preparation Formation of key-hole GD TT(mm) 4 6 >10 R(mm) Part Number TGX308L22 TGX309L22 TGX316L22 TGX34722 Description KOBE Tig Rod TGX-308L 2.2mm 5KG PK KOBE Tig Rod TGX-309L 2.2mm 5KG PK KOBE Tig Rod TGX-316L 2.2mm 5KG PK KOBE Tig Rod TGX mm 5KG PK WELDING CONSUMABLES 256

257 CONSUMABLES GAS AND TIG CONSUMABLES GAS AND TIG CONSUMABLES Description Part Number Size MM Length MM Pack size Nominal Composition Melting Range ºC AS1167 COLOUR 4 FLUXCOATED BRAZING ALLOYS Easyflo 45 FLUXCOAT KG 45% Ag* Cu Cd Zn FLUXCOAT45152R rods Easyflo 35 Indent 35% Ag* Cu Cd Zn Argoswift 30 Indent 30% Ag* Cu Cd Zn Argobraze40 Indent 40% Ag* Cu Zn Ni Mattibraze 56 FLUXCOAT56T KG 56% Ag* Cu Zn Sn (56T) The flux coated range of silver brazing alloys is widely used in general engineering applications. They exhibit the same working properties of the bare wire alloys with the added convenience of permanent flux presence. * Represents the nominal alloy composition of the metal content only. SILVER & COPPER BASED BRAZING ALLOYS FOR TUNGSTEN CARBIDE Easyflo 503 EASYFLO KG 50% Ag Cd Zn Ni A5 Grey EASYFLO503155R rods Argobraze 49 Indent 49% Ag Cu Zn Ni Mn Midway Blue Argobraze 40 Indent 40% Ag Cu Zn Ni A8 Gold Easyflo 503 Indent Easyflo 503 bonded to Trifoil both side of a copper shim Argobraze 40 Indent Argobraze 40 bonded to Trifoil both sides of a copper shim F Bronze Indent 58% Cu Mn Co Easyflo 503. General purpose cadmium containing alloy with excellent mechanical properties. Argobraze 49. A cadmium free alternative to Easyflo 503. The addition of manganese enhances wetting on difficult carbides. Argobraze 40. Economical alloy with good wetting characteristics. Application restricted by high melting points. Easyflo 503 Trifoil. For brazing large pieces of cemented carbide. The copper ensures that a thick, stress absorbing joint is achieved. Argobraze 40 Trifoil. A cadmium free alternative to Easyflo 503 Trifoil. F Bronze. Developed for brazing rock drills where heat treatment of the steel shank is critical with respect to temperature and where a high strength joint is required. SPECIALISED SILVER BRAZING ALLOYS Silverflo 60 Indent 60% Ag Cu Zn Argobraze 56 Indent 56% Ag Cu In Ni Mattibraze 56 Indent 56% Ag Cu Zn Sn A2 White Mattibraze 502 Indent 50% Ag Cu Zn Sn Silver-Copper Indent 72% Ag Cu A1 Orange Eutectic 50/50 Indent 50% Ag Cu Zn A3 Dusty Pink 15% Manganese Indent 85% Ag Mn silver Silverflo 60. Principally used for brazing assemblies which will be exposed to sea water. Easyflo 50, Easyflo 503 and Silverflo 55 are also suitable for marine service. Argobraze 56. Specifically developed to prevent crevice corrosion which may result in rapid failure of joints in stainless steel when exposed to water. Mattibraze 56 & 502. These cadmium free alloys are recommended for applications in the food and beverage industry. Good colour for stainless steel but should not be used where crevice corrosion is a likely hazard in service. Silver-Copper Eutectic. Ideal for fluxless furnace brazing of copper, nickel and metallised ceramics. 50/50. Excellent corrosion resistance, its high melting temperature makes it ideal for 2 stage brazing when used with an alloy such as Easyflo % Manganese Silver. A copper free alloy for brazing assemblies which will be in contact with ammonia. BRAZING FLUX DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER PACK SIZE WORKING AVAILABILITY REMARKS RANGE ºC Easyflo Flux EASYFLOFLUX 250 GM Paste A general purpose flux with good fluxing activity and long life at temperature. Silflux 2 Indent Paste Similar to Easyflo Flux but with a higher degree of durability for use with difficult brazing positions. Tenacity Flux 4A TENACITY4A 250 GM Paste A general purpose flux with good resistance to overheating, used with higher melting temperature silver brazing alloys Tenacity Flux 5 Indent Powder Recommended for stainless steel assemblies where flux exhaustion is likely to occur due to prolonged heating. Tenacity Flux 6 Indent Paste Recommended for tungsten carbide refractory metals and stainless steel. This flux is unsuitable for use on stainless steel where crevice corrosion is likely to be a hazard in service. Tenacity Flux 125 TENACITY GM Powder General high temperature flux for use with F Bronze. RESIDUE REMOVAL Easyflo Flux & Silflux 2. Residues are generally soluble in hot water. Where difficulty is encountered immersion in 10% caustic soda is suggested. Tenacity Flux 4A & 5. When finished components are heavily oxidised, cleaning and flux removal may be accomplished by the use of 10% sulphuric acid. Tenacity Flux 6 &125. Residues are virtually insoluble in water. Immersion in 10% caustic soda or mechanical removal is recommended. WELDING CONSUMABLES 257

258 CONSUMABLES 4 PIPEARC 6010P TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: APPROVALS: PROPERTIES: C: 0.11 % Mn: 0.46% Si: 0.15% Lloyd's Register of Shipping Grade 3. Yield Stress 400 MPa S: % P: 0.012% American Bureau of Shipping AWS A5.1 E6010. Tensile Strength 510 MPa Det Norske Veritas Grade 3. Elongation 30% American Bureau of Shipping Grade 3. CVN Impact Values 65J -20 C. 40J -30 C. The results quoted in this data sheet are obtained from the listed Shipping Societies (ABS, DNV, LRS) Conformance Tests and Procedures. Actual weld metal mechanical properties achieved with PipeArc 6010P are influenced by many factors including, base metal analysis, welding parameters 1 heat input used, number of weld passes and run placement etc. On the job mechanical tests may produce different results. Please consult your nearest CIGWELD branch for welding procedure recommendations. DC + User Friendly Pipe Welding Electrode. lower Spatter levels and Easy Slag Removal. Excellent Reverse Bead Formation on Butts. Versatile "Out-of-Position" Capabilities. Batch Numbered for On-the-Job Traceability. Used to weld out (root, fill and cap) steel pipes such as API 5L, 5LX grades X42 to X52. Welding of 'V' butt (groove weld) joints in higher strength steels, including 5LX grades X60, X65 and X70. Recommended for root pass welding only. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA DC+ (Direct Current Electrode Positive) polarity. Electrode Approx No. Current Packet Carton Part No Size mm Length mm Rods/kg Range (amps) kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 15kg - 3 X 5kg kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : E AWS/ASME-SFA A5.1: E6010. FERROCRAFT OCV DC AC TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: APPROVALS: PROPERTIES: C: 0.12% Mn: 0.47% Si: 0.10% Lloyds Register of Shipping Grade 3, 3Y. Yield Stress 415 MPa S: 0.007% P: % American Bureau of Shipping Grade 3. Tensile Strength 500 Mpa Det Norske Veritas Grade 3. Elongation 28% American Bureau of Shipping AWS A5.1 E6011. CVN Impact Values 90J -20 C. Cellulose Pipe Welding Electrode. All Positional, AC / DC Capabilities. High Penetration, Root Pass Applications. WHITE flux colour for easy I.D. Recommended for root pass welding where the "stovepipe" or "flick" techniques can be used to achieve full root penetration. The root, hot fill and capping pass welding of pipelines, pressure vessels, storage tanks, workshop and field construction. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 65 O.C.V.,) DC+ or DC- polarity Electrode Approx No. Current Packet Carton Part No Size mm Length mm Rods/kg Range (amps) kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg WELDING CONSUMABLES CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : E AWS/ASME-SFA A5.1: E

259 CONSUMABLES GP 6012 TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: APPROVALS: PROPERTIES: C: 0.07% Mn: 0.45% Si: 0.30% Lloyds Register of Shipping Grade 2. Yield Stress 430 MPa American Bureau of Shipping Grade 2. Tensile Strength 490 M Pa Det Norske Veritas Grade 2. Elongation 29% CVN Impact Values 80J 0 C. 45 OCV DC AC 4 Versatile General Purpose Electrode. All Positional Welding Capabilities. Ideal for the Vertical-Down Welding of Thin Steel Sections. Wrought iron furniture. Suitable for welding Mild steel plate, sheet metal and galvanised iron sheet, ducting, hoppers, tanks, pipes and low pressure pipelines. Pipes and low pressure pipelines. Excellent for welding joints with poor fit-up. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : E AWS/ASME-SFA A5.1: E6013. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity Electrode Approx No. Current Packet Carton Part No Size mm Length mm Rods/kg Range (amps) kg 15kg - 3x5kg kg 15kg - 6x2.5kg kg 15kg - 3x5kg kg 15kg - 6x2.5kg kg 15kg - 3x5kg FERROCRAFT 12XP 45 OCV DC AC TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: APPROVALS: PROPERTIES: C: 0.07% Mn: 0.60% Si: 0.50% Lloyds Register of Shipping Grade 2, 2Y. Yield Stress 460 M Pa American Bureau of Shipping Grade 2, 2Y. Tensile Strength 500 MPa Det Norske Veritas Grade 2. Elongation 27% American Bureau of Shipping AWS A5.1 E6013. CVN Impact Values 75J 0 C. General Purpose "XP series" Electrode. Easy Striking - Hot or Cold! Xtra smooth Performance (XP). Versatile - All Positional Capabilities. Ideal for Vertical Down Fillet Welding. All positional fillet welding of steel furniture, plates, fences, gates, pipes and tanks etc. RED flux colour for easy I.D. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : E AWS/ASME-SFA A5.1: E6013. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity. Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Easyweld Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) Handipack kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg Rods kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg Rods kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg Rods kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg Easyweld Blister Pack: 10 x 2.5mm/5 x 3.2mm rod Ferrocraft 12XP Blister Pack MUREX SPEEDEX 12 TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: PROPERTIES: C: 0.07% Mn: 0.45% Si: 0.30% Yield Stress 430 MPa Tensile Strength 490 MPa Elongation 29% CVN Impact Values 80J 0 C Speedex 12 is a user friendly E4112/E6013 electrode. Ideal for fillet and butt welding in all positions including vertical down. Ideal for the welding of thin steel. Speedex 12 produces a quiet smooth arc with low spatter loss. Excellent for misaligned joints. Quick freezing, self detaching slag. Used for welding mild steel, sheet metal, galvanised iron, wrought iron, RHS tubing. Uses for Speedlex 12 include tanks, gates, trailers, ornamental iron work, back yard projects, frames etc. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : E AWS A5.1: E OCV DC AC PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity. Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg SP kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg SP kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg SP kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg SP kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg SP1240 WELDING CONSUMABLES 259

260 CONSUMABLES 4 SATINCRAFT 13 TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: APPROVALS: PROPERTIES: C: 0.07% Mn: 0.60% Si: 0.50% Lloyds Register of Shipping Grade 2. Yield Stress 460 MPa American Bureau of Shipping Grade 2. Tensile Strength 520 MPa Det Norske Veritas Grade 2. Elongation 28% American Bureau of Shipping AWS A5.1 E6013. CVN Impact Values 60J 0 C. 45 OCV DC AC General Purpose, Rutile Type Electrode. Outstanding Operator Appeal! Versatile - All Positional Capabilities. Smooth Mitre Fillet Welds with low Spatter. BLUE flux colour for instant I.D. General workshop, field and structural welding of mild or galvanised steel components such as pipes, tanks, frames, fences and gates etc. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : E AWS/ASME-SFA A5.1: E6013. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity. Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Easyweld Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) Handipack kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg rod kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg rod kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg Easyweld Blister Pack: 10 x 2. 5 mm/5 x 3.2mm rod Satincraft Blue Blister Pak WELDCRAFT 45 OCV DC AC TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: APPROVALS: PROPERTIES: C: 0.07% Mn: 0.60% Si: 0.50% Lloyds Register of Shipping Grade 3. Yield Stress 420 MPa American Bureau of Shipping Grade 3. Tensile Strength 490 MPa Det Norske Veritas Grade 3. Elongation 28% CVN Impact Values 60J -20 C. Rutile - Basic Type Electrode. Higher Radiographic Quality. Excellent Mechanical Properties. Versatile "Out-OfPosition" Capabilities. "On-site" and workshop welding where better mechanical properties are required and the work cannot be re-positioned to allow welding in the downhand. The electrode is recommended for welding joints subject to radiographic examination in pressure vessel, ship building, bridge and storage tank fabrications. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS 15531: E AWS/ASME-SFA A5.1: E6013. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 50 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity. Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg WELDING CONSUMABLES MUREX SPEEDEX 13 TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: PROPERTIES: C: 0.08% Mn: 0.43% Si: 0.35% Yield Stress 430 MPa Tensile Strength 500 Mpa Elongation 28% CVN Impact Values 60J 0 C Easy running E4113/E6013 general purpose electrode. For fillet and butt welding in all positions except vertical down. Self-lifting slag with low spatter loss. Recommended for welding thin sections of mild steel and galvanised steels. Easy to re-start. Is ideal for general purpose work such as frames, tanks, gates and light structural work. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : E AWS A5.1: E6013. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 50 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity. 45 OCV DC AC Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg SP kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg SP kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg SP

261 CONSUMABLES FERROCRAFT 21 TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: APPROVALS: PROPERTIES: C: 0.06% Mn: 0.65% Si: 0.30% Lloyds Register of Shipping Grade 3. Yield Stress 430 MPa American Bureau of Shipping Grade 3. Tensile Strength 500 MPa Det Norske Veritas Grade 3. Elongation 30% American Bureau of Shipping AWS A5.1 E7014. CVN Impact Values. 90J -20 C. 45 OCV DC AC 4 Rutile Type, Medium Iron Powder Electrode. Excellent Operator Appeal! Versatile - All Positional Capabilities. Easy Striking - Hot or Cold! Ideal for Vertical Down Fillet Welding. Workshop or "on-site" repair, maintenance and fabrication welding jobs where the iron powder addition gives improved usability over conventional E4112 rutile type electrodes. Ideal vertical-down fillet welding electrode for thinner steel sections using "Touch Welding" techniques. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : E AWS/ASME-SFA A5.1: E7014. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity. Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Easyweld Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) Handipack kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg rod kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg Easyweld Blister Pack: 10 x 2.5mm/5 x 3.2mm rod Ferrocraft 21 Blister Pack # -5.0mm Ferrocraft 21 is not recommended for out-of-position (ie vertical or overhead) welding applications. FERROCRAFT OCV DC AC TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: APPROVALS: PROPERTIES: C: 0.05% Mn: 0.75% Si: 0.25% Lloyd's Register of Shipping Grade 2Y. Yield Stress 440 M Pa American Bureau of Shipping Grade 2. Tensile Strength 512 MPa Det Norske Veritas Grade 2. Elongation 25% American Bureau of Shipping AWS A5.1 E7024. CVN Impact Values 60J 0 C. Rutile Type High Iron Powder Electrode. High Productivity Fillet and Butt Welding in All Downhand Positions. Self Releasing Slag. Recommended for high production welding where large standing fillet welds are required. Ideal electrode for heavy structural welding - tanks, frames, girders, beams, ship structures, rolling stock and general fabrication in the workshop or "on-site". CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : E AWS/ASME-SFA A5.1: E7024. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity. Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 1 5kg - 3 x 5kg kg 1 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 1 5kg - 3 x 5kg # Ferrocraft 22 is formulated to operate with AC (min 45 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity. The preferred polarity for DC fillet fillet welding is DC+. WELDING CONSUMABLES 261

262 CONSUMABLES 4 STORAGE & RECONDITIONING OF CIGWELD HYDROGEN CONTROLLED ELECTRODES STORAGE ENVIRONMENTS: Undamaged packs/cartons of Ferrocraft and Alloycraft electrodes stored at 50% R.H. or less and kept at C (50-60 F) above ambient temperature with a maximum of 40 C (105 F) stored off the ground and away from walls in cupboards, containers or warehouses are expected to maintain their designated hydrogen levels indefinitely. MOISTURE RE-ABSORBTION: Cardboard packs/cartons of Ferrocraft and Alloycraft may lose their designated hydrogen status due to moisture re-absorption from poor storage environments. Where electrodes have been exposed to moisture or where hydrogen control is important, the following procedures are recommended for reconditioning. HERMETICALLY SEALED: Hermetically sealed, hydrogen controlled electrodes are packaged with an air tight seal to maintain product in an original "FACTORY FRESH" condition for an indefinite period provided the seal is unbroken. RECONDITIONING AND HYDROGEN/MOISTURE REQUIREMENTS: AS/NZS low H10 hydrogen status and AWS A5.1 "H8" hydrogen status. FERROCRAFT 16TXP FERROCRAFT 7016 FERROCRAFT 55U FERROCRAFT 61 FERROCRAFT 18-Ni Rebake for maximum of C (570 F) in a vented oven and thereafter use From a hot box set at C ( F). AS/NZS very low "H5" hydrogen status and AWS A5.1 "H4" very low hydrogen status. FERROCRAFT 61 H4 ALLOYCRAFT 80-B2 ALLOYCRAFT 90 ALLOYCRAFT 110 ALLOYCRAFT 80-C1 ALLOYCRAFT 90-B3 Rebake for maximum of C (660 F) in a vented oven and thereafter use From a hot box set at C ( F). FERROCRAFT 16TXP 45 OCV DC AC TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN APPROVALS: MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: C: 0.07% Mn: 1.50% Si: 0.65% LEVELS TO AS3752: Lloyds Register of Shipping Grade 3, 3Y H15. Yield Stress. 460 MPa. 5: 0.010% P: 0.015% mls of hydrogen /100gms American Bureau of ShippingGrade 3H10, 3Y Tensile Strength 550 Mpa. of deposited weld metal. Det Norske Veritas Grade 3Y H10. Elongation 27%. CVN Impact Values 90 J -20 C. "XP series" E4816 / E7016 Type Electrode. Great Operator Appeal / Hydrogen Controlled. LONGER 350mm 2.5mm Size For Fewer Electrode Changeovers and Less Wastage. Easy operation, reliable Grade 3 weld metal properties and low hydrogen status of Ferrocraft 16TXP make the electrode ideal for maintenance welding jobs, including the repair of earth moving equipment and the "buttering" of steel sections prior to the application of hard surfacing. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS E H10. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.1: E7016 H8. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity. Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Easyweld Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) Handipack kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg Easyweld Blister Pack: 10 x 2.5mm/5 x 3.2mm rod Ferrocraft 16TXP Blister Pack # - Ferrocraft 16TXP is formulated to operate with AC (45 O.C.V min), DC+ or DC- polarity. The preferred polarity for fillet welding and fill and capping passes is DC+. FERROCRAFT 16TXP - Hermetically Sealed 45 OCV DC AC WELDING CONSUMABLES TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN APPROVALS: MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: C: 0.07% Mn: 1.50% Si: 0.65% LEVELS TO AS3752: Lloyds Register of Shipping Grade 3, 3Y H15. Yield Stress. 460 MPa. 5: 0.010% P: 0.015% mls of hydrogen /100gms American Bureau of ShippingGrade 3H10, 3Y Tensile Strength 550 MPa. of deposited weld metal. Det Norske Veritas Grade 3Y H10. Elongation 27%. *Reconditioned for 2 hours 300 C CVN Impact Values 90 J -20 C. Hermetically Sealed Ring Pull Cans. "XP series" E4816 / E7016 Type Electrode. Excellent Operator Appeal / Hydrogen Controlled. LONGER 350mm 2.5mm Size For Fewer Electrode Changeovers and less Wastage. Easy operation, reliable Grade 3 weld metal properties and low hydrogen status of Ferrocraft 16TXP make the electrode ideal for maintenance welding jobs, including the repair of earth moving equipment and the "buttering" of steel sections prior to the application of hard surfacing. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS E H10. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.1: E7016 H8. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity. Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Easyweld Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) Handipack kg 9kg - 3 x 3kg kg 9kg - 3 x 3kg kg 9kg - 3 x 3kg # - Ferrocraft 16TXP - Hermetically Sealed is formulated to operate with AC (45 O.C.V min), DC+ or DC- polarity. The preferred polarity for fillet welding and fill and capping passes is DC+. 262

263 CONSUMABLES MUREX SPEEDEX 16 TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN APPROVALS: MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: C: 0.07% Mn: 1.50% Si: 0.65% LEVELS TO AS3752: Lloyds Register of Shipping Grade 3, 3Y H15. Yield Stress. 460 MPa. S: 0.010% P: 0.015% mls of hydrogen /100gms American Bureau of ShippingGrade 3H10, 3Y Tensile Strength 550 MPa. of deposited weld metal*. Det Norske Veritas Grade 3Y H10. Elongation 27%. * Reconditioned for 2 hours 300 C CVN Impact Values 90 J -20 C. 45 OCV DC AC 4 E4816 / E7016 Type Electrode. Good Operator Appeal. Smooth stable, hydrogen controlled weld deposit. Grade 3 weld metal mechanical properties. Designed to operate from low O.C.V. AC equipment. Ideal for maintenance welding jobs including earthmoving equipment. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS E H10. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.1: E7016 H8. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity. Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg SP kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg SP16140 # - Murex Speedex 16 is formulated to operate with AC (45 O.C.V min), DC+ or DC- polarity. The preferred polarity for fillet welding and fill and capping passes is DC+. MUREX SPEEDEX OCV DC AC TYPICAL MECHANICAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN APPROVALS: PROPERTIES: C: 0.08% Mn: 1.10% Si: 0.65% LEVELS TO A53752: Lloyd's Register of Shipping Grade 3Y H10. Yield Stress 480 MPa 5: 0.009% P: 0.019% mls of hydrogen /100gms American Bureau of ShippingGrade 3H10, 3Y. Tensile Strength 570 MPa of deposited weld metal*. Det Norske Veritas Grade 3Y H10. Elongation 25% American Bureau of ShippingAWS A5.1 E7016. CVN Impact Values 125J -20 C *Reconditioned for 2 hours 300 C. 100J -30 C Fully Basic Hydrogen Controlled E4816 / E7016 Type Electrode. Excellent Operator Appeal in All Positions. Ideal for Fill and Capping Passes. Excellent Impact Toughness to -30 C. Applications include pressure vessel fabrication, bridge, ship building, equipment repair and maintenance work. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : E H10. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.1: E7016 H8. BS EN 499: E42 4 B 12 H10 PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 50 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity. Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg # - Ferrocraft 7016 is formulated to operate with AC (55 O.C.V), DC+ or DC- polarity.. The preferred polarity for fillet welding and fill and capping passes is DC+. FERROCRAFT 55U 70 OCV DC AC TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN APPROVALS: MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: C: 0.07% Mn: 0.80% Si: 0.77% LEVELS TO AS3752: Lloyd's Register of ShippingGrade 3, 3Y H15. Yield Stress 460 MPa. S: 0.007% P: 0.013% mls of hydrogen /100gms Det Norske Veritas Grade 3Y H10. Tensile Strength 570 MPa. of depositedweld metal *. Elongation 29%. * Reconditioned for 2 hours 300 C. CVN Impact Values 70 J -20 C. Basic, Hydrogen Controlled E4816 / E7016 Type Electrode. Thin Coated for Easier Joint Access. Purple End Tip Colour for instant I.D. Designed specifically for the all positional (except vertical down) root pass welding of steel pipes and plates. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : E H10. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.1: E7016 H8. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 70 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity. Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg # - Ferrocraft 55U is formulated to operate on low welding current to accommodate poor joint fit up and large root gaps. The electrode is suitable for AC (minimum 70 O.C.V), DC+ or DC- polarity. The preferred polarity for ease of use in root pas, welding is DC-. Where it is necessary to maximise weld metal toughness fill and capping passes should be deposited with DC+ polarity. WELDING CONSUMABLES 263

264 CONSUMABLES 4 FERROCRAFT 61 TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN APPROVALS: MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: C: 0.06% Mn: 1.45% Si: 0.45% LEVELS TO AS3752: Lloyd's Register of Shipping Grade 3, 3Y H15. Yield Stress. 450 MPa. S: 0.010% P: 0.012% mls of hydrogen/100gms American Bureau of ShippingGrade 3H15, 3Y. Tensile Strength 545 MPa. of deposited weld metal *. Det Norske Veritas Grade 3Y H10. Elongation 29%. American Bureau of Shipping AWS A5.1 E7018. CVN Impact Values 160 J -20 C. *Reconditioned for 2 hours 300 C. 130 J -30 C. Basic Coated, Hydrogen Controlled E4818 / E7018 Type Electrode. Excellent Out-of-Position Welding. Reliable Impact Properties to -30 C. BATCH NUMBER Identification. Designed for all positional (especially vertical-up) fillet and butt welding applications on heavier steel sections under high restraint such as machinery parts, pressure vessels, mining equipment, pipework, ship construction and all maintenance and repair work. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : E H10. AWS/ASME-SFA A5. 1: E PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 55 O.C.V), DC+ or DC- polarity 55 OCV DC AC Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg # - Ferrocraft 61 is formulated to operate with AC (55 O.C.V min), DC+ or DC- polarity. The preferred polarity for fillet welding and fill and capping passes is DC+. FERROCRAFT 61 H4 - HERMETICALLY SEALED 55 OCV DC AC TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN APPROVALS: MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: C: 0.07% Mn: 1.50% Si: 0.35% LEVELS TO AS3752: Lloyd's Register of Shipping Grade 3, 3YH5. Yield Stress. 450 MPa. S: 0.07% P: 0.012% mls of hydrogen /100gms American Bureau of Shipping Grade 3H5, 3Y. Tensile Strength 545 MPa. of deposited weld metal. Det Norske Veritas Grade 3YH5. Elongation 28%. CVN Impact Values 150 J -20 C. 100 J -40 C 80 J -50 C. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 55 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity. Hermetically Sealed Cans. Highly Basic, E4818 / E7018 Type Hydrogen controlled electrode. Advanced moisture resistant flux coating. Very low "H5 / H4" diffusible hydrogen class. C-Mn weld deposit for reliable impact properties to -40 C. Recommended for critical DC welding applications. Batch Number Identification. Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) kg 9kg - 3 x 3kg kg 9kg - 3 x 5kg kg 9kg - 3 x 3kg CLASSIFICATIONS AS /NZS : AWS/ASME-SFA A5.1: E H5R. E H4R. WELDING CONSUMABLES FERROCRAFT 18-Ni - HERMETICALLY SEALED TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN APPROVALS: MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: C: 0.07% Mn: 1.20% Si: 0.25% LEVELS TO AS3752: Lloyd's Register of Shipping Grade 3, 3YH5. Yield Stress 450 MPa. Ni: 0.9% S: 0.007% P: 0.012% mls of hydrogen /100gms American Bureau of Shipping Grade 3 H10, 3Y. Tensile Strength 560 MPa. of deposited weld metal. Det Norske Veritas Grade 3Y H5. Elongation 27%. CVN Impact Values 130 J -20 C. 80 J -40 C. 60 J -50 C. Hermetically Sealed Cans. Highly Basic, E4818-G / E7018-G Type Hydrogen Controlled Electrode. Very Low "H5/ H4" Diffusible Hydrogen Class. C - Mn - Ni Weld Deposit for Reliable Impact Properties to - 50 C. BATCH NUMBER Identification. Recommended for the critical welding of C-Mn, microalloyed and low alloy structural steels in the MPa yield strength class. Applications include the all positional (except vertical down) fillet and butt welding of pressure vessels, offshore platforms, pipes, earth moving equipment. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : AWS/ASME-SFA A5.5 E4818-G E7018-G PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 70 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity. 70 OCV DC AC Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) kg 9kg - 3 x 3kg kg 9kg - 3 x 3kg # - Ferrocraft 18-Ni is formulated to operate with AC (min 70 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity. The preferred polarity for fillet welding and fill and capping passes is DC+. 264

265 CONSUMABLES ALLOYCRAFT 80-B2 - HERMETICALLY SEALED TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: C: 0.08% Mn: 0.82% Si: 0.39% LEVELS TO AS3752: Verti-cor 80Ni 1 FCAW 0.2% Proof Stress 570 MPa. Mo: 0.65% Cr: 1.40% S: 0.013% mls of hydrogen /100gms Autocraft CrMo1 GMAW Tensile Strength 670 MPa. P: 0.015% of deposited weld metal. Elongation 24%. Hermetically Sealed Cans. Improved High Strength, low Alloy Steel Electrode. Advanced Flux Coating. Very low "H5/H4" Diffusible Hydrogen Class. 550 MPa Tensile Class BATCH NUMBERED for On-the-Job Traceability. Recommended for the all positional (except vertical down) welding of Chromium and Chromium - Molybdenum bearing steels as used in elevated temperature applications. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 70 O.C.V.), DCEP (DC+) or DCEN (DC-) polarity. 70 OCV DC AC Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) kg 9kg - 3 x 3kg kg 9kg - 3 x 3kg kg 9kg - 3 x 3kg CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : E5518-B2. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.5 E8018-B2 H4. ALLOYCRAFT 80-C1 - HERMETICALLY SEALED 70 OCV DC AC TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN LEVELS TO AS3752: MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: C: 0.05% Mn: 1.1% Si: 0.38% mls of hydrogen /100gms 0.2% Proof Stress 550 MPa. Ni: 2.46% S: 0.013% of deposited weld metal. Tensile Strength 630 MPa. P: 0.015% Elongation 26%. CVN Impact Values 75 J -60 C Hermetically Sealed Cans. Improved High Strength, Low Alloy Steel Electrode. Very Low "HS/H4" Diffusible Hydrogen Class. 550 MPa Tensile Class, Reliable Impact Toughness to -60 C. BATCH NUMBERED for On-the-Job Traceability. Suitable for the full or under matching strength welding of high strength nickel bearing steels as used for low temperature applications. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : E5518-C1. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.5 E8018-C1 H4. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 70 O.C.V), DC+ or DC- polarity. Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) kg 9kg - 3 x 3kg kg 9kg - 3 x 3kg kg 9kg - 3 x 3kg # - Alloycraft 80-C1 is formulated to operate with AC (min 70 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity. The preferred polarity for DC welding is DC+. ALLOYCRAFT 90-B3 - HERMETICALLY SEALED 70 OCV DC AC TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN LEVELS TO AS3752: MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: C: 0.08% Mn: 0.85% Si: 0.35% mls of hydrogen /100gms of deposited 0.2% Proof Stress 630 MPa. Mo: 1.05% Cr: 2.20% S: 0.013% weld metal. Tensile Strength 720 MPa. P: 0.015% Elongation 20%. Hermetically Sealed Cans. Improved High Strength, low Alloy Steel Electrode. Very low "HS/H4" Diffusible Hydrogen Class. 620 MPa Tensile Class. BATCH NUMBERED for On-the-Job Traceability. Recommended for the all positional (except-down) welding of Cr-Mo and Cr-Mo-V bearing steels as used for high temperature applications. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : E6218-B3 AWS/ASME-SFA A5.5 E9018-B3 H4. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 70 O.C.V.), DCEP (DC+) or DCEN (DC-) polarity. Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) kg 9kg - 3 x 3kg kg 9kg - 3 x 3kg WELDING CONSUMABLES 265

266 CONSUMABLES 4 ALLOYCRAFT 90 - HERMETICALLY SEALED TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: C: 0.07% Mn: 1.0% Si: 0.40% LEVELS TO AS3752: Verti-cor 91 K2 0.2% Proof Stress 590 MPa. Ni: 1.6% Mo: 0.3% mls of hydrogen /100gms AWS A5.20: E91Tl -K2. Tensile Strength 680 Mpa, of deposited weld metal. Autocraft NiCrMo Elongation 26%. CVN Impact Values 90 J -40 C. 70 OCV DC AC Hermetically Sealed Cans. Improved High Strength, Low Alloy Steel Electrode. Very Low "H5/H4" Diffusible Hydrogen Class. 620 MPa Tensile Class, Reliable Impact Toughness to -40 C. BATCH NUMBERED for On-the-Job Traceability. Applications include the full or under matching strength welding of high strength steels, including Bisalloy 60, 70 and 80, Welten 60 and 80, AS2074 Gr L6, Comsteel 023/026. ASTM A514 and A517 used in structural, transport, mining and earthmoving applications. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 70 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity. Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) kg 9kg - 3 x 3kg kg 9kg - 3 x 3kg kg 9kg - 3 x 3kg # Alloycraft 90 is formulated to operate with AC (min 70 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity. The preferred polarity for DC welding is DC+. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS E6218-M. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.5 E9018M H4. ALLOYCRAFT HERMETICALLY SEALED 70 OCV DC AC TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: C: 0.07% Mn: 1.5% Si: 0.45% LEVELS TO AS3752: Tensi-cor 110 TXP Verticor 111K3 0.2% Proof Stress 710 MPa. Ni: 2.1 % Mo: 0.4% Cr: 0.2% mls of hydrogen /100gms AWS A5.20: E110T5-K4 AWS A5.20: E111T1-K3 Tensile Strength 820 MPa. of deposited weld metal. Elongation. 22%. CVN Impact Values. 60 J -50 C. Hermetically Sealed Cans. Improved High Strength, Low Alloy Steel Electrode. Very Low "HS/H4" Diffusible Hydrogen Class. 760 MPa Tensile Class, Reliable Impact Toughness to -40 C. BATCH NUMBERED for On-the-Job Traceability. Applications include the full strength welding of high strength steels, including Bisalloy 80, USST1 and T1A, welten 80, HY80, AS2074 Grade L6A and ASTM A533 type A, A514 and A517 grades used in structural transport, mining and earthmoving applications. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 70 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity. Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) kg 9kg - 3 x 3kg kg 9kg - 3 x 3kg #-Alloycraft 110 is formulated to operate with AC (min 70 O.C.V), DC+ or DC- polarity. The preferred polarity for DC welding is DC+. WELDING CONSUMABLES CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : E7618-M. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.5: E11018M H4. 266

267 CONSUMABLES SATINCHROME 308L-17 TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: APPROVALS: COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: C: 0.025% Mn: 0.76% Si: 0.87% American Bureau of Shipping Autocraft 308LSi GMAW wire 0.2% Proof Stress 500 MPa Cr: 20.4% Ni: 9.8% S: 0.010% AWS A5.4: E308L-17. AWS A5.9: ER308LSi. Tensile Strength 630 MPa P: 0.017% Comweld 308L Gas/TIG wire Elongation 40% FERRITE NUMBER: AWS A5.9: ER308L CVN Impact Values75J +20 C FN* Shieldcrome 308LT & FCAW wires * - using Severn Gauge AWS A5.22: E308LT1-1/4 Rutile Type, Stainless Steel Electrode. Outstanding Operator Appeal. Improved slag lift. All Positional (except vertical down) Welding Capabilities. Applications include the single and multi-pass welding of 19Cr/10Ni type stainless steel grades including 201, 202, 301, 302, 303, 304, 3041, 305, 308 etc. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : AWS/ASME-SFA A5.4: E308L-17. E308L-17. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC+ polarity. 45 OCV AC DC+ Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg kg 12kg - 12 x 1kg kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg kg 12kg - 12 x 1kg kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg kg 12kg - 12 x 1kg MUREX SPEEDEX 308L OCV AC DC+ TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: C: 0.03% Cr: 20 % Mn: 0.76% Autocraft 308LSi GMAW wire Yield Stress 500 MPa Ni: 10% Si: 0.87% AWS A5.9: ER308LSi. Tensile Strength 630 MPa Comweld 308L Gas/TIG wire Elongation 40% AWS A5.9: ER308L CVN Impact Values 75J +20 C Shieldcrome 308LT & FCAW wires AWS A5.22: E308LT1-1/4 A E308L-16 type stainless steel electrode. Designed for fillet & butt welding in all positions except vertical-down. Offers low spatter levels with smooth running. Ideal for welding 304 and 304L stainless steel grades. Applications include the all position (except vertical-down) welding of stainless steel tanks, vessels, componentry. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS E308L-16. AWS A5.4: E308L-16. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC+ polarity. Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) kg 15kg - 3 x 2.5kg SPS kg 15kg - 3 x 2.5kg SPS kg 15kg - 3 x 2.5kg SPS30840 SATINCROME 309Mo OCV AC DC+ TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: APPROVALS: COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: C: 0.05% Mn: 0.75% Si: 0.9% American Bureau of Shipping Autocraft 309LSi GMAW wire 0.2% Proof Stress 500 MPa Cr: 23.0% Ni: 13.0% Mo: 2.2% AWS A5.4: E309Mo-17. AWS A5.9: ER309LSi. Tensile Strength 620 MPa S: 0.012% P: 0.017% Comweld 309L Gas/TIG wire Elongation 35% FERRITE NUMBER: AWS A5.9: ER309L CVN Impact Values60 J +20 C FN* Shieldcrome 309LT & FCAW wires *Using Severn Guage AWS A5.22: E309LT1-1 Rutile Type, Stainless Steel Electrode. Outstanding Operator Appeal. Improved slag lift. All Positional (except vertical down) Welding Capabilities. Applications include the single and multi-pass welding of matching 309 and 309L stainless steels. Also suitable for the dissimilar welding of other "300 series" austenitic stainless steels and selected "400 series" ferritic grades to mild or low alloy steels. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : E309Mo-1 7. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.4: E309Mo-1 7. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC+ polarity. Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg kg 12kg - 12 x 1kg kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg kg 12kg - 12 x 1kg kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg kg 12kg - 12 x 1kg WELDING CONSUMABLES 267

268 4 CONSUMABLES ARCAIR DC GOUGING CARBONS Fast, Clean, Smooth, hassle-free Gouging. To Remove Metal from a Wide Range of Common Ferrous & Non- Ferrous Metals. Designed for DC Operation. Superior arc stability. DESCRIPTION AND APPLICATIONS CIGWELD Arcair DC gouging carbons are made by mixing carbon/graphite with a binder, baking, and then coating with a controlled thickness of copper. Carbons are available in three types; Pointed, Jointed and Flat. Pointed carbons are the standard all purpose gouging electrode. Controlled copper coating improves electrical conductivity providing more efficient, cooler operation and helps maintain electrode diameter at the point of the arc. Jointed carbons have the added benefit of working without stub loss, with each rod having a female socket and matching male tang. They can be used with semi and fully automatic torches. Flat carbons are specially designed for close tolerance metal removal and scarfing applications, producing a rectangular groove. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA: DC CIGWELD Size Rods per Current range Air Pressure Part No. (mm) pack (Amps) (kpa) (lpm) POINTED x x x JOINTED x x FLAT x 5 x Conditioning Data: If carbons are damp, they should be redried at 180 C for 10 hours, otherwise they may shatter. WELDING CONSUMABLES Air-carbon arc gouging is done in the downhand, vertical, horizontal and overhead position with a stick out of 180mm and an electrode angle of approximately 35 degrees, depending on the application. The groove width obtained will be approximately 3mm wider than the carbon size. The gouging action occurs when the arc is struck, removing molten metal as the electrode is moved along the workpiece. A slow travel speed produces a deep groove, a fast travel speed produces a shallow groove. The air flow must be turned on before gouging commences. The operator must ensure that adequate eye (shade 12-14), ear and clothing protection is worn. CIGWELD Arcair gouging carbons are used for the efficient gouging, back gouging, plate edge preparation, touching up and removal of old or defective hardfacing and stainless steel weld deposits. They are used for reworking plates, dies, castings, pipes, armour plating etc. They gouge and sever ferrous and non-ferrous metals such as carbon steel, low alloy steel, stainless steel, cast iron, nickel alloys (nickel less than 80%), magnesium alloys and aluminium on DCEP Copper alloys, aluminium bronze alloys and aluminium nickel bronze alloys can be gouged using DCEN. Air carbon-arc gouging is used in many industries such as agriculture, automotive, heavy fabrication, construction, foundries, maintenance and repair shops, mining and quarrying, military, shipyards, power plants, railroads, steel mills to name a few. Severing (cutting) is a form of gouging where the operator holds the electrode at a steeper travel angle (70-80 ) to the workpiece and moves the arc in a sawing motion (Figure 1). A gouging carbon can cut non-ferrous materials 1.5 times its own thickness. Washing is a form of gouging that allows the removal of metal from large areas, hardfacing deposits and riser pads on castings. An arc is struck and then the electrode is weaved from side to side using a travel angle of to the workpiece, depending on the required depth of the gouge. (Figure 2) Bevelling can be achieved by using a travel angle of 90 degrees and a work angle equal to the bevel angle (Figure 3). 268

269 CONSUMABLES CASTCRAFT 55 TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: CORE WIRE: COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: C: 0.95% Mn: 0.65% Si: 0.25% Nickel Iron (55% Ni, 45% Fe) Nicore 55 Cast Iron Flux Cored Wire Tensile Strength 500 MPa AI: 0.25% Ni: 53% Fe: Bal AWS A5.15: ENiFe-Cl. Hardness. 220 HV30 45 OCV AC DC- 4 Maintenance Welding of S.G. Cast Irons. Higher Strength Nickel / Iron Deposit. Easy starting and Stable Running on Portable 240V Welding Machines. Applications include the higher strength repair and maintenance welding of Spheroidal Graphite (S.G.) irons, austenitic cast irons, meehanites and a wide range of grey cast irons. CLASSIFICATIONS AWS/ASME-SFA A5.15: ENiFe-Cl. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC- polarity. Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg kg 12kg - 12 x 1kg kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg kg 12kg - 12 x 1kg CASTCRAFT100 TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: CORE WIRE: PROPERTIES: C: 1.0% Mn: 0.05% Fe: 0.5% Nickel (98% Ni) Tensile Strength 400 MPa Si: 0.1% AI: 0.2% Ni: Bal Hardness 170 HV30 45 OCV AC DC- Maintenance Welding of Cast Irons. Soft, Ductile and Machineable Nickel Deposit. Easy starting and Stable Running on Portable 240V Welding Machines. Smoother Weld Deposit Surface Finish. Applications include the repair and reclamation of engine blocks, cylinder heads, differential housings, gear boxes, pump and machine housings and cast iron pulleys etc. CLASSIFICATIONS AWS/ASME-SFA A5.15: ENi-Cl. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC- polarity. Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Easyweld Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) Handipack kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg kg 12kg - 12 x 1kg rod kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg kg 12kg - 12 x 1kg rod kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg Easyweld Blister Pack: 10 x 2.5mm/5 x 3.2mm rod Castcraft 100 Blister Pack BRONZECRAFT AC-DC 45 OCV AC DC- TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: PROPERTIES: Mn: 0.02% Sn: 7.50% AI: 0.008% Autocraft Silicon Bronze Copper Alloy MIG Wire 0.2% Proof Stress 315 MPa P: 0.26% Fe: 0.20% Cu: Bal AWS A5.7: ERCuSi-A. Tensile Strength 460 MPa Comweld Silicon Bronze Copper Alloy TIG Wire Elongation 22% AWS A5.7: RCuSi-A. Hardness. 120 HV30 Phosphor Bronze electrode containing 7% Tin. For Welding Copper and Copper Alloys. Also for Joining Copper and Copper Alloys to Steel. Easy to use, High Quality Weld Deposit Appearance. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS 2576: AWS/ASME-SPA A5.15: E A2 E CuSn - C PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC- polarity. Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) kg 15kg-6x2.5kg WELDING CONSUMABLES 269

270 CONSUMABLES 4 SATINCHROME TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: FERRIT NUMBER: PROPERTIES: C: 0.04% Mn: 0.8% Si: 0.90% FN* 0.2% Proof Stress 490 MPa Cr: 19.0% Ni: 12.0% Mo: 2.3% *using Severn Gauge Tensile Strength 610 MPa Nb: 0.35% S: 0.017% P: 0.024% Elongation 36% Rutile Type, Stainless Steel Electrode. Outstanding Operator Appeal. Improved slag lift. All Positional (except vertical down) Welding Capabilities. Applications include the all positional (except vertical-down) fillet and butt welding of stabilised and unstabilised 19Cr/10Ni type stainless steels, such as 316, 318 and 321. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : AWS/ASME-SFA A5.4: E E PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC+ polarity. 45 OCV AC DC+ Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Easyweld Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) Handipack kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg rod kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg WELDALL 45 OCV AC DC+ TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: PROPERTIES: C: 0.11 % Mn: 0.60% Si: 0.88% Murex Speedex % Proof Stress 630 MPa Cr: 27.0% Ni: 9.10% S: % AWS A5.4: E Tensile Strength 780 MPa P: 0.020% Elongation 25% CVN Impact Values 30 J +20 C. Easy-to-Use Rutile Type, High Alloy Electrode. Outstanding Operator Appeal! WELDS All Steels! Ideal for Repair & Maintenance jobs. Easy Arc Starting and Excellent Stability on low O.C.V. Welding Machines. Not Recommended for Welding Cast Irons. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS AWS/ASME-SFA A5.4: E E PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC+ polarity. Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Easyweld Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) Handipack kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg kg 12kg - 12 x 1kg rod kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg kg 12kg - 12 x 1kg rod kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg Easyweld Blister Pack: 10 x 2.5mm/5 x 3.2mm rod Weldall Blister Pack MUREX SPEEDEX OCV AC DC+ WELDING CONSUMABLES TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: PROPERTIES: C: 0.10% Cr: 26.5% Mn: 0.62% Weldall Yield Stress 635 MPa Ni: 9.15% Si: 0.89% AWS A5.4: E Tensile Strength 785 MPa Elongation 25% CVN Impact Values 30J +20 C A E type stainless steel electrode designed for fillet & butt welding in all positions except vertical down. Speedex produces low spatter levels as well as smooth running. Applications include the joining of stainless steel to mild steel and the welding of steels of unknown composition. Also suitable for repair and maintenance applications on tool and die steels. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : AWS A5.4: E E PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC+ polarity. Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) kg 15kg - 3 x 2.5kg SPS kg 15kg - 3 x 2.5kg SPS kg 15kg - 3 x 2.5kg SPS

271 CONSUMABLES MUREX SPEEDEX 309L-16 TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: PROPERTIES: C: 0.03% Cr: 23 % Mn: 0.75% Autocraft 309LSi GMAW wire Yield Stress 500 MPa Ni: 13% Si: 0.9% AWS A5.9: ER309LSi. Tensile Strength 620 MPa Comweld 309L Gas/TIG wire Elongation 35% AWS A5.9: ER309L. CVN Impact Values 60J +20 C Shieldcrome 309LT & FCAW wires AWS A5.22: E309LT1-1 A E309L-16 type stainless steel electrode. Designed for fillet & butt welding in all positions except vertical down. A smoothing running electrode producing low spatter levels. Ideal for the welding of matching 309 and 309L grades of stainless steel. Also recommended for the dissimilar welding of mild steel to stainless steel. Suitable as an intermediate buffer layer prior to hardfacing or as a stainless steel overlay on mild steel. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA 45 OCV AC DC+ Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) kg 15kg - 3 x 2.5kg SPS kg 15kg - 3 x 2.5kg SPS kg 15kg - 3 x 2.5kg SPS CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS AWS A5.4: E309L-16. E309L-16. SATINCROME 316L OCV AC DC+ TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: APPROVALS: COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: PROPERTIES: C: 0.025% Mn: 0.8% Si: 0.85% American Bureau of Shipping Autocraft 316LSi GMAW wire 0.2% Proof Stress 480 MPa Cr: 19.4% Ni: 11.5% Mo: 2.5% AWS A5.4: E316L-17. AWS A5.9: ER316LSi Tensile Strength. 600 MPa S: % P: 0.017% Comweld 316L Gas/TIG wire Elongation 40% FERRITE NUMBER: AWS A5.9: ER316L CVN Impact Values 30 J -120 C FN* Shieldcrome 316LT & FCAW wires * - using Severn Gauge AWS A5.20: E316LT1-1 Rutile Type, Stainless Steel Electrode. Outstanding Operator Appeal. Improved slag lift. All Positional (except vertical down) Welding Capabilities. Applications include the single and multi-pass welding of matching Molybdenum bearing stainless steels, 316 and Also suitable for the general purpose welding of other "300 series" austenitic stainless steels including 301, 302, 303 and , 305, 3CR12 types. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : AWS/ASME-SFA A5.4: E316L-17. E316L-17. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC+ polarity. Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Easyweld Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) Handipack kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg kg 12kg - 12 x 1kg kg 15kg - 6x2.5kg kg 12kg - 12 x 1kg kg 15kg - 6 x 2.5kg kg 12kg - 12 x 1kg Easyweld Blister Pack: 10 x 2.5mm/5 x 3.2mm rod Satincrome 316L-17 Blister Pack MUREX SPEEDEX 316L-16 TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: PROPERTIES: C: 0.03% Cr: 19.5 % Mn: 0.8% Autocraft 316LSi GMAW wire Yield Stress 480 MPa Ni: 11.5% Si: 0.85% Mo: 2.5% AWS A5.9: ER316LSi Tensile Strength 630 MPa Comweld 316L Gas/TIG wire Elongation 40% AWS A5.9: ER316L. CVN Impact Values 30J -120 C Shieldcrome 316LT & FCAW wires AWS A5.20: E3161TL -1 A E316L-16 type stainless steel electrode. Designed for fillet and butt welding in all positions except vertical-down. Speedex 316L-16 produces low spatter levels as well as smooth running. Applications include the welding of matching 316 and 316L stainless steel grades used in pipes, tanks, vessels and componentry. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : AWS A5.4: E316L-16. E316L-16. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC+ polarity. 45 OCV AC DC+ Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) kg 15kg - 3 x 2.5kg SPS kg 15kg - 3 x 2.5kg SPS kg 15kg - 3 x 2.5kg SPS kg 15kg - 3 x 2.5kg SPS31650 WELDING CONSUMABLES 271

272 CONSUMABLES 4 COBALARC HARDFACING CONSUMABLES COBALARC AUXTEX TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL DEPOSIT ANALYSIS. TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT HARDNESS: FINISHING RECOMMENDATIONS: C: 0.10% Mn: 1.50% Si: 0.90% HRC HV30 Machinable with Carbide Tools Cr: 24.5% Ni: 9.3% All Weld Metal Deposit Work Hardened Deposit HV OCV DC AC Metal Enriched, Rutile Type Electrode. For Joining Dissimilar steels or as a Buffer Layer Prior to Hard Surfacing. Tough, Machinable Austenitic Stainless Steel Deposit. NOTE: 3.2mm size can be used for vertical welding by depositing overlapping horizontal stringer passes. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS 2576: W.T.I.A. Tech. Note 4: 1315-A A4. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (50 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity. Electrode mm No. Electrodes Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length per kg Range (amps) kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg COBALARC MANGCRAFT TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT HARDNESS: FINISHING RECOMMENDATIONS: COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: DEPOSIT ANALYSIS: HRC HV30 Machinable with Carbide Tools. Cobalarc Mang Nickel-O tubular wire C: 0.60% Mn: 12.0% Si: 0.10% All Weld Metal Deposit AS/NZS 2576: 1215-B7 Work Hardened Deposit HV OCV DC AC Austenitic Manganese Steel Electrode. For Building Up & Reinforcing 11-14% Manganese Steels. Tough and Impact Resistant Weld Deposit. Work Hardens Under Heavy Impact. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS 2576: A4. W.T. I.A. Tech. Note 4: A4. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (55 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity. Electrode mm No. Electrodes Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length per kg Range (amps) kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg WELDING CONSUMABLES COBALARC 350 TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT HARDNESS: FINISHING RECOMMENDATIONS: COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: DEPOSIT ANALYSIS: C: 0.07% Mn: 0.85% Si: 0.30% HRC HV30 Machinable. Cobalarc 350-G, 0 tubular wire Cr: 1.85% Mo: 0.5% Single layer on Mild Steel AS/NZS 2576: 1435-B5/B7 All Weld Metal Deposit Metal Enriched, Rutile Type Electrode. For Re-building Worn Steel Components. Tough, Machinable low Carbon Martensitic Steel Deposit. For the manual arc build-up and surfacing of steel gear, shafts, rails, shovel pads, track links, rolls and wheels etc. NOTE: 3.2mnn and 4.00mm sizes can be used for vertical welding by depositing overlapping horizontal stringer passes. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS 2576: W.T.I.A. Tech. Note 4: 1435-A A4. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 55 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity. HV OCV DC AC Electrode mm No. Electrodes Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length per kg Range (amps) kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 12kg - 12 x 1kg kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 12kg - 12 x 1kg

273 CONSUMABLES COBALARC HARDFACING CONSUMABLES COBALARC 650 TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT HARDNESS. FINISHING RECOMMENDATIONS: COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: DEPOSIT ANALYSIS: HRC HV30 Not Machinable / Grinding only Cobalarc 650-G tubular wire C: 0.58% Mn: 1.1% Si: 0.6% Single layer on Mild Steel AS/NZS 2576: 1855-B5/B7 Cr: 5.3% Mo: 0.25% All Weld Metal Deposit Cobalarc 850-O tubular wire AS/NZS 2576:1865-B7 HV OCV AC DC+ 4 Metal Enriched, Rutile Type Electrode. For Re-building or Surfacing Worn Steel Components. Air Hardening, Crack Free, Martensitic Steel Deposit. Typical applications include the surfacing of agricultural points, shares and tynes, grader and dozer blades, conveyor screws and post hole augers etc. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS 2576: W.T.I.A. Tech. Note 4: 1855-A A4. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 55 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity. Electrode mm No. Electrodes Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length per kg Range (amps) kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 12kg - 12 x 1kg kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 12kg - 12 x 1kg COBALARC 750 TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT HARDNESS: COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: FINISHING RECOMMENDATIONS: DEPOSIT ANALYSIS: HRC HV30 Cobalarc 650 manual arc electrode Not Machinable / Grinding only C: 0.60% Mn: 0.46% Si: 0.75% Single Layer on Mild Steel AS/NZS 2576:1855-A4 Cr: 5.9% Mo: 0.40% Two Layers on Mild Steel* Cobalarc 650-G/O tubular wire 3.2mm and 4.0mm sizes can be used *Not recommended for multi-pass AS/NZS 2576:1855-B5/B7 for vertical welding by depositing welding heavier than 3 layers Cobalarc tubular wire overlapping horizontal stringer AS/NZS 2576:1865-B7 passes. HV OCV AC DC+ Rutile type, AC/DC Hard Surfacing Electrode. Easy Arc Starting and Stable Running on Portable AC Welding Sets (> 45 O.C.V.) Air Hardening, Crack Free, Martensitic Steel Deposit. Typical applications include the surfacing of agricultural equipment and components including points, shares, post hole augers, rupper teeth & tynes etc. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS 2576: W.T.I.A. Tech. Note 4: 1860-A A4. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC+ polarity. Electrode mm No. Electrodes Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length per kg Range (amps) kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 12kg-12 x 1kg kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 12kg-12 x 1kg Easyweld Blister Pack: 10 x 3.2mm rod Cobalarc 750 Blister Pack COBALARC TOOLCRAFT TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL DEPOSIT ANALYSIS. TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT HARDNESS: FINISHING RECOMMENDATIONS: C: 0.58% Mn: 0.10% Si: 0.20% HRC HV30 Not Machinable / Grinding only. Cr: 5.5% Mo: 6.8% Single layer on Mild Steel All Weld Metal Deposit Versatile Manual Arc Welding Electrode. Secondary Hardening, Shock Resistant Properties. Crack Free Cr-Mo Steel Deposit for Repairing Blades, Dies, Punches etc. Also Suitable for General Hard Surfacing in low Stress Abrasion Conditions. NOTE: 3.2mm size can be used for vertical welding by depositing overlapping horizontal stringer passes. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS 2576: W.T.I.A. Tech. Note 4: 1560-A A4. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC+ polarity. HV OCV AC DC+ Electrode mm Approx Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length Rods/kg Range (amps) kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg WELDING CONSUMABLES 273

274 CONSUMABLES 4 COBALARC HARDFACING CONSUMABLES COBALARC CR70 TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT ANALYSIS: TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT HARDNESS: FINISHING RECOMMENDATIONS: Single layer on Mild Steel: HRC HV30 Grinding only. C: 3.3% Mn: 1.5% Si: 1.0% Cr: 25% Single Layer on Mild Steel COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: All Weld Metal Deposit: All Weld Metal Deposit Cobalarc COARSECLAD-G/O tubular wire C: 4.0% Mn: 1.8% Si: 1.2% Cr: 31% Deposits contain Chromium Carbides with hardness AS/NZS 2576: 2360-B5/B7 up to 1,500 HV Highly Alloyed Manual Arc Electrode. High Chromium Carbide Iron Deposit. Primary Chromium Iron Carbides in a Single layer. Ideal for Coarse Abrasion and low to Moderate Impact loading. Typical applications of Cobalarc CR70 include the hard surfacing of crusher cones and mantles, swing hammers, bucket teeth and lips, dozer end plates and sugar mill rolls etc. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 50 O.C.V.), DC+ polarity. HV OCV AC DC+ Electrode mm No. Electrodes Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length per kg Range (amps) kg 15kg-3 x 5kg kg 15kg-3 x 5kg kg 15kg-3 x 5kg NOTE: 3.2mm and 4.00mm sizes can be used for vertical welding by depositing overlapping horizontal stringer passes. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS 2576: W.T.I.A. Tech. Note 4: 2355-A A4. COBALARC BOROCHROME TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT ANALYSIS: TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT HARDNESS: FINISHING RECOMMENDATIONS: Single Layer on Mild Steel: HRC HV30 Grinding only. C: 2.7% Mn: 0.4% Si: 1.8% Single Layer on Mild Steel COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Cr: 20.0% V: 1.4% B: 1.0% All Weld Metal Deposit Cobalarc: FINECLAD-O tubular wire All Weld Metal Deposit: Deposits contain Chromium Carbides with hardness AS/NZS 2576: 2565-B7 C: 3.2% Mn: 0.4% Si: 2.4% up to 1,500 HV. Cr: 24.0% V: 1.7% B: 1.2% Highly Alloyed Manual Arc Electrode. Martensitic Chromium Carbide Iron Deposit. Ideal for Fine Particle (Wet or Dry) Abrasion and Low Impact Loading. Primary Chromium Iron Carbides in a Hard, Martensitic Matrix. Typical applications include the hard surfacing of sand chutes, dredge components, ripper shanks, screens, grizzly bars, scraper blades and bucket lips and teeth. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 50 O.C.V.), DC+ polarity. HV OCV AC DC+ Electrode mm No. Electrodes Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length per kg Range (amps) kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS 2576: W.T.I.A. Tech. Note 4: 2560-A A4. WELDING CONSUMABLES COBALARC 4 TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT ANALYSIS*: TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT HARDNESS: FINISHING RECOMMENDATIONS: IDENTIFICATION COLOURS: Single Layer on Mild Steel: HRC HV30 Grinding only. Purple (Single dot near holder end) C: 3.1 % Mn: 0.9% W: 44% Cr: 6% Single Layer on Mild Steel All Weld Metal Deposit: All Weld Metal Deposit C: 3.7% Mn: 1.0% W: 53% Cr: 7% Deposits contain Tungsten Carbides with hardness up to 2,200 HV. * Actual weld deposit consists of undissolved Tungsten Carbide particles in a eutectic matrix of C-W-Cr-Fe. The analysis of the matrix will vary with the proportion of Tungsten Carbides dissolved during welding. Highly Alloyed Tubular Electrode. Partially Dissolved Tungsten Carbides bonded in an iron Rich Matrix. Resistant to Extreme Abrasion and Low Impact Loading. Typical applications include the hard surfacing of fan and pump impellors, pug mill augers and knives, and gravel chutes, feed screws, ripper tynes and scraper/mixer blades. NOTE: 6.3mm Cobalarc 4 can be used for vertical welding by depositing overlapping horizontal stringer passes. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS 2576: W.T.I.A. Tech. Note 4: 3460-A A1. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA AC (minimum 50 O.C.V.), DC+ polarity. HV OCV AC DC+ Electrode mm No. Electrodes Current Packet Carton Part No Size Length per kg Range (amps) kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg

275 CONSUMABLES STOODY HARDFACING CONSUMABLES STOODY DYNAMANG-O (replaces Cobalarc MangNickel-O) TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL DEPOSIT ANALYSIS: C: 0.90% Mn: 13.40% Si: 0.37% Ni: 2.7% Cr: 2.50% TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT HARDNESS: HRC HV30 All Weld Metal Deposit Work Hardened Self Shielded (-0), Tubular Hardfacing Wire. Tough, Work Hardening Austenitic Manganese Steel Deposit. Typical applications include the repair of Manganese steel crusher rolls, jaw and hammer crushers, gyratory mantles, blow bars and dredge pump cutters etc. 1.6mm size can be used for vertical surfacing by depositing overlapping horizontal stringer passes. TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT PROPERTIES: Yield Stress 615 MPa Tensile Strength 810 MPa Elongation 21% FINISHING RECOMMENDATIONS: Machinable as Deposited. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA DC Electrode Positive. DC + RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS: Open arc or welding grade C02 COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Cobalarc Mangcraft extruded electrode AS/NZS 2576: 1215-A4 Wire Dia. Current Voltage Electrode Pack Pack Part No mm Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout mm Type Weight Spool 15kg Coil 27kg CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS 2576: W.T. I.A. Tech. Note 4: 1215-B B7. STOODY SUPER BUILDUP-G/O (replaces Cobalarc 350 G/O) TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL DEPOSIT ANALYSIS: C: 0.20% Mn: 1.5% Si: 0.4% Cr: 2.0% Mo: 0.5% Fe: balance TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT HARDNESS: HRC HV30 Single Layer on Mild Steel All Weld Metal Deposit Gas (-G) and Self Shielded (-0), Tubular Hardfacing Wires. Tough, Machinable low Carbon Martensitic Steel Deposit. Recommended for the build-up and surfacing of steel track rolls, idler wheels, track pads, drive sprockets, pins, links and other components subject to abrasion andlor metal-to-metal wear. 1.2mm and 1.6mm sizes can be used for vertical surfacing by depositing overlapping horizontal stringer passes. *1.2mm and 1.6mm are B5 type wires which require a shielding gas. **2.4mm size is a B7 type open arc wire which requires no shielding gas. CLASSIFICATIONS 1.2mm & 1.6mm* 2.4mm** AS/NZS 2576: 1435-B B7. W.T.I.A. Tech. Note 4: 1435-BS 1435-B7. RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GASES: 1.2mm & 1.6mm Super Buildup-G: Argon + 1-3% 02 Argon % C02 or equivalent. 2.4mm Super Buildup-O: Open arc or welding grade C02 PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA DC Electrode Positive. DC + FINISHING RECOMMENDATIONS: Machinable. Carbide tools recommended. COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Cobalarc 350 extruded electrode AS/NZS 2576:1435-A4 Wire Dia. Current Voltage Recommend Electrode Pack Pack Part No mm Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout (ESO)mm Type Weight Spool 15kg Spool 15kg Coil 27kg WELDING CONSUMABLES 275

276 CONSUMABLES 4 STOODY HARDFACING CONSUMABLES STOODY 965-G/O (replaces Cobalarc MangNickel-O) TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL DEPOSIT ANALYSIS: C: 0.60% Mn: 1.70% Si: 1.40% Cr: 6.20% Fe: balance TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT HARDNESS: HRC HV30 Single Layer on Mild Steel All Weld Metal Deposit Gas (-G) and Self Shielded (-0), Tubular Hardfacing Wires. Air Hardening, Crack Free, Martensitic Steel Deposit. Resistant to Hard Particle Abrasion and Moderate Impact loading. Typical applications include the surfacing of agricultural points, shares and tynes, sand dredge cutter heads, dredge rollers and tumblers, conveyor screws, bucket lips, etc. 1.2mm and 1.6mm sizes can be used for vertical surfacing by depositing overlapping horizontal stringer passes. *1.2mm and 1.6mm are B5 type wires which require a shielding gas. **2.4mm size is a B7 type open arc wire which requires no shielding gas. RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GASES: 1.2mm & 1.6mm 965-G Argon % C02 or equivalent Argon + 1-3% mm Open arc or welding grade C02 PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA DC Electrode Positive. DC + FINISHING RECOMMENDATIONS: Not Machinable. Grinding only. COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Cobalarc 650 extruded electrode AS/NZS 2576:1855-A4 Wire Dia. Current Voltage Recommended Pack Pack Part No mm Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout (ESO)mm Type Weight Spool 15kg Spool 15kg Handispool 4kg Coil 27kg CLASSIFICATIONS 1.2mm & 1.6mm* 2.4mm AS/NZS 2576: 1855-B B7. W.T.I.A. Tech. Note 4: 1855-BS 1855-B7. STOODY TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL DEPOSIT ANALYSIS: C: 0.95% Mn: 0.6% Si: 0.9% Cr: 6.5% Mo: 3.5% B: 1.5% TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT HARDNESS: HRC HV30 Single Layer on Mild Steel All Weld Metal Deposit DC + FINISHING RECOMMENDATIONS: Grinding only RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS: Open arc or welding grade C02 Self Shielded (-0), Tubular Hardfacing Wire. Air Hardening, Crack Prone High Carbon, Martensitic Steel Deposit. Resistant to Severe Abrasion and Low Impact Loading. Typical applications include the hard surfacing of agricultural, mining and materials handling equipment including tynes, points, conveyor screws, dredge buckets, cane harvester cutterslelevators and sugar mill scraper plates. 1.2mm size can be used for vertical surfacing by depositing overlapping horizontal stringer passes. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA DC Electrode Positive. Wire Dia. Current Voltage Recommended Pack Pack Part No mm Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout (ESO)mm Type Weight Spool 15kg WELDING CONSUMABLES CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS 2576: 1865-B7. W.T.I.A. Tech. Note 4: 1865-B7 276

277 CONSUMABLES STOODY HARDFACING CONSUMABLES STOODY 101 HC-G/O (replaces Cobalarc Coarseclad- G/O 1.2mm & 1.6mm) TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT ANALYSIS: Single Layer on Mild Steel: C: 4.0% Mn: 0.7% Si: 0.7% Cr: 14.0% All Weld Metal Deposit: C: 5.2% Mn: 0.7% Si: 0.7% Cr: 19.0% High Alloy, Tubular Hardfacing Wire. High Chromium - Carbide Iron Deposit. For Ground Engaging Applications. Resistant to Severe Abrasion and low to Moderate Impact Loading. Typical applications include the hard surfacing of crusher cones and mantles, swing hammers, earthmoving buckets, scarifier points and sugar harvesting and milling equipment. 1.2mm size is suitable for vertical-up surfacing using a wide weaving technique. *1.2mm 101HC-G is a B5 type wire which requires a shielding gas. **1.6mm size 101HC-0 is a B7 type open arc wire which requires no shielding gas. CLASSIFICATIONS 1.2mm* 1.6mm** AS/NZS 2576: 2360-B B7. W.T.I.A. Tech. Note 4: 2360-B B7. TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT HARDNESS: HRC HV30 Single Layer on Mild Steel All Weld Metal Deposit Deposits contain Chromium Carbides with hardness up to 1,500 HV (80 HRc). FINISHING RECOMMENDATIONS: Grinding only PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA DC Electrode Positive. STOODY 100 HC-G/O (replaces Cobalarc Coarseclad- G/O 2.4mm & 2.8mm) TYPICAL WELD METAL DEPOSIT ANALYSIS: Single Layer on Mild Steel: C: 4.0% Mn: 1.0% Si: 1.0% Cr: 20% Mo: 0.7% All Weld Metal Deposit: C: 4.5% Mn: 1.5% Si: 1.5% Cr: 25% Mo: 1 % DC + RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS: 1.2mm 101HC-G: Argon % C02 or equivalent Argon + 1-3% mm 101 HC-O: Open arc or welding grade C02 COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Cobalarc CR70 extruded electrode AS/NZS 2576: 2355-A4 Wire Dia. Current Voltage Recommended Pack Pack Part No mm Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout (ESO)mm Type Weight Spool 15kg Spool 15kg Handispool 4kg TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT HARDNESS: HRC HV30 Single Layer on Mild Steel All Weld Metal Deposit Deposits contain Chromium Carbides with hardness up to 1,500 HV (80 HRc). FINISHING RECOMMENDATIONS: Grinding only. RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS: Open arc or welding grade C02 COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Cobalarc CR70 extruded electrode AS/NZS 2576: 2355-A4 DC + 4 Self Shielded (-0), Tubular Hardfacing Wire. High Chromium Carbide Iron Deposit. For Ground Engaging Applications. Resistant to Coarse Abrasion and low to Moderate Impact loading. Typical applications include hard surfacing of crusher cones and mantles, swing hammers, earthmoving buckets, blades and rippers. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS 2576: 2360-B7. W.T.I.A. Tech. Note 4: 2360-B7. STOODY FINECLAD-O (replaces Cobalarc Fineclad-O) TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT ANALYSIS: Single layer on Mild Steel: C: 3.5% Mn: 0.3% Si: 0.4% Cr: 14% B: 0.5% All Weld Metal Deposit: C: 4.8% Mn: 0.5% Si: 0.6% Cr: 20% B: 0.75% Self Shielded (-0), Tubular Hardfacing Wire. Chromium Iron Carbides in a Hard, Martensitic Matrix. Resistant to Fine, Wet or Dry Abrasion Typical applications include the surfacing of sand chutes, dredge components, ripper shanks, screens, grizzly bars, scraper blades, and bucket teeth and lips etc. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS 2576: 2565-B7. W.T.I.A. Tech. Note 4: 2565-B7. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA DC Electrode Positive. Wire Dia. Current Voltage Recommended Pack Pack Part No mm Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout (ESO)mm Type Weight Coil 27kg Coil 27kg P.O.P* 226kg *Pay Off Pack or Drum TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT HARDNESS: HRC HV30 Single layer on Mild Steel All Weld Metal Deposit Deposits contain Chromium Carbides with hardness up to 1,500 HV (80 HRe). FINISHING RECOMMENDATIONS: Grinding only PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA DC Electrode Positive. DC + RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS: Open arc or welding grade C02 COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Cobalarc Borochrome extruded electrode AS/NZS 2576: 2560-A4 1.6mm size can be used for vertical surfacing by depositing overlapping horizontal stringer passes. Wire Dia. Current Voltage Recommended Pack Pack Part No mm Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout (ESO)mm Type Weight Spool 27kg Coil 27kg WELDING CONSUMABLES 277

278 4 CONSUMABLES GAS METAL ARC WELDING (MIG) WIRES AUTOCRAFT LW1-6 TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Argon Welding Grade % C02: C02: Yield Stress 450 MPa 410 MPa Tensile Strength 550 MPa 525 MPa Elongation 29% 32% CVN Impact Val. -200C -200C TYPICAL WIRE ANALYSIS: C: 0.07% Mn: 1.55% Si: 0.88% S: 0.012% P: 0.015% TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN LEVELS TO AS mls of hydrogen 100gms of deposited weld metal. RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS: Argon % C02. Welding Grade C02 DC + APPROVALS*: C02 & Argon 10-25% C02: Lloyd's Register of Shipping Grade 3S, 3YS American Bureau of Shipping Grade 3SA, 3YSA Det Norske Veritas Grade 111YMS * Approvals do not include 0.6mm and 0.8mmAutocraft LW1-6 wires COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Comweld LW1-6 TIG rod Comweld LW1 TIG rod Verti-Cor 3XP FCAW Metal-Cor Xp FCAW A Higher Manganese / Silicon Steel Wire for GMA Welding. Use with C02 and Argon Based Shielding Gases. Wide Range of Minispool, Handispool and Autopak Packaging Options. Suitable for the positional Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW) of mild and low alloy steels. used in general fabrication and structural work. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : AWS/ASME-SFA A5.18: ES6-GC/M-W503AH. ER70S-6. ADVANTAGES OF AUTOPAK. Reduced downtime = Higher productivity outcomes. Straight/Twist free wire = Greater wire accuracy in the joint. Smaller Acceleration weight = Improved arc starting. = Less stress on wire-feed unit. = Less wire slippage and burn backs. Fully Enclosed pack and = Protection against dust, dirt pay-off system and moisture. Compact and manoeuverable locations. = Ease of use in confined and restricted Autopak occupies only 0.2m 2 of floor space. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA Wire Dia. Voltage Wire Feed Speed Current Pack Pack Part No mm Range (volts) (Metres/mins) Range (amps) Type* Weight Mini Spool 4 x (4 per pack) 0.8kg HandiSpool 5kg Spool 15kg Mini Spool 4 x (4 per pack) 0.8kg HandiSpool 5kg Spool 15kg Spool 15kg AutoPak 250kg A Spool 15kg AutoPak 250kg A Spool 15kg AutoPak 250kg A Spool 15kg AutoPak 250kg A * Mini Spool (ø100mm); Handi Spool (ø200mm); Spool (ø300mm); AutoPak (ø510mm x H.770mm). AUTOPAK PARTS LIST: AUTOPAK accessories "Standard Types". Part Number. 1. Clear plastic AUTOPAK dome (510mm base diam. x 300mm height) AUTOPAK conduit assembly kit WELDING CONSUMABLES 278

279 GAS METAL ARC WELDING (MIG) WIRES AUTOCRAFT LW1 TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Welding Grade C02: Argon 10-25% C02: Yield Stress 450 MPa 390 MPa Tensile Strength 520 MPa 500 MPa Elongation 30% 31% CVN Impact Val C C TYPICAL WIRE ANALYSIS: C: 0.08% Mn: 1.16% Si: 0.70% S: 0.010% P: 0.015% TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN LEVELS TO AS mls of hydrogen /100gms of deposited weld metal. APPROVALS*: C02 &Argon 10-25% C02: Lloyd's Register of Shipping Grade 3S American Bureau of Shipping Grade 3SA Det Norske Veritas Grade 111YMS CONSUMABLES DC + RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS: Argon % C02. Argon % C02. Welding Grade C02 COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Comweld LW1 TIG rod Comweld LW1-6 TIG rod Verti-Cor 3XP FCAW Metal-Cor 5 FCAW 4 A Premium Quality Low Carbon Steel Wire for GMA Welding. Suitable for the all positional multi-pass Gas Metal Arc welding of mild, low allow and medium strength steels, as used in general fabrication, pressure vessels and structural work. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : AWS/ASME-SFA A5.18: ES4-GC/M-W503AH. ER70S-4. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA Wire Dia. Voltage Wire Feed Speed Current Pack Pack Part No mm Range (volts) (Metres/mins) Range (amps) Type* Weight Spool 15kg Spool 15kg * Spool (ø300mm) AUTOCRAFT SUPER STEEL TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Argon 10-25% C02: Yield Stress 425 MPa Tensile Strength 520 MPa Elongation 34% CVN Impact Val. 75 J -20 C A Low Carbon, Triple Oxidised Steel Wire for GMA Welding. For use with Welding Grade CO2 or Argon Based Shielding Gases. Triple Deoxidised for Superior Weld Deposit Quality and Resistance to Porosity. The ideal choice for the welding of rusty or mill scaled plates and pipes and the root pass welding of pipes, tanks, and heavy walled joints. TYPICAL WIRE ANALYSIS: C: 0.05% Mn: 1.10% Si: 0.55% Ti: 0.10% Zr: 0.06% Al: 0.08% S: 0.007% P: 0.008% Fe: Balance TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN LEVELS TO AS mls of hydrogen /100gms of deposited weld metal. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA DC + RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS: Argon % C02. Argon + 1-3% C02. Welding Grade C02 COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Comweld super Steel TIG Rod Wire Dia. Voltage Wire Feed Speed Current Pack Pack Part No mm Range (volts) (Metres/mins) Range (amps) Type* Weight Spool 15kg * Spool (ø300mm) CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : AWS/ASME-SFA A5.18: ES4-GC/M-W503AH. ER70S-2. AUTOCRAFT Mn-Mo TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Argon 20-25% C02: Yield Stress 580 MPa Tensile Strength 680 MPa Elongation 24% CVN Impact Val. 80 J +20 C A manganese Molybdenum Steel Wire for the GMA Welding of Higher Strength steels. For Use with Welding Grade CO2 or Argon Based Shielding Gases. 550 Mpa Tensile Class Weld Deposits Suitable for the all positional fillet and butt welding of a wide range of higher strength steels, particularly those used in the fabrication of pressure vessels, boilers and pipelines. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : AWS/ASME-SFA A5.28: ESD2-GC/M-W559AH. ER80S-D2. TYPICAL WIRE ANALYSIS: C: 0.08% Mn: 1.73% Si: 0.65% Mo: 0.45% S: 0.011% P: 0.017% TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN LEVELS TO AS mls of hydrogen /100gms of deposited weld metal. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA DC + RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS: Argon % C02. Argon + 1-3% C02. Welding Grade C02 COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Comweld super Steel TIG Rod Wire Dia. Voltage Wire Feed Speed Current Pack Pack Part No mm Range (volts) (Metres/mins) Range (amps) Type* Weight Spool 15kg Spool 15kg * Spool (ø300mm) WELDING CONSUMABLES 279

280 CONSUMABLES 4 GAS METAL ARC WELDING (MIG) WIRES AUTOCRAFT NiCrMo TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL TYPICAL WIRE ANALYSIS: PROPERTIES: C: 0.08% Mn: 1.40% Si: 0.60% Argon 1-3% C02: Argon 20-25% C02: Ni: 1.40% Cr: 0.40% Mo: 0.25% Yield Stress 730 MPa 707 MPa V: 0.10% Tensile Strength 790 MPa 770 MPa TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN LEVELS TO Elongation 17% 21% AS3752: CVN Impact Val C C mls of hydrogen /100gms of deposited C C weld metal. DC + RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS: Argon % C02 Argon + 1-3% 02 Welding Grade C02 COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Verti-cor 111 K3 FCAW Tensi-Cor 110T XP FCAW The actual weld metal mechanical properties achieved with Autocraft NI Cr Mo are influenced by many factors including, base metal analysis, welding parameters, shielding gas selection and number of passes etc. Please consult your nearest CIGWELD branch for welding procedure recommendations. A Low Alloy Steel Wire for the GMA Welding of High Strength steels. For Use with Welding Grade C02 or Argon Based Shielding Gases. 760 MPa Tensile Class Weld Deposits. Suitable for the all positional fillet and butt welding of a wide range of high strength steels, particularly quenched and tempered types such as Bisalloy 80, USS-T1 types and Welten 80C etc. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA Wire Dia. Voltage Wire Feed Speed Current Pack Pack Part No mm Range (volts) (Metres/mins) Range (amps) Type* Weight Spool 15kg * Spool (ø300mm) CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : AWS/ASME-SFA A5.28: ESMG-GC/M-W769AH. ER11OS-G. AUTOCRAFT CrMo1 TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Argon 1-3% C02: 0.2% Proof Stress 500 MPa Tensile Strength 600 MPa Elongation 20% CVN Impact Values 60 J +20 C Post weld heat treated at 620 C as required by AWS A5.28. A low Alloy Steel Wire for the GMA welding of Matching Cr- Mo-Steels. Recommended for the GMA welding of 1/2Cr-1/2Mo, 1Cr- 1/2Mo and 1 1/4Cr-1/2Mo steel pipes, plates and castings. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : AWS/ASME-SFA A5.28: ESB2-GM-W559AH. ER80S-B2. TYPICAL WIRE ANALYSIS: C: 0.09% Mn: 0.60% Si: 0.60% Cr: 1.30% Mo: 0.50% P: 0.015% 5: 0.010% Fe: Balance TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN LEVELS TO AS3752: mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA DC + RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS: Argon % C02 Argon + 1-3% 02 COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Alloycraft 80-B2 electrode Comweld CrMo1 TIG rod Verti-cor 80Ni 1 FCAW Wire Dia. Voltage Wire Feed Speed Current Pack Pack Part No mm Range (volts) (Metres/mins) Range (amps) Type* Weight Spool 15kg * Spool (ø300mm) WELDING CONSUMABLES AUTOCRAFT 308LSi TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Argon 1-3% C02: 0.2% Proof Stress 450 MPa Tensile Strength 620 MPa Elongation 36% CVN Impact Values 90 J -60 C A Steel Wire for the GMA Welding of 304 and 304L Type Stainless Steels. Recommended for the general welding of 201, 302, 321, 347, 409 and 444 type stainless steels. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS AWS/ASME-SFA A5.9: ES308LSi. ER308LSi. TYPICAL WIRE ANALYSIS: C: 0.02% Mn 2.05% Si: 0.80% Cr: 19.95% Ni: 10.25% P: 0.020% S: 0.005% Fe: Balance FERRITE NUMBER: 5-10 FN DC + RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS: Argon+ 1-3% 02 Argon + 2-5% C02 COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Satincrome electrode Comweld 308L TIG rod Shieldcrome 308LT FCAW wire PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage and welding current used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc. Wire Dia. Voltage Wire Feed Speed Current Pack Pack Part No mm Range (volts) (Metres/mins) Range (amps) Type* Weight Spool 15kg Spool 15kg * Spool (ø300mm) 280

281 GAS METAL ARC WELDING (MIG) WIRES AUTOCRAFT 309LSi TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Argon 1-3% C02: 0.2% Proof Stress 450 MPa Tensile Strength 610 MPa Elongation 36% CVN Impact Values 90 J -110 C TYPICAL WIRE ANALYSIS: C: 0.02% Mn: 2.10% Si: 0.75% Cr: 23.75% Ni: 13.75% P: 0.020% S: 0.005% Fe: Balance FERRITE NUMBER: FN RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS: Argon + 1-3% 02 Argon + 2-5% C02 CONSUMABLES DC + COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Satincrome 309Mo-17 electrode AWS A5.4: E309Mo-17 Comweld 309L TIG rod AWS A5.9: ER309L Shieldcrome 309LT FCAW wires AWS A5.22: E309LT1-1/4 4 A Stainless Steel Wire for the GMA Welding of 309 and 309L Type Stainless Steels. Also suitable for a wide range of other welding applications including: the dissimilar joining of 300 series and stainless steel grades to mild or low alloy steels, an intermediate or buttering layer in the butt welding of clad steel. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS AWS/ASME-SFA A5.9: ES309LSi. ER309LSi. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage and welding current used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc. Wire Dia. Voltage Wire Feed Speed Current Pack Pack Part No mm Range (volts) (Metres/mins) Range (amps) Type* Weight Spool 15kg Spool 15kg * Spool (ø300mm) AUTOCRAFT 316LSi TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Argon 1-3% C02: 0.2% Proof Stress 450 MPa Tensile Strength 620 MPa Elongation 36% CVN Impact Values 90 J -60 C TYPICAL WIRE ANALYSIS: C: 0.02% Mn: 2.05% Si: 0.80% Cr: 19.95% Ni: 10.25% P: 0.020% S: 0.005% Fe: Balance FERRITE NUMBER: 5-10 FN DC + RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS: Argon + 1-3% 02 Argon + 2-5% C02 COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Satincrome 316L-17 MMBW Comweld 316LTIG Shieldcrome 316LT FCAW A Stainless Steel Wire for the GMA Welding of 316 and 316L Type Stainless Steels. Also suitable for the general welding of other 300 and 400 series stainless steels including 301, 302, 304/304L, 321, 347, 410 and 430. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS AWS/ASME-SFA A5.9: ES316LSi. ER316LSi. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage and welding current used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc. Wire Dia. Voltage Wire Feed Speed Current Pack Pack Part No mm Range (volts) (Metres/mins) Range (amps) Type* Weight Mini spool 4 x (4 per pack) 1kg Handispool 5kg Spool 15kg Autopak 150kg Spool 15kg Autopak 150kg * Mini spool (ø100mm); Handi spool (ø200mm); Spool (ø300mm). AUTOCRAFT AL1100 TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Single-vee butt weld with 1060 Aluminium (reduced section tensile specimen): Welding grade Argon: 0.2% Proof Stress 34.5 MPa Tensile Strength 69.0 MPa Elongation (in 2 inches) 29% A High Purity Aluminium Wire for the GMA Welding of Selected Wrought Aluminium Alloys. Recommended for the joining of selected high purity 1XXX series Aluminium alloys used extensively in electrical and chemical industry applications. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : E1100. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.10: ER1100. WIRE ANALYSIS LIMITS: Si: 0.06% Fe: 0.06% Cu: 0.005% Min: 0.01 % Mg: 0.01% Zn: 0.03% Ti: 0.01 % Total others: 0.01 % AI: 99.88% min. * Single values are maximum allowable, unless otherwise stated. DC + RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS: Welding Grade Argon Argon + 25% He Helium + 25% Ar COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Comweld AL1188 AWSR1188 PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA These machine settings are a guide only Actual voltage and welding current used will depend on machine characteristics, plate For 1XXX, 2XXX and 4XXX type welding wires use welding current settings on the lower side of the specified range and arc voltages on the higher side. Wire Dia. Voltage Wire Feed Speed Current Pack Pack Part No mm Range (volts) (Metres/mins) Range (amps) Type* Weight Spool 7kg Spool 7kg Spool 7kg * Spool (ø300mm). WELDING CONSUMABLES 281

282 4 CONSUMABLES TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Single-vee butt weld with 6061-T6 Aluminium (reduced section tensile specimen) using welding grade Argon: GAS METAL ARC WELDING (MIG) WIRES AUTOCRAFT AL4043 Postweld heat As welded: treated & aged: 0.2% Proof Stress 124 MPa 276 MPa Tensile Strength 186 MPa 303 MPa Elongation (2inch) 8% 5% WIRE ANALYSIS LIMITS: Single values are maximum allowable, unless otherwise stated. Si: % Fe: 0.80% Cu: 0.30% Mn: 0.05% Mg: 0.05% Zn: 0.10% Ti: 0.20% Total others: 0.15% AI: Balance DC + RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS: Welding Grade Argon Argon + 25% He Helium + 25% Ar COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Comweld AL4043 AWS R4043 An Aluminium -5% Silicon Wire for GMA Welding of Selected Wrought and Cast Aluminium Alloys. For the Repair Welding of Aluminium Alloy Castings (mainly 4XX and 6XX series). For Welding Selected Wrought (1XXX, 5XXX and 6XXX series) Aluminium Alloys. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS E4043. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.10: ER4043. AUTOCRAFT AL5356 TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Single-vee butt weld with 5086 Aluminium (reduced section tensile specimen): Welding grade Argon: 0.2% Proof Stress 130 MPa Tensile Strength 269 MPa Elongation (in 2 inch) 17% An Aluminium -5% Magnesium Wire for the GMA Welding of a Wide Range of Wrought and Cast Aluminium Alloys containing Magnesium. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : E5356. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.10: ER5356. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage and welding current used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc. For 5XXX type welding wires use welding current settings on the higher side of the range specified below and arc voltages on the lower side of the range. For 1 XXX, 2XXX and 4XXX type welding wires use welding current settings on the lower side of the specified range and arc voltages on the higher side. Wire Dia. Voltage Wire Feed Speed Current Pack Pack Part No mm Range (volts) (Metres/mins) Range (amps) Type* Weight Spool 7kg Autopak 70kg Spool 7kg * Spool (ø300mm) WIRE ANALYSIS LIMITS: Single values are maximum allowable, unless otherwise stated. Si: 0.25% Fe: 0.40% Cu: 0.10% Mn: % M9: % Cr: % Zn: 0.10% Ti: % Total others: 0.15% AI: Balance DC + RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS: Welding Grade Argon Argon + 25% He Helium + 25% Ar COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Comweld AL5356 AWS R5356 PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage and welding current used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc. For 5XXX type welding wires use welding current settings on the higher side of the range specified below and arc voltages on the lower side of the range. For 1XXX, 2XXX and 4XXX type welding wires use welding current settings on the lower side of the specified range and arc voitages on the higher side. WELDING CONSUMABLES Wire Dia. Voltage Wire Feed Speed Current Pack Pack Part No mm Range (volts) (Metres/mins) Range (amps) Type* Weight Mini Spool 4 x (4 per pack) 0.5kg Spool 7kg Spool 7kg HandiSpool 2.0kg Spool 7kg Autopak 70kg * Mini spool (ø100mm); Handi spool (ø200mm); Spool (ø300mm). 282

283 GAS METAL ARC WELDING (MIG) WIRES AUTOCRAFT AL5183 TYPICAL All WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Single-vee butt weld with 5083 Aluminium (reduced section tensile specimen) Welding grade Argon: 0.2% Proof Stress 152 MPa Tensile Strength 297 MPa Elongation (in 2 inches) 16% WIRE ANALYSIS LIMITS: Single values are maximum allowable, unless otherwise stated. Si: 0.40% Fe: 0.40% Cu: 0.10% Mn: % Mg: % Cr: % Zn: 0.25% Ti: 0.15% Total others: 0.15% AI: Balance CONSUMABLES DC + RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS: Welding Grade Argon Agroshield 80T or Ar+25% He or equivalent gases Agroshield 81T or He+25% Ar or equivalent gases EN439:I1 & I3 shielding gases APPROVALS: Det Norske Veritas (DNV) Lloyds register of Shipping American Bureau of Shipping 4 For GMAW welding of wrought and cast aluminium alloys containing magnesium. Superior surface cleanliness for improved resistance to porosity. CLASSIFICATIONS AS : E AWS/ASME-SFA A5.10: ER5183. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA Wire Dia. Voltage Wire Feed Speed Current Pack Pack Part No mm Range (volts) (Metres/mins) Range (amps) Type* Weight Spool 7kg Spool 7kg * Spool (ø300mm) AUTOCRAFT DEOXIDISED COPPER TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Welding grade Argon: 0.2% Proof Stress 55 Mpa Tensile Strength 200 MPa Elongation (in 2 inches) 30% Electrical Conductivity 40% IACS Hardness 55 HB Weld Metal Density 7.47 x 10 3 kg/m 3 A High Copper Alloy for GMA Joining and Overlay Applications. Fabricating Deoxidised Copper and Electrolytic Pitch Copper Components. Repair of Copper Castings. Lower Strength Welding of Galvanised Steels and Deoxidised Copper to Mild Steel Joints. Typical applications include the GMA welding of copper transformer connectors, Copper bus bars, billet molds and heater elements etc. TYPICAL WIRE ANALYSIS LIMITS: Mn: 0.5% Si: 0.5% P: 0.15% Sn: 1.0% Cu: 98.0% min Others: 0.50% Single values are maximum allowable, unless otherwise stated. DC + RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS: Welding Grade Argon Argon + 25% He Helium + 25% Ar PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA These machine settings are a guide only Actual voltage and welding current used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc. Wire Dia. Voltage Wire Feed Speed Current Pack Pack Part No mm Range (volts) (Metres/mins) Range (amps) Type* Weight Spool 13kg * Spool (ø300mm). CLASSIFICATIONS AWS/ASME-SFA A5.7: ERCu. AUTOCRAFT SILICON BRONZE TYPICAL All WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES. Welding grade Argon: 0.2% Proof Stress 170 MPa Tensile Strength 380 MPa Elongation (in 2 inches) 50% A Copper Based Wire for the GMA Welding of Copper-Silicon Alloys including Cusilman and Everdur. Used for the Lower Strength Welding of Steels. Extensively used for the GMA Welding of Copper-Silicon Alloys used in Hot Water Systems, Heat Exchangers, Calorifiers and Marine Components for their Corrosion Resistance. CLASSIFICATIONS AWS/ASME-SFA A5.7: ERCuSi-A. TYPICAL WIRE ANALYSIS: Fe: 0.25% Mn: 1.0% Si: 3.40% Sn: 0.90% Zn: 0.90% Cu: Balance RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS: Welding Grade Argon Argon % C02 Argon + 0-3% 02 Helium + 25% Ar DC + TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT HARDNESS WITH ARGON % C02: HRB Three Layers on Mild Steel 48 COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Comweld Silicon Bronze rod AWS A5.7: ERCuSi-A PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA These machine settings are a guide only Actual voltage and welding current used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc. Wire Dia. Voltage Wire Feed Speed Current Pack Pack Part No mm Range (volts) (Metres/mins) Range (amps) Type* Weight Spool 13kg * Spool (ø300mm). WELDING CONSUMABLES 283

284 4 CONSUMABLES FLUX CORED ARC WELDING (FCAW) WIRES SATIN-COR XP TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Using welding grade C02: Yield Stress. 485 MPa Tensile Strength 595 MPa Elongation 27% CVN Impact Values 84J 0 C. TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS USING C02 SHIELDING GAS: C: 0.08% Mn: 1.38% Si: 0.55% S: % P: 0.016%. DC + TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN LEVELS TO AS3752: mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal *. * - for as manufactured product using welding grade C02 shielding gas. APPROVALS*: Lloyds Register of Shipping Grade 2Y5 H15. * - with welding grade C02 shielding gas. A Rutile Type Flux Cored Wire Formulated Exclusively for C02 Shielding Gas. For High Speed, Downhand Welding Applications. Excellent Operator Appeal. Superior Fillet Shape and Slag lift. Recommended for the downhand fillet welding of structural steels of 6mm thickness or heavier. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : ETD-GCp-W502A. CM1 H10. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.20: E70T-1H8. PACKAGING DATA Wire Dia. mm Type Pack Weight Pack Part No 1.6 Spool 15kg Coil 25kg OPERATING DATA: All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation, DC electrode positive and welding grade C02 shielding gas with a flow rate of litres/min. Wire Dia. Current Voltage Electrode Optimum Welding mm Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout (ESO)mm Amps Volts Positions Flat HV Fillet Horizontal These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc. WELDING CONSUMABLES SATIN-COR HD70 TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Using C02: Argon % C02: Yield Stress 520 MPa 545 MPa Tensile Strength 615 M Pa. 630 MPa Elongation 27% 25% CVN Impact Values 65J 0 C.53J 0 C. A High Efficiency, Rutile Type Flux Cored Wire. Recommended for Use with Argon %C02 or Welding Grade C02 Shielding Gases. High Speed, Downhand Welding Applications. For the high speed fillet and butt welding of mild and medium strength steels in all downhand positions. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : ETD-GCp-W502A..CM1 H10. ETD-GMp-W502A..CM1 H10. AWS A5.20: E70T-1H8, E70T-1M H8. APPROVALS*: Lloyds Register of Shipping Grade 2YS H1 \5. * - with welding grade C02 &Argon % C02 shielding gases TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: Using Welding Grade C02: C: 0.06% Mn: 1.55% Si: 0.83% S: 0.013% P: 0.023% Using Argon % C02: C: 0.06% Mn: 170% Si: 0.88% S: 0.014% P: 0.022% PACKAGING DATA Wire Dia. mm Type Pack Weight Pack Part No 1.6 Spool 15kg DC + TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN LEVELS TO AS3752: mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal *.. - for as manufactured product using an Electrode Stickout (ESO) of 25mm with 1.6mm wire. RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS: Argon % Welding Grade C02. OPERATING DATA: All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation, DC electrode positive and welding grade C02 or Ar % C02 (or equivalent) shielding gases. Wire Dia. Current Voltage Electrode Optimum Welding mm Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout (ESO)mm Amps Volts Positions Flat HV Fillet Horizontal These machine settings are a guide only Actual voltage and weiding current used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc. 284

285 CONSUMABLES FLUX CORED ARC WELDING (FCAW) WIRES VERTI-COR ULTRA TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Using welding grade C02: Yield Stress 480 MPa Tensile Strength 560 MPa Elongation 28% CVN Impact Values 80 J 0 C, A Rutile Type Flux Cored Wire Formulated Exclusively for C02 Shielding Gas. Versatile, All Positional Capabilities. Excellent Operator Appeal. Grade 2 Shipping Society Approvals. Low Spatter and Fume Levels. Designed for the single and multi-pass welding of mild and medium strength steels in the downhand, vertical-up and overhead positions. TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS USING C02 SHIELDING GAS: C: O.04% Mn: 1.24% Si: 0.70% Ti: 0.035% B: 0.005%. TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN LEVELS TO A53752: mls of hydrogen /100gms of deposited weld metal *. * - for as manufactured product using welding grade C02 shielding gas. DC + PACKAGING DATA Wire Dia. mm Type Pack Weight Pack Part No 1.2 Spool 15kg Spool 15kg APPROVALS*: Lloyds Register of Shipping Grade 2YS H15. American Bureau of Shipping Grade 2YSA H10. Det Norske Veritas llyms H10. * - with welding grade C02 shielding gas. RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS: Welding Grade C02 OPERATING DATA: All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation, DC electrode positive and welding grade C02 shielding gas with a flow rate of litres/min. 4 CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : ETP-GCp-W502A. CM1 H10. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.20: E71T-1H8. VERTI-COR ULTRA H4 - Seamless TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Using welding grade C02: Yield Stress 520 MPa Tensile Strength 580 MPa Elongation 30% CVN Impact Values 91 J 0 C. Next generation technology flux cored wire. Copper coated for smooth consistent feedability and current pick-up. Rutile, all positional capabilities producing a flat mitre fillet bead shape. Formulated exclusively for CO2 H4 diffisible hydrogen class with typical weld metal of 2.2mls of hydrogen/100 gms. Excellent Operator Appeal. Grade 2 Shipping Society Approvals. Ultra Low Spatter and Fume Levels. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : ETP-GCp-W502A. CM1 H5. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.20: E71T-1H4. Wire Dia. Current Voltage Electrode Optimum Welding mm Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout (ESO)mm Amps Volts Positions Flat HV Fillet Vertical up Overhead These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.0. used will depend on machine characteristics, Plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc. TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS USING C02 SHIELDING GAS. C: 0.06% Mn: 1.40% Si: 0.50% P: S: TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN LEVELS TO A53752: 2.2 mls of hydrogen /100gms of deposited weld metal *. * - for as manufactured product using welding grade C02 shielding gas. DC + PACKAGING DATA Wire Dia. mm Type Pack Weight Pack Part No 1.2 Spool 15kg Spool 15kg APPROVALS *: Lloyds Register of Shipping Grade 2SM H4. Grade 2YSM H4. American Bureau of Shipping Grade 2YSA H4. * - with welding grade C02 shielding gas. RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS: Welding Grade C02 OPERATING DATA: All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation, DC electrode positive and welding grade C02 shielding gas with a flow rate of litres/min. Wire Dia. Current Voltage Electrode Optimum Welding mm Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout (ESO)mm Amps Volts Positions Flat HV Fillet Vertical up Overhead These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc. WELDING CONSUMABLES 285

286 CONSUMABLES 4 FLUX CORED ARC WELDING (FCAW) WIRES VERTI-COR 3XP TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Using Argoshield 52: Using C02: Yield Stress 480 M Pa 460 MPa Tensile Strength 560 MPa Elongation 28% 30% CVN 530 MPa Impact Values 110J 0 C. 90J 0 C. 90J -20 C 75J -20 C A Microalloyed, Rutile Type Flux Cored Wire. Versatile, All Positional Capabilities. Excellent Operator Appeal. Grade 3 Shipping Society Approvals. Formulated to give smooth (low spatter) arc transfer, flat mitre fillet welds and excellent slag lift in all positions (except vertical-down), on a wide range of mild and medium strength steels. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : ETP-GMp-W503A. CM1 H10. ETP-GCp-W503A. CM1 H10. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.20: E71T-1 H8, E71T-12M H8. TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: Using Argon % C02: C: 0.07% Mn: 1.16% Si: 0.52% Ti: 0.035% B: 0.008% Using C02: C: 0.06% Mn: 1.05% Si: 0.42% Ti: 0.035% B: 0.007% TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN LEVELS TO AS3752: mls of hydrogen /100gms of deposited weld metal *. * - for as manufactured product using Argoshield 52 shielding gas. PACKAGING DATA DC + Wire Dia. mm Type Pack Weight Pack Part No 1.2 Spool 15kg Spool 15kg Coil 25kg APPROVALS*: Lloyds Register of Shipping Grade 3S, 3YS H15. American Bureau of Shipping Grade 3SA, 3Y5A H5. Det Norske Veritas IllYMS H5. * - with Argon % C0 2 shielding gas combinations. RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GASES: Argon % C0 2 Argon % C0 2 Welding Grade C0 2 COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Autocraft LW1 /LW1-6 GMAW Ferrocraft 61 MMAW OPERATING DATA: All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation, DC electrode positive and Argon % C0 2 shielding gas with a flow rate of litres/min Wire Dia. Current Voltage Electrode Optimum Welding mm Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout (ESO)mm Amps Volts Positions Flat HV Fillet Vertical up Overhead These machine settings area guide only, Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc. WELDING CONSUMABLES 286

287 CONSUMABLES FLUX CORED ARC WELDING (FCAW) WIRES VERTI-COR 3XP H4 - Seamless TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Using Argoshield 52: Yield Stress 510 MPa Tensile Strength 570 MPa Elongation 30% CVN, Impact Values 105J -20 C TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: Using Argon % C0 2 : C: 0.05% Mn: 1.25% Si: 0.43% P: S: TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN LEVELS TO A53752: 2.2 mls of hydrogen /100gms of deposited weld metal *. * - for as manufactured product using Argoshield 52 shielding gas. DC + APPROVALS*: Lloyds Register of Shipping (Detail pending) American Bureau of Shipping (Detail pending) * - with Argon % C02 shielding gas combinations. RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GASES: Argon % C02. 4 Next generation technology flux cored wire. Copper coated for smooth consistent feedability and current pick up. Rutile, all positional capabilities producing a flat mitre fillet bead shape. Ultra low splatter and fume levels. H4 diffusible hydrogen class with a typical weldmetal of 2.2 mls of hydrogen/100 gms. Excellent Operator Appeal. Grade 3 Shipping Society Approvals. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : ETP-GMp-W503A. CM1 H5. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.20: E71T-12M H4. PACKAGING DATA Wire Dia. mm Type Pack Weight Pack Part No 1.2 Spool 15kg Spool 15kg OPERATING DATA: All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation, DC electrode positive and Argon % C02 shielding gas with a flow rate of litres/min Wire Dia. Current Voltage Electrode Optimum Welding mm Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout (ESO)mm Amps Volts Positions Flat HV Fillet Vertical up Overhead These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.0. used will depend on machine characteristics, Plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc,. WELDING CONSUMABLES 287

288 CONSUMABLES 4 WELDING CONSUMABLES FLUX CORED ARC WELDING (FCAW) WIRES VERTI-COR ULTRA 3 TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Using welding grade C02: Yield Stress 490 MPa Tensile Strength 550 MPa Elongation 28% CVN Impact Values VERTI-COR 80Ni TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Using Argon % C0 2 : Yield Stress 520 MPa Tensile Strength 600 MPa Elongation 26% CVN Impact Values 65J -40ºC A higher strength low alloy steel, Rutile Type Flux Cored Wire Formulated for use with Argon % C02 Shielding Gases. Versatile, all positional capabilities. Excellent operator appeal. A Nominal 1% Nickel Steel Deposit of the 550 MPa tensile class. Typical applications include the under matching strength fillet welding of Bisalloy 60, 70 and 80 Quenched and Tempered steels. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : ETP-GMp-W554A. Ni1 H10. AWS/ASME-SFA 5.29: E81T1-Ni1 MH8 PACKAGING DATA 90 J - 20ºC. 55 J - 29ºC Microalloyed, R utile Type Flux Cored Wire formulated exclusively for C02 Shielding Gas. Versatile, all positional capabilities. Excellent operator appeal. Low spatter and fume levels. Grade 3, 3Y shipping society approvals. Recommended for steel construction and fabrication welding where improved weld deposit impact toughness is required and the work cannot be rotated to the downhand positions. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : ETP-GCp-W503A. CM1 H10. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.20: E71T-1H8/E71T-12H8. Wire Dia. mm Type Pack Weight Pack Part No 1.2 Spool 15kg Spool 15kg TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS USING C02 SHIELDING GAS C: 0.02% Mn: 1.15% Si: 0.30% Ti: 0.035% B: 0.005%. TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN LEVELS TO A53752: mls of hydrogen / 100 gms of deposited weld metal* * - for "as manufactured' product using welding grade CO 2 shielding gas. PACKAGING DATA TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS*: C: 0.06% Mn: 1.35% Si: 0.35% Ni: 0.90% Ti: 0.035% B: 0.007%. * - Using Argon % C02 TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN LEVELS TO AS mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal *. * - for "as manufactured" product using Argoshield Argon % C0 2. DC + Wire Dia. mm Type Pack Weight Pack Part No 1.2 Spool 15kg Spool 15kg APPROVALS*: Lloyds Register of Shipping Grade 3S, 3YS H5. American Bureau of Shipping Grade 3SA, 3YSA H5. Det Norske Veritas IllYMS H5. * - with welding grade C02 shielding gas. RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS: Welding Grade C02 COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: AutocraftLW1/LW1-6 GMAW Ferrocraft 61 MMAW OPERATING DATA: All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation, DC electrode positive and welding grade C02 shielding gas with a flow rate of litres/min. Wire Dia. Current Voltage Electrode Optimum Welding mm Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout (ESO)mm Amps Volts Positions Flat HV Fillet Vertical up Overhead These machine settings are a guide only Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc. DC + RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS Argon % C0 2 COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Alloycraft 80-B2 MMAW Autocraft CrMo1 GMAW OPERATING DATA: All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation, DC electrode positive and welding grade C02 shielding gas with a flow rate of litres/min. Wire Dia. Current Voltage Electrode Optimum Welding mm Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout (ESO)mm Amps Volts Positions Flat HV Fillet Vertical up Overhead These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc. 288

289 CONSUMABLES FLUX CORED ARC WELDING (FCAW) WIRES VERTI-COR 91 K2 TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Using Argon % C0 2 : Yield Stress 560 MPa Tensile Strength 660 MPa Elongation 23% CVN Impact Values 30J -50ºC A higher strength low alloy steel, Rutile Type Flux Cored Wire Formulated for use with Argon % C0 2 Shielding Gases. Versatile, all positional capabilities. Excellent operator appeal. A nominal 1.5% nickel steel deposit of the 620 MPa tensile class. Typical applications include the full strength butt welding of Bisalloy 60 or the under matching strength fillet welding of Bisalloy 70 and 80 steels. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : ETP-GMp-W629A. K2 H10. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.29: E91T1-K2MH8 PACKAGING DATA TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS*: C: 0.06% Mn: 1.30% Si: 0.50% Ni: 1.60% Ti: 0.035% B:0.007%. * - Using Argon % C0 2 TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN LEVELS TO AS3752: mls of hydrogen /100gms of deposited weld metal *. * - for "as manufactured" product using Argoshield Argon % C0 2. DC + RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS: Argon % C0 2 COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS Alloycraft 90 MMAW OPERATING DATA: All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation, DC electrode positive and Argon % C0 2 shielding gas with a flow rate of litres/min. Wire Dia. Current Voltage Electrode Optimum Welding mm Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout (ESO)mm Amps Volts Positions Flat HV Fillet Vertical up Overhead Wire Dia. mm Type Pack Weight Pack Part No 1.2 Spool 15kg Spool 15kg These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc. VERTI-COR 111 K3 TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Using Argon % C02: 0.2% Proof Stress 775 MPa Tensile Strength 835 MPa Elongation 18% CVN Impact Values 55J -20ºC A high strength low alloy steel, Rutile Type Flux Cored Wire. Formulated for use with Argon % C02 shielding gases. Versatile, all positional capabilities. A Nickel Molybdenum Steel deposit of the 760 MPa tensile Class. Typical applications include the full strength butt welding and fillet welding of Bisalloy 80 and similar Quenched and Tempered Steels. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : ETP-GMp-W768A. K3 H10. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.29: E111T1-K3M H8. PACKAGING DATA Wire Dia. mm Type Pack Weight Pack Part No 1.2 Spool 15kg TYPICAL All WELD METAL (AWM) ANALYSIS* (Wt%): C: 0.06% Mn: 1.65% Si: 0.36% Ni: 2.05% Mo: 0.46% B: 0.004%. * - Using Argon % C02 TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN LEVELS TO AS3752: mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal *. * - for "as manufactured" product using and Electrode Stickout (ESO) of 20mm with 1.2mm wire and 25mm with 1.6mm wire and mid-range current and voltage settings. DC + RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS:. Argon % C02 COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Alloycraft 110 MMAW Autocraft NiCrMo1 GMAW OPERATING DATA: All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation, DC electrode positive and Argoshield 52 shielding gas with a flow rate of litres/min. Wire Dia. Current Voltage Electrode Optimum Welding mm Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout (ESO)mm Amps Volts Positions Flat HV Fillet Vertical up Overhead These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc. WELDING CONSUMABLES 289

290 4 CONSUMABLES TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Using Argon % C02: Using C02: Yield Stress 445 MPa 430 MPa Tensile Strength 550 MPa 530 MPa Elongation 29% 30% CVN Impact Values FLUX CORED ARC WELDING (FCAW) WIRES SUPRE-COR 5 160J -20ºC 150J -20ºC 100J -40ºC 90J -40ºC 90J -60ºC 80J -60ºC TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: Using Argoshield 52: C: 0.10% Mn: 1.45% Si: 0.42% P: 0.012% S: 0.015%. Using C02: C: 0.09% Mn: 1.25% Si: 0.32% P: 0.012% S: 0.015% TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN LEVELS TO AS3752: mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal *. * - for 'as manufactured' product using Argoshield Argon % C02. DC - APPROVALS*: Lloyds Register of Shipping Grade 3S, 3YS H5. American Bureau of Shipping Grade 3SA,3YSA H5. Det Norske Veritas IllYMS H5 * - with Argon % C02 and C02 shielding gas combinations. RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GASES: Argon % C02 Welding Grade C02 COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Autocraft LW1/LW1-6 GMAW Ferrocraft 61 MMAW Second generation, Fully Basic Flux Cored Wire. Improved low temperature impact toughness to -50ºC. Improved positional capabilities of 1.2mm and 1.6mm sizes. DC electrode negative operation. Suitable for a wide range of critical applications including the fillet and butt welding of pressure vessels, offshore oil and gas platform structures and heavy earthmoving equipment. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : ETP-GCn/p-W505A. CM1 H5. ETP-GMn/p-W5O5A. CM1 H5. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.20: E71T-5 H4, E71T-5MJ H4. PACKAGING DATA Wire Dia. mm Type Pack Weight Pack Part No 1.2 Spool 15kg Spool 15kg OPERATING DATA: All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation, DC electrode negative and Argon % C02 shielding gas with a flow rate of litres/min. Wire Dia. Current Voltage Electrode Optimum Welding mm Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout (ESO)mm Amps Volts Positions Flat HV Fillet Vertical up N/A N/A Overhead N/A N/A These machine settings are a guide only, Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc. WELDING CONSUMABLES SUPRE-COR XP TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Using Argon % C02: Yield Stress 456 MPa Tensile Strength 555 MPa Elongation 29% CVN Impact 57J -20 C Values Fully Basic Flux Cored Wire. Low Temperature Impact Toughness to -20 C. Available in 2.4mm size only. Recommended for the fillet and butt welding of heavy earthmoving and mining equipment. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : ETD-GCn/p-W503A. CM1 H5. ETD-GMn/p-W503A. CM1 H5. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.20: E70T-5 H4, E70T-5M H4. PACKAGING DATA Wire Dia. mm Type Pack Weight Pack Part No 2.4 Coil 25kg TYPICAL All WELD METAL ANALYSIS: Using Argoshield 52: C: 0.08% Mn: 1.34% Si: 0.63% P: 0.20% S: 0.015%. TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN LEVELS TO A53752: mls of hydrogen /100gms of deposited weld metal *. * - for'as manufactured' product using Argon % C02. DC +/- APPROVALS*: Lloyds Register of Shipping Grade 35, 3YS H15. * - with Argon % C02. RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GASES: Argon % C02. Welding Grade C02 OPERATING DATA: All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation and DC electrode positive. Argon % C02 shielding gas with a flow rate of litres/min was used. Wire Dia. Current Voltage Electrode Optimum Welding mm Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout (ESO)mm Amps Volts Positions Flat HV Fillet These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc. 290

291 CONSUMABLES FLUX CORED ARC WELDING (FCAW) WIRES METAL-COR XP TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Using Argon % C02: Yield Stress. 460 MPa. Tensile Strength 575 MPa. Elongation 28% CVN Impact Values 100J 0 C. 85J -20 C. 40J -30 C. TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS*: C: 0.05% Mn: 1.42% Si: 0.75% S: 0.012% P: 0.014% * - Using Argon % C02 shielding gas APPROVALS*: Lloyds Register of Shipping Grade 3YS H5. ABS Grade 3SA, 3YSA H5. Det Norske Veritas IllYMS H5. * - with Argon % C02 shielding gas combinations. DC +/- RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GASES: Argon % C % 02 Argon % C02 COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Autocraft LW1/LW1-6 GMAW Ferrocraft 22MMAW 4 Low Slag, Metal Cored Wire. Grade 3 Shipping Society Approvals. High Deposition Efficiency = 95%. High Deposition Rates. For the High Productivity fillet and butt welding of Mild and Medium strength steels in all downhand positions. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : ETD-GMn/p-W503A. CM1 H5. ETP*-GMn/p-W503A. CM1 H5. ( *1.2mm only AWS/ASME-SFA A5.18: E70C-6M* * The classification of metal cored wires to the American Welding Society (AWS) has changed. Detailed information regarding these changes are available in the technical section of pocket guide. PACKAGING DATA Wire Dia. mm Type Pack Weight Pack Part No 1.2 Spool 15kg Spool 15kg OPERATING DATA: All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation, DC electrode negative and Argon % C02 shielding gas with a flow rate of litres/min. Wire Dia. Current Voltage Electrode Optimum Welding mm Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout (ESO)mm Amps Volts Positions Flat HV Fillet Horizontal These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc. TENSI-COR 110TXP TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Using welding grade C02: Yield Stress 720 MPa Tensile Strength 800 M Pa Elongation 22% CVN Impact Values 50J -50 C Fully Basic, High strength low Alloy Steel Flux Cored Wire. Formulated for Use with C02 Shielding Gas only. Premium Quality Weld Deposits. Very low H5 Hydrogen Status. For the crack free full strength butt welding of Bisalloy 80 and similar Quenched and Tempered Steels. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : ETD-GCp-W769A. K4 H5. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.29: E110T5-K4. PACKAGING DATA Wire Dia. mm Type Pack Weight Pack Part No 1.6 Spool 15kg Coil 25kg TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL: C: 0.08% Mn: 1.50% Si: 0.40% Ni: 1.90% Mo: 0.4% Cr: 0.3% * - Using C02 shielding gas TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN LEVELS TO A53752: mls of hydrogen /100gms of deposited weld metal *. - for as manufactured product using welding grade C02 shielding gas. DC + RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GASES: Welding Grade C02 COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Autocraft NiCrMo GMAW Alloycraft 110 MMAW OPERATING DATA: All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation, DC electrode positive and welding grade C02 shielding gas with a flow rate of litres/min Wire Dia. Current Voltage Electrode Optimum Welding mm Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout (ESO)mm Amps Volts Positions Flat HV Fillet Vertical up N/A N/A Horizontal N/A N/A These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc. WELDING CONSUMABLES 291

292 4 CONSUMABLES FLUX CORED ARC WELDING (FCAW) WIRES NICORE 55 TYPICAL All WELD METAL ANALYSIS - USING STAINSHIELD: C: 1.10% Mn: 0.40% Si: 0.45% Fe: 50.0% Balance Ni TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES - USING STAINSHIELD: Tensile Strength 500 MPa. Elongation 12%. Hardness 200 HV. DC +/- RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GASES: Argon + > 0-3% 02 COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Castcraft 55 Composite Nickel-iron Flux Cored Wire for the Joining and Repair of Cast Irons. Also Recommended for the Dissimilar Joining of Cast Iron to Steels. CLASSIFICATIONS Meets AWS/ASME-SFA A5.15: ENiFe-Cl (equivalent electrode classification). PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA Wire Dia. Current Voltage Electrode Pack Pack Part No mm Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout (ESO)mm Type Weight mm Handispool 4.5kg These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc. NICORE 55 is a registered trademark of The Esab Group, Inc. Hanover, PA 17331, USA. SHIELD-COR 4XP TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Yield Stress 430 MPa Tensile Strength 590 MPa Elongation 25% CVN Impact Values 50 J +20 C. 30 J 0 C Actual weld metal mechanical properties achieved with Shield-Cor 4XP are influenced by many factors including, base metal analysis, welding parameters / heat input used, number of weld passes and run placement etc. Please consult your nearest CIGWELD branch for welding procedure recommendations. TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: C: 0.30% Mn: 0.55% Si: 0.10% Al: 1.50% S: 0.008% P: 0.013%. DC + TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN LEVELS TO A53752: mls of hydrogen /100gms of deposited weld metal *. * - for as manufactured product using the recommended E.S.0 lengths. RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GASES: Not Required. WELDING CONSUMABLES Self Shielded Flux Cored Wire. Formulated for Fast Downhand Fillet & Butt Welding applications. DC Electrode Positive Operation. Excellent Tolerance to Joint Misalignment or Poor Joint Fitup. Low Spatter Levels / Easily Removed Slag. Typical applications include general fabrication and structural welding, field erection work and the outdoor repair of heavy machines and equipment. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : ETD-GNp-W500A. CM2 H15. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.20: E70T-4. PACKAGING DATA Wire Dia. mm Type Pack Weight Pack Part No 2.4 Coil 25kg Coil 25kg OPERATING DATA: All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation, and DC electrode positive polarity. Wire Dia. Current Voltage Electrode Optimum Welding mm Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout (ESO)mm Amps Volts Positions Flat HV Fillet Horizontal These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voitage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc. 292

293 CONSUMABLES FLUX CORED ARC WELDING (FCAW) WIRES SHIELD-COR 11 TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Yield Stress 445 M Pa Tensile Strength 620 MPa Elongation 22% TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: C: 0.25% Mn: 0.70% Si: 0.40% AI: 1.65% S: 0.004% P: 0.007%. TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN LEVELS TO A53752: mls of hydrogen /100gms of deposited weld metal *. * - for as manufactured product using the recommended E.S.O. lengths. RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS: Not Required. DC - Actual weld metal mechanical properties achieved with Sheld-Cor 11 are influenced by many factors including, base metal analysis, welding parameters / heat input used, number of weld passes and run placement etc. Please consult your nearest CIGWELD branch for welding procedure recommendations. 4 Self-shielded Flux Cored wire. Versatile, All Positional Capabilities. Excellent Tolerance to Joint Misalignment or Poor Joint Fit-up. Smooth Rippled Fillets with Good Edge Wetting. Ideal for Welding Thin Section Mild and Galvanised Steels. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : AWS/ASME-SFA A5.20: ETP-GNn-W500A. CM2. E71T-11. PACKAGING DATA Wire Dia. mm Type Pack Weight Pack Part No 1.2 Spool 15kg OPERATING DATA: All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation and DC electrode negative only Wire Current Voltage Electrode Welding Diameter (mm) Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout E.S.O.(mm) Positions Flat HV Fillet Vertical up Overhead These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend in machine characteristics, Plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc. SHIELD-COR 15 TYPICAL All WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Yield Stress 430 MPa Tensile Strength 600 MPa Elongation 21% TYPICAL All WELD METAL ANALYSIS: C: 0.25% Mn: 0.70% Si: 0.40% AI: 2.10% S: 0.004% P: 0.007%. TYPICAL DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN LEVELS TO A53752: mls of hydrogen /100gms of deposited weld metal *. * - for as manufactured product using the recommended E.S.O. lengths. RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS: Not Required. DC - Actual weld metal mechanical properties achieved with Shield-Cor 15 are influenced by many factors including, base metal analysis, welding parameters / heat input used, number of weld passes and run placement etc. Please consult your nearest CIGWELD branch for welding procedure recommendations. Self-shielded Flux Cored wire. For Single Pass applications Only. Versatile, All Positional Capabilities. Excellent Tolerance to Joint Misalignment or Poor Joint Fit-up. Smooth Rippled Fillets with Good Edge Wetting. Ideal for Welding Thin Section Mild and Galvanised Steels. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : AWS/ASME-SFA A5.20: ETPS-GNn-W500A. CM2. E71T-GS. PACKAGING DATA Wire Dia. mm Type Pack Weight Pack Part No mm spool 0.45kg x (4/ctn) mm Handispool 4.5kg mm Minispool 0.45kg x (4/ctn) mm Handispool 4.5kg OPERATING DATA: All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation and DC electrode negative only. Wire Current Voltage Electrode Welding Diameter (mm) Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout E.S.O.(mm) Positions Flat HV Fillet Vertical up Overhead These machine settings are a guide only Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc. WELDING CONSUMABLES 293

294 CONSUMABLES 4 FLUX CORED ARC WELDING (FCAW) WIRES SHIELDCROME 308LT TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: Using Welding Grade C02 Using C02: Using Argon % C02: C: 0.03% Mn: 1.30% Si: 0.70% 0.2% Proof Cr: 19.5% Ni: 9.9% P: 0.020% Stress 390 MPa 400 MPa S: 0.003% Tensile Strength 550 MPa 580 MPa RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GASES: Elongation 43% 40% Argon % C02 Welding Grade C02 Gas Shielded Stainless Steel Flux Cored Wire. Formulated for C02 or Argon % C02 Shielding gases. Vacuum Sealed in Aluminised Plastic Packs. All Positional Capabilities. High Deposition Rate Welding of Stainless Steels For a wide range of positional and downhand welding applications on 19Cr/9Ni stainless steel grades including AISI types 301, 302, 304 and 304L etc. CLASSIFICATIONS AWS/ASME-SFA A5.22: E308LT1-1 (C02)/E308LT1-4 (Ar+20-25%C02). PACKAGING DATA DC + Wire Dia. mm Type Pack Weight Pack Part No 1.2 Spool 12.5kg COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Autocraft 308LSi G MAW Wire Comweld 3081 GAS/TIG rod Satincrome Electrode Actual weld metal mechanical properties achieved with Shieldcrome wires are influenced by many factors including, base metal analysis, welding parameters / heat input used, shielding gas selection, number of weld passes and run placement etc. Please consult your nearest CIGWELD branch for welding procedure recommendations. OPERATING DATA: All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation and DC electrode positive and welding grade C02 shielding gas with a flow rate of litres/min. Wire Current Voltage Electrode Welding Diameter (mm) Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout E.S.O.(mm) Positions Flat HV Fillet Vertical up Overhead These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc. WELDING CONSUMABLES SHIELDCROME 309LT & 309LTD TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Using C02: Using Argon % C02: 0.2% Proof Stress 410 MPa 430 MPa Tensile Strength 550 MPa 580 MPa Elongation 40% 38% Gas Shielded Stainless Steel Flux Cored Wires; - 309LT- All Positional Capabilities - 309LTD - Fast Downhand Capabilities. Vacuum Sealed in Aluminised Plastic Packs. Formulated for C02 or Argon % C02 Shielding gases. High Deposition Rate Welding of Stainless Steels. For a wide range of positional and downhand welding applications on matching 309 and 309L stainless steels. CLASSIFICATIONS AWS/ASME-SFA A5.22: E309LT1-1 (C02)/E309LT1-4 (Ar+20-25%C02). AWS/ASME-SFA A5.22: E309LT0-1(C02) 1 E309LTO-4 (Ar %C02). TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: Using Welding Grade C02: C: 0.03% Mn: 1.12% Si: 0.60% Cr: 23.6% Ni: 13.0% P: 0.023% S: 0.003% RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GASES: Argon % C02 Welding Grade C02 PACKAGING DATA DC + Wire Dia. mm Type Pack Weight Pack Part No 1.2/309LT Spool 12.5kg /309LTD Spool 12.5kg COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Autocraft 309LSi GMAW Wire Comweld 309L GAS/TIG rod Satincrome 309Mo-17 Electrode Actual weld metal mechanical properties achieved with Shieldcrome wires are influenced by many factors including, base metal analysis, welding parameters / heat input used, shielding gas selection, number of weld passes and run placement etc. Please consult your nearest CIGWELD branch for welding procedure recommendations. OPERATING DATA: All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation, DC electrode positive and welding grade C02 shielding gas with a flow rate of litres/min. Wire Current Voltage Electrode Welding Diameter (mm) Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout E.S.O.(mm) Positions 1.2/309LT Flat 1.6/309LTD /309LT HV Fillet 1.6/309LTD /309LT Vertical up 1.2/309LT Overhead These machine settings are a guide only Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc. 294

295 FLUX CORED ARC WELDING (FCAW) WIRES SHIELDCROME 316LT TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: Using Welding Grade C02: Using C02: Using Argon % C02: C: 0.03% Mn: 1.10% Si: 0.60% 0.2% Proof Cr: 18.8% Ni: 12.0% Mo: 2.5% Stress 400MPa 410 MPa P: 0.024% S: 0.002% Tensile Strength 555 MPa 580 MPa RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GASES: Elongation 42% 39% Argon % C02 Welding Grade C02 CONSUMABLES DC + COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Autocraft 316L5i GMAW Wire Comweld 316L GAS/TIG rod Satincrome 316L-17 Electrode Actual weld metal mechanical properties achieved with Shieldcrome wires are influenced by many factors including, base metal analysis, welding parameters / heat input used, shielding gas selection, number of weld passes and run placem ent etc. Please consult your nearest CIGWELD branch for welding procedure recommendations. 4 Gas Shielded Stainless Steel Flux Cored Wires; - All Positional Capabilities Vacuum Sealed in Aluminised Plastic Packs. Formulated for C02 or Argon % C02 Shielding gases. High Deposition Rate Welding of Stainless Steels. For a wide range of positional and downhand welding applications on matching Molybdenum bearing 316 and 316L stainless steels. CLASSIFICATIONS AWS/ASME-SFA A5.22: E316LT1-1 (C02) / E316LT1-4 (Ar %C02). PACKAGING DATA Wire Dia. mm Type Pack Weight Pack Part No 1.2 Spool 12.5kg OPERATING DATA: All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation, DC electrode positive and welding grade C02 shielding gas with a flow rate of litres/min. Wire Current Voltage Electrode Welding Diameter (mm) Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout E.S.O.(mm) Positions Flat HV Fillet Vertical up Overhead These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc. WELDING CONSUMABLES 295

296 CONSUMABLES 4 FLUX CORED ARC WELDING (FCAW) WIRES STOODY SOS 308L (replaces SHIELDCROME 308LT-0) TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Tensile Strength 600 MPa Elongation 43% Stainless Steel Flux Cored Wire. Self Shielded (Open Arc) Operation For Outdoor Applications. High Deposition Rate Downhand Welding. For downhand welding applications on 19Cr/10Ni type stainless steels including type 301, 302, 304 and TYPICAL All WELD METAL ANALYSIS: C: 0.02% Mn: 1.20% Si: 0.50% Cr: 20.80% Ni: 10.2% RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS: Not required. PACKAGING DATA DC + COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Shieldcrome 308LT all positional gas shielded FCAW wire Shieldcrome 308LTD downhand gas shielded FCAW wire Autocraft 308LSi GMAW wire Comweld 308L Gas / TIG rod Satincrome 308L-17 electrode Wire Wire Pack Pack Pack Diameter (mm) Type Type Weight Part No LT-0 Coil 22kg CLASSIFICATIONS AWS/ASME-SFA A5.22: E308LTO-3. W.T.I.A. Tech Note 4/AS/NZS 2576: 1315-B7. Ferrite Number 8.0. OPERATING DATA: All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic self shielded operation and DC electrode positive. Wire Current Voltage Electrode Welding Diameter (mm) Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout E.S.O.(mm) Positions Flat HV Fillet These machine settings are a guide only Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.0, used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc. STOODY SOS 309L (replaces SHIELDCHROME 309LT-O) TYPICAL All WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Tensile Strength 610 MPa Elongation 38% TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: C: 0.02% Mn: 1.20% Si: 0.50% Cr: 24.4% Ni: 12.60% RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GAS: Not required. DC + COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Shieldcrome 309LT all positional gas shielded FCAW wire Shieldcrome 309LTD downhand gas shielded FCAW wire Autocraft 309LSi GMAW wire Comweld 309L Gas / TIG rod Satincrome 309Mo-17 electrode WELDING CONSUMABLES Stainless Steel Flux Cored Wire. Convenient Self Shielded (Open Arc) Operation For Outdoor Applications. High Deposition Rate Downhand Welding. For Joining Dissimilar Steels or as a Buffer Layer Prior to Hard Surfacing. CLASSIFICATIONS AWS/ASME-SFA A5.22: E3091T0-3. WT1A Tech Note 4/AS/NZS 2576: 1315-B7. Ferrite Number PACKAGING DATA Wire Wire Pack Pack Pack Diameter (mm) Type Type Weight Part No LT-0 Coil 22kg OPERATING DATA: All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic self shielded operation and DC electrode positive. Wire Current Voltage Electrode Welding Diameter (mm) Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout E.S.O.(mm) Positions Flat HV Fillet These machine settings are a guide only Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc. 296

297 SUBMERGED ARC WIRE AND FLUX AUTOCRAFT SA2 TYPICAL WIRE ANALYSIS: C: 0.10% Mn: 1.0% Si: 0.22% S: 0.017% P: 0.010% CONSUMABLES DC +/- 4 Copper Coated, Low Carbon Steel Submerged Arc Wire. Cost Effective High Quality Welding with a Neutral or Semi- Basic Flux such as Satinarc 4. CLASSIFICATIONS AS : AWS/ASME-SFA A5.17: EM12K. EM12K. PACKAGING AND OPERATING DATA*: Wire Dia Current Voltage Recommended Pack Pack Part No m Range (amps) Range (volts) Stickout (ESO) mm Type Weight Coil 25kg Coil 30kg SATINARC 4 AUTOCRAFT SA2 / SATINARC4 TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES (AS WELDED): Yield Stress 425 MPa. Tensile Stress 520 MPa Elongation 29% CVN Impact Values 100 J -20 C. 140 J av@ 0 C. Semi-Basic Submerged Arc Flux. For Multi Pass Butt Welding Applications Requiring Sound Impact toughness to -20 C. Recommended for Use with Autocraft SA2. SAW Wire. Excellent Slag lift in Deep Vee Joints. Produces good weld profiles, edge welding and slag lift in single and multi-pass welding applications. TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS: C: 0.09% Mn: 1.2% Si: 0.4% S: 0.020% P: 0.030% APPROVALS: Lloyds Register of Shipping - Grade 3M 3YM PACKAGING DATA Pack Type Pack Weight Part No 4 Ply Paper Bag 25kg net DC +/- FLUX CONSTITUENTS (Basicity Index* = 1.6) Si02 + Ti02 CaO + MgO AI203 + MnO CaF2 20% 25% 35% 15% *Basicity Index to Boniszewski. CLASSIFICATIONS AWS A5.17: AWS A5.1 7: AS : F7A4-EM12K. F6P4-EM12K. EM12K-FMM-W503A. WELDING CONSUMABLES 297

298 CONSUMABLES 4 GAS AND TIG WELDING CONSUMABLES HOW TO SELECT THE BEST COMWELD ROD To assist you in selecting the most suitable alloy and process for the particular application, we have recommended below the alloy and process that would be most suitable for your use. Once you have selected the best alloy, refer to contents for detailed information on its characteristics, technical specifications, applications and procedure. PROCESS COMWELD ALLOY COMWELD FLUX JOINING COPPER, BRASS, BRONZE, ETC. Braze Welding Phos Copper No flux Braze Welding Comcoat T or *Tobin Bronze *Copper & Brass Braze Welding Comcoat N or *Nickel Bronze *Copper & Brass GTA Welding (TIG) Comweld Aluminium Bronze No flux GTA Welding (TIG) Comweld Silicon Bronze No flux Soldering 965 Silver Solder 965 Soldering Flux JOINING STEEL. Oxy Acetylene Fusion Welding Mild Steel, High Test No flux GTA Welding (TIG) Comweld LW1, Super Steel No flux Braze Welding Comcoat C No flux Braze Welding Manganese Bronze Copper & Brass Soldering 965 Silver Solder 965 Soldering Flux REPAIRING CAST IRON. Oxy Acetylene Fusion Welding GP Super Silicon Cast Iron No Flux GTA Welding (TIG) GP Super Silicon Cast Iron No flux Braze Welding Comcoat C No flux Braze Welding Manganese Bronze No Flux Braze Welding Comcoat N No flux Braze Welding Nickel Bronze No Flux JOINING STAINLESS STEEL. Oxy Acetylene Fusion Welding Comweld 308L, 309L, 316L & 347 No Flux GTA Welding (TIG) Comweld 308L, 309L, 316L & 347 No flux Soldering 965 Silver Solder Tetra Flux JOINING ALUMINIUM. Oxy Acetylene Fusion Welding AL1188, AL4043, AL4047 & AL5356 Aluminium Welding Flux GTA Welding (TIG) AL1188, AL4043 & AL5356 No flux Braze Welding AL4047 Aluminium Brazing Flux Soldering Aluminium Solder No flux WELDING CONSUMABLES 298

299 GAS AND TIG WELDING CONSUMABLES COMWELD MILD STEEL TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT PROPERTIES: All Weld Metal Tensile Strength 370 Mpa. Elongation 30% Approximate Melting Point 1490 C. Weld Metal Density 7.85 gms/cm 3 TYPICAL ROD ANALYSIS: C: 0.07% Mn: 0.50% Si: 0.008% S: 0.008% P: % Fe: Balance CONSUMABLES JOINING PROCESS: Gas (Fusion) Welding only. 4 Black Annealed, Low Carbon Steel Rod for Oxy-Acetylene Welding. Recommended for Gas Welding of Steels and Wrought irons. Not Suitable for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : RG. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.2: R45. PACKAGING DATA Rod Size Pack Approximate Part No (mm) Weight/Type Rods/kg 1.6 x 500 1kg Handipack x kg Pack x 750 5kg Pack x 750 5kg Pack COMWELD HIGH TEST TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT PROPERTIES: All Weld Metal Tensile Strength 425 MPa. Elongation 28% Approximate Melting Point 1490 C. Weld Metal Density 7.85 gms / cm 3 TYPICAL ROD ANALYSIS: C: 0.12% Mn: 1.17% Si: 0.25% S: 0.009% P: 0.015% Fe: Balance JOINING PROCESS. Gas (Fusion) and Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) welding. Copper Coated, Steel Filler Rod for Gas and Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) Welding. Higher Strength ( MPa) Oxy-Acetylene and TIG Welding of Steels. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : R1. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.2: R60. PACKAGING DATA Rod Size Pack Approximate Part No (mm) Weight/Type Rods/kg 1.6 x 750 5kg Pack x 750 5kg Pack x 750 5kg Pack COMWELD LW1 TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Yield Stress 400 MPa. Tensile Strength 500 MPa. Elongation 29% CVN Impact Values 100 J -20 C Copper Coated, Low Carbon Steel Rod for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding Applications. GREEN END TIP for Instant I.D. Ideal for root pass welding applications where tough and ductile welds areproduced. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : R4. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.18: ER70S-4. TYPICAL ROD ANALYSIS: C: 0.08% Mn: 1.16% Si: 0.75% S: 0.010% P: 0.015% Fe: Balance PACKAGING DATA Rod Size Pack Approximate Part No (mm) Weight/Type Rods/kg 1.6 x 750 5kg Pack x 750 5kg Pack JOINING PROCESS: Gas (Fusion) and Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) welding. COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Autocraft LW1 GMAW wire AWS A5.18: ER70S-4 WELDING CONSUMABLES 299

300 CONSUMABLES 4 GAS AND TIG WELDING CONSUMABLES COMWELD LW1-6 TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Yield Stress 400 MPa. Tensile Strength 500 MPa. Elongation 29% CVN Impact Values 100 J -20 C Copper Coated, Low Carbon Steel Rod for Gas TIG & Oxy Welding Applications. End stamped with ER705-6 for easy I.D. Recommended for the TIG welding of steel pipes, plates and castings with a tensile strength in the 500 MPa class. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : R6. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.18: ER70S-6. TYPICAL ROD ANALYSIS: C: 0.07% Mn: 1.55% Si: 0.88% S: 0.012% P: 0.015% Fe: Balance PACKAGING DATA Rod Size Pack Approximate Part No (mm) Weight/Type Rods/kg 1.6 x kg Pack x kg Pack JOINING PROCESS: Gas (Fusion) and Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) welding. COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Autocraft LW1-6 GMAW wire AWS A5.18: ER705-6 COMWELD SUPER STEEL TYPICAL ALL WELD DEPOSIT MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Yield Stress 425 MPa. Tensile Strength 520 MPa. Elongation 34% CVN Impact Values 150 J -29 C Low Carbon Steel Filler Rod for Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) Welding. Triple Deoxidised for Superior Weld Deposit Quality and Resistance to Porosity. End Stamped with AWS Class ER70S-2. Ideal for TIG welding rusty or mill scaled plates and pipes and the root pass welding of pipes, tanks and heavy walled joints. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS R2. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.18: ER70S-2. COMWELD CrMo1 TYPICAL ROD ANALYSIS: C: 0.06% Mn: 1.08% Si: 0.52% Ti: 0.08% Zr: 0.07% AI: 0.08% S: 0.007% P: 0.008% Fe: Balance JOINING PROCESS: Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) welding. PACKAGING DATA Rod Size Pack Approximate Part No (mm) Weight/Type Rods/kg 1.6 x 915 5kg Tube* x 915 5kg Tube* * Resealable COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Autocraft Super Steel GMAW wire AWS A5.18: ER70S-2 WELDING CONSUMABLES TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Welding Grade Argon: 0.2% Proof Stress 500 MPa. Tensile Strength 600 MPa. Elongation (in 2 inches) 20% CVN Impact Values 60 J +20 C Post weld heat treated at 620 C as required by AWS A5.28. Nominal 1 1/4Cr 1/2Mo steel TIG rod. End Stamped with AWS Class ER805-B2 for Easy Identification. For the Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) Welding of matching Cr - Mo Creep Resistant Steels for Elevated Temperature and Corrosive Service CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : AWS/ASME-SFA A5.28: RB2. ER80S-82. TYPICAL ROD ANALYSIS: C: 0.09% Mn: 0.60% Si: 0.60% Cr: 1.30% Mo: 0.50% P: 0.015% S: 0.010% Fe: Balance PACKAGING DATA Rod Size Pack Approximate Part No (mm) Weight/Type Rods/kg 2.4 x kg Tube* * Resealable COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Alloycraft 80-B2 electrode AWS A5.5: E8018-B2 Autocraft CrMo1 GMAW wire AWS A5.28: ER805-B2 300

301 CONSUMABLES GAS AND TIG WELDING CONSUMABLES COMWELD CrMo2 TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Welding Grade Argon: 0.2% Proof Stress 560 MPa. Tensile Strength 670 MPa. Elongation (in 2 inches) 18% CVN Impact Values 60 J +20 C Post weld heat treated at 690 C as required by AWS A5.28. Nominal 2 1/2CR1 Mo steel TIG rod. End Stamped with AWS Class ER90S-133 for Easy Identification. For the Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) Welding of Cr-Mo and Cr-Mo-V Creep Resistant Steels for Elevated Temperature and Corrosive Service. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : AWS/ASME-SFA A5.28: RB3. ER90S-B3. TYPICAL ROD ANALYSIS: C: 0.08% Mn: 0.70% Si: 0.60% Cr: 2.50% Mo: 1.00% P: 0.015% S: 0.010% Fe: Balance PACKAGING DATA Rod Size Pack Approximate Part No (mm) Weight/Type Rods/kg 2.4 x 1,000 5kg Tube* * Resealable COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Alloycraft 90-B3 electrode AWS A5.5: E9018-B3 4 COMWELD 308L WELD DEPOSIT PROPERTIES: Typical Weld Metal 0.2% Proof Stress 450 MPa. Typical Weld Metal Tensile Strength 600 MPa. Approximate Melting Point 1400 C Weld Metal Density 7.95 gms /cm 3 All Weld Metal Microstructure Austenite with 5-8 % ferrite TYPICAL ROD ANALYSIS: C: 0.015% Mn: 1.90% Si: 0.50% Cr: 19.90% Ni: 9.75% P: 0.020% S: 0.005% Fe: Balance COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Satincrome 308L-17 electrode AWS A5.4: E308L-17 Murex Speedex 3081 AWS A5.4: E308L-18 Autocraft 308LSi GMAW wire AWS A5.9: ER308LSi Shieldcrome 3081T FCAW wires AWS A5.22: E308LT-1-1/4 Resealable 5kg Plastic Tube. Suitable for Gas and GTA (TIG) Welding. End Stamped with AS / AWS Class 308L. DARK BLUE COLOUR CODED Label for Instant I.D. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : AWS/ASME-SFA A5.9: R308L. ER308L. PACKAGING DATA Rod Size Pack Approximate Part No (mm) Weight/Type Rods/kg 1.6 x 914 5kg Tube* x 914 5kg Tube* * Resealable COMWELD 309L WELD DEPOSIT PROPERTIES: Typical Weld Metal 0.2% Proof Stress 440 M Pa. Typical Weld Metal Tensile Strength 590 MPa. Approximate Melting Point 1400 C Weld Metal Density 7.95 gms /cm 3 All Weld Metal Microstructure Austenite with % ferrite Resealable 5kg Plastic Tube. Suitable for Gas and GTA (TIG) Welding of highly alloyed 309 or 309L type stainless steel. End Stamped with AS/ AWS Class 309L. RED COLOUR CODED Pack label for Instant I.D. Also suitable for the dissimilar joining of other 300 series austenitic stainless steels to ferritic steels. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : AWS/ASME-SFA A5.9: R309L. ER309L. TYPICAL ROD ANALYSIS: C: 0.015% Mn: 1.90% Si: 0.45% Cr: 23.5% Ni: 13.5% P: 0.020% S: 0.005% Fe: Balance PACKAGING DATA Rod Size Pack Approximate Part No (mm) Weight/Type Rods/kg 1.6 x 914 5kg Tube* x 914 5kg Tube* * Resealable COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Satincrome 309Mo-17 electrode AWS A5.4: E309Mo-17 Murex Speedex 3091 AWS AS. 4: E Autocraft 309LSi GMAW wire AWS A5.9: ER309LSi Shieldcrome 3091T FCAW wires AWS A5.22: E3091T1-1/4 WELDING CONSUMABLES 301

302 CONSUMABLES 4 GAS AND TIG WELDING CONSUMABLES COMWELD 316L WELD DEPOSIT PROPERTIES: Typical Weld Metal 0.2% Proof Stress 470 MPa. Typical Weld Metal Tensile Strength 640 MPa. Approximate Melting Point 1400 C Weld Metal Density 7.95 gms / cm 3 All Weld Metal Microstructure Austenite with 7-10 % ferrite Resealable 5kg Plastic Tube. Suitable for Gas and GTA (TIG) Welding of Molybdenum bearing stainless steels; in particular matching 316 and 316L alloys. End Stamped with AS/ AWS Class 316 L. GOLD COLOUR CODED Pack Label for instant I.D. Also suitable for the general welding of other 300 series stainless steels including 302 and 304; as well as ferritic stainless steels grades such as 409, 444 and 3Cr12. TYPICAL ROD ANALYSIS: C: 0.012% Mn: 1.57% Si: 0.50% Cr: 19.00% Ni: 12.6% Mo: 2.50% P: 0.015% S: % Fe: Balance PACKAGING DATA Rod Size Pack Approximate Part No (mm) Weight/Type Rods/kg 1.6 x 914 5kg Tube* Rod Handipack x 914 5kg Tube* * Resealable COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Sincrome 316L-17 electrode AWS A5.4: E Murex Speedex 3161 AWS A5.4: E Autocraft 316LSi GMAW wire AWS A5.9: ER316LSi Shieldcrome 3161T FCAW wires AWS A5.20: E316LT1-1/4 CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : AWS/ASME-SFA A5.9: R316L. ER316L. COMWELD GALVANISING BAR TYPICAL PROPERTIES: Approximate Melting Point 300 C. TYPICAL ROD ANALYSIS: Zn: 10.00% (Zinc) Pb: 57.50% (Lead) Sn: 32.50% (Tin) 300 C Strong corrosion resistant alloy. Used where any welding of galvanised parts is required. Can be used as a pre-treatment to produce base metals. PACKAGING DATA Rod Size Pack Easyweld Part No (mm) Weight/Type Handipack 6.3X kg Pack X500 2 Rod Handipack WELDING CONSUMABLES 302

303 CONSUMABLES GAS AND TIG WELDING CONSUMABLES COMWELD AL1100 WELD DEPOSIT PROPERTIES: Typical Weld Metal Tensile Strength 75 MPa. Approximate Melting Point 660 C Post Anodised colour tint Clear 99.88% Pure Aluminium Alloy Rod. Suitable for Gas Welding and Gas Tungsten Arc (GTAW / TIG) Welding Applications. Embossed with AS / AWS Class For the joining of selected high purity 1XXX series Aluminium sheets and plates used extensively in the electrical and chemical industries. ROD ANALYSIS LIMITS: Single values are maximum allowable, unless otherwise stated. Si: 0.06% Fe: 0.06% Cu: 0.005% Mn: 0.01 % Mg: 0.01 % Zn: 0.03% Ti: 0.01 % Others each: 0.01 % AI: 99.88% min PACKAGING DATA COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Autocraft AL1188 GMAW wire AWS A5.10: ER1188 Rod Size Pack Carton Approximate Part No (mm) Weight/Type Size Rods/kg 1.6 x kg Pack 15kg x kg Pack 15kg C 4 CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : R1100. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.10: R1100. COMWELD AL4043 WELD DEPOSIT PROPERTIES: Typical Weld Metal Tensile Strength 110 MPa. Approximate Melting Point 630 C Post Anodised colour tint Grey Aluminium - 5% Silicon Alloy Rod. Suitable for Gas Welding and Gas Tungsten Arc (GTAW / T[G) Welding Applications. Embossed with AS / AWS Class For the repair welding (fractures and blow holes etc) of selected aluminium alloy castings CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : R4043. AWS/ASME-SFA, A5.10: R4043. ROD ANALYSIS LIMITS: Single values are maximum allowable, unless otherwise stated. Si: % Fe: 0.80% Cu: 0.30% Mn: 0.05% Mg: 0.05% Zn: 0.10% Ti: 0.20% Total others: 0.15% AI: Balance PACKAGING DATA COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Autocraft AL4043 GMAW wire AWS A5.10: ER4043 Rod Size Pack Carton Approximate Part No (mm) Weight/Type Size Rods/kg 1.6 x kg Pack 15kg x kg Pack 15kg x kg Pack 15kg C COMWELD AL4047 WELD DEPOSIT PROPERTIES: Typical Weld Metal Tensile Strength 150 MPa. Approximate Melting Range C Post Anodised colour tint Grey - Black Aluminium - 10% Silicon Alloy Rod. Suitable for Gas Welding and Gas Tungsten Arc (GTAW / TIG) Welding Applications. Embossed with AS / AWS Class Used extensively for the brazing of many types of Aluminium alloy sheets, extruded shapes and castings. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : R4047. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.10: R4047. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.8: BAISi-4. ROD ANALYSIS LIMITS: Single values are maximum allowable, unless otherwise stated. Si: % Fe: 0.80% Cu: 0.30% Mn: 0.15% Mg: 0.10% Zn: 0.20% Total others: 0.15% AI: Balance PACKAGING DATA Rod Size Pack Carton Approximate Part No (mm) Weight/Type Size Rods/kg 1.6 x kg Pack 15kg rod Handipack 8 Pks x kg Pack 15kg rod Handipack 8 Pks x kg Pack 15kg C WELDING CONSUMABLES 303

304 CONSUMABLES 4 GAS AND TIG WELDING CONSUMABLES COMWELD AL5356 WELD DEPOSIT PROPERTIES: Typical Weld Metal Tensile Strength 270 MPa. Approximate Melting Point 640 C Post Anodised colour tint White Aluminium - 5% Magnesium Alloy Rod. Suitable for Gas Welding and Gas Tungsten Arc (GTAW / TIG) Welding Applications. Embossed with AS / AWS Class Produces intermediate deposit strength and good ductility and corrosion resistance for the welding of a wide range of 3XXX, 5XXX, 6XXX and 5XX Aluminium alloys. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : R5356. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.10: R5356. ROD ANALYSIS LIMITS: Single values are maximum allowable, unless otherwise stated. Si: 0.25% Fe: 0.40% Cu: 0.10% Mn: % Mg: % Cr: % Zn: 0. 10% Ti: % Total others: 0.15% PACKAGING DATA AI: Balance COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Autocraft ALS356 GMAW wire AWS A5.10: ER5356 Rod Size Pack Carton Approximate Part No (mm) Weight/Type Size Rods/kg 1.6 x kg Pack 15kg x kg Pack 15kg rod Handipack 8 Pks x kg Pack 15kg C COMWELD GENERAL PURPOSE, CAST IRON ROD (Super Silicon) TYPICAL PROPERTIES: All Weld Metal Tensile Strength 230 MPa. Approximate Melting Point 1150 C. A High Strength, General Purpose, Cast Iron Alloy for Joining and Building up Grey Cast Iron Castings. Machinable Weld Deposit. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS : RC11. TYPICAL ROD ANALYSIS: C: 3.37% Mn: 0.75% Si: 3.25% S: 0.008% P: % Fe: Balance PACKAGING DATA Rod Size Pack Approximate Part No (mm) Weight/Type Rods/kg 5.0 x kg Pack C JOINING PROCESS: Gas (Fusion) and Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (TIG). TIP COLOUR: Blue WELDING CONSUMABLES COMWELD SILICON BRONZE ROD TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT PROPERTIES: Weld Metal Tensile Strength 370 MPa. Approximate Melting Range C Weld Metal Density 8.85 gms /cm 3 Hardness 90 HV (90HB) Premium Quality Deoxidised Silicon - Bronze alloy. Recommended for the Braze Welding and GTA (TIG) welding of Copper Silicon alloys (Everdur and Cusilman). CANARY YELLOW End Tip Colour. Produces excellent joints on copper, brass and copper-zinc sheet, tube and extruded section. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS , AS/NZS : R Cu Si-A. AWS/ASME-SFA A5.7: R Cu Si-A (UNS No. C65600). TYPICAL ROD ANALYSIS: Fe: 0.25% Mn: 1.00% Pb: 0.02% Si: 3.40% Sn: 0.90% Zn: 0.90% Cu: Balance PACKAGING DATA Rod Size Pack Approximate Part No (mm) Weight/Type Rods/kg 3.2 x 750 5kg Pack C JOINING PROCESS: Gas (Fusion and Braze) and Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (TIG). COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Autocraft Silicon Bronze 304

305 GAS AND TIG WELDING CONSUMABLES COMWELD MANGANESE BRONZE ROD TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT PROPERTIES: Weld Metal Tensile Strength 460 MPa 0.2% Proof Stress 165 MPa Elongation 35% Approximate Melting Point 890 C. Weld Metal Density 8.39 gms / cm 3 TYPICAL ROD ANALYSIS: Zn: 40.5% Mn: 0.10% Si: 0.10% Sn: 1.0% Fe: 0.50% Cu: Balance JOINING PROCESS: Gas (Braze) Welding only. CONSUMABLES 890 C COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Comcoat C Flux Coated Manganese Bronze As & 2: R Cu Zn-C 4 General Purpose Brazing Alloy. Recommended for Braze Welding of Steels and Cast and Malleable irons. Not Suitable for Copper Pipes in Hot Water Systems. BLUE End Tip Colour for Instant I.D. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS , AS/NZS : AWS/ASME-SFA A5.8 / A5.27: R Cu Zn-C. RB Cu Zn-C. PACKAGING DATA Rod Size Pack Approx. Part No (mm) Weight/Type Rods/kg 1.6 x 750 5kg Pack x 750 5kg Pack x 750 5kg Pack x 750 5kg Pack x 750 5kg Pack COMWELD COMCOAT N TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT PROPERTIES: Weld Metal Tensile Strength 400 MPa 0.2% Proof Stress 110 MPa Elongation 45% Approximate Melting Point 900 C. Weld Metal Density 8.41 gms / cm 3 TYPICAL ROD ANALYSIS: Zn: 37.5% Si: 0.30% Sn: 0.50% Cu: Balance JOINING PROCESS: Gas (Fusion and Braze) Welding only COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Comcoat T flux coated Tobin Bronze AS & 2: R Cu Zn-A 900 C Low Strength Copper - Zinc Brazing Alloy. Recommended for the Fusion or Braze Welding of Selected Brasses and Bronzes. Suitable for Low Strength Brazing of Steels. Not Suitable for Cast Irons. WHITE End Tip Colour for Instant I.D. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/N ZS , AS/NZS AWS/ASME-SFA A5.8/A5.27: R Cu Zn-A. RB Cu Zn-A. PACKAGING DATA Rod Size Pack Easyweld Approximate Part No (mm) Weight/Type Handipack Rods/kg 1.6 x 750 5kg Pack x 750 5kg Pack x 750 5kg Pack Rod Handipack x 750 5kg Pack COMWELD COMCOAT C TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT PROPERTIES: Weld Metal Tensile Strength 560 MPa 0.2% Proof Stress 250 MPa Elongation 18% Hardness 170 HV Approximate Melting Point 910 C. Weld Metal Density 8.39 gms / cm 3 High Strength, Wear Resistant Brazing Alloy. High Strength Braze Welding of Steels and Cast or Malleable Irons. Fusion Welding of Copper Based Alloys of Similar Composition. CRIMSON End Tip Colour for Instant I.D. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS , AS/NZS AWS/ASME-SFA A5.8/A5.27: R Cu Zn-D. RB Cu Zn-D. TYPICAL ROD ANALYSIS: Zn: 43.5% Mn: 0.20% Si: 0.20% Ni: 10.0% Cu: Balance PACKAGING DATA Rod Size Pack Approximate Part No (mm) Weight/Type Rods/kg 2.4 x 750 5kg Pack x 750 5kg Pack X 750 5kg Pack JOINING PROCESS: Gas (Fusion and Braze) Welding only. COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Comcoat N Flux Coated Nickel Bronze AS &.2: R Cu Zn-D 910 C WELDING CONSUMABLES 305

306 4 CONSUMABLES GAS AND TIG WELDING CONSUMABLES COMWELD COMCOAT T TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT PROPERTIES: Weld Metal Tensile Strength 400 MPa 0.2% Proof Stress 110 MPa Elongation 45% Approximate Melting Point 900 C. Weld Metal Density 8.41 gms / cm 3 TYPICAL ROD ANALYSIS: Zn: 37.5% Si: 0.30% Sn: 0.50% Cu: Balance JOINING PROCESS: Gas (Fusion and Braze) Welding only. COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Comweld Tobin Bronze Bare Rod AS &.2: R Cu Zn-A 900 C Flux Coated Tobin Bronze Rod. Recommended for the Self Fluxing Fusion Braze Welding of Selected Brasses & Bronzes. Suitable for low Strength brazing of Steels. Not Suitable for Cast Irons. WHITE Flux Colour for Instant I.D. PACKAGING DATA Rod Size Pack Easyweld Blister Approximate Part No (mm) Weight/Type Handipack Pack Rods/kg 2.4 x Rod Blister Pack x 750 5kg Pack CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS , AS/NZS AWS/ASME-SFA A5.8/A5.27: R Cu Zn-A. RB Cu Zn-A COMWELD COMCOAT N TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT PROPERTIES: Weld Metal Tensile Strength 560 MPa 0.2% Proof Stress 250 MPa Elongation 18% Hardness 170 HV Approximate Melting Point 910 C. Weld Metal Density 8.39 gms / cm 3 TYPICAL ROD ANALYSIS: Zn: 43.5% Mn: 0.20% Si: 0.20% Ni: 10.0% Cu: Balance JOINING PROCESS: Gas (Fusion and Braze) Welding only. COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Comweld Nickel Bronze Bare Rod AS &.2: R Cu Zn-D 910 C Flux Coated Nickel Bronze Rod. High Strength, Excellent Wear Resistance. High Strength Braze Welding of Steels and Cast or Malleable Irons. Fusion Welding of Copper Based Alloys of Similar Composition. PINK Flux Colour for Instant I.D. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS , AS/NZS AWS/ASME-SFA A5.8/A5.27: R Cu Zn-D. RB Cu Zn-D. PACKAGING DATA Rod Size Pack Easyweld Blister Approximate Part No (mm) Weight/Type Handipack Pack Rods/kg 2.4 x Rod Pack Rod Handipack x kg Pack Rod Handipack WELDING CONSUMABLES COMWELD COMCOAT C TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT PROPERTIES: Weld Metal Tensile Strength 460 MPa 0.2% Proof Stress 165 MPa Elongation 35% Approximate Melting Point 890 C. Weld Metal Density 8.39 gms / cm3 Flux Coated Manganese Bronze Rod. General Purpose Brazing Alloy. Recommended for Braze Welding of Steels and Cast and Malleable Irons. Not Suitable for Copper Pipes in Hot Water Systems. BLUE Flux Colour for Instant I.D. CLASSIFICATIONS AS/NZS 11671, AS/NZS : AWS/ASME-SFA A5.8/A5.27: R Cu Zn-C. RB Cu Zn-C. TYPICAL ROD ANALYSIS: Zn: 40.5% Mn: 0.10% Si: 0. 10% Sn: 1.0% Fe: 0.50% Cu: Balance PACKAGING DATA JOINING PROCESS: Gas (Braze) Welding only COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS: Comweld Manganese Bronze Bare Rod AS & 2: R Cu Zn-C Rod Size Pack Easyweld Blister Approximate Part No (mm) Weight/Type Handipack Pack Rods/kg 2.5kg x Rod Handipack Rod Blister x 790 5kg Pack Rod Handipack C 306

307 CONSUMABLES SOLDERS AND FLUXES COMWELD 40/60 SOF SOLDER COLOUR CODE & IDENTIFICATION: Cored Wire Reels - Green label Sticks - marked 40/60 Handipack (H/P) Coil, Yellow backing card and label. General Purpose Low Cost Solder. General For Sheet Metal & Plumbing Applications. General Wide Range of Packaging Options. DESCRIPTION AND APPLICATION COMWELD 40/60 Solder is a low cost general purpose solder for general sheet metal work, plumbing (not water pipes) such as gutters and flashings and automotive radiator repairs. CLASSIFICATIONS AS 1834 Part 1 40Sn. JOINING PROCESS: Soldering only. SOLDERING IRON bit temperature: 294 C. TYPICAL ROD ANALYSIS: Sn: 40% (Tin) Pb: 60% (Lead) PACKAGING DATA Rod Size Pack Part No (mm) Weight/Type 12 x 6 x g Stick (W X B x L) g Acid core Wire g Acid Core Wire g Resin core H/P For procedure recommendations refer to Pocket Guide. TYPICAL PROPERTIES: Tensile Strength Shear Strength Approximate Melting Range Electrical Conductivity 10.1% 234 C 42 MPa 37 MPa C 10.1% IACS 4 COMWELD 50/50 SOFT SOLDER 10.9% 212 C COLOUR CODE & IDENTIFICATION: Cored Wire Reels - Orange Label Sticks - marked 50/50. JOINING PROCESS: Soldering only SOLDERING IRON bit temperature: 272 C. TYPICAL ROD ANALYSIS: Sn: 50% (Tin) Pb: 50% (Lead) TYPICAL PROPERTIES: Tensile Strength Shear Strength Approximate Melting Range Electrical Conductivity 45 MPa 40 MPa C 10.9% IACS Higher Quality General Purpose Solder. For Electrical & Electronic Applications. Wide Range of Packaging Options. DESCRIPTION AND APPLICATION COMWELD 50/50 Solder is a higher quality general purpose solder for general sheet metal work, and plumbing (not water pipe) applications where better free flowing characteristics are important. PACKAGING DATA Rod Size Pack Part No (mm) Weight/Type (W x B x L) 12 x 6 x g Stick g Solid Wire g Acid Core Wire g Resin Core Wire CLASSIFICATIONS AS 1834 Part 1 50Sn. For procedure recommendations refer to Pocket Guide. COMWELD 965 SOLDER (SOFT SILVER SOLDER) COLOUR CODE & IDENTIFICATION: Blue labels and backing cards. JOINING PROCESS: Soldering only SOLDERING IRON bit temperature: 281 C. TYPICAL ROD ANALYSIS: Sn: 96.5% (Tin) Ag: 3.5% (Silver) 17% TYPICAL PROPERTIES: Tensile Strength 60 MPa Density 7.5g/cm 3 Approximate Melting Point 220 C Electrical Conductivity 17% IACS 220 C Highest Strength Soft Solder. lead, Zinc and Cadmium Free. Non Toxic Solder For Electrical, Surgical and Food Equipment Applications. Wide Range of Packaging Options. DESCRIPTION AND APPLICATION COMWELD 965 Solder is a tin / silver eutectic solder which has the highest strength of all soft solders. Due to it s high strength, good electrical and thermal conductivity, non toxicity (lead, zinc and cadmium free) and also the fact that it remains bright and shiny, make COMWELD 965 Solder the most universal of soft solders. Comweld 965 Solder is used for the joining and repair of copper, bronze, brass, nickel, monel, steel, stainless steel, pewter, chrome plate, metal sculpture, model making, costume jewellery and or a combination of metals with the exception of aluminium and magnesium. CLASSIFICATIONS AS 1834 Part Sn / 3.5Ag. PACKAGING DATA Rod Size Pack Part No (mm) Weight/Type g Solid Wire g Solid Wire g Acid Core Wire g HandiPack Coil Acid Core Wire WELDING CONSUMABLES 307

308 4 CONSUMABLES SOLDERS AND FLUXES COMWELD METAL MATE SOLDER KIT IDENTIFICATION: Clear Plastic Jar, White Lid & White Label with Blue Print. Highest Strength Soft Solder. lead, Zinc and Cadmium Free. Non Toxic Solder For Electrical, Surgical and Food Equipment Applications. DESCRIPTION AND APPLICATION COMWELD Metal Mate Solder Kit contains a 14 gram 965 solid solder coil complete with a 14 ml bottle of COMWELD 965 Soldering Flux which provides a very compact package suitable for all of the applications recommended for the standard Comweld 965 Soft Solder. JOINING PROCESS: Soldering only. SOLDERING IRON bit temperature: 281 C. TYPICAL ROD ANALYSIS: Sn: 96.5% (Tin) Ag: 3.5% (Silver) PACKAGING DATA Rod Size Pack Part No (mm) Weight/Type 1.6mm x 14g Solid Wire 1.6 coiled around a ml bottle of 965 Soldering Flux For procedure recommendations refer to Pocket Guide. 17% TYPICAL PROPERTIES: Tensile Strength 60 MPa Density 7.5g/cm 3 Approximate Melting Point 220 C Electrical Conductivity 17% IACS 220 C CLASSIFICATIONS AS 1834 Part Sn / 3.5Ag. COMWELD ALUMINIUM FLUX MELTING POINT: 545 C 545 C For Fusion Welding Aluminium Alloys. Highest Quality Flux. Useable in either Powder or Paste Form. DESCRIPTION AND APPLICATION COMWELD Aluminium Flux is an all purpose flux for fusion welding sheet and cast aluminium. It eliminates the need for a number of different types of aluminium welding fluxes being stocked to handle different types of aluminium welding alloys. COMWELD Aluminium Flux is recommended for use with the following COMWELD Aluminium welding rods, AL1188 (Pure), AL4043 (5% Silicon) and AL5356 (5% Magnesium). PACKAGING DATA Pack Weight/type Part No 250 gram Black Plastic Jar For procedure recommendations refer to Pocket Guide. IDENTIFICATION: White Powder in Black Plastic Jars. WELDING CONSUMABLES 308

309 CONSUMABLES SOLDERS AND FLUXES COMWELD COPPER AND BRASS FLUX MELTING POINT: 645 C A For Universal Braze Welding Applications. Highest Quality Flux. Useable in either Powder or Paste Form. DESCRIPTION AND APPLICATION COMWELD Copper and Brass Flux is specially developed for the braze welding of copper, brass and bronze and the brazing of copper, steel, etc. COMWELD Copper and Brass Flux is particularly suitable for use with COMWELD Manganese Bronze, Tobin Bronze, Nickel Bronze and Silicon Bronze rods. IDENTIFICATION: Pink Powder in Black Plastic Jars or Drums. PACKAGING DATA Pack Weight/Type Part No 250 gram Black Jar For procedure recommendations refer to Pocket Guide. 645 C 4 COMWELD SILVER BRAZING FLUX No.2 MELTING POINT: 450 C 450 C For Silver Brazing of Carbon Steel, Stainless Steels & Dissimilar Metals. Highest Quality Flux. Used in a Paste Form. DESCRIPTION AND APPLICATION COMWELD Silver Brazing Flux No. 2 and Silver Brazing Alloys with a high silver content (42-50%) produce excellent joints on carbon steel, stainless steel, nickel alloys and copper and brass. Dissimilar metals in the above groups can be easily brazed. The flux is a good temperature indicator and will melt at the proper brazing temperature. IDENTIFICATION: White Paste in either a Black /White Plastic Jar. PACKAGING DATA Pack Weight/Type Part No 200 gram Black Jar gram Black Jar kg White Plastic Jar For procedure recommendations refer to Pocket Guide. COMWELD G.P. SILVER BRAZING FLUX MELTING POINT: 485 C 485 C For Silver Brazing of Steel, Nickel, Brass, Bronze, Copper, and Stainless Steels. Highest Quality Flux. Used in a Paste Form. DESCRIPTION AND APPLICATION COMWELD General Purpose Silver Brazing Flux is recommended for use with Cadmium bearing and Cadmium free silver brazing alloys with a low to medium silver content (2-40%). It is an excellent flux for medium to high temperature brazing and has been specially formulated to be used for induction brazing. COMWELD General Purpose Silver Brazing Flux and the above mentioned silver brazing alloys produce excellent joints on carbon steel, stainless steel, nickel alloys and copper and brass. IDENTIFICATION: White Paste in either a Black /White Plastic Jar PACKAGING DATA Pack Weight/Type Part No 200 gram Black Jar gram Black Jar kg White Plastic Jar For procedure recommendations refer to Pocket Guide. WELDING CONSUMABLES 309

310 CONSUMABLES 4 SOLDERS AND FLUXES COMWELD 965 SOLDERING FLUX For Use with all Comweld Soft Solders. Highest Quality Flux. Used in a Liquid Form Only. DESCRIPTION AND APPLICATION COMWELD 965 Soldering Flux, when used in conjunction with COMWELD Soft Solders, enables excellent joints to be made on almost all metals and combinations of metals. It is a very active flux and therefore, if used on copper, brass, bronze, etc. may be diluted if required in the ratio / part flux to 4 parts water. PACKAGING DATA Pack Weight/Type Part No 125 ml Bottle litre Bottle For procedure recommendations refer to Pocket Guide. IDENTIFICATION: Pink Liquid in Black Plastic Bottles and Drums. COMWELD VAPAFLUX FLASH POINT (TRUE CLOSED CUP): 17 C For Braze Welding of Steel. Used with Comweld Manganese & Nickel Bronze Rods. Highest Quality Flux. Used in a liquid Form Only. DESCRIPTION AND APPLICATION COMWELD Vapaflux provides an effective and time saving method of applying flux when braze welding steel. It is intended to be applied as vapour in the flame itself (the flux i n the flame) and will impart a high fluidity to the bronze when deposited. PACKAGING DATA Pack Volume/Type Part No 10 litre Tin Plate Can For procedure recommendations refer to Pocket Guide. IDENTIFICATION: Clear Liquid in a Tin Plate Can. POCKET GUIDE - WELDING CONSUMABLES REFERENCE WELDING CONSUMABLES The Total Welders Handbook Recommended Storage, Conditioning of Consumables. Total CIGWELD Welding Consumables Range. Welding of all materials. Joint Types. Welding Symbols. Technical Facts and Figures. PACKAGING DATA: Pack Volume/Type Part No 1 Book WC Guide 310

311 CONSUMABLES ABRASIVES FLAT METAL CUTTING OFF WHEELS - PORTABLE MACHINES GENERAL PURPOSE FLEXOVIT Prod. Code Size MM - Specification Max. R.P.M. Min Order Qty x 2.5 x 10 FH38-A36S-BF x 2.5 x 10 FH38-A36S-BF x 2.5 x 10 FH38-A36S-BF x 2.5 x 16 FH38-A36S-BF x 2.5 x 22 FH38-A36S-BF x 2.5 x 16 FH38-A36S-BF x 2.5 x 22 FH38-A36S-BF x 2.5 x 16 FH38-A36S-BF x 2.5 x 20 FH38-A36S-BF x 2.5 x 22 FH38-A36S-BF x 2.5 x 16 FH38-A36S-BF x 2.5 x 20 FH38-A36S-BF x 2.5 x 22 FH38-A36S-BF x 2.5 x 16 FH38-A36S-BF x 2.5 x 22 FH38-A36S-BF x 2.5 x 25.4 FH38-A36S-BF x 2.5 x 35 FH38-A36S-BF x 2.5 x 16 FH38-A36S-BF x 2.5 x 22 FH38-A36S-BF x 2.5 x 25.4 FH38-A36S-BF x 2.5 x 35 FH38-A36S-BF x 3.1 x 22 FZ40-A30V-BF MEGA INOX - PREMIUM - For cutting Stainless Steel FLEXOVIT Prod. Code Size MM Specification Max. R.P.M. Min Order Qty x 2.5 x 16 A24V-BF41 M/INOX x 2.5 x 22 A24V-BF41 M/INOX x 2.5 x 22 A24V-BF41 M/INOX x 2.5 x 22 A24V-BF41 M/INOX x 2.5 x 22 A24V-BF41 M/INOX IRON FREE - INOX - STANDARD - For cutting Stainless Steel FLEXOVIT Prod. Code Size MM Specification Max. R.P.M. Min Order Qty x 2.5 x 16 FH38-A36S-BF41 I/F x 2.5 x 22 FH38-A36S-BF41 l/f x 2.5 x 22 FH38-A36S-BF41 l/f x 2.5 x 22 FH38-A36S-BF41 l/f x 2.5 x 22 FH38-A36S-BF41 l/f x 2.5 x 22 FH38-A36S-BF41 l/f MEGA INOX - PREMIUM - ULTRA THIN - For cutting Stainless Steel FLEXOVIT Prod. Code Size MM Specification Max. R.P.M. Min Order Qty x 1.0 x 16 A46T-BF41 M/INOX x 1.6 x 16 A46T-BF41 M/INOX x 2.0 x 16 A46T-BF41 M/INOX x 1.0 x 22 A46T-BF41 M/INOX x 1.6 x 22 A46T-BF41 M/INOX x 2.0 x 22 A46T-BF41 M/INOX x 1.0 x 22 A46T-BF41 M/INOX x 1.6 x 22 A46T-BF41 M/INOX x 2.0 x 22 A46T-BF41 M/INOX x 2.0 x 22 A46T-BF41 M/INOX x 2.0 x 22 A46T-BF41 M/INOX ALUMINIUM ALU FLEXOVIT Prod. Code Size MM Specification Max. R.P.M. Min Order Qty x 2.5 x 16 FH38-A36S-BF41 ALU x 2.5 x 22 FH38-A36S-BF41 ALU x 2.5 x 22 FH38-A36S-BF41 ALU x 2.5 x 22 FH38-A36S-BF41 ALU x 2.5 x 22 FH38-A36S-BF41 ALU ULTRA THIN - For pencil die grinders FLEXOVIT Prod. Code Size MM Specification Max. R.P.M. Min Order Qty x 0.89 x 9.53 A60T-BF41 I/F x 1.6 x 6.35 A36T-BF x 0.89 x 6.35 A600-BF x 0.89 x A60/1Q-BF x 0.89 x 6.35 A60T-BF41 I/F x 0.89 x 9.53 A60T-BF41 I/F WELDING CONSUMABLES 311

312 CONSUMABLES 4 ABRASIVES FLAT METAL CUTTING OFF WHEELS FLEXOVIT provide an extensive range of engineered high speed Cutting Off Wheels. A wide selection of wheels are available to provide and obtain efficient cutting speed, wheel life and finish. HIGH SPEED STATIONARY MACHINES FLEXOVIT Prod. Code Size MM Specification Max. R.P.M. Min Order Qty x 3.1 x UU670SS x 3.4 x 20 2UU670SS x 3.4 x 22 2UU670SS x 3.4 x UU670SS x 3.6 x HU700QR x 3.4 x 25.4 A36Q-BF41 ALU x 3.8 x 20 2UU670SS x 3.8 x 22 2UU670SS x 3.8 x UU670SS x 3.8 x 32 2UU670SS x 3.8 x 20 2UE790QR x 3.8 x UE790QR x 4.0 x HU670QR x 3.8 x HU7000P x 4.4 x UU670SS x 4.4 x 32 2UU670SS x 4.0 x HU670GR x 4.0 x 32 1HU670QR x 4.4 x UU600TT x 4.4 x HU7000P x 4.5 x UU670SS x 5.4 x 40 3UU670SS x 6.4 x UU600ST PORTABLE CHOP SAWS Reinforced Cutting - Off Wheels to suit Low Speed Electric Chop Saws (Such as Makita, Hitachi, Ryobi, Black & Decker, De Walt, Craftmaster, Pentagon, Atlas Copco, Jepson etc.) FLEXOVIT Prod. Code Size MM Specification Max. R.P.M. Min Order Qty x 3.0 x 25.4 A36S-BF x 3.0 x 25.4 A36S-BF x 3.0 x 25.4 A36S-BF HIGH SPEED PETROL SAWS - DEMOLITION SAWS FLEXOVIT Cutting Off Wheels are designed to withstand the rigorous high speed petrol saw providing safety and performance FLEXOVIT Prod. Code Size MM Specification Max. R.P.M. Min Order Qty x 3.4 x 20 2UU670SS x 3.4 x 22 2UU670SS x 3.4 x UU670SS x 3.8 x 20 2UU670SS x 3.8 x 22 2UU670SS x 3.8 x UU670SS x 4.4 x UU670SS WELDING CONSUMABLES METAL DEPRESSED CENTRE GRINDING WHEELS RAIL CUTTING - OFF WHEELS FLEXOVIT Cutting Off Wheels are designed to withstand the rigorous high speed petrol saw providing safety and performance FLEXOVIT Prod. Code Size MM Specification Max. R.P.M. Min Order Qty x 3.8 x 20 2UE790QR x 3.8 x UE790QR x 4.0 x 25.4 A24QBF41/ x 4.0 x 25.4 A24QBF41/ GENERAL PURPOSE FLEXOVIT Prod. Code Size MM Specification Max. R.P.M. Min Order Qty x 4 x 9.53 A30Q-BF x 6.8 x 10 A30S-BF x 4 x 16 A30S-BF x 6 x 16 A30S-BF x 4 x 22 A3OS-BF x 6 x 22 A30S-BF x 4.5 x 22 A24/3OT-BF x 6.8 x 22 A24/3OT-BF x 6.8 x 22 A24/30T-BF x 4.5 x 22 A24/30T-BF x 6.8 x 22 A24/3OT-BF x 6.8 x 22 A24/3OP-BF x 10 x 22 A24/3OT-BF x 10 x 22 A24/3OP-BF x 4.5 x 22 A24/3OT-BF x 6.8 x 22 A24/3OT-BF x 6.8 x 22 A24/3OP-BF x 6.8 x 22 A24Q-BF x 10 x 22 A24/3OT-BF x 10 x 22 A24/3OP-BF

313 CONSUMABLES ABRASIVES METAL DEPRESSED CENTRE GRINDING WHEELS ZIRCONIA ZA FLEXOVIT Prod. Code Size MM Specification Max. R.P.M. Min Order Qty x 6.8 x 22 ZA24R-BF x 6.8 x 22 ZA24R-BF METAL DEPRESSED CENTRE CUTTING OFF WHEELS ALUMINIUM ALU FLEXOVIT Prod. Code Size MM Specification Max. R.P.M. Min Order Qty x 4 x 16 A30S-BF27 ALU x 6 x 16 A30S-BF27 ALU x 4.5 x 22 A30S-BF27 ALU x 6.0 x 22 A30S-BF27 ALU * 125 x 3.4 x 22 A24/30P-BF42 ALU x 4.5 x 22 A24130P-BF27 ALU x 6.8 x 22 A24130P-BF27 ALU x 6.8 x 22 A24130P-BF27 ALU x 6.8 x 22 A24/30P-BF27 ALU * = cutting only. MEGA INOX - PREMIUM - For Grinding Stainless Steel FLEXOVIT Prod. Code Size MM Specification Max. R.P.M. Min Order Qty x 4.5 x 16 A30S-BF27 M/INOX x 7.0 x 16 A30Q-BF27 M/INOX x 4.0 x 22 A30Q-BF27 M/INOX x 7.0 x 22 A30Q-BF27 M/INOX x 7.0 x 22 A30Q-BF27 M/INOX x 7.0 x 22 A30Q-BF27 M/lNOX x 7.0 x 22 A30Q-BF27 M/INOX IRON FREE - INOX - STANDARD - For Grinding Stainless Steel FLEXOVIT Prod. Code Size MM Specification Max. R.P.M. Min Order Qty x 6 x 16 A30S-BF27 I/F x 6 x 22 A30S-BF27 I/F x 6.8 x 22 A24/30T-BF27 l/f x 6.8 x 22 A24/30T-BF27 l/f x 6.8 x 22 A24/30T-BF27 l/f x 6.8 x 22 A24/30T-BF27 l/f GENERAL PURPOSE FLEXOVIT Prod. Code Size MM Specification Max. R.P.M. Min Order Qty x 3.4 x 10 A30S-BF x 3.4 x 16 A30S-BF x 3.4 x 2 2 A30S-BF x 3.4 x 22 A24/30T-BF x 3.4 x 22 A24/30T-BF x 3.4 x 22 A24/30T-BF MEGA INOX - PREMIUM - ULTRA THIN - For Cutting Stainless Steel FLEXOVIT Prod. Code Size MM Specification Max. R.P.M. Min Order Qty x 2.0 x 16 A46T-BF42 M/INOX x 2.0 x 22 A46T-BF42 M/INOX x 2.0 x 22 A46T-BF42 M/INOX IRON FREE - STANDARD - For Cutting Stainless Steel FLEXOVIT Prod. Code Size MM Specification Max. R.P.M. Min Order Qty x 3.4 x 16 A30S-BF42 l/f x 3.4 x 22 A30S-BF42 l/f x 3.4 x 22 A24/30T-BF42 l/f x 3.4 x 22 A24/30T-BF42 l/f x 3.4 x 22 A24/30T-BF42 I/F MEGA INOX - PREMIUM - For Cutting Stainless Steel FLEXOVIT Prod. Code Size MM Specification Max. R.P.M. Min Order Qty x 2.5 x 16 A24V-BF42 M/INOX x 2.5 x 22 A24V-BF42 M/INOX x 3.0 x 22 A24V-BF42 M/INOX x 2.5 x 22 A24V-BF42 M/INOX x 3.0 x 22 A24V-BF42 M/INOX x 2.5 x 22 A24V-BF42 M/INOX x 3.0 x 22 A24V-BF42 M/INOX x 2.5 x 22 A24V-BF42 M/INOX x 3.0 x 22 A24V BF42 M/INOX WELDING CONSUMABLES 313

314 CONSUMABLES 4 ABRASIVES 0.8mm MEGA INOX PREMIUM - EXTRA/ULTRA THIN - FOR CUTTING OF STAINLESS STEEL EAN No Flexovit Std prefixed by Product Size mm Specification Max RPM Pack Number Qty x0.8x22 A60V-BF42-M/INOX x0.8x22 A60V-BF42-M/INOX MEGA VIEW EAN No Flexovit Std prefixed by Product Size mm Specification Max RPM Pack Number Qty x4.0x22 A36T-BF x4.0x22 A60T-BF x4.0x22 A36T-BF x4.0x22 A60T-BF ALL IN ONE - FOR CUTTING, GRINDING AND POLISHING EAN No Flexovit Std prefixed by Product Size mm Specification Max RPM Pack Number Qty x2.2x22 A46S-BF x2.2x22 A46S-BF WELDING CONSUMABLES 314

315 CONSUMABLES ABRASIVES SPECIALTY GRINDING AND FINISHING PRODUCTS FLAP DISCS - ZIRCONIA FLEXOVIT Prod. Code Size MM Specification Max. R.P.M. Min Order Qty x 16 SC x 16 SC x 16 SC x 22 SC x 22 SC x 22 SC x 22 SC x 22 SC x 22 SC x 22 SC x 22 SC x 22 SC ZEC GRINDING DISC SUPPORT PAD FLEXOVIT Prod. Code Size MM Min Order Qty * 115/125mm Zec Disc Support Pad mm Zec Disc Support Pad 1 * Individually Packed on Display Card ZEC GRINDING DISCS (Silicon Carbide) FLEXOVIT Prod. Code Size MM Grit Size Specification Max. R.P.M. Min Order Qty x Zirc GFCZ x Zirc GFCZ x Zirc GFCZ x Zirc GFCZ x Zirc GFCZ x Zirc GFCZ x Zirc GFCZ x Zirc GFCZ x Zirc GFCZ x Zirc GFCZ x Zirc GFCZ x Zirc GFCZ x Zirc GFCZ x Zirc GFCZ x Zirc GFCZ x Zirc GFCZ FLEXOVIT FLEXIBLE DISCS AC FLEXOVIT Prod. Code Size MM Specification Max. R.P.M. Min Order Qty x 3 x 16 AC x 3 x 16 AC x 3 x 16 AC x 3 x 16 AC x 3 x 22 AC x 3 x 22 AC x 3 x 22 AC x 3 x 22 AC x 3 x 22 AC x 3 x 22 AC x 3 x 22 AC x 3 x 22 AC x 3 x 22 AC SPECIALTY GRINDING AND FINISHING PRODUCTS SUPERCUT 400 MITRECUT 400 Powerful Motor: The 4kW three phase motor makes the toughest cutting jobs easy. Heavy Duty Construction: Strength to give years of trouble free service. Has a cast iron frame heavy fabricated steel guard and heavy duty castors for ease of portability. Quick Change Vice: Enables instantaneous changes from 90 degree to 45 degree cuts. Cutting Capacity: Up to 130mm round and 120mm square. Avoids problems with motor burnout and excessive blade replacement. Drive: Dual drive belt for power and reliability. Cutting Off Wheel: A Flexovit 406 x 3.0 x 25.4 A36S-BF41 is fitted to the Supercut 400. BarCode Number FLEXOVIT Prod Code Specification Min Order Qty Supercut Powerful Motor: The 4 kw 3 phase motor makes the toughest cutting jobs easy. Heavy Duty Construction: The cast iron frame is combined with specially machined steels, heavy duty bearings and heavy fabricated steel guards ensure many years of trouble free service. Machine Head: The machine head rotates from left to right to enable materials be cut up to 45 degrees. This design configuration is beneficial in many cutting applications, thus improving productivity. The large rotary seat has 4 fulcrum points allowing for safe and stable left to right rotation. Cutting Capacity: Up to 127mm round and 115mm square sections can be handled easily in most types of steels. The cutting capacity is reduced to 105mm when cutting at 45 degrees. Drive: Dual belt drive for constant power and reliability. Cutting Off Wheel: A Flexovit 406 x 3.0 x 25.4 A36S-BF41 is fitted to the Mitrecut 400. BarCode Number FLEXOVIT Prod Code Specification Min Order Qty Mitrecut WELDING CONSUMABLES 315

316 CONSUMABLES 4 ABRASIVES INDUSTRIAL WIRE BRUSHES ALL INDIVIDUALLY BOXED - INDUSTRIAL QUALITY WELDING CONSUMABLES SOLID CRIMPED WIRE BRUSHES - Carbon Steel FLEXOVIT Prod.Code Size MM Max R.P.M. Min Order Qty. W2320BP 150 x 20 x Multi Bore 30g W2400BP 200 x 20 x Multi Bore 28g W x 16 x g W x 20 x Multi Bore 30g W x 20 x Multi Bore 30g W x 28 x Multi Bore 28g W x 28 x Multi Bore 28g W x 38 x g W x 38 x g CRIMPED WIRE CUP BRUSHES - Carbon Steel FLEXOVIT Prod.Code Size MM Max R.P.M. Min Order Qty. W x M g W x M g TWIST KNOT WHEEL BRUSHES - Carbon Steel FLEXOVIT Prod.Code Size MM Max R.P.M. Min Order Qty. W x 1R x 16 26g 18K W x 1R x 22 26g 24K W x 1R x Multi Bore 26g 30K W x 2R x Multi Bore 26g 30K W x 1R x Multi Bore 26g 30K W x 2R x Multi Bore 26g 30K TWIST KNOT WHEEL BRUSHES - Stainless Steel FLEXOVIT Prod.Code Size MM Max R.P.M. Min Order Qty. W x 1R x 22 26g S/S 24K INDUSTRIAL WIRE HAND BRUSHES FLEXOVIT Prod.Code Size MM Min Order Qty. W Row Wooden Handle 54 Tuft Steel 12 W Row Wooden Handle 72 Tuft Steel 12 W Row Wooden Handle 43 Tuft Converged Steel 12 W Row Wooden Handle 54 Tuft Stainless Steel 12 W Row Wooden Handle 72 Tuft Stainless Steel 12 TWIST KNOT CUP WIRE BRUSHES - Carbon Steel FLEXOVIT Prod.Code Size MM Max R.P.M. Min Order Qty. W x 1R M g W x 1R M g W x 1R M g W3410S 100 x 1R M g Skirted W x 2R M g W3430S 100 x 2R M g Skirted W x 1R M g W3510S 125 x 1R M g Skirted W x 2R M g W3530S 125 x 2R M g Skirted TWIST KNOT CUP WIRE BRUSHES - Stainless Steel FLEXOVIT Prod.Code Size MM Max R.P.M. Min Order Qty. W x 1R M g S/S W x 1R M g S/S W x 1R M g S/S W x 1R M g S/S W x 1R M g S/S W x 1R M g S/S W x 2R M g S/S W x 1R M g S/S W x 2R M g S/S TWIST KNOT PIPELINE WHEEL BRUSHES FLEXOVIT Prod.Code Size MM Max R.P.M. Min Order Qty. W3980 SB125 x 6 x 22 26g 30k W x 6 x 22 22g 30k W x 6 x M g 50k TWIST KNOT PIPELINE WHEEL BRUSHES - Stainless Steel FLEXOVIT Prod.Code Size MM Max R.P.M. Min Order Qty. W4110 SB125 x 6 x 22 26g 30k W x 6 x 22mm 26g S/S 40k 9000 BEVELLED TWIST KNOT BRUSHES - Stainless Steel FLEXOVIT Prod.Code Size MM Max R.P.M. Min Order Qty W x 1R x M g S/S 20K W x 1R x M g S/S 20K

317 CONSUMABLES INDUSTRIAL COATED ABRASIVES CLOTH BACKED ROLLS Norton Product Number Carbo Product Number Catalogue Number Grit Qty. Min Order Metalite Cloth Handy Rolls 25mm x 50m Closekote for dry metal surface preparation CE K227 P40J 1 CE P60J 1 CE P80J 1 CE CE P120J 1 CE P CE P180J 1 CE P240J 1 CE P320J 1 CE P40W 1 40mm x 50m CE K227 P40J 1 CE P60J 1 CE P80J 1 CE P100J 1 CE P120J 1 CE P150J 1 CE P180J 1 CE P240J 1 CE P320J 1 CE P40W 1 50mm x 50m CE K227 P40J 1 CE P60J 1 CE P80J 1 CE P100J 1 CE P120J 1 CE P150J 1 CE P180J 1 CE P240J 1 CE P320J 1 CE P400J 1 4 METALITE CLOTH BELTS R x 914mm Polyester Cloth backing with Premium Aluminium Oxide grain Closekote for metal or woodworking Shaded products are non stock items, M.O.Q and manufacturing lead time will be required Norton Product Number Carbo Product Number Catalogue Number Grit Qty. Min Order Y80 CF R295 P24X 10 CF P36X CF P40X CF P60X CF P80X CF P100X CF P120X CF P180X CF P240X CF P320X CF P400X 50 x 1220mm CF R295 P24X 10 CF P36X CF P40X CF P60X CF P8OX CF P100X CF P120X CF P180X CF P240X CF P320X CF P400X WELDING CONSUMABLES 317

318 CONSUMABLES 4 ABRASIVES METALITE CLOTH BELTS R x 914mm Polyester Cloth backing with Premium Aluminium Oxide grain Closekote for metal or woodworking Norton Product Number Carbo Product Number Catalogue Number Grit Qty. Min Order Y80 X x 1520mm CF R295 P36X 10 CF P40X CF P60X CF P80X CF P100x CF P120X 50 x 2440mm CF R295 P24X 10 CF P36X CF P40X CF P60X CF P8OX CF P100X CF P120X CF P180X CF P240X CF P320X CF P400X 75 x 2000mm CF R295 P24X 10 CF P36X CF P40X CF P60X CF P8OX CF P100X CF P120X 100 x 914mm CF R295 P24X 10 CF P36X CF P40X CF P60X CF P8OX CF P100x CF P120X WELDING CONSUMABLES 100 x 927mm CF R295 P24X 10 CF P36X CF P40X CF P60X CF P80X CF P100X CF P120X 100 x 1330mm CF R295 P24X 10 CF P36X CF P40X CF P60X CF P80X CF P100X CF P120X 100 x 1520mm CF R295 P24X 10 CF P36X CF P40X CF P60X CF P80X CF P100X CF P120X 318

319 ABRASIVES INDUSTRIAL COATED ABRASIVES CONSUMABLES FIBRE BACKED DISCS Norton Product Number Carbo Product Number Catalogue Number Grit Qty. Min Order Metalite Fibre Discs 100 x 16mm Closekote for grinding and blending of metal surfaces CD F226 P16 25 CD P24 CD P36 CD P50 CD P60 CD P80 CD P100 CD P x 22mm CD F226 P16 25 CD P24 CD P36 CD P50 CD P60 CD P80 CD P100 CD P x 22mm CD F226 P16 25 CD P24 CD P36 CD P50 CD P60 CD P80 CD P100 CD P x 22mm CD F226 P16 25 CD P24 CD P36 CD P50 CD P60 CD P80 CD P100 CD P120 GENERAL PURPOSE TOOLROOM GRINDING WHEELS 4 Bench, Surface, Tool & Cutter Wheels in Green Silicon Carbide for Tunqsten Carbide Norton Product Number Flexovit Diam Thick Bore Spec. Max. Grit Min R.P.M. Order Type 1 - Straight Wheels BV C8OKVK 8280 Fine 1 BV C8OJVK 4140 Fine 1 BV C C6OJVK 4140 Medium 1 BV C C100JVK Fine BV C C6OJVK 4140 Medium 1 BV C C100JVK Fine BV C C6OJVK 4140 Medium 1 BV C C8OJVK Fine BV C C100JVK Very Fine BV C C120JVK Very Fine BV C C60JVK 3600 Medium 1 BV C80JVK Fine BV C C100JVK Very Fine BV C C6OJVK 3105 Medium 1 BV C C8OJVK Fine BV C C100JVK Very Fine BV C C120JVK Very Fine BV C60JVK 2070 Medium 1 BV C C60JVK 1775 Medium 1 WELDING CONSUMABLES 319

320 CONSUMABLES 4 ABRASIVES GENERAL PURPOSE BENCHIPEDESTAL GRINDING WHEELS Aluminium Oxide for Ferrous Metals Norton Product Number Flexovit Diam Thick Bore Spec. Max. Grit Min R.P.M. Order Type 1 - Straight Wheels BV A A46MVBE 7900 Medium 1 BV A0130 A60MVBE Fine BV A A46MVBE 6210 Medium 1 BV A0180 A60MVBE Fine BV A A46MVBE 4970 Medium 1 BV A0230 A60MVBE Fine BV A A46MVBE 4140 Medium 1 BV A0280 A60MVBE Fine BV A A36PVBE 4140 Coarse 1 BV A0320 A46MVBE Medium BV A0330 A60MVBE Fine BV A80MVBE Very Fine BV A A36PVBE 4140 Coarse 1 BV A0370 A46MVBE Medium BV A0380 A60MVBE Fine BV A46MVBE 3600 Medium 1 BV A60MVBE Fine BV A A36PVBE 3600 Coa rse 1 BV A0420 A46MVBE Medium BV A0430 A60MVBE Fine BV A46MVBE 3105 Medium 1 BV A60MVBE Fine BV A A24QVBE 3105 V. Coarse 1 BV A0460 A36PVBE Coarse BV A0470 A46MVBE Medium BV A0480 A60MVBE Fine BV A0490 A80MVBE Very Fine BV A A36PVBE 3105 Coarse 1 BV A0570 A46MVBE Medium BV A0580 A60MVBE Fine BV A A36PVBE 2850 Coarse 1 BV A0670 A46MVBE Medium BVI88648 A0680 A60MVBE Fine BV A A30QVBE 2850 Coarse 1 BV A0710 A36PVBE Coarse BV A0720 A46MVBE Medium BV A0730 A60MVBE Fine BV A A36PVBE 2850 Coarse 1 BV A0770 A46MVBE Medium WELDING CONSUMABLES 320

321 CONSUMABLES ABRASIVES PFERD BRAND TOOLS A COMPLETE PROGRAM FOR: MILING, FILING, CUTTING, GRINDING, SANDING, POLISHING AND FINISHING 4 FILES Machinists Files Sharpening Files Rasps Precision Files ROTARY CUTTERS Tungsten Carbide Burrs HSS Cutters Rotary Cutters Hole Saws Hole Cutters & Accessories MOUNTED POINTS Standard Metric Shank Program Standard USA Program Abrasive Wheels Hand Dressers FINE GRINDING & POLISHING TOOLS Spindle Mounted Coated Abrasives Fleece - Layered Tools POLIFLEX Tools CUTTING & GRINDING WHEELS Reinforced Grinding Wheels Ring Wheels Cup Wheels Surface Grinding Wheels Cut-Off Wheels WIRE BRUSHES Full Range of Industrial Wire Brushes for both Wholesale and Retail Sectors TOOL DRIVES Air Grinders Electric Grinders Flexible Shaft Machines Tools & Accessories COATED ABRASIVES Abrasive Belts Fibre Discs Paper Sheets & Discs Foam Finishing Pads WELDING CONSUMABLES 321

322 TOOLS 5 A.G. TOOLS AND MACHINERY WHOLESALERS PTY LTD SUPPLIERS OF TOOLS, MACHINERY AND AUTOMOTIVE ACCESSORIES TOOLS

323 TOOLS GENIUS TOOLS SINCE 1975 GT-07-EUROPE 5 TOOLS 323

324 TOOLS 5 MS-541TS 541 PIECE METRIC MASTER SET TOOLS 541 PIECE METRIC MASTER SET Item No. Description G.W. CUFT CODE MS-541TS 541 Piece Tools with: TS-790, TS-797 & TS-798 Tool chests MS-541 NO Tool Cabinet or Chest

325 MAKITA TOOLS DRILLING / FASTENING mm HIGH SPEED ELECTRIC DRILL Superb tool balance and control Fast rpm (4,500) makes this ideal for drilling pop rivets and pilot holes in metal channel Small and compact design weighing only 0.9kg greatly reduces operator fatigue Adjustable depth guide allows you to drill to a predetermined depth All ball and needle bearing construction for longer tool life Compact pistol grip design Standard: chuck key, depth rod Specifications Drilling capabilities Steel Wood Continuous rating input No load speed Overall length Net weight Power supply cord mm 9mm 230W 4,500rpm 206mm 0.9kg 2m mm ELECTRIC DRILL Ideal for drilling into metal or timber - this drill offers it all Lightweight and powerful this drill is a must for carpenters/joiners, shop fitters and cabinet makers Moulded housing for comfortable one handed operation Variable speed with forward/reverse for easy drilling and driving applications Heavy duty chuck 10mm keyless chuck Compact design for working in confined areas Specifications Drilling capabilities Steel Wood Continuous rating input No load speed Overall length Net weight Power supply cord V mm 25mm 530W 0-2,500rpm 261mm 1.4kg 2m mm ELECTRIC DRILL Lightweight - perfect for one handed operation Perfect for drilling into metal or timber Comfortable grip and exceptional balance Forward/reverse lever Keyed chuck Standard 6409: chuck key Specifications Drilling capabilities Steel Wood Continuous rating input No load speed Overall length Net weight Power supply cord 64 10mm 25mm 350W 2,200rpm 248mm 1.2kg 2m mm ELECTRIC DRILL Lightweight - perfect for one handed operation Perfect for drilling into metal or timber Comfortable grip and exceptional balance Variable speed Keyed chuck Forward/reverse lever Specifications Drilling capabilities Steel Wood Continuous rating input No load speed Overall length Net weight Power supply cord 64 10mm 25mm 350W 2,200rpm 250mm 1.2kg 2m V 6013BR - 13MM REVERSIBLE DRILL (WITH KEYLESS CHUCK) High torque motor and gears makes this ideal for post drilling or compound mixing D-handle rotates 360 Rocker type switch for easy one handed forward/reverse operations Metal gearbox for extra durability Ball bearing construction Keyed chuck Standard 613BR depicted with keyed chuck Specifications Drilling capabilities Steel Wood Continuous rating input No load speed Overall length Net weight Power supply cord 51 13mm 36mm 620W 550rpm 340mm 2.8kg 2m TOOLS 325

326 TOOLS MAKITA 5 GRINDING 9553NBK - 100mm ANGLE GRINDER 710W motor Lightweight design - ideal for deburring, rust removal, sanding or cutting for domestic or light light industrial use Patented Zig Zag varnish or protect critical parts Rotatable wheel guard Shaft lock button for easy wheel changes 90 left and right head rotation Value pack includes: 6 grinding discs, case, lock nut wrench, grip Specifications 325 Max. capacities (dia) Depressed centre wheel 100mm Wire cup brush 75mm Abrasive disc 100mm Diamond wheel 100mm Continuous rating input 710W No load speed 11,000rpm Overall length 258mm Spindle thread M10x1.5 Net weight 1.4kg Power supply cord 2.5m 9526B - 100mm ANGLE GRINDER 710W motor Labyrinth structure seals around bearing and protects motor from dust and dirt Toggle switch for postive on and off Perfect for tile work Gear housing can be rotated to suit most cutting and grinding applications Shaft lock button for easy wheel changes Standard : Depressed centre sheel, lock nut wrench, grip. Specifications 411 Max. capacities (dia) Depressed centre wheel 100mm Wire cup brush 75mm Abrasive disc 100mm Diamond wheel 110mm Continuous rating input 710W No load speed 11,000rpm Overall length 256mm Spindle thread M10x1.5 Net weight 1.4kg Power supply cord 2.5m 9556NB - 100mm ANGLE GRINDER 850W motor Patented Zig Zag varnish or protect critical parts 90 left and right head rotation Side switch conveniently located Side handle can be used in left or right handed position for maximum versatility Shaft lock button for easy wheel changes Standard : Depressed centre sheel, lock nut wrench, grip. Specifications 325 Max. capacities (dia) Depressed centre wheel 100mm Wire cup brush 75mm Abrasive disc 100mm Diamond wheel 100mm Continuous rating input 840W No load speed 11,000rpm Overall length 271mm Spindle thread M10x1.5 Net weight 1.6kg Power supply cord 2.5m 9563C - 100mm ANGLE GRINDER High pwers 1,400W motor SJS helps prevent kickback Tool-less quick guard adjustment Automatic bruch cut off Labyrinth construction Electronic speed control with soft start Standard : Depressed centre sheel, lock nut wrench, grip. Specifications 318 Max. capacities (dia) Depressed centre wheel 100mm Wire cup brush 85mm Abrasive disc 100mm Diamond wheel 100mm Continuous rating input 1,400W No load speed 11,000rpm Overall length 299mm Spindle thread M10x1.5 Net weight 1.8kg Power supply cord 2m 9564C - 115mm ANGLE GRINDER TOOLS Unique Super Joint System S60 motor combines a compact profile with more power and is protected by thickened and unique Zig Zag varnish plus Labyrinth construction Long life auto cut out carbon brushes Electronic speed controller keeps grinder disc rotating at a constant speed even under heavy loads Soft start function Standard : Depressed centre sheel, lock nut wrench, grip. Specifications 318 Max. capacities (dia) Depressed centre wheel 115mm Wire cup brush 90mm Abrasive disc 115mm Diamond wheel 115mm Continuous rating input 1,400W No load speed 11,000rpm Overall length 299mm Spindle thread DIN M14x2 Net weight 1.8kg Power supply cord 2m

327 MAKITA TOOLS GRINDING 9528B - 125mm ANGLE GRINDER 710W motor Slim design for easier handling Toggle switch for postive on and off Perfect for tile work Standard : Depressed centre sheel, lock nut wrench, grip. Specifications Max. capacities (dia) Depressed centre wheel Diamond wheel Continuous rating input No load speed Overall length Spindle thread Net weight Power supply cord mm 125mm 710W 9,000rpm 256mm DIN M14x2 1.4kg 2m NBK - 125mm ANGLE GRINDER 710W motor Lightweight design - ideal for deburring, rust removal, sanding or cutting for domestic or light industrial use Patented Zig Zag varnish to protect critical parts Rotatable wheel guard Shaft lock button for easy wheel changes Value pack includes: 5 grinding discs, case, lock nut wrench, grip Specifications 325 Max. capacities (dia) Depressed centre wheel 125mm Abrasive disc 125mm Diamond wheel 100mm Continuous rating input 710W No load speed 10,000rpm Overall length 258mm Spindle thread DIN M14x2 Net weight 1.4kg Power supply cord 2.5m 9558NB - 125mm ANGLE GRINDER 850W super efficient industrial motor Patented Zig Zag varnish to protect critical parts 90 left and right head rotation Side switch Shaft lock button for easy wheel changes Standard : Depressed centre sheel, lock nut wrench, grip. Specifications 325 Max. capacities (dia) Depressed centre wheel 125mm Wire cup brush 90mm Abrasive disc 125mm Diamond wheel 125mm Continuous rating input 840W No load speed 11,000rpm Overall length 271mm Spindle thread DIN M14x2 Net weight 1.6kg Power supply cord 2.5m 9565C/CV - 125mm ANGLE GRINDER Unique Super Joint System 1,400W motor Patented Zig Zag varnish to protect critical parts plus Labyrinth construction Long life auto cut our carbon brushes Electronic speed controller keeps grinder disc rotating at a constant speed even under heavy loads Soft start function Dial up variable speed control (9565CV only) Standard : Depressed centre sheel, lock nut wrench, grip. V Specifications 318 Max. capacities (dia) Depressed centre wheel 125mm Wire cup brush 90mm Abrasive disc 125mm Diamond wheel 125mm Continuous rating input 1,400W No load speed 11,000rpm/ 2,800-11,000rpm (9565CV) Overall length 299mm Spindle thread DIN M14x2 Net weight 1.8kg Power supply cord 2m 9565CN - 125mm ANGLE GRINDER Deadman switch All the features of the 9565C 1,400W motor Electronic speed control Super Joint System (SJS) Standard : Depressed centre sheel, lock nut wrench, grip. Specifications 318 Max. capacities (dia) Depressed centre wheel 125mm Wire cup brush 90mm Abrasive disc 125mm Diamond wheel 125mm Continuous rating input 1,400W No load speed 11,000rpm Overall length 299mm Spindle thread DIN M14x2 Net weight 1.8kg Power supply cord 2m TOOLS 327

328 TOOLS MAKITA 5 GRINDING 9005B - 125mm ANGLE GRINDER Powerful yet lightweight for high production work with less fatigue Large grip, shaft lock for quick disc changes Lock on switch Externally accessible brushes for easy maintenance extended motor life Standard : Depressed centre sheel, lock nut wrench, grip. Specifications 100 Max. capacities (dia) Depressed centre wheel 125mm Wire cup brush 90mm Abrasive disc 125mm Diamond wheel 125mm Continuous rating input 1,020W No load speed 10,000rpm Overall length 356mm Spindle thread DIN M14x2 Net weight 2.4kg Power supply cord 2m 9015B - 125mm ANGLE GRINDER Powerful yet lightweight for high production work with less fatigue Large grip, shaft lock for quick disc changes Rear deadman switch Rotatable gear housing Externally accessible brushes for easy maintenance extended motor life Standard : Depressed centre sheel, lock nut wrench, grip. Specifications 303 Max. capacities (dia) Depressed centre wheel 125mm Wire cup brush 90mm Abrasive disc 125mm Diamond wheel 125mm Continuous rating input 1,050W No load speed 10,000rpm Overall length 381mm Spindle thread DIN M14x2 Net weight 2.4kg Power supply cord 2m mm ANGLE GRINDER 2000W motor Super Joint Systems (SJS) 180 rotatable rear handle Deadman switch Tool-less wheel guard for each adjustment and shaft lock for easy wheel changes Carbon brushes with automatic cut out Standard: Lock nut wrench grip, cutting and grinding flanges Specifications 204 Max. capacities (dia) Depressed centre wheel 180mm Wire cup brush 110mm Continuous rating input 2,000W No load speed 7,600rpm Overall length 484mm Spindle thread M14x2 Net weight 5.3kg Power supply cord 2m 9069SP - 230mm ANGLE GRINDER 2,000W moor delivers more output power for increased performance 6,600rpm for fast stock removal Large deadman switch for easy operation Labyrinth construction seals motor and bearings from dust and dirt Solid alloy gear housing for durability Adjustable wheel guard Value pack inc: 2 grinding discs, lock nut wrench, grip, cutting and grinding flanges Specifications 204 Max. capacities (dia) Depressed centre wheel 230mm Wire cup brush 110mm Abrasive disc 230mm Continuous rating input 2,000W No load speed 6,600rpm Overall length 458mm Spindle thread DIN M14x2 Net weight 4.2kg Power supply cord 2m mm ANGLE GRINDER TOOLS Power packed tool with torque limiter Deadman switch for easy operation Rotatable solid alloy gear housing Dust proof bearings and resin coating on critical parts improves durability Automatic cut out brushes Standard : Lock nut wrench, grip, cutting and grinding flanges S Specifications 204 Max. capacities (dia) Depressed centre wheel 230mm Wire cup brush 110mm Abrasive disc 230mm Diamond wheel 230mm Continuous rating input 2,400W No load speed 6,600rpm Overall length 470mm Spindle thread DIN M14x2 Net weight 5.1kg Power supply cord 2m

329 MAKITA TOOLS GRINDING GA mm ANGLE GRINDER Solid cast gear housing for durability Accessible brushes for low maintenance Rotatable wheel guard Deadman switch for operator safety Standard : Lock nut wrench, grip, cutting and grinding flanges Specifications 153 Max. capacities (dia) Depressed centre wheel 230mm Wire cup brush 110mm Abrasive disc 230mm Diamond wheel 230mm Continuous rating input 2,300W No load speed 6,500rpm Overall length 433mm Spindle thread DIN M14x2 Net weight 6kg Power supply cord 2m mm ANGLE GRINDER Super Joint System (SJS) 180 rotatable rear handle Deadman switch tool-less wheel guard for each adjustment and shaft lock for easy wheel changes Carbon brushes with automatic cut out Standard : Lock nut wrench, grip, cutting and grinding flanges Specifications 204 Max. capacities (dia) Depressed centre wheel 230mm Wire cup brush 110mm Continuous rating input 2,000W No load speed 6,000rpm Overall length 484mm Spindle thread M14x2 Net weight 5.3kg Power supply cord 2m 906-6mm DIE GRINDER Ideal for light, precision grinding of small work, deburring and touch ups Compact design for manoeuvrability, yet fast working at 25,000rpm Standard : Two wheel points, 2 wrenches, dressing stone Specifications Collet capacity Continuous rating input No load speed Overall length Net weight Power supply cord 64 6mm 240W 25,000rpm 283mm 0.9kg 2m GD0800C - HIGH SPEED DIE GRINDER Unique Super Joint System (SJS) S60 high power compact 750W motor Dial up variable speed control Slim aluminium gear housing for getting into tight areas Ideal for grinding casts and internal surfaces (using flap wheel discs for internal cleaning) Standard: 2 x wrenches, 1/4 collet and nut Specifications 318 Collet capacity 6mm Continuous rating input 750W No load speed 7,000-28,000 rpm Overall length 371mm Net weight 1.6kg Power supply cord 2m V GD0810C - HIGH TORQUE DIE GRINDER Unique Super Joint System (SJS) S60 high power compact 750W motor Dial up variable speed control Slim aluminium gear housing for getting into tight areas Ideal for grinding casts and internal surfaces (using flap wheel discs for internal cleaning) Standard: 2 x wrenches, 1/4 collet and nut Specifications 318 Collet capacity 6mm Continuous rating input 750W No load speed 1,800-7,000 rpm Overall length 371mm Net weight 1.7kg Power supply cord 2m V TOOLS 329

330 TOOLS PROTOOL 5 ANGLE GRINDERS AGP Powerful yet compact angle grinder - for general purpose cutting and grinding Spindle lock for rapid consumables replacement Disc guard quickly adjusts within 360 with no tools required Sliding on/off switch, safety feature 3 position auxilliary handle Item No Power Speed Disc ø Spindle Thread Weight W 10,000rpm 125mm M14 2.1kg 180mm 2100W ANGLE GRINDER AGP Heavy duty multi-purpose angle grinder with 2100W motor starting current deliminater, trouble-free-start from domestic mains Spindle lock for rapid saw blade change disc guard quickly adjusts within 360 with no tools required 3 positional handle Item No Power Speed Wheel Spindle Thread Weight W 8500rpm 180/230mm M14 5.5/5.4kg 230mm 2500W ANGLE GRINDER AGP Heavy-duty multi-purpose angle grinder with auto-balance* for jobs needing extra power auto-balancing unit* gives 50%+ vibration reduction in operation starting current deliminiter, trouble-free start from domestic mains Spindle lock for rapid saw blade change Soft start feature prevents kick-back/ overload at start-up Adjustable disc guard, no tools easy to operate switch Item No Power Speed Wheel Weight Spindle Thread W 6500rpm 230mm 5.5kg M14 TOOLS

331 PROTOOL TOOLS IMPACT WRENCHES 1/2 SQUARE DRIVE IMPACT WRENCH IWP 20 5 Dynamic tightening and loosening of commercial fasteners and fittings. Robust aluminium alloy gearbox housing and gears Efficient and effortless impact mechanism Low reaction torque for safe easy operation Quick change forward/reverse switch SW 17, 19 and 24 impact sockets included Supplied in Systainer storage/transport system. Item No Power Impact Frequency Torque Application Range Weight W 0~2300rpm 280Nm M10-M20 2.0kg 3/4 SQUARE DRIVE IMPACT WRENCH IWP Nm optimum torque for use on industrial fasteners and fittings. Robust aluminium alloy gearbox housing and gears Efficient high performance impact mechanism Low reaction torque for safe easy operation Versatile metal suspension/storage shackle Quick change forward/reverse switch Additional handle and SW 32 impact socket included Supplied in metal case for storage/transport Item No Power Impact Frequency Torque Application Range Weight W 0~1420rpm 850Nm M14-M30 5.3kg STRAIGHT GRINDERS 520W OR 580W STRAIGHT GRINDER WITH LONG COLLAR SGP 25 (520W) AND SGP 25 E (580W) Slimline design for working in confined spaces. Robust aluminium alloy gearbox housing and gears Long life precision engineered spindle Attachment collar option for fixed use. For use with 3, 6, 8mm and 1/4 shank points, cutters and grinders. Electronic speed control for optimum application ( only) Item No Power Speed Collet Collar Weight W 31,000rpm 3-8mm 43mm 1.5Kg w 13-31,000rpm 3-8mm 43mm 1.5kg 580W ELECTRONIC STRAIGHT GRINDER WITH SHORT COLLAR DGP 25 E Compact hand-held electronic controlled grinding versatility. Robust aluminium alloy gearbox housing and gears Long life precision engineered spindle Attachment collar option for fixed use For use with 3, 6, 8mm and 1/4 shank points, cutters and grinders Electronic speed control for optimum application Item No Power Speed Collet Collar Weight W 13-31,000rpm 3-8mm 43mm 1.3kg TOOLS

332 TOOLS PROTOOL 5 IMPACT DRILLS 13MM DUAL SPEED EXTREME IMPACT DRILLS PDP 18-2 E Compact, 2 speed impact drill Electronic speed control for work on various materials Forward/reverse rotation for screwdriving and undoing ggasteners, easy-accessswitch Variable dual-speed gears in aluminium-alloy gearbox Systainer (Plus version only) Versatile, drilling, impact drilling and screw-driving with impact action off 360 auxiliary side handle Item No Power Speed Impact Frequency Torque Chuck Range Stone/St/Wood Weight / W /0-3050rpm 0-22,000/0-61,000rpm 38/13 Nm mm 18/13/40mm 2.1kg 16MM VARIABLE SPEED INDUSTRIAL IMPACT DRILLS POP 32-2 EQ Solid drive spindle and specialised motor for heavy duty drilling. Robust aluminium alloy gearbox with 57mm collar Specially designed/constructed high torque motor Dual speed gears (35/19.5Nm output) Ideal for use with Crown Borers in brick/concrete (max ø 90/120mm) Robust drive spindle and spindle bearings for durability Friction safety clutch for user and machine protection Electronic variable speed control - reversible Telescopic 360 rotational handle and drill bit depth gauge included Keyed chuck with clawed jaw and safety locking mechanism - 5/8 ~ 16 UN-2A thread Optional model in metal case for storage/transport ( only) Item No Power Speed Impact Frequency Chuck Range Mason/St/Wood Weight / W 0-970/0-1750rpm 0-19,400/35,000rpm mm 32/25/45mm 3.2kg ROTARY HAMMER DRILLS 5KG ELECTRO-PNEUMATIC ROTARY HAMMER/CHISEL DRILL CHP 5E-2 TOOLS High impact efficiency for drilling and chiselling. Powerful electro-pneumatic impact mechanism provides high efficiency hammer and chiselling operation Fluorine-elastomer piston rings provide long-life impact durability Ideal for use with Crown Borers in bricklconcrete (max ø 90mm) Friction safety clutch for user and machine protection Electronic variable speed control 360 rotational front handle and drill bit depth gauge included SDS-max drill bit reception Supplied in metal case for storage/transport Item No Power Speed Impact Frequency Impact Energy Max drill ø Weight W 0-420rpm rpm 5.0J 35mm 5.5kg

333 HITACHI TOOLS GRINDERS G10SR2-100mm ANGLE GRINDER Improved cooling mechanism and high powered motor Compact, lightweight and easy to use slide switch Easy to replace grinding wheel with spindle lock Renewed design and upgrade of current model Excellent overload durability Powerful 650 watt motor SPECIFICATIONS Wheel Diameter 100mm (4 ) Hole Diameter 16mm (5/8 ) Power Input 650 watts No Load Speed 11,000 rpm Spindle Thread M10 x 1.5 Length 254mm Weight 1.4kg Brush Standard Accessories Grinding disc, side handle, wrench, carry case Barcode Number G10SD2-100mm ANGLE GRINDER Low profile gearbox allows access to restricted areas Ergonomic 15 side handle Compact, lightweight and modern Advanced seal technology High power to weight ratio Powerful 760 watt motor ALSO AVAILABLE WITH CARRY CASE G1OSD2(H6) SPECIFICATIONS Wheel Diameter 100mm (4 ) Hole Diameter 16mm (5/8 ) Power Input 760 watts No Load Speed 11,000 rpm Spindle Thread M10 x 1.5 Length 250mm Weight 1.6kg Brush Standard Accessories Spanner, side handle, grinding disc Barcode Number G12SR2-115mm ANGLE GRINDER Improved cooling mechanism and high powered motor Compact, lightweight and easy to use slide switch Easy to replace grinding wheel with spindle lock Renewed design and upgrade of current model Excellent overload durability Powerful 650 watt motor SPECIFICATIONS Wheel Diameter 11 5mm (4-1/2 ) Hole Diameter 22mm (7/8 ) Power Input 650 watts No Load Speed 11,000 rpm Spindle Thread M14x2 Length 254mm Weight 1.4kg Brush Standard Accessories Grinding disc, side handle, wrench, carry case Barcode Number G12S2-115mm ANGLE GRINDER Low profile gearbox allows access to restricted areas Ergonomic 15 side handle Compact, lightweight and modern Advanced seal technology High power to weight ratio Powerful 760 watt motor SPECIFICATIONS Wheel Diameter 115mm (4-1/2 ) Hole Diameter 22mm (7/8 ) Power Input 760 watts No Load Speed 11,000 rpm Spindle Thread M14x2 Length 250mm Weight 1.6kg Brush Standard Accessories Spanner, side handle, grinding disc Barcode Number TOOLS 333

334 TOOLS HITACHI 5 GRINDERS G12SE2-115mm ANGLE GRINDER Spindle lock for easy to replace grinding wheel Wear resistance of armature coil Excellent overload durability Powerful 1,200 watt motor Compact and lightweight Safety Deadman Switch SPECIFICATIONS Wheel Diameter 115mm (4-1/2 ) Hole Diameter 22mm (7/8 ) Power Input 1,200 watts No Load Speed 11,000 rpm Spindle Thread M14x2 Length 321mm Weight 1.9kg Brush Standard Accessories Grinding disc, side handle, wrench Barcode Number G13SD - 125mm ANGLE GRINDER Newly designed housing and powerful motor Improved dust sealed bearing Powerful 760 watt motor Two position side handle SPECIFICATIONS Wheel Diameter 125mm (5 ) Hole Diameter 22mm (7/8 ) Power Input 760 watts No Load Speed 10,000 rpm Spindle Thread M14x2 Length 250mm Weight 1.6kg Brush Standard Accessories Grinding disc, side handle, wrench Barcode Number G13SE2-125mm ANGLE GRINDER Spindle lock for easy to replace grinding wheel Wear resistance to armature coil Anti-vibration handle, reducing vibration by 35% Excellent overload durability Powerful 1,200 watt motor Compact and lightweight Safety Deadman Switch SPECIFICATIONS Wheel Diameter 125mm (5 ) Hole Diameter 22.2mm (7/8 ) Power Input 1,200 watts No Load Speed 11,000 rpm Spindle Thread M14x2 Length 321mm Weight 1.9kg Brush Standard Accessories Grinding disc, side handle, wrench Barcode Number G13SB3-125mm ANGLE GRINDER TOOLS Powerful 1300 watt motor Anti-vibration handle, reducing vibration by 35% Increased overload durability Increased wear resistance of the armature coil SPECIFICATIONS Wheel Diameter 125mm (5 ) Hole Diameter 22mm (7/8 ) Power Input 1,300 watts No Load Speed 11,000 rpm Spindle Thread M14x2 Length 283mm Weight 3.3kg Brush Standard Accessories 125mm disc, side handle, wrench Barcode Number

335 HITACHI TOOLS GRINDERS G13SC2-125mm ANGLE GRINDER High powered 1,200 watt motor Excellent overload capacity Three position side handle Advanced seal technology Low clearance gearbox Spindle lock Safety Deadman Switch SPECIFICATIONS Wheel Diameter 125mm (5 ) Hole Diameter 22mm (7/8 ) Power Input 1,200 watts No Load Speed 10,000 rpm Spindle thread M14x2 Length 381 mm Weight 2.8kg Brush Standard Accessories Spanner, side handle, grinding disc Barcode Number G13V - 125mm VARIABLE SPEED GRINDER Soft start & electronic constant speed control Convenient variable speed control Industrial grade 1,110 watt motor Most powerful motor in its class Overload protection control Convenient slide switch SPECIFICATIONS Wheel Diameter 125mm (5 ) Hole Diameter 22mm (7/8 ) Power Input 1, 110 watts No Load Speed 2,800 / 10,000 rpm Spindle thread M14x2 Length 290mm Weight 1.7kg Brush Standard Accessories Spanner, side handle, grinding disc Barcode Number G18SE3-180mm ANGLE GRINDER Dust proof ball bearing portion & durable retainer New construction to protect grease leakage Tool-less angle adjustment of wheel guard Spindle lock 3-position side handle Prolonged service life and wear resistant Powerful 2,400 watt motor Anti-vibration handle Safety Deadman Switch SPECIFICATIONS Wheel Diameter 180mm (5 ) Hole Diameter 22mm (7/8 ) Power Input 2,400 watts No Load Speed 8,500 rpm Spindle thread M14x2 Length 478mm Weight 5kg Brush Standard Accessories Spanner, side handle, grinding disc Barcode Number G23SE2-230mm ANGLE GRINDER Dust-proof ball bearing Tool-less wheel guard can be adjusted to any angle Long life carbon brushes More durable ball bearing retainer Wear resistance of armature coil Powerful 2,400 watt motor Carry case Anti-vibration handle Safety Deadman Switch SPECIFICATIONS Wheel Diameter 230mm (5 ) Hole Diameter 22mm (7/8 ) Power Input 2,400 watts No Load Speed 6,600 rpm Spindle Thread M14x2 Length 478mm Weight 5kg Brush Standard Accessories Grinding disc, side handle, wrench, wheel nut, carry case Barcode Number TOOLS 335

336 TOOLS HITACHI 5 GRINDERS G23UB2-230mm ANGLE GRINDER Soft start for minimised kick back reaction Dust proof ball bearing portion & durable retainer New construction to protect from grease leakage Tool-less angle adjustment of wheel guard Prolonged service life and wear resistant Easy to use large safety lock switch Three position side handle Powerful 2,400 watt motor Anti-vibration handle, and Safety Soft Sart Safety Deadman Switch SPECIFICATIONS Wheel Diameter 230mm (9 ) Hole Diameter 22mm (7/8 ) Power Input 2,400 watts No Load Speed 6,600 rpm Spindle Thread M14x2 Length 478mm Weight 5.2kg Brush Standard Accessories Grinding disc, side handle, wrench, wheel nut, washer Barcode Number G23SR - 230mm ANGLE GRINDER Class leading durability Secondary coating of armature ends employed to minimize damage caused by dust Dust proof ball bearings due to labyrinth construction Improved design of gearbox to reduce grease leakage Anti-vibration handle Safety Deadman Switch SPECIFICATIONS Wheel Diameter 230mm (9 ) Hole Diameter 22mm (7/8 ) Power Input 2,000 watts No Load Speed 6,600 rpm Spindle Thread M14x2 Length 463mm Weight 4.6kg Brush Standard Accessories Grinding disc, side handle, wrench, wheel nut Barcode Number GP2-25mm DIE GRINDER Compact design for easy access to hard to reach locations High speed for a smooth and accurate finish High power from a 520 watt industrial motor Convenient tool rest SPECIFICATIONS Capacity 25mm (1 ) Power Input 520 watts No Load Speed 25,000 rpm Collet Size 6.5mm (1/4 ) Length 365mm Weight 1.8kg Brush Standard Accessories 2 spanners Barcode Number GP13-125mm STRAIGHT GRINDER TOOLS Ideally suited for grinding or polishing internal surfaces Ideal for most grinding and polishing applications Excellent for polishing awkward shapes Powerful 700 watt motor SPECIFICATIONS Capacity 125 x 19 x 12.7mm (5 x 3/4 x 1/2 ) Power Input 700 watts No Load Speed 4,800 rpm Spindle Thread M12 x 1.75 Length 597mm Weight 5.5kg Brush Standard Accessories Spanner, grinding wheel Barcode Number

337 HITACHI CUTTERS/CUT OFF MACHINES CM12Y - 305mm DISC CUTTER CC14SF - 355mm HIGH SPEED CUT OFF MACHINE 100mm depth of cut - 50mm in one pass No exhaust fumes plus a safety soft start Ideal balance, less vibration, lower noise Ideal for cutting concrete, tiles & metal Easier maintenance than petrol cutters Powerful 2,350 watt motor Dust extraction outlet Dry cut only *Wheel Sold Separately* Equipped with a soft grip handle, minimizing vibration thus making cutting more comfortable One touch vice system allows quick feeding and easy tightening Spindle lock makes mounting and dismounting wheels more convenient Powerful 2,400 watt engine Unique double guard system Adjustable vice right to 45 TOOLS SPECIFICATIONS Wheel Diameter 305mm (12 ) Max Cutting Depth 100mm (4 ) Depth Per Pass 50mm (2 ) Power Input 2,350 watts No Load Speed 5,000 rpm Arbor 22mm (7/8 ) Length 595mm Weight 11.5kg Brush Standard Accessories Dust collector, adaptor, safety goggles, allen keys, spanner Barcode Number SPECIFICATIONS Capacity Bar: 65mm (2-9/16 ) Shape: 130 x 115mm Pipe: 120mm (4-3/4 ) Power Input 2,400 watts No Load Speed 3,800 rpm Arbor 25.4mm (1 ) Dimensions 603 x 318 x 603mm Weight 16.5kg Brush Standard Accessories 8mm hex key, cut off wheel Barcode Number CC16SA - 405mm CUT OFF MACHINE CC16SB - 405mm 3 PHASE CUT OFF MACHINE Adjustable angle vice cutting up to 45 Wind up vice with thread protection Large capacity: 120mm pipe Double reinforced base 2,400 watt motor SPECIFICATIONS Capacity Bar: 75mm (3 ) Shape: 120 x 120mm (4-3/4 ) Pipe: 120mm (4-3/4 ) Power Input 2,400 watts No Load Speed 3,500 rpm Arbor 25.4mm (1 ) Dimensions 592 x 320 x 691 mm Weight 22.5kg Brush Standard Accessories Spanner, cut off wheel Barcode Number Adjustable angle vice cutting up to 45 Heavy duty 3,700 watt (5Hp) output Three phase induction motor Wheels for mobility Solid cast iron base Mounting brackets SPECIFICATIONS Capacity Bar: 75mm (3 ) Shape: 110 x 110mm (4-3/8 ) Pipe: 130mm (5-1/8 ) Power Input 3,700 watts No Load Speed 1,440 rpm Arbor 25.4mm (1 ) Dimensions 894 x 424 x 965mm Weight 96.0kg Brush Standard Accessories Spanner, cut off wheel Barcode Number TOOLS 337

338 5 TOOLS ANNULAR CUTTERS AUSTBROACH One Touch Cutters JETBROACH One Touch Cutters Austbroach High Speed Steel Cutter DxL - Diam x 25mm (L) DxL - Diam x 50mm (L) Makes holes 3 times faster than twist drills. They produce a semi-reamed accurate hole and provide single pass cutting with no pilot hole required. Australian Made. JB and JBO Jetbroaches Tungsten Carbide Tip Cutters DxL - Diam x 50mm (L) DxL - Diam x 50mm (L) Can be run at higher feed and speeds to produce excellent quality and accuracy of holes. Atra Ace Range For simplicity, our Atra Ace range uses onetouch cutters that require no tools for cutter replacement. They simply push in. This provides a self centring effect, which extends cutter life. AUSTBROACH AND JETBROACH HOLDERS COMBINATION ON HOLDERS AND CUTTERS Jetbroach Cutter Up to 35mm Up to 50mm Up to 75mm Holder Diam. Thick Thick Thick BHM Jetbroach Holders For use on Boring Machine spindles, lathes and Magnetic Drill Stands. A. BHM (M.T. No.2) B. BHM (M.T. No.3) C. BHM (M.T. No.3) D. BHM (M.T. No.4) WA-3500 ATRA ACE AUTO PORTABLE MAGNETIC BASE AUTOMATIC DRILLING MACHINE WONDER COST-PERFORMANCE IN IRON-STEEL BORING WORK Slow start mechanism The feed speed is reduced fof the first few seconds after boring begins to ensure a smooth cut through the mill scale Auto-feed Automatic control and feed are activated by simply puching the rod handle to engage the gears. Dual sensing The system responds to both the rotational and perpendicular forces on the cutter. Cycle stop After the cut has finished, a detector responds to the reduction in load and both the drill and the feed motor automatically stop. Overload stop When an excessive load is applied to the cutter, both the drill and the feed motor will stop automatically to prevent the cutter from breaking NEW TOOLS

339 TOOLS CHISELING, CUTTING AND FILING A-300 CH-24 AUTO CHISEL CHIPPING HAMMER ACH-16 CHIPPING HAMMER 5 Pistol type air hammer Designed for speeding up the repair and sheet metal work on automobiles etc. A wide variety of chisels available. Straight type chipping hammer A durable and dependable chisel that is ideal for all kinds of chipping work. Compact type chipping hammer A compact and light weight model featuring the dependability that is the trademark of all Nitto Products. S-250 AND S-1000 SSW-110 ASH-800 SCALER These unique scalers perform scores of Industrial and shipboard descaling and cleaning jobs efficiently and economically. Available in 250mm and 1 metre long handles. SUPER SAW The super saw is light weight and for operator comfort, low vibration. Cuts up to 3mm in metal and has a stroke of 11mm. SUPER HAND FINISHING FILE New moddel - lighter in weight and super efficient in the filing of aluminium, glass, metal and wood. S-250 S-1000 SCREWDRIVERS ASD-35 AIR SCREWDRIVERS ASD-40 AIR SCREWDRIVERS ASD-50 AIR SCREWDRIVERS Screw size mm: M4 Screw size mm: M4 Screw size mm: M5 Nitto Kohki s Cushion Clutch Screwdrivers feature superiority with a rear exhaust system that is adjustable 360 and elastomer grip to ensure a safe work and handling environment. Compared to other types, Nittto Kohki s screwdrivers offer smoother torque increases, long durabililty and less reaction to ensure worker safety. BELT SANDING B-10B B-20C B-30A Belt size: 10mm Belt size: 20mm Belt size: 30mm These versatile Belt Sanders are ideal for sanding in narrow spaces, recessed corners or on curved surfaces. Nitto Kohki s Belton Sanders can be adjusted up, down, all around for all job versatility. They are compact and lightweight with high performace pneumatic motors. Now equipped with a wheel guard cover and a fail-safe throttle that prevents unintentional starts. TOOLS 339

340 TOOLS 5 L-25B DIE GRINDERS L-35B AL-55 For precision grinding, these high speed Die Grinders are equipped with super-efficient silencers and rear exhaust systems. Works wonders on all metals, woods and plastics. The L-35 B is perfect for use with carbide tips AIR DRILLS AD-65B AD-100B KDR-1301 HAND DRILL HAND DRILL EXTRA HEAVY DUTY DRILL Drill Capacity: 6.5mm (1/4 ) Drill Capacity: 10mm (3/8 ) Delivers the power and performance you need to drill deeper and faster. Nitto Air Drills are silenced and are perfect for light and medium duty drilling. Built-in speed control incorporated in trigger mechanism for maximum efficiency. minimum air consumption. Drill Capacity: 12mm (1/2 ) Kuken s 1.2 drill is compact and light weight for easy handling. With a positive action trigger for speed control it is ideal for general drilling. NEEDLE SCALERS JT-20 JET CHISEL Straight Type 2 & 3mm needles JEX-24 JET CHISEL Universal Type 2 & 3mm needles JEX-28 JET CHISEL Heavy Duty Type 2 & 3mm needles JEX-20 JET CHISEL - LOW VIBRATION TYPE Straight Type 2 & 3mm needles JC-16 JET CHISEL Light Weight Type 2mm needles AJC-16 JET CHISEL Straight Type - Light weight 3mm needles TOOLS Powerful Scaling - the only units of their kind on the market withour springs. These scalers have low air consumption and deliver trouble free, efficient operation The needles adjust to any surface contour

341 TOOLS ELECTRIC HYDRAULIC PUNCHERS E E HANDY SELFER HANDY SELFER 5 Max Hole Capacity: Max Punch Thickness: Max Throat Depth: 15mm 6mm (steel) 25mm Max Hole Capacity: Max Punch Thickness: Max Throat Depth: 19mm 6mm (steel) 55mm Electrically Operated Hydralic Punches Ideal for making round or elongated holes in flat bar, angle or channel steel. PORTABLE BEVELING TOOLS MB-03A HB-15B AMB0307 MINI BEVELER Beveling Cap: Steel 3mm Compact and light for high speed beveling. Chamfer angle 45. Bevels radius HAND BEVELER Beveling Cap: 15mm Ideal for beveling steel plates before welding. Chamfer angle 15o-45. Light in weight. Also available in 3 phase. MINI BEVELER Beveling Cap: Steel 7mm s/steel 3mm Applicable for stainless steel and mild steel beveling. Perfect for continuous usage. DISC GRINDING AND SANDING MAG-25B 58MM (2.5 ) DISC GRINDER Ultra compact and light weight for grinding areas where space is limited. MAG-40 AUST MYTON GRINDERS 100mm (4 ) disc grinder The Mag-40, with a threaded spindle 10x1.5mm, is now more versatile than ever. Features a vibration proof grip, silencer and a double lock safety lever. MAG MM (5 ) DISC GRINDER For fast and efficient grinding, with user comfort rear exhaust system, vibrationdamping side handle and incorporates a spindle lock for easy replacement of grinding wheels. MAG mm (7 ) Disc Grinder Strong and durable, the Mag-70 s high quality ball bearings are fully sealed and the gears are made of tempered steel. For safety the grinding wheel is visible from all working angles. MAS-20A MYTON GRINDERS Max. 500mm (2 ) uses one-touch disc pads. Ideal for sanding in limited spaces. Compact and powerful. MAS mm (4 ) High performace air sander that uses disc paper. It is light weight and easy operated. Has the advantages of great power and performance. TOOLS 341

342 TOOLS 5 IMPACT WRENCHES KW-1600PPRO KW-2000P KW-2500P KW-2800P PISTOL PISTOL PISTOL PISTOL Bolt Capacity: 16mm Bolt Capacity: 20mm Bolt Capacity: 25mm Bolt Capacity: 28mm Square Drive 1/2 Square Drive 3/4 Square Drive 3/4 Square Drive 3/4 Max. Torque: 330ft.lb Max. Torque: 610ft.lb Max. Torque: 830ft.lb Max. Torque: 1100ft.lb Weight: 1.46kg Weight: 3.1kg Weight: 4.4kg Weight: 5.2kg KW-3800P KW-3800GPRO KW-4500P KW-4500G PISTOL Bolt Capacity: 38mm Square Drive 1 Max. Torque: 1300ft.lb Weight: 7.4kg D-HANDLE Bolt Capacity: 38mm Square Drive 1 Max. Torque: 1300ft.lb Weight: 6.4kg PISTOL Bolt Capacity: 45mm Square Drive 1 Max. Torque: 1950ft.lb Weight: 10.4kg D-HANDLE Bolt Capacity: 45mm Square Drive 1 Max. Torque: 1950ft.lb Weight: 10.7kg KW-5000G D-HANDLE Bolt Capacity: 50mm Square Drive 1 1/2 Max. Torque: 2600ft.lb Weight: 16kg Kuken N-Type Impact Wrenches feature an innovative no hammer clutch system. This provides excellent power, compactness and minimum vibration. Increased durability is achieved and with the shift-on action of the clutch system, less damage to bolts and buts occurs. Low noise levels and minimum air consumption. HAMMER TYPE IMPACT WRENCHES KW-18HP KW-20P KW-20PI KW-C120 PISTOL Bolt Capacity: 18mm Square Drive 1/2 Max. Torque: 280ft.lb Weight: 2.5kg PISTOL Bolt Capacity: 20mm Square Drive 3/4 Max. Torque: 480ft.lb Weight: 4.2kg PISTOL Bolt Capacity: 22mm Square Drive 3/4 Max. Torque: 630ft.lb Weight: 6.2kg D-HANDLE Bolt Capacity: 22mm Square Drive 3/4 Max. Torque: 700ft.lb Weight: 6.5kg KW-385G KW-420G KW-40P KW-45F PISTOL Bolt Capacity: 38mm Square Drive 1 Max. Torque: 1300ft.lb Weight: 9.2kg D-HANDLE Bolt Capacity: 42mm Square Drive 1 Max. Torque: 2200ft.lb Weight: 13.1kg PISTOL Bolt Capacity: 40mm Square Drive 1 Max. Torque: 1085ft.lb Weight: 12.5kg D-HANDLE Bolt Capacity: 45mm Square Drive 1 Max. Torque: 2100ft.lb Weight: 17.6kg TOOLS KW-75F D-HANDLE Bolt Capacity: 75mm Square Drive 1 Max. Torque: 4500ft.lb Weight: 38.1kg Kuken Hammer Type Impact Wrenches deliver extra powerful performances and durability. They are well balanced for easy handling. Ideal for all heavy duty applications in mining, truck and construction situations. 342

343 TOOLS CUPLA FITTINGS FULL-BLOW CUPLA Energy-saving design for new pneumatic system. Up to about 40% increase in flow rate. Safety Cupla - purges residual air pressure. ROTARY PLUG Newly developed rotary function allows 360 rotation! Great improvement for working pneumatic tools. 5 FITTED HOSES CRIMPED HOSE ASSEMBLIES Nitto Hose Assemblies Air/water hose with distinctive yellow and blue striping - recognised by all as one of the best quality hoses available. Crimped fittings - eliminates hose clamps which can leak and snag. Available in 10, 20, and 30 metre lengths. POLYURETHANE SPIRAL HOSES Excellent Flexibility Light weight. Super memory retention. Non-Kinking Available in 2, 4, 6 and 8 metre working lengths. NITTO CUPLA TM EXPERIENCE WITH 300 SERIES, TYPES Nitto Kohki s vast experience, extending over the development of 3,000 series and 25,000 types, is brought to life in a multitude of patented technology. From general household use to high-tech industrial applications in oceanic and space development Diameters range from a tiny 2.5mm to a huge 540mm. Bodies of steel, brass, plastic, aluminium and stainless steel Cupla is the world brand that answers all user needs in all industires. RAILBORE CEMBRE RAIL DRILLING MACHINES have been specially designed for use in railway applications. Being compact, they can be easily handled by one person. Drills a variety of different rail sizes up to 38 o diameter. RAILBORE CUTTERS For use in the Cembre rail drill. Australian made annular cutters are also ideal for cutting holes in bisalloy when used in conjunction with our Jetbroach holders or in our low speed Mag drills. CEMBRE RAIL DRILLING MACHINES The linear motor driven free piston system is full of next-generation possibilities. Not only are they compact, quiet and vibration free, they also feature easy maintenance and a long operating life. TOOLS 343

344 TOOLS 5 HI-CUPLA SOCKETS MODEL SIZE MODEL SIZE MODEL SIZE FOR HOSE CONNECTION (SH) FOR HOSE CONNECTION (SM) FOR HOSE CONNECTION (SF) 20SH For 1/4 hose 20SM 1/4 male 20SF 1/4 female 30SH For 3/8 hose 30SM 3/8 male 30SF 3/8 female 40SH For 1/2 hose 40SM 1/2 male 40SF 1/2 female An excellent general purpose Cupla for connecting factory air supply to pneumatic tool hose. Important structural parts are hardened for added strength. Extremely wear resistant and durable. PLUGS MODEL SIZE MODEL SIZE MODEL SIZE FOR HOSE CONNECTION (PH) FOR HOSE CONNECTION (PM) FOR HOSE CONNECTION (PF) 20PH For 1/4 hose 20PM 1/4 male 20PF 1/4 female 30PH For 3/8 hose 30PM 3/8 male 30PF 3/8 female 40PH For 1/2 hose 40PM 1/2 male 40PF 1/2 female Plugs are hardened and extremely wear resistant. HI-CUPLA (ONE-TOUCH) SOCKETS MODEL SIZE MODEL SIZE MODEL SIZE FOR HOSE CONNECTION (SH) FOR HOSE CONNECTION (SM) FOR HOSE CONNECTION (SF) SH For 1/4 hose SM 1/4 male SF 1/4 female SH For 3/8 hose SM 3/8 male SF 3/8 female SH For 1/2 hose SM 1/2 male SF 1/2 female Simple and secure one-touch connection. Big flow rate. Improves efficiency. QUALITY IS NOT INTERCHANGEABLE COMPARE THE FLOW RATE TO SAVE POWER AND EXPENSE! The bigger flow rate reduces the source pressure of a compressor, which reduces power consumption and your production costs, without effort. TOOLS

345 TOOLS WA-3500 ELECTRIC HYDRAULIC PUNCHERS ATRA ACE AUTO High Performance Automatic Drilling Powerful 1100W drill motor Simply the best value drilling unit on the market Cuts 35Ø thru 50mm plate AO-3000 AO-5000 QA-6500 ATRA Ideal for on-site work Weighs only 14kg This unit is extremely durable and reliable Cuts up to 30mmØ thru 25mm plate 13mm chuck for twist drills available ATRA For smooth cutting of deep and large holes A real work horse Two speed drill motor, powerful 1000kg/f Double rectangular magnet Cuts up to 52Ø thru 50mm plate ATRA ACE QUICK AUTO Fully automatic drilling for increased productivity and reduced cost Features include load detection, step feed Cuts up to 65Ø thru 50mm plate 5 AUTOMATIC A100 ATRA ACE MANUAL Extra large, deep hole cutting Cuts 50mmØ - 100mmØ up to 75mm plate thickness QUICK ONE-TOUCH POWERFUL MAGNETIC BASED DRILLING M320 METABO ATRA Drilling capacity: 32mm Drill: Metabo 3 Morse Taper Speeds: 220, 260, 350, 420 M250 BOSCH ATRA Drilling capacity: 25mm (steel) Drill: Bosch GBM Morse Taper Speeds: 280, 640 (Full Load) M-130 METABO ATRA Drilling capacity: 16mm Drill: Metabo BE622S 16mm Chuck Speed: RPM TOOLS 345

346 5 TOOLS MAGNETIC BASED DRILLING STANDS M320 M250B ATRA ATRA M-450 ATRA AUTO FEED Drill Capacity: Stroke: 32mm max. 280mm Drill Capacity: Stroke: 25mm max. 230mm Drill Capacity: Stroke: 45mm max. 280mm SWIVEL ANGLE FRONT AND REAR MOVEMENT SWIVEL ANGLE FRONT AND REAR MOVEMENT SWIVEL ANGLE FRONT AND REAR MOVEMENT Nitto Magnetic Drill Stands feature powerful, double grip, rectangular magnets for secure holding. Their hardened dovetail slides ensure right angle positioning with pin-point accuracy. SELFER ACE PORTABLE HYDRAULIC PUNCHERS HS DOUBLE-ACTING SELFER ACE HS DOUBLE-ACTING SELFER ACE HS DOUBLE-ACTING SELFER ACE Max Punching: Thickness: Max Punch Diam: Throat Depth: 16mm (SS406) 6mm (SUS) 24mm 110mm Max Punching: Thickness: Max Punch Diam: Throat Depth: 16mm (SS400) 6mm (SUS) 24mm 70mm Max Punching: Thickness: Max Punch Diam: Throat Depth: 13mm (SS400) 6mm (SUS) 22mm 60mm Portable, Auto Return, Punching Nitto Selfers have inching function and their anti-shock construction adopted in punching head, makes punching of stainless steel possible. Ideal for on-site punching. HPDD-05 DOUBLE-ACTING HYDRAULIC PUMP TOOLS Power: AC230V - 50/60 HZ Motor: 0.4 KW 4P Output: AT68.65 MPA /0.66 Pressure: MPA (700kg F/cm 2 ) 346

347 STRATA MISCELLANEOUS AIR REELS HOSE REELERS PRODUCT PRODUCT WORKING HOSE HOSE HOSE INLET OUTLET COLOUR CODE PRESSURE LENGTH TYPE SIZE FITTING FITTING 6 AIR RAAIR kpa 20 m PVC 8 mm 3/8 BSP 1/4 BSP RED female male AIR RAAIR kpa 20 m PVC 10 mm 3/8 BSP 3/8 BSP RED female male AIR RAAIR kpa 15 m PVC 12 mm 3/8 BSP 3/8 BSP RED female male HIGH RAHPA 4200 kpa 10 m Nutrile 10 mm 3/8 BSP 318 BSP RED PRESSURE AIR Rubber female male DIVING/ RAAIRD 1750 kpa 20 m PVC 8 mm 3/8 BSP 3/8 BSP YELLOW BREATHING female male Supplied with hose and fittings WATER REELS PRODUCT PRODUCT WORKING HOSE HOSE HOSE INLET OUTLET COLOUR CODE PRESSURE LENGTH TYPE SIZE FITTING FITTING COLD WASH RACW 1360 kpa 18 m PVC 12 mm Clip nozzle GREEN fitting INDUSTRIAL/ RAWATER 1700 kpa 18 m PVC 12 mm 3/8 BSP gun BLUE WATER female HOT WASH RAHW 1400 kpa 15m PVC 12 mm 1/2 BSP RED Food grade female HIGH RAHPW 4200 kpa 10m Nutrile 10 mm 1/2 BSP 3/8 BSPT RED PRESSURE Rubber female male WATER Supplied with hose and fittings GENERAL USE REELS PRODUCT PRODUCT WORKING HOSE HOSE HOSE INLET OUTLET COLOUR CODE PRESSURE LENGTH TYPE SIZE FITTING FITTING GENERAL TBA up to up to 150m - 12mm - - RED 3000 PSI GENERAL TBA up to up to 60m - 19mm - - RED 3000 PSI GENERAL TBA 600 PSI up to 34m - 25mm - - RED GENERAL TBA 600 PSI up to 38m - 38mm - - RED Supplied without hose CHEMICAL, LUBRICATION REELS PRODUCT PRODUCT WORKING HOSE HOSE HOSE INLET OUTLET COLOUR CODE PRESSURE LENGTH TYPE SIZE FITTING FITTING OIL TBA up to up to 30m - 1/2 1/2 NPTF - RED 3000 PSI OIL TBA up to up to 20m - 3/4 3/4 NPTF - RED 3000 PSI GREASE TBA up to up to 15m - 1/4 1/4 NPTF - RED 9000 PSI CHEMICAL TBA up to up to 61m - 1/2 TBA - RED 9000 PSI Supplied without hose MISCELLANEOUS 347

348 MISCELLANEOUS STRATA 6 HOSE REELERS ELECTRICAL REELS PRODUCT PRODUCT V/A CABLE CABLE CABLE INLET OUTLET COLOUR CODE LENGTH TYPE SIZE FITTING FITTING 240v SINGLE RAPower 240v15amp 20 m H/D 15 N/A 3 pin 3 pin BLUE PHASE POWER amp flex male socket FLUORESCENT H/D 15 LIGHT RALight 240v11w 20 m amp N/A 3 pin light BLUE Supplied with cable and fittings PRODUCT PRODUCT AMP CABLE CABLE CABLE INLET OUTLET COLOUR CODE LENGTH TYPE SIZE FITTING FITTING WELDING RCE3000E m - 3lmm 2 stud stud RED CABLE m - 50mm 2 stud stud RED Supplied without cable INDUSTRIAL GASES REELS PRODUCT PRODUCT WORKING HOSE HOSE HOSE INLET OUTLET COLOUR CODE PRESSURE LENGTH TYPE SIZE FITTING FITTING OXY/ ROOA 1360 kpa 15m Dual 5 mm 5/8 UNF 5/8 UNF BLUE ACETYLENE male female PROPANE RAPRO 2600 kpa 20 m Rubber 6 mm 5/8 UNF 5/8 UNF BLUE male female PROPANE RAPRO kpa 20 m Rubber 10 mm BLUE OXY-PROPANE ROOP 2600 kpa 15 m Dual 5 mm 5/8 UNF 5/8 UNF BLUE male female ARGON RAArgon 2600 kpa 20 m Rubber 5 mm 5/8 UNF 5/8 UNF BLUE male female NITROGEN RANitrogen 4200 kpa 10 m Rubber 10 mm 1/2 BSP 3/8 BSPT RED female male Supplied with hose and fittings MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCT PRODUCT WORKING HOSE HOSE HOSE INLET OUTLET COLOUR CODE PRESSURE LENGTH TYPE SIZE FITTING FITTING OXY/ R536106L 200 psi 30 m Dual 6mm 5/8UNF 5/8 UNF RED FUEL GAS male female OXY/ psi 100 m Dual 6-10 mm 5/8 UNF 5/8 UNF RED FUEL GAS male female Supplied without hose 348

349 MISCELLANEOUS SAFETY STEPS SAFE AND EASY - LIKE CLIMBING STAIRS Little Jumbo Safety Steps are essentially folding staircases Available in 2, 3, 4 and 5 Step, the wide tread offers comfortable, safe access and allow the operator to face in any direction. 6 Options Rubber or aluminium treads. Easy Wheeler wheel kit. Safety Bracket. AVALON SHELTER Avalons canopy is UV stabilised, reinforced vinyl. Sizes 180cm: Lacquered wood frame 220cm: Aluminium frame (white or vanilla)* 250cm: Easilift frame (white or vanilla)* 1 Tone: Claret, Forest, Royal, Sapphire, White, Yellow. 2 Tone: Claret/ White, Emerald/ White, Forest/ Vanilla, Red/ White, Royal / White * Includes Tilt CUSTOM TROLLETS CUSTOM TROLLEYS CYLINDER TROLLEYS WITH PNEUMATIC TYRES MT232-2 Third Wheel CT22-11 and MT229-1 MT300-5 CT24-7PB CT24-7PB CT26-7 Folding Third Wheel MISCELLANEOUS 349

350 MISCELLANEOUS LIGHTNING 6 PERFORMANCE HAND CLEANERS JELL HAND CLEANER The original Industrial waterless Hand Cleaner Jell Hand Cleaner is a smooth paste. It is designed to remove a medium level of industrial soils like grease, oil, paint etc. Jell Hand Cleaner will dissolve soils which can be wiped from hands, if water is not available. Jell Hand Cleaner contains refined paraffin oils, surfactants, citrus oils and lanolin. It is available in 500gram, 3.5kg and 19kg. Pumps can be purchased separately. CITRAJELL HAND CLEANER Citrajell Hand Cleaner is Lightning s most powerful Hand Cleaner that offers the best skin conditioning properties. Citrajel Hand Cleaner will remove heavy grease, oil, paint, ink and adhesives. Citrajel Hand Cleaner contains refined citrus oils, high quality surfactants, pumice, lanolin and skin conditioners to leave hands smooth, fresh and clean after every wash. Citrajel Hand Cleaner is available in 4kg and 20kg. Pumps can be purchased separately. SCRUBBER HAND CLEANER Scrubber Hand Cleaner is Lightning s number one National selling heavy duty Hand Cleaner for cleaning performance and cost efficiency. Scrubber Hand Cleaner contains refined paraffin oils, surfactants, pumice and lanolin. Scrubber is particularly effective at removing heavy grease and oil, such as diesel and sump oil. Scrubber Hand Cleaner is available in 500gram, 4kg and 20kg. Pumps can be purchased separately. LIGHTNING JELL MISCELLANEOUS The original Pink Jell removes oil and grease in a flash. Contains lanolin, antiseptic and citrus oils. Description 500gm 3.5kg 19kg Part No. 052c 052i 052j

351 SEPTONE INDUSTRIAL HAND CLEANERS PETROLEUM BASED HAND CLEANERS PROTECTA GRIT EXTRA HEAVY DUTY INDUSTRIAL HAND CLEANER Contains pumice Waterless Speedily removes ingrained soils e.g. tar, carbon, varnish, paint, etc. Contains lanolin to help prevent dryness of the skin PRODUCT IHPG500 IHPG4 IHPG20 IHPG4L IHPG8L PACK 500g Squeeze 4L 20kg 4L Cartridge 8L Cartridge CITRUS BASED HAND CLEANERS ORANGE SCRUB CITRUS BASED INDUSTRIAL HAND CLEANER Contains pumice Waterless Speedily removes ingrained soils e.g. grease, oil, dirt mud. Contains lanolin and moisturisers to help prevent dryness of the skin PRODUCT IHOS500 IHOS2 IHOS5 IHOS20 IHOS20R IHOS4L PACK 500g Squeeze 2.5L Pump 5L Pump 20L Pump 20L Refill 4L Cartridge SOLVENT FREE HAND CLEANERS MISCELLANEOUS PROTECTA PINK HEAVY DUTY INDUSTRIAL HAND CLEANER Fast working Waterless Removes grease, oil, metal dust, carbon black, printer s ink, paint and most industrial soils Contains lanolin to help prevent dryness of the skin PRODUCT IHPP500D IHPP500R IHPP4 IHPP20 IHPP4L IHPP8L PACK 500g Pump 500g Squeeze 4L 20kg 4L Cartridge 8L Cartridge CITRA SCRUB CITRUS BASED INDUSTRIAL HAND CLEANER Contains enviro scrubbers Waterless Speedily removes ingrained soils e.g. grease, oil, dirt mud. Contains lanolin and moisturisers to help prevent dryness of the skin PRODUCT IHCS500 IHCS4 IHCS20 IHCS4L IHCS8L PACK 500g Squeeze 4L 20kg 4L Cartridge 8L Cartridge 6 PROTECTA GOLD SOLVENT FREE INDUSTRIAL HAND CLEANER 100% solvent free ph controlled to match the skin Contains enviro scrubbers Removes heavy deposits of grease, oil, coal dust and most industrial soils Provides moisturising and super fatting to the skin to help prevent industrial dermatitis RODUCT IHGO5 IHGO5R IHGO20 IHGO4L PACK 5kg Pump 5kg Refill 20kg 4L Cartridge CARTRIDGE DISPENSER Suits all 4L and 8L Septone cartridges More hygienic More economical Reduces cross contamination Reduces costs Available for a wide range of Septone hand cleaners PRODUCT CODE CARTRIDGE DISPENSER IZDC NATURE CLEAN SOLVENT FREE INDUSTRIAL HAND CLEANER ph controlled to match the skin Contains enviro scrubbers Removes grease, oil, coal dust and most industrial soils Provides moisturising and super fatting to the skin to help prevent industrial dermatitis PRODUCT IHNC500 IHNC5D IHNC5 IHNC20 IHNC4L PACK 500mL Pump 5L Pump 5L Refill 20L 41 Cartridge PAINT REMOVING HAND CLEANER ELIMINATOR PAINT & RESIN REMOVING HAND CLEANER Speciality formula Removes 2-pack, acrylic and enamel paints, polyester & epoxy resins, marine anti-foulings, furniture coatings, urethanes, acrylic sealants & adhesives PRODUCT IHPE500 IHPE4 IHPE4L PACK 500mL Squeeze 4L Pump 4L Cartridge MISCELLANEOUS 351

352 MISCELLANEOUS SEPTONE 6 WASHROOM HAND SOAPS AND DISPENSERS WASHROOM HAND SOAPS PROTECTA WASH Washroom hand soap (pink lotion) Cosmetic grade with a pleasant frangrance ph balanced to match skin Low irritancy Suitable in wall mounted dispensers LASTING EARTH LOTION SOAP Pleasantly fragranced ph balanced to match skin Low irritancy Contains added moisturisers Suitable in wall mounted dispensers PRODUCT IHPLES5 IHPLES25 PACK 5L 25L PRODUCT IHPW500 IHPW5 IHPW20 IHPW4L PACK 500mL Pump 5L 20L 4L Cartridge MICROWASH Washroom hand soap (odourless) Designed for use in food processing areas ph balanced to match skin Low irritancy Suitable in wall mounted dispensers SHOWER GEL PROTECTA SHOWER GEL All over body wash and hair shampoo ph balanced to match skin Low irritancy Includes moisterisers and skin conditioners Suitable in wall mounted dispensers PRODUCT IHM5 IHM20 PACK 5L 25L WALL DISPENSERS PRODUCT ISSG500 ISSG5 ISSG20 PACK 500g Squeeze 5L 20L PUMPS AND WALL BRACKETS SERIES 5 WALL UNIT 500mL capacity SERIES 8 WALL UNIT 800mL capacity PLASTIC PUMP TO SUIT 20KG PAIL METAL PUMP TO SUIT 20KG PAIL PLASTIC PUMP TO SUIT 20KG COBE METAL PUMP TO SUIT 4L TIN CODE IZD20KP CODE IZD20KM CODE IZD20KM CODE IZD4KM MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCT SERIES 5 CODE SERIES 15 WALL UNIT 1.5L capacity IZDS5 PRODUCT SERIES 15 CODE IZDS15 PRODUCT SERIES 8 CODE IZDS8 CARTRIDGE DISPENSER Suits all 4L & 8L Septone cartridges PRODUCT CODE Cartridge Dispenser IZDC PLASTIC PUMP TO SUIT 5L BOTTLE CODE IZD4KM CODE PLASTIC PUMP TO SUIT 4L TIN IZD4KP WALL BRACKET TO SUIT 4L TIN CODE IZWB4KN WALL BRACKET TO SUIT 500ML BOTTLE CODE IZWB500 WALL BRACKET TO SUIT 4L/5L BOTTLE CODE IZWB45L 352

353 BLOXIDE Rust Preventive Weldable Coating. Protect prepared steel surfaces prior to welding or other heat-joining methods Insures against porous weldments or other joining flaws. Eliminates the need for secondary weld preparation on pipe flanges and joints. BENEFITS Rust Preventative Protects surfaces & prepared edges from rust. Eliminates cleaning of rust prior to welding. Ideal for extended periods of outside steel storage Weldable Ability to strike welding arc without removal. Provides protection for the weld pool Leaves no residue or slag Improves Weld Quality Reduces porosity & pinholing by protecting the weld pool. Assists in achieving X-ray quality welds Aerosol Bulk TAB TAB-B MISCELLANEOUS 6 ANTI-HEAT Heat Sink Compound BENEFITS Absorbs surface heat generated by welding, brazing or soldering Eliminates heat damage by preventing buckling, warping or other distortion of lightgauge metals Creates a barrier prohibiting discoloration, blistering or cracking Non-toxic and harmless to the skin Odorless and free of asbestos. Adheres to horizontal, vertical and overhead surfaces Tube Bulk TAH TAH-B TEMPIL PAINTPEN Valve action felt tip marker for waterborne acrylic paint, more convenient than the squeeze type markers. Marks are permanent and quick drying. TPPWHT TPPRED TPPYEL White Red Yellow TEMPILSTIK TEMPERATURE INDICATORS World s most trusted, accurate temperature indicator for over 60 years and is still the greatest value. TSC0100 = 100 C WELD-AID Rusted or shop-floor contaminated wires or wires that exhibit poor cast or helix lose up to 60% of drag. Weld-Aid Lube-Matic products are engineered to clean and lubricate wire, improve feedability, cut spatter and promote longer tip and liner life. Burn-backs and arcing that result from liner and tip jamming virtually disappear. PART No. PRODUCT Nozzle Kleen #2 16 oz 450 gm Weld-Kleen Heavy Duty 20 oz 565 gm Black Pre-treated Pads for mild steel & fabricated wires Red Untreated Pads for all wires including aluminum & stainless Heavy duty Nozzle Dip Gel 32 oz 910 gm Weld-Kleen gal 3.8 L Weld-Kleen gal 18.9 L MISCELLANEOUS 353

354 MISCELLANEOUS 6 CERAMIC BACKING BAR CERAMIC BACKING BAR is a non contaminating easily applied ceramic barrier designed to replace steel or copper backing bars. It is manufactured in a variety of segmented shapes to fit many different joint configurations. The shapes are assembled in 60 cms lengths that are held in line by an adhesive coated aluminium tape. Part No. CBFL25256 FLAT NO GROOVE Part No. CBGR25288 FLAT GROOVE Part No. CBRD12MM 12mm ROUND Part No. CBTRI20X17 TRIANGLE AQUASOL WATER SOLUBLE PURGE MATERIALS GRADE AVAILABLE DESCRIPTION & RECOMMENDED USE WLD35 151/2 (380mm) x 165 (50m) roll WLD35 is a lightweight paper for use in pipes up to 4 in diameter WLD60 151/2 (380mm) x 165 (50m) roll WLD60 is a heavyweight paper recommended for use in pipes over 4 in diameter WAT25 1 (25mm) x 300 (91m) roll WAT (Welding Adhesive Tape) is compatible with all grades of Dissolvo. WAT is a pressure sensitive tape recommended to hold purge dams in position. WAT50 2 (50mm) x 300 (91m) roll MITYLITE SUBMERSIBLE SUPER SABERLITE STEALTHLITE MISCELLANEOUS Part No. 1900C Watertight to 500 feet. Made of an unbreakable space age high impact polycarbonate resin. Focused beam that is 400% brighter than ordinary pocket lights. Part No. 2000C Built to take a beating. The Super SabreLite, with military tough, multipurpose performance and quality, Unbreakable ABS body with a high impact polycarbonate lens. Exclusive state of the art Laser Spot Xenon lamp module produces a tightly focused collimated white light beam with 400% increased net candle power. Part No. 2400C Submersible to 500 feet. Unbreakable ABS body with polycarbonate lens. Laser spot Xenon lamp module with an unsurpassed white collimated beam. Includes one-handed safety switch operation, double shock mounted battery compartment and lanyard

355 MISCELLANEOUS SHURLITE 3001 SHURLITE 4501 Part No. 3001L The SHURLITE 3001 Universal Round File Spark Lighter features a square hood wrapped around the frame. This rugged design provides durability. Under the hood is the round file which spins, and always assures a fresh spark. (Renewals X 200/Box) Part No The SHURLITE 4501 Three-Flint Spark Lighter is the true work horse for the professional welder. It is constructed with a heavyduty steel band with three flints attached. The triangular design gives you three times the use before you need to renew the flints. Renewals are available 4 to a card. (Renewals X Card of 4) 6 SOAPSTONE HOLDER TIP CLEANERS Part No. HOLDER The indexable Flat Soapstone Holder. Quality construction for durability and appearance. Strengthened pocket clip remains at pocket level. Noncorrosive channel with brass indexing trigger provides superior sliding action. Practical design allows for one-handed operation to ensure easy use. Brass trigger depresses and slides to proper alignment hole and snaps back to lock in position. SOAPSTONE 5x10x75mm 10x10x75mm 12x5x125mm PART No. EC51075 EC EC Part No. STANDARD WYP0 KING KWYPO WYPO Tip Cleaners are made in the USA, and proven to be the world s finest tip cleaners. Primarily designed for the cleaning of welding and cutting tips, they also can be used to clean sprinkler and shower heads, gas range burners and desoldering tools, and to allow for precision small hole deburring. FEATURES & BENEFITS: STANDARD Precision manufactured with controlled accurate pressure from high quality stainless steel. Uniform ridges wipe and polish the critical orifice wall. Tapered ends allow smooth easy entry without scratching. Smooth leader pilot guides the cleaner into the tip, preventing damage to the tip port. Tangle-free closed loops. Four sets to choose from (Standard and King) each guaranteed to be a complete set. FILLET GAGE [FG] BRIDGE CAM GAGE [CAT4] Improves the consistency and quality of welds A weld fillet gage will improve the welders productivity and help the inspectors assure compliance with today s exacting specifications by eliminating inconsistent welds and reducing costly reworking and scrapped metal. Measures eleven most common weld sizes, both convest and concave, in inches and millimetres Includes durable plastic carrying case Fans out for easy size selection, locks in position with knurled finger nut Cold-rolled stainless steel shell Won t bend or rust Weighs just 45gms Measures 10cm x 3.2cm Figures etched into surface and filled with black enamel Easy to read, can t be rubbed or scraped off The following measurements are possible either in inches or millimetres. Angle of preparation, 0 to 60º Excess weld metal (capping size) Depth of undercut Depth of pitting Fillet weld throat size Fillet weld length Misalignment (high-low) General linear measurements up to 60mm or 2 inches Adjustable scale to compensate for point wear Stainless Steel MISCELLANEOUS 355

356 MISCELLANEOUS SURECHEM 6 MISCELLANEOUS ADROX 8901W, ARDROX 800/3 & 800/51 ADROX 8901W White Background Lacquer (Non Chlorinated) DESCRIPTION A8901W/03308 Ardrox 8901W is a suspension of white pigment in a resin base, which utilises a fast drying, solvent system to facilitate speed and ease of application. USES Ardrox 8901W is used in conjunction with the Ardrox visible magnetic particle inspection processes. It provides an excellent contrasting white background when dark steels are being tested. Ardrox 8901W provides a matt finish which assists the viewing of defects due to the lack of reflections produced. The smooth surface finish provided by this product allows the magnetic ink to remain mobile on the surface for longer, thus assisting the detection of the defects. APPROVALS When sprayed to a minimum dry film thickness of 25 microns, Ardrox 8901W conforms to the requirements of BS 5044, Contrast Aid Paint Used In Magnetic Particle Flaw Detection. Surface drying time classification is category A. Classification of paint by flash point - highly flammable. METHOD OF USE The metal surface is first cleaned to remove rust, scale paint or other contaminants. If water is used in the process, ensure the component is dried. The final cleaning operation should be to degrease the surface using Ardrox 9PR50C, then allow it to flash dry. Ardrox 8901W is then sprayed directly from an aerosol (ensure the aerosol is thoroughly shaken to disperse all settled white pigment - agitator balls are present in the aerosol to aid dispersion). Ardrox 8901W should be applied in order to produce a thin even coating over the surface being inspected. The coating will dry almost immediately and the appropriate magnetising mode can be used to produce the requisite amount of magnetic flux in the component. When using current flow or prod techniques, ensure that the contact area is not coated with Ardrox 8901W since it will act as an electrical insulator. If necessary, clean those areas with Ardrox 5319 prior to magnetisation. Coatings of Ardrox 8901W are not affected by the grades of kerosene commonly used as carriers for magnetic inks. The equipment required to produce magnetic flux in the component can vary from small, hand held units to large, purpose built lathe type benches. SureChem Industries supply a complete range of Ardrox magnetising equipment and we would be pleased to offer advice on the most suitable unit for any component. When the inspection has been completed, Ardrox 8901W may be removed using Ardrox Note: The surface roughness will affect the ease of removal. EFFECTS ON MATERIALS When Ardrox 8901W is used in the prescribed manner no significant corrosion is likely to be encountered on any ferromagnetic materials. The product will degrade the majority of plastics and rubbers. Intending users are advised to cheek the compatibility of Ardrox 8901W with any non metallic materials that the product may come in contact with, before use. PRECAUTIONS Avoid contact with skin, eyes and clothing. In case of eye contact, irrigate thoroughly with plenty of water and seek medical advice. In case of skin contact, wash thoroughly with soap and water. When spraying, use under condition of adequate ventilation (do not inhale spray or vapour). No smoking or other open flames should be permitted when using this product. REFER TO MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET BEFORE USE. TECHNICAL INFORMATION Appearance: Fine dispersion of a white pigment in a colourless solvent Density: 0.89g/ml at 20 C Flash Point: Minus 20 C (Closed Cup) These are typical values and do not constitute a specification. Storage requirements: Store at ambient temperature, in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight or other sources of heat. ARDROX 800/3 & 800/51 High Sensitivity Black Magnetic Ink DESCRIPTION A800/3-51/03310 Ardrox 800/3 is a ready to use high sensitivity black magnetic ink consisting of black iron oxide with a controlled, fine particle size, mineral oil and suspending agent in a high flash, low aromatic petroleum distillate. Ardrox 800/51 is a fluid concentrate consisting of highly sensitive black iron oxide with controlled, fine particle size, suspending agent and mineral oil. It is readily dispersible in a su itable petroleum distillate, eg. Ardrox Base Oil SC2 to produce a working ink similar to Ardrox 800/3. Ardrox 800/51 must be diluted with a solvent conforming to AMS 2641 for the resulting magnetic ink to comply with AMS 3041C. Ardrox 800/3 and 800/51 (when suitably diluted) conforms to the requirements of AMS 3041C and are approved by Rolls Royce to MSRR Ardrox 800/3 is available in aerosol packs complying with AMS 3043B. Defence Stock No. for Ardrox 800/ for 5 litre packs for aerosol packs. USES Ardrox 800/3 and 800/51 (when suitably diluted) are used for revealing surface and near surface defects in ferro-magnetic materials, eg. mild and low alloy steels. METHOD OF USE Heavy deposits of grease, rust, scale and paint should be removed prior to inspection. The component is then magnetized and the magnetic ink applied either by dipping, flowing or spraying. The component is inspected for defects in daylight or good artificial light. Defects will show as a collection of black particles. In areas where it is difficult to see the black indications, eg. on oxidised or other dark surfaces, contrast may be greatly improved by applying a coating of Ardrox 8901W background lacquer prior to application of the magnetic ink. The working concentration of Ardrox 800/51 is 20 g/litre of concentrate in petroleum distillate. Ardrox 800/3 is used as supplied without any dilution. Containers of Ardrox must be thoroughly shaken before use. METHOD OF CONTROL The solids content of the tank should be checked regularly. This is best achieved by running 100ml of the ink into an ASTM D96 centrifuge tube, allowing to settle for 60 minutes and reading the solids content in ml If it is below the required volume Ardrox 800/51 should be added. As a guide, for every 0.1ml below the required volume add 5g of Ardrox 800/51 per 5 litres of ink. The material should then be thoroughly dispersed into the bath. EFFECT ON MATERIALS When Ardrox 800/3 and 800/51 are used in the recommended manner no significant corrosion is likely to be encountered. Some thermoplastics and certain rubbers may be softened or swollen with prolonged contact and intending users are advised to check the compatibility of such materials with the products. PRECAUTIONS Ardrox 800/3 and 800/51 Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Wear protective clothing including impervious gloves. In case of skin contact wash thoroughly with soap and water. In case of eye contact irrigate thoroughly with plenty of water and seek medical advice. Ardrox 800/3 only: Avoid inhalation of vapour. Ensure adequate ventilation. No smoking, naked flames or sparks permitted. Ardrox 800/51 only: The major hazard with Ardrox 800/51 will relate to the petroleum solvent with which it is diluted. (Obtain health and safety information from the supplier). REFER TO MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET BEFORE USE. TECHNICAL INFORMATION Ardrox 800/3 Ardrox 800/51 Appearance: Readily suspendible black powder Black viscous liquid in colourless, mobile liquid Solids content: 1.8ml per 100ml of ink As for Ardrox 800/3 (When suitably diluted). Flash Point: 110 C P.M.C.C. 160 C P.M.C.C. These are typical values and do not constitute a specification. Typical practical coverage: 3.26 square metres or approximately 110 metres of weld. (Figures for 1 x 300g aerosol of Ardrox 800/3 Storage Requirements: Store in a cool place GENERAL INFORMATION SureChem Industries market a wide range of products and processes for the detection of surface defects by both visible and fluorescent methods, along with a wide range of chemical products and associated equipment for cleaning, descaling, paint and carbon removal and metal protection. Our Sales Engineers would be pleased to advise on any particular problems. 356

357 SURECHEM MISCELLANEOUS ADROX 907PB Visual Red Dye Aerosol Process DESCRIPTION A907PB aero/01173 Packed in aerosols, the Ardrox 907PB process provides an effective portable method of flaw detection. These products do not contain chlorinated solvents and are particularly low in chloride and sulphur contaminants. It consists of: Ardrox 907PB Red Dye Penetrant Ardrox 9PR50C Precleaner and Penetrant Remover Ardrox 9D1B Developer The process conforms to AMS 2644 Type II Methods A and C, and complies with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. These products exceed international laws regarding ozone depleting substances and comply with Australian and New Zealand legislation regarding aerosol products. 6 USES The Ardrox 907PB Flaw Detection Process is used as a local inspection method to find cracks, porosity and similar surface discontinuties in all types of metals, ceramics and certain plastics. It has wide uses in the general engineering industry. Where large structures are encountered Ardrox 907PB may be more easily used as a water washable penetrant and excess penetrant removed with water. METHOD OF USE Essentially the process consists of the following stages: 1. Ensure that the surface to be inspected is free from rust, scale, carbon, paint, oil or grease. Clean the area to be inspected with Ardrox 9PR50C. 2. Apply Ardrox 907PB to the area to be inspected and allow the penetrant to remain on the surface for minutes. Remove as much as possible of the excess penetrant by wiping with a clean cloth or tissue. Remove the remaining excess penetrant with a cloth or tissue moistened with Ardrox 9PR50C or water. 3. Spray a thin even film of Ardrox 9D1B onto the surface and leave for 10 minutes. 4. Inspect for defects in daylight or good artificial light. Cracks, folds or cold shuts are revealed as red lines and porosity as a series of dots. EFFECTS ON MATERIALS The process is safe to use on all metals. Some plastics may be degraded by the solvents and this should be checked before use where such materials are likely to be encountered. PRECAUTIONS In aerosol the products are classified as flammable compressed gases and must be used under conditions of good ventilation to maintain the vapours below the lower explosive limit (L.E.L). In confined areas some form of forced ventilation is recommended. Smoking should not be allowed when using the process. The normal precautions associated with aerosols should be observed. PLEASE REFER TO OUR MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS BEFORE USE. TECHNICAL INFORMATION FLASH POINT L.E.L Ardrox 907PB Red Dye Penetrant >100 C P.M.C.C 1-12% Ardrox 9PR50C Precleaner/Penetrant Remover Minus 7 C Closed Cup 1-5% Ardrox 9D1B Developer Minus 20 C Closed Cup 2-13% These are typical values and do not constitute a specification. GENERAL INFORMATION SureChem Industries market a wide range of products and processes for finding surface defects by both visible and fluorescent methods, along with a wide range of chemical products and associated equipment for cleaning, descaling, paint and carbon removal and metal protection. Our Sales Engineers would be pleased to advise on any particular problems. WELDING CABLE SELECTION Part Number Size in Sq. mm Current rating Approx. Weight diameter (mm) (KG per M) mm sq mm sq mm sq mm sq mm sq As welding current is affected by the length of your leads due to Voltage Drop it is important that the correct cable size is used for yuor welding application. The table below can be used as a guide to determine the required cable size for your welding application. DISTANCE OF CABLE IN M WELDING CURRENT (AMPS) REQUIRED CABLE SIZE x x 70 2 x x 70 2 x 95 Special Request x 95 Special Request Special Request x 70 2 x 95 Special Request Special Request MISCELLANEOUS 357

358 ACCESSORIES 7 K114 SUB ARC ASSEMBLY ACCESSORIES K114 SUB ARC HAND HELD GUN ITEM DESCRIPTION LINCOLN LINCOLN NEW 1 Nozzle Flux Cone S /2 KP Nozzle Flux Cone S /8 KP Nozzle Flux Cone S /4 KP Nozzle Flux Cone S /16 Nozzle Flux Cone S /16 KP Contact Tip T /32 KP2088-2B1 2 Contact Tip T /64 KP2088-3B1 Not shown Guide Tips for Long Stickout Extensions 3/32 T /32 KP Gun Assembly, Includes item 3 thru 20 L5757-A 3 Socket Head Cap Screw T Nozzle, Includes: S A Nozzle Liner, Tight Wound Steel Spring T B Liner Locking Screw T Gun Tube S Right Mount L Flux Shut Off Assembly S Receptacle Clamp T Spring T Lever S Pivot Pin T Rivet T Plain Washer S Spring Clip S Trigger S Snap Ring S Gun Hanger T Roll Pin T Collar S Handle & Conductor Cable Assembly, Includes L5757-B 26 Clamping Ring S Tube Insulator T Handle S Flux Tube S Control Cable M Micro Switch S A 3 Contact Receptacle, Gun End T B 5 Contact Receptacle, Wire End S Conductor Cable, Includes: 31 A - 31 D L Flat Head Screw 8-32 x 3/16 33 Socket Head Screw T Snap Ring S Socket Head Screw T Switch Mounting Plate S Round Head Screw 8-32 x 1/2 38 Actuator T Insulation T Round Head Screw (#2-56 x7/16) CF Lock Washer T Hex Nut (#2-56) CF

359 K113 SUB ARC HAND HELD GUN ITEM DESCRIPTION LINCOLN LINCOLN NEW PROFAX Gun & Cable Gun K113 & Cable Assembly 15 1 Gun Assembly M A Cap S B Housing & Nozzle Assembly, Includes M B1 Nozzle 5/64 (2.0mm) S B1 Nozzle 3/32 (2.4mm) S B2 Nozzle Liner, Tight Wound Steel Spring 5/64 T B2 Nozzle Liner, Tight Wound Steel Spring 3/32 T B3 Ceramic Insert T B4 Insert Retainer T B5 Hollow Locks & Screw T B6 Housing S B7 Collar S B8 Nozzle Flux Cone S /2 KP B8 Nozzle Flux Cone S /8 KP B8 Nozzle Flux Cone S /4 KP B8 Nozzle Flux Cone S /16 1B8 Nozzle Flux Cone S /16 KP B8 Chamfered 3/4 Nozzle Flux Cone T B9 Contact Tip, 1/16 Electrode 5/16 Thread T /16 KP2086-2B1 ACCESSORIES ITEM DESCRIPTION LINCOLN LINCOLN NEW PROFAX 1B9 Contact Tip, 5/64 Electrode 5/16 Thread T /64 KP2086-4B1 1B9 Contact Tip, 3/37 Electrode 5/16 Thread T /32 KP2086-3B1 N/S Guide Tips for Long Stickout Extensions 3/32 T /32 KP Clamp and Flux Tube Assembly S Handle M Socket Head Cap Screw T Trigger and Control Cable Assembly M Pan Head Screw 8-32 x 1/4 7 Spatter Shield T R&aining Ring S Clamp S Conductor Cable, Includes: L A Handle and Stiffener, Wire Feeder End M B Connector, Wire Feeder End S C Connector, Gun End S D Clamping Tube, Both Ends (All Except 500A) S N/S Flux hopper for K113 Gun K119 N/S= Not Shown 7 ACCESSORIES 359

360 ACCESSORIES 7 MIG TORCHES AND SPARES K116 INNERSHIELD GUN 600AMP ACCESSORIES ITEM DESCRIPTION LINCOLN LINCOLN NEW PROFAX Gun & Cable Gun & Cable Assembly Amp K Nozzle, Includes:.120 M KP Nozzle, Includes: 3/32 M /32 KP A Nozzle Liner, Tight Wound Steel Spring for.120 T PXT A Nozzle Liner, Tight Wound Steel Spring for 3/32 T B Nozzle Insert for.120 T B Nozzle Insert for 3/32 T C Nozzle Insert Retainer T D Liner Locking Screw T Switch Housing Clamp S Handle M Conductor Cable, Includes: L Conductor Cable, Includes: L A Handle, Wire Feeder End M B Connector, Wire Feeder End S C Connector, Gun End S D Clamping Tube, Both Ends S Pan Head Screw 8-32 x 1/4 6 Socket Head Screw S Handle & Control Cable Assembly - 15 Length L * 7 Handle & Control Cable Assembly - 10 Length L * 8 Spatter Shield T Snap Ring S Clamp S Socket Head Cap Screw T Contact Tip (Length 1-1/8 ) (3/8 Thread) T KP2103-3B Contact Tip (Length 1-1/8 ) (3/8 Thread) T /64 KP2103-6B Contact Tip (Length 1-1/8 ) (3/8 Thread) T /32 KP2103-4B Insulated Guide, 2-3/4 Electrical Stickout S KP Insulated Guide, 3-3/4 Electrical Stickout S KP Insulated Guide, 1-1/4 Electrical Stickout S13358 KP *Denotes length in feet 360

361 ACCESSORIES MIG TORCHES AND SPARES 1260 SELF SHIELD FLUX CORE GUN 350 AMP The 1260 Gun will run.035,.045,1/16,.068, 5/64 and 3/32 wire. It comes set up for use with the LN-7, LN-8, LN-9 and LN-25 wire feeders. Adapter kits are available for Miller and Hobart voltage sensing feeders. MODEL LINCOLN PART NO. WIRE SIZES K /16,.068, 5/64 and 3/37 Set up K for LN7, LN8, LN9, and LN25 X For use with Euro X KA1325 Style wire feeders K For use with LN22 Feeder LN22 Gun has a 3 pin trigger plug. Item with K For use with LN22 Feeder LN22 Gun has a 3 pin trigger plug. Item with STANDARD FEATURES Economical replacement components including liner 350 amps / 60% duty cycle Wide variety of wire sizes Easy field repair Adapter kits available for most models of feeders NO PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION PX LINCOLN NEW LINCOLN 1A KP T12315 Insulated nozzle 2-3/4 stickout 1B KP S Insulated nozzle 2 stickout 1C KP S15900 Insulated nozzle stickout 1D KP T12313 Thread protector T Contact tip.035 5/16 thread T Contact tip.045 5/16 thread PXT T Contact tip.052 5/16 thread KP2100-2B1 T /16 Contact tip 1/16 5/16 thread T Contact tip.068 5/16 thread KP2100-1B1 T Contact tip.072 5/16 thread KP2100-4B1 T /64 Contact tip 5/64 5/16 thread KP2100-3B1 T /32 Contact tip 3/32 5/16 thread 3A KP M gooseneck 6 (Std.) J - M11476J 50 jacketed gooseneck KP M gooseneck J - M14188J 90 jacketed gooseneck 6 3B KP M gooseneck J - M J 30 jacketed gooseneck KP M gooseneck (XL 12 ) J - M J 30 jacketed gooseneck PXM M gooseneck (XL 12 ) PXM OJ - M J 50 jacketed gooseneck 3C M Straight gooseneck w/5 bend INCLUDES T Locking screw 5/ T Steel insert T Ceramic insert T Gooseneck liner (Std.) T Gooseneck liner(xl 30 ) T Gooseneck liner(xl 50 ) NO PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION PX LINCOLN NEW LINCOLN S13037 Heat shield assembly T14438 Socket head cap screw S Retaining ring S Clamp T12027 Spatter shield S Switch housing clamp Pan head screw #8-32 x 5/16 (4 req d) M Handle L Cable assembly L Cable assembly 15 INCLUDES S13099 Insulator sleeve w/spring Flat head screw #8-32 x 3/8 (2 req d) Socket head set screw #8-32 x 5/ S19757 Trigger Plug M Switch assembly M Switch assembly Cable clamp T12485 Micro switch S14878 Trigger housing insulator Roll pin 3/2 x 7/ Trigger housing assembly INCLUDES Coil spring set (3 springs) Roll pin 3/32 x 3/ Socket head screw #8-32 x 7/16 ACCESSORIES 361

362 ACCESSORIES & 2640 SELF SHIELD FLUX CORE GUNS 350 AMP The 1260 Gun will run.035,.045,1/16,.068, 5/64 and 3/32 wire. It comes set up for use with the LN-7, LN-8, LN-9 and LN-25 wire feeders. Adapter kits are available for Miller and Hobart voltage sensing feeders. MODEL LINCOLN PART NO. WIRE SIZES 1260 Gun K /16,.068,.072, 5/64 and 3/32 Set up K126-2 for LN7, LN8, LN9, and LN25 X For use with euro X style wire feeders. OQ For use with OXO AVC8Q/AVC30Q/AVC60Q OQ voltage sensing feeders Gun K /16,.068,.072, 5/64 and 3/32 Set up K for LN22, LN STANDARD FEATURES Economical replacement components including liner 350 amps / 60% duty cycle Wide variety of wire sizes Easy field repair Adapter kits available for most models of feeders The 1260 Gun will run 0.32, 0.45, 1/16,.068, 5.64 and 3/32 wire. It comes set up for use with the LN-7, LN-8, LN_9 and LN-25 wire feeders. Adapter kits are available for Miller and Hobart voltage sensing feeders. The 2640 Gun will run 1/16,.068, 5.64 and 3/32 wire. It comes set up for use with the LN-22 and LN-23 wire feeders. Adapter kits are available for Miller and Hobart voltage sensing feeders. ACCESSORIES Special length and bend goosenecks available upon request. Profax is in no way affiliated with LINCOLN ELECTRIC. The parts advertised for sale are not genuine LINCOLN ELECTRIC parts but are parts made for and by PROFAX. References to LINCOLN ELECTRIC machines, torches, and numbers are afor your convenience only. We reserve the right to substitute genuine LINCOLN ELECTRIC parts in place of PROFAX parts. 362

363 ACCESSORIES MIG TORCHES AND SPARES 1150 SELF SHIELD FLUX CORE GUN 450 AMP The 1150 Gun will run 5/64, 3/32, 7/64 and.120wire. It comes setup for use with the LN-7, LN-8, LN-9 and LN-25 wire feeders. Adapter kits are available for Miller and Hobart voltage sensing feeders. 7 MODEL LINCOLN PART NO. WIRE SIZES K /64, 3/37, 7/64 and.120 Set up K115-2 for LN7, LN8, LN9, and LN25 STANDARD FEATURES Economical replacement components including liner 450 amps / 60% duty cycle Wide variety of wire sizes Easy field repair Adapter kits available for most models of feeders NO PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION PX LINCOLN NEW LINCOLN KP S Insulated nozzle 2-3/4 stickout 1A KP S13358 Insulated nozzle stickout T /16 Contact tip 1/16 3/8 thread T Contact tip.068 3/8 thread T Contact tip.072 3/8 thread T /64 Contact tip 5/64 3/8 thread T /32 Contact tip 3/32 3/8 thread T /64 Contact tip 7/64 3/8 thread T Contact tip.120 3/8 thread T /8 Contact tip 1/8 3/8 thread 3A KP M /32 82 gooseneck 3/ J M /32J 82 jacketed gooseneck 3/32 PXM KP M gooseneck 7/64-1/8 PXM J M J 82 jacketed gooseneck 7/64-1/ M /64 82 gooseneck 1/16-5/64 3B KP M /32 45 gooseneck 3/ J - M /32J 45 jacketed gooseneck 3/32 PXM gooseneck 7/64-1/8 PXM J - M J 45 jacketed gooseneck 7/64-1/ M /64 45 gooseneck 1/16-5/64 PX gooseneck 14 3/32-1/8 PX gooseneck 3/32-1/8 INCLUDES T Locking screw 3/ T Steel insert T Ceramic insert T Ceramic insert 3/ T Replacement gooseneck liner 3/32 PXT T Gooseneck liner 7/64-1/ T Gooseneck liner 1/16-5/64 NO PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION PX LINCOLN NEW LINCOLN S12880 Heat shield assembly T14438 Socket head cap screw S Retaining ring Clamp T12027 Spatter shield S Switch housing clamp Pan head screw #8-32 x 5/16 (4 req d) M Handle L Cable assembly L Cable assembly 15 INCLUDES S13099 Insulator sleeve w/spring Flat head screw #8-32 x 3/8 (2 req d) Socket head set screw #8-32 x 5/ S19757 Trigger plug M Switch assembly M Switch assembly Cable clamp T12485 Micro switch S14878 Trigger housing insulator Roll pin 3/37 x 7/ Trigger housing assembly INCLUDES Coil spring set (3 springs) Roll pin 3/32 x 3/ Socket head screw #8-32 x 7/16 ACCESSORIES 363

364 ACCESSORIES 7 MIG TORCHES AND SPARES COMPACT 400 AMP MIG GUN PARTS LIST ACCESSORIES No PROFAX DESCRIPTION 1. PX24A50 Nozzle 1/2, adj. use w/34a PX24A62 Nozzle 5/8, adj. use w/34a (std.) PX24A75 Nozzle 3/4, adj. use w/34a PX24A50SS Nozzle 1/2, short stop, adjustable, use w/34a PX24A62SS Nozzle 5/8, short stop, adjustable, use w/34a PX24A75SS Nozzle 3/4, short stop, adjustable, use w/34a PX24AH50 Nozzle 1/2, HD, adj. use w/34a PX24AH62 Nozzle 5/8, HD, adj. use w/34a PX24AH75 Nozzle 3/4, HD, adj. use w/34a PX24AT37SS Nozzle 3/8, short stop, tapered, use w/34a 2. PX23-37 Nozzle 3/8, self insulated PX23-50 Nozzle 1/2, self insulated PX23-62 Nozzle 5/8, self insulated PX23-75 Nozzle 3/4, self insulated PX23-37F Nozzle 3/8, self insulated, flush PX23-50F Nozzle 1/2, self insulated, flush PX23-62F Nozzle 5/8, self insulated, flush PX23-75F Nozzle 3/4, self insulated, flush PX23H50 Nozzle 1/2, HD, self insulated PX23H62 Nozzle 5/8, HD, self insulated PX23T37 Nozzle 3/8, self insulated, tapered 3. PX24CT50F Nozzle 1/2, use w/34ct PX24CT62F Nozzle 5/8, use w/34ct PX24CT75F Nozzle 3/4, use w/34ct PX24CT37S Nozzle 3/8, use w/34ct PX24CT50S Nozzle 1/2, use w/34ct PX24CT62S Nozzle 5/8, use w/34ct PX24CT75S Nozzle 3/4, use w/34ct 4. PX34A Insulator 5. PX34CT Insulator w/coarse thread nozzle 5a. PX34CT-HT Insulator, high temp 6. PX14-23 Contact tip.023 PX14-30 Contact tip.030 PX14-35 Contact tip.035 PX14-40 Contact tip.040 PX14-45 Contact tip.045 PX14-52 Contact tip.052 PX Contact tip 1/16 PX Contact tip 5/64 PX14A364 Contact tip 3/64 (for aluminum) PX14A116 Contact tip 1/16 (for aluminum) PX14H35 Contact tip.035, HD No PROFAX DESCRIPTION PX14H40 Contact tip.040, HD PX14H45 Contact tip.045, HD PX14H52 Contact tip.052, HD PX14H116 Contact tip 1/16, HD PX14H564 Contact tip 5/64, HD PX14AH364 Contact tip 3/64. HD (for aluminum) PX14AH116 Contact tip 1/16, HD (for aluminum) PX14HT35 Contact tip.035 PX14HT40 Contact tip.040 PX14HT45 Contact tip.045 PX14HT52 Contact tip.052 PX14HT116 Contact tip 1/16 PX14HT564 Contact tip 5/64 PX14T23 Tapered contact tip.023 PX14T30 Tapered contact tip.030 PX14T35 Tapered contact tip.035 PX14T40 Tapered contact tip.040 PX14T45 Tapered contact tip.045 PX14T52 Tapered contact tip.052 PX14T116 Tapered contact tip 1/16 7. PX54A Gas diffuser PX54C Gas diffuser, copper 8. PX44C Set screw for gas diffuser/conduit 9. PX64A4SJ Jacketed conductor tube 45 (standard) PX64A60J Jacketed conductor tube 60 PX64A60-3RJ Jacketed conductor tube 60, 3 radius PX64A180J Jacketed conductor tube 180 PX64A45 Conductor tube 45 PX64A60 Conductor tube 60 PX64A60-3R Conductor tube 60, 3 radius PX64A80 Conductor tube 80 PX64A180 Conductor tube PX64N Nipple 11. PXTF-4 Flexible barrel 12. PX114 Separator 13. PXA /16-18 bail point screws 14. PX104 Cable connector block assembly 15. PX152 Hanger 16. PX84C Compact handle w/binder screws 17. PX122FM Binder screws for handle 18. PX Clamp - handle 19. PXAL /32 hex wrench 20. PX /64 hex wrench 21. PX92C Switch contacts w/screws No PROFAX DESCRIPTION 22. PX92 Trigger switch assembly 23. W44-6S Spring strain relief for handle 24. PX replacement cable assembly PX replacement cable assembly PX replacement cable assembly PX replacement cable assembly PX replacement cable assembly PX400K Cable, bulk (per foot) PX400CK Cloth wrapped cable, bulk (per foot) for guns longer than 15 24a PX244 Terminal 25. PXR185-S Spring 26. PX Clamp - connector block 27. PX194 Connector tab assembly 28. PXR185-H Housing 29. PXR185-SC Screws for housing (4) 30. PXR174-UA Standard connector plug PXR174-UAG Connector plug w/gas hole 31. PX44C Set screw for conduit PXR174-C Connector, Century PXR174-E Connector, Esab (L-Tec ) PXR174-H Connector, Hobart PXR174-L Connector, Lincoln PXR174-M Connector, Miller PXR174-T Connector, standard 32a PX224 0-ring 33. PX wire conduit assembly PX wire conduit assembly PX wire conduit assembly PX wire conduit assembly PX wire conduit assembly PX wire conduit assembly PX44N nylon lined conduit assembly PX44N nylon lined conduit assembly 364

365 ACCESSORIES MIG TORCHES AND SPARES COMPACT 250 AMP MIG GUN PARTS LIST 7 No PROFAX DESCRIPTION 1. PX22-37 Nozzle 3/8, adj., use w/32 & 52 PX22-50 Nozzle 1/2, adj., use w/32 & 52 (Std.) PX22-62 Nozzle 5/8, adj., use w/32 & 52 PX22-37SS Nozzle 3/8, short stop, use w/32 & 52 PX22-50SS Nozzle 1/2, short stop, use w/32 & 52 PX22-62SS Nozzle 5/8, short stop, use w/32 & 52 PX22T37SS Nozzle 3/8, short stop, tapered, use W/32 & 52 la. PX22-62FAS Spot nozzle 2. PX24A50 Nozzle 1/7, adj., use w/34a PX24A62 Nozzle 5/8, adj., use w/34a PX24A75 Nozzle 3/4, adj., use w/34a PX24A50SS Nozzle 1/2, short stop, adjustable, use w/34a PX24A62SS Nozzle 5/8, short stop, adjustable, use w/34a PX24AT37SS Nozzle 3/8, short stop, tapered, adjustable, use w/34a PX24A75SS Nozzle 3/4, short stop, adjustable, use w/34a PX24AH50 Nozzle 1/12, HD, adjustable, use w/34a PX24AH62 Nozzle 5/8, HD, adjustable, use w/34a PX24AH75 Nozzle 3/4, HD, adjustable, use w/34a 3. PX23-37 Nozzle 3/8, self insulated PX23-50 Nozzle 1/2, self insulated PX23-62 Nozzle 5/8, self insulated PX23-75 Nozzle 3/4, self insulated PX23-37F Nozzle 3/8, self insulated, flush PX23-50F Nozzle 1/2, self insulated, flush PX23-62F Nozzle 5/8, self insulated, flush PX23-75F Nozzle 3/4, self insulated, flush PX23H50 Nozzle 1/2, HD, self insulated PX23H62 Nozzle 5/8, HD, self insulated PX23T37 Nozzle 3/8, self insulated, tapered 4. PX24CT50F Nozzle 1/2, use w/34ct PX24CT62F Nozzle 5/8, use w/34ct PX24CT75F Nozzle 3/4, use w/34ct PX24CT37S Nozzle 3/8, use w/34ct PX24CT50S Nozzle 1/2, use w/34ct PX24CT62S Nozzle 5/8, use w/34ct PX24CT75S Nozzle 3/4, use w/34ct No PROFAX DESCRIPTION 5. PX32 Insulator 6. PX34A Insulator 7. PX34CT Insulator w/coarse thread nozzles 8. PX14-23 Contact tip.023 PX14-30 Contact tip.030 PX14-35 Contact tip.035 PX14-40 Contact tip.040 PX14-45 Contact tip.045 PX14-52 Contact tip.052 PX14A364 Contact tip 3/64 (for aluminum) PX14H35 Contact tip.035, HD PX14H40 Contact tip.040, HD PX14H45 Contact tip.045, HD PX14H52 Contact tip.052, HD PX14AH364 Contact tip 3/64, HD (for aluminum) PX14T23 Tapered contact tip.023 PX14T30 Tapered contact tip.030 PX14T35 Tapered contact tip.035 PX14140 Tapered contact tip.040 PX14T45 Tapered contact tip.045 PX14T52 Tapered contact tip PX52 Gas diffuser use w/ wire PX52-23 Gas diffuser use w/.023 wire 10. PX52FN Gas diffuser 11. PX44C Set screws for gas diffuser/conduit 12. PX62A45J Jacketed conductor tube 45 (standard) PX62A60J Jacketed conductor tube 60 PX62A80J Jacketed conductor tube 80 PX62A180J Jacketed conductor tube 180 PX62A45 Conductor tube 45 PX62A60 Conductor tube 60 PX62A80 Conductor tube 80 PX62A180 Conductor tube PX62N Nipple 14. PXTF-2 Flexible barrel 15. PX112 Separator 16. PX1-MBP-10 1/2-20 ball point screws 17. PX102 Cable connector block assembly 18. PX152 Hanger 19. PX82C Handle w/binder screws 20. PX122FM Binder screws for handle 21. PX Clamp - handle 22. PXAL /32 hex wrench No PROFAX DESCRIPTION 23. PX /64 hex wrench 24. PX92C Switch contacts 2 ea. w/screws 25. PX92 Trigger switch assembly 26. PX142-6S Spring strain relief for handle 27. PX replacement cable assembly PX replacement cable assembly PX replacement cable assembly PX replacement cable assembly PX replacement cable assembly PX250K Cable, bulk (per foot) PX250CK Cloth wrapped cable, bulk (per foot) for guns longer than 15 27a.PX244 Terminal 28. PXR185-S Spring 29. PX Clamp - connector block 30. PX194 Connector tab assembly 31. PXR185-H Housing 32. PXR185-SC Screws for housing (4) 33. PX114 Separator 34. PXA /16-18 ball point screw 35. PX104 Cable connector block assembly 36. PXR174-UA Standard connector plug PXR174-UAG Connector plug w/gas hole 37. PX44C Set screw for conduit PXR174-C Connector, CenturyC PXR174-E Connector, Esab (L-Tec ) PXR174-H Connector, Hobart PXR174-L Connector, Lincoln PXR174-M Connector, Miller PXR174-T Connector, standard 38a PX224 0-ring 39. PX wire conduit assembly PX wire conduit assembly PX wire conduit assembly PX wire conduit assembly PX wire conduit assembly PX wire conduit assembly PX42N nylon conduit assembly PX42T teflon conduit assembly ACCESSORIES 365

366 ACCESSORIES 7 MIG TORCHES AND SPARES PROFAX MIG GUNS 180 AMP MIG GUNS PART NO. DESCRIPTION 180 AMP MIG GUNS AMP 10 MIG GUN AMP 12 MIG GUN AMP 19 MIG GUN X X X AMP 10 MIG GUN EURO 180 AMP 12 MIG GUN EURO 180 AMP 15 MIG GUN EURO 250 AMP MIG GUNS 250 AMP MIG GUNS AMP 10 MIG GUN AMP 12 MIG GUN AMP 15 MIG GUN 400 AMP MIG GUNS AMP 10 MIG GUN AMP 12 MIG GUN AMP 15 MIG GUN AMP 19 MIG GUN AMP 29 MIG GUN 400 AMP MIG GUNS 500 AMP MIG GUNS PXTF4 - FLEXIBLE BARREL FOR #4 GUN LN LN LN LN LN M M M TF TF TF TF TF TFX TFX TFX TFX TX TX TX TX AMP 12 MIG GUN LINCOLN 400 AMP 15 MIG GUN LINCOLN 400 AMP 10 MIG GUN LINCOLN 400 AMP 12 MIG GUN LINCOLN 400 AMP 19 MIG GUN LINCOLN 400 AMP 10 MIG GUN MILLER 400 AMP 12 MIG GUN MILLER 400 AMP 15 MIG GUN MILLER 400 AMP 10 MIG GUN FLEXI 400 AMP 12 MIG GUN FLEXI 400 AMP 15 MIG GUN FLEXI 400 AMP 20 MIG GUN FLEXI 400 AMP 25 MIG GUN FLEXI 400 AMP 10 MIG GUN FLEXI EURO 400 AMP 12 MIG GUN FLEXI EURO 400 AMP 15 MIG GUN FLEXI EURO 400 AMP 25 MIG GUN FLEXI EURO 400 AMP 10 MIG GUN EURO 400 AMP 12 MIG GUN EURO 400 AMP 15 MIG GUN EURO 400 AMP 25 MIG GUN EURO ACCESSORIES 400/500 AMP AMT MIG GUN 500 AMP MIG GUNS AMP 12 MIG GUN AMP 15 MIG GUN AMP 12 MIG GUN 400 AMP AMT MIG GUNS AMT AMP 12 AMT MIG GUN AMT AMP 4 AMT MIG GUN AMT AMP 6 AMT MIG GUN AMTX AMP 6 AMT MIG GUN EURO AMTX AMP 12 AMT MIG GUN EURO AMTX AMP 15 AMT MIG GUN EURO 500 AMP AMT MIG GUNS AMT AMP 12 AMT MIG GUN AMT AMP 6 AMT MIG GUN 366

367 ACCESSORIES MIG TORCHES AND SPARES 500 AMP MIG GUN PARTS LIST 7 No PROFAX DESCRIPTION 1. PX25CT-50 Nozzle 1/2, coarse thread PX2SCT-62 Nozzle 5/8, coarse thread (std.) PX2SCT-75 Nozzle 3/4, coarse thread 1a. PX25I-62 Nozzle 5/8, self insulated PX25I-75 Nozzle 3/4, self insulated 2. PX35CT Insulator, use w/coarse thread nozzle (std.) 2a. PX35CT-HT Insulator, high temp 3. PX15H35 Contact tip.035 PX15H45 Contact tip.045 PX15H52 Contact tip.052 PX15H116 Contact tip 1/16 PX15H564 Contact tip 5/64 PX15H332 Contact tip 3/32 PX15H764 Contact tip 7/64 PX15AH364 Contact tip 3/64 (for aluminum) PX15AH116 Contact tip 1/16 (for aluminum) PX15HFC35 Contact tip.035 PX15HFC45 Contact tip.045 PX15HFC52 Contact tip.052 PX15HFC116 Contact tip 1/16 PX15HFC564 Contact tip 5/64 PX15HFC332 Contact tip 3/32 PX15HFC764 Contact tip 7/64 PX15AHFC364 Contact tip 3/64 (for aluminum) PX15AHFC116 Contact tip 1/16 (for aluminum) 4. PX55 Gas diffuser (use w/ & 45N-116) PX55SW Gas diffuser (use w/ , , 45N-3545) PX5SH Gas diffuser (use w/45h-332, & 45H-764) 5. PX44C Set screw for gas diffuser/conduit 6. PX65-45J Jacketed conductor tube 45 PX5-60J Jacketed conductor tube 60 (standard) PX5-60-3RJ Jacketed conductor tube 60, 3 radius PX65-180J Jacketed conductor tube 180 PX65-45 Conductor tube 45 PX65-60 Conductor tube 60 M Conductor tube 60, 3 radius PX65-80 Conductor tube 80 PX Conductor tube PX65N Nipple 8. PX114 Separator No PROFAX DESCRIPTION 9. PXA /16-18 ball point screws 10. PX104 Cable connector block assembly 11. PX154 Hanger 12. PX85 Handle w/binder screws 13. PX124FM Binder screws for handle 14. PX Clamp - handle 15. PXAL /32 hex wrench 16. PX /64 hex wrench 17. PX94C Switch contacts w/screws 18. PX94R Trigger switch assembly 19. PX145-6 Hose support - handle 20. PX replacement cable assembly PX replacement cable assembly PX replacement cable assembly PX replacement cable assembly PX replacement cable assembly PX500K Cable, bulk (per foot) PX500CK Cloth wrapped cable, bulk (per foot) for gun lengths over a. PX244 Terminal 21. PXR185-S Spring 22. PX Clamp - connector block 23. PX194 Connector tab assembly 24. PXR185-H Housing 25. PXR185-SC Screws for housing (4) 26. PXR175-UA Standard connector plug 27. PX44C Set screw for conduit PXR175-L Connector, Lincoln PXR175-M Connector, Miller (with 175M-N nipple) PX175-T Connector, standard 28a PX225 0-ring 29. PX wire conduit assembly PX wire conduit assembly PX wire conduit assembly PX45H wire conduit assembly PX45H wire conduit assembly PX wire conduit assembly PX wire conduit assembly PX wire conduit assembly ACCESSORIES 367

368 ACCESSORIES 7 MIG TORCHES AND SPARES COMPACT 180 AMP MIG GUN PARTS LIST ACCESSORIES No PROFAX DESCRIPTION 1. PX21-37 Nozzle 3/8, self-insulated PX21-50 Nozzle 1/2, self-insulated (Std.) PX21-62 Nozzle 5/8, self-insulated PX21-37F Nozzle 3/8, self-insulated, flush PX21-50F Nozzle 1/2, self-insulated, flush PX21-62F Nozzle 5/8, self-insulated, flush PX21T37 Nozzle 3/8, self-insulated, tapered 2. PX11-23 Contact tip.023 PX11-30 Contact tip.030 PX11-35 Contact tip.035 PX11-40 Contact tip.040 PX11-45 Contact tip.045 PX11H30 Contact tip.030, HD PX11H35 Contact tip.035, HD PX11H40 Contact tip.040, HD PX11H45 Contact tip.045, HD PX11AH364 Contact tip 3/64, HD (for aluminum) PX11T23 Tapered tip.023 PX11T30 Tapered tip.030 PX11T35 Tapered tip.035 PX11T40 Tapered tip.040 PX11T45 Tapered tip PX51-23 Gas diffuser-use w/.023 wire PX51 Gas diffuser-use w/ wire 4. PX180-45J Jacketed conductor tube 45 PX180-60J Jacketed conductor tube 60 PX J Jacketed conductor tube 180 PX Conductor tube 45 PX Conductor tube 60 (std.) PX Conductor tube PXTF-180 Flexible barrel 6. PX122FM Binder screws for handle 7. PX152 Hanger (optional) 8. PX180H Handle with binder screws 9. PXOR1 0-ring No PROFAX DESCRIPTION 10. PX180-1 Cable connector block assy. 11. PX Conductor tube set screw (5/16-24) 12. PX44C Set screw for conduit PX110-CS1 Crimp sleeve 14. PX18FT Flag terminals (2) 15. PX92C Switch contacts (2) w/screws 16. PX92 Trigger switch assembly 17. PX0155 Cable clamp S Spring strain relief for handle 19. PX replacement cable assy. PX replacement cable assy. PX replacement cable assy. PX180K Bulk cable (per foot) 20. PX44-25 Hex wrench 5/ PXAL Hex wrench 5/ PX18BC Butt connectors (2 required) 23. PX05252 Hose support rear 24. PX120-CS1 Crimp sleeve 25. PX Hose nipple PX1R-P Gas hole plug 26. PX180-1R Rear cable connector 27. PX44C Set screw for conduit PXR174-C Connector, Century PXR174-E Connector, Esab (L-Tec ) PXR174-H Connector, Hobart PXR174-1 Connector, Lincoln PXR174-M Connector, Miller PXR174-T Connector, standard 28a. PX224 0-ring 29. PX wire conduit assembly PX wire conduit assembly PX wire conduit assembly PX42N nylon conduit assembly PX42T teflon conduit assembly 368

369 ACCESSORIES MIG TORCHES AND SPARES 400 AMP HEAVY DUTY 7 PART NO. LENGTH WIRE SIZE PART NO. LENGTH WIRE SIZE PART NO. LENGTH WIRE SIZE PART NO. LENGTH WIRE SIZE HD HD HD /16, HD /64 HD HD HD /16 HD /64 HD HD HD /16 HD /64 HD HD HD /16 HD /64 HD HD HD /16 HD /64 No PROFAX DESCRIPTION 1. 27S50 H.D. nozzle 1/2 (copper) 27S62 H.D. nozzle 5/8 (copper) (standard) 27S75 H.D. nozzle 3/4 (copper) 27T38 Tapered nozzle 3/8 (brass) 27T50 Nozzle 1/2 bottle (copper) 27T38 Nozzle 3/8 27T50 Nozzle 1/2 27K50 M.D. Nozzle 1/2 27S50 H.D. Nozzle 1/2 27S62 H.D. Nozzle 5/8 27S75 H.D. Nozzle 3/ ST See Chart 2A. 16ST See Chart 3. 17S See Chart (standard) 3A. 16S See Chart 4. 57HD Gas diffuser 5. 44C Set screw for gas diffuser/conduit Spring ring 8. 17SW H.D. shock washer 9. 64A45-TJ Jacketed gooseneck 45 (standard) 64A60-TJ Jacketed gooseneck 60 (optional) N Nipple PROFAX DESCRIPTION TIP I.D. 16S-35 Contact tip S-45 Contact tip S-52 Contact tip S-116 Contact tip 1/ S-564 Contact tip 5/ No PROFAX DESCRIPTION Separator 12. A /16-18 ball point screws Cable connector block assembly Hanger HD Heavy duty handle screws FM Binder screws for handle Clamp - handle 18. AL /37 hex wrench /64 hex wrench C Switch contacts w/screws Trigger switch assembly S Spring strain relief for handle replacement cable assembly replacement cable assembly replacement cable assembly replacement cable assembly replacement cable assembly 400K Cable, bulk (per foot) 40OCK Cloth wrapped, cable, bulk (per foot) for guns longer than 15 23a. 244 Terminal 24. R185-S Spring Clamp - connector block PROFAX DESCRIPTION TIP I.D. 16ST-35 Contact tip ST-45 Contact tip ST-52 Contact tip ST-116 Contact tip 1/ ST-564 Contact tip 5/ PROFAX DESCRIPTION TIP I.D. 17S-35 Contact tip S-45 Contact tip AS-364 Contact tip 3/64 aluminum S-52 Contact tip S-116 Contact tip 1/ AS-116 Contact tip 1/16 aluminum S-564 Contact tip 5/ No PROFAX DESCRIPTION Connector tab assembly 27. R185-H Housing 28. R185-SC Screws for housing (4) 29. R174-UA Standard connector plug R174-UAG Connector plug w/gas hole C Set screw for conduit R174-C Connector, Century R174-E Connector, EsabC(L-Tec ) R174-H Connector, Hobart R174-L Connector, Lincoln R174-M Connector, Miller R174-T Connector, standard 31a ring wire conduit assembly wire conduit assembly wire conduit assembly wire conduit assembly wire conduit assembly wire conduit assembly 44N nylon lined conduit assembly 44N nylon lined conduit assembly PROFAX DESCRIPTION TIP I.D. 17ST-35 Contact tip ST-45 Contact tip ST-52 Contact tip ST-116 Contact tip 1/16 17ST-564 Contact tip 5/64 ACCESSORIES 369

370 ACCESSORIES 7 MIG TORCHES AND SPARES PROFAX MIG GUNS WITH FRONT END BERNARD PARTS 250 AMP MIG GUNS B B B TFB TFB TFB TFXB TFXB TFXB TXB TXB TXB AMP 10 MIG GUN BERN F/END 250AMP 12 MIG GUN BERN F/END 250AMP 19 MIG GUN BERN F/END 250AMP 10 MIG GUN BERN W/FLEX 250AMP 12 MIG GUN BERN W/FLEX 250AMP 19 MIG GUN BERN W/FLEX 250AMP 10 MIG GUN EURO BERN W/FLEX 250AMP 12 MIG GUN EURO BERN W/FLEX 250AMP 15 MIG GUN EURO BERN W/FLEX 250AMP 10 MIG GUN EURO BERN 250AMP 12 MIG GUN EURO BERN 250AMP 15 MIG GUN EURO BERN 400 AMP MIG GUNS B B B TFB TFB TFB AMP 10 MIG GUN BERN F/END 400AMP 12 MIG GUN BERN F/END 400AMP 15 MIG GUN BERN F/END 400AMP 10 MIG GUN BERN W/FLEX 400AMP 12 MIG GUN BERN W/FLEX 400AMP 15 MIG GUN BERN W/FLEX ACCESSORIES TFXB TFXB TFXB TXB TXB TXB AMP 10 MIG GUN EURO BERN W/FLEX 400AMP 12 MIG GUN EURO BERN W/FLEX 400AMP 15 MIG GUN EURO BERN W/FLEX 400AMP 10 MIG GUN EURO BERN 400AMP 12 MIG GUN EURO BERN 400AMP 15 MIG GUN EURO BERN 370

371 MIG TORCHES AND SPARES 600 AMP WATER COOLED MIG GUN WATER COOLED MIG GUN PROFAX DESCRIPTION PWC water cooled mig gun.035 wire PWC water cooled mig gun.045 wire PWC-364A water cooled mig gun 3/64 aluminum wire PWC water cooled mig gun.052 wire PWC water cooled mig gun 1/16 wire PWC-116A water cooled mig gun 1/16 aluminum wire PWC water cooled mig gun 5/64 wire ACCESSORIES 7 PWC PWC PWC-364A-15 PWC PWC PWC-116A-15 PWC water cooled mig gun.035 wire 15 water cooled mig gun.045 wire 15 water cooled mig gun 3/64 aluminum wire 15 water cooled mig gun.052 wire 15 water cooled mig gun 1/16 wire 15 water cooled mig gun 1/16 aluminum wire 15 water cooled mig gun 5/64 wire No. PROFAX DESCRIPTION 1. PX26W50F Nozzle 1/2 flush PX26W62F Nozzle 5/8 flush PX26W75F Nozzle 3/4 flush PX26W50R Nozzle 1/2 recessed PX26W62R Nozzle 5/8 recessed (Standard) PX26W75R Nozzle 3/4 recessed 2. PX16W35 Contact tip I.D. PX16W45 Contact tip I.D. PX16W364A Contact tip 3/64 A.060 I.D. PX16W52 Contact tip I.D. PX16W116 Contact tip 1/ I.D. PX16W116A Contact tip 1/16 A.078 I.D. PX16W564 Contact tip 5/ I.D. 3. PX26HTI Insulator, hi-temp 4. PX56W Gas diffuser 5. PX228 O-ring, hi-temp 6. PX229 Washer, insulating 7. PX66W5O Gooseneck assembly PX86W Handle, with screws 9. PX126SS Short screw for handle (2 req d) 10. PX96T Trigger 11. PX96S Switch 12. PX196 Spring, trigger 13. PX Hose cable assembly (complete set) PX Hose cable assembly (complete set) 14. PX Outer cover assembly PX Outer cover assembly 15. PX Red power cable assembly PX Red power cable assembly 16. PX Conduit assembly PX Conduit assembly 17. PX Blue water in host assembly, w/fittings PX Blue water in hose assembly, w/fittings 18. PX Switch assembly, w/switch & terminals PX Switch assembly, w/switch & terminals 19. PX606 Red water out hose assembly, w/fittings 20. PX168 Hose clamp (2 req d) 21. PX188 Hose clamp (2 req d) 22. PX66M Male quick connect fitting 23. PX66F Female quick connect fitting 24. PXR186-H Housing, with screws 25. PXR185-SC Screw for housing and handle (6 req d) 26. PX194 Connector tab assembly 27. PX608W Block assembly 28. PX1R-W Screw plug 29. PX44C Set screw for liner, PXR174-T Connector, Standard PXR174-L Connector, Lincoln PXR174-M Connector, Miller 31. PX224 O-ring for standard connector 32. PX liner for wire PX44N liner for aluminum wire PX liner for.052-1/16 wire PX44N liner for 1/16 aluminum wire PX liner for 5/64 wire ACCESSORIES 371

372 ACCESSORIES 7 MIG TORCHES AND SPARES 130GL SELF SHIELD FLUX CORE GUN 130 AMP The ideal gun for the 110 and 220 volt single phase units running.030 and.035 gasless flux core wire. PART NO. LENGTH WIRE SIZE 130GL GL GL ACCESSORIES NO. PROFAX DESCRIPTION Contact tip Contact tip Thread protector Insulated nozzle - optional Gooseneck PX122FM Binder screws for handle 8. PX180G Handle with binder screws 10. PX180-1 Cable connector block assy. 11. PX Conductor tube set screw (5/16-24) 12. PX44C Set screw for conduit PX110-CS1 Crimp sleeve 14. PX18FT Flag terminals (2) 15. PX92C Switch contacts (2) w/screws 16. PX92 Trigger switch assembly 17. PX0155 Cable clamp S Spring strain relief for handle 19. PX replacement cable assy. PX replacement cable assy. PX replacement cable assy. PX180K Bulk cable (per foot) NO. PROFAX DESCRIPTION 20. PX44-25 Hex wrench 5/ PXAL Hex wrench 5/ PX18BC Butt connectors (2) 23. PX05252 Hose support rear 24. PX120-CS1 Crimp sleeve 25. PX1R-P Gas hole plug 26. PX180-1R Rear cable connector 27. PX44C Set screw for conduit PXR174-C Connector, Centurye PXR174-E Connector, Esab (L-Tecs) PXR174-H Connector, Hobart PXR174-L Connector, Lincoln PXR174-M Connector, Miller PXR174-T Connector, standard 29. PX wire conduit assembly 372

373 ACCESSORIES MIG TORCHES AND SPARES PROFAX REPLACEMENT PARTS FOR MILLER ELCTRIC MFG. CO WIRE FEEDERS TWO ROLL KITS FOR THE FOLLOWING MILLER WIRE FEEDERS: 8VS. 12VS, S22A, S22P, S32S, S32P, S42GL, S52, D52, Millermatic 200, 250, 250MP, 250X, 300 and Vintage, Portamig, Automatic Drives A1-2, A2-2 & A1D-2, SwingArc & SwingArc Single, Duel, SwingArc Digital 1 & 2. (Note: D52, SwingArc Dual & Swing Arc Digital 2 require two kits.) Anti wear guide (045233) is optional on this style kit. FOUR ROLL KITS FOR THE FOLLOWING MILLER WIRE FEEDERS: R115V, S44GL, S54A, S54D, S54E, S54M, D54A, D54D, D54M & Automatic Drives A1-4, A2-4 & A1D-4. (Note: The D54A, D54D & D54M require two kits.) Anti wear guide (045233) is optional on this style kit. 7 KITS CONTAIN TWO DRIVE ROLLS, AND ONE INLET GUIDE. V GROOVE KITS KIT PARTS WIRE KIT DRIVE INLET SIZE NO. ROLL GUIDE.023 /.025 PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX /16 PX PX PX U GROOVE KITS KIT PARTS WIRE KIT DRIVE INLET SIZE NO. ROLL GUIDE.035 PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX /16 PX PX PX /65 PX PX PX /32 PX PX PX /64 PX PX PX KITS CONTAIN FOUR DRIVE ROLLS, AND ONE INTERMEDIATE GUIDE. V GROOVE KITS KIT PARTS WIRE KIT DRIVE INLET INTERMEDIATE SIZE NO. ROLL GUIDE GUIDE.023 /.025 PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX /16 PX PX PX PX U GROOVE KITS KIT PARTS WIRE KIT DRIVE INLET INTERMEDIATE SIZE NO. ROLL GUIDE GUIDE.035 PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX /16 PX PX PX PX /64 PX PX PX PX /32 PX PX PX PX /64 PX PX PX PX V KNURLED GROOVE KITS KIT PARTS WIRE KIT DRIVE INLET SIZE NO. ROLL GUIDE.035 PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX /16 PX PX PX /65 PX PX PX /32 PX PX PX /64 PX PX PX The Miller 30E can also use these kits if the conversion kit from Miller is installed. V KNURLED GROOVE KITS KIT PARTS WIRE KIT DRIVE INLET INTERMEDIATE SIZE NO. ROLL GUIDE GUIDE.035 PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX PX /16 PX PX PX PX /65 PX PX PX PX /32 PX PX PX PX /64 PX PX PX PX The Miller 30A & B can also use these kits if the conversion kit from Miller is installed. ACCESSORIES 373

374 ACCESSORIES 7 MIG TORCHES AND SPARES PROFAX REPLACEMENT PARTS FOR LINCOLN ELECTRIC WIRE FEEDERS TWO ROLL KITS FOR THE FOLLOWING LINCOLN WIRE FEEDERS: For - LN-7 (K521), LN-7GMA (K440-2), LN-742 (K617-1), LN-742H (K617-2), *LN-9GMA (K424-1), *LN-9F GMA (K436), LN-22, LN-23P (K316L-1) & LN-25 (K428 & K449) S Pressure Arm and Idler Bearing Assembly for LN-7, LN7GMA, LN-742, LN-9GMA, LN-22, LN-23P & LN-25 DRIVE ROLL WIRE WIRE DRIVE SPACER INLET OUTLET OUTLET GUIDE KIT SIZE TYPE ROLL GUIDE GUIDE INSERT PXKP S 023 &.025 SOLID PXM PXT14984 PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP S.030 SOLID PXM PXT14984 PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP S.035 &.040 SOLID PXM PXT14984 PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP C.035C CORED PXM PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP S.045 &.052 SOLID PXM PXT14984 PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP C.045C &.052C CORED PXM PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP &1/16 CORED & SOLID PXM PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP &3/32 CORED & SOLID PXM PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP /64 &.120 CORED PXM PXKP PXKP PXKP2124 FOUR ROLL KITS FOR THE FOLLOWING LINCOLN WIRE FEEDERS: For - LN-7GMA (K567-2), LN-742 (K618-1), LN742H (K618-2), *LN-9GMA (K568-2) & *LN-9F GMA (K583-2) ACCESSORIES DRIVE ROLL WIRE WIRE DRIVE SPACER INLET MIDDLE OUTLET OUTLET GUIDE OUTLET GUIDE KIT SIZE TYPE ROLL GUIDE GUIDE GUIDE INSERT INSERT LN-9GMA PXKP S 023 &.025 SOLID PXM PXT14984 PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP S.030 SOLID PXM PXT14984 PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP S.035 &.040 SOLID PXM PXT14984 PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP C.035C CORED PXM PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP S.045 &.052 SOLID PXM PXT14984 PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP C.145C &.052C CORED PXM PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP & 1/16 CORED & SOLID PXM PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP & 3/32 CORED & SOLID PXM PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP /64 &.120 CORED PSM PXT F PXKP PXKP PXKP PXKP NOTES: 1. *CAUTION! The above drive roll kits will fit the NEWER LN-9GMA and LN-9F GMA. DO NOT order these drive roll kits for the older LN-9 and LN-9F that have geared rolls. 2. The PXS14349L loose outlet guide insert is for the LN-9GMA and LN-9F GMA four roll feeders only. 3. Spacer (PXT14984) is only required on feeders with the old style T12341 dowel pin keyed drive roll retaining collar. 374

375 MIG TORCHES AND SPARES LINCOLN DRIVE ROLLS MODEL / DESCRIPTION ACCESSORIES PART NUMBER 7 DRIVE ROLLS Suits Weldpak 90 & SP-170-T Drive Roll, mm Solid Drive Roll. 0.9mm Solid Drive Roll Kit, mm Cored Wired KP KP KP C DRIVE ROLLS Suits REDI-MIG, LN-21, LN-214 & REDI-MIG 4D Drive Roll Kit 0.6, 0.8mm Solid Steel Drive Roll Kit 0.8, 0.9mm Solid Steel Drive Roll Kit 0.9, 1.2mm Solid Steel Drive Roll Kit 1.0, 1.2mm Solid Steel Drive Roll Kit 0.8, 1.0mm Aluminium Drive Roll Kit 0.9, 1.2mm Aluminium Drive Roll Kit 0.8, 1.0mm Flux Cored Drive Roll Kit 0.9, 1.2mm Flux Cored Drive Roll Kit 1.2, 1.6mm Flux Cored DRIVE ROLL KITS Suits LN-8 & LN-9 Drive Roll Kit - 0.9mm Solid Wire Drive Roll Kit - 1.2mm Solid Wire Drive Roll Kit - 1.6mm Wire Drive Roll Kit - 1.6mm Cored Wire Drive Roll Kit - 1.2mm Cored Wire Drive Roll Kit to 2.4mm Cored Wire Drive Roll Kit to 3.0mm Cored Wire Drive Roll Kit - 0.9mm Aluminium Drive Roll Kit - 1.2mm Aluminium Drive Roll Kit - 1.6mm Aluminium DRIVE ROLL KITS Suits NA-3, NA-4 & NA-5 Drive Roll Kit ( mm) - (Discontinued, refer below for new PN) Drive Roll Kit ( mm) - (Replacement for above PN) Drive Roll Kit ( mm) - (Discontinued, refer below for new PN) Drive Roll Kit ( mm) - (Replacement for above PN) AS AS AS AS AS AS AS AS AS KP KP KP502-1/16 KP502-1/16C KP C KP502-3/32 KP KP A KP503-3/64A KP503-1/16A KA1018A KP KA1018B KP DRIVE ROLL Suits LT-7 Drive Roll Kit 1.2 mm (New PN) KP Drive Roll Kit mm (New PN) KP Drive Roll Kit mm (New PN) KP Drive Roll Kit 2.4-3/16mm (New PN) KP ACCESSORIES 375

376 ACCESSORIES 7 MIG TORCHES AND SPARES BERNARD 500 AMP GUNCABLE Features Rugged heavy duty genuine Bernard 500 Amp gun for heavy duty industrial production applications. Suited for WELDMATIC SUPERMIG, MILLER machines. Technical Data Duty Cycle: % with mixed gas. Description Bernard quick disconnect - 3m Miller End - 3m Bernard quick disconnect - 4.6m Miller End - 4.6m Part Number BE BE2-4510BM BE BE2-4515BM BERNARD 600 AMP GUNCABLE Features Rugged heavy duty genuine BERNARD 600 Amp gun for heavy industrial production applications. Suited for WELDMATIC SUPERMIG, MILLER machines. Technical Data Duty Cycle: % with mixed gas. Description Bernard quick disconnect - 3m Bernard quick disconnect - 4.6m Part Number BE4610 BE4615 BERNARD MIG GUN CONSUMABLES CONTACT TIPS (PACKET OF 10) Genuine Bernard contact tips, liners, nozzles, head assemblies for long lasting performance. PIPELINE TIPS (PACKET OF 10) TO SUIT BE4335 HEAD Size (mm) Part No. 0.9 BE BE BE4283 Pipeline Nozzle & Insulator BE4295 CAPS AND HEAD ASSEMBLIES ACCESSORIES 376 Type Cap 300A Cap 400A Head 200/300A Short tip Head 350/400/500A Short tip Head 200/300A Long tip Head 200/300 long tip, liner guide Head 350/400/500A Long tip Head 350/400/500 long tip, liner guide TIPS (PACKET OF 10) TO SUIT 160 AMP GUN* Part No. BE4323 BE4423 BE4335 BE4435 BE4235 BE BE4635 BE Size (mm) Part No. 0.6 BE BE BE BE BE8626

377 ACCESSORIES MIG TORCHES AND SPARES LONG PIPELINE TIPS (PACKET OF 10) NOZZLES 7 TO SUIT BE4335 HEAD Size (mm) Part No. 0.9 BE4381A 1.2 BE4382A Pipeline Nozzle & Insulator BE4395A Head BE4335 BERNARD BODY TUBES TO SUIT 160 AMP GUN* Type Nozzle Copper & Insulator Nozzle Copper & Insulator TO SUIT 200 & 300 AMP GUNS Type Nozzle Brass & Insulator Nozzle Brass Tapered & Insulator Nozzle Copper & Insulator Nozzle Copper Tapered & Insulator TO SUIT 400 AMP GUN Type Nozzle Brass & Insulator Nozzle Brass Tapered & Insulator Part No. BE8675 BE8714 Part No. BE4391 BE4392 BE4393 BE4394 Part No. BE4491 BE4492 Quick-change armour plated and fully insulated genuine BERNARD body tubes to suit Bernard 200, 300, 350 and 400 Amp guns. Interchangeable with all Q guns regardless of amperage. Size (mm) 50mm 30 50mm 45 50mm 60 75mm 30 75mm 45 75mm mm mm straight 175mm straight SHORT TIPS (PACKET OF 10) Part No. BEQT2-30 BEQT2-45 BEQT2-60 BEQT3-30 BEQT3-45 BEQT3-60 BEQT5-45 BEQT5-180 BEQT7-180 TO SUIT 400 & 500 AMP GUNS Type Nozzle Copper & Insulator 400/500A Nozzle Copper Tapered & Insulator Nozzle Copper water cooled LONG TIPS (PACKET OF 10) Part No. BE4591 BE4592 BE1101 *160AMP BERNARD GUN AS PREVIOUSLY SUPPLIED WITH WELDMATIC 120G & 160S TO SUIT 200, 300, 350 & 400 AMP GUNS Size (mm) Part No BE BE BE BE BE BE BE BE BE BE BE1595 TO SUIT 200, 300, 350 & 400 AMP GUNS Size (mm) Part No. 0.6 BE BE BE BE BE BE BE BE BE BE BE7495 TWECO TO BERNARD ADAPTORS Description Part No.. 300A Bernard head to suit Tweco torch BE4335T 400A Bernard head to suit Tweco torch BE4435T ACCESSORIES 377

378 ACCESSORIES 7 LINERS MIG TORCHES AND SPARES WIREFEEDER ADAPTORS TO SUIT ALL BERNARD WELDING GUNS Description Bernard EZ fitting Part No. BE1199 STEEL LINERS TO SUIT 160AMP GUN Size (mm) Part No BE BE Nylon BE86110X Front End loading BE Front End loading BE Description Euro fitting Description Miller fitting Part No. BE1199E Part No. BE1199M TO SUIT 200, 300 & 350 AMP GUNS Size (mm) Part No m Steel BE m Steel BE m Steel BE m Nylon BE43115X m Composite BE m Tweco BE43115T m Tweco Nylon BEB43115XT TO SUIT 400 & 500 AMP GUNS Size (mm) Part No m Steel BE m Steel BE m Nylon BE44215N m Steel BE m Steel BE m Steel BE45615 REPLACEMENT PARTS TO SUIT ALL BERNARD WELDING GUNS Description Tweco fitting to suit T4 Part No. BE1199T4 Handle Kits Part No. Suit 200/300/350A guns BE Suit 400/500A guns BE4408 ALUMINIUM LINER GUIDES Trigger Suit 200/300/350A guns Suit 400/500A guns Part No. BES662 BE4422 TO SUIT W19 AND W37 Size (mm) mm mm Part No. BE BE Strain relief Suit all models Part No. BE ACCESSORIES Cone nut kit Suit 200A Suit 300/350A Suit 400A Part No. BE1982 BE1983 BE

379 ACCESSORIES MIG TORCHES AND SPARES BERNARD Q GUNS Q150 Consider the impact of MIG guns on your business. As much as 85% of hand-held welding costs are labour related. Bernard Q guns are designed from the ground up to solve problems, maximise productivity and improve your bottom line. 7 Q200 Q300 Model Current Duty Cycle Rating Cable length Part Number Q150 35% duty cycle 3m (10ft) BEQ1510A07CE Q200 35% duty cycle 3m (10ft) BEQ2010A07CE 3.6m (12ft) BEQ2012A07CE 4.6m (15ft) BEQ2015A07CE Q300 35% duty cycle 3m (10ft) BEQ3010AR7CE 3.6m (12ft) BEQ3012AR7CE 4.6m (15ft) BEQ3015AR7CE Q400 35% duty cycle 3m (10ft) BEQ4010AR7CE 3.6m (12ft) BEQ4012AR7CE 3.6m (12ft) BEQ4012AR7CE 4.6m (15ft) BEQ4015AR7CE 3.6m (15ft) BEQ4015AR7EM Q500 35% duty cycle 3m (10ft) BEQ5010AH7IM 3.6m (12ft) BEQ5012AH7IM 4.6m (15ft) BEQ5015AH7IM Q600 35% duty cyle 3.6m (12ft) BEQ6012AH7IM 4.6m (15ft) BEQ6015AH7IM BERNARD Q GUN AND CABLE RATINGS Q400 Q500 CE Rating 100% Duty Cycle 60% Duty Cycle 35% Duty Cycle Shielding Gas C02 Ar/C02 C02 Ar/C02 C02 Ar/C02 Q Q Q Q Q Q The Ar/C02 shielding gas used for above testing and ratings - 80% Ar 120% C02 Note: The gen cables selected for inclusion in the Weldmatic machine packages have current and duty cycles matching or slightly exceeding that of the machines when welding with maximum machine output and Ar/C02 mixed shielding gas. BERNARD Q GUN CABLES INCLUDED IN WELDMATIC MACHINE PACKAGES Q600 Machine Gun Part Number Weldmatic 150 Q150 BEQ1510A07CE Weldmatic 175 Q150 BEQ1510A07CE Weldmatic 215 G200 BEQ2012A07CE Weldmatic 255 Q200 BEQ2012A07CE Weldmatic 335 Q300 BEQ3012AR7CE Weldmatic 395 Q300 BEQ3012AR7CE Fabricator 4RD Q400 BEQ4012AR7CE Fabricator W19 Q400 BEQ4012AR7EM Synch. CDT450 Q400 BEQ4012AR7CE ACCESSORIES 379

380 ACCESSORIES 7 PLASMA TORCHES AND SPARES PCT 20 HAND-HELP PLASMA TORCH ACCESSORIES ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NO PCT 20 Torch & Cable Assembly 15 K PCT 20 Torch & Cable Assembly 25 K Cable Assembly (15 ) L Cable Assembly (25 ) L Handle (Left) G Handle (Right) G Machine Screw (#6-32 Phillips Pan Head Screw) S Torch Head Assembly, Includes (5A thru 5L) M A Swirl Ring Assembly S B Insulator S C Piston S D Torch Body Assembly S E Retaining Ring S F O-Ring (Not Shown) T G O-Ring T H Compression Spring T J Seal (Rod & Piston) S K Seal (Rod & Piston) S L #12-28 Brass Hex Nut CF Solonoid Assembly S A Hose Clamp (Not Shown) S B Pincers (Not Shown) S Triger & Housing Assembly S #12-28 Brass Hex Nut CF Decal (Not Shown) S O-Ring (Not Shown) T Shield Cup S Nozzle S Electrode S

381 ACCESSORIES PLASMA TORCHES AND SPARES T70 TORCH TO SUIT LINCOLN PC60 PLASMA 7 ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NO W T 60 Torch 6m 1 W Straight Handle Hand Torch Head 1A W Straight Hand Grip with Microswitch 1B WB O Ring 20 pieces 3A W Machine Torch Holder 4 WB Diffuser 10 pieces 5 WB Electrode 10 pieces 6 WB Swirl Ring 5 pieces 7A WB Nozzle 1.0mm long life 10 pieces 7C WB Nozzle 1.2mm long life 10 pieces 9 WB Nozzle 1.0mm pipe saddle for machine torch 10 Pieces 9A WB Nozzle 1.2mm Pipe saddle for machine torch 10 pieces 10 WB Electrode extended 5 pieces 11A WB Nozzle extended 1.0mm 5 pieces 11C WB Nozzle extended 1.2mm 5 pieces 15 WB Shield Cup 1 piece 16 WB300113A Spacer Spring 5 pieces 17 WB Spacer, Double Pointed 3 pieces 19 WB Spacer for contact cutting hand 2 pieces 23 W Electrode wrench ACCESSORIES 381

382 ACCESSORIES 7 PLASMA TORCHES AND SPARES T100 TORCH TO SUIT LINCOLN PC100 ACCESSORIES 1B W T100 Torch 6m 1C W T100 Machine Torch 6M W A T100 Machine Torch 12M 1B WB300121A 0 Rings 20 pieces 1C WB Diffuser 3 pieces 3 WB300143A Machine Torch Head 3A WB Machine Torch Holder 4 WB Diffuser 10 Pieces 5 WB Electrode 5 pieces 6 WB Diffuser (swirl ring) 5 pieces 7 WB Nozzle 1.1 mm 5 pieces 7A WB Nozzle 1.35mm 5 pieces 7E WB Nozzle Long life 1.6mm 5 pieces 9 WB300177A Diffuser Extended 5 pieces 10 WB300133A Electrode Extended 5 pieces 12 WB300237A Nozzle Extended 1.35mm 5 pieces 14 WB Contact shield cup long life 1 piece 15 WB300180A Spacer for contact hand cutting 3 pieces 17 WB300181A Contact shield cup 3 pieces 19 WB Spring holder protection nut 3 pieces 20 WB Spacer spring 5 pieces 24 WB300183A Spacer for contact hand cutting (long) 2 pieces 25 WB300164A Locking ring 3 pieces 28 WB300131A Double pointed spacer 1 piece 30 WB Spacer for Gouging 1 piece 31 WB Tool for swirl ring extraction 1 piece 382

383 ACCESSORIES TM16 TIG TORCHES AND SPARES 7 COLLETS - GAS LENS ELECTRODE /16 3/32 1/8 5/32 3/16 DIA 0.5mm 1.0mm 1.6mm 2.4mm 3.2mm 4.0mm 4.8mm COLLET GAS NOZZLES. GAS LENS NOZZLES SIZE mm 8mm 10mm 11mm 12.5mm 16mm 17mm ALUMINA SHORT LAVA C 0080C 0081C 0082C 0083C ACCESSORIES 383

384 ACCESSORIES 7 TIG TORCHES AND SPARES TM9 CONSUMABLES COLLETS COLLET BODIES GAS LENS ITEM ELECTRODE /16 3/32 1/8 DIAMETER A COLLET 13N20 13N21 13N22 13N23 13N24 B COLLET BODY 13N25 13N26 13N27 13N28 13N29 c GAS LENS 45V41 45V42 45V43 45V44 45V45 D MED GAS LENS 45V35SW 45V36SW 45V37SW E LG DIA GAS LENS 13N20L 13N21L 13N22L 13N23L 13N24L COLLET F LG DIA GAS LENS 45V0204S 45V116S 45V64S S GAS NOZZLES ACCESSORIES ITEM SIZE mm 6mm 8mm 10mm 11mm 12.5mm 16mm 17mm 19mm G ALUMINA 13N08 13N09 13N10 13N11 13N12 13N13 H ALUMINA 53N58 53N59 53N60 53N61 53N61S GAS LENS I MED ALUM 54N 16SW 54N15SW 54N14SW 54N12SW 54N19 GAS LENS J LGE ALUM 57N75 57N74 53N88 53N87 GAS LENS LONG 1 7/8 796F70 796F71 796F72 796F73 EX LONG 2 1/2 796F74 796F75 796F76 796F77 ACCESSORY KIT AK-1 WITH LONG CAP, 2 COLLETS, 2 COLLET BODIES, 3 NOZZLES,2 TUNGSTEN ELECTRODES 384

385 ACCESSORIES TIG TORCHES AND SPARES TM17 CONSUMABLES 7 COLLETS COLLET BODIES GAS LENS ITEM ELECTRODE /16 3/32 1/8 5/32 DIAMETER 0.5mm 1.0mm 1.6mm 2.4mm 3.2mm 4.0mm A COLLET 10N21 10N22 10N23 10N24 10N25 54N20 B COLLET BODY 10N29 10N30 10N31 10N32 10N C GAS LENS 45V29 45V24 45V25 45V26 45V27 45V28 D MED GAS LENS 45V25S 45V26S 45V27S 45V28S E LG DIA 45V V116 45V V63 GAS LENS F STUBBY COLLET 10N21S 10N22S 10N23S 10N24S 10N2SS G STUBBY COLLET 17CB20 BODY GAS NOZZLES ITEM SIZE SHORT 6mm 8mm 10mm 11mm 12.5mm 16mm 19mm H ALUMINA STD 10N50 10N49 10N48 10N47 10N46 10N45 10N44 ALUMINA LONG 10N49L 10N48L 10N47L I ALUMINA GAS LENS 54N18 54N17 54N16 54N15 54N14 54N19 J MED ALUM GAS LENS 54N16SW 54N15SW 54N14SW 54N12SW K LONG ALUM GAS LENS 54N16L 54N15L 54N14L L ALUMINA LG DIA 57N75 57N74 53N88 53N87 53N89 GAS LENS M ALUMINA NOZZLE 13N08 13N09 13N10 13N11 13N12 13N13 ACCESSORY KIT AK-2 WITH SHORT CAP, 3 COLLETS, 3 COLLET BODIES, 3 NOZZLES, 3 TUNGSTEN ELECTRODES ACCESSORIES 385

386 ACCESSORIES 7 TIG TORCHES AND SPARES TM18 CONSUMABLES COLLETS COLLET BODIES GAS LENS ITEM ELECTRODE /16 3/32 1/8 5/32 DIAMETER 0.5mm 1.0mm 1.6mm 2.4mm 3.2mm 4.0mm A COLLET 10N21 10N22 10N23 10N24 10N25 54N20 B COLLET BODY 10N29 10N30 10N31 10N32 10N C GAS LENS 45V29 45V24 45V25 45V26 45V27 45V28 D MED GAS LENS 45V25S 45V26S 45V27S 45V28S E LG DIA 45V V116 45V V63 GAS LENS F STUBBY COLLET 10N21S 10N22S 10N23S 10N24S 10N255 G STUBBY COLLET 17CB20 BODY GAS NOZZLES ACCESSORIES ITEM SIZE SHORT 6mm 8mm 10mm 11mm 12.5mm 16mm 19mm H ALUMINA STD 10N50 10N49 10N48 10N47 10N46 10N45 10N44 ALUMINA LONG 10N49L 10N48L 10N47L I ALUMINA GAS LENS 54N18 54N17 54N16 54N15 54N14 54N19 J MED ALUM GAS LENS 54N16SW 54N15SW 54N14SW 54N12SW K LONG ALUM GAS LENS 54N16L 54N15L 54N14L L ALUMINA LG DIA 57N75 57N74 53N88 53N87 53N89 GAS LENS M ALUMINA NOZZLE 13N08 13N09 13N10 13N11 13N12 13N13 ACCESSORY KIT AK-3 WITH SHORT CAP, 3 COLLETS, 3 COLLET BODIES, 3 NOZZLES, 3 TUNGSTEN ELECTRODES 386

387 ACCESSORIES TIG TORCHES AND SPARES TM20 CONSUMABLES 7 COLLETS COLLET BODIES GAS LENS ITEM ELECTRODE /16 3/32 1/8 DIAMETER 0.5mm 1.0mm 1.6mm 2.4mm 3.2mm A COLLET 13N20 13N21 13N22 13N23 13N24 B COLLET BODY 13N25 13N26 13N27 13N28 13N29 C GAS LENS 45V41 45V42 45V43 45V44 45V45 D MED GAS LENS 45V35SW 45V36SW 45V37SW E LG DIA 13N20L 13N21L 13N22L 13N23L 13N24L GAS LENS F 16 DIA GAS LENS 45V0204S 45V116S 45V64S S GAS NOZZLES ITEM SIZE mm 6mm 8mm 10mm 11mm 12.5mm 16mm 17mm G ALUMINA 13N08 13N09 13N10 13N11 13N12 13N13 H ALUMINA GAS LENS 53N58 53N59 53N60 53N61 53N61S I MED ALUM GAS LENS 54N16SW 54N15SW 54N14SW 54N12SW 54N19 J LGE ALUM GAS LENS 57N75 57N74 53N88 53N87 LONG 1 7/8 796F70 796F71 796F72 796F73 EX LONG 2 1/2 796F74 796F75 796F76 796F77 ACCESSORY KIT AK-4 CONTAINS LONG CAP, 3 COLLETS, 3 COLLET BODIES, 3 NOZZLES, 3 TUNGSTEN ELECTRODES ACCESSORIES 387

388 ACCESSORIES 7 TIG TORCHES AND SPARES TM24 CONSUMABLES COLLETS COLLET BODIES GAS LENS ITEM ELECTRODE /16 3/32 DIAMETER 0.5mm 1.0mm 1.6mm 2.4mm A COLLET 53N15 53N16 53N14 24C332 B COLLET BODY 53N17 53N18 53N19 24CB332 C GAS LENS COLLET 53N62 53N63 53N64 24GLC332 D GAS LENS 45V41 45V42 45V32 45V44 E MED GAS LENS 45V35SW 45V36SW GAS NOZZLES ACCESSORIES ITEM SIZE mm 8mm 10mm 11mm F ALUMINA 53N24A 53N25A 53N27A G LONG LAVA 53N28 53N26 H ALUMINA GAS LENS 53N58 53N59 53N60 53N61 I MED ALUM 54N16SW 54N15SW ACCESSORY KIT AK-5 WITH 2 COLLETS, 2 COLLET BODIES, 3 NOZZLES, 1 WRENCH, 2 TUNGSTEN ELECTRODES 388

389 ACCESSORIES TIG TORCHES AND SPARES TM26 CONSUMABLES 7 COLLETS COLLET BODIES GAS LENS ITEM ELECTRODE /16 3/32 1/8 5/32 DIAMETER 0.5mm 1.0mm 1.6mm 2.4mm 3.2mm 4.0mm A COLLET 10N21 10N22 10N23 10N24 10N25 54N20 B COLLET BODY 10N29 10N30 10N31 10N32 10N C GAS LENS 45V29 45V24 45V25 45V26 45V27 45V28 D MED GAS LENS 45V25S 45V26S 45V27S 45V28S E LG DIA GAS LENS 45V V116 45V V63 F STUBBY COLLET 10N21S 10N22S 10N23S 10N24S 10N255 G STUBBY COLLET 17CB20 BODY GAS NOZZLES ITEM SIZE SHORT 6mm 8mm 10mm 11mm 12.5mm 16mm 19mm H ALUMINA STD 10N50 10N49 10N48 10N47 10N46 10N45 10N44 ALUMINA LONG 10N49L 10N48L 10N47L I ALUMINA GAS LENS 54N18 54N17 54N16 54N15 54N14 54N19 J MED ALUM GAS LENS 54N16SW 54N15SW 54N14SW 54N12SW K LONG ALUM GAS LENS 54N16L 54N15L 54N14L L ALUMINA LG DIA 57N75 57N74 53N88 53N87 53N89 GAS LENS M ALUMINA NOZZLE 13N08 13N09 13N10 13N11 13N12 13N13 ACCESSORY KIT AK-3 WITH SHORT CAP, 3 COLLETS, 3 COLLET BODIES, 3 NOZZLES, 3 TUNGSTEN ELECTRODES ACCESSORIES 389

390 ACCESSORIES 7 TIG TORCHES AND SPARES TIGMASTER 3PC YELLOW JACKET TM9-90 Assembled TM9-90 Assembled with Med.Gas Lens TM amps TM amps TM amps TM amps TM amps TM9PF 120 amps TM1726P amps TM150TB TM150VTB TM150CES H100-R H100F SHORT COIL ACCESSORIES TM150W 390

391 ACCESSORIES FINGERTIP CONTROL Replacement Parts Suitable for: Lincoln Electric & Miller Electric Mfg Co PART NO LINCOLN DESCRIPTION COMPATABLE EQUIPMENT LFTC-6 Fingertip control with 27 cord and 6 pin plug Squarewave Tig & Invertec only MILLER MFTC-5 RCC-5 Fingertip control with 27 cord and 5 pin plug Tig machines prior to JK MFTC-14 RCC-14 Fingertip control with 27 cord and 14 pin plug Tig machines effective with JK MFTC Fingertip control with 52 cord and 14 pin plug Tig machines effective with JK (special cord lengths available up to 100 ) 7 REMOTE FOOT CONTROL Replacement Parts Suitable for: Lincoln Electric & Miller Electric Mfg Co All metal construction. Operates contractor and controls output. PROFAX LINCOLN DESCRIPTION COMPATIBLE EQUIPMENT LFC-870 K-870 Foot control Direct Connects to: w/25 cord R3R 300, 400 & 500 (Codes 9534 and Above) & 6 pin plug. Squarewave Tig 175, 255, 275, & 355 Tig 250/250 (All), Tig 300/300 (Codes 8875 and Above) DC Tig Starter (K900-1), Tig Module (K930-1) Commander 300, 400 & 500 Ranger 8, 275(lfK892-1 remote control receptacle kit is installed) Ranger 9, Ranger 10 & 10LX, Ranger 300D & 300DLX Invertec V200-T and V300 Pro MILLER MFC-14 RFC-14 Foot control Direct Connects to: w/25 cord & Aerowave, Dimension 302, 400, 452, 650, 652 & 1000, Dynasty 14 pin plug. DX & 300(SD,DX,LX), Econotig, Goldstar 300SS, 400SS, 500SS & 600SS, Goldstar 302, 452 & 652, Invision 354MP, 456P & 456MP, Maxstar 91, 152, 175,200(SD,DX,LX), & 300(SD,DX,LX), Maxstar DX & 300 DX, Maxtron 300 & 450, MKV1,Phoenix 456, Shopmaster 300, Syncrowave 180SD, 250, 250DX, 300, 350LX, 351, 500 and 500P, TIGRunner, XMT 200, 300 & 304, Trailblazer 25OG, 251NT & 300D NT Will also work on the following engine driven equipment if Miller s optional 14 pin remote control facilities are installed. BIG 30A Diesel, BIG 40G, BIG 40 &50 Diesel, Big Blue 302 & 402, METRO 250D & 300 DXQ, Miller Du-Op, PipePro 304, Miller Legend & Legend NT, TRAILBLAZER 280NT, PRO 350 REMOTE HAND CONTROL Replacement Parts Suitable for: Lincoln Electric & Miller Electric Mfg Co All Lincoln equipment that uses the M5090C (64 ohm) rheostat. SA200 GAS, SA250 GAS & DIESEL, SAE350 DIESEL, SAE400 GAS & DIESEL, CLASSIC 1, 11, & Ill, SAE 200, 300 & 400 Motor Generator. Does not have 115V receptacle. PART NO LINCOLN LENGTH LHC K-924 No Cord LHC-25 K LHC-50 K LHC-100 K Used on all MILLER equipment that has the (15 ohm) rheostat. 330, 340 & 360 ABP, CP750E, DIALARC HF, FC6E, MK IV EXPRESS, MK VIII -2, SR150, SR200, 300, 400 & 600, MP-30E, 45E, 65E & 75E, SRH222, 303, 333, 404, 444, 555 & 666 PART NO MILLER LENGTH MHC-3 RHC-3 No Cord MHC-3-25 RHC MHC-3-50 RHC MHC RHC ACCESSORIES 391

392 ACCESSORIES 7 THERMIC LANCE RANGE STANDARD SIZES AVAILABLE (EX-STOCK) THERMIC LANCE RANGE MINI THERMIC LANCE RANGE PRODUCT NO. OUTSIDE DIAMETER X LENGTH Lance12 12mm x 2.75m Lance16 16mm x 2.75m Lance19 19mm x 2.75m Lance mm x 3.25m PRODUCT NO. Lance6500 Lance61000 Lance10500 Lance OUTSIDE DIAMETER X LENGTH 6mm x 505mm (1/4 x 20 ) 6mm x 1000mm (1/4 x 39 ) 10mm x 505mm (3/8 x 20 ) 10mm x 1000mm (3/8 x 39 ) HANDLES AND KITS HANDLES A Thermic Lance Handle consists of a degreased ball valve, an oxy connection, a locking rubber and a locking nut to secure the lance into position. Handles now come with a built-in Slag arrester, which does not restrict the volume of oxygen required to operate the Thermic Lance. PRODUCT NO. Handle12 Handle16 Handle19 DESCRIPTION Lance Safety Handle 12mm Lance Safety Handle 16mm Lance Safety Handle 19mm MINI THERMIC LANCE KITS PRODUCT NO. LANCEMINIKIT DESCRIPTION Mini Thermic Lance Kits FEATURES New Design Mini Thermic Lance Handle Handle to suit 6mm (1/4 ) and 10mm (3/8 ) Lances Oxygen Hose (5m) Spare Locking rubbers Y-Piece attachment Fume Mask Quality Leather Glove Information and instruction sheets L.I.T. PROCESS A safer method of igniting Thermic lances, which eliminates the use of any fuel gases (eg. Acetylene, LPG) in the areas. One Lance Igniter Tube can ignite up to 35 Thermic Lances and 50 Mini Thermic Lances. PRODUCT NO. IT400 Iw1000 DESCRIPTION Lance Igniter Tube Lance Wick HOW DOES L.I.T. WORK? 1. You ignite the Lance Wick with a match. The wick then smoulders very slowly. 2. You place the Lance over the face of the igniter Tube and your assistant places the smouldering Wick in the same position. 3. You apply oxygen at low pressure. The Wick flares into a flame and lights the Igniter Tube. 4. You remove the Wick and place the Lance 30mm inside the centre of the Ignitor Tube. 5. Your assistant can slowly increase oxygen pressure at the Regulator, which causes a fierce flame to heat up end of Lance. This ignites the Lance, as shown in the picture. ACCESSORIES NUTS AND RUBBERS NUTS PRODUCT NO. DESCRIPTION Nut12 Lance Locking Nut (12mm) Nut16 Lance Locking Nut (16mm) Nut19 Lance Locking Nut (19mm) RUBBERS PRODUCT NO. Rubber12 Rubber16 Rubber19 DESCRIPTION Lance Locking Rubber (12mm) Lance Locking Rubber (16mm) Lance Locking Rubber (19mm) 392

393 ARC GOUGING TORCHES PROFAX introduces the next generation of Arc Gouging Torches. We have taken our proven design torch models and made them better! We ve completely redesigned the handle for comfort and durability. Our new design fives you the flexibility of being able to convert from the AEC-3000 to the AEC-5000 or back, by simply changing the power cable and swivel head. All other parts interchange. We build them tough to ACCESSORIES handle the Air Carbon-Arc Cutting process. Truly the most economical and efficient Arc Gouging Torches on the market toady. The PROFAX air valve design is unique. It does not require a valve bonnet to hold it in place nor a wrench to remove it. Best of all - the air valve completely shuts the air supply off. The PROFAX torch design allows for ease of field repair for a minimum of down time. 7 AEC PARTS MODEL NO. DESCRIPTION DC AMPS 5/32 3/16 1/14 5/16 3/8 AEC Complete gounging torch with swivel cable assembly to to to to to AEC-3001 Complete gouging torch less cable assembly ITEM DESCRIPTION AEC Cable assembly 7-2 Swivel cable assembly 7 AEC *2a Swivel cable assembly 12 AEC Insulator assembly with screws AEC Lower tong and valve body AEC Swivel head with screw AEC-305 *5a Flat swivel head with screw AEC-305F 6 Upper arm AEC Lever assembly with screws AEC Spring, insulator assembly AEC Handle AEC Cable insulating boot AEC-311 ITEM DESCRIPTION AEC Spool assembly AEC-316R 12 O-ring (package of 2) AEC R 13 Swivel joint assembly AEC Swivel joint stem AEC Swivel joint male nut AEC Swivel joint spring AEC Swivel joint bushing AEC Male cable connector assembly - 19 Female cable connector assembly AEC *20 Air hose extension AEC *21 Power cable extension AEC TW *Items are optional AEC STANDARD FEATURES 5/32-1/2 Carbons Standard Swivel Cable Assembly Standard Swivel Head 15º torch head Unique valve design for easy field repair MODEL NO. DESCRIPTION Special high impact, heat resistant material 7 360º swivel cable assembly Special copper alloy forged body Optional 12 swivel cable assembly available DC AMPS 5/32 3/16 1/14 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8 AEC Complete gouging torch with 7 swivel cable assembly to to to to to to - AEC-4001 Complete gouging torch less cable assembly ACCESSORIES 393

394 ACCESSORIES 7 ARC GOUGING TORCHES AEC PARTS NO. DESCRIPTION AEC Swivel cable assembly 7 AEC *2 Swivel cable assembly 12 AEC Insulator assembly with screws AEC Lower tong and valve body AEC Pin AEC Swivel head with screw AEC-305 *7 Flat swivel head with screw AEC-305F 8 Upper arm AEC-407 NO. DESCRIPTION AEC Lever assembly with screw AEC Spring AEC Handle AEC Cable insulating boot AEC Spool assembly AEC-316R 14 0-ring (package of 2) AEC-316-1R 15 Swivel joint assembly AEC Swivel joint stem AEC-322 NO. DESCRIPTION AEC Swivel joint male nut AEC Swivel joint spring AEC Swivel joint bushing AEC Female cable connector AEC *21 Air hose extension AEC *22 Power cable extension AEC TW * Items are optional AEC STANDARD FEATURES: Unique valve design Easy field repair Special high impact, heat resistant material Available w/7 swivel or non-swivel cable assembly Special hard copper alloy w/excellent electrical conductivity Optional 12 swivel cable assembly available MODEL NO. DESCRIPTION DC AMPS 1/14 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8 AEC Complete gouging torch with 7 swivel cable assembly to to to to to AEC-5001 Complete gouging torch less cable assembly ACCESSORIES NO. DESCRIPTION AEC Cable assembly 7 2 Swivel cable assembly 7 AEC *2a Swivel cable assembly 12 AEC Insulator assembly with screws AEC lower tong and valve body AEC Swivel head with screw AEC-505 *5a Flat swivel head with screw AEC-505F 6 Upper arm AEC-307 NO. DESCRIPTION AEC Lever assembly with screws AEC Spring, insulator assembly AEC Handle AEC Cable insulating boot AEC Spool assembly AEC-316R 12 0-ring (package of 2) AEC R 13 Swivel joint assembly AEC Swivel joint stem AEC-522 NO. DESCRIPTION AEC Swivel joint male nut AEC Swivel joint spring AEC Swivel joint bushing AEC Male cable connector assembly 19 Female cable connector assembly AEC *20 Air hose extension AEC *21 Power cable extension AEC TW *Items are optional 394

395 ACCESSORIES K231 SUB ARC ASSEMBLY PROFAX LINCOLN DESCRIPTION PXK231-1/16 K231-1/16 Sub arc nozzle assembly 1/16 PXK231-5/64 K231-5/64 Sub are nozzle assembly 5/64 PXK231-3/32 K231-3/32 Sub arc nozzle assembly 3/32 PXK231-1/8 K231-1/8 Sub arc nozzle assembly 1/8 PXK231-5/32 K231-5/32 Sub arc nozzle assembly 5/32 PXK231-3/16 K231-3/16 Sub are nozzle assembly 3/16 PXK231-7/32 K231-7/32 Sub arc nozzle assembly 7/32 EXTENSIONS FOR K231 PX1 inch 1 Inch Sub arc extension PX1-1/2 Inch 1-1/2 Inch Sub arc extension PX2 Inch 2 Inch Sub arc extension PX2-1/2 Inch 2-1/2 Inch Sub arc extension PX3 Inch 3 Inch Sub arc extension PX3-1/2 Inch 3-1/2 Inch Sub are extension PX4 Inch 4 Inch Sub are extension PX5 Inch 5 Inch Sub are extension PX6 Inch 6 Inch Sub arc extension PX7-1/2 Inch 7-1/2 Inch Sub are extension PX9 Inch 9 Inch Sub are extension PX12 Inch Sub arc extension PX18 Inch Sub arc extension Other lengths on request. The 9 inch extension is also available with 30º, 45º, 60º, and 90º, bend. 7 K231 SUB ARC CONTACT NOZZLE ASSEMBLY ITEM DESCRIPTION LINCOLN LINCOLN NEW PROFAX 1 Nozzle Insulator S PXS Nozzle Body S10157 PXS Cone Body Assembly, Includes: M8249 PXM Retaining Nut S10147 PXS Flux Cone T10575 KP PXT locking Ferrule T10574 PXT Thumb Screw T PXT Special Socket Head Screw T10570 PXT Rubber Flux Tube (Not Shown) T PXT Contact Tip - 5/64 Wire Size 2.0mm PXS Contact Tip - 3/32 Wire Size 2.4mm S KP1962-3B1 PXS Contact Tip - 1/8 Wire Size 3.2mm S KP1962-1B1 PXS Contact Tip - 5/32 Wire Size 4.0mm S KP1962-4B1 PXS Contact Tip - 3/16 Wire size 4.8mm S KP1962-2B1 PXS Contact Tip - 7/32 Wire size 5.6m PXS Not shown Adapter for Tips with 5/16 thread S16844 PXS Not shown Contact Tip - 3/32-2.4mm (5/16 Thread) T /32 KP2100-3B Not shown Contact Tip - 5/64-2.0mm (5/16 Thread) T /64 KP2100-4B Nozzle Insert for 3/32 and 5/64 Wire S /32 PXS MODEL AEC 550 SUB ARC 550 amp Sub Arc gun for mounting on manipulators, fixtures, side beams, and track machines. Available with either Lincoln or Miller back end. Designed for running 1/16 through 3/32 wire. Available in lengths up to 15 feet. STANDARD FEATURES % Duty Cycle Easy Installation Economical to Operate Field Repairable MODEL DIRECT CONNECT GUN LENGTH WIRE SIZE LNS550-5 Lincoln 5 1/16, 5/64, 3/32 LNS Lincoln 10 1/16, 5/64, 3/32 LNS Lincoln 15 1/16, 5/64, 3/32 MS550-5 Miller 5 1/16. 5/64, 3/32 MS Miller 10 1/16, 5/64, 3/32 MS55O-15 Miller 15 1/16, 5/64, 3/32 ACCESSORIES 395

396 ACCESSORIES 7 ELECTRODE HOLDERS HIGH QUALITY ELECTRODE HOLDERS WIA - TONG AND TWIST LOCK TYPE GWS - TONG TYPE WGEH1 200 Amp WIA H108 Forged brass body Fibre glass handle Fibre glass cover 300 Amp H Amp H Amp H H150 Brass body Nylon fibre glass handle Fibre glass cover 500 Amp H H109 E109 Fibre glass cover WGEH2 300 Amp WIA H109: Forged brass body & fibre glass handle E109: Brass body & black nylon fibre glass handle 300 / 400 / 600 Amp H / 04 / / 400 / 600 Amp E / 04 / 06 H122 Copper alloy body Nylon fibre glass handle Fibre glass cover 200 Amp H E108 Brass body WGEH3 500 Amp WIA Nylon fibre glass handle Fibre glass cover 300 Amp E Amp E Amp E H120 Copper alloy body Nylon fibre glass handle Fibre glass cover 200 Amp H H Amp Twist Lock WIA SUH Brass body Nylon fibre glass handle Fibre glass cover 200 Amp SUH Amp SUH Amp SUH-05 H135 Copper alloy body Nylon fibre glass handle Fibre glass cover 300 Amp H Amp H Amp H ACCESSORIES H Amp Twist Lock WIA H130 Brass body Nylon fibre glass handle Fibre glass cover 300 Amp H H133 H133Z-03: Forged brass body H133Z-03B: Brass body Nylon fibre glass handle Fibre glass cover 300 Amp H133Z Amp H133Z-03B 396

397 ACCESSORIES ELECTRODE HOLDERS WORK CLAMPS GWS - TONG AND TWIST LOCK TYPE GWS - TWIST LOCK TYPE WIA - LIGHT & HEAVY WEIGHT CLAMPS 7 H153 H153Z-05: Forged brass body H153Z-05B: Brass body Nylon fibre glass handle Fibre glass cover 500 Amp H153Z Amp H153Z-05B H190 Brass body Nylon fibre glass handle Fibre glass cover 400 Amp H (with long pin) 400 Amp H190-04S (with short pin) 300 Amp 200 Amp brass contacts 300 Amp brass contacts H105 H106 H105 Brass body H106 Pig iron body Nylon handle Bake lite cover 300 / 400 / 500 Amp H / 04 / / 400 / 500 Amp H / 04 / 05 H107 Brass body Nylon fibre glass handle Fibre glass cover 300 Amp H Amp H Amp H H140 Brass body Fibre glass handle Fibre glass cover 400 Amp H H145 Brass body Bake lite handle Fibre glass cover 450 Amp H L1 450 Amp H L2 LENCO - TONG TYPE 500 Amp TONG TYPE Type 500 Amp Part No. 200 Amp brass contacts WGWC1 300 Amp WGWC5 300 Amp brass contacts WGWC2 500 Amp brass contacts WGWC4 500 Amp aluminium contacts WGWC4 H180 Brass body Fibre glass handle Fibre glass cover 400 Amp H L1 400 Amp H L2 600 Amp H L1 600 Amp H L2 LENCO AF SERIES Amp AF Amp AF-50 G TYPE Type Part No. 360 Amp cast G type AA2 500 Amp G type AA3 H191 Brass body Nylon fibre glass handle Fibre glass cover 600 Amp H ACCESSORIES 397

398 ACCESSORIES 7 WORK CLAMPS GWS - LIGHT & HEAVY WEIGHT CLAMPS G-type C Silver plated Pig iron body 500 Amp C C600T-06 Flexible adjusting grabbers Jumbo size 600 Amp C600T-06 C Amp C zinc plated, with copper mesh, steel jaws/grabbers C Brass body Natural brass colour 600 Amp C C200/C00CM Zinc-plated with copper shunt or copper mesh 200 Amp C200 / C200CM C Amp C special alumin alloy jaws 500 Amp C251BJ-05 brass jaws/grabbers C Brass body Natural brass colour 600 Amp C C204/214/ Amp C with thicker steel 500 Amp C with thinner steel 500 Amp C w/super copper mesh FMG 200 Amp FMG Amp FMG Amp FMG-500 spring loaded, brass grabber C With rubber insulator Pig iron, forged brass body 600 Amp C C230N-03 With zinc plated steel jaws 300 Amp C230N-03 C Amp C pig iron 300 Amp C brass alloy, pig iron body G-type C C Amp C brass body 500 Amp C with hose clamp C Zinc plated with special firm steel jaws 300 Amp C C Amp C Amp C Amp C brass alloy body, with spring, insulated ACCESSORIES C Magnetic Earth Clamp 500 Amp C C Amp C brass jaws 300 Amp C232CM-03 w/copper mesh C Amp C pig iron body 500 Amp C brass alloy + pig iron body 398

399 ACCESSORIES WORK CLAMPS GWS - LIGHT/HEAVY WEIGHT CLAMPS LENCO - GROUND CLAMPS LENCO Ground Clamps Features: 7 C Amp C brass body 300 Amp C brass body LENC0 ground clamps have the largest contact area with the work of any clamp on the market. Serrated upper and lower jaws ensure maximum bite to the work. A good ground clamp helps assure proper voltage for maximum weld results with all rods. Both upper and lowerjaws of all three models are made from a high copper alloy assuring excellent current carrying ability. No steel jaws are used. A good ground connection assures better welds. A tough, brass hinge pin is durable and allows both jaws to carry current. The enclosed heavy duty spring assures a powerful bite on the work. The insulation on top and bottom provides extended spring life. All three sizes of the original LENCO ground clamps have the oval-point screw cable connection which is easy to install. No shim stock or pressure plate is needed. C C Amp C black/red grip 600 Amp C black/red grip ECONOMY GROUND CLAMPS MODEL MG-180 MODEL EG-200 MODEL EG-300 MODEL EG-500 C C207-30A1 C207-75A2 25/50 Amp C black/red grip 30 Amp C207-30A1 black/red grip 75 Amp C207-75A2 black/red grip The Model MG-180 is a molded non-conductive ground clamp with copper jaws. The Model EG-200 ground clamp is ideal for light duty welding. May be used for other light duty applications. The Model EG-300 ground clamp is ideal for the farm welder or for light shop work. The Model EG-500 is excellent for field erection or where clamping to bar stock, piping or various shapes of metal is necessary. The pure copper braided shunt allows both high copper alloy jaws to carry welding current. A rugged, all steel body protects the heavy duty spring. MODEL G /G1500 GROUND CLAMPS C A1 C Amp C A1 black/red grip 100/200 Amp C black/red grip Reduce Voltage drop by using the "G" and G1500 Ground Clamps which are made from heavy alloy material for high Amperage applications. The design maximises surface contact area which provides cool and efficient operation. The "G" earth clamp carries up to 600 Amps while the G 1500 is good for 1500 Amps. ROTARY GROUND CLAMPS C207-04A1 400 Amp C207-04A1 black/red C207-04A2 MAGNETIC GROUNDS LENCO's magnetic grounds offer convenience, efficiency and quality. COMBINATION GROUNDS 400 Amp C207-04A2 black/red C207-04A6 C207-05M1 500 Amp C207-04A6 black/red grip 500 Amp C207-05M1 CLAMP SET MRG-500 MSG-500 GC-500 ROTATING GROUNDS LENCO introduces an additional series of Rotating Grounds ranging from 800 amp to 2000 amperage rating. Each Rotating Ground can be permanently welded to the work or easily attached by using the G "C" type clamp. LRG-240 LRG-440 LRG-640 LRG-240a ACCESSORIES 399

400 ACCESSORIES 7 CABLE LUGS CABLE CONNECTORS CARBON ARC GOUGING TORCHES LENCO - CABLE LUGS GWS - JB TYPE CABLE CONNECTORS GWS - CARBON ARC TORCH L-8 L-6 L-4 L-2 Medium and heavy duty in-line cable connectors with rubber insulation. Tapered pin twistlock for reliable electrical connection when extending work and welding cables. Supplied as plug and socket pair. L-26 L-1 L-2 L-1020 L-3040 (L-25) CABLE SIZE: 25MM 35MM 50MM 70MM 95MM LENCO cable lugs are precision made from copper tubing. They have an extra long barrel for easy soldering or attaching by the swedgon process. The stud holes are made especially for welding machines with plenty of clearance. Flared ends make it easy to insert the cable in the lug. 300 Amp 500 Amp Type Part No. 300 Amp WGEC1 500 Amp WGEC2 K3 Torch Gouging K3 Complete K4000 Torch Gouging K4000 Complete K5 Torch Gouging K5 Complete MEASURING TAPE GWS - WELDING CABLE LUGS Tinned copper lugs for welding cables. Type Part No. 500 Amp J08N05 GWS - DINSE TYPE CABLE CONNECTORS S8025 Measuring Tape 8M/26FT Dinse style connectors for quick and reliable connection to welding power sources or extending weld cables. Neoprene rubber insulation and tapered twist lock action. WIRE BRUSHES Amps Part No. 100 CL CL CL CL CL500 TK3019 Wire brush 3 row CHIPPING HAMMER Type Miniature plug (25mm2 cable or less) Plug (for 35mm2 cable or more) Part No. WGEC3 WGEC4 TK4019 TK4019SS Wire brush 4 row Wire brush 4 row S/Steel GWS - CHIPPING HAMMER ACCESSORIES P400 Type Miniature socket (25mm2 cable or less) Socket (for 35mm2 cable or more) Part No. WGEC5 WGEC6 400

401 ACCESSORIES NON JAMMING ROLLER GUIDES FOR GAS OR PLASMA GAS ROLLER GUIDE FEATURES Optimum tip height at all times Stainless steel axles Non jamming hub design No spanner required Easy height adjustment Screw off posts Durable brass construction (Gas) PLASMA ROLLER GUIDE FEATURES Extends parts life Reduces tip damage Lightweight Offset nozzle for easy starting High temperature nylon (Plasma) Simple and easy to use Professional results every time 7 ROTATING ROLLER GUIDES GAS CG PLASMA CG TRAKKA NOTE: Magnetic pivot shown in photographs not included in standard pack NOTE: Magnetic pivot shown in photographs not included in standard pack *Note: Additional parts required for use with Plasma FEATURES Unique rotating bush allows circles to be cut from one position by turning guide frame Cuts circle 25mm (1 ) to 700mm (28 ) with ease Used with centre punched pivot point Used with magnetic pivot FEATURES Quality forged brass and stainless steel construction Easy to use, professional results every time Reduces tip damage & extends parts life Optimal tip height at all times Insulating nylon bush (for Plasma) Used with suction pivot (for non magnetic materials) FEATURES Versatile straight cutting, Gas or Plasma* Minimum set up time Easy Storage Bevel edges cut easily Magnetic clamping systems Suction clamping* (for non-magnetic materials) No power required Longer rails and rail joining kit available* COMPLETE KITS FOR CUTTING CIRCLES, STRAIGHT LINES, BEVELLING AND SHAPES TANJANT GP 3001 TANJANT CP 1001-CP2076 GAS KIT Everything in one kit (including Roller & Circle Guides) Sturdy Protective Carry Case Gas Kit includes Magnetic Pivot, Radius Bar, Bevel and Stabiliser attachments PLASMA KIT Plasma Kit includes Suction, Magnetic Pivot and Radius Bar Plasma Kits to suit all major manufacturer s torches NOTE: All full range of cutting kits available for most makes of gas equipment and plasma torches ACCESSORIES 401

402 ACCESSORIES 7 ACCESSORIES PRODUCT LISTING BY PLASMA MANUFACTURE/TORCH MODEL MANUF MODEL OF COMPLETE ROLLER CIRCLE BUSH TRAKKA BUSH OF TORCH/MACHINE TORCH CP KIT GUIDE GUIDE Part No HOLDER Part No AUSJET P60/70/100/125 CP BINZEL PSB30 CP BINZEL PSB31KK/HF CP BINZEL CUT-70 CP BINZEL CUT-110/150 CP CEBORA P-40 CP V V V CEBORA P-70 CP CEBORA P-100 P-150 CP CEM30 PSB30 CP CIGWELD AP30 PSB30 CP ESAB PCM 500i PT-31XL CP ESAB PCM 875/1000i PT-23/PT-27 CP ESAB ESP 100i/ PCM 150 PT-25 CP ESAB PT-32 CP ESAB PCM70/100 (OLD) PT-17 CP ESAB ARISTOCUT A50 PTH-51 CP HOBART AIRFORCE375 ICE25C CP HYPERTHERM MAX43 PAC 121TS CP HYPER POWERMAX350 PAC 110 CP HYPER POWERMAX900 PAC123T/125T CP HYPERTHERM T-60, T-80, T100 CP HYPERTHERM MAX100 PAC130 CP HYPER POWERMAX1100 PAC135T CP HYPER MAX100D PAC160 CP LINCOLN PRO-CUT PCT20/25/55/80 CP LINCOLN PC-60 P-70 (CEBORA) CP LINCOLN PC-100 P-100 (CEBORA) CP LIQUID ARC VIKING STP P40 (CEBORA) CP1028V 1515V V V LIQUID ARC V12/25 P70 (CEBORA) CP LIQUID ARC V40 P150 (CEBORA) CP MLR SPECTRUM 300/375 ICE 12C/25C/27C CP MILLER SPECTRUM 701 ICE 40C/50C CP MLR SPECTRUM LYNX ICE 40C/50C CP MLR SPECTRUM 2050 ICE55C CP MLR SPECTRUM 3080 ICE80C CP MLR SPECTRUM 1250 ICE100 CP SAF CP40R/100R # CP TECMO T100/T150 CP TECMO UniTorch EL-60/120 CP THERMAL DRAG-GUN PCH10/25/26/28 CP THERMAL PAK 50XL PCH35/40/42 CP THERMAL DYN 5XR PCH-51 CP THERMAL PAK 625 PCH-75 CP THERMAL DYN 10XR PCH-52 CP THERMAL PAK 1250 PCH-100 CP TO 50XLPLUS/ PAK75XL PCH60/62/75/76 CP THERMAL PAK100XL PCH80/100/102 CP THERMAL 1 TORCH 1 TORCH CP TD A40i COMPACT 1 T -SL60 CP TD CUTMASTER 38 1 T -SL60 CP TD CUTMASTER 81 1 T -SL60 CP TD AP70 1 T -SL60 CP TD AP90 1 T -SL-100 CP TD CUTMASTER T -SL-100 CP TRAFIMET A/90/140 CP TRAFIMET S54/A80 CP TRAFIMET A60/A53 CP TRAFIMET S30/S45 CP TRAFIMET S74 CP WTC EUROPLAS CP #CP40R/CP100R fitted with Ti40 or Ti100 skirt Accessories for Guides Radius Bar TJ6051 (included in CP Kits) Magnetic Pivot TJ6086 Suction Pivot TJ

403 ACCESSORIES CONTOUR & CURV O MARK LAYOUT SYSTEMS TOOLS MADE TO HELP YOU WORK WITH PRECISION Curv-0-Mark layout systems have earned a reputation for quality and consistency over a wide range of industries. Easy to use, made to use longer, there are Curv-o-mark tools to help bring precision to most any layout task. 7 WRAP-A-ROUND WRAP-A-ROUND An inexpensive tool for marking straight lines around pipe, or for use as a straight edge. Made out of flexible gasket material, with good resistance to heat and cold. Available in Grey for high temperature to 550 F and Black for up to 350 F B (BLACK) GG (GRAY) SIZE DIMENSIONS PIPE STOCK NO. ITEM NO. STOCK NO. ITEM NO. WIDTH/LENGTH DIAMETER EX-SMALL 1.94 x 2 1 to 3 150B GG SMALL 2.50 x 2 1 to 3 152B GG MEDIUM 3.88 x 4 3 to 6 164B GG LARGE 3.88 x 6 3 to B GG EX-LARGE 5.00 x 7 4 to B GG EX-LARGE 5.00 x 9 9 to B GG SPECIAL 3.88 x Length Desired* 184B GG SPECIAL 5.00 x Length Desired* 185B GG SPECIAL 7.00 x Length Desired* 187B GG * Special Lengths available up to a maximum of 375. CENTERING HEADS STD JUMBO Curv-O-Mark Centering Heads aid in the setting of centrelines, establishing angles and marks for butt-ins, locating points inside pipes and tanks, laying out keyways and measuring declivity. Available in Standards for pipe 1/2 dia. and Jumbo 1 pipe and up. CONTOUR MARKER STD JUMBO The Curv-O-Mark Centering Market is a compact time-saving tool sued to lay out pipe and structural steel joints. Can be used to lay out pipe from 11/2 to 18 dia. Or structural steel members u to 18 made from durable lightweight aluminium. Use the Jombo marker in teh layout of large dia pipe from 8 to 48in. FITTER WELDER PROTRACTOR This 90 degree protractor has a matching locking lever to set and hold the tool at the desired angle. it is equipped with a 5/8 in. by 10 in. tapered arm to cmplete finding of angles or desired bends, or to determine any portions of elbows. FLANGE ALIGNER BASE Remove the difficulty of flange aligning and squaring with a simple tool that holds a square in the needed position without tying up one s hands. PIPE FLANGE ALIGNERS Fast accurate pipe construction is possible with this self-determining flange aligning tool. Quickly adjustable for all types of flanges or pipe sizes ranging from 3 to 12 in. Diameter. PROMAG LEVEL A lightweight easy to use tool for determining angles with two cast in 25 pound pull magnets to hold securely to any steel surface. DIAL-ANGLE FLANGE LEVEL A versatile tool that can be used a s a dial; degree utility level or, with attachemets, for two holding flange alignment. UNIVERSAL LEVEL The Curv-O-Mark universal Level is a multi-purpose tool. The unit features a adjustable protractor dial bubble (DSL) that ensures accurate leveling and permits the following additional uses: Setting a predetermined pitch of a string of pipe Setting the angle of laterals to a recise degree Trueing vertical runs Two-holing flanges ACCESSORIES 403

404 ACCESSORIES 7 SUMNER THE RECOGNISED LEADER IN PIPE HANDLING EQUIPMENT. Reliable Tools to get the job done efficiently and safely PRO-JACK FOLD-A-JACK SPECIAL FEATURES: Formed Steel legs 2000lb (900kg) capacity Priced for all budgets Standard vee head SPECIAL FEATURES: Folds up for storage case 1 square tube base construction 2000lb (900kg) capacity Standard vee head HEAD STYLES FOLD A JACK PRO JACK Standard features on all Sumner Fold-a-Jacks and Pro Jacks: Quick action lockwasher for fast height positioning Patented Fall Guard feature allows 1 (25mm) safety zone around lockwasher 1-1/2: (38mm) Acme fine adjustment thread the largest in the industry Large convenient adjustment handle Set screw for double margin of safety Set screw can lock jack head to stand for transportation - no house pieces Jack independently load tested for quality assurance Backed by over 30 years of jack stand manufacturing experience MAX-JAX Part No BASIC MAX-JAX SPECIAL FEATURES: 2500lbs/1135Kg Capacity Maximum 48 Pipe Minimum 4 Pipe Large 12 vee Fine adjustment with bearing Sturdy 4-leg construction Large 8 Casters - Optional Quick action brake Pipe hold down chains Optional roller wheel head Optional Ball transfer Optional S/Steel sleeves FOLD A ROLL FOLD A ROLL Part No Sumner s Fold-a-roll is the ultimate adjustable roller stand for on site or in shop pipe fabrication. ACCESSORIES SPECIAL FEATURES: Wheels adjust for 4-48 pipe 2000lb/900kg capacity Roller wheel brake for layout Levelling adjustment nut Powder coated finish Fast action locking bar for roller height Trued wheels for precise rotation Levelling adjustment nut Set screw Legs fold up 404

405 ACCESSORIES SUMNER ULTRA CLAMPS - FOR PIPE TO FITTING Special Features: Light weight for over head work Fine adjustment screws for quick fit-up All new rugged frame, built for job site use Stainless steel contacts & alignment screws Operating handle repositions for close work Smooth new roller clamping action for positive gripping 7 Part No Description /2 Ultra Clamp Ultra Clamp Ultra Clamp ULTRA FITS - FOR FITTING TO FITTING Special Features: Light weight for over head work Fine adjustment screws for quick fit-up Stainless steel contacts & alignment screws Two handed operating handle for positive gripping Smooth roller clamping action for positive gripping Rugged compact design to operate in tight locations Part No Description /2 Ultra Fit Ultra Fit Ultra Fit CLAMP CHAMP CLAMP CHAMP... an advanced solution for today s problem fit ups! The Clamp Champ is built for the welder who takes pride in doing his job right, the first time, Constructed for years of trouble free job site use, the versatile Clamp Champ makes pipe fit-up simple and accurate - without the need of a helper The Clamp Champ is similar to a pipe vice with fast, easy set up and solid chain engagement EACH MODEL OFFERS: FIT-UP CAPACITY Pipe to Pipe Pipe to Fitting Pipe to Flange Fitting to Fitting LOW COST Half the cost of comparable cage clamps WIDE RANGE 1-10 ( m m) 1-16 ( mm) ( mm) Carbon or Stainless Plus... Conversion Kits to 48 (1200 mm) pipe! LIGHTWEIGHT CONSTRUCTION Engineered for strength without the weight STANDARD KIT: Consists of metal carrying box, main block and chain, jack bars and instruction manual. Large Clamp Champ includes double jack screws for reforming 20 mm pipe wall. Range Model Part No. Description Number of Weight Jack Bars Lb KG 1-10 (25-250mm) Standard ST-110 Standard Clamp Champ (25-250mm) Stainless Steel ST-210 Stainless Steel Clamp Champ (25-400mm) Standard ST-116 Standard Clamp Champ (25-400mm) Stainless Steel ST-216 Standard Clamp Champ ( mm) Standard Standard Clamp Champ ( mm) Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Clamp Champ ACCESSORIES 405

406 ACCESSORIES 7 SUMNER INTERNAL FIT UP CLAMP SPECIAL FEATURES: Two independently operated internal clamps align flange to pipe, even if internal dimensions differ. Can be used on all standard weld neck flanges and great with slip on flanges Contact points stainless steel -a standard feature One piece construction -no loose pieces Quick action operation Part No Description Weight ( mm) Internal Fit-up Clamp 5.8lb 2.6Kg ( mm) Internal Fit-up Clamp 2.5lb 1.1kg FLANGE SPREADER (MANUAL) SPECIAL FEATURES: 4 models to cover flange range from 1 (25 mm) to 24 (600 mm) Can be used for 150 lb. to 1,500 lb. flanges Hardened wedge for safe splitting Large feed screw Drive can be rotated by 1-3/8 wrench or 1/2 (12 mm) bar Compact design -strong enough for tough jobs Part No. Description Spread Pin Diameter 150 lb 300 lb 400 lb 600 lb 900 lb 1500lb ST-301 Flange Spreader 3 (76 mm) *5/8 (16 mm) ST-302 Flange Spreader 4 (101 mm) 3/4 (19 mm) ST-303 Flange Spreader 5 (127 mm) 7/8 (22 mm) ST-3Q4 Flange Spreader 6-3/8 (162 mm) 1 (25 mm) l-5 FIT STIX The Perfect Fit-up Tool for Steel Plate SPECIAL FEATURES: Rugged, lightweight design Fast, accurate alignments. Drop forged heads. Head can be used for setting gap. ACCESSORIES Part No Description Weight Lb Kg Fit Stix # Fit Stix # Fit Stix# Align steel plate quickly and easily with Fit Stix!

407 PORTABLE OVENS INDUSTRIAL WELDING OVENS - SMITHFIELD PORTABLE OVENS S-5F-240V Oven Electrode 5kg (180 c) S-9R-240V Oven Electrode 10kg (280 c) ACCESSORIES S-12F-240V Oven Electrode 14kg (280 c) 7 SMITHWELD STORAGE & BAKING OVENS S-120F Flux Baking Oven c S150M-240V Oven Electrode c S-150H-240V Oven Electrode c S-200M-240V Oven Electrode c ACCESSORIES 407

408 ACCESSORIES MAX ELECTRODE HOT BOXES / OVENS MODEL 10/200 PORTABLE ELECTRODE OVENS: FEATURES: Robust mild steel construction with hammertone finish Insulated with mineral wool insulation Adjustable thermostatic control Lockable door Wattage Voltage Temperature Capacity Internal Dimensions: 500W 220V - 240V AC 50HZ up to 250 o C 10kg electrodes Height - 500mm Width - 115mm Depth - 105mm SPARE PARTS LIST Part Number 1-17TAF 1-18TRF 1-EGO W-BS Description Main Switch Pilot Light Thermostat 500W element MODEL 50/300 HOLDING OVEN FEATURES: Heavy duty mild steel construction with baked enamel finish Inslulated with high density mineral wool insulation Adjustable themostatic control Robust lever type door handle Provided with 2 removable steel wire shelves Adjustable vent on top of chamber Wattage Voltage Temperature Capacity Internal Dimensions: 2000W 220V - 240V AC 50HZ up to 300 o C Internal volume 55lt-100kg Height - 300mm Width - 380mm Depth - 485mm ACCESSORIES SPARE PARTS LIST Part Number 1-EGO PL-GP 1-TS-10AMP W-BS 1-FH-15 Description Thermostat Pilot Light Mains Toggle Switch 2000W element Fuse holder & fuse

409 HUNTINGDON ACCESSORIES PURGING ARGWELD PURGE MONITOR (MARK IV) The monitor can tell the operator exactly when the oxygen level is low enough to commence welding. No estimating or guesswork is involved, so no time is wasted waiting for the correct level to be reached. 7 Part Number APM003 APM004 Description Argweld Purge Monitor (Mark III) Argweld Purge Monitor (Mark IV) ARGWELD TITANIUM PURGE MONITOR The Argweld Titanium Purge Monitor has been specifically designed for indicating oxygen levels in Argon gas for weld purging. Part Number ATM0001 Description Argweld Titanium Purge Monitor ARGWELD WATER SOLUABLE PURGE FILM For the manufacture of pipe purging dams, using water soluble film. Part Number APF0001 APFS001 Description Argweld Purge Film Kit Adhesive 200ml bottle ARGWELD BACKING TAPE An economical non metallic weld backing system for the backing of welds, where purging is required but not easily achieved, for quality and for supporting weld roots to improve welds bead profile. Part Number Description ABT0001 Argweld Light Duty backing Tape 80Amps 75 x 25m ABT0002 Argweld heavy FDuty backing Tape 160Amps 75 x 12.5m ABT0003 Argweld Aluminium Tape only 50 x 45m ARGWELD TITANIUM TRAINING SHIELDS The Argweld leading and trailing shields are designed for high quality gas coverage of titanium while welding. They can be supplied to fit any make of TIG or plasma welding torch for manual and automatic welding on pipes, vessels or flat plate. Part Number ATS1002 ATS1004 ATS1006 ATS1008 ATS10010 ATS10012 ATSF001 ATSS001 Description Trailing Shoe Argweld 2 OD Trailing Shoe Argweld 4 OD Trailing Shoe Argweld 6 OD Trailing Shoe Argweld 8 OD Trailing Shoe Argweld 10 OD Trailing Shoe Argweld 12 OD Trailing Shoe Argweld flat Trailing Shoe Silicone Skirt ACCESSORIES 409

410 ACCESSORIES HUNTINGDON 7 PURGING ARGWELD PIPE PURGE PLUGS (ALUMINIUM) Part Number PSP3040 PSP3050 PSP3060 PSP3075 PSP3085 PSP3100 PSP3115 PSP3125 PSP3150 PSP4175 PSP4200 PSP4225 PSP4250 PSP4300 PSP4350 PSP4400 PSP4450 PSP4500 PSP4550 PSP4600 PSP4650 PSP4700 PSP4750 PSP4815 PSP4850 PSP4900 Description Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 37-45mm Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 48-62mm Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 62-70mm Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 73-87mm Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 87-94mm Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium mm Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium mm Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium mm Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium mm Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium mm Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium mm Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium mm Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium mm Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium mm Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium mm Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium mm Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium mm Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium mm Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium mm Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium mm Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium mm Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium mm Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium mm Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium mm Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium mm Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium mm TECHWELD MULTI-STRIKE TUNGSTENS Part Number MST6010 MST6016 MST6020 MST6024 MST6032 MST6040 Description Multi-Strike Tungsten 1.0mm x 150mm Multi-Strike Tungsten 1.6mm x 150mm Multi-Strike Tungsten 2.0mm x 150mm Multi-Strike Tungsten 2.4mm x 150mm Multi-Strike Tungsten 3.2mm x 150mm Multi-Strike Tungsten 4.0mm x 150mm TECHWELD TEG-3 GRINDER Teg Grinder with Dust Extraction The use of the TEG-3 grinder will give exactly the same tungsten points every time, enabling consistent repeatable arc performance and welding results. Part Number TEG3002 TEG322E TEGS001 Description TEG-3 Tungsten Grinder 220 volt TEG-3 Tungsten Grinder 220 volt with Dust Extraction Diamond Grinding Wheel ACCESSORIES Teg Grinder without Dust Extraction 410

411 ACCESSORIES PIPE BEVELLING 7 ACCESSORIES 411

412 ACCESSORIES 7 THE NEW MASTER CHAIN CLAMP H&M introduces its new Master Chain Clamp, a versatile clamping system designed to increase productivity. One person can quickly and safely perform perfect fit-ups of flanges, tees and elbows in minutes. Each Master Chain Clamp works 4 - to 16 - (114mm to 406mm) diameter pipe/fittings. Additional chain links and jackbars can be added for larger pipe sizes. The clamp weighs 28lbs. when fully assembled, but can be streamlined when working smaller-sized pipe. Set-up, positioning and alignment for welding is now faster, easier and more precise. COMPONENTS CHAIN LINKS 23 links work 4 - to 16 - (114 mm to 406 mm) diameter pipe/fittings 7/16-14 bolts connect each link Links can be quickly added or removed JACKBARS System includes eight Constructed of cast ductile iron Each fitted with two jacking screws Re-forms pipe up to.375 wall thickness LATCHING HANDLE Includes a 3/4, Acme thread bolt and nut Secures clamp quickly and efficiently to pipe SUPPORT MECHANISM Fully adjustable ACCESSORIES Supports large fittings Quickly allows squaring and leveling WARNING: H&M s Master Chain Clamp is exclusively designed as a precision tool for aligning pipe fitfings to pipe and end-to-end alignment of pipe for welding. It is NOT intended to support or lift the entire length of a pipe. Always exercise extreme caution when using this product